0% found this document useful (0 votes)

265 views1,634 pages

WN Op2023 en

This document provides an overview of new features and enhancements in SAP S/4HANA 2023 across various components including finance, human resources, manufacturing, and more. It covers over 20 sections organized by component that describe new capabilities in areas such as analytics, master data management, asset management, and more. The sections provide details on specific updates and functionality added in each component for the latest release of SAP S/4HANA.

Uploaded by

EDUARDO

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

265 views1,634 pages

WN Op2023 en

Uploaded by

EDUARDO

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 1634

What's New | PUBLIC

Document Version: 1.0 – 2023-10-11

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

THE BEST RUN

Content

1 What's New. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

2 Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.2 Master Data Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.3 Attachment Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
2.4 Document Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.5 Data Migration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.6 Situation Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.7 Information Retrieval Framework (IRF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.8 Virtual Data Model and CDS Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.9 Master Data Governance, Central Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
2.10 Master Data Governance, Data Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2.11 Master Data Governance - Cloud-Ready Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2.12 Master Data Governance - Federated Master Data Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.13 Responsibility Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
2.14 Business Event Logging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
2.15 Enterprise Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.16 Classification System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
2.17 Process Route. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.18 Variant Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
2.19 Output Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2.20 Manage Search Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2.21 New In-App Help Experience. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2.22 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
2.23 Extensibility for Address-Dependent Fields in Manage Customer Master Data and Manage
Business Partner Master Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.24 Changed and New Customer Address ID Fields for Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) in the
Customer Master Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

3 Asset Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.1 Maintenance Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.2 Resource Scheduling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
3.3 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

4 Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
4.1 Removal of "Smartphone" Device Type in Some SAP Fiori Apps for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
4.2 Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

2 PUBLIC Content
4.3 Financial Planning and Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.4 Accounting and Financial Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
4.5 Treasury Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
4.6 Financial Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
4.7 Billing and Revenue Innovation Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
4.8 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .490
4.9 Commodity Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
4.10 APIs for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
4.11 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512

5 Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

5.1 Display Ongoing Leave Requests in Transactions PTMW, PTMW_DISP, PA20, PA30, PA51, and
PA61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
5.2 Data Controller Usage for Business Partners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
5.3 Transaction CATSXT Deleted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
5.4 Payroll - Off-Cycle activities using the new infotype framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
5.5 Posting - Enhancement of ‘display posting runs’ (transaction PCP0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
5.6 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
5.7 Fiori Apps for SAP Human Capital Management for SAP S/4HANA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518

6 Manufacturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
6.1 Environment, Health, and Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527
6.2 Production Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
6.3 Production Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
6.4 Extended Production Planning and Scheduling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
6.5 Production Operations (Execution and Control). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
6.6 Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
6.7 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650

7 Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .651

7.1 Cross-Area Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
7.2 Extended Production Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
7.3 Extended Production Process Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
7.4 Extended Production Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
7.5 Complex Assembly Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .691

8 R&D/Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
8.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
8.2 Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
8.3 PLM Web User Interface: Small Enhancements as Part of Customer Connection Program 2022
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
8.4 Recipe Management: Small Enhancements as Part of Customer Connection 2022. . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
8.5 Product Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Content PUBLIC 3
8.6 Bills of Material: Small Enhancements as Part of Customer Connection Program 2022. . . . . . . . . . 769

9 Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
9.1 Order and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
9.2 Solution Business Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871
9.3 Improvement of Business Add-In (BAdI) Descriptions in Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875
9.4 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880
9.5 CDS Views for Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 886
9.6 Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views for Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 891
9.7 End of Smartphone Support for Several Apps in Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894
9.8 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895

10 Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 896
10.1 Service Master Data & Agreement Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 896
10.2 Service Operations & Processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
10.3 WebClient UI Framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New PUBLIC 7
2 Cross Components

2.1 Analytics

2.1.1 Enhancements in Multidimensional Data Grid Apps

We have enhanced the multidimensional data grid apps and added the following features:

• Autofill
• Bookmark enhancements
• Change the order of measures in the navigation panel
• Copy URL
• Hide characteristics in the table
• PDF Settings

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item n/a

Application Component BI-RA (Reporting, analysis, and dashboards)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Here you can learn more about the new features. Screenshots are provided in English only.

Autofill

In the filter bar, all fields with a value help offer an autofill feature. In the fields that have a value help, start
typing what you're looking for. The relevant entries are displayed, and you can simply select the right one.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

8 PUBLIC Cross Components
Bookmarks

• Transport Bookmarks
You can now transport bookmarks from a development system to a production system. Use the following
reports:
• Transport report: FPM_TRANSPORT_BOOKMARK
• Import report: FPM_IMPORT_BOOKMARK
• Confirmation dialog for bookmarks and views
The dialog for changes in public views and bookmarks has been enhanced: You are now asked to confirm
your changes.
• Bookmark and view favorites
In the Manage Bookmarks and Manage Views dialogs, you can now save your bookmarks and views as
favorites.

Manage Bookmarks Manage Views

Change order of measures

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 9
In the navigation panel (click the arrow on the left side of the screen to open it), use drag and drop to change
the order of the measures.

Copy URL

You can now copy the URL of your application. It is added to your clipboard so that you can add it to an email,
for example.

Hide characteristics: To do this, right-click a data cell and select Display No Display .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

10 PUBLIC Cross Components
PDF Settings

The PDF settings have been moved to the Export As dialog. The Settings button has been removed.

To access the PDF settings, do the following:

1. On the Data Analysis tab, choose Export As.

2. On the Export As dialog, choose Portable Document Format (*.pdf). The pdf settings are displayed.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 11
Related Information

Multidimensional Data Grid Apps

Views and Bookmarks

2.1.2 Manage KPIs and Reports

From this release onwards, you can create new applications using technical catalogs from SAP Fiori Launchpad
App manager.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-GTF-SB-S4H-DT (SAP Smart Business S4H - Design

Time)

CA-GTF-SB-S4H-RT(SAP Smart Business S4H - Run Time)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage KPIs and Reports

2.2 Master Data Maintenance

2.2.1 SAP Business Partner

2.2.1.1 Data Controller

The term Data Controller is the legal term for the entity defining the purposes of the processing of personal
data.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

12 PUBLIC Cross Components
It is possible for users to assign one or more (up to 10 maximum) active Data Controllers to one Business
Partner. Access to Business Partner data is subject to authorization checks based on assigned Data
Controllers.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 6N9

Application Component AP-MD-BP (SAP Business Partner)

, LO-MD-BP (Business Partners)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature is applicable for following apps which can be accessed using Business Role
SAP_BR_BUPA_MASTER_SPECIALIST :

• Manage Business Partner Master Data

• Manage Customer Master Data
• Manage Supplier Master Data
• Maintain Business Partner

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature of data controller with respect to Business Partner, use
component AP-MD-BP-DCP.

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature with respect to customer, supplier and implicit
derivation , use component LO-MD-BP.

Effects on Existing Data

If you activate the data controller feature and assign the data controller to business partner, authorization
checks based on data controller assignment are executed. For this, two new authorization objects are
delivered:

• B_BUP_DCPA: With this authorization object, you can define authorizations required for the assignment of
data controllers and purposes to business partners.
• B_BUP_DCPD: With this authorization object, you control which business partners can be accessed (for
example, display or change data) based on the data controllers they have assigned.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 13
Effects on Data Transfer

There are APIs for Master Data Maintenance (API) which has effect on data transfer. Please check the section
Related Information for more details.

Effects on Customizing

The Data Controller component is only visible if the feature related to data controller is activated. You activate
this feature, in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under → SAP Business Partner Business
Partner Basic Settings Activate Business Partner Data Controller .

In this customizing, you can activate various features related to the data controller assignment to business
partners. This customizing is a mandatory prerequisite for assigning data controllers to business partners.

Related Information

Data Controller
DataController
Data Controller Handling
Business Partner Data Controller
Configuring Data Controllers

2.2.1.1.1 Activate Business Partner Data Controller

With this release, new configuration objects or configuration items for making settings related to Business
Partner have been added to your configuration environment. In addition, changes have been made to some
previously delivered configuration objects or configuration items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item Not Applicable

Application Component LO-MD-BP (Business Partner)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

14 PUBLIC Cross Components
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Preparation Required

For the preparation steps, refer SAP Note 3345548 .

New/changed configuration
Type of change Configuration for ... object What you can do

New configuration object / Business Partner Activate Business Partner This configuration activity
configuration item Data Controller enables:
Data Controller
• BP_DC_CTRLR (Busi
ness Partner Data Con
troller): This configura-
tion decides whether the
date controller is ena
bled for a business part
ner.
• CV_IMPLICIT_DC (Cus
tomer/Supplier Implicit
Derivation of Data Con
troller): If a data con
troller is defined for
any org entity such as
company code, sales
org, or purchase org,
then when this company
code, sales org, or pur
chase org is assigned
to a business partner,
the data controller too
gets implicitly assigned
to this business partner.

Related Information

Activate Business Partner Data Controller

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 15
2.2.2 Product Master

2.2.2.1 Product API

2.2.2.1.1 Product (Version 1) (Deprecated)

The Product API (Version 1) is now deprecated and hence, SAP strongly recommends you to use its succesor
app, that is, Product (Version 2).

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1RO

Application Component LO-MD-MM (Product Master)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Product (Version 1) (Deprecated)

2.2.2.1.2 Product (Version 2)

SAP strongly recommends you to use the Product (Version 2) API instead of Product (Version 1) as the latter is
now deprecated and shall be made unavailable soon.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

16 PUBLIC Cross Components
Scope Item 1RO

Application Component LO-MD-MM (Product Master)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Product (Version 2)

2.2.2.2 Allow Posting to the Previous Period in Background

SAP has changed the previously known app Allow Posting to the Previous Period to Allow Posting to the Previous
Period in Background for ease of choosing the required app. However, a new app named Allow Posting to the
Previous Period is introduced that enables you to save data of both the previous period and the current period.
For more information on the new app, see Allow Posting to the Previous Period.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1RO

Application Component LO-MD-MM (Product Master)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Allow Posting to the Previous Period in Background

2.2.2.3 Allow Posting to the Previous Period

Using the Allow Posting to the Previous Period app, you can save data of both the previous period and the
current period.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 17
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1RO

Application Component LO-MD-MM (Product Master)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Allow Posting to the Previous Period

2.3 Attachment Service

2.3.1 OData API: Attachments

The Attachments API has been changed:

• With the new Harmonized Document Management for Line Items entity
(AttachmentForSAPObjectNodeType), you can create attachments to line items of business objects
(business object nodes).
The new Harmonized Document Management for Line Items entity supports new operations for creating,
linking, downloading, and deleting attachments for business object line items.
The operations for the Harmonized Document Management entity
(AttachmentHarmonizedOperationSet) should now only be used to create attachments for business
objects on header level.
• With the Assign Documents to Business Objects operation, you can now assign a document info record
directly to a business object.

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

18 PUBLIC Cross Components
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-DMS (Document Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

2.3.2 Changed Behavior of Manage Attachments App (F4812)

Manage Attachments (F4812) is an SAP Fiori app for Harmonized Document Management that is integrated in
the Services for Object menu of specific SAP applications that are not SAP Fiori apps or have only limited SAP
Fiori features. An integration of Manage Attachments with custom apps is not supported.

For security reasons, there’s no draft handling in Manage Attachments. All operations, such as the uploading,
renaming, or deleting of attachments are immediately saved in a permanent state.

For more information, see Manage Attachments.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-DMS (Document Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Attachments

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 19
2.4 Document Management

2.4.1 Document Management: Small Enhancements as Part

of Customer Connection Program 2022

Improvements in the Document Management component are available to you in the context of the SAP
Customer Connection program for Product Lifecycle Management. These improvements are based on
proposals submitted by customers through the Customer Influence program.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-DMS (Document Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details

Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

CA-DMS Creation of New S4CORE 107 New 273700 3217987

(Document Document Version
management) From Highest Re
leased Document
Version

CA-DMS Simplified Link S4CORE 107 New 275604 3246426

(Document Creation in Docu
management) ment Data Tab

CA-DMS Processes Button S4CORE 107 New 273697 3206196

(Document for Transactions
management) CV02N and
CV03N

CA-DMS-CNV Mass Registration S4CORE 107 New 3206268

275552
(DMS Integration of New Jobs and
for Viewer/CAD Mass Deletion of 275553
integration) Scheduled Jobs in
VEG Jobmonitor

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

20 PUBLIC Cross Components
Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

CA-DMS Create and Attach S4CORE 107 New 274588 3251674

(Document Shortcut of a
management) Document Info Re
cord as an Outlook
Email Attachment

These improvements are valid for all countries.

More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see https://influence.sap.com

2.4.2 Flexible Navigation from the Attachment Service UI to

the Manage Documents App or to Display Document
(CV03N)

With this feature, you can use the document info record (DIR) number to navigate from the Attachment
Service UI to either the Manage Documents application or to Display Document (CV03N) depending on
your configurations. The default setting is that you navigate to the Manage Documents application from the
Attachment Service UI.

 Note

You can navigate to the Manage Documents application or Display Document (CV03N) in both SAP Fiori
and SAP NetWeaver Business Client (NWBC).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 22P

Application Component CA-DMS (Document Management System)

Valid as of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 21
2.4.3 Sorting Order of Document Types in Attachment
Service

The dropdown list for document types is now sorted alphabetically for all languages.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item Not Applicable

Application Component CA-DMS (Document Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Flavors of UI Consumption

2.4.4 Status Assignment in Define DMS Document Types

With this release, you can specify the document status while creating custom DMS document types.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 22P (Manage Documents)

Application Component CA-DMS (Document Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

22 PUBLIC Cross Components
2.5 Data Migration

2.5.1 Situation Handling for Data Migration

Data migration to SAP S/4HANA uses Situation Handling, which automatically informs users responsible
about matters that require their attention. For data migration, the situation type is named Data Migration
Complete (CA_DATA_MIGRATION_STEP_COMPLETED).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2Q2 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging

Application Component CA-GTF-MIG (SAP S/4HANA Data Migration Cockpit

(LTMC))

CA-LT-MC (SAP S/4HANA Migration Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Migrate Your Data - Migration Cockpit

Data Migration Status
Data Migration Complete

2.5.2 Data Migration Status App

The Data Migration Status app is now available for SAP S/4HANA. With this app, you can check the status of
your migration objects and projects after you've started migrating data to your SAP S/4HANA system for at
least one migration object.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 23
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2Q2 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging

Application Component CA-GTF-MIG (SAP S/4HANA Data Migration Cockpit

(LTMC))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Data Migration Status

2.5.3 Data Migration Objects

Find an overview of new, changed, and unchanged migration objects per SAP S/4HANA release in the linked
documentation.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2Q2 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging

Application Component CA-GTF-MIG (SAP S/4HANA Data Migration Cockpit

Content (LTMC))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

SAP S/4HANA – Release Comparison of Migration Object Templates (for customers and partners only; English
only): Find an overview of new, changed, and unchanged migration objects per release. The migration object

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

24 PUBLIC Cross Components
templates are then compared by releases in detail, if they have changed. The purpose is to explain the
differences between the SAP S/4HANA data migration object templates of various releases, with the help of a
direct comparison of the templates. This helps you to see what has changed and what is new for the different
releases. Moreover, it assists you in filling out the data migration templates of the data migration objects
available in the SAP S/4HANA Migration Cockpit for the different releases.

2.5.4 IAM Objects in Data Migration

With the introduction of the Data Migration Status app for SAP S/4HANA 2023, IAM objects have changed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2Q2 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging)

Application Component CA-GTF-MIG (SAP S/4HANA Data Migration Cockpit

(LTMC))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

IAM Objects

Name of IAM Object Object Type Changes Details Relevant Scope Items

Configuration Expert - Business role This business role has Until now, this role 2Q2 (Data Migration
Data Migration been enhanced. was required to use to SAP S/4HANA from
(SAP_BR_CONFIG_EX the SAP S/4HANA Mi Staging)
PERT_DATA_MIG) gration Cockpit app.
This role is now also
required to use the
Data Migration Status
app for SAP S/4HANA
2023.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 25
Name of IAM Object Object Type Changes Details Relevant Scope Items

S/4 Migration - Backend system role A new backend sys This backend system 2Q2 (Data Migration
role is required to
Content Application tem role has been in to SAP S/4HANA from
use the Data Migration
(SAP_CA_DMCC_APPS troduced. Staging)
Status app without au
) dit authorization.

S/4 Migration - Backend system role A new backend sys This backend system 2Q2 (Data Migration
role is required to
Content Status App tem role has been in to SAP S/4HANA from
use the Data Migration
Audit troduced. Staging)
Status app with audit
(SAP_CA_DMCC_AUDI authorization.
T)

2.5.5 Mapping Task Updates

Because of quality assurance activities, numerous mapping tasks were updated.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2Q2 (Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from Staging)

Application Component CA-GTF-MIG (SAP S/4HANA Data Migration Cockpit

Content (LTMC))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Several mapping tasks were updated in the course of quality assurance activities. This includes, amongst
others, renaming and replacement of mapping tasks. Find an overview of all updated mapping tasks in SAP
Knowledge Base Article 3344322 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

26 PUBLIC Cross Components
Related Information

• SAP Knowledge Base Article 3344322

2.5.6 Configuration Options

For the migration approach Migrate Data Directly from SAP System, you can view the active configuration
options for migration objects.

For certain migration objects, you can use configuration options to ensure that relevant data will be selected
from the source system and migrated to the target system. You can activate and deactivate configuration
options for a migration object in the SAP S/4HANA migration object modeler.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-LT-MC (S/4HANA Migration Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

2.6 Situation Handling

2.6.1 Manage Situation Types - Message-Based

With this feature, the Manage Situation Types - Message-Based app is deleted. You can configure and manage
message-based situations with the successor app Manage Situation Types - Extended.

The Manage Situation Types - Extended app provides a single point-of-entry for the configuration of message-
based and object-based situations in the extended framework of Situation Handling. With this app you can use
additional features for message-based situations, such as notifications for the users responsible for situations.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 27
Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31N (Situation Handling)

Application Component CA-SIT-WB (Situation Handling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Situation Types - Extended

2.6.2 Monitor Situations - Extended

With this feature, you can monitor the life cycle of situations created by the extended framework of Situation
Handling with the Monitor Situations - Extended app. You see the occurrence, the status, and related business
objects for object-based and message-based situations.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31N (Situation Handling)

Application Component CA-SIT-DA (Situation Handling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Manage Situation Types - Extended app has been enhanced with the Monitor Instances option. When you
enable this option while creating or editing situation types, situation instances are tracked and you can monitor
them in the Manage Situation Types - Extended app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

28 PUBLIC Cross Components
Related Information

Monitor Situations - Extended

2.6.3 New Use Cases for Situation Handling

With this feature you can use Situation Handling for additional use cases from these areas in SAP S/4HANA:

• Finance
• Service
• Settlement Management
• Sourcing and Procurement
• Supply Chain

Get a detailed overview of all new use cases under Additional Details [page 29].

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31N (Situation Handling)

Application Component CA-SIT (Situation Handling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

New Situation Templates in SAP S/4HANA

Situation Situation
Area or Solution Situation Template Template Data Con SAP Fiori
Topic Capability Template ID Type text App Name ID Scope Item

Finance Situation: FIN_CREDI Standard No Manage F4596 1QM

Change of T_LIMIT_C object- Credit Ac
Credit Limit HANGE based counts

Finance Situation: FIN_CREDI Standard No Manage F4596 1QM

Change of T_RISK_CL object- Credit Ac
Risk Class ASS_CHANG based counts
E

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 29
Situation Situation
Area or Solution Situation Template Template Data Con SAP Fiori
Topic Capability Template ID Type text App Name ID Scope Item

Finance Situation: FIN_CREDI Standard No Manage F4596 1QM

Change of T_SCORE_C object- Credit Ac
Score HANGE based counts

Finance Situation FIN_TRM_R Standard No Request TBD4 1XN

Template: EQUEST_MA object- Current
Market RKET_DATA based Market
Data Re Data
quest

Settlement Customiz WLF_FCADO Message- No My Situa F4537 3EP (not

Manage ing Errors in C_REL_CUS based tions - Ex available)
ment Freight Cost TOMIZING_ tended 4MO
Allocation ERROR (not availa
Document ble) 5OS
Release (not availa
ble)

Settlement Master WLF_FCADO Message- No My Situa F4537 3EP (not

Manage Data Errors C_REL_MAS based tions - Ex available)
ment in Freight TER_DATA_ tended 4MO
Cost Alloca ERROR (not availa
tion Docu ble) 5OS
ment Re (not availa
lease ble)

Settlement Process Er WLF_FCADO Message- No My Situa F4537 3EP (not

Manage rors in C_REL_PRO based tions - Ex available)
ment Freight Cost CESS_ERRO tended 4MO
Allocation R (not availa
Document ble) 5OS
Release (not availa
ble)

Service Subscrip Subscrip SOM_GRACE Standard No Manage F6193 n/a

tion Order tion Con _PERD_SUB object- Subscrip
Manage tract Item _CONTR_IT based tion Con
ment Grace Pe EM tract Lifecy
riod cle

Service In-House Repair Ob SRVC_REP_ Standard No Prepare for F4263

3XK
Repair ject Cannot OBJ_CANNO object- Billing
Be Com T_BE_COMP based
pleted LETED

Sourcing Central Pur Overdue PROC_RPLD Extended No Manage F3292 2XT

and Pro chasing Items Of _PO_OVERD object- Purchase
curement Replicated UE_ITEMS based Orders Cen
Purchase trally
Order

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

30 PUBLIC Cross Components
Situation Situation
Area or Solution Situation Template Template Data Con SAP Fiori
Topic Capability Template ID Type text App Name ID Scope Item

Sourcing Central Pur Approach PROC_RPLD Extended No Process F3290 2XT

and Pro chasing ing Delivery _PR_DEL_D object- Purchase
curement Date of ATE_CHECK based Requisi
Centrally tions Cen
Managed trally
Purchase
Requisi
tions

Sourcing Central Pur Exceeding PROC_RPLD Extended No Process F3290 2XT

and Pro chasing Overall _PR_VALUA object- Purchase
curement Limit of TION_LIMI based Requisi
Centrally T tions Cen
Managed trally
Purchase
Requisi
tions

Sourcing Product Supplier PROC_SRCG Standard No Manage F4861 4RD

and Pro Sourcing Quotation PROJQTN_S object- Sourcing
curement Submitted UBMITTED based Projects

Supply Handling HANDLING_ Standard No My Situa F4154 4MM

Chain Unit Situa UNIT_SITU object- tions
tion ATION_EVE based
NT

Related Information

Use Cases for Situation Handling

2.6.4 Data Management in Situation Handling

With this feature, you can use two new data destruction objects in Situation Handling.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31N (Situation Handling)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 31
Application Component CA-SIT (Situation Handling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Name of Data Management

Object Object Type Changes with this Release More Information

SIT_INST DOBJ New data destruction object Destroying Situation Instan

added. ces Using SIT_INST

SIT_INST_ACTY DOBJ New data destruction object Destroying Situation In

added. stance Activities Using
SIT_INST_ACTY

2.6.5 Situation Objects in Developer Extensibility

With this feature, you can create situation objects using developer extensibility. As a developer, you use ABAP
Development Tools (ADT) to do this. This is a further option for creating situation objects in addition to using
key user extensibility with the Manage Situation Objects app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31N (Situation Handling)

Application Component CA-SIT (Situation Handling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Working with Developer Extensibility in Situation Handling

Developer Extensibility

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

32 PUBLIC Cross Components
2.6.6 Changed Authorizations for Accessing Monitoring Apps
for Situation Handling

Situation Handling has two monitoring apps: Monitor Situations and Monitor Situations - Extended. The
necessary authorizations for accesssing both apps have changed:

• Business catalog: from SAP_CA_BC_SITUATION_CONFIG to SAP_CA_BC_SITUATION_MONITORING

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31N (Situation Handling)

Application Component CA-SIT (Situation Handling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

If you've used the old business catalog mentioned above for accessing the monitoring apps, you need to
change your authorizations to the new business catalog.

Related Information

Define Authorizations for Apps (Optional)

2.7 Information Retrieval Framework (IRF)

2.7.1 Retrieval of Archived Personal Data

With this feature, you can include archive files when searching for and retrieving personal data of a specified
data subject.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 33
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5LE (Data Protection)

Application Component CA-GTF-INF (Information Retrieval Framework)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the past, the search and retrieval of personal data was performed on live data only. Now, when triggering a
search for personal data using the Start Data Collection report (transaction DTINF_START_COLL) , it's possible
to also search archive files for data belonging to a specified data subject. For this, you must create a profile
for your data collection run, in which you define that archived data must be included in the search. For more
information on maintaining profiles, see section Effects on Customizing.

Effects on Configuration

To enable this feature, SAP delivers default implementations of BAdI: Archiving Information of Tables
(BADI_DTINF_ARCHIVE_DETAILS). These implementations use specific fields in the archive information
structure of an archiving object to fetch the correct data. Therefore, it's essential to ensure that the archiving
objects in question have at least one active archive infostructure containing these fields.

 Note

For more information about which applications have already enabled the retrieval from archive, see SAP
Note 3306887 . In addition, refer to the archiving object/ data destruction object documentation in
the Data Management section of your area's product assistance to find out more about which fields are
required in the archive infostructure.

Effects on Customizing

An additional checkbox called Archived Data was added to the General Settings tab of Customizing activity
Personalize Data Collection via Profiles. Create a new profile and select the checkbox to include archived data in
the data collection run.

You can find the activity in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Data Protection
Information Retrieval Framework Personalize Data Collection via Profiles .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

34 PUBLIC Cross Components
Related Information

IRF Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)

Maintain Profiles

2.8 Virtual Data Model and CDS Views

2.8.1 Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS

Views

The field ProfitabilitySegment is decommissioned and has been replaced with the field
ProfitabilitySegment_2. Please switch to the successor field ProfitabilitySegment_2.

Technical Details

Type Decommissioned

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CO-PA (Profitability Analysis)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The field ProfitabilitySegment was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2021 and is decommissioned with
SAP S/4HANA 2023.Please check the tasks in your key user apps (for key user extensibility) and syntax
warnings (for developer extensibility) for occurrences of the decommissioned field in your custom content. For
details about the deprecation process for CDS views and their elements, such as fields, see Learning About
Deprecated CDS Views.

 Caution

You need to switch to the successor field ProfitabilitySegment_2. The decommissioned field
ProfitabilitySegment is no longer supported by SAP. If you continue using it, it may cause
performance issues or provide incorrect data.

When adjusting your custom content, take the following details into account:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 35
• The successor field ProfitabilitySegment_2 is a character field (CHAR), while the decommissioned
field ProfitabilitySegment is a numeric character field (NUMC). The field lengths are the same.
• Note that the initial value (that is, the value that indicates that the field is empty) is different for each
field: While the initial value was 0000000000 for the decommissioned field ProfitabilttySegment, it
is blank for the successor field ProfitabilitySegment_2. However, old values are not converted, so you
need to check for both initial values to check if a field is empty in your custom extensions.
• The field ProfitabilitySegment_2 contains non-numeric characters (that is, characters from A to Z)
after the system reaches the highest numerical value.

The decommissioning of the field ProfitabilitySegment and replacement with

ProfitabilitySegment_2 affects CDS views in various areas. For more details about the CDS views affected
in each area, see:

• Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views for Sales [page 891]

• Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views for Quality Management [page 642]
• Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views for Finance [page 126]

Related Information

Virtual Data Model and CDS Views in SAP S/4HANA

Deprecated and Decommissioned CDS Views

2.9 Master Data Governance, Central Governance

2.9.1 Using External Reference Data to Create and Enrich

Business Partner Records

This feature enables you to create and enrich business partner master data records using reference data from
CDQ.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-CL-DPI (Master Data Provider Integration)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

36 PUBLIC Cross Components
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The integrated comparison function enables you to view business partner data from the reference record and
the suggested content from CDQ side by side. The delta information is shown by default with a show all option
also available.

You can also add source information (reference ID) into the business partner record so you can keep track of
the origin of the data.

By using the stored references, you can see if your business partner record was created or changed with the
help of the Look Up Reference Data for Business Partners app. You can also use the reference information to
compare the business partner to the current data from CDQ.

2.9.2 Process Visualization

This feature enables you to visualize MDG processes in cloud-ready mode to help you to gain deeper insights
into the status of these processes. You can use this feature to:

• Display process steps and workflow tasks in graphical views with processing time and workflow recipient
details.
• Visualize federated MDG processes for cross-system process monitoring
• Navigate to the central visualization from any MDG system

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Master Data Quality Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 37
Additional Details

The apps Process Path Overview and Process Path for cloud-ready mode in MDG are BTP based SaaS Cloud
apps from SAP Build Process Automation, with delivered MDG content.

2.9.3 New Apps for Evaluation and Simulation

This feature enables you to use two new apps in place of the existing Evaluate Data Quality for Business
Partners and Simulate Validation Rule for Business Partners apps. These apps are for cloud-ready mode in MDG
for Business Partners only. The following are the new app IDs:

• F6450, Evaluate Data Quality for Business Partners

• F6975, Simulate Validation Rule for Business Partners

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Master Data Quality Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

2.9.4 Report for Deleting Empty Evaluation Processes

With this feature you can use the new Deleting Empty Evaluation Processes
(MDQ_DELETE_EMPTY_EVAL_PROCS) report to remove to delete completed evaluation processes that contain
no results. This clears up your object worklist, improving performance and simplifying the workspace.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

38 PUBLIC Cross Components
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Master Data Quality Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

2.9.5 Inclusion of Dimensions for Week, Month, and Year of

Creation and Completion

With this feature, the following Fiori apps have been enhanced to include the week, month, and year creation
and completion dimentions.

• In the Change Request Analysis Fiori app, you can group change requests by the week, month, or year.
• In the Analyze Completed Work Items Fiori app, the dimentions created week and completed week are
available.
• In the Monitor Open Work Items Fiori app, the dimentions created week is available.

In the custom anayltics CDS view, the created week, month, and year as well as the completed week, month,
and year are available and automatically generated.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-DQ (Data Quality)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

2.9.6 New Features for Master Data Governance Application

Framework

We have added several new features to Master Data Governance Application Framework (sometimes referred
to as Generic Functions). For details on all new features, see the Additional Details section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 39
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-AF (Application Framework)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Attach Source File to the Change Request at File Upload

With this feature, you can choose to attach the source file to the change request by selecting the Attach File To
CR checkbox in step 3, Determine Upload Settings in the File Upload application.

Keep Search Method and Criteria Consistent in the Search UI When Switching Entity Type of Search
Method

With this feature, the search method and search criteria are kept consistent when switching the entity type.

Changes to Business Catalog SAP_TC_MDG_CUSTOB_BE_APPS and Creation of New Role

The applications for custom governance and flight data model governance are removed from the
SAP_BR_BCP_EXPERT role and combined in the new role SAP_BR_NASTER_SPEC_EXMPL.

New Upload Modes for Hierarchy Maintenance in File Upload

You can use this feature to move children, replace nodes, and removed edges within hierarchies without
recreating the complete hierarchies.

For more information, see Upload Modes for Hierarchy Maintenance.

Refresh Snapshot and Inactive Data from Active Data

The snapshot feature update mechanism is enhanced to a include inactive data and parallel change requests.
Report USMD_CREQUEST_SNAPSHOT_REFRESH now outputs a transient application log.

Use Descriptions Instead of Technical Names in File Download

You can use this feature to choose to use the field descriptions in the header of the downloaded file rather
than the technical name by selecting the Fields Descriptions in Header checkbox in step 4, Determine Download
Settings in the File Download application.

Use the Package Size to Data Read for BW Data Extraction

With this feature, you can use an extraction using packages rather than extracting all data at once is possible
for flex entity types. Text data, edition dependent data and data of entity types of usage type 1 and 4 is covered
in this enhanced extraction.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

40 PUBLIC Cross Components
2.9.7 New Features for Master Data Governance for
Financials

We've added new features for Master Data Governance for Financials. For details on all new features, see the
Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-APP-FIN (MDG for Financials.)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Improvement of Profit Center to Company Code Assignments

With this feature, the usability of Profit Center to Company Code Assignments is improved, affecting the
user interface, the file upload and file download applications, as well as data replication. Previously, when
new company codes were assigned to a controlling area, the system considered all existing profit centers
as inconsistent due to incomplete company code assignments. You needed to take action to correct these
inconsistencies. The improved system behavior is the following:

• The system no longer requires complete profit center to company code assignment records in respective
database tables (entity type: PCCCASS). Related validation messages no longer occur.
• The system implicitly treats new company codes as Not Postable on all profit centers, which are not
assigned to all previously existing company codes.
• The system implicitly treats new company codes as Postable on all profit centers, which are assigned to all
previously existing company codes.
• You can change this implicit assignment if required.
• The system automatically persists new implicit company code assignments in the next change cycle, which
can happen at any later point in time.
• The system behavior remains unchanged in the rare case of deleted company codes. You need to remove
obsolete company codes.

In addition, there are 2 new buttons Select All and Deselect All on the user interface to allow the user to mark all
company codes as either Postable or Not Postable.

Display of Current Valid Hierarchy Assignment in Cost Center/Profit Center User Interface

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 41
With this feature, the current hierarchy assignment is displayed on the cost center and profit center user
interfaces. The Next Hierarchy Changes button is replaced with a dropdown menu allowing you to select a
different edition for the hierarchy assignment. If the validity period of the master data covers the current date,
the edition that is valid on the current date is displayed by default. If an edition doesn't include the current
date, the first edition is used to display the hierarchy assignment data. For more information, see SAP Note
3295163 .

2.9.8 New Features for Master Data Governance for Material

We've added new features to Master Data Governance for Material. For details on all new features, see the
Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-APP-MM (MDG Material)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Enable Class Types 022, 023, and 300 in Lean Classification

With this feature, the batch class types (022/023) and class type variants (030) are available and can be
selected in the Class Assignment UIBB.

This is as a result of replacing the MDG Material API with the Unified Product API.

2.9.9 New Features for Master Data Governance for Business

Partner

We have added several new features to Master Data Governance for Business Partner. For details on all new
features, please see the Additional Details section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

42 PUBLIC Cross Components
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-APP-BP (MDG Business Partner (Central Parts))

Valid as Of SAP A/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Collapse or Expand UIBBs

With this feature, you can choose to collapse or expand UIBBs. By using the Collapse button, you are limiting
the number of UIBBs processed in a UI roundtrip, which improves performance.

Assignment of Data Controller

With this feature, all authorization checks that might impact the maintenance of business partners having
data controllers are considered. You can maintain the Data Controller not Required (BUT000-DC_NOT_REQ)
attribute for organizations with the new attribute, DC_NOT_RQ for entity type BP_CENTRL. Table BUT_DC_LINK
is reflected in the BP data model as entity type DC_LINK with new UIBB Data Controllers. The list of data
controllers is visible in the single object maintenance UIs. It remains read-only and cannot be used for manual
data maintenance. The implicit assignment of data controllers is executed as part of the activation of CR.

Comments for Address (ADRCT) and Communication Data (ADRT)

You can add and maintain comments for addresses in the Comments field in the Addresses UIBB. The ADRCT
table is reflected in the BP data model in entity types AD_POSTAL/ADT_POSTL and shown in the new column
Comments in the UIBB Addresses. The language-dependent comments can be shown in the UIBB Comments
by choosing the Detail button.

Comments for international versions of addresses are shown in the UIBB International Versions by choosing the
Detail button.

The ADRT table is reflected in the BP data model in multiple entity types and shown in the new column
Comments in relevant communication UIBBs. The language-dependent comments can be shown in the UIBB
Comments by choosing the Comment button.

Shareholder Relationships (BUT053)

With this feature, you can maintain shareholder relationships and their corresponding company interest
attributes. The BUT053 table is reflected in the BP data model as entity type BP_SHREL/TD_BPSH with the
new UIBB Shareholder Relationships.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 43
2.9.10 New Features for Master Data Governance for Supplier

We've added several new features to Master Data Governance for Supplier. For details on all features, please
see the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-APP-SUP (MDG Supplier (Central Parts))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Collapse or Expand UIBBs

With this feature, you can choose to collapse or expand UIBBs. By using the Collapse button, you are limiting
the number of UIBBs processed in a UI roundtrip, which improves performance.

Acceptance at Origin

With this feature, you maintain the acceptance at origin indicator for a supplier. The WEORA attribute is refelcted
in the BP data model in entity type BP_PORG2 and UIBB ERP Vendor Different Purchasing Data: Control Data.

Assignment of Data Controller

Comments for Address (ADRCT) and Communication Data (ADRT)

With this feature, you can add and maintain comments for addresses in the Comments field in the Addresses
UIBB. The ADRCT table is reflected in the BP data model in entity types AD_POSTAL/ADT_POSTL and shown in
the new column Comments in the UIBB Addresses. The language-dependent comments can be shown in the
UIBB Comments by choosing the Detail button.

Comments for international versions of addresses are shown in the UIBB International Versions by choosing the
Detail button.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

44 PUBLIC Cross Components
The ADRT table is reflected in the BP data model in multiple entity types and shown in the new column
Comments in relevant communication UIBBs. The language-dependent comments can be shown in the UIBB
Comments by choosing the Comment button.

Incoterm Location IDs

With this feature, you can maintain the incoterm location IDs. Incoterm Location ID fields are reflected in entity
types BP_PORG and BP_PORG2 in UIBBs Purchasing Organizations and Different Purchasing Data.

Permitted Alternative Payee (LFZA)

With this feature, you can maintain permitted alternative payees directly from the supplier, for a selected
company code, or both. The LFZA table is reflected in the BP data model as entity type BP_VENAP/BP_VENAC
with new UIBBs ERP Vendor: Alternative Permitted Payees and ERP Vendor Company Code: Alternative
Permitted Payees.

Shareholder Relationships (BUT053)

Returns Supplier Flag

With this feature, you can maintain the Returns Supplier indicator for a supplier. The can be set if a valid
customer is assigned in the ERP Vendor: Control Data UIBB. The ZKRET indicator is reflected in the BP data
model in entity type BP_PORG and UIBB ERP Vendor Purchasing Data: Control Data.

Tax Categories for Supplier (LFAT)

With this feature, you can maintain tax categories for suppliers. The LFAT table is reflected in the BP data
model as entity type BP_TAXGRP with the new UIBB ERP Customer: Tax Categories.

2.9.11 New Features for Master Data Governance for

Customer

We've added several new features to Master Data Governance for Customer. For details on all features, see the
Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-APP-CUS (MDG Customer (Central Parts).)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 45
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Collapse or Expand UIBBs

With this feature, you can choose to collapse or expand UIBBs. By using the Collapse button, you are limiting
the number of UIBBs processed in a UI round trip, which improves performance.

Assignment of Data Controller

Comments for Address (ADRCT) and Communication Data (ADRT)

Comments for international versions of addresses are shown in the UIBB International Versions by choosing the
Detail button.

Incoterm Location IDs

With this feature, you can maintain the incoterm location IDs. Incoterm Location ID fields are reflected in entity
types BP_SALES and BP_CSALAD in UIBBs Sales Area and Address-dependent Sales Area.

Permitted Alternative Payer (KNZA)

With this feature, you can maintain permitted alternative payers directly from the customer, for a selected
company code, or both. The KNZA table is reflected in the BP data model as entity type BP_CUSAP/BP_CUSAPC
with new UIBBs ERP Customer: Alternative Permitted Payers and ERP Customer Company Code: Alternative
Permitted Payers.

Seller-Defined Customer Address ID for EDI

WIth thie feature, you can maintain the Seller-Defined Address ID for EDI. The KNADDR_EXT table is reflected
in the BP data model as entity type BP_CEXTAD with the new UIBB ERP Customer: Seller-Defined Customer
Address ID for EDI.

Shareholder Relationships (BUT053)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

46 PUBLIC Cross Components
With this feature, you can maintain shareholder relationships and their corresponding company interest
attributes. The BUT053 table is reflected in the BP data model as entity type BP_SHREL/TD_BPSH with the
new UIBB Shareholder Relationships.

Tax Categories for Customer (KNAT)

With this feature, you can maintain tax categories for customers. The KNAT table is reflected in the BP data
model as entity type BP_CTAXCT with the new UIBB ERP Customer: Tax Categories.

2.10 Master Data Governance, Data Quality Management

2.10.1 Deleted Master Data Remediation Apps

The Master Data Remediation Worklist (F1687), Master Data Remediation Manage Imports (F2224), and Master
Data Remediation Overview (F2519) apps have been deleted and are no longer available on the SAP Fiori
launchpad. Their functions are now available in the Manage Remediation Processes app.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Analysis and Remediation of Data Quality)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

2.10.2 Remediate Business Partner Master Data

You can now use the Manage Remediation Processes for Business Partners (F2505) app to check and correct
business partner master data.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

For products: Tax (MLAN)

For business partners:

• Bank Account (BUT0BK)

• Identifier (BUT0ID)
• Industry (BUT0IS)
• Purchasing Org Data (LFM2)
• Supplier Subrange (WYT1)
• Supplier Subrange Description (WYT1T)

2.10.5 Automatic Derivation for Partner Functions and Tax

Indicators

When you create a new entry for purchasing or sales organizations using a derivation rule for tables, the
mandatory partner functions and tax indicators are derived automatically. Please note, however, that the tax
classification is not filled automatically.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Analysis and Remediation of Data Quality)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 49
2.10.6 Enhanced BRFplus Context for Derivation Scenarios
and Validation Rules

The BRFplus context for derivation scenarios and validation rules has been enhanced with fields from the
change request structure and from the master data governance process structure.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Analysis and Remediation of Data Quality)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To make the additional fields available, please run the following reports as applicable.

 Note

For performance reasons, please run these reports within a technical job, which you schedule to be
executed outside working hours.

• MDQ_UPD_INFRASTRUCTURE_DRV (MDQ: Update BRF+ Infrastructure of Derivation Scenarios)

• MDQ_UPD_INFRASTRUCTURE_VAL (MDQ: Update BRF+ Infrastructure of Validation Rules)

For more information, see Updating the BRFplus Infrastructure.

 Note

For information about enhancing the BRFplus context in lower releases, see SAP Note 3344851 for
derivation scenarios and SAP Note 3344850 for validation rules.

2.10.7 Changed Validation Rule Usages for Business Partners

in Cloud-Ready Mode

The usages in the Validation Rules for Business Partners change as follows in the cloud-ready mode in SAP
MDG:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

50 PUBLIC Cross Components
• Check in Mass Processing is replaced by Check in Central Governance, which can be used for checks that
are executed during governance processes for business partners.
• Check in Inbound Processes is available for checks that can be applied to inbound processes in central
governance for business partners.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Analysis and Remediation of Data Quality)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

2.10.8 Export and Import Table Operations for Validation

Rules

In the Export Validation Rules and Import Validation Rules apps, you can now also export and import the
BRFplus expression type Table Operation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Analysis and Remediation of Data Quality)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For information about exporting and importing the BRFplus expression type Table Operation in lower releases,
see SAP Note 3340846 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 51
2.11 Master Data Governance - Cloud-Ready Mode

2.11.1 Cloud-Ready Mode for Business Partner Data

Cloud-ready mode in SAP MDG is an additional option to use master data governance processes like central
governance including mass processing and consolidation, and data quality management. It is an alternative to
the existing SAP MDG, which is now referred to as classic mode.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG (Master Data Governance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Cloud-ready mode currently supports the business partner domain only. It provides an excellent user
experience using the newest Fiori UI technology and the most up-to-date technology that is ready for the
public cloud, e.g. ABAP Cloud.

It is the basis for innovations such as a federated master data governance approach and data provider
integration.

Related Information

Master Data Governance (Cloud-Ready Mode)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

52 PUBLIC Cross Components
2.12 Master Data Governance - Federated Master Data
Governance

2.12.1 Federation with SAP MDG on SAP S/4HANA as Core

Data Owner for Business Partner

We offer this new deployment option for SAP MDG in addition to centrally managed master data governance. It
allows for the distribution of data ownership to several systems or tenants, each owning a subset of the master
data, which means that the master data governance process can run across several systems or tenants.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG (Master Data Governance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In federated master data governance, you can enable federation with SAP MDG on SAP S/4HANA as the owner
of core Business Partner attributes. SAP MDG on SAP S/4HANA has data ownership of core Business Partner
data attributes, while application-specific attributes can be owned by decentral operational SAP S/4HANA
systems. You can define the ownership according to your specific landscape.

In federated master data governance, in addition to a coordinated distribution of data in the landscape,
processes are also conducted in a coordinated fashion and can be tracked across system boundaries. This
increases agility by balancing central and decentral master data management processes to ensure that data is
governed where it is best understood. It broadens the master data management reach in the organization with
a non-disruptive evolutionary approach.

Related Information

Federated Master Data Governance

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 53
2.13 Responsibility Management

2.13.1 OData API: Responsibility Management Teams

With this inbound synchronous service, you can create, update, delete, and read teams modelled using the SAP
Fiori application, Manage Teams and Responsibilities. This API is based on the OData V2 protocol. This API also
enables you to perform the following operation:

• Prepone team header start date

• Create, delete, read, and unassign team owner
• Create, delete, and read team member
• Update team member start date
• Create, delete, read, and unassign team member function
• Create, delete, and read team attributes
• Read team hierarchies
• Add, delete, and get subnodes of the team hierarchy
• Get potential subnodes of the team hierarchy

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1NJ (Responsibility Management)

Application Component CA-GTF-RM (Responsibility Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Responsibility Management Teams

2.13.2 OData API: Responsibility Management Team

Configurations - Read

This ODataV4 service has been deprecated. Please use the successor: api_respym_team_config_srv
version 0002. The length of Team Category and Team Type has been increased in the new version.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

54 PUBLIC Cross Components
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1NJ (Responsibility Management)

Application Component CA-GTF-RM (Responsibility Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Responsibility Management Team Configurations - Read

2.13.3 OData API: Responsibility Management Teams - Read

This ODataV4 service has been deprecated. Please use the successor: api_respym_team_srv version 0002.
The length of Team Category and Team Type has been increased in the new version.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1NJ (Responsibility Management)

Application Component CA-GTF-RM (Responsibility Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Responsibility Management Teams - Read

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 55
2.14 Business Event Logging

2.14.1 Business Event Log Data (Version 2)

This CDS view Business Event Log Data (Version 2) (C_BusEvtLogEventDEX_2) enables you to extract
business event header data. It helps determine entries for business events and get the source of the business
events.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-GTF-BEL (Business Event Logging)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Business Event Log Data (Version2)

2.14.2 Business Event Log Data

The CDS view Business Event Log Data (C_BUSEVTLOGEVENTDEX) is deprecated. SAP may make the CDS
view unusable, usually no earlier than one year after the deprecation. We recommend that you switch to the
following successor CDS views as soon as possible:

• Business Event Log Data (Version2)

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

56 PUBLIC Cross Components
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not Applicable

Application Component CA-GTF-BEL (Business Event Logging)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Deprecated: Business Event Log Data

2.14.3 Payload

The CDS view Payload (C_BUSEVTLOGPAYLOADDEX) is deprecated. SAP may make the CDS view unusable,
usually no earlier than one year after the deprecation. We recommend that you switch to the following
successor CDS views as soon as possible:

• Payload (V2)

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-GTF-BEL (Business Event Logging)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Deprecated: Payload

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 57
2.15 Enterprise Contract Management

2.15.1 Edit Collaborations

With this feature, you can edit the collaborations in the Manage Legal Transactions application.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1XV ( SAP S/4HANA for Enterprise Contract Management)

Application Component CM-LT (Manage Legal Transactions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can edit the title and description of the collaborations in the Manage Legal Transactions application.

Related Information

Editing Collaborations

2.15.2 Parallel Workflow Tasks

With this feature, you can easily select the steps that need to run in parallel, thereby enabling multiple decision
makers to process the workflow steps and save process time.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

58 PUBLIC Cross Components
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1XV ( SAP S/4HANA for Enterprise Contract Management)

Application Component CM-TSK (Manage Legal Tasks)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Legal counsel can execute and release parallel workflow steps.

• Legal counsel can enable review and approval by multiple decision makers at the same time.
• Legal counsel can also choose the action result in exception handling to repeat steps after the previous
workflow step.

Related Information

Manage Legal Tasks

2.15.3 Enhancements in Manage Legal Documents

With this app, you can do the following:

• Create additional documents in relation to the main document and view their details in the new facet
Related Documents.
• Use Create instead of the Reopen button to correct a document that is in an Accepted status.
• Select a Type of Paper while uploading a file.
• View Document Kind to know that kind of legal document you are working with.

Also, the below fields have been renamed in this app:

• Current Version renamed to Latest Document

• Set to Archive renamed to Mark for Archival

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 59
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1XV ( SAP S/4HANA for Enterprise Contract Management)

Application Component CM-DOC (Manage Legal Documents)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• While uploading a file to the legal document, user can typically select either of the two types of paper.
• Draft: Select this option for the type of file that requires review, approval, and signature. The status of
the legal document is ‘In-Process’.
• Final: Select this option for the type of file that is already signed and is the final copy of the legal
document. Such a document does not require any further processing and hence the system can move
such a document directly to the ‘Accepted’ status. This saves multiple clicks and optimizes processing
time.
• Document Kind: In the list view or object view of a legal document, you can view the kind of document
you have created. There can be various kinds like main, supporting document, administrative update, or
amendment.
• Create: You can now use the Create button instead of the Reopen button. This button provides multiple
options to help you make an informed decision before reopening a legal document. You can use the option
Amendments to make major corrections to a legal document or use the option Administrative Update to
make minor corrections. Note that you can use these options to correct a legal document that is in the
Accepted status.
• Another option under Create is the Supporting Documents. Use this option to create additional documents
in relation to the main document.
• Related Documents: You can view all the related documents created in relation to the main document, in
this new facet.

Related Information

Manage Legal Documents

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

60 PUBLIC Cross Components
2.15.4 Deprecation of Document Generation

The options to Download and Generate File have been deprecated from Enterprise Contract Management as of
this release. You can download the contract from the Enterprise Contract Assembly system directly.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1XV ( SAP S/4HANA for Enterprise Contract Management)

Application Component CM-DOC (Manage Legal Documents)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can no longer download or generate documents from the Enterprise Contract Management system while
using the document assembly feature. You will have to navigate to the Enterprise Contract Assembly system to
generate the PDF document.

Related Information

Manage Legal Documents

2.15.5 Enhancements in Manage Legal Transactions

With this app, you can do the following:

• Select a Type of Paper while uploading a file.

• View Document Kind to know the kind of additional document that is assigned to the legal document.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 61
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1XV ( SAP S/4HANA for Enterprise Contract Management)

Application Component CM-LT (Manage Legal Transactions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Type of Paper:
While uploading a file to the legal document, user can typically select either of the two types of paper.
• Draft: Select this option for the type of file that requires review, approval, and signature. The status of
the legal document is ‘In-Process’.
• Final: Select this option for the type of file that is already signed and is the final copy of the legal
document. Such a document does not require any further processing and hence the system can move
such a document directly to the ‘Accepted’ status. This saves multiple clicks and optimizes processing
time.
Note that the type of paper values is neither dependant on the document status nor change based on the
workflow status of the document. The type of paper remains the same as selected while uploading the file.
• Document Kind: In the list view or object view of a legal document, you can view the kind of document
you have created. There can be various kinds like main, supporting document, administrative update, or
amendment.

Related Information

Manage Legal Transactions

2.15.6 Migration of Legal Documents

With this feature, you can migrate the legal documents from any legacy system to the SAP S/4HANA cloud
system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

62 PUBLIC Cross Components
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1XV ( SAP S/4HANA for Enterprise Contract Management)

Application Component CM-DOC (Manage Legal Documents)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Data Migration helps you to create legal documents in mass, using an excel file in the Migration Template and
Migration Cockpit. In the migration template, you can specify data for creation of one or more legal documents.

Related Information

Migration of Legal Documents

2.16 Classification System

2.16.1 Classification System: Small Enhancements as Part of

Customer Connection Program 2023

Improvements in the Classification component are available to you in the context of the SAP Customer
Connection project for Product Lifecycle Management. These improvements are based on proposals submitted
by customers through the Customer Influence program.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 63
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-CL (Classification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details

Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

CA-CL-CL Display Object De SAP_ABA DS4 New 273326 3214889

(Classification) scription in Trans
action CLMM

CA-CL-CHR Output of Allowed SAP_ABA DS4 New 277010 3258043

(Characteristics) Characteristic Val
ues for BAPI from
Check Tables and
Check Modules

These improvements are valid for all countries.

More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see https://influence.sap.com

2.17 Process Route

2.17.1 Process Route: Small Enhancements as Part of

Customer Connection Program 2022

SAP ID (Digital Library) Digital Library Status Digital Library Title Description Asset ID (from guide url) Work
Zone Title Comments

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

64 PUBLIC Cross Components
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-GTF (General Application Functions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details

Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

CA-GTF-UPS Delete Old UPS SAP_ABA DS4 New 274354 3198689

(Uniform Packages
Packaging Service)

CA-GTF-UPS Improved IDoc SAP_ABA DS4 New 277545 3201691

(Uniform Identification
Packaging Service)

CA-GTF-UPS Enable Sorting Or S4CORE 108, New 277654 3198701

(Uniform der by Creation SAP_ABA DS4
Packaging Service) Date or Change
Date for UPS Dis
tribution Cockpit

CA-EPT-PRO Access Control S4CORE 108 New 276379 3233255

(Process Route) Management User
Group Added as
Agent Type Selec
tion Option

These improvements are available in all local versions.

More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see http://influence.sap.com .

2.18 Variant Configuration

2.18.1 Variant Configuration: Small Enhancements as Part of

Customer Connection Program 2022

Improvements in the Variant Configuration component are available to you in the context of the SAP Customer
Connection project for Product Lifecycle Management. These improvements are based on proposals submitted
by customers through the Customer Influence program.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 65
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-VC (Variant Configuration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details

Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

LO-VC-CHR Transfer of Client- S4CORE 108 New 273602 3221680

(Characteristic Specific to Plant-
Value Specific Value As
Assignment / signments
Interface Design)

LO-VC-PME After Content S4CORE 108 New 273619 3229352

(Product Modeling Check, Jump to
Engine) Lines in Variant
Table Containing
Empty Cells

LO-VC-PME Enable Search and S4CORE 108 New 274101 3238388

(Product Modeling Filter in Variant
Engine) Pricing Tables

LO-VC-PME Show Number S4CORE 108 New 274189 3197353

(Product Modeling of Characteristics
Engine) and Values

LO-VC-PME Add Object Var S4CORE 108 New 276355 3233742

(Product Modeling iable to BOM
Engine) Item Selection
Condition While
Using Drag and
Drop

LO-VC-CHR Permanent Save of S4CORE 108 New 273598 3257542

(Characteristic Configuration
Value
Assignment /
Interface Design)

These improvements are available in all local versions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

66 PUBLIC Cross Components
More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see https://influence.sap.com .

2.19 Output Control

2.19.1 BAdI for Setting the Name of Rendered Documents

during Output

The new Business Add-In (BAdI) APOC_SET_OUTPUT_DOCUMENT_NAME enables you to set the name of your
rendered document during the output. It is released for both key user extensibility and developer extensibility.
For more information, see the related BAdI documentation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1LQ

Application Component CA-GTF-OC (Output Management for SAP S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

2.19.2 BAdI for Adding Email Recipients

The new Business Add-In (BAdI) APOC_ADD_EMAIL_RECIPIENTS enables you to add multiple email recipients
to an output item. It is called during the output parameter determination and returns a table of email addresses
and email type codes.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 67
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1LQ

Application Component CA-GTF-OC (Output Management for SAP S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

2.20 Manage Search Models

This app is enhanced with the following features. You can:

• Edit all the fields of custom search model except the name and the selected CDS view.
• Enable ID-based search for each field from Field Configuration page.
• Enable Autosuggest feature for a field.

Technical Details

Type Not applicable

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-GTF-HSB (HANA Search for Business Suite)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Related Information

Manage Search Models

2.21 New In-App Help Experience

With SAP S/4HANA 2023, the look and feel of the in-app help for all apps (independent of their UI technology)
has been harmonized.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

68 PUBLIC Cross Components
Users can now access the in-app help in all apps by choosing the question mark button on the shell bar:

The icons that appear next to individual elements on the screen when the help mode is active are displayed as
question marks:

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA (Cross-Application Components)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When the in-app help is configured via transaction SHELP_CONFIG, the value of the relevant attribute F1 Help
from Back End is set to Yes by default. For details, see chapter Enable Context-Sensitive User Assistance and
Back-End Help Links in the Installation Guide for SAP S/4HANA on https://help.sap.com/s4hana.

2.22 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1352].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 69
2.23 Extensibility for Address-Dependent Fields in Manage
Customer Master Data and Manage Business Partner
Master Data

Address-dependent fields are used to maintain address-specific information for business partners and
customers. Key users can now extend the Manage Customer Master Data app and the Manage Business
Partner Master Data app to add customized address-dependent fields to the following UI elements:

• Address-Dependent General Data

• Address-Dependent Sales Data

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-MD-BP (Business Partner Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Multiple Address Handling in Customer Master Data

Address-Dependent Data
App Extensibility: Manage Customer Master Data

2.24 Changed and New Customer Address ID Fields for

Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) in the Customer
Master Data

Fields for customer address IDs that are used for EDI messages are renamed and added in the transaction
Maintain Business Partner (BP):

• The section Address-Dependent External Reference is renamed to Seller-Defined Customer Address-ID for
EDI.
• The field External Customer is renamed to Seller-Defined Address ID for EDI.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

70 PUBLIC Cross Components
• The field Internal Address ID is displayed in the section Seller-Defined Customer Address-ID for Electronic
Data Interchange.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-MD-BP (Business Partner Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When your system participates in electronic data interchange (EDI) as the seller system with a customer (as
a buyers), you use the Seller-Defined Address ID for EDI field to define IDs that represent specific addresses of
the customer. The customer uses these IDs to communicate the specific customer addresses as part of EDI
messages sent to your seller system.

The Internal Address ID field represents the technical address number created by the system preceded by the
number of zeroes required to reach a total of 10 characters. You use the Internal Address ID field to create
IDs in the Seller-Defined Address ID for EDI field. SAP recommends defining the seller-defined address IDs as
12-character IDs:

• First two characters as a prefix, for example: AD

• Last ten characters: internal address ID

You can find the Seller-Defined Customer Address-ID for EDI section in transaction Maintain Business Partner
(BP) under Customer: Additional Data.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Cross Components PUBLIC 71
3 Asset Management

3.1 Maintenance Management

3.1.1 Business Role Template for Master Data

With the business role template Master Data Specialist - Maintenance Management
(SAP_BR_MD_SPECIALIST_EAM), you can access the applications related to the following master data:

• Equipment
• Functional location
• Measuring point
• Maintenance task list
• Bill of materials (BoMs)
• Maintenance plan and maintenance item

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component PM-EQM (Technical Objects)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

3.1.2 CDS View for Master Data

With the new CDS view I_MasterWrntyObjectAssgmt (Master Warranty Object Assignment), you can learn
if the object assignment details were passed on to a child master warranty or if they were inherited from a
superior master warranty.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

72 PUBLIC Asset Management
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component PM-EQM-SF-WA (Warranties )

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Master Warranty Object Assignment

3.1.3 CDS Views for Maintenance Orders and Operations

With this feature, you gain access to new CDS views for maintenance orders and operations.

You can access the following new CDS views:

• Maintenance Order Data (I_MaintenanceOrderDEX)

• Maintenance Order Change Document (I_MaintOrdChangeDocumentDEX)
• Purchase Requisition Or Reservation Generation (I_PurReqnOrResvnGeneration) and the related text
view I_PurReqnOrResvnGenerationText
• Operation Basic Start Date Constraint Type (I_OpBscStartDateConstraintType) and the related text
view I_OpBscStrtDateConstraintTypeT
• Operation Basic End Date Constraint Type (I_OpBscEndDateConstraintType) and the related text view
I_OpBscEndDateConstraintTypeT
• Maintenance Order Processing Context (I_MaintOrderProcessingContext) and the related text view
I_MaintOrdProcessingContextT
• Maintenance Order Component Special Stock Type (I_MaintOrdOpCompSpclStockType) and the related
text view I_MaintOrdOpCompSpclStkTypeTxt
• Maintenance Order Component Costing Relevancy (I_MaintOrdOpCompCostRelevancy) and the related
text view I_MaintOrdOpCompCostRelevancyT
• Maintenance Component Item Category (I_MaintComponentItemCategory) and the related text view
I_MaintCompItemCategoryTxt

These new CDS views are available for both key user extensibility and developer extensibility. For more
information about these and other objects that have been released for developer extensibility, see Objects
Released for Developer Extensibility in Maintenance Management [page 74].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 73
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Maintenance Order Data

Maintenance Order Change Document
Maintenance Component Item Category
Maintenance Order Operation Component Costing Relevancy
Maintenance Order Operation Component Special Stock Type
Maintenance Order Processing Context
Operation Basic End Date Constraint Type
Operation Basic Start Date Constraint Type
Purchase Requisition Or Reservation Generation

3.1.4 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in

Maintenance Management

With the objects released in Maintenance Management, you have a stable interface to access data from SAP
S/4HANA when building custom applications or extensions with developer extensibility. You can integrate the
released objects in your custom code or extend them at predefined extension points. Depending on your use
case, different object types are provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, business object interfaces). You find all the
released objects in the ABAP Development Tools (ADT) when you're connected to SAP S/4HANA.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

74 PUBLIC Asset Management
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed or deprecated for developer
extensibility with the current release.

Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility

Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

CDS view Maintenance Order I_MaintOrderOpCom Deprecated This CDS view of the
business object inter
Component Projection ponentTP
face
- TP
I_MaintenanceOrde
rTP has been depre
cated and replaced
with the successor
view
I_MaintOrderOpCom
ponentTP_2.

CDS view Maintenance Order I_MaintenanceOrde New This CDS view pro
Data rDEX vides access to main
tenance order data.

CDS view Maintenance Order I_MaintOrdChangeD New This CDS view pro
Change Document ocumentDEX vides access to change
document information
for maintenance or
ders.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 75
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

CDS view Maintenance Order I_MaintOrderProce New This CDS view pro
Processing Context ssingContext vides supported values
for
MaintOrderProcess
ingContext. The
processing context af
fects the the end-to-
end process through
which a maintenance
order runs.

CDS view Operation Basic Start I_OpBscStartDateC New This CDS view pro
Date Constraint Type onstraintType vides supported values
for
OpBscStartDateCon
straintType. This
constraint type deter
mines whether there is
a scheduling con
straint for starting a
maintenance order op
eration and what kind
of constraint it is.

CDS view Operation Basic End I_OpBscEndDateCon New This CDS view pro
Date Constraint Type straintType vides supported values
for
OpBscEndDateConst
raintType. This con
straint type deter
mines whether there is
a scheduling con
straint for finishing a
maintenance order op
eration and what kind
of constraint it is.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

76 PUBLIC Asset Management
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

CDS view Purchase Requisition I_PurReqnOrResvnG New This CDS view pro
Or Reservation Gener eneration vides supported values
ation for
PurReqnOrResvnGen
eration, which de
fines when a reserva
tion for a stock compo
nent is relevant to ma
terials planning or
when a purchase
requisition is gener
ated for a non-stock
component or a lean
service.

CDS view Maintenance Compo I_MaintComponentI New This CDS view pro
nent Item Category temCategory vides information
about the component
item categories that
have been defined in
your configuration en
vironment and that
are available in main
tenance orders and
maintenance task lists.

CDS view Maintenance Order I_MaintOrdOpCompC New This CDS view pro
Component Costing ostRelevancy vides information
Relevancy about whether main
tenance order compo
nents are relevant for
calculating the incur
red costs.

CDS view Maintenance Order I_MaintOrdOpCompS New This CDS view pro
Component Special pclStockType vides supported values
Stock Type for
MaintOrdOpCompSpe
cialStockType. The
special stock type indi
cates that a stock
component must be
separately managed.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 77
RESTful Application Programming model, http services, and ABAP objects. For more information about the
released objects and how to find them, see Released Development Objects.

Effects on System Administration

For more information about the authorizations required for working with the development objects released for
developer extensibility, see Configure Authorizations.

3.1.5 OData API: Material Serial Number

With the Material Serial Number API, you can create, update, and read material serial numbers.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component PM-EQM (Technical Objects)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Material Serial Number

3.1.6 OData API: Equipment

You can now deactivate or activate an equipment, mark an equipment for deletion, and remove the deletion
flag of an equipment using the Equipment API.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

78 PUBLIC Asset Management
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component PM-EQM-EQ (Equipment)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Equipment

3.1.7 OData API: Functional Location

You can now deactivate or activate a functional location, mark a functional location for deletion, and remove
the deletion flag of a functional location using the Functional Location API.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component PM-EQM-FL (Functional Locations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Functional Location

3.1.8 Deprecation of Property for Functional Location

In the Functional Location Hierarchy - Read (API_FUNCNLLOC_STRUCLIST) API and the Functional
Location (API_FUNCTIONALLOCATION) API, the property FunctionalLocationIsActive is deprecated

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 79
and will be deleted in an upcoming release. We recommend that you use the successor property
FunctionalLocationIsCreated which allows you to indicate if a functional location is active.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component PM-EQM-FL ( Functional Locations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Functional Location

3.1.9 OData API: Maintenance Notification

You can now use the GOS and DMS document types by adding the relevant parameters in the Maintenance
Notification API.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MN (Maintenance Notifications)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

80 PUBLIC Asset Management
Related Information

Maintenance Notification

3.1.10 OData API: Maintenance Order

The OData API MaintenanceOrder has been deprecated, and a successor API version has been released. We
recommend that you switch to the following successor API as soon as possible: MaintenanceOrder (Version 2).
This new version includes the following changed and enhanced entities:

• Maintenance Order Settlement Rule (Version 2)

• Maintenance Order Operation Component (Version 2)
• Maintenance Order Component Long Text (Version 2)

The entity Maintenance Order Settlement History per Ledger (MaintOrdSettlmtDistrRuleHist) is no

longer available in the new API version. The functionality of this entity has been included in the Maintenance
Order Settlement Rule (Version 2) entity instead.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Maintenance Order (Version 2)

Maintenance Order Operation Component (Version 2)
Maintenance Order Component Long Text (Version 2)
Maintenance Order Settlement Rule (Version 2)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 81
3.1.11 Manage Material Serial Numbers App

With the Manage Material Serial Numbers app, you can manage material serial numbers.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component PM-FIO-EQM (Fiori UI for PM Technical Objects)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Material Serial Numbers

3.1.12 Deletion of Display Master Data Information Center

Apps

The Display Master Data Information Center apps (W0011 and W0012) have been deleted and are no longer
available on the SAP Fiori launchpad. You can use the following successor app which is available on the SAP
Fiori launchpad: Find Technical Object (F2072).

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

82 PUBLIC Asset Management
Additional Details

The following successor app is available on the SAP Fiori launchpad:

• Find Technical Object

Related Information

Find Technical Object

3.1.13 Manage Structure in Find Technical Object App

You can now install equipment on the equipment or dismantle equipment from the equipment using the
options that are available in the Manage Structure dropdown list in the Find Technical Object app (F2072).

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-EQM (Equipment)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Find Technical Object

3.1.14 Mass Editing Warranty Details of Technical Objects

You can now select one or more technical objects and, edit customer warranty and vendor warranty details in
the Find Technical Object app (F2072).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 83
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-EQM (Technical Objects)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Mass Editing of Technical Objects

3.1.15 Assigning Real Estate Objects to Technical Objects

You can now assign real estate objects to technical objects if you have activated the SAP Intelligent Real Estate
product.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-EQM (Technical Objects)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

84 PUBLIC Asset Management
Effects on System Administration

To assign real estate objects to technical objects, SAP Intelligent Real Estate needs to be activated. For more
information, see SAP Note 3218235

3.1.16 Authorization Object for Maintenance Plans

With the new authorization object Maintenance Plan Category (I_MPTYP), you can authorize users to read,
create, or update a maintenance plan or a maintenance item based on a maintenance plan category.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-PRM-MP (Maintenance Plans)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new authorization object Maintenance Plan Category (I_MPTYP) is available in the apps Manage
Maintenance Plans (F5325) and Manage Maintenance Items (F5356). It has the field Activity (ACTVT) which
has the following values:

• Add or Create (01)

• Change (02)
• Display (03)
• Delete (06)
• Display change documents (08)
• Display in Value Help (F4)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 85
Effects on System Administration

For roles to which the app is assigned, the authorizations need to be adjusted to give users the authorization to
read, create, or update a maintenance plan or a maintenance item according to their role.

3.1.17 Multiple Counter Maintenance Plan: Time Zone

When you process or display maintenance plans of type Multiple Counter in the Manage Maintenance Plans
app, (F5325), you can view the scheduling start date and time in your local user time zone. The system
converts the system time zone into the time zone of the current user as set in the SAP Fiori Launchpad and the
browser.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-PRM-MP (Maintenance Plans)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Maintenance Plans

3.1.18 Adding Object List Entries to Maintenance Items

You can now assign a list of objects to a maintenance item using the Manage Maintenance Items app. The
objects that can be assigned are:

• Functional location
• Equipment
• Assembly

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

86 PUBLIC Asset Management
The maintenance operations are defined as a maintenance task list in the maintenance item and are
associated with all the assigned technical objects using object lists. The object list items are carried forward as
maintenance order object list items.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-FIO-PRM-MP (Fiori UI for PM Preventive Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Maintenance Plans

Manage Maintenance Items

3.1.19 Call Objects for Maintenance Item: Time Zone

When you view the call objects for a maintenance item in the Manage Maintenance Items app (F5356), you can
view the completion date and time, scheduled start date and time, scheduled end date and time, basic start
date and time, basic end date and time, required start date and time, and required end date and time in your
local user time zone. The system converts the system time zone into the time zone of the current user as set in
the SAP Fiori Launchpad and the browser.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 87
Application Component PM-PRM-MP (Maintenance Plans)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Maintenance Items

3.1.20 Additional Options to Filter Task Lists and Task List

Operations

You can now use the filter Has Operation in the Find Maintenance Task List (F2660) app to display task lists that
may or may not have operations.

You can now filter task lists and task list operations based on the date of creation or change and the user
who created or changed them in the Find Maintenance Task List (F2660) and Find Maintenance Task List and
Operation (F2661) apps.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-PRM-TL (Maintenance Task Lists)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Find Maintenance Task List

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

88 PUBLIC Asset Management
Find Maintenance Task List and Operation

3.1.21 Document Types in Maintenance Requests

You can upload a document, add a link or assign an existing document to the maintenance request. Two
predefined document types are available – YP1 and YP2. If you configure a document type in the configuration
activity Define DMS Document Types, the document type that you define will be available for selection in the
dropdown list.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MN (Maintenance Notifications)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Information

To access the configuration activity, go to the Implementation Guide under Cross-Application Components →
Document Management → Control Data → Define DMS Document Types

Related Information

Create Maintenance Request

My Maintenance Requests
Screen Maintenance Requests

3.1.22 Maintenance Request Drafts

You can now save the existing draft and create a new draft in the Create Maintenance Request app. The Create
Draft button allows you to create a new draft without discarding the existing draft. The My Drafts button allows
you to view all your drafts in the My Maintenance Requests app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 89
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MN (Maintenance Notifications)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Create Maintenance Request

My Maintenance Requests
Screen Maintenance Requests

3.1.23 Performance Improvement in Maintenance Request

Apps

With this feature, the performance of the Create Maintenance Request app, My Maintenance Requests app,
Screen Maintenance Requests app and the Maintenance Notification API have been improved by optimizing the
code.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MN (Maintenance Notifications)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

90 PUBLIC Asset Management
Related Information

Create Maintenance Request

My Maintenance Requests
Screen Maintenance Requests

3.1.24 Validity of Phase Control Codes

If you process your maintenance orders according to phases, you can activate phase control codes on order
header or order operation level. Phase control codes that are activated for a maintenance order allow you to
control whether the maintenance order is passed on to the next subphase and phase. With this feature, you can
configure whether specific phase control codes are still valid, will no longer be used in future or are an invalid
entry.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With this feature, you can control the validity of phase control codes. This includes defining existing phase
control codes that have already been used in maintenance orders as deprecated and finally no longer valid. The
system displays the validity of the phase control codes in the maintenance order:

• Valid
A valid phase control code can be used without any restrictions.
• Deprecated
A deprecated phase control code is still displayed in the value help and still can be activated and
deactivated. If the user selects this phase control code and wants to activate it, the system issues a
warning message.
• No longer valid
A phase control code that is no longer valid cannot be activated. This means that the user cannot select
invalid phase control codes from the value help in any apps that allow the activation of phase control codes

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 91
(for example, in the Change Maintenance Order app). However, an invalid phase control code can still be
deactivated.
Note that invalid phase control codes can be selected from the value help and displayed in apps that
provide a list view. This allows you to use invalid phase control codes as a search and filter criterion.

Effects on Existing Data

The new table column Validity indicates the validity of the phase control codes with the values Valid, Deprecated
and No longer valid.

Effects on Customizing

You need to configure the validity of the phase control codes in Customizing for Plant Maintenance and
Customer Service under Maintenance and Service Processing Fiori Apps for Maintenance Processing
Define Phase Control Code for Maintenance Orders . You determine the validity for a combination of order type
and entity (order header, order operation) in the Define Phase Control Codes area.

Related Information

Phase Control Codes

Configuring Phase Control Codes

3.1.25 Order and Operation List: Processing User Fields

With this feature, you can search, display and mass change the field content of user fields in the Order and
Operation List (SAP GUI transaction IW37N).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

92 PUBLIC Asset Management
Scope Item BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Order and Operation List (SAP GUI transaction IW37N), you can now display and process the values of
user fields as follows:

• On the Operation tab page, you can go to the User Fields area and filter the results list by a specific field key
or by specific user field values.
• You can show specific user fields and their values as additional table columns in the results list.
• You can select multiple operations and carry out a mass change of field keys and user field values.

Effects on Existing Data

The user interface of SAP GUI transaction IW37N has been enhanced with the following new UI elements:

• The Operation tab page has been enhanced with the new area User Fields and the selection option Field
Key.
• The order operation mass change has been enhanced with the new tab page User Fields.

Related Information

Carry Out Mass Change in Operations

Use of User Data

3.1.26 Specifying a Maintenance Order as a Billable Order

The standard maintenance process does not offer any capabilities to bill the costs that are associated with
a maintenance order. With this feature, you can specify a maintenance order as a so-called billable order
and thereby make this order part of the Service with Advanced Execution process. When you have selected
the checkbox Billable in the header of a maintenance order and saved your entries, the system creates a
corresponding service order. For this service order, a billing document can be generated.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 93
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6F1 (Preventive Maintenance Service)

6AU (Corrective Maintenance Service)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In this integrated scenario, the maintenance order is always associated with the execution order item of a
service order or a service order quotation. The Service with Advanced Execution process is meant to have the
commercial aspects of the service managed in the service order and the planning and execution of the service
done via the maintenance order. Therefore, you can only select the checkbox Billable as long as you have not
completed your order planning and not released the maintenance order.

The following restrictions apply for billable orders:

• You can only process billable orders in SAP GUI transactions.

• You cannot specify phase-based maintenance orders as billable orders.
• You cannot specify refurbishment orders, investment orders, revenue-enabled maintenance orders,
compatible unit orders, customer service orders and maintenance orders with operation account
assignment as billable orders.

Effects on Existing Data

In the order header data, the user interface has been enhanced with the checkbox Billable. If you select this
checkbox, the system shows the additional areas Sales Data and Service on the Header Data tab page. In
these two areas, you can provide the necessary Sales-specific and Service-specific data. Since the system
automatically generates a corresponding service order after you have saved the billable order, you cannot
unselect the checkbox Billable retrospectively. Note that you can no longer change the Sales-specific and
Service-specific data in the billable order after the service order has been created. This data can then only be
changed in the corresponding service order.

Effects on Customizing

You must map the maintenance order type to a corresponding transaction type and item category in Service so
that the system can create a service order for a billable order. Perform the mapping in Customizing for Service

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

94 PUBLIC Asset Management
under Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Plant Maintenance Integration
Map Order Types .

Related Information

Order Processing: Service with Advanced Execution

3.1.27 Work Permit Relevance Status in Assigned

Maintenance Orders

With this feature, the maintenance order is updated with the status Relevant for Work Permit when it is
assigned to a work permit.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM-WCM (Work Clearance Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you create a work permit with reference to a maintenance order or assign an order during the creation of
work permit, the assigned order is updated as Relevant for Work Permit in the Find Maintenance Orders app.

 Note

This feature is available only in the permit to work process and not relevant for the maintenance orders
assigned using the classic WCM apps.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 95
Related Information

Working with Work Permits

3.1.28 Mass Editing Header Details of Maintenance Orders

This feature enables you to edit the following header details of one or more selected maintenance orders using
the new Edit Orders quick action in the Find Maintenance Orders app: order description, maintenance activity
type, priority, and system condition.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-FIO (Fiori UI for Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Find Maintenance Orders

3.1.29 Simplified Printing for Multiple Orders and Operations

With this feature, you can print or email shop papers for one or more maintenance orders or order operations
based on specific configuration settings in a single step. The system creates a work pack based on predefined
settings and automatically sends the work pack to the configured output channels. Previously, you only had the
option to create a work pack and send the work pack to the output manually.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

96 PUBLIC Asset Management
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO-PRI (Print, Fax, Paging)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

A new Print button is available in the Find Maintenance Orders app and the Find Maintenance Orders and
Operations app.

If you select one or more maintenance orders or one or more order operations and choose Print, the system
creates a work pack with a predefined work pack type and predefined grouping criteria and automatically
sends the work pack to the configured output channels. The entire process is performed in a background
job. You can view the status of the work pack creation, system errors, and work pack details such as the ID,
work pack type and grouping criteria in the Application Logs. You can view the status of the output creation
by navigating to the Manage Work Packs app and searching for the work pack using the work pack ID or order
number.

Related Information

Find Maintenance Orders

Find Maintenance Orders and Operations

3.1.30 Improvements in Maintenance Backlog Overview

With this feature, the selection of planning buckets in the Maintenance Backlog Overview app has been
simplified.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 97
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-FIO (Fiori UI for Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To display information on the cards in the Maintenance Backlog Overview app, you need to select a series of
operational planning buckets and indicate how many past and future planning buckets you want to view.

To facilitate the planning bucket selection, the Planning Bucket Template filter has been renamed to Reference
Planning Bucket. In addition, the value help now only shows reference planning buckets rather than both
reference planning buckets and individual planning buckets.

Based on the selected reference planning bucket, the system identifies the individual planning bucket that
is valid for the current date and displays information about this planning bucket and the selected planning
buckets in the past and in the future.

Related Information

Maintenance Backlog Overview

3.1.31 Multiple Apps: Improved Selection of Maintenance

Events or Revisions

With this feature, existing value helps that allow the selection of maintenance events or revisions have been
simplified in several SAP Fiori apps. The corresponding filter labels have also been renamed.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

98 PUBLIC Asset Management
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-FIO (Fiori UI for Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When several maintenance activities need to be planned and executed together on one or more technical
objects during the same period of time, you can facilitate the planning of these activities by creating a
maintenance event or a revision and assigning maintenance orders to it. Maintenance events are created
and managed using the Manage Maintenance Planning Buckets app. Revisions are created and managed in SAP
GUI.

Several SAP Fiori apps allow you to filter maintenance orders by the maintenance event or the revision to which
they are assigned. Previously, the value help of the relevant filters consisted of a single selection table for both
maintenance events and revisions. Now you can choose between two separate search templates that allow you
to display either maintenance events or revisions. In addition, the filters that allow the selection of both objects
have been renamed to Maintenance Event/Revision.

The relevant filters and value helps have been changed in the following apps:

• Find Maintenance Orders (F2175)

• Find Maintenance Orders and Operations (F2173)
• Maintenance Planning Overview (F2828)
• Maintenance Order Costs (F4603)
• Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders (F4604)

Related Information

Comparison: Maintenance Event and Revision

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 99
3.1.32 Deletion of Confirm Jobs App

The Confirm Jobs app (W0020) has been deleted and is no longer available on the SAP Fiori launchpad. You
can use the following successor apps which are available on the SAP Fiori launchpad to review, execute, and
report the findings for the jobs dispatched for execution: Perform Maintenance Jobs (F5104A), Report and
Repair Malfunction (F2023).

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Perform Maintenance Jobs

Report and Repair Malfunction

3.1.33 Deletion of Display Job List App

The Display Job List app (W0016) has been deleted and is no longer available on the SAP Fiori launchpad.
You can use the following successor apps which are available on the SAP Fiori launchpad to review, execute,
and report the findings for the jobs dispatched for execution: Perform Maintenance Jobs (F5104A), Report and
Repair Malfunction (F2023).

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

100 PUBLIC Asset Management
Scope Item BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Report and Repair Malfunction

Perform Maintenance Jobs

3.1.34 Perform Maintenance Jobs: Clear Open Reservation

With this feature, you can release the reserved goods during final confirmation while recording time or by quick
confirmation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Perform Maintenance Jobs

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 101
3.1.35 Deletion of Machine Learning Functionality in Perform
Maintenance Jobs

In the Perform Maintenance Jobs application, the machine learning functionality that proposes damage code
and object part for maintenance jobs is deleted without replacement.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

3.1.36 Output Management: Enable Automatic Attachments

for Output Items

With this feature, you will be able to automatically attach or merge documents of particular document
types with output items for maintenance orders, maintenance notifications, and maintenance job packs. The
configuration allows the configuration expert to define possible document types to be attached to the output
items of maintenance orders, maintenance notifications, and maintenance job packs . It is also possible to
configure attachments to determine if an attachment must be merged for specific channels.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

102 PUBLIC Asset Management
Application Component PM-WOC-MO-PRI (Print, Fax, Paging)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Automatic Attachments for Maintenance Notification/ Maintenance Order/Maintenance Job Packs

3.1.37 Multiple Apps: New Fields With Combined Date and

Time

In several apps, the dates and times of technical objects, maintenance notifications, maintenance requests,
maintenance items, maintenance plans, maintenance orders, and order operations are now displayed in
combined timestamp fields. The new fields replace the corresponding date or date and time fields and show
the dates and times as a timestamp in the local time zone of the current user. The relevant filters have also
been replaced and now allow filtering by both dates and times.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item See table below

Application Component See table below

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 103
Additional Details

Dates and times are available as timestamp fields in the following apps:

App Application Component Scope Items

• Find Maintenance Orders and PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders) 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)
Operations (F2173)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
• Find Maintenance Orders (F2175)
BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

• Manage Maintenance Notifications PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders) 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

and Orders (F4604)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
• Manage Maintenance Backlog
(F4073)
• Manage Component and Services
(F6178)

• Create Maintenance Request PM-WOC-MN (Maintenance 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

(F1551A) Notifications)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
• My Maintenance Requests (F4513)
• Screen Maintenance Requests
(F4072)
• Find Maintenance Notification
(F2071)
• Display Maintenance Notifications
(F5797)

• Technical Object Breakdowns PM-EQM (Equipment) 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

(F2812)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)
• Technical Object Damages (F3075)

Manage Maintenance Items (F5356) PM-PRM-MP (Maintenance Plans) 4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Manage Maintenance Plans (F5325) PM-PRM-MP (Maintenance Plans) 4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

My Inbox (F0862) CA-INB-FIO (Fiori UI for My Inbox 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

Application)
4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

In the Manage Maintenance Items app, for call objects with notification, the fields Scheduled Start Date,
Scheduled End Date, Basic Start Time, and Basic Finish Time have been combined and changed to Required
Start Date Time and Required End Date Time.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

104 PUBLIC Asset Management
Related Information

Create Maintenance Request

My Maintenance Requests
Screen Maintenance Requests
Find Maintenance Orders
Find Maintenance Orders and Operations
Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders
Manage Maintenance Backlog
Manage Components and Services
Technical Object Breakdowns
Technical Object Damages
Manage Maintenance Plans
Manage Maintenance Items
My Inbox

3.2 Resource Scheduling

3.2.1 Resource Scheduling for Maintenance Planners:

Resizeable Cards

All cards can now be resized. To resize a card, simply click on its borders and adjust as needed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Work Center Utilization card can, for example, be expanded to show more work centers at the same time. If
you increase the card's width, you can also see the utilization for additional weeks (Week 3, Week 4).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 105
3.2.2 Maintenance Scheduling Board: People Gantt

In the Maintenance Scheduling Board you can select one or more operations and then call up the People Gantt
to see all the people in the work center team. You can choose to assign one or more people to carry out the
operations.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To see what the People Gantt looks like, go to People Gantt Layout .

Why Assign Operations to People?

Assigning operations to people in the People Gantt has the following benefits:

• You can see which people are assigned to the team of the performing work center and display additional
information, such as each person's function. You can also see their availability, that is, their work schedule.
• You can see at a glance whether an operation is usually carried out by one or by more people and assign
the correct number.
• You can see what other operations these people have been assigned to in the timeframe displayed.
• You can change assignments if you see that a person is overloaded, for example.
• You can use filters to find operations where nobody has been assigned.
• You can use filters to find all operations that have been assigned to a particular person. This can be useful,
for example, if a team member falls ill and you need to reassign their operations to other members in the
work center team.

Related Information

Assigning Individuals to Operations

Assigning Operations to People

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

106 PUBLIC Asset Management
3.2.3 Maintenance Scheduling Board: Actual Dates are
Highlighted

In the Maintenance Scheduling Board you can now see the actual work that has already been confirmed for
individual operations in a maintenance order. To see the actual dates, click on

 (Settings)ElementsShow Actual Dates

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Maintenance Scheduling Board you can now see the actual work that has been recorded for operations
that are in process (based on actual dates from time confirmation).

This allows you to track the operations by checking whether they have started early, are being processed as
planned, or are delayed.

Actual times are displayed as a green line under the operation bar.

To trigger the rescheduling of an operation (for example, if work on it has been delayed), right-click on the order
in question and choose Trigger Scheduling. The order is rescheduled taking the actual dates of the operation
into account.

3.2.4 Maintenance Scheduling Board: Quick Action Assign /

Unassign Event at Order Level

In the Maintenance Scheduling Board app, you can now use the context menu at menu order level to quickly
assign or unassign a maintenance event.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 107
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

By right-clicking on one or more maintenance orders in the Maintenance Scheduling Board app, you can now
also choose the following functions:

• Assign Event
The order is assigned to a maintenance event.
• Unassign Event
If the order is already assigned to a maintenance event, you can unassign it.

3.2.5 Maintenance Scheduling Board: Quick Manual Change

of Order Planned Start Date

Quickly change the planned start date of one or more maintenance orders simply by right-clicking on the
orders and choosing Set Planned Start.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

108 PUBLIC Asset Management
Additional Details

As an alternative to drag and drop, you can now use the following option to quickly change the planned start
date of maintenance orders in the Maintenance Scheduling Board:

• Select the orders in question and then right-click and choose Set Planned Start.
• Either enter the desired date and time manually, or click on  to select the new planned start.
The planned order start date is automatically set to the desired date and time.

 Note

Unlike the drag and drop alternative, which moves the Planned Start to the closest full hour, this option
sets the exact date and time that you specify.

The planned order start date is automatically set to the desired date and time.

3.2.6 Maintenance Scheduling Board: Screen Layout Can be

Saved as View

Use views to adjust the layout of your screen to best suit your needs. If you need different layouts for different
tasks, you can create multiple views. If you want your colleagues to be able to use a view you created, click on
Public when you save it. Your current screen layout for the Maintenance Scheduling Board will automatically be
saved as your default view My Scheduling Board.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use screen variants to store the following settings:

• Choose between displaying the Orders chart only, or both the Orders and Resources charts.
• Adjust the column width of fields shown in the Orders and the Resources sections on the left side of the
screen. Just pull the sides of a column to the desired width.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 109
• For most columns, you can also choose whether you want to display the column values in ascending or
descending order.

The next time you call up the app, it will automatically display the layout that you stored in the view.

You can also save different layouts under different views. If you store more than one view, you can choose which
view you want to have as your default variant. If you want to let your colleagues use a view that you have set up,
click on Public when you save it.

3.2.7 Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets: Screen

Layout Can Be Saved as View

In the Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets app, you can now use views to adjust the layout of your screen
to best suit your needs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use views to store the following settings:

• Adjust the space given to each column on the left side of the screen. Just pull the sides of a column to the
desired width.
• For most columns, you can also choose whether you want to display the column values in ascending or
descending order.

You can also save different layouts under different views. If you store more than one view, you can choose which
view you want to have as a default. If you want to let your colleagues use a view that you have set up, click on
Public when you save it.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

110 PUBLIC Asset Management
Related Information

Using Views

3.2.8 Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets: Additional

Order Actions Available in Context Menu

In the Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets app you now have a context menu for each maintenance order
at your disposal, which you can use to carry out selected actions more quickly.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you right-click on a maintenance order in the Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets app, you can choose
between the following functions:

• Set Planned Start

Either enter the desired date and time manually, or click on  to select the new planned start.
The planned order start date is automatically set to the desired date and time.

 Note

Unlike the drag and drop alternative, which moves the Planned Start to the closest full hour, this option
sets the exact date and time that you specify.

• Trigger Scheduling
The order is rescheduled using the current scheduling data, including any actual recorded operation times.
• Open Order
The order is opened.
• Show in Maintenance Scheduling Board
The order is opened in the maintenance scheduling board.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 111
• Assign Event
The order is assigned to a maintenance event.
• Unassign Event
If the order is already assigned to a maintenance event, you can unassign it.

Related Information

Planning Maintenance Work for Assets

3.2.9 Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets: Selection of

Multiple Orders now Possible

You can now select multiple maintenance orders in the Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets app in order
to simultaneously trigger an action for them.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To trigger the same action for multiple orders, proceed as follows:

1. Select maintenance orders using one of the following options:

• Press and hold the CTRL key and click the orders that you want to select.
• Use your mouse to draw a "lasso" around the orders that you want to select.
The app highlights the orders in the "lassoed" area for which actions are available.
2. Right-click any of the selected orders. The context menu shows all actions that are available for the order.
3. Select the action that you want to carry out.
The action is carried out for all selected orders.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

112 PUBLIC Asset Management
3.2.10 Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets: Choice of
Time Period for Displaying Data

You can now choose which time period you want to use for displaying data in the Manage Maintenance
Schedule for Assets app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Choose between the following options:

• Next 4 weeks
• Current week
• Next week
• Custom date range
• Dynamic date range (Today -X / +Y Days)

 Note

Your choice of time period is carried forward when you navigate between the Maintenance Scheduling
Board, the Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets app, and the Manage Work Center Utilization app.

3.2.11 Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets: Field

Extensibility

Extensibility has now been included in the Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets app. App users can choose
whether they want to display custom fields for maintenance orders.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 113
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

App Extensibility: Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets

3.2.12 Manage Work Center Utilization: Flexible Time Period

for Utilization Chart

You now have more choices available on the time period that is displayed per page in the chart area.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the chart settings of the Manage Work Center Utilization app, you now have the following 8 display periods to
choose from in the field Show Utilization For:

• If you want to display utilization in weeks, you can choose between 4, 6, 8, or 12 weeks.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

114 PUBLIC Asset Management
• If you want to display utilization in months, you can choose between 4, 6, 8, or 12 months.

 Note

You can page along the timeline with the display period that you have selected.

Related Information

Settings for the Utilization Chart

3.2.13 Manage Work Center Utilization: Existing Schedules

are now Grouped
When you are assigning operations and choosing which schedule to assign them to, you can immediately see
in the list of exisiting schedules, whether they were created manually, or generated automatically by a recurring
application job.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you select one or more operations in the Manage Work Center Utilization app and then click Add to
Schedule, all existing schedules are now grouped together based on how they were created:

Schedules that were automatically generated by a recurring application job are grouped together under the job
name.

Manually created schedules are grouped under Others.

 Note

Groups are only shown if a user is a planner of recurring schedules.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 115
3.2.14 Manage Work Center Utilization: Usability
Enhancements

The Manage Work Center Utilization app has been enhanced with a number of additional usability
improvements.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements were made:

• You can now choose which time period you want to use for displaying data. Choose between:
• Next 4 weeks
• Current week
• Next week
• Custom date range
• Dynamic date range (Today -X / +Y Days)
• When changing the capacity of a work center for a given week, you can now easily increase or decrease the
number of resources available by clicking on + or -. You can also easily switch between weeks by clicking on
< or >.
• You now have more choices available on the time period that is displayed per page in the chart area:
• If you want to display utilization in weeks, you can choose between 4, 6, 8, or 12 weeks.
• If you want to display utilization in months, you can choose between 4, 6, 8, or 12 months.

Related Information

Settings for the Utilization Chart

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

116 PUBLIC Asset Management
3.2.15 Manage Schedules: Optimizing Data Transfer for
Schedules

When you start working on a maintenance schedule, you can now choose to optimize data access by putting
the data of the schedule into temporary storage (cache) to speed up your user experience.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you choose Use Optimized Data Access, the data of this maintenance schedule is put into temporary storage
(cache).

Putting maintenance schedule data into temporary storage can speed up your user experience, as well as that
of any other colleagues working on it.

The temporary storage is automatically deleted after 1 hour without user interaction. The actual maintenance
schedule remains intact.

If you open the maintenance schedule again at a later point in time, it is put back into temporary storage.

3.2.16 Manage Schedules: Enhanced Settings for Graphical

View

Additional settings have been added to the graphical view in the Manage Schedules app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 117
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following fields have been added:

• Utilization Threshold and Colors

Displays a color-coded bar indicating the utilization of an operation's work center.
You can define threshold values for showing the utilization bars in a certain color. You can also choose to
show or hide bars in the order Gantt chart if the utilization is within a certain threshold range.
The utilization data is aggregated for each day (in system time zone) on which the work center is open and
is shown when you hover over the bar.
• Utilization
Specifies whether you want to show the utilization of work centers in the order Gantt.
You can choose to show the utilization of all work centers, or only show the utilization, if it is above or below
one of the predefined thresholds.

Related Information

Settings for the Graphical View of the Manage Schedules App

3.2.17 Multiple Apps: Stable Colors

The colors used in pie charts have been standardized to match the colors used in other resource scheduling
apps, as well the customizing settings for the level of criticality of maintenance orders.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

118 PUBLIC Asset Management
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following changes have been made:

• The colors used in the pie chart on the Unconfirmed Maintenance Orders card to show the different
processing statuses now match those which are shown in all other apps:
• Due = orange
• Dispatched = green
• In Process = gray
• The colors used in the pie chart on the Unassigned Work card reflect the criticality colors defined per
priority of maintenance order.
• The colors used in the Manage Work Center Utilization app reflect the criticality colors defined per priority
of maintenance order.

3.2.18 Multiple Apps: Display of Additional Maintenance

Order and Operation Fields

You can now display more maintenance order and operation fields in resource scheduling apps.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 119
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following fields can now be displayed in resource scheduling apps:

At Order Level
• Project Definition Name
• Project Definition
• Sort Field
• WBS Element (Organization)
• WBS Element Description (Organization)

At Operation Level
• Actual Start
• Actual End
• Actual Work
• Remaining Work
• Performing Work Center Plant

The fields can be displayed in the following apps:

• Maintence Scheduling Board

• Manage Work Center Utilization
• Assign Maintenance Order Operations
• Maintenance Schedule for Assets (order header fields only)

3.2.19 Multiple Apps: Changes to How Dates and Times are

Displayed

After upgrading to 2023, several order and operation dates and times are displayed differently in resource
scheduling.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

120 PUBLIC Asset Management
Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

We have made the following changes to how dates and times are displayed in Resource Scheduling:

• We have replaced the following date and time fields with combined fields. This gives you a more concise
view of your scheduling data and leaves more room for you to display additional information on your
screen.

 Note

If you are using any of the old field labels in a view, please replace them with the new combined fields.

This enhancement applies to the following fields in the following apps:

Maintenance Scheduling Board App

Old Field Label (Combined) Field Label

Basic Start Date Planned Start

Planned Start Date

Planned Start Time

Basic Finish Date Planned End

Planned End Date

Planned End Time

Order Header Dates for All Other Apps

Old Field Label (Combined) Field Label

Basic Start Date Order Planned Start

Basic Start Time

Basic Finish Date Order Planned End

Basic Finish Time

Operation Dates for All Other Apps

Old Field Label (Combined) Field Label

Basic Start Date Order Planned Start

Basic Start Time

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 121
Old Field Label (Combined) Field Label

Basic Finish Date Order Planned End

Basic Finish Time

Planned Start Date Operation Planned Start

Planned Start Time

Planned End Date Operation Planned End

Planned End Time

Actual Start Date Actual Start

Actual Start Time

Actual End Date Actual End

Actual End Time

• In the following apps, dates and times are shown in the Fiori Launchpad time zone and no longer in the
system time zone:
• Manage Work Center Utilization
• Maintenance Scheduling Board
• Manage Schedules
• Assign Maintenance Order Operations
• Manage Maintenance Schedule for Assets
You can change your current time zone by clicking your user profile on the top right of your screen and
choosing Settings Language & Region .

 Note

Schedule data is exported to spreadsheet files using the system time zone.

• In the Manage Schedules app, new schedules are now created with a schedule time zone, which is set as
per the time zone of the creator (that is, Fiori Launchpad time zone). In addition, schedules are now shown
in your current time zone and no longer in the system time zone.
If your current time zone differs from the time zone that a schedule was created in, the times and dates you
see may differ. If you try to edit a schedule using a different time zone, you will be notified of the fact and
asked to switch to the time zone the schedule was created in before making any changes

 Note

For existing schedules, the schedule time zone remains the system time zone, however, the schedules
are displayed in Fiori Launchpad time zone.

3.2.20 Generate Recurring Schedules Automatically

If you have schedules that are repeated at regular intervals (for example, every week), you can now have them
automatically generated for you. Regular maintenance planners or reviewers only have to be assigned once.
Standard tasks, such as adding relevant operations automatically, providing they meet certain criteria (for
example, are assigned to specific work centers), can be carried out for you.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

122 PUBLIC Asset Management
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Fill out a simple job template to specify the details of your recurring schedules, such as in what intervals you
want the schedule to be generated, what length of time each schedule should cover, as well as whether you
want operations that have their planned start date within a given timeframe to be automatically added to the
schedule.

You can access the app in two ways:

• From the Resource Scheduling for Maintenance Planners overview page.

• From the Manage Schedules app (click on Manage Recurring Schedules).

Related Information

Generating Schedules Automatically with an Application Job

3.2.21 SAP_BR_MAINTENANCE_REV_RSH: Catalog and Role

Moved to Different Role Template

The business catalog SAP_RSH_BC_MAINT_REVIEWER and the business catalog group

SAP_RSH_BCG_MAINT_REVIEWER (which is related to the reviewer role has been moved from business role
template SAP_BR_MAINTENANCE_REV_RSH to business role template SAP_BR_MAINTENANCE_PLANNER_RSH.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Asset Management PUBLIC 123
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 43R (Maintenance Resource Scheduling)

Application Component CA-RSH-EAM (Resource Scheduling for Enterprise Asset

Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

3.3 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1352].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

124 PUBLIC Asset Management
4 Finance

4.1 Removal of "Smartphone" Device Type in Some SAP

Fiori Apps for Finance

Some SAP Fiori apps can no longer be used on smartphones.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component Various application components from Finance. See SAP

Note linked below.

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To see the list of SAP Fiori apps where the "smartphone" device type is removed, see SAP Note 3234657 -
Release Information: Changes in SAP Fiori Content for Finance in SAP S/4HANA 2023 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 125
4.2 Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS
Views for Finance

Across multiple CDS views in Finance, the field ProfitabilitySegment is now decommissioned and
has been replaced with the field ProfitabilitySegment_2. Please switch to the successor field
ProfitabilitySegment_2.

Technical Details

Type Decommissioned

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name See the table below

Application Component FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The field ProfitabilitySegment was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2021 and is decommissioned
with SAP S/4HANA 2023. Please check your rework tasks and syntax warnings for occurrences of the
decommissioned field in your custom content. For details about the deprecation process for CDS views and
their elements, such as fields, see Deprecated and Decommissioned CDS Views.

 Caution

When adjusting your custom content, take the following details into account:

• The successor field ProfitabilitySegment_2 is a character field (CHAR), while the decommissioned
field ProfitabilitySegment is a numeric character field (NUMC). The field lengths are the same.
• If no profitability segment is assigned to the field ProfitabilitySegment_2, there may be entries with
a space (new entries), entries with 0000000000 (old entries), or both. When you switch to the field
ProfitabilitySegment_2, you must adapt your custom extensions (for example, custom CDS views or
custom logic) that check whether the field is empty (that is, a space or 0000000000).
• The field ProfitabilitySegment_2 contains non-numeric characters (that is, characters from A to Z)
after the system reaches the highest numerical value.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

126 PUBLIC Finance
The following table lists the affected CDS views in Finance:

CDS View Application Component

Revenue Schedule Deferral Item - Cube

(I_RADefrlItemForDspCrcyCube)

Remaining Performance Obligations Cube

(I_RATotalOpenRevenueCube)

Remaining Performance Obligations with Time Bands Cube

FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)
(I_RAOpenRevenuePerPeriodCube)

Performance Obligation

(I_RAPerformanceObligation)

Disaggregation of Recognized Revenue

(C_RAYrToDteRecgdRevnQuery)

Related Information

Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views [page 35]

Deprecated and Decommissioned CDS Views
Virtual Data Model and CDS Views in SAP S/4HANA

4.3 Financial Planning and Analysis

4.3.1 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in

Financial Planning and Analysis

With the objects released in Financial Planning and Analysis, you have a stable interface to access data from
SAP S/4HANA when building custom applications or extensions with developer extensibility. You can integrate
the released objects in your custom code or extend them at predefined extension points. Depending on your
use case, different object types are provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, business object interfaces). You find
all the released objects in the ABAP Development Tools (ADT), when you're connected to SAP S/4HANA.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 127
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

BEG (Standard Cost Calculation)

4PG (Organizational Flexibility in Financial Accounting)

Application Component CO-FIO-CCA-MD (Cost Center Accounting - Master Data)

CO-PC-PCP (Product Cost Planning)

FI-GL-OC (Organizational Changes in Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed or deprecated for developer
extensibility with the current release.

Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility

Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

Business Object Inter Cost Center I_COSTCENTERTP_2 New Documentation is

face available in the busi
ness object itself.

CDS view Costing Overhead I_CostingOverhead New Costing Overhead

Group Group Group

CDS view Cost Component View I_CostComponentVi New Cost Component View
ew

Business Object Inter Organizational Change I_ORGANIZATIONALC New Documentation is

face HANGETP available in the busi
ness object itself.

Developer extensibility allows you to create development projects in SAP S/4HANA by using ABAP
Development Tools for Eclipse. This gives you the opportunity to build extensions, services, and SAP Fiori
apps using the complete set of ABAP Cloud features released for SAP S/4HANA, for example, with the ABAP
RESTful Application Programming model, http services, and ABAP objects. For more information about the
released objects and how to find them, see Released Development Objects.

Effects on System Administration

For more information about the authorizations required for working with the development objects released for
developer extensibility, see Configure Authorizations.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

128 PUBLIC Finance
4.3.2 Overhead Cost Controlling (CO-OM)

4.3.2.1 Deprecation of Allocation Apps

The following apps are deprecated and will be deleted in an upcoming release. The deprecated apps may no
longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. We recommend that you switch to the successor
apps as soon as possible.

The following apps have been replaced by Reassign Costs and Revenues (F2009):

• Enter Manual Cost Allocations (KB15N)

• Display Manual Cost Allocations (KB16N)
• Reverse Manual Cost Allocations (KB17N)

The following apps have been replaced by Manage Direct Activity Allocation (F3697):

• Enter Activity Allocation (KB21N)

• Display Activity Allocation (KB23N)
• Reverse Activity Allocation (KB24N)

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

Application Component CO-OM

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.3.2.2 Settlement of Service Documents

You can use different apps to settle and reverse actual costs in service documents to specified receivers.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 129
Scope Item J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

Application Component CO-OM (Overhead Cost Controlling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the following apps for different use cases:

• Run Settlement - Actual for settlement and reversal of actual costs from single service documents
• Schedule Overhead Accounting Jobs for mass processing of service documents (settlement and reversal).
You can use the job template Actual Settlement: Service Documents (SAP).
• Display Settlement Documents to view transaction details which were created during the settlement and
reversal process of service documents

Related Information

Run Settlement - Actual

Schedule Overhead Accounting Jobs
Schedule Actual Settlement
Display Settlement Documents

4.3.2.3 Changed System Behavior for Functional Area

Derivation

Until now, both real account assignment objects and attributes were taken into account for the derivation of
the functional area. This could be the case, for example, if the account assignment consisted of a sales order
item, but the posting line also contained a WBS element as an attribute. Then, the WBS element would have
been evaluated before the sales order. Hence, the functional area of the attribute, that is, the WBS element,
was derived.

With the new logic only real account assignment objects, but no attributes, are used for the derivation of the
functional area. In the example above, the WBS element would be ignored and the functional area would be
derived from the sales order item.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

130 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

J55 (Profitability and Cost Analysis)

J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component CO-OM (Overhead Cost Controlling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

We recommend you test whether the old behavior is wrongly applied in your business processes.

If you want to keep using the old system behavior for functional area derivation, please implement SAP Note
3322792 .

Related Information

Derivation of the Functional Area

4.3.2.4 Manage Settlement Rules – Internal Orders

In addition to viewing settlement rules for internal orders, you can now also edit them.

This app now allows you to:

• Edit settlement rules and the respective distribution rules.

• Create and manage distribution rules for internal orders.
• Edit settlement parameters for the sender object associated with a specific settlement rule.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 131
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BEV (Internal Order - Actual)

Application Component CO-FIO-OPA-MD (Overhead Orders – Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Settlement Rules – Internal Orders

4.3.2.5 Universal Allocation

Universal allocation includes the following new and changed apps:

• Manage Allocations (Changed)

• Import Allocation Data - Values (New)
• Allocation Results (Changed)
• Allocation Flow (Changed)
• Manage Allocation Tags (Changed)

See Additional Details for more information.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting), J55 (Margin Analysis),

2QL (Universal Allocation)

Application Component CO-FIO (Fiori UI for Overhead Cost Controlling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

132 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

Universal allocation includes the following new and changed apps:

• Manage Allocations (Changed)

• Sender Details
The Sender Details tab has been renamed. The new name of the tab is Sender Basis. This name change
is reflected in the other universal allocation apps and the corresponding documentation.
• Cumulative allocation is available in the Margin Analysis context for the Overhead Allocation and
Distribution allocation types. Cumulative appears as on option on the Processing Indicators tab in the
cycle details.
• Groups are enabled for statistical key figures when you select it as the Variable Portion Type. You can
select a group of statistical key figures you've created in Manage Global Hierarchies.
• Functional area derivation is enabled for joint venture accounting (JVA). Function Area appears as on
option on the Processing Indicators tab in the cycle details.
• Upload Template
A sheet for Receiver Basis has been added to the Excel upload template. You make entries in this sheet
when the Receiver Rule is Variable Portions.
• Fixed Amounts as Receiver Rule
The receiver rule Fixed Amounts is now available when defining segments. It allows you to allocate fixed
amounts from senders to receivers.
• Activity Type in Receiver Basis
In the Cost Centers allocation context, when using Variable Portions as the receiver rule in Overhead
Allocation and Distribution, you can now use Activity Type to restrict reference data selection.
• Scaling Negative Factors
You can now scale positive tracing factors to zero in the Scale Negative Factors field of the Receiver
Basis tab by selecting 7 Positive Tracing Factors to Zero. This ensures only negative factors are taken
into the receiver base for allocation.
• Import Allocation Data - Values (New)
This new app allows you to upload values to allocation segments. The values can be amounts, rates,
or portions. It allows you to download value combinations from allocation segments into an excel file
template, then upload the changed file to the app. The Statistics tab provides you with information and
statistics related to the uploaded process. You can see statistics related to each sheet of uploaded files,
such as number of rows, and number of rows with errors.
• Allocation Results (Changed)
• Incremental top-down distribution cycle run results can be displayed for each fiscal period in sequence
by choosing the Cycle view type.
• In top-down distribution, you can now use the Show Increments button to see all previous incremental
postings from processed cycles for each allocation run during a fiscal period. The postings are grouped
by processing date and sorted chronologically, with the most recent first.
• Allocation Flow (Changed)
• In the Allocation Tag view, you can now select from a list of all profitability objects when grouping.
• In the Allocation Tag view, top-down distribution is now displayed.
• In the T Account view, you can now select a journal entry within the T accounts to open it in related
apps.
• Manage Allocation Tags (Changed)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 133
The Group Selection button is now available in the Assign dialog. This button makes it easier to select all
segments in a cycle hierarchy for tagging.

Related Information

Universal Allocation
Universal Allocation
Manage Allocations
Run Allocations
Allocation Results
Allocation Flow
Manage Allocation Tags
Manage Cycle Run Groups
Import Allocation Data - Values

4.3.2.6 Commitments by Cost Center

This app has the following changed features:

• You can display statistical cost centers for actuals and commitments.
• You can use the new Is Statistical Cost Center filter to filter statistical cost centers.
• The app is now extensible by key users.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J54 (J54 (not available) ), 2I3 (2I3 (not available) )

Application Component CO-FIO-CCA-IS (Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Commitments by Cost Center

App Extensibility: Commitments by Cost Center (Key User)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

134 PUBLIC Finance
4.3.2.7 Commitments by Cost Center - Classic
Commitment Management

This app has the following changed features:

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J54 (J54 (not available) ), 2I3 (2I3 (not available) )

Application Component CO-FIO-CCA-IS (Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Commitments by Cost Center - Classic Commitment Management

App Extensibility: Commitments by Cost Center - Classic Commitment Management (Key User)

4.3.2.8 Manage Settlement Rules - Service Documents

With this app, you can maintain distribution rules for settlement (which are applied in settlement profiles) for
service documents.

You can use this app in the following case:

You have run settlement and some settlement results have the status Nothing Settled: Errors. Now you want
to find out why certain service documents could not be settled. In this case, you can use the app Manage
Settlement Rules – Service Documents to check if the settlement rules for these particular service documents
have been maintained correctly.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 135
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component CO-OM (Overhead Cost Controlling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use this app to do the following:

• Create or edit distribution rules for the settlement of service documents to specify, for example:
• The settlement receiver
• Which percentage of the costs are to be settled
• The settlement date
• Delete settlement rules
• Display the Details of the parameters defined in the settlement rule (Settlement Sender, Settlement
Receiver, and Distribution Rule)
• Display the Settlement Hierarchy
• Perform a Check of the settlement rule to verify whether the parameters defined are valid

 Note

This app is not visible on the Fiori Launchpad by default. For a detailed description on how to add it to
the launchpad, see SAP Note 3364302 . You can also maintain settlement rules to a limited extent in
transaction SRVCDOC_SETTLMTRULE.

Related Information

Manage Settlement Rules - Service Documents

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

136 PUBLIC Finance
4.3.2.9 Joint Venture Accounting Attributes in Manage
Profit Centers

Joint Venture Accounting attributes are now available in the Company Codes table in the Manage Profit Centers
app. These attributes are only visible to users that have Joint Venture Accounting enabled. The attributes can
be edited in the table if the company code is enabled for joint venture accounting and is assigned.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CO-FIO-PCA-MD (Profit Center Accounting - Master Data)

()

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following Joint Venture Accounting attributes are available in the Company Codes table:

• Joint Venture
• Recovery Indicator
• Equity Type
• JV Object Type
• JIB/JIBE Class
• JIB/JIBE Subclass A

These are only visible to users that have Joint Venture Accounting enabled.

4.3.3 Product Cost Controlling (CO-PC)

4.3.3.1 Display Material Price Change Documents

With this app you can display material price change documents.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 137
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1ZT (Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Val
ues)

Application Component CO-FIO-ML (Material Ledger)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Display Material Price Change Documents

4.3.3.2 Change Material Prices

With this feature, you create, analyze, simulate, and post material price changes. It allows you to change
inventory prices, including sales order stock and project stock. You can change the price for a single reference
valuation, then convert those changes to some or all valuations of the same material, or change prices for
valuations individually. As you make changes, you can see the impact of the changes on price and valuation as
percentages. You can also simulate material price changes to check for errors, warnings, and inconsistencies
before posting.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1ZT (Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Values)

Application Component CO-FIO-ML (Material Ledger)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

138 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Change Material Prices

4.3.3.3 Monitor Material Prices

With this app, you can analyze material prices across all your valuations. You can choose from two views. One
view allows to you to analyze price variations through a detailed price comparison in two selected valuations.
The other view displays material prices over time in all your valuations.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1ZT (Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Values)

Application Component CO-FIO-ML (Material Ledger)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Monitor Material Prices

4.3.3.4 Display Actual Costing Result

The new filter Costing Run Period Status has been added to the Display Actual Costing Result app. You use it
to filter the list of materials by costing run status. By default, the filter is set to filter for the costing run period
status Closing Entry Completed, but you can change this according to the needs of your business.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 139
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item

Application Component 33Q (Actual Costing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Display Actual Costing Result

4.3.3.5 Display Line Items - Production Accounting

The new app is introduced for you to display, filter, sort, and group the line items based on various criteria in
Production Accounting.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F0 (Event-Based Production Cost Posting)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-ORD (Product Cost by Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.3.4 Profitability Analysis (CO-PA)

4.3.4.1 Process Extensibility for Market Segments

Use the Billing Document Item to Market Segment business scenario to make custom fields from the Sales:
Billing Document Item business context available in profitability analysis.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

140 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J55

Application Component CO-PA (Profitability Analysis)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Custom fields that are created for the Sales: Billing Document Item business context can also be made
available in profitability analysis for the Accounting: Market Segment business context. To ensure this, you must
enable the respective custom fields for the Billing Document Item to Market Segment business scenario.

Use the Custom Fields app to enable these fields.

Related Information

Process Extensibility for Market Segments

4.3.4.2 Assign Profitability Segment- Derivation Log

Derivation Log is now available with the Assign Profitability Segment.

This feature helps you analyze your derivation results.

Assign Profitability Segment is the assignment screen where you can transfer the post to the profitability
segment in Profitability Analysis (CO-PA). A profitability segment is a combination of characteristics, such as a
customer, product, plant, distribution channel, and so on. This is a Fiori UI which can be reused by multiple
transactions. The fields shown on the screen depend on the business process

This is a feature toggle and is turned off automatically. You need to switch it on using
FTGL_PS_DERIVATION_LOG to avail of the function.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 141
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J55 Margin Analysis

Application Component CO-PA (Margin Analysis)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Apps

The following apps use the Assign Profitability Segment:

• Manage Direct Activity Allocation

• Reassign Costs and Revenues
• Repost Line Items - Cost Accounting
• Manage Revenue Contracts
• Manage Manual Reservations

4.3.4.3 Service – Plan/Actuals

With this app, you can report on actual and plan data for Service Business, including Repair Orders, Service
Contracts and Service Orders. This also includes Service Order Items with Execution Order Items (a
combination of Service Order and Plant Maintenance Order).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J55 Margin Analysis

41Z (Service Order Management)

426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CO-PA (Profitability Analysis)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

142 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Service - Plan/Actuals

4.3.4.4 Application Component for Revenue Variance and

Sales Accounting Overview Apps

The application component for incident reporting for the Revenue Variance (F3072) and Sales Accounting
Overview (F3228) apps has changed. The new component is FI-FIO-GL-IS (Fiori UI for General Ledger
Accounting - Reporting Apps).

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BGC (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for G/L Accounting in Fi
nance)

Application Component CO-FIO (Fiori UI for Overhead Cost Controlling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.3.5 Financial Planning

4.3.5.1 Behavior of Default Value Changed When Posting

Plan Data in Import Financial Plan Data app or
When Exporting Plan Data from SAP Analytics
Cloud to SAP S/4HANA

For some special cases, the logic governing how data is written to planning table ACDOCP in financial
accounting was changed. This affects the Import Financial Plan Data app and the export of plan data from
SAP Analytics Cloud to SAP S/4HANA.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 143
The following What’s New information is important to you if you explicitly specify initial values for:

• The CO_BELKZ field (Debit/Credit Indicator CO), either using the Import Financial Plan Data app or the SAP
Analytics Cloud export function.
• If you use the Import Financial Plan Data app, you import csv files that contain a column for the field
CO_BELKZ and the corresponding rows with initial values (space or empty).
For more information about the Import Financial Plan Data app, see Import Financial Plan Data.
• If you use the SAP Analytics Cloud export function, you define an export that contains the field Debit/
Credit Indicator CO as a target field and your data model contains initial values for this field.
For more information about exporting plan data from SAP Analytics Cloud to SAP S/4HANA, see
Exporting Plan Data to SAP S/4HANA or SAP S/4HANA Cloud.
• The RLDNR (Ledger) field when exporting plan data from SAP Analytics Cloud. That is, you define an export
that contains the Ledger field as a target field and your data model contains initial values for this field.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RC (Integrated Financial Planning)

1HB (Financial Plan Data Upload)

Application Component CO-FIO-OM-PL (Planning)

CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAP Analytics Cloud Planning Content)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When working with the Import Financial Plan Data app, you must use CSV files to import plan data to the
system. The system behavior regarding the default value for the fields has now changed. This change applies to
the derivations listed in steps 1 - 7 of the following topic: Derivations During Plan Data Import.

These derivations were also performed even if the corresponding target field of the derivation is contained as a
field in the CSV file. This means that if such a field has an initial value specified in the CSV file, the initial value
was replaced by the derivation result of the corresponding derivation.

This system behavior has now been changed. The initial values specified in the CSV file as described above are
no longer changed. This means that these derivations now only take place if the field is not displayed as a field
in the CSV file.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

144 PUBLIC Finance
 Example

Example for the Ledger field (RLDNR):

If the Ledger field (RLDNR) is not contained as a column in the CSV file, the field value is set to the leading
ledger according to the derivation (sequence 4). However, if the Ledger field does appear as a column in the
file, initial values are retained in data processing.

If you are exporting plan data from SAP Analytics Cloud to SAP S/4HANA (planning table ACDOCP), the
changes described above for the Import Financial Plan Data app apply analogously. If you define one of these
fields as a target field in an export to table ACDOCP, then initial values planned in SAP Analytics Cloud are not
overwritten by the derivation result when writing to ACDOCP.

This change of logic is only likely to affect you in rare cases. However, to avoid potential problems, you need to
make sure that your CSV files and export definitions from SAP Analytics Cloud to table ACDOCP are structured
in the way that is described in detail as follows.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 145
Effect of the Change in Logic

When exporting plan data from SAP

In the Import Financial Plan Data app Analytics Cloud to SAP S/4HANA

Fields that allow an initial value The CO_BELKZ (Debit/Credit Indicator The CO_BELKZ (Debit/Credit Indicator
CO) field allows an initial value. CO) field allows an initial value.

If a column with this field and contain If you define this field as a target field in
ing an initial value exists in the CSV file, an export from SAP Analytics Cloud to
the system now posts the initial value SAP S/4HANA, the system now posts
and no longer posts the default value the initial value and no longer posts
(debit). This means that in this case, the default value (debit). In this case,
the field value is now posted differently this means that the field value is now
than before. posted differently than before.

If you've imported such a file before the Therefore, you need to create a new
logic was changed and then import the definition of your export in SAP An
file again after the logic was changed, alytics Cloud that is adapted to the
it's possible that you have saved the changed logic and, if necessary, adjust
data once with the default value (debit) the data for field CO_BELKZ in your SAP
and once with the initial value in table Analytics Cloud model.
ACDOCP. This happens if you have de
If you exported data before the logic
fined field CO_BELKZ in the CSV file
was changed and exported the data
as relevant for the plan data scope be
again after the logic was changed, it
cause data with the value Debit is re
is possible that you have saved the
tained for the field that comes from an
data once with the default value (debit)
import before the logic was changed.
and once with the initial value in ta
If this case occurs, the app issues a ble ACDOCP. The problem occurs if you
warning asking you to adapt your file have included field CO_BELKZ in the re
as described under How to solve the placement scope of the SAP Analytics
issue. Cloud export definition because data
with the value Debit is retained for the
field from an export that took place be
fore the logic was changed.

Please note that, due to technical re

strictions, it is not possible to issue a
warning (as in the Import Financial Plan
Data app). Therefore, if you export ini
tial values for the Debit/Credit Indicator
CO field, it is crucial that you adapt
such export definitions beforehand as
described under How to solve the is
sue.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

146 PUBLIC Finance
When exporting plan data from SAP
In the Import Financial Plan Data app Analytics Cloud to SAP S/4HANA

Fields that do not allow an initial Fields that do not allow an initial Fields that do not allow an initial value,
value
value, for example RLDNR (Ledger) and for example RLDNR, RBUKRS derived
RBUKRS (Company Code) derived from from WERKS and KOKRS derived from
WERKS (Plant), KOKRS (Controlling Area) RBUKRS.
derived from RBUKRS, KTOPL (Chart of
If you define one of these fields as a tar
Accounts) derived from RLDNR/RBUKRS
get field in an export to planning table
or KOKRS, and PERIV (Fiscal Year
ACDOCP and the field value is initial, the
Variant) derived from RLDNR/RBUKRS
export job fails with an error message
or KOKRS.
saying that the initial value is not valid.
If you have a CSV file with a column The field is no longer posted with the
for one of these fields (RLDNR, RBUKRS, result of the derivation.
KOKRS, KTOPL, and PERIV) and rows
with an initial value for this field, the  Note
system now issues an error message Except for field RLNDR, this can
stating that the initial value is not valid only occur if, in addition to the
for this field. The field is no longer fields RBUKRS and KOKRS, the
posted with the result of the derivation. source fields of the derivation are
also included as target fields in
 Note an export definition, for example,
Except for field RLNDR, this case field RBUKRS as the target field of
can only occur if, in addition to the the derivation together with field
fields specified above, the source WERKS as the source field of the
fields of the derivation are also in derivation.
cluded as columns in the CSV file,
for example, field RBUKRS as a tar The content delivered by SAP for finan-
get field together with field WERKS cial planning in SAP Analytics Cloud
as a source field of the derivation. does not contain models with fields
RLDNR and KOKRS as a dimension. If
you only use these pre-built models to
export data to table ACDOCP, the case
described here cannot occur for fields
RLDNR and KOKRS.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 147
How to Solve the Issue

When exporting plan data from SAP

In the Import Financial Plan Data app Analytics Cloud to SAP S/4HANA

Fields that allow an initial value If you want to import CSV files that If you have created an export definition
contain field CO_BELKZ (Debit/Credit with a field as a target field and initial
Indicator CO) as a column with initial field values exist in the SAP Analytics
values and, to ensure compatibility, you Cloud data model and you want the
want to ensure that the system posts export to use the logic before it was
the value using the logic before it was changed, proceed as follows:
changed, proceed as follows:
If all field values for the target field are
If all field values of column CO_BELKZ initial in the SAP Analytics Cloud data
are initial, remove the column from the model, you need to create a new export
CSV file. Otherwise, replace the initial in which the field no longer appears as
field value with the value you require. a target field. Otherwise, replace the
initial field value in the SAP Analytics
Cloud data model with the field value
you require.

Fields that do not allow an initial • If the system issues the error mes • If all field values for the target field
value
sage for initial field values in the of the export in the SAP Analytics
Import Financial Plan Data app af Cloud model have an initial value,
ter the logic has changed and all you need to create a new export in
lines have an initial field value, de which the field no longer appears
lete the column from the CSV file. as a target field in the export defi-
• If this is not the case, correct the nition.
initial field values for a valid field • If this is not the case, correct the
value. plan data in the model so that all
field values in the model are valid
for the target field of the export.

Related Information

Derivations During Plan Data Import

4.3.5.2 Manage Substitution/Validation Rules: Financial

Planning Business Context

When importing financial plan data into the ACDOCP table either by using the Import Financial Plan Data app or
from SAP Analytics Cloud, the system validates and derives by substitution certain fields and values according
to dedicated rules and settings. This helps improve the completeness, accuracy, and reliability of financial plan
data used by companies to make better-informed decisions and improve overall financial performance.

Since the derivations and validations delivered as part of our standard delivery (as described, for example,
in the topic Derivations During Plan Data Import), may not be sufficient for each customer, we have now

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

148 PUBLIC Finance
enhanced our offering by adding the option of creating your own rules using the Manage Substitution/
Validation Rules - Journal Entry app. Rules defined for the Financial Planning business context in the app are
then applied to data imported into table ACDOCP in addition to rules provided by the standard delivery.

This way, companies can use the validation and substitution rules to meet their specific business requirements.
One use case would be to check plan data against various master data settings, such as the values in the WBS
Element Status field.

For more information, see Substitution/Validation Rules for Financial Planning.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RC

1HB

Application Component CO-FIO-OM-PL (Manage Financial Plan Data)

CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAC Planning Content)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Substitution/Validation Rules for Financial Planning

4.3.5.3 Cost Breakdown in Operating Expense Planning and

Product Cost Planning

You can now flexibly steer how the granularity of costs is handled in the context of overhead allocation, cost
rate calculation, and cost of goods sold (COGS) assignment in product cost planning. This allows you to control
and analyze the composition of the price at the corresponding detail level. To support this function, we provide
the option to import the account mapping information based on the allocation structure, cost component
structure, and the Customizing settings for the COGS split as defined in the SAP S/4HANA configuration
environment.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 149
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RC

1HB

Application Component CO-FIO-OM-PL (Manage Financial Plan Data)

CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAC Planning Content)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Prerequisites

To be able to use this cost breakdown function via account mappings in SAP Analytics Cloud, the following
prerequisites need to have been fulfilled:

• If you want to import account mappings based on an allocation structure or account mappings based on
a cost component structure and the accounts for splitting COGS from SAP S/4HANA to SAP Analytics
Cloud, the following Customizing activities in SAP S/4HANA have been defined:
• For the allocation of cost center expenses with the account split and for the calculation of cost
center activity cost rates with the account split:
In your configuration settings in the SAP S/4HANA system, you've defined an allocation structure
accordingly. You can find the activity Define Allocation Structure in Customizing under Controlling
Cost Center Controlling Allocations Assessment Define Allocation Structures .
• For the calcualtion of product costs with COGS account mapping:
In your configuration settings in the SAP S/4HANA system, you've defined the cost component
structure and the accounts for splitting the cost of goods sold accordingly.
You can find the activity Define Cost Component Structure in Customizing under Controlling
Cost Center Accounting Actual Postings Period-End Closing Activity Allocation Price Calculation
Settings for Cost Component Split .
You can find the activity Define Accounts for Splitting the Cost of Goods Sold in Customizing under
Financial Accounting (New) General Ledger Accounting (New) Periodic Processing Integration
Materials Management .
• If you want to manually map the SAP S/4HANA accounts with the SAP Analytics Cloud accounts, you can
do this in the properties of dimension SAP_FI_IFP_GLACCOUNT. Proceed as follows:
1. In the main menu of the SAP Analytics Cloud system, go to Modeler.
2. Choose either model SAP_FI_IFP_ProductCost or model SAP_FI_IFP_OPEX.
3. Choose the dimension SAP_FI_IFP_GLACCOUNT, then choose the Dimension workspace.
4. In the table for dimension SAP_FI_IFP_GLACCOUNT, you can see the Allocation Accounts and COGS
Account columns and you can manually map the accounts from SAP S/4HANA with these accounts in
SAP Analytics Cloud.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

150 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

In the properties of dimension SAP_FI_IFP_GLACCOUNT, you now have the option to:

• Map all input accounts to one output account

• Manage input accounts as output accounts
• Group input accounts into output accounts

To enable this mapping, we've implemented the following new import jobs that you can use out of the box:

• [Allocation Account Mapping]

• [COGS Account Mapping]

You can find these import jobs for dimension SAP_FI_IFP_GLACCOUNT.

 Note

The following multimedia content displays screens and interfaces in English only.

Screenshot of import jobs in the SAP Analytics Cloud system

These import jobs first fill the dimension properties Allocation Account and COGS Account with the
corresponding accounts that were derived in Customizing of SAP S/4HANA and then import them into SAP
Analytics Cloud.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 151
The following stories have been enhanced with new data actions to support this function:

• In the Cost Center Expense Planning story (SAP_FI_IFP_IM_OPEX_CCtrExpenses), on the Allocations

tab, you can find the new data action Allocate CCtr Expenses with Account Split.
For more information, see Cost Center Expense Planning
• In the Cost Center Activity Cost Rate Calculation story
(SAP_FI_IFP_IM_OPEX_ActivityCostRateCalculation), on the Cost Rates tab, you can find the new
data action Calculate CCtr Activity Cost Rates with Account Split.
For more information, see Cost Center Activity Cost Rate Calculation
• In the Product Cost Rate Calculation story (SAP_FI_IFP_IM_ProductCost_RateCalculation), on the
Calculate Product Costs tab, you can find the new data action Calculate Product Costs with COGS Account
Mapping.
For more information, see Product Cost Rate Calculation

For more information, see:

• Operating Expense Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud

• Product Cost Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud

Related Information

Financial Planning

4.3.5.4 New Set of FTE-based KPIs for Financial Statement

Planning

The KPI views of the reporting stories for Financial Statement Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud have been
enhanced with a new set of calculations. It's now possible to review and analyze not only P&L, balance sheet,
cash flow, and pure financial KPIs, but also those combining financial figures with headcount values. You can
now display, for example, travel expense per FTE (full-time equivalent) or revenue per FTE.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RC

1HB

Application Component CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAC Planning Content)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

152 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To support this function, we've implemented additional integration between the Workforce Planning and
Integrated Financial Planning business content. In addition to copying personnel expenses from Workforce
Planning to OPEX planning, you can now also transfer planned FTEs to financial statement planning.

For more information, see Workforce Planning Integration.

In the Workforce Planning Integration story (SAP_FI_IFP_Addon_WFPIntegration), you can now find the
new tab Copy FTE with the following new data actions.

• Copy Actual FTE from Workforce Planning

• Copy Plan FTE from Workforce Planning

 Note

The following multimedia content displays screens and interfaces in English only.

Screenshot of view Workforce Planning Integration - Copy FTE from Workforce

Since we've provided calculation logic for additional KPIs that combines financial values
with FTE, you can see these FTE KPIs in the Financial Statement Reporting story
(SAP_FI_IFP_IM_FinancialStatement_Reports).

For more information, see Financial Statement Reporting.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 153
Screenshot of view Financial Statement Reporting - View KPIs

Related Information

Financial Planning

4.3.5.5 Enhanced Balance Sheet Calculation by Deriving

Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable Based
on Days Sales and Days Payables Outstanding

In financial statement planning, it's now possible to utilize drivers to calculate specific balance sheet accounts.
We have implemented a new calculation logic that enables the derivation of balance sheet values based on
historical dependencies to P&L accounts. These calculated driver values can be adjusted according to your
business needs.

Days sales outstanding (DSO) is calculated by dividing the accounts receivables by net revenue and multiplying
the result by the number of days in the period. DSO for plan periods is pre-filled by using the historical relations
in the previous year's actuals and can be adjusted as desired. These DSO values are used to derive plan values
for accounts receivable by multiplying DSO by plan net revenue and dividing by the number of days in the
period.

A similar logic is used for days payable outstanding (DPO) to derive the plan for accounts payable based on the
planned cost of goods sold (COGS).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

154 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RC

1HB

Application Component CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAC Planning Content)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Financial Statement Planning story (SAP_FI_IM_FinancialStatementPlanning), you now have the
new tab Balance Sheet - Driver-based. Here, you can see the proposed drivers for days sales outstanding and
days payable outstanding, which you can adjust as needed.

The following new data actions are available:

• Calculate Drivers for DSO & DPO

The system calculates days sales outstanding and days payables outstanding based on the previous year's
actuals.
• Calculate Closing Amounts based on Drivers
The system calculates the closing amounts for accounts receivable and accounts payable based on plan
values for DSO and DPO.

 Note

The following multimedia content displays screens and interfaces in English only.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 155
Screenshot of view Financial Statement Planning - Plan Balance Sheet - Driver-Based Input

For more information, see Financial Statement Planning.

Related Information

Financial Planning

4.4 Accounting and Financial Close

4.4.1 Organizational Changes in Accounting

With this feature, you can reorganize profit centers for selected objects. Profit centers for these objects are
reassigned and their stocks or balances are reposted to the new organizational entities. Some related apps for
this feature have been enhanced and others are new. All of these apps are designed to assist you during an
organizational change.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

156 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4PG (Organizational Flexibility in Financial Accounting)

Application Component FI-GL-OC (Organizational Changes in Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Now you can reorganize profit centers for project networks, network activities and network elements.
In addition, valuated leasing contracts with flexible real estate management, are also considered in the
organizational change.

New and Enhanced Apps:

• Enhanced: Manage Organizational Changes

This app has been enhanced. Now, you can reorganize profit centers for project networks, network
activities and elements. You can enter network activities and elements directly in the Network Activity/
Element tab. You can enter project networks (order category 20) directly in the Order/Network tab.
• Enhanced: Import Objects for Organizational Change
Now, you can use this app import fixed assets, project networks, and network activities/elements that you
want to reorganize. You import these objects from a spreadsheet application using the templates provided.

 Note

This app can only be accessed from within the Manage Organizational Changes app.

• Name Change: Organizational Change Report – Master Data Hierarchy

This app name has been changed from Organizational Change Report - Master Data to Organizational
Change Report - Master Data Hierarchy. You can view all objects, which were affected by an
organizational change, in a hierarchical view. Here, you have the option to filter by different object types.
• New: Schedule Jobs for Organizational Changes
With this app, you can schedule jobs for organizational changes using the templates provided. You can use
these templates to activate, simulate, process, and complete an organizational change.

New and Enhanced BAdIs:

• Business Add-Ins for Organizational Changes

Several business add-ins (BAdIs) are available for organizational changes. You can use these BAdIs to
assign new profit centers to various objects. The following new and enhanced BAdIs are available:
• New: Identify Network Activity/Element and Assign New Profit Center
You can use this new BAdI to reorganize profit centers for networks activities and network elements
• Enhanced: Identify Orders and Assign New Profit Center
Now, you can use this BAdI to reorganize profit centers for projects networks (order category 20).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 157
Effects on Existing Data

The reorganization of profit centers ensures adjustments of master data and transfer postings for selected
balance sheet items per profit center (field PRCTR).

Effects on Data Transfer

The reorganization of profit centers ensures transfer postings for selected balance sheet items per profit
center. Profit and loss amounts are not transferred for historical periods.

Effects on Customizing

When you use the Manage Organizational Changes app, to create and process an organizational change,
several configuration activities must be completed first. For more information, refer to Configuration Activities
for Organizational Changes.

Related Information

Organizational Changes in Accounting

4.4.1.1 Manage Organizational Changes

This app has been enhanced with new features. Now, you can reorganize profit centers for project networks,
network activities and elements, which are affected by an organizational change. Additionally, you can import
fixed assets, project networks, and network activities/elements that you want to reorganize.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4PG (Organizational Flexibility in Financial Accounting)

Application Component FI-GL-OC (Organizational Changes in Accounting)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

158 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the app, under Order/Network, you can enter new profit center assignments for project networks (order
category 20) that are affected by an organizational change. Additionally, under Network Activity/Element, you
can enter network activities and elements that are affected by an organizational change.

Furthermore, you can import fixed assets, project networks, and network activities/elements that you want to
reorganize. You import these objects from a spreadsheet application using the templates provided.

Effects on Existing Data

The reorganization of profit centers ensures adjustments of master data and transfer postings for selected
balance sheet items per profit center (field PRCTR).

Effects on Data Transfer

The reorganization of profit centers ensures transfer postings for selected balance sheet items per profit
center. Profit and loss amounts are not transferred for historical periods.

Effects on Customizing

Related Information

Organizational Changes in Accounting

Manage Organizational Changes
Import Objects for Organizational Change

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 159
4.4.1.2 Organizational Change Report - Master Data
Hierarchy

The name of this app has changed from Organizational Change Report - Master Data to Organizational Change
Report - Master Data Hierarchy. The app functionality has also been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4PG (Organizational Flexibility in Financial Accounting)

Application Component FI-GL-OC (Organizational Changes in Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

The reorganization of profit centers ensures adjustments of master data and transfer postings for selected
balance sheet items per profit center (field PRCTR).

Effects on Data Transfer

The reorganization of profit centers ensures transfer postings for selected balance sheet items per profit
center. Profit and loss amounts are not transferred for historical periods.

Effects on Customizing

Related Information

Organizational Changes in Accounting

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

160 PUBLIC Finance
Organizational Change Report – Master Data Hierarchy

4.4.1.3 Schedule Jobs for Organizational Changes

With this app, you can schedule steps (jobs) for organizational changes. You can use the available job
templates to activate, simulate, process, and complete an organizational change.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4PG (Organizational Flexibility in Financial Accounting)

Application Component FI-GL-OC (Organizational Changes in Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use this app to schedule jobs for organizational changes based on the following templates:

• Activate Organizational Change

• Simulate Organizational Change
• Process Organizational Change
• Complete Organizational Change

In the app, you first select a job template and enter a name for the job. Then, you specify the start date, start
time, and define a recurrence pattern for the job. After that, you enter the organizational change ID for which
you want to perform this step and, finally, schedule the job.

Effects on Existing Data

The reorganization of profit centers ensures adjustments of master data and transfer postings for selected
balance sheet items per profit center (field PRCTR).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 161
Effects on Data Transfer

The reorganization of profit centers ensures transfer postings for selected balance sheet items per profit
center. Profit and loss amounts are not transferred for historical periods.

Effects on Customizing

Related Information

Organizational Changes in Accounting

Schedule Jobs for Organizational Changes

4.4.2 General Ledger Accounting

4.4.2.1 New IMG Activity for GR/IR Account Reconciliation

This feature enables you to display information for own GR/IR clearing accounts in the Reconcile GR/IR
Accounts app and the Monitor GR/IR Account Reconciliation app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2V7 (Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Receipts), 2ZS (Ma
chine Learning for Monitoring of Goods and Invoice Re
ceipts)

Application Component FI-GL-IS (Financial Accounting - General Ledger

Accounting - Information System)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

162 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

Each goods receipt (GR) and invoice receipt (IR) is posted to a GR/IR clearing account. If the quantities and
prices for the goods receipt match those in the invoice receipt, the system automatically clears these items
in the GR/IR clearing account. However, if there are missing goods receipts or invoice receipts, or different
quantities or prices, the items remain open on the GR/IR clearing account. Nevertheless, these items still need
to be processed, as the GR/IR clearing account must be cleared by the end of the fiscal period.

The GR/IR clearing account is determined via a transaction key. SAP provides standard transaction keys to
define GR/IR clearing accounts for the goods and GR/IR clearing accounts for freight charges and custom
duties. However, the number of GR/IR clearing accounts might not be enough for customer’s needs. Hence,
you can define your own transaction keys within the Customizing of Purchasing that you assign to the
condition schema. This enables you to post to additional GR/IR clearing accounts. To display these own,
additional GR/IR clearing accounts also in the Reconcile GR/IR Accounts app and the Monitor GR/IR Account
Reconciliation app, you can enter them in the new Transfer Transaction Keys for GR/IR Reconciliation IMG
activity.

Effects on Customizing

The Implementation Guide (IMG) (transaction SPRO) now includes the IMG activity Transfer Transaction
Keys for GR/IR Reconciliation (IMG path: Financial Accounting (New) General Ledger Accounting (New)
Periodic Processing Reclassify ).

If you have previously defined your own GR/IR clearing accounts in Customizing of Purchasing (IMG
path: Materials Management Purchasing Conditions Define Price Determination Process Define
Transaction/Event Keys ), you can enter these transaction keys for those own GR/IR clearing accounts using
the IMG activity Transfer Transaction Keys for GR/IR Reconciliation, as well. Thereby, you make them also
available in the Reconcile GR/IR Accounts app and the Monitor GR/IR Account Reconciliation app.

Related Information

Reconcile GR/IR Accounts

Monitor GR/IR Account Reconciliation

4.4.2.2 Deprecation of Verify Apps

The Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester app and the Verify Currency Adjustments - For Requester app
are deprecated and will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA 2025 release. We recommend you use the successors
of the apps as soon as possible. See more information in Additional Details.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 163
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The successors of the apps are newly designed for better user experience and system performance. The
successor apps provide the same features as the deprecated apps. The Fiori IDs of the successor apps are
changed but the app names are the same as before:

Deprecated App Fiori ID Successor App New Fiori ID

Verify General Journal Entries F2547 The same as the deprecated F2547A
- For Requester app

Verify Currency Adjustments F4670 The same as the deprecated F4670A

- For Requester app

Related Information

Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester

Verify Currency Adjustments - For Requester

4.4.2.3 New Template in Upload General Journal Entries

In the Upload General Journal Entries app, a new template is available for you to download and use. The
new template displays the fields of the header and line items in one row, which is convenient for amount
comparison and sum calculation.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

164 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To download the new template file, choose an option for the format and select the Fields in One Row checkbox.

Related Information

Upload General Journal Entries

4.4.2.4 New App: Verify General Journal Entries - For

Requester (F2547A)

The Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester app (F2547A) is newly available with this release. Compared
with the old Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester app (F2547), the successor app brings better user
experience and system performance, and meanwhile it provides the same features as the deprecated app.
Note that the app ID is changed while the app name remains the same as before.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 165
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

This app (F2547A) is the successor of the old Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester app (F2547). The
old Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester app is deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023 and will be
deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in an upcoming release. For more information about app deprecation,
see Deprecation of Verify Apps [page 163]. The deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the
SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it's deleted. We recommend that you
switch to the successor app as soon as possible.

Related Information

Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester

4.4.2.5 New App: Verify Currency Adjustments - For

Requester (F4670A)

The Verify Currency Adjustments - For Requester app (F4670A) is newly available with this release. Compared
with the old Verify Currency Adjustments - For Requester app (F4670), the successor app brings better user
experience and system performance, and meanwhile it provides the same features as the deprecated app.
Note that the app ID is changed while the app name remains the same as before. You can find this app in the
App Finder.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

166 PUBLIC Finance
Effects on Existing Data

This app (F4670A) is the successor of the old Verify Currency Adjustments - For Requester app (F4670). The
old Verify Currency Adjustments - For Requester app is deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023 and will be
deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in an upcoming release. For more information about app deprecation,
see Deprecation of Verify Apps [page 163]. The deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the
SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it's deleted. We recommend that you
switch to the successor app as soon as possible.

Related Information

Verify Currency Adjustments - For Requester

4.4.2.6 New App: Manage Accounting Notifications

In the Manage Accounting Notifications app, you can monitor the accounting notification status, for example,
payroll posting notifications that are sent from SAP SuccessFactors Payroll, project edition. The posting is
managed through the Accounting Business Transaction Interface, for example, payroll posting, to Accounting.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Accounting Notifications

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 167
4.4.2.7 Manage Manual Accruals

In addition to viewing accrual objects, you can now also create, edit, and copy them.

This app now enables you to:

• Edit accrual objects and their settings.

• Create new accrual objects.
• Copy accrual objects.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-GL-GL-AAC (Manual Accruals)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Manual Accruals

4.4.2.8 Additional Version of Manage Journal Entries

You now have two versions of Manage Journal Entries on your Fiori launchpad. They are differentiated by the
subtitles on the tiles: Old Version and New Version. Manage Journal Entries – Old Version (F0717) is the same
standard app you are already used to working with. Manage Journal Entries – New Version (F0717A) is a new
app. It has several design and functional enhancements over the old version, including:

• More fields to filter for and display

• Greater detail in the list of journal entries
• Clearer navigation between journal entries and line items
• Direct access to more related apps and functions
• The ability to display parked documents, workflow status, and related documents. You can also display
predictive journal entries if you use predictive accounting.

We recommend you use the new version, but you can still use the old version.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

168 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Journal Entries (New Version)

Manage Journal Entries

4.4.2.9 Currency Exchange Rates

The Currency Converter tool has been enhanced to include any configured reference currencies. The reference
currency conversion takes place as an intermediate step before the results are displayed in the tool.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-FIO-GL (Fiori UI for General Ledger Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Currency Exchange Rates

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 169
4.4.2.10 Integration of Data from Write-Off App into Post
Credit-Risk-Based Impairment

With this release, you can write off uncollectible accounts receivable. The bad debt provision is done when
you carry out credit-risk-based impairment via the Post Credit-Risk-Based Impairment transaction or the Post
Credit-Risk-Based Impairment job template in the Schedule General Ledger Jobs app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item • J58 ( Accounting and Financial Close)

• J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-GL-GL-G (Closing Operations / Period End)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you've used the Write Off Receivables app, to write off receivables, you carry out Post Credit-Risk-Based
Impairment as the next step. Credit-risk-based impairment recognizes, and corrects the write-off postings and
thus avoids wrong P&L and balance sheet results.

That means that you always have to carry out Post Credit-Risk-Based Impairment after you've done the last
write-off in the Write Off Receivables app.

Please be aware that you can't do any partial write-off in the Write Off Receivables app.

Effects on System Administration

The integration of Write Off Receivables app and Post Credit-Risk-Based Impairment happens automatically.
There are no additional steps necessary for the integration.

Related Information

Post Credit-Risk-Based Impairment

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

170 PUBLIC Finance
Write Off Receivables [page 404]
Write Off Receivables

4.4.2.11 Balance Validation

Balance validation feature is available for you to ensure the data quality during period-end close. It validates the
data completeness, correctness, and compliance of balance sheet and P&L accounts based on user-defined
rules.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close), O58 (Accounting and
Financial Close)

Technical Object Name App ID: F6386, F6387, and F7470

Application Component FI-FIO-VE (Validation Engine Framework)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can create validation rules according to legislation, best practices, or company regulation. The rules can
be bundled into a rule group. At the period close, you can run data validation based on the group of rules. Or,
you can schedule recurring validation jobs. In the validation results, you can then identify any violating data and
follow up on these violations.

The following new apps are introduced for balance validation:

• Manage Balance Validation Rules and Groups

• Schedule Balance Validation Jobs - G/L Accounting
• View Balance Validation Results

Related Information

Balance Validation
Manage Balance Validation Rules and Groups

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 171
Schedule Balance Validation Jobs
View Balance Validation Results

4.4.2.12 Display Accrual Object Items

Three new fields based on plan data have been added to the app. The fields show the accumulated accrual
amount, the accrual amount for the specific period, and the remaining amount (simulated based on plan
values).

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-GL-GL-ACE (Accrual Engine)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

These fields use simulated plan data. Before you can see values in these fields, you need to run a "simulate
accruals postings" job.

4.4.2.13 Display Document Flow

You can now use the Display Document Flow app to display service contracts and service contract billing
document requests. The Service Contract and Billing Document Request document types are available.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

172 PUBLIC Finance
Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-FIO-GL-IS (Reporting Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Display Document Flow

4.4.2.14 Financial Data Consistency Results

With this app, you can visualize the results of successfully completed Financial Data Consistency Analyzer
reconciliation runs with at least one inconsistency and focus on specific runs by filtering. For each run that
identified issues, the impacted business processes are shown. You can directly correct some inconsistencies
by navigating to the transactional app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-GL-GL (General Ledger Accounting - Basic Functions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Financial Data Consistency Results

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 173
4.4.3 Asset Accounting

4.4.3.1 New Field in Depreciation Lists App: Key Date

The Key Date field is available in the Depreciation Lists app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J62

Application Component FI-AA (Asset Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Key Date determines the date for which time-dependent data is selected.

The default value for the Key Date is the current date. If you don´t enter any value for the Key Date, the system
automatically chooses today´s date.

Related Information

Depreciation Lists

4.4.4 Revenue Accounting and Reporting

4.4.4.1 Start Date Type "Defined by Each Fulfillment Event

Date"

A new start date type has been introduced to support fulfillments with event-driven start dates (start date type
= 4, start date is Defined by Each Fulfillment Event Date). Start date type 4 enables event-based performance
obligations (POBs) to have time-based fulfillments. The fulfillment is triggered by a fulfillment event and it is
spread based on start date, duration, and the deferral method, similar to time-based fulfillments.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

174 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VW (Revenue Accounting)

Application Component FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Example for Start Date Type Defined by Each Fulfillment Event Date

A software provider signs a contract with an enterprise. The employees of the enterprise are entitled to activate
and use the software for one year (starting on the activation date).

If the enterprise has, for example, ten users, and two of those users start to use the service on January 1,
the following happens: A fulfillment is created for the duration of one year, starting on January 1. When, some
weeks later, on February 1, three other users activate the service, a new fulfillment is created with start date
February 1 and for the duration of one year.

Related Information

Start Date Types

Start Date Type 4: Defined by Each Fulfillment Event Date

4.4.4.2 Manage Revenue Contracts App – Display Warning

Messages When Postponed RAIs Found

When you open the Manage Revenue Contracts app, you expect the contractual information displayed to be up
to date. However, in some situations, if updates from sender components could not be performed due to errors
and postponed RAIs have therefore been created for subsequent reprocessing, the information displayed in the
Manage Revenue Contracts app does not yet reflect these latest updates. To inform you about this situation,
the system now issues a warning message at the top of the contract overview when postponed RAIs exist for
the selected contract.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 175
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VW (Revenue Accounting)

Application Component FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With this new warning message, you can easily recognize that your contract is not up to date and that it will
be updated soon. In addition, you can navigate from the warning message to the Manage Revenue Accounting
Items app to display the postponed RAIs.

4.4.4.3 Business Add-In for Earlier Processing of Assumed

Invoices

With the default settings, assumed invoices are processed on their posting date or later. The Business Add-In
(BAdI) BAdI: Earlier Processing of Assumed Invoices (FARR_BADI_INB_ASSUMED_INV) can be implemented to
process an assumed invoice before its posting date.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VW (Revenue Accounting)

Application Component FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

176 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

You can find this BAdI in Customizing for Revenue Accounting under Inbound Processing Business Add-Ins
BAdI: Earlier Processing of Assumed Invoices .

Related Information

Business Add-Ins

4.4.4.4 Performance Improvement in Inbound Processing

for the Return Scenario

When order items with predecessor items are processed, fulfillment and invoice data is now read from the
database only if it is required. This applies for the following scenarios:

• Return with overfulfillment

and
• Rejection of return

This feature results in improved performance during inbound processing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VW (Revenue Accounting)

Application Component FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Inbound Processing

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 177
4.4.5 Event-Based Revenue Recognition

4.4.5.1 Support of Event-Based Revenue Recognition for

Service Orders

With the release, you can conduct Event-Based Revenue Recognition for service orders.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3M3 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Docu

ments)

3M4 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Docu

ments - IFRS)

41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)

CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

It is now possible to conduct Event-Based Revenue Recognition for service orders with regular service items.

Integration Overview
For an overview of the integration of Event-Based Revenue Recognition with Service Order Management, see
Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Service Orders.

Supported Revenue Recognition Methods

For an overview of the supported revenue recognition methods, see Revenue Recognition Methods for Service
Order Items.

Related Information

Service Orders

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

178 PUBLIC Finance
Service Order Management
Item-Based Accounting in Service [page 915]

4.4.5.2 New Supported Revenue Recognition Methods for

Event-Based Revenue Recognition with Advanced
Execution

With this release, the following two new revenue recognition methods are supported for Service with Advanced
Execution:

• Recognize revenue on cost-based percentage of completion (POC) (Method 3): It allows you to
recognize revenue on a cost-based percentage of completion (POC) using plan costs from estimation
at completion and plan revenue from billing plan.
• Completed contract: Recognition at final billing/technical completion (Method 9): It allows you to
recognize costs and revenues as occurred when a service order is finally billed or completed before costs
and revenues are deferred.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AK (Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Service with Adv.

Execution)

6AL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Service with Adv.

Execution – IFRS)

6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)

CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With the support of these two new revenue recognition methods, a new corresponding billing relevance Billing
on Completion is now also supported for the integration of Event-Based Revenue Recognition with Service with
Advanced Execution.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 179
In Event-Based Revenue Recognition, the billing relevance is important for deriving the revenue recognition key
and the revenue recognition method respectively.

Therefore, you can now assign Billing on Completion as a billing relevance for your execution order items with
revenue recognition methods 3 and 9 assigned.

Related Information

Revenue Recognition Methods for Execution Order Items

Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Service with Advanced Execution
Service with Advanced Execution
Service with Advanced Execution [page 917]

4.4.5.3 Revenue Recognition (Event-Based) – Projects App

Deleted

With this release, the Revenue Recognition (Event-Based) - Projects app has been deleted from the SAP Fiori
launchpad. Please use the successor app Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Projects instead.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1K2 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock)

33M (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock -

IFRS)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Projects

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

180 PUBLIC Finance
4.4.5.4 Revenue Recognition Reversal - Sales Orders App
Deleted

With this release, the Revenue Recognition Reversal - Sales Orders app has been deleted from the SAP Fiori
launchpad. Please use the successor app Reverse Revenue Recognition instead.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1K2 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock)

33M (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock -

IFRS)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Reverse Revenue Recognition

4.4.6 Joint Venture Accounting

4.4.6.1 JVA Billing Document Log Interface

You are now also able to fetch details of JVA billing file logs, info records and attachement contents by using the
interface view I_JVAInfoRecordAttachLink.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 181
Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For more information, please refer to the existing Joint Venture Accounting product assistance.

Related Information

Executing Billing: Prerequisites

4.4.6.2 Minor UI Changes: ALV Hierarchical Sequential Grid

The JVA Funding reports Reimbursement List and Interest Calculation History are updated to use the standard
ALV Hierarchical Sequential Grid display. They are effectively moved to the top menu bar.

The following general functionalities are available using the standard ALV framework: Managing layouts
(create, change, select), vertical/horizontal display options, switching between grid and list display and new
help button features.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

182 PUBLIC Finance
4.4.6.3 Joint Venture Accounting on Universal Journal:
Central Finance Integration - Sender JVA Support

This feature enables you to integrate Central Finance with Joint Venture Accounting in an additional way. The
new scenario is: SAP S/4HANA (as of version 104) with activated G/L splitter + Joint Venture Accounting on
ACDOCA.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Joint Venture Accounting in Central Finance

4.4.6.4 JVA Billing - Read API

This service enables you to retrieve billing files (XML / CSV file format) for a company code, year, period, and
JV partner.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 183
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This service is published on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub. For more information about APIs, see APIs on:

Finance PUBLIC 185
Related Information

Cost Centers
Projects and Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) Elements

4.4.6.8 Joint Venture Accounting on the Universal Journal:

Equity Type and Production Month as the Joint
Venture Split Criteria

This feature enables you to split the finance document by venture, equity group, equity type, and production
month in the finance G/L document splitter. You can split the finance document by:

• project phase in case the equity type and the assigned cost objects are configured accordingly;
• production month, which represents the month of material and service consumption.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.4.6.9 Joint Venture Accounting on the Universal Journal:

Reference Cutback Postings in Invoices using the
Field ZUONR

This feature enables you to post cutback invoices with the corresponding cutback billing invoice number in the
assignment number field ZUONR.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

186 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.4.6.10 Joint Venture Accounting on the Universal Journal:

Avoid Splitting of Customer and Vendor Lines in
Cutback Documents

This feature enables you to avoid splitting customer and vendor lines in cutback documents by setting the
substitute cost object. This applies to cutback invoice scenarios where the cost object and profit center
information in the customer or vendor lines of the cutback documents is not relevant for any reporting
purpose.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

SAP Note 3101892

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 187
4.4.6.11 Joint Venture Accounting on the Universal
Journal: Prevent Cutback from Posting to Open-
Item-Managed Accounts

This feature enables you to prevent cutbacks from posting to open-item-managed accounts in cutback invoice
scenarios. It displays an error message in that case and you have to create an account mapping for the affected
account.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

SAP Note 3323055

4.4.6.12 Joint Venture Accounting on the Universal Journal:

Flexible Tax Calculation Based on Accounts in
Cutback Postings

This feature enables you to adjust cutback invoice tax calculation during cutback posting. It excludes
expense accounts from tax calculation through exclusion account sets maintained through maintenance view
V_CUTBTAXEXCL.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

188 PUBLIC Finance
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

SAP Note 3168128

4.4.7 Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation

4.4.7.1 Update Mode of File Upload

In Flexible Upload of Matching Items (ICAFU), update mode is now available for overwriting existing items,
which are the items that have been rolled into the Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation (ICMR) process
previously.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process, 1SG (Group Re

porting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and

Reconciliation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the prior releases, all uploaded items are appended as new items into the ICMR table ICADOCM during the file
upload. As of this release, you can select Update existing items to let the system first check if any items being
uploaded exist in ICADOCM:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 189
• If the items already exist, the system updates their field values.
• If the items don't exist, the system creates them as new items in ICADOCM.

 Note

The system identifies existing items based on the key fields that were set in the data source.

If Update existing items is not selected, all uploaded items are created as new items.

Related Information

Flexible Upload of Matching Items

4.4.7.2 Enhancements for Reconciliation Balances

The Reconciliation Balances app is enhanced with the following features:

• The Difference column now has a dynamic filter for displaying Non-Zero Differences or Differences Outside
Tolerance only.
• In addition to the leading unit hierarchy, partner unit hierarchy is also enabled as a filter. Both filters have
the same scope and can display in the filter area if you have specified an organizational unit hierarchy when
defining the reconciliation case.
• For all the amounts displayed, you can switch to the short number form with the units shown as an
abbreviation, such as K (thousand), M (million), or B (billion).
• Reset Table Layout button is available to reset any grouping, filtering, sorting, or column freezing settings
you apply to the table.
• Show Description is available for organization unit columns to display the unit names together with their
IDs.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process, 1SG (Group Re

porting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and

Reconciliation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

190 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Reconciliation Balances

4.4.7.3 New Date Function for Defining Reconciliation

Cases

When defining filters for display groups in the Define Reconciliation Cases app, you can use the following
functions for date fields:

• Is empty
• Is today
• After the input period
• Before or on the input period

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process1SG (Group Re

porting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and

Reconciliation, )

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

,The date functions are used to dynamically filter items in apps that are based on reconciliation cases, such
as Reconciliation Balances, Manage Assignments - By Reconciliation Case, and Display Matching Items - By
Reconciliation Case.

 Example

To include only the items remain open before the end of a fiscal period, you set the following filters in the
display group:

• Clearing Date is empty (use the date function IS_EMPTY)

• Clearing Date is after the input period (use the date function LATER_THAN_LAST_DAY_OF_PERIOD)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 191
Later when viewing Reconciliation Balances, you select the display group and input the period 008/2022,
only the items who are still open on 008/2022 or have a clearing date later than the last day of 008/2022
are displayed.

 Example

To include only items remain cleared before the end of a fiscal period, you set the following filters in the
display group:

• Clearing Date is before or on the input period (use the date function UP_TO_LAST_DAY_OF_PERIOD)
• Clearing Date is equal to 3 (Cleared)

Later when viewing Reconciliation Balances, you select the display group and input the period 008/2022,
only the cleared items with the clearing date on or earlier than the last day of 008/2022 are displayed.

Related Information

Reconciliation Case

4.4.7.4 Changes in TSL and WSL Amounts

As of this release, TSL (Amount in Balance Transaction Currency) and RTCUR (Balance Transaction Currency)
are added to the accounting-related CDS views that are delivered for defining data sources. Meanwhile, balance
carryforward logic for WSL (Amount in Transaction Currency) is changed so that it no longer receives TSL
amounts for period 000.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process, 1SG (Group Re

porting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and

Reconciliation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

192 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

In the following CDS views delivered for you to define data sources, the fields TSL (Amount in Balance
Transaction Currency) and RTCUR (Balance Transaction Currency) are now added:

• ICA_GENJOURNALENTRIES
• ICA_GENJOURNALENTRIES_2

In these CDS views, WSL amounts of period 000 are replaced with local currency amounts carried forward from
previous year, instead of the TSL amounts. This change is made to ensure consistency with the Display G/L
Account Balances app.

Effects on Customizing

The CDS views are automatically updated in your systems. However, for customers with existing configuration
and transactional data, the following actions are recommended:

1. In the data sources that use any of the CDS views above, add the following fields in Field Semantics in
configuration activity Maintain Data Sources.

Field Name Global Field Name Field Label

TSL AmountInBalTransactionCrcy Amount in Balance Transaction Cur

rency

RTCUR BalanceTransactionCurrency Balance Transaction Currency

2. If you want to use TSL as the leading amount, make the changes in the leading display group of the relevant
reconciliation cases. Leading amount is the default amount in reconciliation reports such as Reconciliation
Status Overview and Reconciliation Balances.
3. To update the historic values of TSL and WSL in the ICADOCM table, a data remediation needs to be carried
out by using transaction ICADR. For more information, see SAP Note 3282156 .

After that, you can use the new amount measure TSL and have the correct WSL values in the ICMR matching
process and reconciliation reports.

Related Information

Data Source
Important Considerations

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 193
4.4.8 Group Reporting

4.4.8.1 New Extraction CDS View in Group Reporting

A new data extraction view is available. It's called Consolidation Node for Elimination Reporting Data Extractor
(I_CnsldtnNodeForElimRptgDEX).

This CDS view extracts the elimination members for the analytical scenario for the following hierarchy nodes:

• Consolidation Unit Hierarchy

• Profit Center Hierarchy
• Segment Hierarchy

For more information, see Consolidation Node for Elimination Reporting Data Extractor.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2U6 (Group Reporting - Data from External Systems)

Application Component FIN-CS-EA (Embedded Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The existing views, for example, I_CnsldtnProfitCenterHierNode don't cover all node types. Therefore, you need
to consume this new CDS view to extract the elimination members.

In particular, this new CDS view also covers node type D. This node type is required to calculate the elimination
members (for example, the ConcolidationUnitForElim value based on the values for ConsolidationUnit,
PartnerConsolidationUnit, and the new hierarchy extraction view).

Related Information

Consolidation Node for Elimination Reporting Data Extractor

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

194 PUBLIC Finance
4.4.8.2 Manage Workflows for Group Journal Entries

You can now define and manage workflows for group journal entries. After the setup, the defined approver can
accept or reject workflow items. To know that there is a new workflow to be workd on, the user will find this
information in his My Inbox app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Workflows for Group Journal Entries

4.4.8.3 Configuration for Group Reporting

With this release, new configuration objects or configuration items for making settings related to group
reporting have been added to your configuration environment. In addition, changes have been made to some
previously delivered configuration objects or configuration items.

Technical Details

Type New

Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item See the table below

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 195
Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

New/changed
Configuration configuration ob Leading scope Business Cata
Type of change for ... ject What you can do items logs

New field in config- Rate Selection Define Exchange You can now op 1SG SAP_CA_BC_IC_L
ND_FIN_CS0_PC
uration activity Rate Indicators tionally assign a
(Consolidation -
Rate Selection.
Configuration)
With this option,
you define an al
ternative exchange
rate that differs
from the exchange
rate type assigned
to the exchange
rate indicator.
For more infor
mation, see Cur
rency Translation
Using Consolida
tion Unit-Specific
Rates [page 219].

New field in config- Spot Exchange Define Exchange The Spot Exchange 1SG SAP_CA_BC_IC_L
uration activity Rate Type Rate Indicators Rate Type is an ex ND_FIN_CS0_PC
change rate type (Consolidation -
that’s used for Configuration)
when currency
translation relies
on the spot rate.
The spot rate is
the currency ex
change rate at the
time of a posting.
For more informa
tion, see Currency
Translation Using
the Rate of Posting
Date [page 220].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

196 PUBLIC Finance
New/changed
Configuration configuration ob Leading scope Business Cata
Type of change for ... ject What you can do items logs

New fields in con Local Currency Define Versions You can now 1SG SAP_CA_BC_IC_L
figuration activity Source maintain a Local ND_FIN_CS0_PC
Currency Source (Consolidation -
and a Quantity Configuration)
Source for a con
solidation version.
These fields are
optional. For more
information, see
Local Currency
Source and Quan
tity Source [page
220].

New fields in con Source and Desti Define Balance You can now de 1SG SAP_CA_BC_IC_L
figuration activity nation Document Carryforward fine source docu
ND_FIN_CS0_PC
Types Settings ment types and
(Consolidation -
destination docu
ment types for a Configuration)
specific timeframe
when you run bal
ance carryforward.
You do this in the
Define Destination
Document Types
section of this con
figuration activity.
For more informa
tion, see Define
Destination Docu
ment Types for
Balance Carryfor
ward [page 221].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 197
New/changed
Configuration configuration ob Leading scope Business Cata
Type of change for ... ject What you can do items logs

New configuration Mappings for Jour Data Release Task: To use the data re 1SG SAP_CA_BC_IC_L
activity nal Entry Fields Define Mapping lease task to trans
ND_FIN_CS0_PC
for Journal Entry fer data for cer
(Consolidation -
to Group Journal tain nonstandard
Entry Fields group journal en Configuration)
try fields, you use
this activity to map
the journal entry
fields in the ac
counting journal to
the corresponding
journal entry fields
in the group jour
nal. The data re
lease task refers to
these mappings to
transfer transac
tion data from the
journal entry field
in the accounting
journal (source
field) to the cor
responding journal
entry field in the
group journal that
you’ve mapped to
it (target field).
For more informa
tion, see Data
Release Task: De
fine Mapping for
Journal Entry to
Group Journal En
try Fields [page
239].

New fields in con • Aggregation Define You can maintain 1SG SAP_CA_BC_IC_L
figuration activity Condition Reclassification advanced config- ND_FIN_CS0_PC

• Packaging Methods uration options (Consolidation -

Options for Aggregation Configuration)

Condition,
• Parallel
Packaging Options,
Processing
and Parallel
Options
Processing
Options. For more
information, see
Advanced Config-
uration Options
for Reclassification
[page 233].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

198 PUBLIC Finance
New/changed
Configuration configuration ob Leading scope Business Cata
Type of change for ... ject What you can do items logs

Finance PUBLIC 203
New/changed
Configuration configuration ob Leading scope Business Cata
Type of change for ... ject What you can do items logs

New configuration Currency Change • Preparation You perform the

activities over in Group Re
porting
• Configure currency change
the over in group re
Currency porting by com
Changeo
pleting the fol
ver
lowing configura-
• Perform
tion activities.
Business
For more informa
Activities
Before tion, seeCurrency
Changeo Changeover for
ver Group Reporting
• Changeover [page 236] .
• Perform
• Preparation
Pre-
Processin • Configure
g the
• Backup Currency
and Changeo
Convert ver
System
• Perform
• Perform
Business
Post-
Activities
Processin
g Before

• Clean-Up Changeo
ver
• Perform
Consiste • Changeover
ncy • Perform
Checks
Pre-
• Post
Processin
Manual
g
Adjustme
nts • Backup
and
Convert
System
• Perform
Post-
Processin
g
• Clean-Up
• Perform
Consiste
ncy
Checks

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

204 PUBLIC Finance
New/changed
Configuration configuration ob Leading scope Business Cata
Type of change for ... ject What you can do items logs

• Post
Manual
Adjustme
nts

4.4.8.4 New OData V4 APIs for Group Reporting

There are new APIs for group reporting.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 26U (Group Reporting - Data from External Systems)

Preparation Required Yes

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Name Technical Object Name Type

Consolidation FS Item Hierarchy API_CNSLDTNFSITEMHIERARCHY ODATA V4

Consolidation Chart of Accounts API_CNSLDTNCHARTOFACCOUNTS ODATA V4

Consolidation FS Item API_CNSLDTNFSITEM ODATA V4

Consolidation Group Structure API_CNSLDTNGROUPSTRUCTURE ODATA V4

Consolidation Task - Read API_ConsolidationTask ODATA V4

Consolidation Task Group - Read API_CONSOLIDATIONTASKGROUP ODATA V4

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 205
Name Technical Object Name Type

Consolidation Task Group Assignment - API_CNSLDTNTASKGROUPASSIGNMENT ODATA V4

Read

Consolidation Unit Task Run (Version 2) API_CONSOLIDATIONUNITTASKRUN ODATA V4

Related Information

APIs for Group Reporting

4.4.8.5 New CDS Views for Group Reporting

There are new CDS views for group reporting.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Financial Consolidation for S/4 HANA Cloud)

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

The following CDS views are new:

CDS View Name CDS View and Associated CDS Views

Consolidation Ad Hoc Item I_CnsldtnAdhocItem

I_CnsldtnAdhocItemText

I_CnsldtnAdhocItemVH

Consolidation Ad Hoc Set I_CnsldtnAdhocSet

I_CnsldtnAdhocSetText

I_CnsldtnAdhocSetVH

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

206 PUBLIC Finance
CDS View Name CDS View and Associated CDS Views

Consolidation Ad Hoc Set Breakdown Type I_CnsldtnAdhocSetBrkdwnType

I_CnsldtnAdhocSetBrkdwnTypeT

I_CnsldtnAdhocSetBrkdwnTypeVH

Consolidation Ad Hoc Set Item I_CnsldtnAdhocSetItem

Consolidation Billing Document Type I_CnsldtnBillingDocumentType

I_CnsldtnBillingDocumentTypeT

I_CnsldtnBillingDocumentTypeVH

Consolidation Breakdown Category I_CnsldtnBreakdownCategory

I_CnsldtnBreakdownCategoryT

I_CnsldtnBreakdownCategoryVH

Consolidation Breakdown By Subassignment I_CnsldtnBrkdwnBySubassgmt

Consolidation Breakdown Type I_CnsldtnBreakdownType

I_CnsldtnBreakdownTypeT

I_CnsldtnBreakdownTypeVH

Consolidation Currency Translation Method I_CnsldtnCrcyTrnsltnMethod

I_CnsldtnCrcyTrnsltnMethodT

I_CnsldtnCrcyTrnsltnMethodVH

Consolidation Customer Group I_CnsldtnCustomerGroup

I_CnsldtnCustomerGroupT

I_CnsldtnCustomerGroupVH

Consolidation Distribution Channel I_CnsldtnDistributionChannel

I_CnsldtnDistributionChannelT

I_CnsldtnDistributionChannelVH

Consolidation Division I_CnsldtnDivision

I_CnsldtnDivisionT

I_CnsldtnDivisionVH

Consolidation Financial Statement Item Type I_CnsldtnFinStmntItemType

I_CnsldtnFinStmntItemTypeT

I_CnsldtnFinStmntItemTypeVH

Consolidation Industry I_CnsldtnIndustry

I_CnsldtnIndustryT

I_CnsldtnIndustryVH

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 207
CDS View Name CDS View and Associated CDS Views

Consolidation Investment Method I_CnsldtnInvestmentMethod

I_CnsldtnInvestmentMethodT

I_CnsldtnInvestmentMethodVH

Consolidation Product I_CnsldtnProduct

I_CnsldtnProductT

I_CnsldtnProductVH

Consolidation Product Group I_CnsldtnProductGroup

I_CnsldtnProductGroupT

I_CnsldtnProductGroupVH

Consolidation Sales Organization I_CnsldtnSalesOrganization

I_CnsldtnSalesOrganizationT

I_CnsldtnSalesOrganizationVH

Consolidation Selection I_CnsldtnSelection

I_CnsldtnSelectionT

I_CnsldtnSelectionVH

Consolidation Subassignment I_CnsldtnSubassignment

I_CnsldtnSubassignmentT

I_CnsldtnSubassignmentVH

Consolidation Task I_CNSLDTNTASK

I_CNSLDTNTASKT

Consolidation Task Group I_CNSLDTNTASKGROUP

I_CNSLDTNTASKGROUPT

Consolidation Task Group Assignment I_CNSLDTNTASKGROUPASSIGNMENT

Consolidation Task Group Task Assignment I_CNSLDTNTSKGRPTSKASSIGNMENT

Consolidation Task Run Status I_CNSLDTNTASKRUNSTATUS

I_CNSLDTNTASKRUNSTATUST

Consolidation Financial Transaction Type I_CnsldtnFinTransType

I_CnsldtnFinTransTypeT

I_CnsldtnFinTransTypeVH

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

208 PUBLIC Finance
CDS View Name CDS View and Associated CDS Views

Consolidation Financial Transaction Type Hierarchy I_CnsldtnFinTransTypeHierarchy

I_CnsldtnFinTransTypeHierText

I_CnsldtnFinTransTypeHierNode

I_CnsldtnFinTransTypeHierNodeT

Consolidation Material Group I_CnsldtnMaterialGroup

I_CnsldtnMaterialGroupT

I_CnsldtnMaterialGroupVH

Consolidation Period Category I_CNSLDTNPERIODCATEGORY

I_CNSLDTNPERIODCATEGORYT

Consolidation Plant I_CnsldtnPlant

I_CnsldtnPlantT

I_CnsldtnPlantVH

Consolidation Profit Center for Elimination I_CnsldtnProfitCenterForElim

I_CnsldtnProfitCtrForElimT_2

Consolidation Profit Center for Elimination Hierarchy Node I_CnsldtnPrftCtrForElimHN

I_CnsldtnProfitCenterHierNodeT

Consolidation Profit Center for Elimination Node I_CnsldtnProfitCenterElimNode

I_CnsldtnProfitCenterElimNodeT

Consolidation Sales District I_CnsldtnSalesDistrict

I_CnsldtnSalesDistrictT

I_CnsldtnSalesDistrictVH

Consolidation Unit Task Run I_CNSLDTNUNITTASKRUN

Related Information

CDS Views for Group Reporting

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 209
4.4.8.6 Deprecation of Old Reporting Logic Apps in Group
Reporting

The group reporting apps that are based on the old reporting logic are deprecated and will be deleted in a
future release. Please start using the Group Data Analysis (W0135) app instead.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS-EA (Embedded Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following apps are affected:

Overview of Deprecated Apps

App ID App Name Business Catalog Successor App ID Successor App Name

W0056 Data Analysis - Report

ing Logic

W0059 Consolidated Balance

Sheet

W0060 Consolidated Balance

Sheet - By Movements

W0061 Consolidated Balance

Sheet - By Subgroups SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_R
EPORT_PC
Consolidated Balance W0135 Group Data Analysis
W0062 (Consolidation -
Sheet - Year Reports)
Comparison

W0067 Consolidated P&L by

Function

W0070 Consolidated P&L by

Nature

W0099 Interunit Reconciliation

- Group View

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

210 PUBLIC Finance
App ID App Name Business Catalog Successor App ID Successor App Name

W0103 Interunit Reconciliation

- Unit View

W0104 Cash Flow Statement

Related Information

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Reports Using the Old Reporting Logic
New Reporting Logic

4.4.8.7 Deletion of Group Reporting Apps

Several group reporting apps are no longer available as of SAP S/4HANA 2023. Please use the successor apps
instead.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS-EA (Embedded Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 211
Additional Details

The following table shows the deleted apps and their successor apps:

Business
Business Successor Name of Catalog of
Deleted App Name of De Catalog of Application App (Fiori Successor Successor Application
(Fiori ID) leted App Deleted App Component ID) App App Component

W0063 Consolidated SAP_FIN_BC FIN-CS-EA W0135 Group Data SAP_FIN_BC FIN-CS-EA

_CCON_REPO Analysis _CCON_MNGT
P&L by
RT (Web Dynpro) _RPT
Function -
(Consolidatio (Consolidatio
Year n - Reports) n - Group
Comparison Data
(Web Dynpro) Analysis)

W0068 Consolidated same as FIN-CS-EA W0135 Group Data SAP_FIN_BC FIN-CS-EA

above Analysis _CCON_MNGT
P&L by
(Web Dynpro) _RPT
Function - By
(Consolidatio
Subgroups n - Group
(Web Dynpro) Data
Analysis)

W0071 Consolidated same as FIN-CS-EA W0135 Group Data SAP_FIN_BC FIN-CS-EA

above Analysis _CCON_MNGT
P&L by
(Web Dynpro) _RPT
Nature - By
(Consolidatio
Functional n - Group
Areas (Web Data
Dynpro) Analysis)

W0072 Consolidated same as FIN-CS-EA W0135 Group Data SAP_FIN_BC FIN-CS-EA

above Analysis _CCON_MNGT
P&L by
(Web Dynpro) _RPT
Nature - By
(Consolidatio
Functional n - Group
Areas (Web Data
Dynpro) Analysis)

W0073 Consolidated same as FIN-CS-EA W0135 Group Data SAP_FIN_BC FIN-CS-EA

above Analysis _CCON_MNGT
P&L by
(Web Dynpro) _RPT
Nature - By
(Consolidatio
Subgroups n - Group
(Web Dynpro) Data
Analysis)

W0074 Income same as FIN-CS-EA W0135 Group Data SAP_FIN_BC FIN-CS-EA

above Analysis _CCON_MNGT
Statements
(Web Dynpro) _RPT
by
(Consolidatio
Consolidation n - Group
Units (Web Data
Dynpro) Analysis)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

212 PUBLIC Finance
Business
Business Successor Name of Catalog of
Deleted App Name of De Catalog of Application App (Fiori Successor Successor Application
(Fiori ID) leted App Deleted App Component ID) App App Component

W0100 Statement of same as FIN-CS-EA W0135 Group Data SAP_FIN_BC FIN-CS-EA

above Analysis _CCON_MNGT
Comprehensi
(Web Dynpro) _RPT
ve Income
(Consolidatio
(Web Dynpro) n - Group
Data
Analysis)

W0101 Statement of same as FIN-CS-EA W0135 Group Data SAP_FIN_BC FIN-CS-EA

above Analysis _CCON_MNGT
Changes in
(Web Dynpro) _RPT
Equity (Web
(Consolidatio
Dynpro) n - Group
Data
Analysis)

Related Information

Deprecation of Old Reporting Logic Apps in Group Reporting [page 210]

4.4.8.8 "API Transaction Data for Group Reporting - Read

(Version 2)" Has Been Renamed

On the SAP Help Portal, the API Transaction Data for Group Reporting - Read (Version 2) has a new name. It's
now called Consolidation Group Journal Entry.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2U6 (Group Reporting - Data from External Systems)

Technical Object Name API_CNSLDTNGRPJRNLITEM

Application Component FIN-CS-EA (Embedded Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 213
Related Information

Consolidation Group Journal Entry

4.4.8.9 Enhancements in ICMR Elimination

Interunit Elimination with ICMR Posting Rules (also known as ICMR Elimination) is enhanced to support the
following:

• Group currency (GC) extension versions that are set to Automatic Run and have the Allow LC, TC, Qty
Changes option unselected
• Consolidation unit and partner unit are the same
• Document types set as Automatic reversal in subsequent period/year

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process, 1SG (Group Re

porting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and

Reconciliation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The elimination entries are now posted with delta update logic instead of deletion and update, that is, in a new
elimination run, the elimination entries generated previously for the same period won't be deleted, instead,
delta changes are posted. This is merely a posting logic change, which doesn't affect the data in analytical
reports nor require any user actions.

This facilitates the support of extension versions in ICMR elimination. When initiated from Consolidation
Monitor with a standard consolidation version, the ICMR elimination task processes data of the standard
version and its applicable GC extension versions. The elimination results can be generated on all these
versions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

214 PUBLIC Finance
Effects on Customizing

In the Define Tasks for ICMR Eliminations customizing activity (transaction CX8TT16), you can now assign
a document type set as Automatic reversal in subsequent period/year to ICMR elimination tasks. This is
especially useful if the elimination differences are posted to P&L items, which don't have the carryforward
mechanism.

Related Information

Interunit Elimination with ICMR Posting Rules

Multiple Group Currencies

4.4.8.10 Deprecated Entity for Master Data for Group

Reporting - Read API

For the Master Data for Group Reporting - Read API (API_GRMASTERDATA_SRV), the WBSElementInternalId
entity is deprecated. It's replaced by WBSElement.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name API: API_GRMASTERDATA_SRV

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Master Data for Group Reporting - Read

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 215
4.4.8.11 New Features in Consolidation Global Hierarchies

There are new features to use when managing your consolidation global hierarchies in the Manage Global
Hierarchies app. In your hierarchies, you can now use reference nodes, add ranges of leaves, and more
comfortably maintain language-dependent texts for node descriptions and hierarchy descriptions.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name See Additional Details

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Reference Nodes
In a global hierarchy, a reference node is a node that’s imported from a different hierarchy and that’s
automatically updated whenever you make changes to it in the hierarchy you imported it from. The hierarchy
that the node is imported from is the source hierarchy, and the hierarchy that the node is imported into is
the referencing hierarchy. To define a reference node, you select the option Auto Update from Source when
importing the node into the referencing hierarchy. By selecting this, any changes made to the reference node
in the source hierarchy are automatically reflected in the referencing hierarchy. In this way, you only need to
maintain the node once in the source hierarchy, which reduces maintenance effort and increases consistency
among the hierarchies where the node is referenced.

For all consolidation hierarchy types, reference nodes to hierarchies of the same hierarchy type are supported.
For consolidation profit center hierarchies and consolidation cost center hierarchies, you can also define
reference nodes to the respective accounting hierarchy types, profit center hierarchy and cost center hierarchy.

There are certain best practices that are recommended when you edit a reference node. There are also certain
considerations to keep in mind when working with reference nodes in time-dependent hierarchies. To learn
more, see Reference Nodes in Global Hierarchies.

Ranges of Leaves
You can define a range of leaves for a hierarchy node instead of adding leaves one by one. For example, when
you add leaves in a consolidation profit center hierarchy, you can list the lowest value of a range in the From

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

216 PUBLIC Finance
Consolidation Profit Center field and then the highest value in the To Consolidation Profit Center field. If you
define ranges of leaves, keep the following things in mind:

• You can only select a value for the highest value of a range, in other words the "To…" field, if you select only
one value for the “From…” field.
• In a hierarchy, you can only make changes to the range as a whole, not to the individual leaves.
• In a hierarchy, the leaves within a range are always sorted in ascending alphanumerical order. It’s not
possible to change this order of leaves. However, if you’ve defined several ranges underneath a single node,
you can rearrange the order of the ranges themselves under the node.
• Range definitions only appear in a hierarchy in the Manage Global Hierarchies app. If you use the hierarchy
in a report, the individual leaves appear in the report, but there’s no visual indication that the leaves are
part of a range definition.
• Once you add or edit ranges of leaves in a hierarchy, be sure to save and activate the hierarchy. If you don’t
activate the hierarchy, then any changes you made to the ranges won’t appear when you use the hierarchy
in reports.
• When the number of leaves in a range changes, such as when you create new master data records, these
changes are not automatically reflected in the runtime of the hierarchy. So, you must open the hierarchy in
edit mode in the Manage Global Hierarchies app and then activate it.

Language-Dependent Texts

You can now more comfortably maintain texts in multiples languages for node descriptions in your global
hierarchies. Instead of logging on in the different languages for which you want to maintain descriptions, you
can now select a language from the language drop-down list in the Manage Global Hierarchies app. Then, click
on a node to maintain its description in the selected language.

You can now also maintain node descriptions in different languages all at once in a spreadsheet. To do so, select
Import/Export and then Export to Spreadsheet. For each language that you’ve selected for the hierarchy from
the language drop-down list, there’s a dedicated column in the spreadsheet. Once you’ve maintained the node
descriptions in the languages you want, you can then save the spreadsheet and import it back into the app by
selecting Import/Export and then Import from Spreadsheet.

 Note

If you use a hierarchy in a report and the hierarchy has missing node descriptions in the relevant language,
the key of the node is displayed instead of the hierarchy description.

You can also maintain a language-dependent description of the hierarchy. To do this, you first need to log on in
the language for which you want to maintain the hierarchy description. Then, when you’re editing the hierarchy,
select the Hierarchy tab and maintain a description in the relevant language.

Related Information

How to Use "Manage Global Hierarchies" in Group Reporting

Reference Nodes in Global Hierarchies

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 217
4.4.8.12 Exporting Plan Data from SAP Analytics Cloud to
Group Reporting

You can now directly export group financial plan data from SAP Analytics Cloud to group reporting in SAP
S/4HANA. Because of this, there's no need to first transfer data into accounting.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Financial Consolidation for S/4HANA Cloud)

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required Yes

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

By exporting group financial plan data from SAP Analytics Cloud to group reporting in SAP S/4HANA, you can
carry out financial planning on group-level with no integration for company-level planning. You can also plan for
consolidation units that aren't represented in accounting but still need to be consolidated.

For an overview of this process and to learn how to check the status of the export, see Exporting Planning Data
from SAP Analytics Cloud to Group Reporting.

To export group financial plan data from SAP Analytics Cloud, you first must define an export definition in SAP
Analytics Cloud. For a step-by-step guide on how to do this, see Exporting Group Financial Plan Data to SAP
S/4HANA or SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

Related Information

Exporting Planning Data from SAP Analytics Cloud to Group Reporting

Exporting Group Financial Plan Data to SAP S/4HANA or SAP S/4HANA Cloud

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

218 PUBLIC Finance
4.4.8.13 Currency Translation Using Consolidation Unit-
Specific Rates

In the Define Exchange Rate Indicators configuration activity, you can now optionally assign a Rate Selection.
With this option, you can define deviating exchange rates from transaction data that differ from the exchange
rate type assigned to the exchange rate indicator.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In transaction data, you typically use an exchange rate selection to select the rates specific to a consolidation
unit. With the Rate Selection option, you must first define a selection in the Use Selections app with the
following fields for the selection expression:

• Base Unit of Measure

• Document Type
• FS Item

These fields determine where the system should search for an alternative exchange rate in the group journal
(table ACDOCU).

Therefore, if an exchange rate selection has been maintained for the exchange rate indicator, the system then
uses the selection during currency translation to determine whether an alternative exchange rate exists. If such
an alternative exchange rate exists, this exchange rate is used. If there is no alternative rate, the rate from the
assigned exchange rate type is used by default.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 219
4.4.8.14 Currency Translation Using the Rate of Posting Date

In the Exchange Rate Type Assignments section of the Define Exchange Rate Indicators configuration activity,
you can now define a Spot Exchange Rate Type. A Spot Exchange Rate Type is an exchange rate type that’s used
when currency translation relies on the spot rate. The spot rate is the currency exchange rate at the time of a
posting.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Defining a Spot Exchange Rate Type is mandatory if you’ve chosen the currency translation key P (Historical
translation of local currency using spot rate) or T (Historical translation of transaction currency using spot
rate) for the relevant currency translation method. These currency translation keys indicate a historical
currency translation using the spot rate to translate the currency. This spot rate is the the currency exchange
rate that's valid on the posting date assigned to the data. Therefore, you must assign a Spot Exchange Rate
Type to the exchange rate indicator if you’ve selected the translation key P or T.

4.4.8.15 Local Currency Source and Quantity Source

In the Define Versions configuration activity, you can now maintain a Local Currency Source and a Quantity
Source for a consolidation version. These fields are optional.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

220 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Local Currency Source (Source for Local Currency Key Figure) indicates an amount field in the universal
journal that’s used as the source for local currency values. The amounts taken over from that key figure during
the execution of a release task are then processed as local currency in consolidation. If you don’t select a Local
Currency Source, then the functional currency is used as the source for local currency values.

The Quantity Source indicates an amount field in the universal journal that’s used as the source for quantity
values. The amounts taken over from that key figure during the execution of a release task are then processed
as quantity in consolidation. If you don’t select a Quantity Source, then Quantity is used as the source for
quantity values.

4.4.8.16 Define Destination Document Types for Balance

Carryforward

In the Define Balance Carryforward Settings configuration activity, you can now define source document types
and destination document types for a specific timeframe when you run balance carryforward. As a result,
closing balances at year-end are carried forward from the source document type to the destination document
type when you run balance carryforward for years you've specified in the timeframe.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 221
Scope Item 1SG

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Configuration

You define source and destination document types in the Define Destination Document Types section of the
Define Balance Carryforward Settings configuration activity. A source document type is the document type
from which balances are carried forward to the destination document type. A destination document type is the
document type to which balances are carried forward from the source document type. To define the timeframe
in which balances are carried forward from the source document type to the destination document type, you
set a From Year (the first year of the timeframe) and a To Year (the last year of the timeframe).

When defining source and destination document types, please keep the following points in mind:

• A source document type cannot be a document type with the posting levels 02, 12, or 22 because
document types with these posting levels aren’t carried forward.
• A source document type can be used only once in the same year. In other words, you can’t create more
than one entry for a source document type for the same year. This also applies if there’s an overlap in
years in case the entry spans multiple years. For example, you can’t create two entries for a single source
document type where one of the entries spans 2019-2021, and the other spans 2020-2022. In this case,
there is an overlap for the years 2020 and 2021 where the same source document type is used.
• The source document type and the destination document type in an entry must have the same posting
level, with one exception. This exception is if the source document type has posting level 01. In this case,
the corresponding destination document type can also have posting level 00 or blank.

•  Note

If you create an entry where the source document type has posting level 01, then this overwrites the
default balance carryforward logic. This default logic dictates that document types with posting level
01 are carried forward to posting level 00. However, if you don’t create any entries where the source
document type has posting level 01, then the default logic remains.

 Note

Similarly, if you create an entry where the source document type has posting level 0C, then this
overwrites the default balance carryforward logic. This default logic dictates that document types with
posting level 0C are carried forward to posting level blank. However, if you don’t create any entries
where the source document type has posting level 0C, then the default logic remains.

• A destination document type can only be defined with one of the following business applications
• Consolidation of Investments
• Reclassification
• Other
• Online Data Entry

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

222 PUBLIC Finance
• Flexible Upload
• External Reported Financial Data
• External Documents
• A destination document type cannot have posting level 01.
• A destination document type cannot be assigned as a source document type in the same year.
• A destination document type must have at least one measure in common (local currency, transaction
currency, group currency, or quantity) with its corresponding source document type

 Note

If the source document type has more measures than the destination document type, then the
measures missing from the destination document type are cleared.

Regarding automatic reversal, both the source and destination document types must be defined with
automatic reversal for the automatic reversal to take place for the destination document type. However, if
only one of the two document types, either source or destination, is defined with automatic reversal but the
other isn’t, then no automatic reversal takes place for the destination document type.

If you don’t create any entries for a document type, then the document type is carried forward to itself.
Document types with posting level 01 or 0C are exceptions to this. In this case, document types with posting
level 01 are carried forward to posting level 00, and document types with posting level 0C are carried forward to
posting level blank.

4.4.8.17 BAdI: Change Field Values in Balance Carryforward

(BCF) Results

You use this new Cloud BAdI to change the values of certain fields in the results of balance carryforward (BCF).
To create the Cloud BAdI, select FINCS_BCF as the business context.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 223
Related Information

Balance Carryforward

4.4.8.18 Consolidation Method Change

You can now change the consolidation method for a consolidation unit. You can change the method in the
Manage Group Structure apps and in the Import Consolidation Master Data app. You can only change the
method once per period. Consolidation method changes affect various areas in group reporting, including the
configuration.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Master Data

You can change the consolidation method for a consolidation unit in the Manage Group Structure apps and
in the Import Consolidation Master Data app. You can also select whether the method change happens at
the beginning of the period with the Method Change at Begin of Period option. You can only change the
consolidation method once per period. This means that it's impossible to have a method change at the
beginning of the period and another at the end of the period.

If the intended change of the consolidation method is not fully supported, manual adjustment postings for the
consolidation of investments may be necessary. If this is the case, you receive a warning message with more
information about the type of manual adjustments to make.

For more information, see the following help pages for the relevant apps:

• Manage Group Structure - Group View

• Manage Group Structure - Unit View
• Import Consolidation Master Data

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

224 PUBLIC Finance
Effects on the Preparation of Consolidation Group Changes

After a consolidation method change, you run the Preparation for Consolidation Group Changes task in the
consolidation monitor to adjust the financial data. The task supports consolidation method changes from the
Equity method to the Purchase method or from the Purchase method to the Equity method only if the following
criteria are met:

• The method change occurs only once for one consolidation unit in the same fiscal year.
• This consolidation unit is not first consolidated or divested in the same fiscal year.

Here's an overview of the adjustments made by the Preparation for Consolidation Group Changes task
depending on the type of consolidation method change:

Consolidation Method Change from Consolidation Method Change from

Purchase to Equity Method Equity to Purchase Method

Adjustments For balance sheet FS items, the For balance sheet FS items, the
financial data of periods before the financial data of periods before the
method change is reversed using the method change is posted to the
Before Change of Consolidation Method After Change of Consolidation Method
subitem. The Net Income balance subitem. The Net Income balance
sheet FS item is reclassified as Net sheet FS item is reclassified as Net
Income Prior to Method Change. Income Prior to Method Change.

Record type on which the adjustment is Record type 0 Record type 0

posted

If there's a method change, you must manually book the adjustment of balance sheet eliminations on posting
level 22.

Effects on Reclassification

Adjustments because of consolidation method changes can also be automated in reclassification using the
consolidation of investment (C/I) activities 33 ( Purchase Equity ) and 48 ( Equity Purchase ). When
the consolidation method assigned to a consolidation unit is changed during the current period, only the steps
defined with the C/I activities 33 and 48 are executed.

 Note

The method steps for the method change are not delivered with the standard content and must be
configured.

Effects on Consolidation of Investment (Activity-Based)

A method change activity processes a change in the accounting technique for a consolidation unit. Two
different cases can occur:

• From Equity to Purchase method

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 225
• From Purchase to Equity method

As a first step, the system posts a Total Divestiture of the old accounting technique using the Before Change of
Consolidation Method subitem.

In a second step, the system posts a First Consolidation to the same investee unit based on the new accounting
technique using the After Change of Consolidation Method subitem.

New selections have also been delivered to define the reported financial data for the equity holdings
adjustments. For the complete list of selections, see the table in Financial Statement Items.

Effects on Configuration

Define Subitem Categories and Subitems

In the Define Subitem Categories and Subitems configuration activity, there are two new subitems for the
consolidation method change:

• Before Change of Consolidation Method

• After Change of Consolidation Method

Both of these subitems are used in the Preparation for Consolidation Group Changes task and in the
consolidation of investments when posting method change activities.

Define Reclassification Methods

When defining the rules for a reclassification method in the Define Reclassification Methods configuration
activity, the following options for C/I Activity affect the reclassification in the following ways:

• When you select the Purchase Equity C/I activity, the reclassification is applied for the period when
the consolidation method of the consolidation unit is changed from Purchase to Equity.
• When you select the Equity Purchase C/I activity, the reclassification is applied for the period when
the consolidation method of the consolidation unit is changed from Equity to Purchase.

 Note

When the consolidation method of a consolidation unit is changed, only the reclassification rules defined
using the C/I activity Purchase Equity or Equity Purchase are applied.

Also, you must select the Activity at Start/End of Period option in addition to Purchase Equity or
Equity Purchase for the C/I Activity if you want the reclassification step to apply to the consolidation
method change only at the beginning of the period.

Related Information

Manage Group Structure - Group View

Manage Group Structure - Unit View
Import Consolidation Master Data
Consolidation of Investments (Rule-Based)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

226 PUBLIC Finance
Additional C/I Control Data
Financial Statement Items

4.4.8.19 Blocked Pairs of Consolidation Units in

Reclassification

A consolidation unit and its partner unit can belong to multiple consolidation groups. In some cases, the
reclassification task in the consolidation monitor is blocked for one of these consolidation groups. In this case,
it's not possible to post to this pair of units in the consolidation group where the task is blocked when you run
the task for this pair of consolidation units. So, if the task must post entries in all consolidation groups where
this pair of units belongs, you must unlock this task for the consolidation groups where the task is blocked.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you try to run the reclassification task for a pair of consolidation units in a consolidation group where the task
is blocked, you receive an error message. The error message contains more details about which consolidation
units cannot be posted to because of the block.

Related Information

Reclassification Tasks in the Consolidation Monitor

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 227
4.4.8.20 Special Periods in G/L Account Mappings

In the Assign FS Item Mappings app, you can now change the G/L account mappings in special periods.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Assign FS Item Mappings to Periods and Versions

4.4.8.21 FS Item Target Attribute: Offsetting Target

The new FS item target attribute Offsetting Target is now available. You use this attribute to reclassify negative
balances to the relevant offsetting item via the reclassification rule.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Financial Consolidation for S/4HANA Cloud)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

228 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Object Name App ID: F3297

App ID: F3725

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Detail

You assign the target attribute Offsetting Target to FS items in the Define FS Items app. Then, you can define a
selection using the Offsetting Target in the Define Selections app.

Related Information

FS Item Selection and Target Attributes

Define FS Items
Define Selections

4.4.8.22 Character Limit for Consolidation Unit Name

For a consolidation unit's name, the character limit is now 18 characters instead of 6.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 229
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Define Consolidation Units

4.4.8.23 BAdI: Select Exchange Rate in Currency Translation

The new BAdI, BAdI: Select Exchange Rate in Currency Translation is available to use. You use this BAdI to select
a specific exchange rate during currency translation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Use
You use this BAdI to implement your own code to select the exchange rate according to your specific
requirements.

Note that this BAdI can be used to replace only the rate selected by the exchange rate indicator assigned to the
method entries in the currency translation. This BadI cannot be used to replace the exchange rate selected by
the reference exchange rate indicator assigned in the currency translation method.

Example
For more information about the implementation of this BAdI, see the example class
CL_FINCS_CTR_BADI_DEVIATING_ER.

BAdI Method
The BAdI method is GET_EXCHANGE_RATE.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

230 PUBLIC Finance
4.4.8.24 FS Item Selection and Target Attributes in
Selections

If you want to use FS item selection and target attributes for selections in the Define Selections app, you now
select these attributes by choosing Financial Statement Item Time- and Version-Dependent Attribute and
then the desired FS item selection or target attribute for the Field in the Selection Expression.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

FS Item Selection and Target Attributes

Define Selections

4.4.8.25 Subitems for Changes in Consolidation Groups

In the Define Subitem Categories and Subitems configuration activity, the Subitems for Acquisitions/
Divestitures option has been replaced with the Subitems for Changes in Consolidation Groups option.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 231
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you select the Subitems for Changes in Consolidation Groups for a subitem category in the Define
Subitem Categories and Subitems configuration activity, you can then maintain the following attributes for
subitems in that category:

• Acquisition Subitem
• Merger Subitem
• Retirement/Divestiture Subitem
• Subitem Before Change of Consolidation Method
• Subitem After Change of Consolidation Method

4.4.8.26 Scenarios for Rule-Based Consolidation of

Investments

The new guide Scenarios for Rule-Based Consolidation of Investments gives scenarios of rule-based
consolidation of investments using example data.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

232 PUBLIC Finance
Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You find the guide Scenarios for Rule-Based Consolidation of Investments in the attachments of SAP Note
2659672 .

Related Information

Consolidation of Investments (Rule-Based)

4.4.8.27 Advanced Configuration Options for Reclassification

You can maintain advanced configuration options in the Define Reclassification Methods configuration
activity for Aggregation Condition, Packaging Options, and Parallel Processing Options. To maintain these
configurations, you use a JSON object.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To learn how to maintain these advanced configuration options, see the following SAP Notes:

• 3309555 - Advanced Configuration Option: Aggregation Condition

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 233
• 3286264 - Advanced Configuration Option: Packaging Options
• 3311615 - Advanced Configuration Option: Parallel Processing Options

4.4.8.28 Mandatory Options in Check Global System

Settings Configuration Activity

Several settings in the Check Global System Settings configuration activity are now mandatory as of SAP
S/4HANA 2023. As a result, they're greyed out and cannot be maintained in the configuration activity.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name Define Global System Settings configuration activity

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

As of SAP S/4HANA 2023, the following settings in the Check Global System Settings configuration activity are
mandatory:

• Reclassification: Selection Object in Trigger

• Validation in SAP S/4HANA
• Breakdown Category: Selection Object in Maximum Selection
• Currency Translation: Selection Object
• Use Item Role Attribute

Since they're mandatory, they're now greyed out and cannot be maintained in the configuration activity.

Related Information

Define Selections
Define Validation Methods

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

234 PUBLIC Finance
Assign Validation Methods

4.4.8.29 Activity Based Consolidation of Investments:

Goodwill in Local Currency of the Investee

As of the SAP S/4HANA 2023 release, the new method 12 (Purchase GWLC direct share) and new method 22
(Equity GWLC direct share) make it possible to manage goodwill in local currency as required by IFRS.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Goodwill in Local Currency of the Investee

The method 12 (Purchase GWLC direct share) and method 22 (Equity GWLC direct share) make it possible to
manage goodwill in local currency as required by IFRS:

• The activity-based consolidation of investments task calculates the goodwill in local currency of investee at
the historical rate based on the ratio between the following:
• The value of investment in local currency of the investee entered on statistical item $INV_LC
(consolidation unit = investee and partner = investor)
• The value in group currency reported at the investor on FS item 172100 - Investment
• Impairment of goodwill can be entered on statistical item $GW_IMP in local currency using document type
36 and activity 03 – Amortization of goodwill. The activity-based consolidation of investments task will post
entries in local and group currency based on this statistical FS item.
• Currency translation variations on goodwill (gross and impairment) are posted automatically by the
activity-based consolidation of investments task on activity 02 – Subsequent consolidation.

For purchase method, goodwill is posted in local and group currency on asset FS items 163100 – Goodwill and
163190 – Goodwill, Impairment.

With the old method 10, the differential was posted on equity FS item 310000 – Goodwill elimination in group
currency. As a result, activation of goodwill and currency translation variations of goodwill needed to be posted
manually by using document type 33.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 235
For equity method, entries are like the ones posted by method 20 but in local and group currency. Currency
translation variations on goodwill are managed automatically by method 22.

Change from Method 10 to 12 / from 20 to 22

If you want to use method 12 instead of 10, or 22 instead of 20, to manage goodwill in local currency
automatically, then use the following process:

1. Change the method in the group structure and select the Method Change at the Beginning of Period option.
2. Enter the value of goodwill on $GW_GV (gross value) and $GW_IMP (impairment) in local and historical
group currency using document type 36 and activity 19 – Capitalization of manual goodwill.
3. Reverse manual journal entries posted previously on document type 33 to the account for goodwill,
impairment, and currency translation variation of goodwill.
4. Run the tasks of the consolidation monitor.

Related Information

Accounting Techniques

4.4.8.30 Currency Changeover for Group Reporting

You can perform the currency changeover in group reporting to convert a currency to a different currency, such
as when the national currency of a country/region changes. You perform the currency changeover in group
reporting separately from the rest of Finance.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

236 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

Currency changeover is a process triggered by legal or economic changes in customers’ countries/regions

where one currency is converted to another. For example, the government may decide to change the national
currency. During a currency changeover, the values of the currency in use are translated by means of an
exchange rate to the values of the new currency. As a result, rounding differences occur, and these differences
can then be reconciled.

In group reporting, you must perform the currency changeover separately from the rest of finance, typically
after you perform the currency conversion in all the other areas of finance. This is because the currency in
group reporting must be changed over only after the year-end statements have been completed. This ensures
the consistency of data over the entire fiscal year.

 Example

The financial statements in the first periods of 2023 have been created in the old currency. The currency
changeover for finance is planned for period 008.2023. However, the group statements must be created in
the old currency until the end of 2023. Then, you can perform the currency changeover in group reporting.

The currency changeover in group reporting can comprise the following actions:

1. A changeover of the group currency for versions if the group currency is the currency to be changed over.
2. A changeover of the local currency for consolidation units if the local currency is the currency to be
changed over.
3. A conversion of the financial data when the local currency, transaction currency, or group currency is the
currency to be changed over.

When a group is consolidated in the group currency that must be changed over and the group includes
consolidation units defined with the local currency that must be changed, then the actions 1., 2., and 3. must
be performed. For example, a consolidation group uses the group currency HRK and the local currency of
consolidation units within that group is HRK, and HRK must be changed over to EUR.

When a group is not consolidated in the group currency that must be changed but the group includes
consolidation units defined with the local currency that must be changed, then only actions 2. and 3. must
be performed. For example, a consolidation group uses the group currency EUR and the local currency of
consolidation units within that group is HRK, and HRK must be changed over to EUR.

You must perform these currency changeover configuration activities for group reporting in every system.

Effects on Configuration

You perform the currency changeover in group reporting by completing the following configuration activities.
These configuration activities are divided into three main steps: preparation, changeover, and clean-up.

• Preparation
• Configure the Currency Changeover
• Perform Business Activities Before Changeover
• Changeover
• Perform Pre-Processing

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 237
• Backup and Convert System
• Perform Post-Processing
• Cleanup
• Perform Consistency Checks
• Post Manual Adjustments

Related Information

Currency Changeover for Group Reporting

4.4.8.31 Derivation Function For Finance:

F_GLAccountBySemanticTag

The new derivation function F_GLAccountBySemanticTag is now available. This function returns the list of
G/L accounts for a given G/L account hierarchy and semantic tag.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name F_GLAccountBySemanticTag

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

As a prerequisite to using this function, the semantic tag assignment must be done via the Manage Global
Hierarchies app or the Assign Semantic Tags to Financial Statement Versions configuration activity.

 Note

For more information on semantic tags, see Semantic Tags. For more information on specific steps in the
Manage Global Hierarchies app, see Define Financial Statement Versions in Global Hierarchies.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

238 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Additional Derivation Functions

Semantic Tags
Define Financial Statement Versions in Global Hierarchies

4.4.8.32 Data Release Task: Define Mapping for Journal

Entry to Group Journal Entry Fields

To use the Release Universal Journals task to transfer data for certain nonstandard group journal entry
fields, you can now use the Data Release Task: Define Mapping for Journal Entry to Group Journal Entry
Fields configuration activity. In this activity, you map the journal entry fields in the accounting journal to
the corresponding journal entry fields in the group journal. The data release task refers to these mappings
to transfer transaction data from the journal entry field in the accounting journal (source field) to the
corresponding journal entry field in the group journal that you’ve mapped to it (target field).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can transfer data to the group journal from the following journal entry fields in the universal journal, which
aren’t standard fields in the group journal:

• Selected additional standard fields in the universal journal. These fields are the following:
• Asset Class
• Business Transaction Type
• Closing Step
• Cost Analysis Resource
• Document Type

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 239
• Group Asset
• Source Ledger
• Subledger-Specific Line Item Type
• Published custom fields with the Accounting: Journal Entry Item or Accounting: Market Segment business
context and for which the GR Realtime Reported Data - TAI option has been selected.
• Published custom fields with the Accounting: Coding Block business context for which the GR Realtime
Reported Data - TAI option has been selected but for which the Accounting: Coding Block to Consolidation
Journal Entry business scenario has not been selected.

 Tip

If the Accounting: Coding Block to Consolidation Journal Entry business scenario has been selected for
such a custom field, the system creates a corresponding custom field in the group journal and defines
the relevant mapping automatically. So, the process described on these pages doesn't apply to such a
custom field. Instead, the standard Release Universal Journals process applies.

 Note

You select the GR Realtime Reported Data - TAI option in the UIs and Reports tab of the Custom Fields
app. You enable the Accounting: Coding Block to Consolidation Journal Entry business scenario in the
Business Scenario tab of the Custom Fields app.

 Note

The following data field types for custom fields are not supported in the field mapping for the data
release task. So, they can't be used.

• Number
• Date
• Time
• Timestamp
• Amount with Currency
• Quantity with Unit
If a custom field type, such as Association to Business Object, is typically supported but uses one of
these technical data types, then it's not supported. Fields that aren't supported don't appear in the
field mapping for data release task.

• Other standard fields in the universal journal that have been added via custom view extensions as well as
CO-PA generated fields that have been added via custom view extensions.

 Note

To define a field mapping for these fields in the Data Release Task: Define Mapping for Journal Entry
to Group Journal Entry Fields configuration activity, you must define custom view extensions for these
fields for the E_JournalEntryItem CDS view. These extensions can refer to any standard field or
any CO-PA generated field in the universal journal. Additionally, you must also define corresponding
custom view extensions for these fields for the I_CnsldtnIntegRptdFinData CDS view.

For more information on custom view extensions, see Extending CDS Entities and Creating a CDS
Entity Extension. For more information on CO-PA, see Profitability Analysis (CO-PA).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

240 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Release Universal Journals for Nonstandard Group Journal Entry Fields

4.4.8.33 UI Changes in the Display Group Journal Entries

App

In the Display Group Journal Entries app there are now two tabs instead of one: The Group Journal Entries and
the Merged Journal Entries tab.

You can search for, or view group reporting documents (only ACDOCU). You can also view custom fields which
you have created in ACDOCU.

On the Merged Journal Entries tab, you find group reporting (ACODOCU) and accounting documents
(ACDOCA) and you can leverage the drill-through function.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In previous versions, the table consisted of only one view. Now, you can choose between two tabs:

• Group Journal Entries: Shows the group reporting data contained in the ACODCU table.
• Merged Journal Entries: Shows the accounting and group reporting data contained in the ACDOCA table.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 241
Here you can see how the UI has changed (English only):

Before Now

Related Information

Display Group Journal Entries - With Reporting Logic

Plan Consolidation
Display Group Journal Entries

4.4.8.34 New Parameter for Flexible Upload of Reported

Financial Data

You can now use the new ADD mode parameter in the Flexible Upload of Reported Financial Data app. This
parameter is used to upload records to already existing ones. This new parameter can also be used in the
Reported Financial Data for Group Reporting - Bulk Import API.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Flexible Upload of Reported Financial Data

Reported Financial Data for Group Reporting - Bulk Import

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

242 PUBLIC Finance
4.4.8.35 Term Validation of Universal Journal Renamed to
Line Item Validation

In group reporting, the term Validation of Universal Journal has been replaced by the term Line Item Validation.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1SG (Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS (S/4HANA for Group Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Line Item Validation

4.4.9 Central Finance

4.4.9.1 Deviating FI-Integrated Currencies

It is now possible to define a second or third FI currency which is different in the source and the Central Finance
system for a company code. This means that customers can use new or deviating FI-integrated currencies in
Central Finance, for example, for Group Reporting.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 243
Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

If your company code in your Central Finance system has deviating or additional FI-integrated currencies, you
have to define that clearing line items are not summarized in the source system for this company code in the
Settings for the Transfer of Clearings Customizing activity.

You can access the Customizing for Central Finance by calling up transaction CFINIMG. The Customizing path
is: Central Finance Central Finance: Source System Settings Settings for the Transfer of Clearings . For
more information, see the documentation of the Customizing activity in the system.

The configuration consistency check report includes now a check that the indicator for creating clearing line
items in the source system has been set. In the online replication an error message is shown in SAP AIF if the
indicator for creating clearing line items in the source system has not been set.

Related Information

• Currencies Managed in Parallel in the Universal Journal

• SAP Note 2863836

4.4.9.2 App: Manage Pending Journal Entries – Message

View

In the app Manage Pending Journal Entries – Message View, you can see all error messages from all pending
journal entries including information about the financial impact of the documents. From this view, you can
navigate to the pending journal entry in question and decide how to proceed.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

244 PUBLIC Finance
Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The app Manage Pending Journal Entries – Message View displays all the error messages from all pending
journal entries, including the financial impact of the documents. You can navigate to the pending journal entry
in question and from there decide how to proceed.

From the app Manage Pending Journal Entries – Message View, you can also navigate to the app Manage
Temporary Postings.
The main features of this app are:

• Display the errors of the pending journal entries in a central worklist, grouped by error.
• Navigate to the details of the specific pending journal entry, for example the error messages and the line
items of the documents.
• Navigate to the app Manage Temporary Postings.
• Navigate to the AIF messages related to the pending journal entries.
• Filter to display the list of pending journal entries based on whether the journal entries have an associated
temporary posting or not.

Related Information

Apps: Manage Pending Journal Entries and Manage Temporary Postings

4.4.9.3 Support CO Production Order in Cost Object

Replication

This features supports the CO production order as the source cost object within cost object replication.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 245
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF-OBJ (Central Finance - Replication of Cost Objects)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The cost object mapping framework now supports the replication of the CO production order as the source
cost object, improving the completeness of the cost object postings in the Central Finance system.

The target cost object of the CO production order in the Central Finance system is the internal order.

Both 1:1 and N:1 cardinatlities are supported.

Related Information

Cost Object Mapping

4.4.9.4 Update Active Mapping Scenarios in Cost Object

Replication

This feature enables the user to change the status of an an active mapping scenario within cost object
replication. By changing the status of an active mapping scenario to U - Only Update, the scenario only
updates orders that have already been replicated within this scenario and a new scenario can be created to
meet the user's new requirements.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF-OBJ (Central Finance - Replication of Cost Objects)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

246 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

In some cases, it is necessary to change the characteristics or mapping rules within a cost object mapping
scenario after cost objects have already been replicated to your Central Finance system. So that you can keep
the replicated cost objects as they are, a new status - U- Only Update - has been introduced. You can change
active mapping scenarios to this status and then create a new scenario for your new requirement. Once you
have made this change, the old scenario will only support the replication of changes to the old cost objects, and
the new scenario will support both the creation of and changes to new cost objects.

Scenarios with the status U- Only Update are not involved in the mapping rule conflict check, allowing you to
create a new scenario with status X - Active for the same kind of source order. Both scenarios (U and X) can
exist at the same time.

The status U- Only Update can only be used for scenarios with a 1:1 cardinality.

Effects on Customizing

A new status - U - Only Update - has been added in the Customizing activity Define Scenarios for Cost Object
Mapping.

Related Information

Cost Object Mapping

4.4.9.5 Replication of Cost Rates within Universal Parallel

Accounting

You can now use this scenario in Central Finance where cost rates are continuously replicated from a source
system without Universal Parallel Accounting to the Central Finance (SAP S/4HANA) system with Universal
Parallel Accounting.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 247
Application Component FI-CF-CCA (Central Finance - Replication: Cost Center
Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

A new Implementation Guide (IMG) activity is available which you can use if your fiscal year variants in the
source system and the Central Finance system differ. You can access the IMG for Central Finance by calling up
transaction CFINIMG. The IMG path is: Central Finance: Target System Settings Activity Rate Replication
Activity Rates within Universal Parallel Accounting Define Substitute for Fiscal Year Variant of Source
System . For more information, see the IMG documentation in the system.

Related Information

Replication of Cost Rates within Universal Parallel Accounting

4.4.9.6 Central Clearing of G/L Open Items

This feature, which allows you to implement central clearing of open items for G/L accounts, has been
enhanced to include G/L accounts with ledger-specific open item managemenet. Instead of carrying out
clearing in multiple source systems, open items that are managed centrally, can be cleared in the Central
Finance system. You can now also handle historic G/L open items which were posted before activating this
functionality.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF-INF for source systems and FI-CF-APR for the
Central Finance system. ((Central Finance - Central G/L
Management))

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

248 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Using Central Clearing of G/L Open Items it is possible to clear open items for G/L accounts in the Central
Finance system. This now includes those G/L accounts that use ledger-specific open item management.

In addition, using this feature allows you to technically clear open items in G/L accounts in the source system
which were created before Central Clearing of G/L Open Items was activated. This helps to further centralize
the clearing process.

Related Information

Central Management of Open Items in General Ledger

4.4.9.7 Customizable Validations for Accounting View of

Logistics Information

This features enables you to activate and deactivate validactions for the Accounting View of Logistics
Information for both standard (SAP) and third-party interfaces.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance - Replication)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 249
Additional Details

Customizable validations for the Accounting View of Logicstics Information (AVL) are available for the standard
(SAP) interfaces and for third-party interfaces. This feature allows you activate or deactivate validations based
on your needs for both types of interface.

Ensuring that data is validated promptly helps you to identify errors at an early stage and avoid negative
business impacts.

With this feature, you can define, for example, that a certain validation, such as validity of a material, is always
active for standard interfaces but inactive for third-party interfaces.

Related Information

Customizable Validations for Accounting View of Logistics Information

4.4.9.8 Permanent Consistency

Check with Inconsistency Alerting

The following business configuration objects are now included in the permanent consistency check with
inconsistency alerting:

Cost Element, Cost Center, Cost Object

Document Type

Tax Code, Tax Processing Key

Company Code N:1 Value Mapping

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF-INF (Central Finance (Infrastructure, Tools, Mapping

Framework))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

250 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

The permanent consistency check with inconsistency alerting detects configuration setting and master data
changes between the source system and the Central Finance system early to help you avoid errors during data
replication.

The following business configuration objects are now also included in the check:

• Cost Element, Cost Center, Cost Object

• Document Type
• Tax Code, Tax Processing Key
• Company Code N:1 Value Mapping

Related Information

Permanent Consistency Check with Change Alerts

4.4.9.9 New Business Role Template for Fiori Navigation

To enable the navigation between your source system and the Central Finance system is now much easier
to set up. For the navigation option UI5 External, where you navigate between an app running on the source
front-end system and an app running on the Central Finance front-end system, you can now just copy the
existing business role template SAP_BR_GL_ACCOUNTANT_CFIN which already includes the required target
mappings. For details, please refer to SAP Note 3331552 .

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Cross-System Navigation

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 251
UI5 External

4.4.9.10 Statutory Reporting: Country/Region-Specific

Reports

This feature enables you to use country/region-specific statutory reports in Central Finance. Below, you can
see a list of reports that have been additionally enabled in Central Finance.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for the countries/regions listed below

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The reports in the table below have been additionaly enabled in Central Finance.

For a complete list of statutory reports supported in Central Finance for a country/region, see the link in the
Related Information section.

Country/Region-Specific Statutory Reports Additionally Enabled in Central Finance

Country/Region Task Report Category Additional Information

Argentina SICORE Earning Withholding AR_WHT_SICORE_ERN n/a

Tax

Argentina SICORE VAT Perception AR_WHT_SICORE_VAT_PRC n/a

Argentina Social Security AR_WHT_SIRE_SUSS n/a

Bulgaria Cash Flow Statement BG_CASHFLOW_DIRECT_N n/a

Colombia UGPP - Auxiliary of Accounts CO_UGPP_AUX_ACCT n/a

Colombia UGPP Trial Balance CO_UGPP_TRIAL_BALANCE n/a

Colombia VAT Withholding Tax Certifi- CO_WHT_VAT_CERT n/a

cate

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

252 PUBLIC Finance
Country/Region Task Report Category Additional Information

Croatia Cash Flow Statement HR_CASHFLOW_N n/a

Croatia G/L Account Line Items HR_GL_LINE_ITEMS n/a

Croatia VAT Return HR_VAT_DCL n/a

Croatia VAT Return - Form PPO HR_VAT_PPO n/a

Egypt Cash Flow Statement EG_CASHFLOW n/a

Egypt Withholding Tax - Form 11 EG_WHT_FORM11 n/a

Egypt Withholding Tax - Form 41 EG_WHT_FORM41 n/a

Greece Customer Ledger GR_GL_CUSTOMER n/a

Greece Supplier Ledger GR_GL_SUPPLIER n/a

Greece G/L Account Trial Balances GR_TRIALBAL_GLACCT n/a

Greece Customer Trial Balances GR_TRIALBAL_LINEITM_C n/a

UST

Greece Supplier Trial Balances GR_TRIALBAL_LINEITM_S n/a

UPLR

Greece VAT Return GR_VAT_DCL n/a

Greece Withholding Tax Report GR_WHT_1039_1027 n/a

for Laws 1027/2014 and
1039/2014

Netherlands International Trade in Serv NL_BOP_IHD n/a

ices

Peru Purchase Ledger PE_PURCHASE_LEDGER n/a

Peru Sales Ledger PE_SALES_LEDGER AVL replication required. For

more details, see the link in
Related Information.

Peru Freelancer 4th Income Cate PE_WHT_4THCATEGORY n/a

gory Withholding Tax Return

Peru Detraction Withholding Tax PE_WHT_DETRACTION n/a

Return

Peru Foreign Vendor Withholding PE_WHT_PDT617 n/a

Tax Return

Peru Local Vendor Withholding Tax PE_WHT_RETENTION n/a

Return

Serbia Cash Flow Statement RS_CASHFLOW_DIRECT_N n/a

Serbia VAT Return RS_VAT_DCL n/a

Serbia Financial Statement RS_FINSTMNT n/a

South Korea Balance Sheet / Income KR_FIN_STMNT n/a

Statement

Spain Withholding Tax - Modelo 115 ES_WHT_M115 n/a

Turkey Cash Flow Statement TR_CASHFLOW_DIRECT_N n/a

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 253
Related Information

Statutory Reporting: Country/Region-Specific Reports in Central Finance

4.4.10 Real Estate Management

4.4.10.1 Intelligent Real Estate

4.4.10.1.1 Changes to Event Consumption

To allow a quick and reliable exchange of information between SAP Cloud for Real Estate and SAP S/4HANA,
SAP Intelligent Real Estate now uses only the Enterprise Event Enablement framework. This event-based
architecture now uses a new consumer.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VX

(Enable for Use and Contract Management)

Application Component RE-FX-IP (Integration Platform)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

In your S/4HANA system, you need to change the event consumption settings to ensure that events are
handled correctly.

• Remove the old consumer from the available inbound bindings, and delete the corresponding consumer
destinations.
• Add a new consumer (with the ID REIPMASTERDATACONSUMPTION) to the inbound bindings and create a
new destination for each.

For more information about setting up the consumer in event integration, see Maintaining Inbound Bindings.

For more information about this migration activity, see SAP Note 3336855 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

254 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Maintaining Inbound Bindings

SAP Note 3336855

4.4.10.1.2 OData API: Real Estate Integration Object

The Real Estate Integration Object API now supports the direct assignment of leading cost objects to an
occupancy group.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VX (Enable for Use and Contract Management)

Application Component RE-FX-IP

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You may need to make further configuration settings to use the new features fully. The API is available on the
SAP Business Accelerator Hub (SAP Business Accelerator Hub ).

Related Information

Occupancy
Leading Cost Object at Occupancy Group Level [page 255]
Real Estate Integration Object

4.4.10.1.3 Leading Cost Object at Occupancy Group Level

With this feature, you can assign a leading cost object to an occupancy group. This allows you to report costs
and revenues at occupancy group level.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 255
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VY (External Occupancy and Contract Management)

5VZ (Internal Occupancy and Cost Allocation)

5W0 (Intercompany Occupancy and Contract Management)

Application Component RE-FX-IP (Integration Platform)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Configuration

To enable this feature and to assign a leading cost object to an occupancy group, you need to set the indicator
Occupancy Usage Type Has Cost Object in the configuration activity Group Usage Types.

4.5 Treasury Management

4.5.1 Payment and Bank Communications

4.5.1.1 Advanced Payment Management

4.5.1.1.1 Bank Account Management

A central registration for internal bank accounts in the bank account management is required for core
processes in advanced payment management and in-house banking. This process is also required for the
integration of bank communication management, cash reporting and the determination of company codes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

256 PUBLIC Finance
Scope Item 6BP (In-House Banking)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF-IHB (In-House Banking)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Bank Account Management

4.5.1.1.2 Bank Statement File Forwarding

With this process, you can centralize bank communication with advanced payment management. The bank
statements received from an external bank can be routed within the internal system landscape.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 4MT

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Bank Statement File Forwarding

4.5.1.1.3 Calculating Withholding Tax for In-House Bank

Accounts

With this release, you can configure withholding tax calculations and calculate withholding tax by assigning
tax codes for debit/credit interests to the corresponding business partner of an account. During end-of-day

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 257
account balancing, postings reflecting the withholding tax for credit/debit interest will be debited/credited to
the account.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 4MT (Advanced Payment Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF-IHB (In-House Bank)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Withholding Tax

4.5.1.1.4 Configuration of Workflows

With this app, you can define condition-based workflows for approval processes. You can now create workflows
for fees and interest compensation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 6BP (In-House Banking)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF-IHB (In-House Bank)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

258 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Manage Workflows for Fees

Manage Workflows for Interest Compensation

4.5.1.1.5 Cross-Bank Area Payments

Payment processing across different bank areas of in-house banking accounts is enabled in a simplified and
direct way, with the clearing postings that is automatically generated from advanced payment management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6BP (In-House Banking)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF-IHB (In-House Bank)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With this feature, the originator and recipient of payments can be located in different bank areas. The in-house
bank owner requires to have an account in both bank areas, to clear postings between different bank areas and
in-house banking accounts. In addition, cashless payments across bank areas are also permitted.

Related Information

4.5.1.1.6 Enhancements for Data Archiving in Advanced

Payment Management

With this release, you can archive the following objects for in-house banks:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 259
• In-House Bank Account Balancing Data (/PF1/ACBL)
• In-House Bank Financial Conditions (/PF1/COND)
• In-House Bank Statements (/PF1/BKST)
• In-House Bank Account Limits (/PF1/ACLM)
• In-House Bank Accounts (/PF1/ACCT)

Additionally, you can use the data destruction object /PF1/EOD_L to destroy end of day logs for in-house
banks that have exceeded their retention period and configure read access logging for data containing sensitive
personal data.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6BP (In-House Banking)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF-IHB (In-House Bank)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Related Information

Archiving In-House Bank Account Balancing Data Using /PF1/ACBL

Archiving In-House Bank Financial Conditions Using /PF1/COND
Archiving In-House Bank Statements Using /PF1/BKST
Archiving In-House Bank Account Limits Using /PF1/ACLM
Archiving In-House Bank Accounts Using /PF1/ACCT
Destroying In-House Bank End of Day Logs with /PF1/EOD_L

4.5.1.1.7 Enhancement for In-House Banking Statements

In addition to the CAMT.053 electronical file format for reconciliation purpose, now you can generate the
internal bank statement in MT940 electronical file format.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

260 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6BP (In-House Banking)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF-IHB (In-House Bank)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Bank Statements

4.5.1.1.8 New App: Manage In-House Bank Fees

With this app, you can define fees for your monthly account maintenance and for processing transactions. The
account maintenance fee is a monthly fee that will be charged when you set up an account. Transaction fees
are calculated on a monthly basis and you can define them in three different levels.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 4MT (Advanced Payment Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF (Payment Factory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Use Customizing activity Define Simple Generic Texts for E&V Unstructured Remittance to define simple generic
texts which can be added as unstructured remittance data to payment orders during the enrichment and
validation (E&V) process.

You can find this activity under Financial Supply Chain Management Advanced Payment Management
Payment Processing Enrichment & Validation Check Specific Configuration Define Simply Generic Texts
for E&V Unstructured Remittance .

This new check covers outbound checks for recipient items. Add check ID 590 to your check set to use the
check.

 Example

For example in outbound ISO pain.001 messages, the generated text strings are mapped to tag
CstmrCdtTrfInitn/PmtInf/CdtTrfTxInf/RmtInf/Ustrd.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 263
4.5.1.1.12 Reference Interests Supported in Manage In-House
Bank Conditions

In the Manage In-House Bank Conditions app, in addition to fixed interest rates, reference interest rates
(including risk-free rates) are now supported with a new interest calculation type offering for average
compound interest calculation. This new feature for reference interest rates enables you to:

• Enter mark ups and mark downs to adjust the daily basis reference interest rates
• Maintain limitations on derivation from the base interest rates based on the interest lockout period or the
interest adjustment period

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 6BP (In-House Banking)

4MT (Advanced Payment Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF-IHB (In-House Bank

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage In-House Bank Conditions

4.5.1.1.13 Support for Customer Fields

Customer own fields can now be added to several apps without modifications. This applies for apps Create
Payments, Manage Payments, and Repair Payments. Several fields of different purposes (string, dates,
amount/currency) are added to the service definition and can be populated with own data by using Adapt
UI mechanism.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

264 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 4MT (Advanced Payment Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF (Payment Factory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

A BadI is available to allow custom mapping.

Details can be found in Customizing at Basic configuration /UI.

4.5.1.1.14 Support for Payment Format PAIN.001.001.09

This release supports payment format PAIN.001.001.09. A dedicated converter to import payments of such a
format is delivered via content.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 4MT (Advanced Payment Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF (Payment Factory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 265
4.5.1.1.15 Value Help Supported with Recipient's Account
Data for Creation and Repair of Payments

The Account Number field of the payment recipient has been enhanced with a value help dialog in the Create
Payments and Repair Payments apps. To support users for ease of searching and entering recipient's account
data, the following search templates are now available:

• In-House Bank Account Numbers

• Bank Account Management Account Numbers
• Business Partners Account Numbers

By selecting a relevant entry from one of these search templates, other account related fields for the recipient,
for example, BIC, bank key and so on, will be automatically populated with the predefined data.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4MT (Advanced Payment Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-PF (Payment Factory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following describes how you can access the new search templates in the Create Payments and Repair
Payments apps respectively:

• Create Payments app

When you create a payment manually in the Create Payments app, you need to enter the relevant
information about payment order, originator and recipient. To access the new search templates, you can
select the value help of the Account Number field in the Recipient Payment Items section.
• Repair Payments app
This enhancement was done to the Account Number field of the payment recipient. Therefore, the possible
use case in this app would be when a recipient item is in repair, for example, due to a failure of account data
in validation, and the account data needs to be corrected. To access the new search templates, you can
select the value help of the Account Number field in the Recipient Item data.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

266 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Create Payments
Repair Payments

4.5.1.1.16 Map Format Data

4.5.1.1.16.1 Test Incoming Format Mappings

This feature enables you to use new and enhanced functions in the following apps:

• Map Format Data for Advanced Payment Management

• Map Format Data for Treasury Correspondence
• Map Format Data for Incoming Files From Banks

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable),

4MT (Advanced Payment Management),

3QM (Treasury Correspondence Integration with SWIFT Net

work)

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-DME (Data Medium Exchange Engine)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new Test Incoming Format Mappings app is available. It allows you to better define format mapping from
the beginning and verify, if the format mapping behaves according to the format definition.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 267
Effects on Existing Data

On the home screen of each Map Format Data app, the application toolbar has been extended with a new icon
for Test Incoming Format Mappings app.

4.5.2 Cash and Liquidity Management

4.5.2.1 Email Notifications for Payment Batch Approvers

Enable automatic email notifications for payment batch approvers when a payment batch requires their
approval

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-BNK (Direct Bank Communication)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Email Notifications for Payment Batch Approvers

4.5.2.2 Renamed App: Import Bank Directories

The Transfer BIC Data app was renamed to Import Bank Directories.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

268 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Application Component CA-BK-BNK (Bank Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Uploading Bank Data

4.5.2.3 Field Validations for Banks

You can now use the Business Add-In (BAdI) Field Validations for Banks to define and implement field
validations for bank data when users create or make changes to a bank in the Manage Banks app and the
Manage Banks - Cash Management app. The system automatically calls this BAdI when users choose the Save
button to save their changes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Technical Object Name App ID: F1574

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 269
Additional Details

To access this BAdI, open the Custom Logic app, select the business context Cash Management Bank, and then
choose the BAdI Field Validations for Banks.

You can also find this BAdI in Customizing under Financial Supply Chain Management Cash and Liquidity
Management Bank Account Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)

For more information, see the BAdI documentation.

Related Information

App Extensibility: Manage Banks (Key User)

App Extensibility: Manage Banks - Cash Management (Key User)

4.5.2.4 Deprecated App: Manage Banks

The Manage Banks app has been deprecated from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA 2023. The
Manage Banks - Basic tile, a variant of the Manage Banks app, is also deprecated. Manage Banks and Manage
Banks - Basic will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in SAP S/4HANA 2025. We recommend that you
switch to the successor apps Manage Banks - Master Data (F6437) and Manage Banks - Cash Management
(F1574A) as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Technical Object Name App ID: F1574

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Banks - Master Data [page 271]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

270 PUBLIC Finance
Manage Banks - Cash Management [page 272]

4.5.2.5 Manage Banks - Master Data

You can now use this app to display, create, and change data about the banks your company, your customers,
and your suppliers use to transact business.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Application Component CA-BK-BNK (Bank Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This app is a successor app for Manage Banks.

Effects on System Administration

The app is assigned to the business role Master Data Specialist - Bank Data (SAP_BR_MD_SPECIALIST_BNK) in
business catalog Bank - Maintenance (SAP_CA_BC_BNK_PC). This catalog contains the Manage Banks - Master
Data and Import Bank Directories apps.

Related Information

Manage Banks - Master Data

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 271
4.5.2.6 Manage Banks - Cash Management

With this app, you can display banks that have already been created in your SAP system and supplement banks
with data that is essential for using these banks in cash management and payments, such as house banks,
business partners, and bank service mappings.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Technical Object Name F1574A

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use this app to do the following:

• Display banks and view their basic information, such as bank names, SWIFT codes, and address
information
To maintain the basic information of banks, use the Manage Banks - Master Data app.
• Supplement banks with your corporate data that is essential for using these banks in cash management
and payment activities
Some important attributes include:
• House banks
For more information, see House Banks.
• Business partners, such as the risk business partner, netting business partner, and bank contact
person.
For more information, see Defining Business Partners for Banks.
• Bank service mappings for bank fee validation
Bank service mappings are used to calculate bank service volumes from bank statements. The
volumes calculated can then be used to validate the service volume from bank services billing files
in the Monitor Bank Fees app.
For more information, see Validating Bank Service Charges.
• Navigate to the Manage Bank Accounts app to view or edit bank accounts that belong to a certain bank

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

272 PUBLIC Finance
Feature Comparison for Bank Management Apps

Bank Management Apps

App Manage Banks - Master Data Manage Banks - Cash Management

Business Role Tem • Master Data Specialist - Bank Data • Cash Manager (SAP_BR_CASH_MANAGER)
plate
(SAP_BR_MD_SPECIALIST_BNK) • Cash Management Specialist
• Cash Management Specialist (SAP_BR_CASH_SPECIALIST)
(SAP_BR_CASH_SPECIALIST)

Restrictions • To work with standard banks, you need to • To work with standard banks, you need to
have obtained proper authorization for the have obtained proper authorization for the
authorization object F_BNKA_MAO Banks. authorization object F_CLM_BNK (Standard
• To work with internal banks, you need Banks for Cash Management).
to have obtained proper authorization for • To work with internal banks, you need to have
the authorization object type F_BNKA_INT obtained proper authorization for authoriza
(Internal Banks). tion object F_CLM_IBNK (Internal Banks for
Cash Management).

Type of data the app Basic data of banks Corporate data for banks
manages

Capabilities • Create and update banks • Supplement data for cash management and
• Manage basic bank data, such as bank payment activities, such as house banks,
name, SWIFT code, address information risk business partners, bank contact persons,
bank service mappings
• View linked bank accounts

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:

• SAP_FIN_BC_CM_BNK_PC (Cash Management - Banks Management)

Related Information

Manage Banks - Cash Management

4.5.2.7 New App: Bank Statement Monitor

With this app, you can monitor the status of end-of-day bank statements from individual bank accounts. In
addition to checking the status of end-of-day bank statements for a specific date, you also get an overview of
the records over the last 14 days starting from the date you specified. Based on your bank account settings,
you can efficiently identify problematic bank statements for your bank accounts and track if there is any

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 273
missing statement page, any difference between the bank statement balance and the G/L account balance, or
any items that are not posted.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-BNK (Direct Bank Communication)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This app is available for the Cash Manager (SAP_BR_CASH_MANAGER), Cash Management Specialist
(SAP_BR_CASH_SPECIALIST), and Accounts Receivable Accountant (SAP_BR_AR_ACCOUNTANT) roles.

Before you use this app, make sure you have made the relevant settings for the bank accounts you want to
monitor in the following three apps:

• Manage Bank Accounts

• Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements
• Schedule Jobs for Bank Statement Monitor

For more information, see Bank Statement Monitor.

Related Information

Bank Statement Monitor

4.5.2.8 New App: Schedule Jobs for Bank Statement

Monitor

With this app, you can schedule jobs for the Bank Statement Monitor app (F6388) using the template and
scheduling options provided.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

274 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-BNK (Direct Bank Communication)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Schedule Jobs for Bank Statement Monitor

4.5.2.9 New App: Manage Payment Approval Rules

With this app, you can create, change, display, and delete payment approval rules. Payment approval rules
are approval patterns for approver groups. After you have defined payment approval rules, you can assign a
payment approval rule to your powers of attorney in the Manage Powers of Attorney for Banking Transactions
app and assign an approver group to each authorized representative there.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• A payment approval rule consists of the following data:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 275
• The header data of the payment approval rule:
• Rule ID
• Rule Description
• Status
Status of the payment approval rule
• Default Limit Currency
The default limit currency of the payment approval rule is relevant for the default limit amounts of
the specific rule items.
• One or multiple payment approval rule items. A payment approval rule item is part of the payment
approval rule and defines details of the payment approval rule.
A payment approval rule item covers the following settings:
• Approval Category
The approval category defines how many persons are needed to approve a payment. The following
categories are available:
• Two Persons Together
In this case, the payment must be approved by two persons.
• Single Person
In this case, the payment can be approved by only one person.
• Unlimited indicator
If this indicator is set, the rule item grants unlimited payment approval authorization to the
assigned approver groups. In this case, you must not enter any limit amounts in the rule item.
• Default Limit Amount
The default limit amount of a payment approval rule item is the limit amount in the default limit
currency.

 Note

If you have set the Unlimited Authority indicator, you are not allowed to define a limit amount.

• Assigned approver groups

Assign the relevant approver groups to which the authorized representatives must belong in
order to approve payments according to this payment approval rule. The following rules to assign
approver groups to the payment approval rule apply:
• If the approval category of the payment approval rule is set to Single Person, you must assign
one approver group.
• If the approval category of the payment approval rule is set to Two Persons, you can assign two
approver groups.
• You can assign two different approver groups. In this case, one of the approvers must
belong to one group and the other must belong to the other approver group.
• However, it is also possible to assign the same approver group twice. In this case, the two
approvers must belong to the same approver group.
Approver groups are system-defined groups that you can use within a payment approval rule to
specify which authorized representatives are allowed to approve payment. Three approver groups
(Group A, Group B, and Group C) are available. In the power of attorney, you must assign each
authorized representative to an approver group.
• Limit amounts in other currencies than the default limit currency
• The new app provides the following key features:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

276 PUBLIC Finance
• Create and process payment approval rules.
• Statuses and status transitions of payment approval rules

A payment approval rule always has a status. The status is set by the system according to the actions
executed by the user. You cannot set the status manually. The possible statuses of a payment approval
rule are:

Status of Payment Approval Rule Explanation

Created The payment approval rule has been created.

You can execute the following functions on payment

approval rules with this status:
• Display the payment approval rule
• You can edit the payment approval rule and make
any necessary changes.
• You can delete the payment approval rule.
• Once you have finished entering data for the pay
ment approval rule, you can submit the payment
approval rule for approval.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 277
Status of Payment Approval Rule Explanation

In Approval The data has been entered and submitted to another

user for approval.

You can execute the following functions on payment

approval rules with this status:
• Display the payment approval rule.
• You can withdraw a payment approval rule after
it has been submitted for approval. You use this
function if you have accidentally submitted the
payment approval rule for approval, but you still
need to make changes to the payment approval
rule. After you withdraw the payment approval rule
from approval, the payment approval rule has the
status Created again.
• The approver can check the data and then ei
ther approve or reject the payment approval rule,
whereby the approver must be a different user to
the user who has submitted the payment approval
rule for approval. This ensures that the principle of
dual control is fulfilled.

Active Approved payment approval rules get the status Active.

You can execute the following functions on payment

approval rules with this status:
• Display the payment approval rule
• You can assign the payment approval rule to a
power of attorney in the Manage Powers of Attorney
for Banking Transactions app.
• You can revoke an active payment approval rule if it
is not assigned to any active power of attorney.

Revoked • When you revoke the payment approval rule, it gets

the status Revoked.
• You can delete a revoked power of attorney if the
payment approval rule is not assigned to any power
of attorney.

• The Manage Powers of Attorney for Banking Transactions app has been enhanced. You can now assign
a payment approval rule to a power of attorney and also assign the authorized representatives to an
approver group.

 Limitation

You can define the payment approval rules and assign them to your powers of attorney to document them
in the system only. However, the payment approval rules are not checked during the payment processes in
the system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

278 PUBLIC Finance
Effects on System Administration

The app has been added to the business catalog SAP_SFIN_BC_CM_POA Cash Management - Power
of Attorney for Banking Transactions. The business catalog is assigned to the business role templates
SAP_BR_CASH_MANAGER Cash Manager and SAP_BR_CASH_SPECIALIST Cash Management Specialist.

Related Information

Manage Payment Approval Rules

Creating and Processing Payment Approval Rules

4.5.2.10 Improved Usability When Processing Power of

Attorney Implementations

This feature delivers a range of changes in the Implement Powers of Attorney for Banking Transactions app
that improve the implementation process for powers of attorney. For incoming and outgoing correspondence
objects, the new status Created has been introduced and the new actions Set to Sent for outgoing
correspondence objects and Set to Received for incoming correspondence objects are also available. In
addition, you can set the new status Partially Confirmed for an outgoing correspondence object. It is now
also possible to withdraw the revocation of a power of attorney implementation.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• If you revoked a power of attorney implementation by accident, you can now withdraw that revocation if the
assigned power of attorney has the status Active and is valid until a date in the future and if none of the
original powers of attorney of the correspondence objects have the status Obsolete.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 279
• When creating an outgoing correspondence object, you can remove all automatically assigned banks using
the new Remove All Banks button and add banks again using the Add Multiple Banks button. Using the Add
Multiple Banks button, you can select the banks relevant for the outgoing correspondence object from the
table that lists the banks assigned to the related power of attorney. Using the Filter function of the table,
you can select the banks, for example, by the bank country/region.
• After the creation of a correspondence object, the correspondence object acquires the status Created.
With the new button Set to Sent in the list of correspondence objects, you can change the status of the
outgoing correspondence object to Sent. You can use the Set to Received button to change the status of
incoming correspondence objects to Received.
• After you receive the first incoming confirmation for an outgoing correspondence object (with the status
Sent), you can set the new Partially Confirmed status for the related outgoing correspondence object.

Related Information

Implement Powers of Attorney for Banking Transactions

4.5.2.11 Data Validity Check During Implementation of

Successor Power of Attorney
With this feature, the system supports you in implementing a successor power of attorney with a data validity
check of the copied outgoing correspondence objects. The data validity check compares the data of the copied
outgoing correspondence objects with the data of the successor power of attorney, sets the Postprocessing
Indicator for the outgoing correspondence objects, and also displays the result of the validity check in the
correspondence object details for each record.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you create the implementation of the successor power of attorney, you assign the ID of the successor
power of attorney. The system now automatically recognizes that it is a successor power of attorney and that

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

280 PUBLIC Finance
an implementation for the predecessor power of attorney exists. The system copies all relevant channels with
their corresponding relevant correspondence objects to the new implementation.

With this feature, the system now also checks the validity of the data of the copied outgoing correspondence
objects with the data of the successor power of attorney. The result of this check is displayed in the
postprocessing indicator at the outgoing correspondence object level. You can see the postprocessing
indicator in the list of correspondence objects.

• If the data is identical, the postprocessing indicator is set to No Update.

• If the data is not identical, the following situations can occur:
• The data sent to the bank is no longer valid, for example, because an authorized representative that
is part of the correspondence object is a person who is no longer assigned to the power of attorney.
In this case, the postprocessing indicator is set to Mandatory Update. This means that you need to
update the signatory cards at the banks immediately. After writing the update correspondence, create
the outgoing correspondence object that replaces this invalid correspondence object.
In this case, the invalid data of the outgoing correspondence is also marked as invalid on the detail
screen of the outgoing correspondence object in the Validity Check Result column.
Possible values shown in the Validity Check Result field:
• Valid
This data record is still valid.
• Invalid
The data record is invalid due to the changed data of the successor power of attorney. It is
mandatory to replace the outgoing correspondence object.
• The data sent to the bank is incomplete, for example, because an additional authorized representative
was assigned in the successor power of attorney and is therefore not mentioned in the copied
correspondence objects. In this case, the postprocessing indicator is set to Optional Update. This
means that you can update the signatory cards at the banks if required.
• If the check was not executed for an outgoing correspondence object because the outgoing
correspondence was not copied from a predecessor power of attorney, the postprocessing indicator is
set to Not Applicable.

Related Information

Replacing a Power of Attorney

Implement Powers of Attorney for Banking Transactions

4.5.2.12 Create Revocation Correspondence Objects

With this feature, you can create an outgoing correspondence object for a revocation correspondence sent to
the bank during the revocation process of a power of attorney.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 281
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Implement Powers of Attorney for Banking Transactions

Revoking a Power of Attorney

4.5.2.13 Bank Account Selection Enhanced in "Manage

Powers of Attorney for Banking Transactions" App

With this feature, you can select bank accounts using the bank key in the Bank Account Selection area of the
Manage Powers of Attorney for Banking Transactions app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

SAP S/4HANA 2022 Support Package 03

SAP S/4HANA 2021 Support Package 05

SAP Note 3320460

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

282 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Manage Powers of Attorney for Banking Transactions

Creating Powers of Attorney

4.5.2.14 Improved Usability of 'Manage Cash Pools (Version

2)' App

With this feature, you can leave the entry process for a cash pool without saving your data, but keeping your
entries as a draft version. The new field Editing Status reflects the state of the cash pool in terms of the
processing cycle.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2U8 (Intercompany Process for Cash Concentration)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Cash Pools (Version 2)

Defining Cash Pools Using the 'Manage Cash Pools (Version 2)' App

4.5.2.15 Manage In-House Cash Pools in 'Manage Cash Pools

(Version 2)' App

With this feature, you can create cash pools for in-house bank accounts of Advanced Payment Management.
For these cash pools, the new service provider In-House Bank - Time-Dependent is available.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 283
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2U8 (Intercompany Process for Cash Concentration)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In-house cash pools can be relevant for you if you are using Advanced Payment Management.

Consequently, you need to have set up the configuration and master data for Advanced Payment Management,
such as defining bank areas and in-house bank accounts. In addition, the in-house bank area owner must be
defined as a business partner in the role In-House Bank Area Owner. In the business partner master data (in the
Maintain Business Partner app) on the Control tab (available for this role), you must assign the in-house bank
area to the business partner.

To ensure that you can assign only in-house bank accounts (bank account contract type In-House Bank
Account) to the in-house cash pools, you must enable bank account contract types in Cash Management.
Otherwise, bank accounts with the bank account contract type Current Account can also be assigned to
in-house cash pools.

You enable bank account contract types in your configuration environment by selecting the Enable Bank
Account Contract Types checkbox in the configuration activity Define Basic Settings (in Cash Management).

Related Information

Manage Cash Pools (Version 2)

Defining Cash Pools Using the 'Manage Cash Pools (Version 2)' App

4.5.2.16 Deprecated App: Bank Statement Monitor - End of

Day

The Bank Statement Monitor - End of Day app is deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad
as of SAP S/4HANA 2025. Please switch to the successor app Bank Statement Monitor (F6388) as soon as
possible.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

284 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name App ID: F1734

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Bank Statement Monitor

4.5.2.17 Enhancements for Manage Bank Accounts

In the Manage Bank Accounts app, the bank account lifecycle diagram and an error message have been
enhanced. In addition, a new field In-House Bank Servicer has been added.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Technical Object Name App ID: F1366A

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 285
Additional Details

The following enhancements are available:

• Enhancement for the bank account lifecycle diagram and an error message
In the Manage Bank Accounts app, the bank account lifecycle diagram has been enhanced with legends for
different bank account control modes. In the case of bank accounts for which manual creation has been
disabled, the error message has been enhanced with a link that is visible to users who are authorized to
the Submit Bank Account Applications app, where they can request a new bank account through a bank
account application process.
• The new field In-House Bank Servicer
An in-house bank servicer is a business partner (role IHB200 Inhouse Bank Area Owner) that owns the
in-house bank area. With this information the trading partner is allocated for the bank account ledger
processes in the accounting documents.
Please note that the business partner is not intended to be used for organizations containing personal
data.

4.5.2.18 Attachments Supported in Bank Account

Application Processes

Attachments are now supported in the bank account application processes. Applicants can upload, rename, or
delete attachments with a bank account application in the Submit Bank Account Applications app. Approvers
can display attachments in bank account applications and decide whether to approve or reject a bank account
application in the Approve Bank Account Applications app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Technical Object Name App ID: F5861

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

286 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

The document type SAT of the Document Management System (DMS) is predefined for attachments used in
bank account application processes.

You can upload attachments in various formats, such as PDF or screenshots.

Related Information

Submit Bank Account Applications

Approve Bank Account Applications

4.5.2.19 Enhancements for Bank Statement Settings

In the Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements app and the Define Settings for Bank Statements
Customizing activity, you can now control whether intraday bank statements (camt.052) can be posted and
whether imported bank statements should be completely forwarded to subsequent systems.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Technical Object Name App ID: F5488

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following settings have been added to both the Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements app and
the Define Settings for Bank Statements Customizing activity. You can view the defined settings for each bank
account in the Manage Bank Accounts app.

• Posting Category (Intraday): This setting defines whether intraday bank statements in the format of
camt.052 can be posted after they are imported in your cash management system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 287
• Posting to Be Processed: You select this option when you need to post bank statements after they are
imported.
• No Posting Processing: You select this option when you want to block the posting of bank statements.
For example, you can use this option for bank accounts managed in a remote system, as you only want
to push bank statement information to cash management apps.
• Bank Statement Forwarding: This setting defines whether imported bank statement files (including end-
of-day bank statements and intraday bank statements) should be completely forwarded to subsequent
systems.
You set the option to Forwarding if you want to import the received bank statements to a different system
rather than the current system.

Related Information

Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements

Bank Statement File Forwarding

4.5.2.20 Enhancements for Bank Fee Validation

In the Monitor Bank Fees app, the validation logic for bank service charges has been enhanced to ensure the
validation also works when bank service mapping is not maintained. In addition, the object page of bank fee
items has been enhanced with new fields and diagrams that give you a clearer comparison between the billed
service charges and calculated service charges.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2O0 (Bank Fee Management)

Technical Object Name App ID: F3001

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Validating Bank Service Charges

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

288 PUBLIC Finance
4.5.2.21 Amount Limits Update in Maintain Payment
Approver

In the Maintain Payment Approver - For Multiple Bank Accounts app, you can now use the Update Amount Limits
button to update amount limits for a payment approver in several bank accounts with one action. The button is
available when you update a payment approver or replace a payment approver with another one.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name App ID: F1372

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Update Amount Limits function covers the following fields:

• Maximum Amount for Batch

• Maximum Amount for Payment
• Unlimited Approval
• Currency

Related Information

Maintain Payment Approver

4.5.2.22 Email Template for Workflow Processes in Bank

Account Management

You can now use a new email notification template FCLM_BAM_REQ_DEADLINE_EMAIL in workflow
processes for bank account management. The new template is an alternative to the old template

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 289
SWF_CRT_NOTIFY_RECIPIENTS. Compared to the old template, the new template provides a URL link to the
Fiori app My Inbox - For Bank Accounts in email notifications, and you can define a deadline in each workflow
step for triggering email notifications.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J77 (Advanced Bank Account Management)

Technical Object Name Template ID: FCLM_BAM_REQ_DEADLINE_EMAIL

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To use this email notification template, proceed as follows:

1. To enable the recipient of a notification email to navigate directly to the corresponding workflow task
instance in the My Inbox - For Bank Accounts app, maintain the URL setting in the Customizing activity
Maintain URL Settings in your back-end system.
You can find the Customizing activity Maintain URL Settings under SAP NetWeaver Application Server
Business Management SAP Business Workflow Basic Settings (Workflow System) .
For details, see the implementation guide of the Customizing activity.
2. In the Maintain Email Templates app, copy the predefined template FCLM_BAM_REQ_DEADLINE_EMAIL
into your custom name space.
3. In the Manage Workflow - For Bank Accounts app, create a new workflow.
4. For each workflow step, you can define a deadline. If the workflow step is not completed by the defined
deadline, email notifications will be triggered.
5. Save and activate your workflow.

Related Information

Email Notification Templates

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

290 PUBLIC Finance
4.5.2.23 Object Page Changes in My Inbox - For Bank
Accounts

The object page of the My Inbox - For Bank Accounts app has been replaced by the new app Bank Account
Change Requests - In Approval (F7166) to enable intent-based navigation. In addition, you can use company
code and account type to search for related change requests in the app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Technical Object Name App ID: F2797

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

My Inbox - For Bank Accounts

4.5.2.24 Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday

You can now enable the new model for cash flow reconciliation and use the new app Reconcile Cash Flows -
Intraday to perform cash flow reconciliations between intraday bank statement flows and forecasted cash flows
before end of business. It helps you easily identify unfinished and unknown payments before end of business.
Compared to the old app, the new app enables you to reconcile cash flows at bank account level and create
residual flows for carrying forward unreconciled forecasted flows to the next round of reconciliation.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 291
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name App ID: F3418A

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

There are two models available for cash flow reconciliation. You can choose only one of them to perform cash
flow reconciliations. The table below explains the differences of the two models.

New and Old Reconciliation Model

Old Reconciliation Model New Reconciliation Model

App name Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday Memo Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday
Records (F3418) (F3418A)

Reconciliation on item level Supported Supported

Reconciliation on bank account level Not supported Supported

Automatic reconciliation Supported Not Supported

In addition, you can use the transaction

FCLM_CR_INTRAM to schedule jobs for
automatic reconciliation.

Creation of residual flows for next round Not supported Supported

of reconciliation

Forecasted cash flows Cash flows with the following certainty Cash flows with the following certainty
levels are considered forecasted cash levels are considered forecasted cash
flows: flows:

• Accounts receivable (certainty • Accounts receivable (certainty

level REC_N) level REC_N)
• Accounts payable (certainty level • Accounts payable (certainty level
PAY_N) PAY_N)
• Self-initiated cash in transit (cer • Self-initiated cash in transit (cer
tainty level SI_CIT) tainty level SI_CIT)
• General memo records (certainty • General memo records (certainty
level MEMO) level MEMO)
• Residual flows (certainty level RFC)

Tolerance settings Supported Not Supported

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

292 PUBLIC Finance
Old Reconciliation Model New Reconciliation Model

Data consumed by • Cash Flow Analyzer • Short-Term Cash Positioning

• Check Cash Flow Items • Check Cash Flow Items

Effects on Existing Data

Once the new reconciliation model is enabled, please be aware the following apps will be impacted:

• Define Cash Position Profiles: A new option Consider Intraday Reconciliation Results will appear in cash
position profiles.
You use this option to define whether you want to consider reconciliations performed in the Reconcile Cash
Flows - Intraday app when you check your cash positions in the Short-Term Cash Positioning app.
When the reconciliation result is considered, reconciled forecasted flows are excluded from the Short-Term
Cash Positioning app because they have already been reconciled by bank statement flows and should not
be considered in cash positioning.
• Short-Term Cash Positioning: Intraday memo records that generated from intraday bank statements will
show up in this app. Residual flows created in the Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday will also be displayed.
• Check Cash Flow Items: A new filter Consider Intraday Reconciliation Results will appear in this app.
You use this filter to define whether you want to consider reconciliations performed in the Reconcile Cash
Flows - Intraday app when you check your cash flows in this app.
When the reconciliation result is considered, reconciled forecasted flows are excluded from the Check Cash
Flow Items app because they have already been reconciled by bank statement flows. If the option is not set,
duplicate cash flows may show up in this app.
• Cash Flow Analyzer: The Reconciliation Status filter is no longer visible, because the filter works only with
the old reconciliation model. With the new reconciliation model, you should switch to the Short-Term Cash
Positioning for reporting purposes.

Effects on Customizing

Before you use this app, define the following in SAP Customizing under Financial Supply Chain Management
Cash and Liquidity Management :

• Switch on the new model for cash flow reconciliation in the Define Basic Settings Customizing activity.
To do so, set the Enable New Reconciliation Model indicator. You need to have selected this option to be
able to use the new app Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday.
After you enable the new reconciliation model, the old app Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday Memo Records
is no longer supported.
• Define a number range for reconciliation bundles in the Define Number Range for Reconciliation Bundles
Customizing activity.
• Define memo record types for the new memo record category Residual Forecast in the Define Memo Record
Types Customizing activity.
Memo record types assigned to this category can only be used for creating residual flows in this app.
• Define profiles for performing cash flow reconciliation in the Define Profiles for Cash Flow Reconciliation
Customizing activity.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 293
For each cash flow reconciliation profile, you assign planning levels for bank statement flows and
forecasted flows. You can also define a memo record type for creating memo records for residual flows.

In the Manage Bank Accounts app, make sure you have made the following setting for bank accounts that you
want to include in cash flow reconciliations.

• To include a bank account in cash flow reconciliation, on the Bank Relationship tab, set the Reconcile
Intraday Memo Records option.

Related Information

Reconcile Cash Flows - Intraday

Peforming Cash Flow Reconciliations

4.5.2.25 Manage Memo Records 2.0

With this app, you can create memo records for actual and forecasted cash flows that are not yet generated in
the system. The memo records are then displayed in the cash management apps to provide an up-to-date and
accurate view of your organization's cash position, such as Short-Term Cash Positioning, Cash Flow Analyzer,
and Check Cash Flow Items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFB (Basic Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name App ID: F2986A

Preparation Required Yes

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

294 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

 Note

This app has been added to the App Finder. You can add it to your own space and page. For more
information, see Adding Apps to a Page.

You can use this app to do the following:

• Create memo records manually

You can also import memo records from a spreadsheet using the Import Memo Records 2.0 app.
• Manage different types of memo records for both forecasted and actual cash flows
• Implement dynamic field status controls based on user-defined memo record types and predefined memo
record categories
• Delete memo records that are no longer valid
The deleted records are no longer displayed in cash management reports.

Feature Comparison for Classic Memo Records and Memo Records 2.0

Compared to the classic memo records, memo records 2.0 provide a more flexible and efficient way for memo
record management. The key benefits include:

• Efficient handling of memo record creation via import jobs

• Dynamic field status control and lifecycle management based on predefined memo record categories and
user-defined memo record types
• Flexible use of memo records in representing actual and forecasted cash flows
• Transparent data control with separate database table and source tracking
• Finer granularity in reporting with attributes such as source application and certainty level

The table below provides a feature comparison between the classic memo records and memo records 2.0.

Feature Comparison
Memo Records Memo Records 2.0

Apps • Manage Memo Records • Manage Memo Records 2.0

• Import Memo Records 2.0
• View Import Jobs for Memo
Records 2.0

Data storage The memo record data is stored in the The memo record data is stored in its
One Exposure from Operations hub. own database table, which enables the
tracking of memo record sources.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 295
Memo Records Memo Records 2.0

Field status control Not supported Supported

You can use the Customizing activity

Manage Field Status Groups for Memo
Records to implement field status con
trols for different types of memo re
cord.

Creation of cash trade requests Supported Not supported

Mass import of memo records Not supported Supported

Creation of actual cash flows Not supported Supported

Memo record categories Not supported Supported

For more information , see the “Memo

Record Categories” section in Manage
Memo Records 2.0.

Source applications All memo records are shown under the Different types of memo record have
source application CMMRD different source applications. For more
information , see the “Memo Record
Categories” section.

Certainty level Except for cash trade requests (cer Different types of memo record have
tainty level CSHRQ), all memo records different certainty levels. For more in
are shown under the certainty level formation , see the “Memo Record Cat
MEMO egories” section.

Integration with intraday bank state Supported Not supported

ments

Integration with Advanced Payment Supported Not supported

Management

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:

• Cash Management - Manage Memo Records (SAP_FIN_BC_CM_MEMO_MANAGE_PC)

Effects on Customizing

To use this app, make sure you have made the following settings in SAP Customizing under Financial Supply
Chain Management Cash and Liquidity Management Cash Management Memo Records 2.0 :

• Define Memo Record Types: Define memo record types and assign these types to predefined memo record
categories.
• Define Number Range for Memo Records: Define a number range for memo records.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

296 PUBLIC Finance
• (Optional) Manage Field Status Groups for Memo Records: Create field status groups for different types of
memo record.

Related Information

Manage Memo Records 2.0

4.5.2.26 Import Memo Records 2.0

With this app, you can schedule jobs to import memo records from XSLX files. The app only works with memo
records 2.0.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFB (Basic Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name App ID: F6124

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

 Note

This app has been added to the App Finder. You can add it to your own space and page. For more
information, see Adding Apps to a Page.

You can use this app to do the following:

• Download templates for memo record imports

You must use the predefined template to prepare the memo record data you are about to import. For each
import job, you can create only memo records that have the same memo record type.
Please note the following when preparing the import file based on the downloaded template:
• Specify a valid memo record type for the memo records to be imported.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 297
• Make sure you enter valid values for all mandatory fields that starts with an asterisk (*).
• Create jobs for memo record imports
• Monitor statuses of your memo record import jobs
An import job may have one of the following statuses:
• In Process
• Uploaded Successfully
• Upload Failed
• Obsolete
For failed jobs, you can check the log details to find out why the job has failed. You can mark failed jobs as
obsolete with the Mark as Obsolete button to indicate that these jobs require no further action.

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:

• Cash Management - Import Memo Records (SAP_FIN_BC_CM_MEMO_IMPORT_PC)

Effects on Customizing

To use this app, make sure you have made the following settings in SAP Customizing under Financial Supply
Chain Management Cash and Liquidity Management Cash Management Memo Records 2.0 :

• Define Memo Record Types: Define memo record types and assign these types to predefined memo record
categories.
• Define Number Range for Memo Records: Define a number range for memo records.
• Define Number Range for Memo Record Imports: Define a number range for memo record imports.
• (Optional) Manage Field Status Groups for Memo Records: Create field status groups for different types of
memo record.

To enable notifications for this app, proceed as follows:

You can then receive Fiori launchpad notifications once an import job is finished.

1. In SAP Customizing, go to SAP Netweaver Notification Channel Notification Channel Provider

Enablement Administration Notification Provider Settings Manage Notification Providers .
2. Add an entry for the notification provider FCLM_MR_MMRD_IMPORT_NOTIF_PROV and set the Is Active
indicator for this entry.

Related Information

Import Memo Records 2.0

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

298 PUBLIC Finance
4.5.2.27 View Import Jobs for Memo Records 2.0

With this app, you can view jobs for importing memo records 2.0.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFB (Basic Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name App ID: F7513

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use this app to do the following:

• Search for jobs for importing memo records.

• Check job status, planned start time, the person who created the job, and other information about the job.
To create an import job for memo records, please use the Import Memo Records 2.0 app.

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:

• Cash Management - Import Memo Records (SAP_FIN_BC_CM_MEMO_IMPORT_PC)

Effects on Customizing

To use this app, make sure you have made the following settings in SAP Customizing under Financial Supply
Chain Management Cash and Liquidity Management Cash Management Memo Records 2.0 :

• Define Memo Record Types: Define memo record types and assign these types to predefined memo record
categories.
• Define Number Range for Memo Records: Define a number range for memo records.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 299
• Define Number Range for Memo Record Imports: Define a number range for memo record imports.
• (Optional) Manage Field Status Groups for Memo Records: Create field status groups for different types of
memo record.

Related Information

View Import Jobs for Memo Records 2.0

4.5.2.28 Foreign Exchange (FX) Swap Supported in Cash

Trade Requests

In the Manage Memo Records app, a new instrument category FX Swap is now supported in cash trade
requests. With this instrument category, you can create a cash trade request to swap a currency for another at
a spot rate in the near leg, and plan to swap the currencies back at a forward rate in the far leg.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name App ID: F2986

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Once you create a cash trade request for FX swap, four cash flows will be created in the form of memo records.
You can check the cash flows in the Check Cash Flow Items app.

Related Information

Create Cash Trade Requests

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

300 PUBLIC Finance
4.5.2.29 Deprecated App: Bank Account Balance

The Bank Account Balance app is deprecated from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA 2023 and
will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in SAP S/4HANA 2025. We recommend that you switch to the
successor apps Cash Flow Analyzer, Short-Term Cash Positioning, or Manage Bank Account Balances as soon
as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFB Basic Cash Operations()

Technical Object Name App ID: F3940

Preparation Required Yes

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Depending on your license and scope items, you can use the following successor apps:

• BFB (Basic Cash Operations): Cash Flow Analyzer

• J78 (Advanced Cash Operations):
• Manage Bank Account Balances
• Short-Term Cash Positioning
• Cash Flow Analyzer

4.5.2.30 Deprecated Feature: Reconciliation of End-of-Day

Memo Records

The Reconcile Cash Flows - Memo Records app is deprecated from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/
4HANA 2023 and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in SAP S/4HANA 2025. The program Reconcile
End-of-Day Memo Records (transaction FCLM_CR_MMRD) is also deprecated and will be deleted with SAP S/
4HANA 2025.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 301
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name App ID: F4867

Preparation Required Yes

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.5.2.31 OData API: Bank (Version 0003)

With this release, you can use version 0003 of the Bank API. It includes a new entity for international address
versions including the relevant operations and changes to a few properties.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Application Component CA-BK-BNK (Direct Bank Communication)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following property changes are included:

• Bank Entity:
• Region was removed.
• ShortStreetName was removed.
• ShortCityName was removed.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

302 PUBLIC Finance
• Bank was renamed BankNumber.
• BankAddress Entity:
• AddresseeName1, AddresseeName2, AddresseeName3, and AddresseeName4 removed and
replaced by BankNameLong and BranchNameLong.

Related Information

Bank
Bank (Version 0003)

4.5.2.32 Deleted App: Adjust Assigned Liquidity Items

The Adjust Assigned Liquidity Items app has been deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad as of SAP S/4HANA
2023.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name App ID:F3627

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (Cash and Liquidity Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.5.2.33 Deprecated Feature: Scaling Factor in App Define

Cash Position Profiles

The Scaling Factor field has been deprecated from the app Define Cash Position Profiles as of SAP S/4HANA
2023. We recommend that you switch to the custom scaling settings in the Short-Term Cash Positioning app as
soon as possible.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 303
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name No

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (Cash and Liquidity Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Short-Term Cash Positioning

4.5.2.34 Enhancement for Short-Term Cash Positioning

In the Short-Term Cash Positioning app, you are now able to format the cash position numbers using the
customized scaling settings.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name App ID: F5380

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-COP (Cash Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

304 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

You can define the custom scaling via User Setting. To open the User Setting, click the User Actions Menu
icon located at the top right corner of the shell header. Afterwards, you can select the Enable Custom Scaling
checkbox to enable the function, and specify the values for Scaling Factor and Number of Decimal Places.

• In the Scaling Factor field, you can specify the number of places you want to show before the decimal point
of the amount in the app. In this field, only numbers between 0 and 9 can be entered.
For example, the value “3” (By 1000) means showing the values in thousands. The value “6” (By 1000000)
means showing the values in millions.
• In the Number of Decimal Places field, you can specify the number of places you want to show after the
decimal point of the amount in the app. For example, the value “1” means showing one digit after the
decimal point.

Related Information

Short-Term Cash Positioning

4.5.2.35 Insert House Bank and House Bank Account Data to

BSEG

If you want to use historical cash management data in the Cash Management applications, you need to run
the program FCLM_UPDATE_HBKID_HKTID to insert house bank and house bank account data into table BSEG
before you use the applications. You only have to run this program once for inserting the house bank and bank
account data from historical transactions. After the program finishes, it displays the number of the rows that
are updated.

The app is updated with the Additional Bank Account Derivation feature.With the feature, you can update the
accounting documents for the house bank and house bank account data.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFB (Basic Cash Operations)

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (SAP Cash Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 305
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Addit. Bank Account Derivation cannot be selected if the Data Model Disable Addit. Bank Acct Derivation Model
is selected in the customizing activity General Settings under Finance Cash and Liquidity Management
General Settings .

If the house bank and house bank account are not updated according to the sources: bank statements,
payments for open items, payments for payment requests, the app will derive the house bank and house bank
account according to the G/L account when Addit. Bank Account Derivation is enabled.

• If the G/L account is not a cash account, this G/L account will be used to derive house bank and house
bank account.
• If the G/L account is a cash account with Type Petty Cash, the house bank and house bank account will
not be updated.
• If the G/L account is a cash account with Type Bank Reconciliation Account, this G/L account will be used
to derive house bank and house bank account.
• If the G/L account is a cash account with Type Bank Subaccount, the sub-G/L account will be used to
derive house bank and house bank account.
House bank and house bank account will be derived according to the above G/L accounts. They will be
derived from the BAM connectivity path. If not, they will be derived from the G/L master data.

4.5.2.36 Replicate One Exposure Cash Flow Items to Remote

System

With the program (transaction code FQM_CFOUTB), you can replicate cash flow data from one SAP S/4HANA
system to the One Exposure from Operations hub in another SAP S/4HANA system.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 34P (Treasury Workstation Cash Integration)

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (Cash and Liquidity Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

306 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

There are the following four Replication Actions available in the program:

• Item Flows in Manual Mode

In this mode, cash flows are sent out as individual items with the manual selection.
• Aggregated Flows in Manual Mode
In this mode, cash flows are sent out as aggregated amount items with the manual selection.
• Mass Cleanup Replicated Flows
In this mode, you can clean up cash flows in the receiver system with the manual selection.
• Item Flows Update in Delta Mode
In this mode, cash flows are sent out as individual items with the delta changed data selection.

4.5.2.37 Planning Correction

With this program (transaction code OT30 / OT31), you can update the planning fields of accounting
documents, payment requests and payment orders. It contains updates of Planning Group, Planning Level,
and Planning Date.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFB (Basic Cash Operations)

Preparation Required No

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (Cash and Liquidity Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Field Value Determination

The planning fields are determined in the following:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 307
• Planning Group
Planning Group is only assigned for customer and vendor items. It is determined from master data of the
reconciliation account.
• Planning Level
Planning Levels of G/L account item and payment order are determined from master data of G/L account.
For customer and vendor items, planning level is commonly from the determined planning group. If the
item has the special G/L indicator, planning level is determined from special G/L accounts.
Planning level of payment request is from the mapping of payment request levels from the planning level
determined from account master data.
• Planning Date
Planning date of G/L account item is determined from the value date or posting date.
For customer and vendor items, it is calculated with payment information like payment term and payment
history.

Update to One Exposure

For accounting documents, there is an option of whether to reprocess these changed documents in One
Exposure. The selection is the checkbox Reprocess Changed FI documents. Changes to payment requests and
payment orders are always reprocessed in One Exposure.

4.5.2.38 Automatically Create Initial Balance

With this app, you can create cash flows with the initial balance information and store the results to the One
Exposure from Operations hub for the analytical purpose.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFB (Basic Cash Operations)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (SAP Cash Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Account Dimension

You can create IBU flows based on Bank Account (House Bank / House Bank Account).

Date Dimension

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

308 PUBLIC Finance
You can create IBU flows based on Transaction Date, FI Posting Date, or Transaction Date & FI Posting Date.
Related fields will be set to Key Date based on Date Dimension.

Balance From

Three types of balances sources are supported for Balance From:

• Bank Statement. The app will fetch the balance and currency from bank statement which are close to the
Key Date as the amount information in the flow.
• G/L Account Balance. The app will fetch the balance and currency from G/L account balance as the
amount information in the flow.
• FQM Balance Table. The app will fetch the balance from the FQM balance table as the amount information
in the flow. The FQM Balance Table only supports the Account Dimension - Bank Account.

4.5.2.39 Derive Liquidity Item from Posted Bank Statement

With this feature, you can derive liquidity items for a posted bank statement with the origin B - From Bank
Statement Text Information.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFB (Basic Cash Operations)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (SAP Cash Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the customizing activity Define Query Sequences, select the origin B- From Bank Statement Text Information,
and enter the values for the required fields.

In the customizing activity Assign Sequences to Company Codes, select the origin From Bank Statement Text
Information, and assign Query Sequence B03 to Company Code 1010.

In the condition, the Electronic Bank Statement Header Records are House Bank - DEBK2, Account ID -
DEAC2.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 309
4.5.2.40 Customizing for Cash and Liquidity Management

With this release, new Customizing activities related to Cash and Liquidity Management have been added. In
addition, changes have been made to some previously delivered Customizing activities.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item See the table below

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (Cash and Liquidity Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Finance PUBLIC 313
4.5.2.41 Data Management in Cash and Liquidity
Management

Here's the information about two new data destruction objects delivered for Cash and Liquidity Management.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management); J78 (Advanced

Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name See the table below

Preparation Required Yes

Application Component See the table below

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Name of Data
Management Ob Application Com Changes with this
ject Object Type ponent Release Details More Information

FCLM_BANK_DEST data destruction FIN-FSCM-CLM New data destruc You can use this Destroying Busi
RUCTION object tion object added. object to destroy
(Cash and ness Partners
risk business part
Liquidity for Banks Using
ner data and net
Management) ting business part FCLM_BANK_DE
ner data that STRUCTION
is maintained in
the Manage Banks
app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

314 PUBLIC Finance
Name of Data
Management Ob Application Com Changes with this
ject Object Type ponent Release Details More Information

FIN_FSCM_CLM_B EoP check FIN-FSCM-CLM EoP check en The end of pur Business Partner
AM hanced pose (EoP) check
(Cash and End of Purpose
FIN_FSCM_CLM_B
Liquidity (EoP) Check in
AM has been en
Management) hanced to provide Banks and Bank
checks for risk Accounts
business partners
and netting busi
ness partners.

FI_AR_BSM_DATA data destruction FIN-FSCM-BNK New data destruc You can use this Destroying Bank
_DESTRU object (Direct Bank tion object added. Statement Monitor
object to destroy
Communication) Data Using
monitoring data
FI_AR_BSM_DATA
generated in the _DESTRU
Bank Statement
Monitor (F6388)
app.

Related Information

Data Management in Cash and Liquidity Management

4.5.2.42 CDS Views for Cash and Liquidity Management

Some CDS views have changed in Cash and Liquidity Management.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFA (Basic Bank Account Management)

Technical Object Name • I_HouseBankAccountLinkage

• I_HouseBank

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM (Bank Account Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 315
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following CDS views have been changed:

• I_HouseBankAccountLinkage (House Bank Account Linkage): A new field GLAccount (G/L Account)
has been added.
• I_HouseBank (House Bank): The field ChargeAccount is deprecated. The successor is
HouseBankChargeAccount.

Related Information

House Bank Account Linkage

House Bank

4.5.2.43 New CDS Views for Cash Flow Reporting

Two new CDS views have been available for Cash Flow Reporting in Cash and Liquidity Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFB (Basic Cash Operations)

Technical Object Name • I_CASHFLOWCUBE

• C_CASHFLOWQUERY

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM (SAP Cash Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

316 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

The following CDS views have been available:

• I_CASHFLOWCUBE (Cash Flow - Cube)

• C_CASHFLOWQUERY (Cash Flow - Query)

Related Information

Cash Flow - Query

Cash Flow - Cube

4.5.3 Treasury and Risk Management

4.5.3.1 Hedge Management and Accounting

4.5.3.1.1 Use FX Options as Hedging Instruments for

Cross-Currency Hedging

With this feature, you can use FX options and collar FX options as hedging instruments in the Hedge
Management Cockpit app for hedging areas with the risk-free currency setting Currency Defined by the Source.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The hedge accounting process for these hedging areas does not support FX options or collar FX options as
hedging instruments.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 317
Related Information

Hedge Management and Accounting of Net Open Exposures (FX Risk)

4.5.3.1.2 Underlying of FX Option Assigned to Exposure

Item after Exercise

With this feature, the underlying FX spot transaction is assigned automatically to the exposure item with the
exercise of the FX option. The FX spot also inherits the hedge request ID. The exposure item assignment of
the FX option is terminated. This ensures the correct calculation of the key figure Net Hedges in the Hedge
Management Cockpit. In this way, the FX spot transaction is also considered in the Net Open Exposure and
Net Open Exposure (Incl. HR) key figures in the Hedge Management Cockpit as of the exercise date of the FX
option. This also enables historical reporting in the Hedge Management Cockpit with a backdated key date.

• FX option contributes to the net hedges before the exercise date.

• FX spot transaction (underlying) contributes to the net hedges as of the exercise date of the FX option.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Hedge Management and Accounting of Net Open Exposures (FX Risk)

4.5.3.2 Non-Deliverable Swap Added for Trade Requests

With this feature, you can now create trade requests with the category non-deliverable swap (NDS) to trigger
the conclusion of a financial transaction (trade) on an external trading platform with the SAP Trading Platform
Integration.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

318 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2F5

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can create trade request with the instrument category FX Non-Deliverable Swap for the following trade
request categories:

• Hedge
• Manual

Related Information

Integration with External Trading Platforms

4.5.3.3 Enhancement of Facilities Transactions

With this feature, you can now create and process syndicated facilities. The product type 56B was added
in addition to 56A (bilateral facility). A syndicated facility allows you to create credit lines with multiple
counterparties. The new app Define Credit Lines - Syndicated Facilities (app ID: TCL1) was added. Here
you can configure the credit lines shown in a syndicated facility transaction and choose whether drawings
are permitted. Accumulated conditions are available both for fixed-rate and variable-rate conditions. For all
facilities transactions, the Charges tab was replaced with the Conditions button. Here you can create different
conditions for facilities, such as facility fee (condition category 24) or interest rate adjustment (condition
category 21). For syndicated facilities, you can also configure whether you want to include drawing objects
assigned to partners in the calculation of the facility fee in the configuration activity Define Product Types - MM
Transactions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 319
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For all facilities product types, the Charges tab was removed from the transaction maintenance screen. Instead,
the Conditions button now lets you define different conditions for the facility fee calculation.

Existing facilities (charge-based) will continue to use the Charges tab, facilities created after this release
(condition-based) will have the Conditions button.

 Note

You can only assign charge-based facilities to other charge-based facilities. New, condition-based facilities
created after this release can neither be assigned to other facilities as drawing objects, nor can other
facilities be assigned to them.

There are four predelivered main condition types for the facility fee:

• Not utilized (1240)

• Utilized (1241)
• Overdrawn (1242)
• Credit line (1243)

You can configure more condition types based on condition category 24 in the Customizing activity Define
Condition Types - MM Transactions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

320 PUBLIC Finance
If you add a reference interest rate to a facility, a new condition with the type Interest rate adjustment (condition
category 21) is created automatically to generate variable flows. A new Interest Rate Adjustment tab also
appears on the main screen for this facility.

Parallel and follow-up conditions are also supported for facilities.

When you create a new condition for a syndicated facility, you can choose which credit line this condition
applies to in the condition details:

The new field Fee Calculation in the Customizing activity Define Product Types - MM Transactions lets you
choose whether to include drawing objects assigned to partners in the calculation of the fee for a syndicated
facility:

For syndicated facilities, you can assign ranks to different business partners in the Syndication Partner section
on the Structure tab.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 321
For syndicated facilities, in the popup that opens if you choose the Other Lines button on the Structure tab,
you can assign sublines of credit for a primary credit line. In the below example, the second row is defined as a
subline of the primary credit line:

To define the credit lines available in a syndicated facility transaction, use the app Define Credit Lines -
Syndicated Facilities (TCL1). The Drawing Permitted indicator lets you toggle whether this facility can be
assigned to drawings, such as money market or trade finance transactions. Note that in order to assign a
facility to drawings, you must settle the facility first.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

322 PUBLIC Finance
For syndicated facilities, the Syndication button lets you assign subline amounts for different
counterparties. This button appears if you choose the view Profile: Total Credit Line on
the Profiles tab. The total amount of sublines cannot be higher than the total credit line

amount.

Effects on Existing Data

Facilities created prior to this release will continue to use the Charges tab. Newly created facilities will have the
Conditions button, just like all other money market instruments.

Effects on Customizing

You can configure settings for facilities in the general configuration activities for money market transactions:

• Define Transaction Types - MM Transactions

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 323
• Define Flow Types - MM Transactions
• Assign Flow Types to Transaction Types - MM Transactions
• Define Condition Types - MM Transactions
• Assign Condition Types to Transaction Types - MM Transactions
• Define Product Types - MM Transactions

For syndicated facilities only:

You can customize the partner ranks show in the Syndication Partner section in the configuration activity Define
Partner Rank - Syndicated Facilities.

You can define sublines for a facility in the app Define Credit Lines - Syndicated Facilities (TCL1).

Related Information

Facilities
Create a Bilateral Facility
Create a Syndicated Facility
Conditions (Facilities)
Processing Facilities
Define Credit Lines - Syndicated Facilities

4.5.3.4 Accumulated Flows for Variable Interest Rates

With this feature, variable interest flows generated due to interest adjustment conditions can be accumulated
into so-called accumulating flows. To do so, you need to add an accumulating condition.

This is relevant for variable interest conditions with risk-free reference interest rates. These risk-free rates
are implemented for the product categories 550 (interest rate instrument), 580 (current account-style
instrument), 760 with 620 as underlying (swaption) as well as 040 (bond) and 042 (installment bond). Due
to the daily interest rate adjustments, daily interest flows are generated for these interest conditions. With
this feature, these "single flows" can be accumulated into "accumulating flows". The condition types for
accumulation vary by product type, but are all based on the condition category 60. Only the accumulating flows
are then forwarded to Position Management. This simplifies the processing of interest flows.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

324 PUBLIC Finance
Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management)

1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management)

3WY (Bond Management)

6B5 (Asset-Backed Securities Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In order to create a variable interest flow, you must first create an interest condition, then create an interest
rate adjustment condition. This adjustment condition will typically be set to a short interval, such as daily. You
then create an accumulating condition with the same interval as the nominal interest condition, for example
monthly.

After the accumulating condition is created, the Show/Hide Single Flows button appears on the Cash Flow tab
to show the single flows within an accumulating flow.

The following table shows an overview of how to enter an accumulating condition for different product
catagories:

See Accumulated
Product Categories Create Transaction Add Conditions Flows Additional Features

Interest Rate Create transaction • Edit transaction Cash Flow tab of trans • In Cash
Instrument (550) in the app Manage and choose action overview Flows view,
Financial Transactions Conditions button choose Show
Current Account-Style
via Create in transaction Accumulation
Instrument (580)
overview Details or Show
Interest Rate Swap • Add interest con Single Flows to
(620) dition, interest ad show all variable
justment and ac flows
cumulating condi • Parallel and fol
tions low-up conditions
can also be accu
mulated

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 325
See Accumulated
Product Categories Create Transaction Add Conditions Flows Additional Features

Swaption (760) • Edit swap and Cash Flow tab of un

choose the derlying swap transac
Conditions button tion
for incoming or
outgoing interest
on Structure tab
• Add interest con
dition, interest ad
justment and ac
cumulating condi
tions

Bond (040) • Open the app Cash Flows section of

Manage Securities app Manage Securities
Classes (FWZZ) Classes (FWZZ)
and go to
App Display Cash Flow
Conditions tab
for Securities Account
• Add interest con
(TPM40)
dition, interest ad
justment and ac
cumulating condi
tions

The accumulating flows are also relevant for accrual/deferral.

Effects on Existing Data

You can also accumulate interest flows for existing transactions based on the supported product types.

Effects on Customizing

The following new categories are available, which you can use to define custom flow types and condition types
for money market transactions and OTC derivatives:

• You can use the new flow category 60 to define an accumulating flow type in the customizing activities
Define Flow Types - Money Market and Define Flow Types - OTC Derivatives.
• You use the new condition category 60 to define the accumulating condition type under Define Condition
Types - Money Market and Define Condition Types - OTC Derivatives.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

326 PUBLIC Finance
For securities:

• The default condition type 104 under Define Condition Types - Securities based on the FiMa category PSDS
is available for accumulating conditions. The new column Reference Accumulated Condition Type shows
the relevant accumulating condition for a variable interest condition.

Accrual/Deferral

• You must set the update types for the accumulated flows as relevant for accrual/deferral. You can keep
the update types for daily interest flows as relevant for accrual/deferral too. The Run Accrual/Deferral app
processes one of them depending on the key date and calculation period.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 327
• You must use the grouping term to accrue/defer interest flows with the interest categories Compound
Interest Calculation and Average Compound Interest Calculation. The same applies for accumulated flow.

For more information, see also Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and Revenues.

Related Information

Manage Financial Transactions

Creating Accumulating Conditions (Interest Rate Instruments)
Creating Accumulating Interest Condition Items (Securities)

4.5.3.5 New Situation Template: Market Data Request

The new template FIN_TRM_REQUEST_MARKET_DATA in the Manage Situation Types app allows configuration
experts (SAP business role SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT) to create a custom situation type to inform users who
have created a job using the app Request Current Market Data. This situation template lets you configure
notifications if this job is successful, failed or successful with warnings. You can assign responsibility by teams.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1XN (Market Rates Management - Manually via Upload)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For details on configuring this situation template, also see Notification for Job Scheduling.

Related Information

Situation Template: Market Data Request

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

328 PUBLIC Finance
4.5.3.6 Mirroring of Changes to Intercompany Transactions

With this feature, you can now mirror changes to intercompany foreign exchange transactions (product
category 600) as well as settlement and other flows for intercompany interest rate instrument transactions
(product category 550) in the Manage Financial Transactions app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management)

1YI (Intercompany Process for Debt and Investment Mgmt)

2F2 (Intercompany Foreign Exchange Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you activate settlement of intercompany transactions for interest rate instruments (see Effects on
Customizing, the actions Settleand Reverse are mirrored automatically for such transactions. Reverse is
possible for all interest rate instrument transactions with a settlement activity status.

If you make any changes to a flow on the Other Flows tab when changing, rolling over or terminating an
intercompany transaction for an interest rate instrument, you will see a confirmation message that the
corresponding mirror transaction will be changed, but only if the flow type is mapped in the configuration
activity ICT - Map Flow Types. Other flows that are not mapped here are not mirrored, and you will not see
a confirmation message if you change such flow types. Other flows cannot be changed during settlement or
reversal, so no changes to other flows are mirrored here.

Creating mirror transactions is possible for all foreign exchange (product category 600) transactions. Changes
to the following fields can be mirrored:

• All fields on the Structure tab, except Contact Person and External Reference
• Other flows based on your configuration

The following actions can be mirrored:

• Change
• Settle
• Terminate
• Reverse

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 329
• Fixing (for NDF)

Effects on Existing Data

If you activate the mirroring of settlement of interest rate instrument, this feature is also enabled for existing
transactions of product category 550.

If you activate mirroring of changes to intercompany foreign exchange transactions, this feature is also enabled
for existing transactions of product category 550.

Effects on Customizing

To enable the mirroring of settlement of interest rate instruments, choose the mirroring mode Mirror
Processing of ICo Transactions incl. Settlement in the configuration activity ICT - Specify Mirroring Mode for
Processing of Financial Transactions.

To enable mirroring of other flows for interest rate instruments, make sure that all flow types for which you
want to enable mirroring are mapped in the configuration activity ICT - Map Flow Types. Flow types that are not
mapped here will not be mirrored.

To enable mirroring of changes for intercompany foreign exchange transactions, make sure you have made
settings in the following configuration activities in your configuration environment:

1. ICT - Maintain Relevant Product Types and Transaction Types

You determine the product types and transaction types for which mirror transactions can be created
between the affiliated companies.
2. ICT - Assign Company Code to Partners
You have different company codes representing the affiliated companies of your enterprise. If you want to
use the mirror transaction functionality, you have to create a business partner for each affiliated company
code.
3. ICT - Specify Mirroring Mode for Processing of Financial Transactions
Specify whether you also want to mirror changes made to existing mirrored intercompany transactions or
not. This means that all mirror-relevant field values are changed automatically in the related transaction
when you make changes to an intercompany transaction.
4. ICT - Map Product Types and Transaction Types
Define a mapping table for different product and transaction types.
5. ICT - Map Flow Types
Map the flow type for intercompany trading.

Related Information

Creating and Changing Mirror Transactions

Intercompany Trading Process
Intercompany Trading Process for Debt and Investment Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

330 PUBLIC Finance
Changing Mirror Transactions (Foreign Exchange)

4.5.3.7 External Accounts: Foreign Currency Valuation for

Variation Margin

This feature enables you to set up a foreign currency valuation step of the variation margin (managed on
position component 1002 of the clearing account position) for foreign exchange transactions.

 Note

This feature is only relevant for you if you are using the central counterparty clearing for clearing-relevant
FX transactions.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The additional valuation step is executed for a foreign exchange transaction if the position currency of the
variation margin differs from the valuation currency.

Effects on Customizing

• Set Effects of Update Types on Position Components

In this Customizing activity, you must assign the position change categories 1012 Post Variation Margin
and 1013 Clear Variation Margin to the update types used for transaction related positive and negative
variation margin flows.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 331
 Example

Update Type Valuation Area Company Code Position Change Category

EA_MTM+ CCC: Positive 001 0001 1012 Post Variation Margin

Variation Margin

EA_MTM- CCC: Negative 001 0001 1013 Clear Variation

Variation Margin Margin

• Define Foreign Currency Valuation Procedure

In this Customizing activity, you must create a foreign currency valuation procedure for the variation
margin.

1. Choose New Entries.

2. Enter an ID and a name for the new procedure.
3. Choose the Price/Rate Type.
4. Choose Variation Margin in the Comp. for Valuation field.
5. Choose the Write-Up Rule and the Write-Down Rule.
6. Save your entries.
• Define Position Management Procedure
In this Customizing activity, you assign the new foreign exchange valuation procedure to the position
management procedure of the relevant FX transactions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

332 PUBLIC Finance
• Define Update Types and Assign Usages
In this Customizing activity, you must define new update types for the valuation flows for the new foreign
exchange valuation procedure:
• V210 Variation Margin Forex Write-Up
• V211 Variation Margin Forex Write-Down
Assign the new update types to the usage Key Date Valuation.
The new update types are relevant for posting and you must define account determination for them.
• Assign Update Types for Valuation
In this Customizing activity, you assign the new update types on the Foreign Crcy Valuation tab for each
affected position management procedure.

Related Information

External Accounts
Positions for Clearing Accounts
Foreign Currency Valuation

4.5.3.8 Post Previously Unrealized Gains/Losses at

Maturity (FX Transactions)

During the maturity of an FX forward transaction, it can happen that translation postings of unrealized
gains/losses lead to P&L extensions. For this reason, alternative update types at the maturity of FX forward
transactions (with the valuation step Security in the position management procedure) were introduced to avoid
P/L extensions in the case of a position outflow.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 333
Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following conditions allow you to post previously unrealized FX result at maturity.

• 11 Realized Gain >= Valuation Gain

The translation update type of the valuation gain is posted against the realized FX gain.
For this condition, you must make the following entry:

Position Management Procedure Old Update Type New Update Type

An entry for each position manage DBT_E003 Translation Write-Up DBT_EAG3 Security Valuation Result:
ment procedure used for FX transac (Price) (Asset) Post Valuation Gain to Realized Gain
tions that contain valuation step 4 Not relevant for posting with posting specification 12410
Security Valuation
Realized Exchange Rate Gains to
Position

• 12 Realized Gain < Valuation Gain

The translation update type of the valuation gain is posted against the realized FX loss and the update type
of the realized FX gain is posted to the realized FX loss.
For this condition, you must make the following entries:

Position Management Procedure Old Update Type New Update Type

An entry for each position manage DBT_B013 Forward Exchange DBT_BL13 FX Realized Result: Post
ment procedure used for FX transac Transaction Gain (Standard) Realized Gain to Realized Loss
tions that contain valuation step 4 with posting specification 12300 with posting specification 12310
Security Valuation Position to Realized Exchange Rate Position to Realized Exchange Rate
Gains Losses

An entry for each position manage DBT_E003 Translation Write-Up DBT_EAL3 Security Valuation Result:
ment procedure used for FX transac (Price) (Asset) Post Valuation Gain to Realized Loss
tions that contain valuation step 4 Not relevant for posting with posting specification 12400
Security Valuation Realized Exchange Rate Losses to
Position

• 13 Realized Gain >= Valuation Loss

The translation update type of the valuation loss is posted against the realized FX gain.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

334 PUBLIC Finance
For this condition, you must make the following entry:

Position Management Procedure Old Update Type New Update Type

An entry for each position manage DBT_E004 Translation Write-Down DBT_ELG4 Security Valuation Result:
ment procedure used for FX transac (Price) Post Valuation Loss to Realized Gain
tions that contain valuation step 4 Not relevant for posting with posting specification 12300
Security Valuation Position to Realized Exchange Rate
Gains

• 14 Realized Gain < Valuation Loss

The translation update type of the valuation loss is posted against the realized FX gain.
For this condition, you must make the following entry:

Position Management Procedure Old Update Type New Update Type

• 15 Realized Loss >= Valuation Gain

The translation update type of the valuation gain is posted against the realized FX loss.
For this condition, you must make the following entry:

Position Management Procedure Old Update Type New Update Type

An entry for each position manage DBT_E003 Translation Write-Up DBT_EAL3 Security Valuation Result:
ment procedure used for FX transac (Price) (Asset) Post Valuation Gain to Realized loss
tions that contain valuation step 4 Not relevant for posting with posting specification 12400
Security Valuation Realized Exchange Rate Losses to
Position

• 16 Realized Loss < Valuation Gain

The translation update type of the valuation gain is posted against the realized FX loss.
For this condition, you must make the following entry:

Position Management Procedure Old Update Type New Update Type

• 17 Realized Loss >= Valuation Loss

The translation update type of the valuation loss is posted against the realized FX loss.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 335
For this condition, you must make the following entry:

Position Management Procedure Old Update Type New Update Type

An entry for each position manage DBT_E004 Translation Write-Down DBT_ELL4 Security Valuation Result:
ment procedure used for FX transac (Price) Post Valuation Loss to Realized Loss
tions that contain valuation step 4 Not relevant for posting with posting specification 12310
Security Valuation Position to Realized Exchange Rate
Losses

• 18 Realized Loss < Valuation Loss

The translation update type of the valuation loss is posted against the realized FX gain and the update type
of the realized FX loss is posted to the realized FX gain.
For this condition, you must make the following entries:

Position Management Procedure Old Update Type New Update Type

An entry for each position manage DBT_B014 Forward Exchange DBT_BG14 FX realized result: Post
ment procedure used for FX transac Transaction Loss (Standard) realized loss to real. gain
tions that contain valuation step 4 with posting specification 12400 with posting specification 12410
Security Valuation Realized Exchange Rate Losses to Realized Exchange Rate Gains to
Position Position

Effects on Customizing

To use the new feature, you must make the following settings:

• In the Customizing activity Define and Assign Update Types, you must define the new update types and
assign them to the usage Derived Business Transactions.
• In the Customizing activity Alternative Update Types for Position Outflows, you must assign the new update
types to the conditions and to the old updated types.
• In addition, you must make the settings for posting the update types. Set the posting-relevant update types
as relevant for posting in the Customizing activity Indicate Update Types as Relevant to Posting and define
the account determination for the update types in the configuration activity Define Account Determination
for Treasury and Risk Management.

Related Information

Alternative Update Types for Position Outflows

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

336 PUBLIC Finance
4.5.3.9 Enhancements to Custom Differentiation Terms

With this feature, the custom differentiation terms are now also available for futures and listed derivatives.
In addition, the custom differentiation term fields are available in the Customizing activities for legacy data
transfer.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For the following Customizing activities for legacy data transfer, the custom differentiation terms have been
added to the selection criteria and tables:

• Enter Position Information for Securities (transaction code TPM61A)

• Transfer Data of Positions (transaction code TPM61)
• Reverse Data Transfer for Positions (transaction code TPM62)
• Enter Valuation-Area-Independent Data for Securities (transaction code TPM63A)
• Enter Valuation-Area-Dependent Data for Securities (transaction code TPM63B)
• Enter Val.-Area-Dependent Data for Money Market, Forex, OTC Derivatives (transaction code TPM63C)
• Enter Valuation-Area-Dependent Data for Futures (transaction code TPM63D)
• Enter Valuation-Area-Dependent Data for Securities Intragroup Transactions
• Execute Data Transfer (transaction code TPM63)
• Reverse Data Transfer (transaction code TPM64)

Related Information

Legacy Data Transfer

Differentiation Terms

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 337
4.5.3.10 Currency Changeover in Treasury and Risk
Management

With this feature, you can change the transaction currency of financial transactions or the issue currency of
securities managed in Treasury and Risk Management. This might be necessary if the currency of a specific
country/region changes to the euro (EUR), for example.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X1 (Foreign Cur
rency Risk Management), 1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives
Management), 2NZ (Bank Guarantee Management), 2UN
(Money Market Mutual Fund Management), 3WY (Bond
Management), 49D (Letter of Credit Management), 5OD
(Stock Management), 5WF (Shareholding Management),
6B5 (Asset-Backed Securities Management), 6ND (Securi
ties Option Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• The currency changeover can be performed for the following kinds of financial transaction/position:
• OTC transactions/positions of the following product categories:
• Money Market - Product categories 510, 520, 530, 540, 550, 560, and 580
• Foreign Exchange - Product category 600
• Interest Rate Derivative - Product categories 610, 620, and 630
• OTC Derivatives - Product category 760, using FX option, FX barrier options, and interest rate
derivatives as underlyings (FX basket options and FX compound options are not supported)
• Trade Finance - Product category 850 and 860
• Security positions of product categories 010, 020, and 040
• The currency changeover cannot be performed for a financial transaction/position in the following cases:
• Financial transactions/positions that are currently being processed in another currency changeover
• Financial transactions/positions with position-changing business transactions before the key date of
the currency changeover that have not been fixed and posted

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

338 PUBLIC Finance
• Financial transactions/positions with fixed business transactions after the key date of the currency
changeover
• Financial transactions/positions with fixed business transactions with a TRL date before the key date
of the currency changeover and a posting date after the key date of the currency changeover.
• Financial transactions/position with outdated derived business transactions
• Financial transactions used as hedges in the Hedge Management for Net Open Exposures process
Hedge management of FX risks in the expiring old currency ends before the key date of the currency
changeover or at the latest with the expiry date of the old currency.
If you have long-term FX transactions (FX forwards, FX options) in the expiring currency, you must
terminate them.
• Financial transactions/positions that are used in hedge accounting
In this case, you must first dedesignate the hedging relationships. Then you can perform the
currency changeover for the financial transactions. If hedging-relevant FX risks exist after the currency
changeover, you can create new hedging relationships.
• Financial transactions/positions that are assigned to a facility
In this case, you must first perform the currency changeover for the facilities and then the currency
changeover for the assigned financial transactions.
• Financial transactions/positions in an external account
• The following apps are available for the currency changeovers:
• Manage Currency Changeover (App ID: TPM_CCO_MANAGE)
• Execute Currency Changeover (App ID: TPM_CCO_EXECUTE)
• Reverse Currency Changeover (App ID: TPM_CCO_REVERSE)

Effects on System Administration

The apps are available in area menu of Treasury and Risk Management in backend under Transaction
Manager Utilities Currency Changeover and on SAP Fiori launchpad.

On SAP Fiori launchpad, the apps are available with the following business catalogs:

• Treasury - Currency Changeover - Execute SAP_TRM_BC_CRCY_CO_EXECUTE

• Treasury - Currency Changeover - Manage SAP_TRM_BC_CRCY_CO_MANAGE

Authorizations
To be able to use one of the apps, the user must have been granted authorization for the transaction codes
using the following authorization objects:

• F_T_TRANSB Treasury: Transaction Authorization

• S_TCODE Transaction Code Check at Transaction Start

For the Manage Currency Changeovers app, in addition the granted authorization for the authorization object
T_CURR_MNT Manage Currency Changeovers is checked. This authorization object contains the following fields
and values:

Field: ACTVT Activity

• 01 Create

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 339
• 02 Change
• 03 Display
• 06 Delete

For the Execute Currency Changeover and Reverse Currency Changeover apps, the user must have
authorization for the affected company codes and in addition the granted authorization for the following
authorization objects are checked:

• T_DEAP_DP Authorization for Securities Account

• T_DEAP_PD Authorization for Product/Transaction Types

Effects on Customizing

Make the following settings for the currency changeover in Customizing for Treasury and Risk Management:

• During the currency changeover, the system creates backup transactions for all financial transactions
affected by the currency changeover. The backup transaction saves the data of the financial transaction
before the currency changeover. In the Customizing activity Define Number Ranges under Transaction
Manager Money Market Transaction Management Transaction Types , you can define a specific
number range for the backup transactions (number range object: FTA_GSART Financial Transaction) for
each company code. In this way, you can use a separate number range for the backup transaction so that
the numbering of new financial transactions is ongoing and is not disrupted by the newly created backup
transactions. The converted financial transactions and their corresponding backup transactions are linked
by a reference of type EUR. This enables you to reach the backup transaction from the converted financial
transaction.

 Note

The system also creates copies of the positions before the currency translation, but this data is
managed internally and is not visible or linked from the converted positions.

• Define the following update types in the Customizing activity Define and Assign Update Types.
• CC_INC Currency Changeover: Increase Nominal/Quantity
• CC_DEC Currency Changeover: Decrease Nominal/Quantity
• CC_DP01 Currency Changeover: Clear Debit Amount
• CC_DP02 Currency Changeover: Post Debit Amount
• CC_CP01 Currency Changeover: Clear Credit Amount
• CC_CP02 Currency Changeover: Post Credit Amount
Assign the update types to the usage Currency Changeover.
• In the Customizing activity Assign Update Types for Currency Changeover, you must assign the new update
types in the following way:
• CC_INC and CC_DEC must be assigned under Update Types for Currency Changeover Transaction.
• The update types CC_DP01, CC_DP02, CC_CP01, and CC_CP02 must be assigned for each relevant
account symbol under Update Types for Position Transfers. The update types are used to translate the
book values on the accounts in financial accounting from the old currency to the new currency.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

340 PUBLIC Finance
• In the Customizing activity Mark Update Types as Relevant for Posting, mark the following update types as
relevant for posting:
• CC_DP01 Currency Changeover: Clear Debit Amount
• CC_DP02 Currency Changeover: Post Debit Amount
• CC_CP01 Currency Changeover: Clear Credit Amount
• CC_CP02 Currency Changeover: Post Credit Amount
• In the Customizing activity Assign Update Types for Derived Business Transactions, you must assign update
types for all position management procedures on the Reconciliation tab. These update types are required
for the currency changeover if differences occur that need to be corrected. For example, the amounts of
a financial transaction/position differ slightly in a (unchanged) valuation currency before and after the
currency changeover.

Related Information

Currency Changeover

4.5.3.11 New Authorization Object for Market Data Sets

With this feature, the authorization to create, change, and delete market data sets in the Manage Market Data
Sets app (app ID TAN_MDS) is checked. You assign the authorization using the authorization object F_T_MDSET
Market Data Sets.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X1 (Foreign Cur
rency Risk Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new authorization object F_T_MDSET Market Data Sets contains the field ACTVT Activity, with the following
values:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 341
• 01 Create or Generate
• 02 Change
• 03 Display
• 06 Delete

The Manage Market Data Sets app does not check authorization for the activity 03 Display.

Effects on System Administration

For roles to which the app is assigned, the authorizations need to be adjusted to give users the authorization
to change, create, or delete market data records according to their role. Without adjusting the authorizations,
users can only display the market data sets.

Related Information

Manage Market Data Sets

4.5.3.12 Substitution Rules for Planning Levels - Treasury

Flows

With this feature, the new app Substitution Rules for Planning Levels - Treasury Flows is available. In this new
app, you can define substitution rules to assign the planning level to Cash Management-relevant treasury flows.

 Note

You can only use the new app if you are using the simplified data transfer process from Treasury and Risk
Management to the One Exposure from Operations hub.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

342 PUBLIC Finance
Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X1 (Foreign Cur
rency Risk Management), 1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives
Management), 1XD (Hedge Accounting for FX Forward -
Group Ledger IFRS), 1YI (Intercompany Process for Debt and
Investment Mgmt), 2F2 (Intercompany Foreign Exchange
Management), 2NZ (Bank Guarantee Management), 2RW
(Hedge Accounting for FX Option - Group Ledger IFRS),
2UF (Hedge Accounting for FX Swap - Group Ledger IFRS),
2UN (Money Market Mutual Fund Management), 3WY (Bond
Management), 3X1 (Hedge Accounting for FX Forward - Lo
cal GAAP), 3X2 (Hedge Accounting for FX Option - Local
GAAP), 3X3 (Hedge Accounting for FX Forward - Group
Ledger US GAAP), 3X4 (Hedge Accounting for FX Option
- Group Ledger US GAAP), 49D (Letter of Credit Man
agement), 5OD (Stock Management), 5WF (Shareholding
Management), 6B5 (Asset-Backed Securities Management),
6ND (Securities Option Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

So far, the planning level for Cash Management-relevant treasury flows has been derived based on your
settings in the Customizing activity Assign Planning Levels. With this feature, you can define substitution rules
for deriving the planning level in the new configuration app Substitution Rules for Planning Levels - Treasury
Flows if you are using the simplified data transfer process from Treasury and Risk Management to the One
Exposure from Operations hub.

The new app Substitution Rules for Planning Levels - Treasury Flows provides the following fields for defining
substitution rules:

• BankIsKnown Indicates Whether Bank Is Known

• CompanyCode Company Code
• FinancialInstrActivityCategory Activity category
• FinancialInstrTransactionType Transaction Type
• FinancialInstrumentProductType Product Type
• HedgingClassification Hedging Classificatn
• PlanningLevel Planning Level
• Portfolio Portfolio
• TreasuryUpdateType Update Type

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 343
Effects on System Administration

The app is available with the new business catalog Treasury - Configuration for Planning Level
Substitution Rules (SAP_TRM_BC_CMPLCONF). This business catalog is assigned to business role
SAP_BR_TREASURY_SPECIALIST_BOE Treasury Specialist - Back Office. In addition, you need the business
catalog SAP_TRM_BC_SUBVALLOG Treasury - Substitution/Validation Log to get the apps F4886 Substitution/
Validation Logs and F4945 Set Substitution/Validation Logs.

Effects on Configuration

In the Customizing activity Basic Settings for Cash Management Integration, you can choose the derivation
category for planning levels.

The default derivation category for planning levels is the Classic Assignment. If you choose this derivation
category, the planning level for the treasury flows is derived from the settings in the Assign Planning Levels
Customizing activity.

If you selected the Simplify Flow Generation field in this Customizing activity, you can change the derivation
category for planning levels to Derivation. If you choose this derivation category, the planning levels for treasury
flows are derived according to the substitution rules defined in the new app Substitution Rules for Planning
Levels - Treasury Flows.

 Note

Change the derivation category after you have defined the substitution rules.

Related Information

Integration with Cash and Liquidity Management

Treasury and Risk Management in One Exposure from Operations
Substitution Rules for Planning Levels - Treasury Flows

4.5.3.13 New Origin for Liquidity Item Derivation

With this feature, you can define liquidity items for payment flows of Treasury and Risk Management to analyze
them in Liquidity Planning. To assign the liquidity items to the treasury payment flows, you can define queries
and assign them to query sequences using new origin U From Treasury and Risk Management.

 Note

You can only use the new origin if you are using the simplified data transfer process from Treasury and Risk
Management to the One Exposure from Operations hub.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

344 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3L5 (Liquidity Planning), 1WV (Debt and Investment Man
agement), 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management), 1X3
(Interest Rate Derivatives Management), 1XD (Hedge Ac
counting for FX Forward - Group Ledger IFRS), 1YI (Inter
company Process for Debt and Investment Mgmt), 2F2 (In
tercompany Foreign Exchange Management), 2NZ (Bank
Guarantee Management), 2RW (Hedge Accounting for FX
Option - Group Ledger IFRS), 2UF (Hedge Accounting for
FX Swap - Group Ledger IFRS), 2UN (Money Market Mu
tual Fund Management), 3WY (Bond Management), 3X1
(Hedge Accounting for FX Forward - Local GAAP), 3X2
(Hedge Accounting for FX Option - Local GAAP), 3X3 (Hedge
Accounting for FX Forward - Group Ledger US GAAP),
3X4 (Hedge Accounting for FX Option - Group Ledger US
GAAP), 49D (Letter of Credit Management), 5OD (Stock
Management), 5WF (Shareholding Management), 6B5 (As
set-Backed Securities Management), 6ND (Securities Op
tion Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In addition, to the settings for the liquidity items and query sequences in Customizing, your Cash Manager
must finalize the settings for the liquidity item derivation using the following apps available on the SAP Fiori
launchpad:

• Define Queries for Liquidity Item Derivation app

Define queries to derive liquidity items for the flows from Treasury and Risk Management.
Use the origin U From Treasury and Risk Management for the derivation of liquidity items for Treasury and
Risk Management.
In a query, you define the derivation rules for a specific liquidity item. This derivation is based on the data
available in the origin U. Origin U provides the following fields:
• Company Code
• Product Type
• Transaction Type
• Portfolio
• Activity Category

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 345
• Hedging Classification
• WBS Element
• Profit Center
• Cost Center
• Update Type
• Sec. Class ID Number
• Securities Account
If no liquidity item can be determined, the system updates the flow with an empty liquidity item.
• Assign Queries to Query Sequences app
With this app, you assign queries, which you have defined in the app Define Queries for Liquidity Item
Derivation for origin U, to query sequences of the same origin.

Effects on Customizing

You make settings to enable the feature in the following Customizing activities available for Cash and Liquidity
Management in your configuration environment:

• Edit Liquidity Items

Create and change liquidity items that represent the source and use of cash flows in your company.
• Define Query Sequences
In this configuration activity, you define at least one query sequence for the origin U From Treasury and Risk
Management. You later assign the queries you defined (for assigning Cash Management-relevant flows to
the liquidity items) to the query sequence.
• Assign Sequences to Company Codes
In this configuration activity, you assign the query sequences defined under Define Query Sequences to
company codes. It is possible to make an entry in the table to assign a query sequence as default sequence
for all company codes for which you haven't assigned a specific query sequence.

Assign Sequences to Company Codes

Company Code Query Sequence

Default_SEQ

1010 1010_SEQ

Related Information

Integration with Cash and Liquidity Management

Liquidity Planning with SAP Analytics Cloud

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

346 PUBLIC Finance
4.5.3.14 New Data Source for Bank Account Balance
Determination

With this feature, you can use the evaluation type for the NPV calculation for bank accounts to specify the data
source from which the bank account balance (that is, the net present value of a bank account) is determined.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

In the Customizing activity Define and Set Up Evaluation Types, under Evaluation Control 2 Bank Account
Balance , select the data source for the bank account balance. The following data sources are available:

• One Exposure (default)

• Bank Account Balances
If you choose Bank Account Balances as the data source, you must also specify the cash balance type. You
can choose between the following values:
• Ledger Balance
• Value Date Balance
• Available Balance
The system uses the latest available closing balance (of the cash balance type chosen) as the net present
values of the bank account on the key date.

For more information about bank account balances, see also Manage Bank Account Balances.

Related Information

NPV Calculation of Bank Accounts

Define and Set Up Evaluation Types

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 347
4.5.3.15 OData API: Financial Transaction Net Present Value

With this feature, you can create, read, update, and delete net present values of financial transactions in the
net present values table in Treasury and Risk Management with the new API Financial Transaction Net Present
Value. By default, NPVs are calculated in Treasury and Risk Management with the Calculate Net Present Values -
With CVA and DVA app. Alternatively, you can enter externally calculated net present values using the Enter Net
Present Values app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management), 1X1 (Foreign Cur
rency Risk Management), 1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives
Management), 1XD (Hedge Accounting for FX Forward -
Group Ledger IFRS), 1YI (Intercompany Process for Debt and
Investment Mgmt), 2F2 (Intercompany Foreign Exchange
Management), 2RW (Hedge Accounting for FX Option -
Group Ledger IFRS), 2UF (Hedge Accounting for FX Swap -
Group Ledger IFRS), 3X1 (Hedge Accounting for FX Forward
- Local GAAP), 3X2 (Hedge Accounting for FX Option - Lo
cal GAAP), 3X3 (Hedge Accounting for FX Forward - Group
Ledger US GAAP), 3X4 (Hedge Accounting for FX Option
- Group Ledger US GAAP), 6ND (Securities Option Manage
ment), OWV (Debt and Investment Management), OX1 (For
eign Currency Risk Management), OX3 (Interest Rate Deriv
atives Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The API_FINTRANSACTIONNPV is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub https://api.sap.com .

Related Information

Financial Transaction Net Present Value

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

348 PUBLIC Finance
4.5.3.16 Configuration for Treasury and Risk Management

4.5.3.16.1 Map Format Data

4.5.3.16.1.1 Test Incoming Format Mappings

This feature enables you to use new and enhanced functions in the following apps:

• Map Format Data for Advanced Payment Management

• Map Format Data for Treasury Correspondence
• Map Format Data for Incoming Files From Banks

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable),

4MT (Advanced Payment Management),

3QM (Treasury Correspondence Integration with SWIFT Net

work)

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-DME (Data Medium Exchange Engine)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new Test Incoming Format Mappings app is available. It allows you to better define format mapping from
the beginning and verify, if the format mapping behaves according to the format definition.

Effects on Existing Data

On the home screen of each Map Format Data app, the application toolbar has been extended with a new icon
for Test Incoming Format Mappings app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 349
4.5.3.17 Payment Reason for Purpose Code in Treasury

Purpose codes are required to comply with regulatory reporting requirements of banks or local authorities,
when you are processing payment transaction to indicate its purpose. When the payment media files are
created, the purpose code is derived from the payment reason.

You can now define payment reason in treasury for securities account and transaction management. The
payment reason can be maintained:

• Automatically, using the Payment Reason Determination – Security Account and Transaction Management
app.
• Manually, when you process financial transaction as follows:
• under the Cash Flow tab in Create Financial Transaction (FTR_CREATE) app and Process Financial
Transaction (FTR_EDIT) app
• under Process Flow details screen in Execute Debit Position - Manual Debit Position (FWZE) app
• under Choose Flow in Create Manual Posting (FWBS) app

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1WV (Debt and Investment Management),

1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management),

1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management),

3WY (Bond Management),

5OD (Stock Management),

5WF (Shareholding Management),

65B (Asset-Backed Securities Management),

2NZ (Bank Guarantee Management),

49D (Letter of Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM-TM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You have defined all required payment reason(s) using the Define Payment Reasons Customizing activity.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

350 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Automatic Payment Reason Determination – Securities Account and Transaction Management

Manual Maintenance of Payment Reason in Financial Transactions

4.5.3.18 Termination of Interest Rate Swaps

With this feature, you can now choose a termination strategy, that affects calculation of interest and
repayments.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management),

1XB (Interest Rate Derivatives Management - Group Ledger

IFRS),

34E (Interest Rate Derivatives Management - Group Ledger

US GAAP)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The termination strategies for swaps are the following:

• Default – changes end date to the termination date. Conditions base flows are created to the termination
date.
• Without Interest – all planned interests are deleted. New zero conditions for interest and capitalized
interests are generated.
• Without Interest and Repayment – all planned interests and repayments are deleted. New zero conditions
for all conditions are generated.
• Manual – conditions are adjusted by user.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 351
Effects on Existing Data

The termination strategy is available for already existing financial trasactions. You can choose from termination
stategies, otherwise the Default strategy is used.

Related Information

Process IR Derivatives - Collective Processing

4.5.3.19 Manage Index-Linked Bonds

You can invest in index-linked bonds (product category 040 Bonds). The system supports you from the
purchase, through position management, including period-end closing, and reporting until the end of the term/
sale of securities. In the class data, you can enter unit-quoted index-linked bonds with installment repayments.

 Note

To use this solution, you activate Parallel Interest Conditions in the Cash Flow Calculation field.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3WY (Bond Management),

3WZ (Bond Management - Group Ledger IFRS),

3X0 (Bond Management - Group Ledger US GAAP

Application Component FI-LOC-TRM (Localization for Treasury)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For unit-quoted bonds, you can enter:

• percentage rate for interest

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

352 PUBLIC Finance
• installment repayment with fixed condition amount per unit. Installment repayments don’t decrease
number of units but only nominal value per unit.

You maintain price index adjustment condition to determine price index factor.

You can define new position management procedures with new position management category 10 Index-Linked
Bonds with Installment Repayments.

Effects on Customizing

You can carry out the following Customizing activities:

• Define Position Management Procedure

• Assign Position Management Procedure

Related Information

Position Components

4.5.3.20 Enhanced Options for Vendor Posting

New posting specification and assignment of update types for posting specification to enable accounting to
vendor is available. In addition, configuration was enhanced with an option to assign update type to posting
specification based on paying or not paying valuation area.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 353
Scope Item 3WY (Bond Management), 1X7 (Debt and Investment Man
agement - Group Ledger IFRS), 34C (Debt and Investment
Management - Group Ledger US GAAP), 1YI (Intercompany
Process for Debt and Investment Mgmt), 2OI (Intercompany
Debt and Investment Mgmt - Group Ledger IFRS)34L (In
tercompany Debt and Investment Mgmt - Group Ledger
US GAAP), 1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)1X9
(Foreign Currency Risk Management - Group Ledger IFRS),
34D (Foreign Currency Risk Management - Group Ledger
US GAAP)2F2 (Intercompany Foreign Exchange Manage
ment), 2HU (Intercompany Foreign Exchange - Group
Ledger IFRS)34M (Intercompany Foreign Exchange - Group
Ledger US GAAP), 1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Manage
ment)1XB (Interest Rate Derivatives Management - Group
Ledger IFRS), 34E (Interest Rate Derivatives Management
- Group Ledger US GAAP),2NZ (Bank Guarantee Manage
ment),2O2 (Bank Guarantee Management - Group Ledger
IFRS),34F (Bank Guarantee Management - Group Ledger
US GAAP),49D (Letter of Credit Management),49E (Let
ter of Credit Management - Group Ledger IFRS),49F(Let
ter of Credit Management - Group Ledger US GAAP),2UN
(Money Market Mutual Fund Management),2UO (Money
Market Mutual Fund Management - Group Ledger IFRS),34G
(Money Market Mutual Fund Management - Group Ledger
US GAAP),3WY (Bond Management),3WZ (Bond Manage
ment - Group Ledger IFRS),3X0 (Bond Management -
Group Ledger US GAAP), 5OD (Stock Management), 5OE
(Stock Management - Group Ledger IFRS), 5OF (Stock Man
agement - Group Ledger US GAAP), 5WF (Shareholding
Management), 5WG (Shareholding Management - Group
Ledger IFRS), 5WH (Shareholding Management - Group
Ledger US GAAP), 6B5(Asset-Backed Securities Manage
ment), 6B6 (Asset-Backed Securities Management - Group
Ledger IFRS), 6B7 (Asset-Backed Securities Management
- Group Ledger US GAAP),6ND (Securities Option Manage
ment),6NE (Securities Option Management - Group Ledger
IFRS),6NF (Securities Option Management - Group Ledger
US GAAP), 3X1 (Hedge Accounting for FX Forward - Lo
cal GAAP), 3X2 (Hedge Accounting for FX Option - Local
GAAP),1XD (Hedge Accounting for FX Forward - Group
Ledger IFRS), 2RW (Hedge Accounting for FX Option - Group
Ledger IFRS), 2UF (Hedge Accounting for FX Swap - Group
Ledger IFRS), 3X3 (Hedge Accounting for FX Forward -
Group Ledger US GAAP), 3X4 (Hedge Accounting for FX
Option - Group Ledger US GAAP)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

354 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

You can define different account determination settings for an update type, depending on the valuation area.
For each update type you can assign several posting specifications using values as follows:

• Paying Valuation Area

• Not Paying Valuation Area
• Not Specified

For example, you have assigned posting specifications for update type MM1100- as follows:

Update Type Posted in Paying Valuation Area Posting Specification

MM1100- Not Paying Valuation Area 81100

MM1100- Paying Valuation Area 71100

DE0 was set up as the paying valuation area and 002 as the non-paying valuation area. During posting in
valuation area DE0, the system selects posting specification 71100 with value Paying Valuation Area. During
posting in valuation area 002, the system selects posting specification 81100 with the value Not Paying
Valuation Area. If not found, the system selects an entry with the value Not Specified.

4.5.3.21 Monthly Funds Accruals

As of this release, to calculate tax accrual for fund taxation you can use Accrual/Deferral of Expenses and
Revenues app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 2UN (Money Market Mutual Fund Management),

2UO (Money Market Mutual Fund Management - Group

Ledger IFRS),

34G (Money Market Mutual Fund Management - Group

Ledger US GAAP)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 355
Effects on Customizing

For this solution, you need to carry out Assign Update Types for Accrual/Deferral activity.

Related Information

Customizing for Funds

Taxes for Funds

4.5.3.22 Tax Classification for Investment Funds

As of this release, you can define tax classification values to categorize financial instruments for taxation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2UN (Money Market Mutual Fund Management)

2UO (Money Market Mutual Fund Management - Group

Ledger IFRS)

34G (Money Market Mutual Fund Management - Group

Ledger US GAAP)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM (Treasury and Risk Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You can carry out the Customizing activity called Define Tax Classification for Treasury and Risk Management.

Related Information

Manage Securities Classes

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

356 PUBLIC Finance
4.6 Financial Operations

4.6.1 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in

Financial Operations

With the objects released in Financial Operations, you have a stable interface to access data from SAP S/
4HANA when building custom applications or extensions with developer extensibility. You can integrate the
released objects in your custom code or extend them at predefined extension points. Depending on your use
case, different object types are provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, business object interfaces). You find all the
released objects in the ABAP Development Tools (ADT), when you're connected to SAP S/4HANA.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed or deprecated for developer
extensibility with the current release.

Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility

Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 357
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

BAdI Attachment Name Ad FI_CORRESPONDENCE New You can use this
justment for FI Corre BAdI to change the
_SET_ATTCH_NM
spondence names of some or all
email attachments in
email correspondence
created in the Create
Correspondence,
Schedule A/R Jobs,
and Schedule A/P
Jobs SAP Fiori apps.
The BAdI can be
used with all corre
spondence types that
are generated from
SAP S/4HANA Out
put Management. You
could use this BAdI to
create logic that deter
mines the attachment
name based on the
correspondence type,
the language of the re
cipient, or the date, for
example.

Effects on System Administration

For more information about the authorizations required for working with the development objects released for
developer extensibility, see Configure Authorizations.

4.6.2 Invoice Management

4.6.2.1 Obsolete Selection Programs in Evaluation Views

The selection program RFDRRE05H and RFDRRE06H, which are used for generating evaluations for respective
evaluation type, are obsolete in Evaluation Views (t-code: OBDF). They are replaced by program RFDRRE05 and
RFDRRE06 respectively.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

358 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J60

Application Component FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

As a result, the relevant data retrieval program, which supplies data for an evaluation, changes accordingly. The
change impacts evaluation views of the type DSO analysis or Terms offered / terms taken. When you define an
evaluation view of either of these two types, if you use RFDRRE05 or RFDRRE06 as the selection program, you
should use RFDRRSEL as the data retrieval program instead of the previous RFDRRSELH.

4.6.2.2 Data Medium Exchange Engine (DMEE)

You can use the Extended Data Medium Exchange Engine (DMEEX) to create and maintain format trees. This
tool replaces the Data Medium Exchange Engine (DMEE).

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-DME (Data Medium Exchange Engine)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

In the upcoming release, the DMEE transaction will no longer be available for modification or creation of format
trees in the outgoing direction, for example, the payment files generation process. The incoming direction

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 359
remains unchanged. We recommend you switch to the successor tool DMEEX as soon as possible. For more
information, see SAP note 3370503

Related Information

Extended Data Medium Exchange Engine (DMEEX)

https://me.sap.com/notes/3370503

4.6.2.3 Extended Data Medium Exchange Engine (DMEEX)

You can use enhanced functions of version management in the Extended Data Medium Exchange Engine
(DMEEX).

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J60 (Accounts Payable)

J59 (Accounts Receivable)

BFB (Basic Cash Operations)

1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management)

1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)

1WV (Debt and Investment Management)

4MT (Advanced Payment Management)

J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-DME (Data Medium Exchange Engine)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

The user interface of version management has been reworked in a following way:

• You can now delete the backup versions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

360 PUBLIC Finance
• Automatic backups of parent versions are no longer visible in version management.
• Temporary versions created during synchronization are no longer visible in version management.
• The numbers of versions in version management have been replaced with names, for example:
• active replaced 000
• maintenance replaced 001
• parent replaced 999

Related Information

Version Management

4.6.2.4 Display Status of Payment Documents

With this app, you can display an overview of your payment documents and their statuses. You can view the
statuses of individual payments and their payment batches. It is a complementary application for accounts
payables and accounts receivables accountants and cash managers to get an overview about payments.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-BNK (Direct Bank Communication)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Display Status of Payment Documents

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 361
4.6.2.5 Google Workspace Integration

With this feature, the Import Supplier Invoices app is integrated with Google Workspace. In this app, you can
download a supplier invoice template into Google Workspace, maintain the invoice entries there, and import
the data back into this app. You can then check, post, or otherwise edit the invoices.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Import Supplier Invoices app, you can choose to download a template to, or upload a file from your local
device or a Google workspace by switching between the Local and Cloud options in the Destination field.

As a prerequisite, relevant configuration and system administration are required before you can use the Google
Workspace integration feature. For more information, see Integrating with Google Workspace.

 Note

• Before you download a template, choose a file share that represents a directory in Google Workspace.
Make sure that the directory contains at least one folder so that the template can be saved
automatically in the folder (otherwise you will probably receive a system message saying that the
download failed and you need to check with the administrator to identify the root cause).
• Make sure all your changes are saved before you upload the file to the Import Supplier Invoices app. It
could take a few seconds or minutes, depending on your network.

Related Information

Import Supplier Invoices

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

362 PUBLIC Finance
4.6.2.6 Limitation on Multiple Sessions for Invoice File
Upload

With this feature, in the Import Supplier Invoices app, a limitation is imposed on multiple sessions for invoice file
upload that are started by the same user. If the second session starts invoice data creation in the app while the
data creation has not been completed in the first session, you may get a failure of file upload message.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J60

Application Component FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

 Recommendation

Wait until the data creation in the previous session is completed before uploading invoice file in another
session.

Related Information

Import Supplier Invoices

4.6.2.7 Map Format Data

4.6.2.7.1 Test Incoming Format Mappings

This feature enables you to use new and enhanced functions in the following apps:

• Map Format Data for Advanced Payment Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 363
• Map Format Data for Treasury Correspondence
• Map Format Data for Incoming Files From Banks

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable),

4MT (Advanced Payment Management),

3QM (Treasury Correspondence Integration with SWIFT Net

work)

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-DME (Data Medium Exchange Engine)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new Test Incoming Format Mappings app is available. It allows you to better define format mapping from
the beginning and verify, if the format mapping behaves according to the format definition.

Effects on Existing Data

On the home screen of each Map Format Data app, the application toolbar has been extended with a new icon
for Test Incoming Format Mappings app.

4.6.2.8 Service Assignments in IDoc Available in Accounts

Payable Document Items

With this feature, service assignments in an intermediate document (IDoc) can be retrieved into an
intercompany accounts payable document per item.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

364 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J60

Application Component FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

During the intercompany billing process, the IDoc items sent from the service company to the sales company
contain the following service assignments information, which can now be retrieved into the accounts payable
document items during posting.

• Service Document Type

• Service Document ID
• Service Document Item ID

4.6.2.9 Deletion of Display Supplier Balances App

The Display Supplier Balances app (F0701) has been deleted and is no longer available on the SAP Fiori
launchpad. Please use the successor app Display Supplier Balances (F0701A).

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 365
Related Information

Display Supplier Balances

4.6.2.10 Enabling Business Partner Branch Code in Payment

Documents

This feature enables you to display branch code for business partners in a payment document, and group
payment documents based on the branch code when multiple branch codes are selected when creating a
payment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Thailand

Scope Item J60

Application Component FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you create a payment in the Manage Automatic Payments app, you can use the branch code as a
selection key for the Free Selection field. The branch code can also be used as a grouping key for payment
documents. If multiple branch codes are selected when creating a payment, payment documents can be
grouped based on the branch code. When you try to reallocate payment items in the Revise Payment Proposals
app, items with different branch codes will be prevented from being reallocated.

Related Information

Manage Automatic Payments

Revise Payment Proposals

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

366 PUBLIC Finance
4.6.2.11 Reset Cancelled Payment Runs

With this feature, the Delete Output button in the Manage Automatic Payments app has been enhanced. You
can now reset payment runs in the status Payment Cancelled, and reschedule a payment run or create a new
one, depending on the updated payment run status.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J60

Application Component FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In rare cases, a payment run in the Manage Automatic Payments app comes to a stop halfway, leaving the
payment in status Payment Cancelled. When this happens, the payment is locked automatically to avoid
repetitive processing. The supplier or customer accounts included in the payment run are blocked, and the
payment items are frozen.

With this feature, you can unlock the payment run so that it can be further processed. For a payment run in
status Payment Cancelled, when you click the Delete Output button, depending on whether payment orders are
created or payment documents are posted, the payment is processed in different ways:

• If there is no payment orders created or payment document posted in this payment run, the payment run
data is deleted, and the payment is returned to a payment proposal. You can reschedule a payment run
after the issue is fixed.
• If payment orders are already created, the status of the cancelled payment run is set to Payment Posted.
You can then delete the payment orders and create a new payment run.
• If payment documents are already posted, the status of the cancelled payment run is set to Payment
Posted. You need to find the payment documents in the Payment tab, and reverse them in the Manage
Journal Entries app. You can then create a new payment run.

 Note

The Delete Output button is activated only when a payment in the status Payment Cancelled is selected.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 367
Related Information

Manage Automatic Payments

4.6.2.12 Improvements in Extended Data Medium Exchange

Engine

As of now, you can do mass upload of the format trees in the DMEEX by using a ZIP file.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J60 (Accounts Payable)

J59 (Accounts Receivable)

BFB (Basic Cash Operations)

1X3 (Interest Rate Derivatives Management)

1X1 (Foreign Currency Risk Management)

1WV (Debt and Investment Management)

4MT (Advanced Payment Management)

J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-DME (Data Medium Exchange Engine)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Importing and Exporting Trees

4.6.2.13 Monitor Payments

With this feature, you can use fixing functions to correct common problems with payment batches. The
functions are on the Remediations tab on the batch details screen in the app. You can:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

368 PUBLIC Finance
• Correct mismatched statuses
• Set payment batch status to Automatically Rejected
• Mass reset and reverse payment documents within payment batch items
• Add missing approvers to payment batches
• Retry payment medium creation

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J78 (Advanced Cash Operations)

Application Component FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable),FIN-FSCM-BNK

(Direct Bank Communication)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

The remediations functions are authorized without restriction as part of the Accounts Payable Accountant
and Accounts Receivable Accountant business role templates. To authorize remediations as part of a
custom role, use the SAP_FIN_BC_APAR_PAY_PC (Accounts Payable and Receivable - Payments) or
SAP_FIN_BC_CM_OPS_BASIC_PC (Cash Management - Cash Operations Basic) business catalogs.

Within those catalogs, you can use the BNK_RMDT (Payment Batch Remediation Authorization) restriction type
to limit authorizations for the remediation functions:

• Set payment batch status to Automatically Rejected

• Mass reset and reverse payment documents within payment batch items

 Note

For mass reset and reverse, only users that have existing authorization for reversals will be allowed to mass
reset and reverse.

Effects on Customizing

You have the option to configure the system using the Fix Errors for Payment Batches activity in your
configuration environment. For more information, see the configuration help documentation for this activity
in your configuration environment.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 369
Related Information

Monitor Payments

4.6.3 Receivables Management

4.6.3.1 CDS Views for Receivables Management

Several CDS views have been released and changes have been made to existing CDS views.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1S2 (Digital Payments)

Application Component FI-AR-IS (Information System)

FI-BL (Bank Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following CDS views have been released:

Application Compo
CDS View Name Description Status Scope Item nent

G/L Perspective of AR This CDS view pro New J59 (Accounts Receiv FI-AR-IS
Aging Grid - Cube vides you with an over able) (Information System)
(I_ARAgingGridGen view of the overdue re
LedgerCube) ceivables and receiva
bles that will become
due in the future based
on the key date you en
ter.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

370 PUBLIC Finance
Application Compo
CDS View Name Description Status Scope Item nent

G/L Perspective of AR This CDS view pro New J59 (Accounts Receiv FI-AR-IS
Aging Grid - Query vides you with an able) (Information System)
(C_ARAgingGridGen overview of the over
LedgerQry) due receivables and re
ceivables that will be
come due in the fu
ture based on the key
date you enter. It re
ceives its data from the
G/L Perspective of AR
Aging Grid - Cube CDS
view.

Note that derivation

functions are available
to dynamically create
field labels based on
the overdue intervals
and the future due in
tervals you defined. For
more information, see
Derivation Functions
for Overdue Interval
Labels and Derivation
Functions for Future
Due Interval Labels.

Digital Payment Type This CDS view pro New 1S2 (Digital Payments) FI-BL (Bank
(I_DigitalPayment vides value help for Accounting)
TypeValueHelp) Digital Payment Type.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 371
The following CDS view has been changed:

Application Compo
CDS View Name Description Status Scope Item nent

I_JournalEntryIte Several bank account- Changed J59 (Accounts Receiv FI-AR-IS

mOneTimeData (One- related fields have able) (Information System)
Time Data for Journal been added.
Entry Item)
 Note
Since the bank
account data is
sensitive personal
data, you may
need to adjust
your Read Access
Logging (RAL) set
tings.

Related Information

G/L Perspective of AR Aging Grid - Query

G/L Perspective of AR Aging Grid - Cube
Digital Payment Type (Value Help)
One-Time Data for Journal Entry Item

4.6.3.2 Deletion of Display Customer Balances App

The Display Customer Balances app (F0703) has been deleted and is no longer available on the SAP Fiori
launchpad. Please use the successor app Display Customer Balances (F0703A).

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

372 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Display Customer Balances

4.6.3.3 Display Process Flow - Accounts Receivable

You can now use the Display Process Flow - Accounts Receivable app to display service contracts and service
contract billing document requests. The Service Contract and Billing Document Request document types are
available.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Display Process Flow - Accounts Receivable

4.6.3.4 Bank Statement Processing

4.6.3.4.1 Attachments of Bank Statements

You can now attach files to bank statements that you create manually in the Manage Bank Statements app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 373
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Manage Bank Statements app, you can attach files to bank statements that you have created manually
and that are in the Draft mode. When you select such a bank statement to view its details, you can see a new
section at the bottom of the page where you can upload files.

The following example screenshot is available in English only:

 Restriction

You can attach files only to bank statements that you have created manually. The feature does not work
with bank statements that entered the system automatically, for example via SAP Multi-Bank Connectivity
or APIs or the Manage Incoming Payment Files app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

374 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Manage Bank Statements

Overview on Automatic Bank Statement Processing

4.6.3.4.2 Automated Division of Bank Statements

Now, you can upload bank statements with more than 99,999 bank statement items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Until now, you could only upload bank statements with a maximum amount of 99,999 bank statement items,
for example, via the Manage Incoming Payment Files app or the Import Electronic Bank Statement (FF.5)
transaction.

However, now you can upload bank statements with more than 99,999 items. In such a case, the system
automatically divides the bank statement into different pages. Each page can contain a maximum amount of
99,999 items. That means, if you upload bank statements with more than 99,999 items, the system creates
another bank statement page after the 99,999th item with the same bank statement number and starts
counting the items for the new page from 1.

 Example

You receive a bank statement with 150,000 bank statement items. In this case, the system divides the bank
statement into two pages with the same bank statement number. The first bank statement page contains
99,999 items. The second one consists of 50,001 items. The system automatically adapts the closing and
opening balance of the two bank statement pages.

You can view the bank statement pages in the Manage Bank Statements app and navigate between the pages of
the bank statements to view all the items.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 375
 Restriction

The system can divide bank statements that are in a format that is listed under XML or Bank-Specific
Format and Format with Format Assignment in the Import Electronic Bank Statement (FF.5) transaction.

You cannot use this feature with intraday statements and CAMT.054 files.

 Note

If you want to upload a bank statement via the Manage Incoming Payment Files app and if the bank
statement file is larger than 100 MB, your system administrator needs to adjust the maximum limit in the
settings via the RZ10 transaction (Edit Profiles) first. For more information, see Profile Maintenance.

Related Information

Profile Maintenance
Manage Bank Statements
Manage Incoming Payment Files
Automated Division of Bank Statements
Overview on Automatic Bank Statement Processing

4.6.3.4.3 Automation of Shared Processing Rules

With this feature, you can directly automate shared processing rules in the Manage Processing Rules app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

376 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

Now, you can automate shared processing rules in the Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements and
Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox apps. Before this release, you had to stop sharing a processing rule
first before you could automate it. Now, you do not need to undo the sharing. That means, you can automate
processing rules faster than before.

 Remember

You can only automate processing rules if you have the necessary authorizations assigned to your user. For
more information, see How to Assign the Authorizations of the Advanced Bank Statement Automation.

 Note

After automating a shared processing rule, the system considers the processing rule as an automated
processing rule - not as a shared rule anymore. The consequences of automating a shared processing rule
are the following:

• Processing rules that you share with your colleagues appear under the Shared Rules tab in the Manage
Processing Rules - For Bank Statements and Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox apps. However,
after automating a shared processing rule, the rule does not appear under the Shared Rules tab
anymore. Instead, you can find it under the Automated Rules tab.
• In the Reprocess Bank Statement Items and Reprocess Lockbox Items apps, you can use shared
processing rules to manually process items by selecting the Apply Manual Rule button. However, after
automating a shared processing rule, you cannot find the rule with the Apply Manual Rule button
anymore. Instead, you need to select the Apply Automated Rules button.

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

How to Share Processing Rules
Integration with Advanced Bank Statement Automation
How to Automate Processing Rules
Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox
How to Assign the Authorizations of the Advanced Bank Statement Automation
Reprocess Bank Statement Items
Reprocess Lockbox Items

4.6.3.4.4 Batch Input in Bank Statement Processing

Generating batch input sessions to process bank statements has been deprecated and deleted from the
transactions that supported it.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 377
Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Generate batch input radio button in all transactions related to bank statement processing (such as Import
Electronic Bank Statement (FF.5 and FF_5) and Update Bank Statement (FEBP)) has been deprecated and
deleted. The Generate batch input radio button is not an available option under the Posting parameters section
anymore. Instead of the Generate batch input radio button, you can use other options: Post Immediately and Do
Not Post.

Related Information

Overview on Automatic Bank Statement Processing

4.6.3.4.5 Changing the Currency While Reprocessing Items

With this feature, you can display the amount in the account currency of an incoming payment while
reprocessing items in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

378 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you have received a payment in another currency than the currency of your house bank account, you can
select the Change to Account Currency button to display the amount in the account currency instead of the
transaction currency (or the currency in which the payment was made). You can then proceed to reprocess
the bank statement item in the account currency.

The following example screenshot is available in English only:

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

4.6.3.4.6 Clearing Library

With this feature, the system supports you when you manually clear payments.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 379
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you want to clear a payment manually, the system automatically calculates the debit and credit amount.
As soon as you double-click into any of the Debit Amount or Credit Amount fields, the system automatically fills
in the respective field and updates the balance.

This feature is available in the apps listed below:

• Reprocess Bank Statement Items

• Reprocess Lockbox Items
• Clear Incoming Payments
• Clear Outgoing Payments
• Post Incoming Payments
• Post Outgoing Payments

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Post Incoming Payments
Clear Incoming Payments
Post Outgoing Payments
Clear Outgoing Payments
Reprocess Lockbox Items

4.6.3.4.7 Conditions of Processing Rules

In the Manage Processing Rules app, you can now select two new options to define the rules' conditions: does
not contain and not equal to.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

380 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Conditions section of processing rules in the Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements and
Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox apps, there are two new values in the Option field: does not contain and
not equal to. You can use these values to define your rules' conditions more precisely. For example, you can
define a condition that is valid for bank statement items or lockbox items whose memo lines do not contain a
certain word or sequence of letters or numbers. Or you can define a condition for items whose amount is not
equal to a certain sum.

The following example screenshot is available in English only:

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

How to Create Processing Rules

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 381
Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox

4.6.3.4.8 Configuration for Bank Statement Processing

With this release, new configuration objects or configuration items for making settings related to bank
statement processing have been added to your configuration environment. In addition, changes have been
made to some previously delivered configuration objects or configuration items.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In your configuration environment, under Financial Accounting (New) Bank Accounting Business
Transactions Payment Transactions Electronic Bank Statement Define Parameter Sets , you can define
basic settings for importing and posting bank statements by creating parameter sets..

When you define new parameter sets, you can now fill in two additional fields: Bundle Type and Number of
Items. In the Bundle Type field, you can specify how the system groups bank statement items into bundles. You
can decide not to bundle bank statement items at all, or to bundle them based on the accounting clerk that is
maintained in the customer master data, or to bundle them based on how many items you want a bundle to
contain.

 Note

You can fill in the Number of Items field only if you have selected the Bundle per 'n' items value for the
Bundle Type field. If you select any other value in the Bundle Type field, you need to leave the Number of
Items field empty.

You can use these parameter sets in the Manage Incoming Payment Files app when you import bank
statements. You can view the accounting clerk in the Bank Statement Item Group field in the detailed view
of each item in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

382 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Configuration for Bank Statement Processing

Manage Incoming Payment Files
Reprocess Bank Statement Items

4.6.3.4.9 Credit Memos in SAP Cash Application

With this feature, you can specify that your system considers credit memos for training and inference purposes
and for the automated posting process of SAP Cash Application.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1MV (Cash Application Integration)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Cash Application: Training job template in the Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs app has been changed.
In the Parameters section of the job template, a new parameter has been added: Extract Debit and Credit
Memo. When you select the Extract Debit and Credit Memo checkbox, the system of SAP Cash Application
includes credit memos and debit memos in its training and inference processes and also in the automated
posting and clearing of items. If you do not want the system to consider the credit and debit memos, you need
to deselect the checkbox before scheduling the job.

You can find the same feature in the following report: Post open invoice or training data in CSV to CAI server
(ML_CASH_APP_DATA_POST).

Related Information

Cash Application: Training

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 383
SAP Cash Application

4.6.3.4.10 Custom Fields in Processing Rules

With this feature, you view and use custom fields in the Manage Processing Rules app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Custom Fields and Logic app, you can now enable custom fields to be used in the Manage Processing
Rules - For Bank Statements and Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox apps. The custom fields that you
create are visible in the processing rules that have the G/L Posting action type. You can fill in the custom fields
while you create or edit a processing rule. The custom field and its value are then visible in journal entries that
the system created during the posting of payments with the respective processing rule.

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox
Custom Fields App and Custom Logic App

4.6.3.4.11 Deprecation: Displaying Sums

The functionality to view sums in the overview table in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items and Reprocess
Lockbox Items apps has been deprecated and will be deleted in the upcoming SAP S/4HANA 2025 release.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

384 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Until now, you could view the sum of the items' amounts in the overview table in the Reprocess Bank Statement
Items and Reprocess Lockbox Items apps.

To enhance the overall performance of the apps, this functionality has been deprecated and will be deleted in
the upcoming SAP S/4HANA 2025 release.

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Reprocess Lockbox Items

4.6.3.4.12 Discarding of Existing Drafts of Processing Rules

Due to a technical improvement, the system can no longer display drafts of processing rules that you had saved
in the Manage Processing Rules – For Bank Statements and Manage Processing Rules – For Lockbox apps.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 385
Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Manage Processing Rules – For Bank Statements and Manage Processing Rules – For Lockbox apps, the
system can no longer display rule drafts that you had created before the delivery of this release. If you create
new drafts of processing rules, the system can save and display them.

Effects on Existing Data

If you had already drafted unsaved processing rules, the system discards the drafts immediately with the
delivery of this release. If you need rules based on those discarded drafts, you need to recreate the rules in draft
mode.

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox

4.6.3.4.13 DTAUS Format

The DTAUS format has been deprecated and deleted from the transactions that supported it.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Localized for Germany

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

386 PUBLIC Finance
Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The DTAUS format in all transactions related to bank statement processing (such as Import Electronic Bank
Statement (FF.5 and FF_5)) has been deprecated and deleted. The DTAUS format is not an available option
under the File Specifications section anymore. Instead of the DTAUS format, you can use other options that are
available in the transactions.

Related Information

Country/Region-Specific Payment Formats

Payment Medium Format DTAUS0
Bank Statement Processing

4.6.3.4.14 Journal Entry Number of Partial Application

With this feature, you can see whether the system has partially posted a bank statement item or a lockbox item
in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items and Reprocess Lockbox Items apps.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JT (Lockbox)

J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 387
Additional Details

In the overview tables of the Reprocess Bank Statement Items and Reprocess Lockbox Items apps, you can
display an additional column, which gives you the number of the latest journal entry of the partial application
of the bank statement items or lockbox items. If you select the value in the Journal Entry Number of Partial
Application column (JE No. of Prtl Appl.), you can view the respective journal entry.

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Reprocess Lockbox Items

4.6.3.4.15 Journal Entries of On-Account Postings

After an on-account posting, the system fills in the Item Text field of journal entries automatically.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JT (Lockbox)

J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This enhancement is only relevant if the system is processing bank statements and lockbox files with payment
advices. If the system cannot find a matching open item while processing a bank statement item or a lockbox
item with a processing rule that contains the MTCH or ASMT processing instructions, the system posts the
respective bank statement item or lockbox item on account. The system fills in the Item Text field of the
respective journal entry automatically with the following information: the payment advice reference and, if
one of the following data is available, the invoice reference of the lockbox item or bank statement item, or
the reference document number (XBLNR), or the accounting document number (BELNR), or the assignment
number of the payment advice (ZUONR).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

388 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Processing Instructions
Allocation Algorithms
Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements
Reprocess Bank Statement Items
Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox
Reprocess Lockbox Items
Manage Journal Entries

4.6.3.4.16 Lockbox Invoice Reference

You can now use the lockbox invoice reference in the Reprocess Lockbox Items and Manage Processing Rules -
For Lockbox apps to easier match open items with payment advice items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for the USA

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox app, you can use the lockbox invoice reference in the Match Items
in Sequence section of the predelivered ASMT processing instruction. In that section, you can determine that
the system should use the value in a payment advice item's Invoice Reference (Lockbox) field to find matching
open items.

In the Reprocess Lockbox Items app, you can use the lockbox invoice reference when you manually match open
items with payment advice items.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 389
The following example screenshots are available in English only:

Lockbox Invoice Reference in the Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox app

Lockbox Invoice Reference in the Reprocess Lockbox Items app

Related Information

Reprocess Lockbox Items

Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

390 PUBLIC Finance
How to Create Processing Rules
Overview on All Predelivered Processing Instructions

4.6.3.4.17 Log Details of Jobs Related to Bank Statement

Processing

The Show Application Log button for template-based processing rules has been removed in the Manage
Processing Rules - For Bank Statements app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements app, under the Rule Templates tab, the Show Application
Log button, that led you to the log details of the job that generated a rule template in the Schedule Accounts
Receivable Jobs app, has been removed. If you want to view the log details of the jobs that generated rule
templates, you need to open the Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs app, look for the jobs based on the Bank
Statement: Create Templates for Processing Rules (SAP_FIN_AR_GEN_BS_RULES) job template and view their
logs.

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

Template-Based Processing Rules
Bank Statement: Create Templates for Processing Rules
Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 391
4.6.3.4.18 Order Number in G/L Postings
Now, you can add the order number to the G/L action of your processing rules in the Manage Processing Rules
app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements and Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox apps,
you can add an order number when the rule's action is a G/L posting. In the coding block, you can fill in
an additional field: Order. If the system processes an item with a processing rule in whose actions you have
specified an order number, then the system includes the order number in the journal entry.

The following example screenshot is available in English only:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

392 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox

4.6.3.4.19 Posting of Intraday Bank Statements

With this feature, you can now post intraday bank statement items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Up until this release, you could not post items of intraday bank statements. But from this release onwards, you
can configure your system to post intraday bank statements. This way, you can immediately post your bank
statement items and clear the open items in your system as soon as you receive the intraday bank statement.

 Note

The system supports the posting of intraday bank statement items that are in the CAMT.052 format.

Effects on Customizing

The default value for the Posting Category (Intraday) field of your bank accounts is No Posting Processing. If you
want the system to post intraday bank statements, you need to change the value to Posting to Be Processed for
your bank accounts in the Define Bank Account Settings - Bank Statements app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 393
Related Information

Posting Category of Bank Statements

Overview on the Posting of Intraday Bank Statements
Processing Category of Bank Statement Items

4.6.3.4.20 Posting Status of Partially Applied Bank

Statement Items

With this release, the posting status of bank statement items that could partially be posted with a payment
advice is Partially Applied in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Before this release, if the system partially processed a bank statement item with a payment advice, the item's
posting status was Auto-Posted on Account in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items app. However, now, the
system assigns the Partially Applied posting status to items in such a case. The advantage is that you can see
which line item the system cleared. You can also view the journal entries of the postings under the Documents
tab.

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

394 PUBLIC Finance
4.6.3.4.21 Processing Instruction for Payment File
References

Now, you can use the new 0045 processing instruction in your processing rules in the Manage Processing Rules
- For Bank Statements app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new predelivered processing instruction (0045 - Payment File Reference) is assigned to the following
new predelivered interpretation algorithm: 419 - DME Reference Number. The 419 interpretation algorithm
can carry out an enhanced search for the DME (data medium exchange) reference number that it can then
use to post bank statement items and to clear open items. For more detailed information on how the 419
interpretation algorithm works, see Interpretation Algorithms.

Related Information

Overview on All Predelivered Processing Instructions

Interpretation Algorithms
Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

4.6.3.4.22 Promises to Pay

Use the PROM processing instruction to post bank statement items or lockbox items, and to clear open items by
finding the matching promises to pay.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 395
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Reprocess Bank Statement Items and Reprocess Lockbox Items apps, you can now use the PROM
processing instruction to manually post bank statement items or lockbox items, and to clear open items.

You can also use the PROM processing instruction in the Manage Processing Rules app, and set it as the action of
your processing rules.

The PROM processing instruction automatically looks for promises to pay for the respective customer and
company code, and uses the promises to pay to search for matching open items. The processing instruction
also automatically closes promises to pay after the payment is processed. For more information, see the
section about the PROMISE_TO_PAY allocation algorithm.

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Reprocess Lockbox Items
Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements
Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox
Allocation Algorithms
Processing Instructions

4.6.3.4.23 Renaming of Two Job Templates

Two job templates have been renamed. Their functionality has not changed, though.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

396 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Bank Statement: Rule Application Repetition job template in the Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs app
has been renamed to: Bank Statement: Repetition of Processing Rules.

The Lockbox: Rule Application Repetition job template in the Schedule Lockbox Jobs app has been renamed
to: Lockbox: Repetition of Processing Rules.
The functionality of the job templates has not been affected by the renaming.

Related Information

Bank Statement: Repetition of Processing Rules

4.6.3.4.24 Service for Reprocessing Lockbox Items

The OData service for reprocessing lockbox items with the fin.ar.lockbox.reprocess ID and
the /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/fin_lbit_reprc URL has been deprecated and deleted. This is relevant if you
have created your own tiles for this OData service on the SAP Fiori launchpad.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Localized for the United States

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 397
Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The OData service for reprocessing lockbox items with the fin.ar.bankstatementitems.reprocess ID
and the /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/fin_bsit_reprc URL is the successor of the service for reprocessing
lockbox items with the fin.ar.lockbox.reprocess ID and the /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/fin_lbit_reprc
URL. The service for reprocessing lockbox items with the fin.ar.lockbox.reprocess ID and the /sap/bc/
ui5_ui5/sap/fin_lbit_reprc URL has been deprecated and deleted. If you have created your own tiles for
this service on the SAP Fiori launchpad, we recommend that you switch to the successor service as soon as
possible.

Related Information

Overview on Automatic Lockbox Processing

Reprocess Lockbox Items

4.6.3.4.25 Unlock an Item While Reprocessing

You can now unlock a bank statement item or a lockbox item if you have locked it in the Reprocess Bank
Statement Items and Reprocess Lockbox Items apps.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

398 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you have opened a bank statement item or a lockbox item to edit it in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items
or Reprocess Lockbox Items app, and if you opened another tab in your browser or carried out another action
which led to you accidentally locking the item, then the system does not allow you to process the item. First,
you need to unlock the item yourself. To do that, you need to select the item in order to edit it, and confirm the
subsequent warning message.

The following example screenshot is available in English only:

 Caution

We recommend that you do not use this action frequently because it might lead to inconsistencies or errors
in your postings. Instead, we recommend that you try to return to the original browser tab in which you had
opened the item or that you try to reverse the action that had led to you locking the item.

Related Information

Reprocess Lockbox Items

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

4.6.3.4.26 Uploading and Downloading Processing Rules

With this feature, you can upload and download processing rules in the Manage Processing Rules app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 399
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In both the Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements and Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox apps,
you can now upload and download manually applicable, shared and automated processing rules.

This feature is useful if you want to transfer a set of processing rules from one of your systems into another one
(for example, from your test system into your productive system). After selecting some processing rules, you
can download them as an XML file. You can then upload the XML file containing the data of the processing rules
into your other system.

The following example screenshot is available in English only:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

400 PUBLIC Finance
 Tip

In order to avoid any errors, we recommend not to edit the XML file after downloading your processing
rules.

 Caution

• The system does not carry out any consistency checks of the uploaded XML file or of the accuracy
of the rules. That means, if you upload the same rule twice or if you upload a rule that has the same
conditions and actions as another rule that already exists in your target system, you will have duplicate
rules in your system. Having multiple instances of rules with the same conditions and actions can lead
to problems in the automated posting process.
• When downloading the processing rules in an XML format, the system only downloads the data that
is user-independent and system-irrelevant. That means, the XML file only contains data that can be
used consistently throughout multiple systems. For example, the unique identifiers of the rules are
not downloaded into the XML file because they are data that is relevant to the source system and
that would not work in another target system. The Favorite flag is also not downloaded because it is
user-dependent data.
• You can download or upload a maximum amount of 150 processing rules at once.

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements
How to Download and Upload Processing Rules

4.6.3.5 Clearing of Open Items

4.6.3.5.1 Extensibility for correspondence type SAP09 -

Internal Document

Data source and custom field extensibility has been updated for correspondence type SAP09 - Internal
Document (Ledger View) and SAP09 - Internal Document (Entry View).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 401
Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With the custom fields app, you can extend the form templates for correspondence type SAP09 with custom
fields from the business contexts specified in the following table.

Correspondence Type Business Context Form Template Name Form Template Description

SAP09 - Internal Document Finance: Coding Block FIN_FO_CORR_INTDOC_LED Internal document for Cre
(Ledger View) GER ate Correspondence - Ledger
Finance: Journal Entry Item View

SAP09 - Internal Document Finance: Coding Block FIN_FO_CORR_INTDOC_ENT Internal document for Create
(Entry View) RY Correspondence - Entry View
Finance: Journal Entry Item

Under the Data Source Extensions tab in the Custom Fields app, you can create extensions for the data sources
that are shown in the following table.

Correspondence Type Data Source Description

SAP09 - Internal Document (Ledger FDP_FFO_INTDOC_LED_MDL 0001 Form Data Provider - Correspondence
View) SAP09 - Ledger View - Journal Entry -
Items

SAP09 - Internal Document (Entry FDP_FFO_INTDOC_ENT_MDL 0001 Form Data Provider - Correspondence
View) SAP09 - Operational document - Items

4.6.3.5.2 Upload Customer Open Items

With this new app, you can upload multiple customer open items into the system all at once. You download a
template file, enter open item information, and upload the completed file back to the app. You can then check
and post the open items from this app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

402 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR-TRA (Transaction Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Upload Customer Open Items

How to Use the Template

4.6.3.5.3 Create Refunds for Digital Payments

With this new app, you can create refunds for payment card payments received using SAP S/4HANA Cloud
for Customer Payments or the SAP Digital Payments: Payment Card Authorizations for Customer Line Items
with Standard Card job in the Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs app. To complete a refund, you use the
Payment Card Settlement job in the Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs app. You can view the process flow of a
refund and display the relationships between refund-related documents, including customer invoices, payment
documents, and refund documents.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1S2 (Digital Payments)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-DP-DP (SAP Digital Payments Add-on)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 403
Effects on System Administration

To enable business users to access this app, they must have the business catalog Accounts Receivable -
Incoming Payments (SAP_FIN_BC_AR_INC_PAY_PC) assigned.

Related Information

Create Refunds for Digital Payments

4.6.3.5.4 Write Off Receivables

With this new app, you can write off uncollectible accounts receivable and post the write-offs to predefined G/L
accounts. You can add some notes and attachments while posting the write-offs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR-TRA (Transaction Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To enable business users to access this app, they must have the business catalog Accounts Receivable -
Clearing (SAP_FIN_BC_AR_CLEARING_PC) assigned.

Effects on Customizing

Ensure that you've defined separate G/L accounts to which write-offs should be posted via the Customizing
activity Define Accounts for Payment Differences (Manual Outgoing Payment). For more information, see Define
G/L Accounts for Posting Write-Offs.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

404 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Write Off Receivables

Define G/L Accounts for Posting Write-Offs
Integration of Data from Write-Off App into Post Credit-Risk-Based Impairment [page 170]

4.6.3.5.5 Automatic Population of Debit and Credit

Amounts

With this feature, the system automatically calculates and populates debit and credit amounts when you
manually clear payments.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

FI-FIO-AP (Fiori UI for Accounts Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you want clear a payment manually, the system automatically calculates the debit and credit amounts.
As soon as you click into any of the Debit Amount or Credit Amount fields, the system automatically fills in the
respective field and updates the balance.

This feature is available in the apps listed below:

• Reprocess Bank Statement Items

• Reprocess Lockbox Items
• Clear Incoming Payments
• Clear Outgoing Payments
• Post Incoming Payments
• Post Outgoing Payments

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 405
Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Post Incoming Payments
Clear Incoming Payments
Post Outgoing Payments
Clear Outgoing Payments
Reprocess Lockbox Items

4.6.3.5.6 SAP Digital Payments: Payment Card

Authorizations for Customer Line Items

You now have the option to use payments cards designated as Collection Authorization cards in the customer
master data to carry out payment card authorizations for customer line items when using job templates in the
Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs app.

 Note

These application jobs for carrying out payment card authorizations for customer line items can only run if
you have activated the SAP digital payments add-on.

Note that if you want to use the SAP digital payments add-on you will need a separate license. For further
information, please contact your SAP Account Executive.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The job template formerly known as SAP Digital Payments: Payment Card Authorizations for Customer Line
Items has been renamed to SAP Digital Payments: Payment Card Authorizations for Customer Line Items for
Standard Cards. Use this job template if you want to carry out payment card authorizations using payment
cards designated as Standard Cards in the customer master data.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

406 PUBLIC Finance
A new job template is now available called SAP Digital Payments: Payment Card Authorizations for Customer
Line Items for Collection Authorization. Use this job template if you want to carry out payment card
authorizations using payment cards designated as Collection Authorization cards in the customer master data.

Related Information

SAP Digital Payments: Payment Card Authorizations for Customer Line Items with Standard Card
SAP Digital Payments: Payment Card Authorizations for Customer Line Items with Collection Authorization

4.6.3.5.7 Cancel Payment Card Authorization in Open

Items

With this new app, you can cancel a payment card authorization for an open customer line item when the
authorization was created using either the job template SAP Digital Payments: Payment Card Authorizations
for Customer Line Items with Standard Card or the job template SAP Digital Payments: Payment Card
Authorizations for Customer Line Items with Collection Authorization.

 Note

You can only use this app and these application jobs if you have activated the SAP digital payments add-on.

Note that if you want to use the SAP digital payments add-on you will need a separate license. For further
information, please contact your SAP Account Executive.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1S2 (Digital Payments)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-DP-DP (SAP digital payments add-on)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Cancel Payment Card Authorizations in Open Items

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 407
4.6.3.6 Credit Evaluation and Management

4.6.3.6.1 Display Credit Account Data: New Fields with

Prediction Capabilities

We have added two new fields to the app: Base Date for Day Until Limit Is Exceeded and Predicted Days Until
Limit Is Exceeded.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1QM (Advanced Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-CR (Fiori UI for Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Find more details about the use and the complete process: Predictive Capabilities in SAP Credit Management

You can see the new fields Base Date for Day Until Limit Is Exceeded and Predicted Days Until Limit Is Exceeded
in the entry page of the app (screenshot in English only):

Change your filter view to see the fields. You can also include them in your default filter view.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

408 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Predictive Capabilities in SAP Credit Management

Display Credit Account Data

4.6.3.6.2 Manage Credit Accounts: New Fields with

Prediction Capabilities

We have added two new fields to the app: Base Date for Day Until Lmt Is Exceeded and Predicted Days Until
Limit Is Exceeded.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1QM (Advanced Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-CR (Fiori UI for Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Find more details about the use and the complete process: Predictive Capabilities in SAP Credit Management

In the Manage Credit Accounts app, you can display both fields on the credit profile in the Credit Segments
section (screenshot in English only):

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 409
When you navigate into a credit segment, the Predicted Days Until Limit Is Exceeded field is displayed in the
header (screenshot in English only):

Change your filter view to see the fields. You can also include them in your default filter view.

Related Information

Predictive Capabilities in SAP Credit Management

Manage Credit Accounts

4.6.3.6.3 Delete Credit Management Data: New Job

Template

The Delete Open Item History of Business Partner job template was added to the app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1QM (Advanced Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-CR (Fiori UI for Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

410 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Find more details about the use and the complete process: Predictive Capabilities in SAP Credit Management

Related Information

Delete Open Item History of Business Partners

Delete Credit Management Data

4.6.3.6.4 Situation Templates and Team Categories for

Manage Credit Accounts

With the new situation templates, you can notify recipients about the change of the credit limit, the risk class,
or the score of a business partner.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1QM (Advanced Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-CR (Fiori UI for Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following new situation templates are available for the Manage Credit Accounts app:

• Change of Credit Limit (FIN_CREDIT_LIMIT_CHANGE)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 411
• Change of Risk Class (FIN_CREDIT_RISK_CLASS_CHANGE)
• Change of Score (FIN_CREDIT_SCORE_CHANGE)

You can use the new team category Credit Management Business Partner (UKM_BP) to notify recipients of these
situations.

Related Information

Manage Credit Accounts

Situation: Change of Credit Limit
Situation: Change of Risk Class
Situation: Change of Score
Managing Teams and Responsibilities for Credit Evaluation and Management

4.6.3.6.5 Display Additional Credit Information

Use this new app Display Additional Credit Information to display additional information of business partners
maintained in the credit profile or in the credit segment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD6 (Basic Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-CR (Fiori UI for Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Display Additional Credit Information

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

412 PUBLIC Finance
4.6.3.6.6 Schedule Credit Management Jobs

We have introduced some changes to the following job templates: Assign Credit Management Role to Business
Partners and Consistency Checks.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD6 (Basic Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-CR (Fiori UI for Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• You can now automatically create the credit profile when you run the Assign Credit Management Role to
Business Partners job template.
With the new field Create Credit Profile, you can decide to add the credit profile to the selected business
partners when you run the Assign Credit Management Role to Business Partners job template (screenshot
in English only):

• In the Consistency Checks job template, a new selection option allows key users to close inconsistent
documented credit decicsions. This feature is only available for key users authorized as Super User in
Credit Management.
Use this new feature to manually close documented credit decisions (DCDs) which are inconsistent. An
inconsistency is a state when a DCD is in status Blocked (01), but the related sales order has already been
processed. You can use the job template to manually close these DCDs by entering the case ID. You have
the option to set the status of the DCD to Released (02) or Rejected (03).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 413
Effects on System Administration

To be able to schedule a job using the new feature in the Consistency Checks job template, business users need
to have the following authorization object assigned: Super User in Credit Management (F_UKM_SUP)

Related Information

Schedule Credit Management Jobs

Consistency Checks
Super User in Credit Management

4.6.3.6.7 Extensibility for Import Financial Statement KPIs

You can add a custom field to the Import Financial Statement KPIs app to import your own KPIs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1QM (Advanced Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-CR (Fiori UI for Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Custom Field: Credit Management - Financial Statement KPI

4.6.3.6.8 Manage Credit Limit Requests

In the Manage Credit Limit Requests app, we have added a new filter view: My Open Credit Limit Requests

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

414 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1QM (Advanced Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-CR (Fiori UI for Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Per standard configuration, the new filter view My Open Credit Limit Requests is selected when you open the
app (screenshot in English only):

Related Information

Recommended Filter Settings for the Manage Credit Limit Requests App

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 415
4.6.3.6.9 Manage Documented Credit Decisions

In the Manage Documented Credit Decisions app, we have added a new filter view: My Documents with Credit
Block

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD6 (Basic Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-CR (Fiori UI for Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Per standard configuration, the new filter view My Documents with Credit Block is selected when you open the
app (screenshot in English only):

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

416 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Recommended Filter Settings for the Manage Documented Credit Decisions App

4.6.3.6.10 Update Payment Behavior Key Figures in Credit

Management

Use this new app to simulate updates of payment behavior key figures in credit management. The app is a
navigational target for running the test run of this report from the Manage Credit Accounts app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1QM (Advanced Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Using this app, you can perform the test run from the Manage Credit Accounts app to get an overview of these
figures for a specific business partner. To do this, navigate to a business partner in the Manage Credit Accounts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 417
app. There, you can perform the test run from the credit profile or a credit segment of a business partner
(screenshot in English only):

Related Information

Update Payment Behavior Key Figures in Credit Management

4.6.3.6.11 New Features for Manage Credit Accounts

You can change credit data for several business partners at once. We also improved the data entry for dates
and added new navigation options.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

418 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD6 (Basic Credit Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-CR (Fiori UI for Credit Management)

FIN-FSCM-CR (Credit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• In the Business Partners table, you can now select multiple business partners and perform mass changes.
You can change the Risk Class, Credit Group, Calculation Rule, Credit Check Rule, and Score Valid To fields
(screenshot in English only):

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 419
• We've improved the context-sensitive value help for dates. When you select a date, the dynamic date range
gives you a range of proposals to make your selection faster (screenshot in English only):

• In the Partner Hierarchy sections on the credit profile and in the credit segment, you can now directly
navigate to the Import Credit Account Hierarchies app. You can also now directly navigate to the other
business parners in the hierarchy (screenshot in English only):

Related Information

Manage Credit Accounts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

420 PUBLIC Finance
4.6.3.7 Collections Management

4.6.3.7.1 Predictive Scenario for Risk of Late Payment

This new predefined predictive scenario allows you, as a data scientist or machine learning expert, to enable
your users to predict the risk of late payment for invoices. After enabeling the scenario, the Risk of Late
Payment field supports collection specialists in their daily work. The prediction of the risk of late payment is
based on historical data and by using Intelligent Scenario Lifecycle Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-COL (Fiori UI for Collections and Dispute

Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

Before you can use the Risk of Late Payment field productively, an analytics specialist must enable the related
scenario. More information: Predictive Scenario for Risk of Late Payment

Effects on Customizing

You can include the Risk of Late Payment field in your collection strategy. More information: Including the Risk
of Late Payment in Your Collection Strategy

Related Information

Predictive Scenario for Risk of Late Payment

Displaying the Risk of Late Payment for Your Invoices
Including the Risk of Late Payment in Your Collection Strategy

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 421
4.6.3.7.2 Process Receivables

In the Invoices table, you can add the new Risk of Late Payments column.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BFC (Collections and Dispute Management)

Application Component FIN-FIO-CCD-COL (Fiori UI for Collections and Dispute

Management)

FIN-FSCM-COL (Collections Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Process Receivables app, you can add the Risk of Late Payments column to the Invoice table. This column
is part of the new predictive scenario in Collections Management: Predictive Scenario for Risk of Late Payment
[page 421]

4.6.4 Settlement Management

4.6.4.1 Application Logs - Condition Contract

With this app, you can display application logs related to condition contract maintenance and settlement. The
app provides a structured overview of application logs and allows you to quickly check if any errors occurred
and if further action is required.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

422 PUBLIC Finance
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Application Logs - Condition Contract

4.6.4.2 Application Logs - Settlement Management

Document

With this app, you can display application logs for settlement management documents. The app provides a
structured overview of application logs and allows you to quickly check if any errors occurred and if further
action is required.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 423
Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

3TD (Internal Commissions Settlement with SAP Sales

Cloud)

55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

3EP (Order-Based Transportation Consolidation – Out

bound)

4MO (Manual Transportation Planning – Outbound)

5OS (Manual Transportation Planning – Inbound)

Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Application Logs - Settlement Management

4.6.4.3 Authorization Object W_COCO_PER

With this release, the authorization object W_COCO_PER (Cost center authorization for workforce condition
contracts) is introduced. This authorization object uses a new authorization logic to handle condition contracts
and related entities in internal commission scenarios. For more information about the changes and to learn if
your action is required, see Additional Details.

For a complete list of authorization objects in settlement management, see Authorizations in Settlement
Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

424 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The access control of some CDS views and CDS view-based artifacts is now enhanced with the authorization
object W_COCO_PER. If you have built custom CDS views based on the following views before SAP S/4HANA
2023, you must adjust the access controls accordingly:

Technical Name Name

I_ConditionContract Condition Contract

I_CndnContrBusVolSelCriteria Business Volume Selection Criteria

I_CndnContrSettlmtCal Settlement Calendar of Condition Contract

I_CndnContrConditionUsage Condition Contract Condition Usage

I_ConditionContractStdVH Condition Contract

I_CndnContrSuplrRbteStdVH Condition Contracts for Supplier Rebates

I_CndnContrSlsRbteStdVH Condition Contracts for Sales Rebates

I_CndnContrSupplierStdVH Supplier Condition Contracts

I_CndnContrRoyaltyStdVH Royalty Condition Contracts

I_CndnContrExtSlsCommsnStdVH External Sales Commissions

I_CndnContrCustomerStdVH Customer Condition Contracts

C_ConditionContractDEX Condition Contract Extraction

I_CnConSetlDetldStmntBillgDoc Detailed Statement for Billing Documents

I_CnConSetlDetldStmntMatlDoc Detailed Statement for Goods Receipt

I_CnConSetlDetldStmntSuplrInvc Detailed Statement for Supplier Invoice

I_CndnContrSettlmtDetldStmnt Condition Contract Settlement Detailed Statement

Effects on Existing Data

In addition to the logic for the new authorization object W_COCO_PER (Cost center authorization for
workforce condition contracts), the access control of the CDS views now includes the fields Company
Code (CompanyCode) and Worker Cost Center (CndnContrWorkerCostCenter), as well as the association
_PersonWorkAgreement.

Furthermore, the SAP Enterprise Search function and all entities belonging to the Condition Contract OData
API have been enhanced with the new authorization object. For more information about SAP Enterprise
Search, go to the Settlement Management documentation and choose your end-to-end scenario. In the search
field of your end-to-end scenario, enter Search for Condition Contracts.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 425
Related Information

CDS Views for Settlement Management

APIs for Settlement Management

4.6.4.4 Authorization Object W_WBRK_IC

With this release, the authorization object W_WBRK_IC (Authorization for intercompany cost distribution) is
introduced. This authorization object uses a new authorization logic to handle settlement documents and
related entities in intercompany cost distribution scenarios. For more information about the changes and to
learn if your action is required, see Additional Details.

For a complete list of authorization objects in settlement management, see Authorizations in Settlement
Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The access control of some CDS views and CDS view-based artifacts is now enhanced with the authorization
object W_WBRK_IC. If you have built custom CDS views based on the following views before SAP S/4HANA
2023, you must adjust the access control accordingly:

Technical Name Name

I_SettlmtDoc Settlement Document

I_SettlmtDocItem Settlement Document Item

I_SettlmtDocPartner Settlement Document Partner

I_SettlmtDocItemPartner Settlement Document Item Partner

I_SettlmtDocSuplrPrcgElmnt Settlement Document Supplier Pricing Element

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

426 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Name Name

I_SettlmtDocItmSuplrPrcgElmnt Settlement Document Item Suplier Pricing Element

I_SettlmtDocCustPrcgElmnt Settlement Document Customer Pricing Element

I_SettlmtDocItmCustPrcgElmnt Settlement Document Item Customer Pricing Element

I_SettlmtDocPlainLongText Plain Long Text for Settlement Document

I_SettlmtDocItemPlainLongText Plain Long Text for Settlement Document Item

I_SettlmtDocStdVH Settlement Document

I_SettlmtDocItemStdVH Settlement Document Item

C_SettlmtDocDEX Settlement Document Extraction

I_CnConSetlDetldStmntBillgDoc Detailed Statement for Billing Documents

I_CnConSetlDetldStmntMatlDoc Detailed Statement for Goods Receipt

I_CnConSetlDetldStmntSuplrInvc Detailed Statement for Supplier Invoice

I_CndnContrSettlmtDetldStmnt Condition Contract Settlement Detailed Statement

Effects on Existing Data

In addition to the logic for the new authorization object W_WBRK_IC (Authorization for intercompany cost
distribution), the access control of the CDS views now includes the fields Customer Company Code
(CustSettlmtCompanyCode) and Authorization Category (SettlmtDocAuthznCat).

The field Authorization Category distinguishes between the standard and the intercompany authorization
check. If the new intercompany access control is activated, the check is applied to all settlement documents
that were created after its activation. For any settlement documents created prior to the activation, the
standard authorization check applies. You can see which authorization category was used for each settlement
document in the document header, under Authorization Category (SettlmtDocAuthznCat).

Furthermore, the SAP Enterprise Search function and all entities belonging to the Settlement Document
OData API have been enhanced with the new authorization object. For more information about SAP Enterprise
Search, go to the Settlement Management documentation and choose your end-to-end scenario. In the search
field of your end-to-end scenario, enter Search for Settlement Documents.

Related Information

CDS Views for Settlement Management

APIs for Settlement Management

4.6.4.5 CDS Views for Settlement Management

Several CDS views have been changed or added in Settlement Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 427
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component See the tables below

For more information, see

Condition Contracts for Sales
Rebates (Value Help).

I_CndnDocItmActivation This CDS view provides infor New LO-GT-CHB

Status (Condition mation on the status of a
Document Item Activation condition document and con
Status) dition document item.

I_CndnDocItmActivation For more information, see

StatusT (Condition Condition Document Item
Document Item Activation Activation Status.
Status - Text)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

430 PUBLIC Finance
The following CDS view has been changed:

CDS View Name Description Status Application Component

C_SettlmtDocDEX This CDS view supports Changed LO-AB

(Settlement Document data extraction to SAP BW/
Extraction) 4HANA. It enables the data
transfer to SAP BW/4HANA
 Note for settlement documents.

See Effects on Existing Providing all relevant settle

Data below. ment document information,

this CDS view also allows you
to build analytical reports.

For more information, see

Settlement Document Ex
traction.

The following CDS view elements have been deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2023:

CDS View Name What's Changed Application Component

I_ConditionContract (Condition The field LO-GT-CHB

Contract) PrecedingConditionContract has
been deprecated and replaced with
PrecedingConditionDocument.

The association
_PrecedingConditionContract has
been deprecated and replaced with
_PrecedingConditionDocument.

Effects on Existing Data

In the CDS view C_SettlmtDocDEX, the access control was enhanced with additional logic on the
authorization objects. C_SettlmtDocDEX now additionally checks the authorization in cases when all
organizational data is available and in cases when no organizational data (with the exception of company
code) is available. Please consider that this has an impact on the behavior of the CDS view. If you have built
custom CDS views based on this view, you must adjust the access controls accordingly.

Related Information

CDS Views for Settlement Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 431
4.6.4.6 Condition Contract

With this app, you can quickly see and analyze all relevant data and key facts of a condition contract in one
place, including business partner data, administrative data, and contractual data. The app offers optimized
performance and new features.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

3TD (Internal Commissions Settlement with SAP Sales

Cloud)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can also use this app to do the following:

• Analyze the document flow in a detailed way and display all related documents of the condition contract
• Get an overview of the condition contract's business volume
• Ascertain your current business volume performance by displaying the business volume results for one or
two 12-month periods preceding your condition contract settlement dates
• Display the settlement dates of the condition contract and settlement date details
• Display related settlement documents or personnel settlement documents for a specific settlement date
of the condition contract
• Display the application log for a specific settlement date of the condition contract

This app is the successor of the Condition Contract (F3594) app. The Condition Contract (F3594) app is
deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in an upcoming release. The deprecated app may
no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it
is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

432 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Condition Contract

4.6.4.7 Display Settlement Dates

The display of related settlement documents has been updated in the Display Settlement Dates app. By
selecting a specific settlement date, you can now display all related settlement documents in one table and
filter them by active and passive settlements. You can also display application log entries for the settlement
date if an application log has been created.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

3TD (Internal Commissions Settlement with SAP Sales

Cloud)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following filters are now available:

• All
By selecting the All filter, you can display all related settlement documents for the settlement date.
• Active Settlements
By selecting the Active Settlements filter, you can display related settlement documents that have been
created by the system during the condition contract settlement for the settlement date. Active settlements
can include settlement documents that have been created during final, partial, or delta settlements. In the
app, these settlement documents were previously called automatic settlement documents.
• Passive Settlements

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 433
By selecting the Passive Settlements filter, you can display related settlement documents that have not
been actively created by the system during the condition contract settlement for the settlement date.

A filter for workforce-related condition contracts has been added. You can now display related personnel
settlement documents for a settlement date.

Related Information

Display Settlement Dates

4.6.4.8 E-Mail Output for Settlement Management

Documents
You can now trigger email output for the documents used in the Settlement Management solution.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Output Management for Settlement Management

4.6.4.9 Enhanced Workflows for Settlement Management

The workflows for Settlement Management have been enhanced, including the approval processes for
condition contracts, settlement documents, and personnel settlement documents. You can now define

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

434 PUBLIC Finance
additional start conditions for the workflows, which allow you to configure the workflows more flexibly.
Additionally, you can display a comprehensive document preview including all relevant document details in
the My Inbox app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

3TD (Internal Commissions Settlement with SAP Sales

Cloud)

55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)

LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Workflows for Settlement Management

4.6.4.10 Manage Condition Contracts - Internal Commissions

With this app, you can manage condition contracts that represent internal sales commission agreements. This
includes displaying, releasing, and locking condition contracts, as well as setting and removing settlement
locks. You can also navigate to other apps to create or change condition contracts.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 435
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3TD (Internal Commissions Settlement with SAP Sales

Cloud)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Condition Contracts - Internal Commissions

4.6.4.11 Manage Condition Contracts - Supplier Rebates

You can now use this app to display the settlement dates and settlement date details for a selected condition
contract that represents a supplier rebate agreement. Additionally, you can now display application log entries
for a specific settlement date if an application log has been created.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The list of a condition contract’s settlement dates also includes information about the settlement and
execution dates, settlement status, and settlement date type. By selecting a specific settlement date, you
can do the following:

• Display additional settlement date details such as business volume dates and scheduling worklist data

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

436 PUBLIC Finance
• Display the corresponding settlement documents for the selected settlement date, filter the settlement
documents by active and passive settlements, and navigate to a specific settlement document to display
additional document details
• Display the most relevant or latest application log entries for the settlement date if an application log has
been created

Additionally, you can now directly access the quick business volume overview for a condition contract in the
Settlement Dates tab.

Related Information

Manage Condition Contracts - Supplier Rebates

4.6.4.12 Manage Condition Contracts - Sales Rebates

You can now use this app to display the settlement dates and settlement date details for a selected condition
contract that represents a sales rebate agreement. Additionally, you can now display application log entries for
a specific settlement date if an application log has been created.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Display additional settlement date details such as business volume dates and scheduling worklist data
• Display the corresponding settlement documents for the selected settlement date, filter the settlement
documents by active and passive settlements, and navigate to a specific settlement document to display
additional document details

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 437
• Display the most relevant or latest application log entries for the settlement date if an application log has
been created

Additionally, you can now directly access the quick business volume overview for a condition contract in the
Settlement Dates tab.

Related Information

Manage Condition Contracts - Sales Rebates

4.6.4.13 Manage Customer Condition Contracts

The Manage Customer Condition Contracts app has been renamed Manage Condition Contracts -
Customers for consistency reasons. You can now use this app to display the settlement dates and settlement
date details for a selected condition contract that represents a customer condition contract. Additionally, you
can now display application log entries for a specific settlement date if an application log has been created.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

438 PUBLIC Finance
Additionally, you can now directly access the quick business volume overview for a condition contract in the
Settlement Dates tab.

Related Information

Manage Condition Contracts - Customers

4.6.4.14 Manage External Sales Commissions

The Manage External Sales Commissions app has been renamed Manage Condition Contracts - External
Commissions for consistency reasons. You can now use this app to display the settlement dates and
settlement date details for a selected condition contract that represents an external sales commission
agreement. Additionally, you can now display application log entries for a specific settlement date if an
application log has been created.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 439
Additionally, you can now directly access the quick business volume overview for a condition contract in the
Settlement Dates tab.

Related Information

Manage Condition Contracts - External Commissions

4.6.4.15 Manage Freight Cost Allocation Documents

With this app, you can manage freight cost allocation documents. You can search for freight cost allocation
documents and display them in a list, release freight cost allocation documents to Finance, and display
additional details for a freight cost allocation document by selecting it from the list. The app has been
enhanced. After selecting an individual freight cost allocation document from the list, you can now also release
it to Finance directly from the object page.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3EP (Order-Based Transportation Consolidation – Out

bound)

4MO (Manual Transportation Planning – Outbound)

5OS (Manual Transportation Planning – Inbound)

Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Freight Cost Allocation Documents

4.6.4.16 Manage Royalty Condition Contracts

The Manage Royalty Condition Contracts app has been renamed Manage Condition Contracts - Royalties
for consistency reasons. You can now use this app to display the settlement dates and settlement date

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

440 PUBLIC Finance
details for a selected condition contract that represents a royalty agreement. Additionally, you can now display
application log entries for a specific settlement date if an application log has been created.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Additionally, you can now directly access the quick business volume overview for a condition contract in the
Settlement Dates tab.

Related Information

Manage Condition Contracts - Royalties

4.6.4.17 Manage Scheduling Worklists

With this app, you can now plan recurring patterns for scheduling your scheduling worklists. Additionally, you
can apply these patterns not only to individual items but to ranges to schedule several worklists with the same
attributes.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 441
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Scheduling Worklists - Settlement Management

4.6.4.18 Manage Settlement Documents

With this app, you can manage settlement documents. You can search for settlement documents and display
them in a list, release settlement documents to Finance, and display additional details for a settlement
document by selecting it from the list. The app has been enhanced. After selecting an individual settlement
document from the list, you can now also release it to Finance directly from the object page. You can now also
display additional partner data details for a business partner of the selected settlement document, such as
address details.

In addition, the information display for Accounting Data and Profitability Segments has been enhanced. Thus,
the app clearly indicates when no information is available for Accounting Data or Profitability Segments.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

442 PUBLIC Finance
Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Settlement Documents

4.6.4.19 Manage Supplier Condition Contracts

The Manage Supplier Condition Contracts app has been renamed Manage Condition Contracts - Suppliers
for consistency reasons. You can now use this app to display the settlement dates and settlement date details
for a selected condition contract that represents a supplier condition contract. Additionally, you can now
display application log entries for a specific settlement date if an application log has been created.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 443
• Display additional settlement date details such as business volume dates and scheduling worklist data
• Display the corresponding settlement documents for the selected settlement date, filter the settlement
documents by active and passive settlements, and navigate to a specific settlement document to display
additional document details
• Display the most relevant or latest application log entries for the settlement date if an application log has
been created

Additionally, you can now directly access the quick business volume overview for a condition contract in the
Settlement Dates tab.

Related Information

Manage Condition Contracts - Suppliers

4.6.4.20 Monitor Condition Contracts - Internal

Commissions

With this app, you gain an overview of condition contracts that represent internal sales commission
agreements. You can monitor the life cycle of condition contracts and analyze relevant contract data from
different perspectives. You can also search for and identify specific condition contracts.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3TD (Internal Commissions Settlement with SAP Sales

Cloud)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Monitor Condition Contracts - Internal Commissions

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

444 PUBLIC Finance
4.6.4.21 Monitor Condition Contracts - Sales Rebates

With this app, you gain an overview of condition contracts that represent sales rebate agreements. You can
monitor the life cycle of condition contracts and analyze relevant contract data from different perspectives. You
can also search for and identify specific condition contracts.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This app is extensible. Your key user can create custom fields for it in the Custom Fields app.

Related Information

Monitor Condition Contracts - Sales Rebates

App Extensibility: Monitor Condition Contracts - Sales Rebates

4.6.4.22 Monitor Condition Contracts - Supplier Rebates

With this app, you gain an overview of condition contracts that represent supplier rebate agreements. You can
monitor the life cycle of condition contracts and analyze relevant contract data from different perspectives. You
can also search for and identify specific condition contracts.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 445
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This app is extensible. Your key user can create custom fields for it in the Custom Fields app.

Related Information

Monitor Condition Contracts - Supplier Rebates

App Extensibility: Monitor Condition Contracts - Supplier Rebates

4.6.4.23 Monitor Customer Condition Contracts

The Monitor Customer Condition Contracts app has been renamed Monitor Condition Contracts - Customers for
consistency reasons.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

446 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Monitor Condition Contracts - Customers

4.6.4.24 Monitor External Sales Commissions

The Monitor External Sales Commissions app has been changed. The app is no longer a variant of the Monitor
Supplier Condition Contracts app (renamed Monitor Condition Contracts - Suppliers). It is now a standalone
app that you can use to gain an overview of condition contracts that represent external sales commission
agreements. The app has also been renamed from Monitor External Sales Commissions to Monitor Condition
Contracts – External Commissions.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This app is extensible. Your key user can create custom fields for it in the Custom Fields app.

Related Information

Monitor Condition Contracts - External Commissions

App Extensibility: Monitor Condition Contracts - External Commissions

4.6.4.25 Monitor Royalty Condition Contracts

The Monitor Royalty Condition Contracts app has been renamed Monitor Condition Contracts - Royalties for
consistency reasons.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 447
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Monitor Condition Contracts - Royalties

4.6.4.26 Monitor Supplier Condition Contracts

The Monitor Supplier Condition Contracts app has been renamed Monitor Condition Contracts - Suppliers for
consistency reasons.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Monitor Condition Contracts - Suppliers

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

448 PUBLIC Finance
4.6.4.27 Schedule Accruals Update - Workforce Condition
Contracts

With this app, you can create, schedule, and monitor the update of accruals relevant to workforce condition
contracts. An update is required when accrual-relevant data, for example, the condition rate, was changed
in the condition contract retroactively. For each condition contract matching your selection that requires a
retroactive accruals update, an update of the accruals is performed and corresponding personnel settlement
documents are created during the update process.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3TD (Internal Commissions Settlement with SAP Sales

Cloud)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Schedule Accruals Update - Workforce Condition Contracts

4.6.4.28 Schedule Accruals Reversal - Obsolete Workforce

Contracts

This feature enables you to create and schedule jobs to reverse open accruals for obsolete workforce condition
contracts that were relevant for settlement.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 451
Scope Item 1B6 (Sales Rebate Processing)

2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing)

2TT (Sales Commissions - External Sales Representative)

55I (Royalties Settlement for Sales)

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Scheduling Worklist Jobs - Condition Contract Settlement

Manage Scheduling Worklists - Settlement Management

4.6.4.32 Situation Templates for Freight Cost Allocation

Document Releases

The following new situation templates are available for freight cost allocation document releases:

• Customizing Errors in Freight Cost Allocation Document Release

(WLF_FCADOC_REL_CUSTOMIZING_ERROR)
• Master Data Errors in Freight Cost Allocation Document Release
(WLF_FCADOC_REL_MASTER_DATA_ERROR)
• Process Errors in Freight Cost Allocation Document Release (WLF_FCADOC_REL_PROCESS_ERROR)

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3EP (Order-Based Transportation Consolidation – Out

bound)

4MO (Manual Transportation Planning – Outbound)

5OS (Manual Transportation Planning – Inbound)

Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

452 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Customizing Errors in Freight Cost Allocation Document Release

Master Data Errors in Freight Cost Allocation Document Release
Process Errors in Freight Cost Allocation Document Release

4.6.4.33 Veto Check for HR Master Data in Condition

Contracts

With this feature, you can prevent the blocking or deletion of HR master data if transactions requiring HR
master data exist.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Veto Check for HR Master Data in Condition Contracts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 453
4.7 Billing and Revenue Innovation Management

4.7.1 Convergent Invoicing

4.7.1.1 Analysis of Accrual/Deferral Items by Master Data

With this feature, you can select accrual/deferral items by billable items in the Display of Accrual/Deferral
Items. You can search by various attributes of a billable item, including business partner, contract account,
and contract. The accrual/deferral items in the hit list are sorted according to master data. From here you can
drill down according to, for example, account assignment or data package. For each drilldown option, you can
include any fields present in your billable items, including custom fields.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

If you want to include custom fields of the billable item in your drilldown, you need to add these fields to the
customer includes used in the structures for displaying and aggregating accrual/deferral data:

• To display fields in the Display of Accrual/Deferral Items, these fields must be included in customer include
CI_FKKBIXREVREC_I_DISP of the display structure. This adds these fields to the Breakdown According to
Items for Data Package view.
• To display fields in the other views, the fields must also be included in the following customer includes:
• For display in the Breakdown According to Data Package view, you must create the customer include
CI_FKKBIXREVREC_AGGR_DATAPACK and include the fields.
• For display in the Breakdown According to Account Assignment view, you must create the customer
include CI_FKKBIXREVREC_AGGR_ACCKEY and include the fields.
• For display in the Breakdown According to Master Data view, you must create the customer include
CI_FKKBIXREVREC_AGGR_MD and include the fields.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

454 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Analysis of Accrual/Deferral Data

4.7.1.2 Key User Extensibility for Convergent Invoicing

With this feature, you can adapt the billing plan, invoicing, and invoice correction processes in Convergent
Invoicing to suit your requirements. You can:

• Add custom fields to billing plans.

• Add custom fields to billing requests.
• Automatically transfer custom fields to follow-on documents.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To create custom fields, you need the Extensibility role assigned to your user.

The following business contexts for custom fields are available in the Custom Fields app:

• Contract Accounting Billing Plan Header (CINV_BILLINGPLAN_HEADER), with business scenario Billing
Plan Header to Billable Item.
• Contract Accounting Billing Plan Item (CINV_BILLINGPLAN_ITEM), with business scenario Billing Plan
Item to Billable Item.
• Contract Accounting Billing Request (CINV_BILLINGREQUEST_ITEM), with business scenario Billing
Request Item to Billable Item.

The following business scenario is available for business contexts Convergent Invoicing: Invoicing Document
Item and Convergent Invoicing: Billable Items:

• Invoicing Document Item to Billable Item (Correction)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 455
Effects on Data Transfer

These business contexts and scenario for custom fields provide optional extensibility for the transfer of data in
Convergent Invoicing.

When a business scenario is activated for a custom field, note the following principles:

• The value in the custom field is always copied from source to destination, even when the source field is
empty.
• The standard logic for Convergent Invoicing processes applies:
• Fields with character format serve as split criteria.
• Fields with numeric format are aggregated.

If you want a numeric value to be shown for information only, you can avoid the aggregation by using type
character for the field instead of type numerical. However, use this option with care as it increases data
consumption.

Related Information

Adding Fields Using the Custom Fields App

4.7.1.3 SAP Fiori App Enhancements for Convergent

Invoicing

With this feature, you can select documents by provider contract. You can also display PDF printouts of
invoices. In credit memos and debit memos, you can distribute amounts across several items.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

456 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

The provider contract is a standard search criterion in the following apps:

• Display Consumption Items

• Display Billable Items
• Display Billing Documents
• Display Invoicing Documents

In the Display Invoicing Documents app, you can display a PDF printout from the Attachments.

In the Manage Credit/Debit Memos app, you can automatically distribute an amount across several items.

Related Information

Display Consumption Items

Display Billable Items
Display Billing Documents
Display Invoicing Documents
Manage Credit/Debit Memos

4.7.1.4 APIs for Convergent Invoicing

With this feature, you can include ISO units of measure in APIs for Convergent Invoicing.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 457
Additional Details

The following SOAP APIs are affected by this change:

• Convergent Invoicing Consumption Items – Create (ConsumptionItemsCreateRequest_In)

• Convergent Invoicing Billable Items – Create (BillableItemsCreateRequest_In)

The following OData APIs are affected by this change:

• Convergent Invoicing Billing Request (CABillingRequest)

• Convergent Invoicing Billing Plan (CABillingPlan)
• Convergent Invoicing Billing Document - Read (CABillingDocument)
• Convergent Invoicing Invoicing Document (CAInvoicingDocument)

Effects on Data Transfer

You can transfer units of measure in ISO format in the affected APIs. You can still transfer standard SAP units of
measure.

Related Information

Convergent Invoicing Consumption Items – Create

Convergent Invoicing Billable Items – Create
Convergent Invoicing Billing Request
Convergent Invoicing Billing Plan
Convergent Invoicing Billing Document - Read
Convergent Invoicing Invoicing Document - Read

4.7.2 Contract Accounting

4.7.2.1 Amount Field Extension in Totals Records

Previously, you could enter amounts with a maximum amount of 99,999,999,999.99 for each line item or in
totals records. If this maximum value was exceeded during the aggregation of amounts in totals records, a
runtime error occurred due to an overflow.

To prevent terminations due to a field length that is too low, the length of the amount fields has been extended
to 23 characters with two decimal places.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

458 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid from SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following fields have been extended:

Field Data Element Description

BETRH BETRH_LONG_KK Amount in local currency with +/- sign

BETRW BETRW_LONG_KK Amount in transaction currency with

+/- sign

BETR2 BETR2_LONG_KK Amount in second parallel currency

with +/- sign

BETR3 BETR3_LONG_KK Amount in third parallel currency with

+/- sign

PSWBT PSWBT_LONG_KK Amount for updating in general ledger

SBASH SBASH_LONG_KK Taxable amount in local currency (tax

base amount)

SBASW SBASW_LONG_KK Taxable Amount in transaction currency

(tax base amount)

NDTAX NDTAX_LONG_KK Non-deductible tax amount in docu

ment currency

NDTXH NDTXH_LONG_KK Non-deductible tax amount in local cur

rency

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 459
4.7.2.2 Adjusting Text for Use of Payment in Clarification
Cases for Incoming Payments

The system generates payment lots from electronic account statements. If you post the payment lots and
in doing so, payments cannot be assigned to a contract account, clarification cases arise. When generating
clarification cases, the system transfers the details of the note to payee from the bank statement transferred
by the bank to the note to payee of the clarification cases (field DFKKCFZST-TXTVW in table DFKKCFZST). At
event 0263, which runs when the clarification cases are generated, you can now influence which information
is transferred from the note to payee determined by the bank to the note to payee in the clarification case. By
adjusting the data, you ensure that clerks find the details in the note to payee in the clarification list that you
need for clarifying payment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-BT-PY-CP (Incoming/Outgoing Payment Creation)

Valid From SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Clarification Processing (Payment Lot)

4.7.2.3 Correspondence: Contract Confirmation

If a provider contract was created successfully in the S/4HANA system, you can send a contract confirmation
to the business partner. To do this, you use the correspondence type Contract Confirmation (Provider
Contract) (0050). SAP delivers the sample form FI_CA_VT_CONFIRM_SAMPLE_PDF . If a template is defined
for correspondence type 0050, the system updates a trigger. You output the correspondence with the
correspondence print run (transaction FPCOPARA).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

460 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-BF-CR (Correspondence)

Valid From SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Generation of Correspondence in a Mass Run

Provider Contract

4.7.2.4 Direct Debit Instruction Management

Direct debit instruction is a method by which a payment service provider obtains a payer’s authorization to
collect payment from the payer’s bank account during the direct debit procedure. It provides the required
information to enable collection from the payer's account. Once the bank approves the instruction, the direct
debit is set up and payments can be charged.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2DP (Contract Accounting - Company Initiated Payments)

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 461
Effects on Existing Data

The following new transactions are available on the SAP Easy Access screen, under Accounting Financial
Accounting Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable Payments Direct Debit Mandates Direct Debit
Instructions :

• Create Direct Debit Mandate Instructions Media ( FIDDMBKINSTO): This transaction enables you to create
direct debit instructions based on the changes you have made in direct debit mandate.
• Manage Direct Debit Mandate Media ( FIDDMFDTA): This transaction enables you to display and download
the selected direct debit instruction files.

Effects on Customizing

The following customizing activity and business add-ins (BAdI) are available from the SPRO transaction
in Customizing for Financial Accounting, under Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable Business
Transactions Payments Incoming/Outgoing Payment Creation Management of Direct Debit Mandates .

• Define Direct Debit Instruction Type: (V_TDDMA11)

Business Add-ins

• BAdI: Determine Changes Relevant to Direct Debit Instruction

• BAdI: Maintain Data for Direct Debit Instruction Output in DMEE

Related Information

Bank Communication with Direct Debit Instructions

Creating Direct Debit Instructions for the Payment Service Provider
Settings for Direct Debit Instruction Outputs
Business Add-ins for Direct Debit Instructions

4.7.2.5 Payment Orders for Card Payments

You can now also create payment orders for card payments.

The payment run creates payment orders as part of digital payment transactions whenever a payment method
is selected that is indicated accordingly. In this case, the payment run does not post a payment document, but
creates a payment order.

Payment orders for card payments are processed by the payment service provider you use.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

462 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-BT-PY-CP (Incoming/Outgoing Payment Creation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Payment card orders are processed in the following steps:

1. The payment run creates a payment card order and also posts a clearing document "Card Account to
Clearing Account".
The receivable has not yet been cleared. The payment service provider has not yet been informed.

 Example

A receivable of 100.- is to be paid by credit card and processed using a payment card order.

The payment run creates a payment order for a card payment and posts a clearing document with a
payment data supplement of 100.- from the card account to the clearing account for payment card
orders.

2. You report the payment order to the payment service provider.

If you receive a response directly from the payment service provider, start a settlement run on the SAP
Easy Access screen, under: Periodic Processing Data for Externals Payment Card Organizations
Parallel Billing (transaction FPCS), with the Items to Be Billed option for selecting payments to be billed,
and choose Send Payments for Billing as the processing type.
Unless you receive a response directly, use a report to create a project-specific response from the payment
service provider (PAN) and store the data in table DFKKOPKCA. Then schedule a billing run (transaction
FPCS) with the processing type Process Response.
The run posts the response and creates a clearing document.
3. In the SAP Easy Access Menu, under Payments Payment card Orders Post Payment Card Order
Lots (transaction FP45CCM), schedule a run for creating payment card order lots.
The run creates and posts lots, clears the receivable on the clearing account, and sets the payment card
orders to Executed.
4. You process the cash receipt in the bank statement.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 463
Effects on Customizing

To be able to work with payment card order lots, the following settings must be made in Customizing
for Contract Accounts Receivable and payable, under Business Transactions Payments Processing of
Incoming and Outgoing Payments :

• You have defined a clearing account for payment card orders in activity Define Account Determination for
Payment Card Order Lot.
• You have maintained configuration activity Define Default Values for Payment Order Lots.
To enable selection according to the payment card order number in the payment card order lot, you have
defined a selection criterion that refers to the Payment Order field (PYORD).

You also made the following settings in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, under
Business Transactions Payments Processing of Incoming and Outgoing Payments Payment Cards .

• You have defined a balance sheet account for card payments in configuration activity Define Accounts for
Payment Card Institute.
• You have maintained configuration activity Define Specifications for Automatic Returns Posting.

Finally, in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, under Basic Functions Postings and
Documents Basic Settings Define Bank Clearing Account , you have defined a clearing account for card
payments.

To be able to process returns, the corresponding returns reasons, bank clearing accounts for payment lots, and
details for automatic returns posting must be defined in the system settings.

Related Information

Payment Orders for Card Payments

4.7.2.6 Integration with SAP digital payments add-on:

Settlement of Payments Without Payment Advice
Note

By default, card payments are captured and settled in three steps:

1. You trigger a capture for the open receivables that are to be paid by credit card.
2. You import payment advice notes from SAP digital payments add-on.
3. You process the payment advice notes. If the payment advice note can be processed successfully, the
system generates the corresponding postings for the payments to the clearing account and charges
account in the general ledger.

You can now complete the overall process even if a payment service provider that is used to process a payment
does not work with payment advice notes.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

464 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-BT-PY-CP (Incoming/Outgoing Payment Creation)

Valid from SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To be able to complete the overall process even if a payment service provider that does not work with payment
advice notes is used to process a payment, proceed as follows:

1. In event 1432, fill the payment advice note response data, such as charge amount, settlement amount, and
settlement currency.
Unless you implement the event, the system copies the amount and currency of the receivable document
as the settlement amount and settlement currency.
2. To update the payment advice note data, schedule a regular run to complete the payment data
(transaction FPCSAD).
3. If you then schedule a Settlement Run for Payment Cards (transaction FPCS) with processing type
Process Received Response (Payment Advice Note), the system creates the corresponding postings for
the payments to the clearing account and charges account in the general ledger.

Related Information

Settlement of Payments Without Payment Advice Note

4.7.2.7 Integration with SAP digital payments: Add-on

Posting of Multiple Taxes with Charges

You can now also post several charges with tax for successfully billed card payments by making the relevant
system settings.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 465
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-BT-PY-CP (Incoming/Outgoing Payment Creation)

Valid from SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

To post multiple charges, define an expense account and an account assignment key for expense
posting for each additional charge in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, under
Business Transactions Payments Processing of Incoming/Outgoing Payments Payment Cards Define
Specifications for Additional Charge Postings . If you also want to post tax for the additional charges, also
define the tax code for each charge here.

Related Information

Import and Process Payment Advice Note

4.7.2.8 Integration with SAP digital payments add-on:

Payments by Link in Returns Notifications and
Dunning Letters

As part of the integration with SAP digital payments add-on, you can now also offer your customers payment
by link in returns notifications and dunning letters.

If you inform customers about a return that has occurred, you can use a payment link (QR code) in the returns
notification to transfer the outstanding payment, including any charges and taxes incurred.

In a dunning letter, you can use a payment link (QR code) to transfer payment of overdue receivables, including
any charges and taxes incurred.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

466 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-IN (Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

Using the general system settings required for payment by link, in Customizing activity Set Up Company Codes
for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, you specify that payment links For Returns or For Dunning
Letters are to be offered.

Related Information

Payment Links in Returns Notifications

Payment Links in Dunning Letters

4.7.2.9 Integration with SAP Cash Application, add-on for

contract accounting

When you transfer payment lot items and trigger training by using transaction FPML_CASHAPP_TRAIN for
training of the machine learning model, manually clarified payment lot items are used by default (ML Training
Only with Manually Clarified Payment Lot Item indicator is set by default).

In this case, SAP Cash Application, add-on for contract accounting forecasts master data such as the business
partner, contract account, and contract.

If the ML Training Only with Manually Clarified Payment Lot Item indicator is not set, both manually clarified-
and automatically-posted payment lot items are used for training of the machine learning model.

In this case, SAP Cash Application, add-on for contract accounting now forecasts both master data and
reference document numbers, payment form numbers, external payment form numbers, and payment advice
notes.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 467
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Data Exchange with Cash Application / Payment Clarification

4.7.2.10 Integration with Service

If you post and process receivables resulting from service orders and service contracts in Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable, you can now use item-based controlling.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Integration with Service

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

468 PUBLIC Finance
4.7.2.11 Presenting Customer Data Outside SAP S/4HANA:
Load Stock Data

Using the APIs provided, you can present information about customer accounts in your internet portal. The
document container is updated with document data starting from the point of activation.

You can now also include document data that was posted before the activation of the document container.
Transaction Lock Stock Data to Document Container (FPDC1) is provided to load this data.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Presenting Customer Data Outside SAP S/4HANA

4.7.2.12 Intelligent Collections Management: Integration with

SAP S/4HANA for behavioral insights

You can increase the effectiveness of your processes in Collections Management by including prediction values
in the BRFplus rules of your collection strategies that SAP S/4HANA for behavioral insights provides in the Late
Payment scenario.

Alternatively, by using an installation-specific implementation in event 0398, you can include forecast values in
your collection strategies in the BRFplus rules to increase the effectiveness of your dunning processes. Event
0398 is processed in the dunning proposal run before event 0315, which determines the next collection step
when collection grouping is used.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 469
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid From SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To use SAP S/4HANA for behavioral insights in dunning by collection strategy, the following prerequisites must
be met:

• You have a license for SAP S/4HANA for behavioral insights.

• You have activated business function BF_BEH_INS.
• You have trained the Late Payment scenario.

If the Consider Forecast Values indicator is set for a collection strategy, the system runs event 0398. In the
default implementation of the event, the forecast values of the SAP S/4HANA for behavioral insights scenarios
are transferred to the dunning data. If you define characteristic values installation-specifically for event 0398,
the system transfers the forecast values determined by your implementation to the dunning data.

Effects on Customizing

You activate the use of forecasts in Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable, under
Business Transactions Dunning Dunning by Collection Strategy Define Collection Strategy , by setting
the Consider Forecast Values indicator for the relevant collection strategies.

Related Information

Integration with SAP S/4HANA for behavioral insights

Collections Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

470 PUBLIC Finance
4.7.2.13 Reconciliation of FI-CA Documents with Documents
Posted FI-AP/AR

If you are forwarding postings generated in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable to Accounts Receivable
or Accounts Payable, you can now monitor the status of the documents transferred from Contract Accounts
Receivable and Payable and created in Accounts Receivable and Payable (see SAP menu under Periodic
Processing Reconciliation of Documents with Source Data Reconciliation with Documents in FI-AP/AR
(transaction FPSLMON).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-IN (Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Integration with Accounts Receivable/Accounts Payable (FI-AR/FI-AP)

4.7.2.14 Snapshots of Locked Open Items

With the Analyze Payment Locks (F6134) and Analyze Clearing Locks (F1653A) apps, you display existing
payment and clearing locks for receivables and payables.

With the Analyze Dunning Locks (F1655A) app, you display existing dunning locks for receivables.

As the data volume can be very high, to improve performance, the apps evaluate a system snapshot of
receivables and payables instead of the current live data.

With the Create Snapshot of Locked Open Items transaction (FPLOCK_SNAP), you create the snapshots
evaluated by the apps.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 471
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Create Snapshot of Locked Open Items

4.7.2.15 Data Management in Contract Accounting: Data

Retrieval

Data retrieval is enabled for all ILM objects relevant for data retrieval assigned to an archiving object or to a
data destruction object in Contract Accounting.

When data retrieval is active, you can search for and retrieve personal data of a data subject.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid from SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

To be able to search for personal data, define purposes in the Customizing activity Maintain Purposes that
specify why the data was recorded and processed. You then assign an ILM object to each purpose here.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

472 PUBLIC Finance
To enable the retrieval of personal data from archive files, create a profile for the data collection that
includes archived personal data in the search in the Customizing activity Maintain Profiles (transaction
DTINF_MAINT_PROFILE).

Related Information

Archiving
Data Destruction

4.7.2.16 Data Management in Contract Accounting: Read

Archived Provider Contracts from Archive

In archive administration (transaction SARA), you can now read data from the archive for the archiving object
for provider contracts (FI_MKKCAVT). Program RFKK_CAVT_ARCHIVE_READ (BDT archiving, read program)
reads the data from the archive.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid from SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Archiving of Provider Contracts (FI_MKKCAVT)

4.7.2.17 APIs on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub

Inbound services now expect an ISO code for currency codes, units, and measures in the service request. The
following SOAP APIs are affected by this change:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 473
• Provider Contract – Manage
• Provider Contract – Bulk Maintain
• FI-CA Document – Bulk Create
• Contract Accounting Document – Manage

Version 0001 of the Contract Accounting Business Partner Invoice API and version 0001 of the
Contract Accounting Business Partner Payment are deleted.

Version 0001 of the Cash Security Deposit API will be deprecated. As for technical reasons, the Create
and Create Request operations of version 0001 of the Cash Security Deposit API do not deliver the
desired result. For example, the created security deposit number cannot be returned in the response body.
Version 0002 of the API now delivers the desired results.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

As for technical reasons the SAP Object Type (SOT) changed to ContrAcctgBusPartnerInvoice and to
improve performance, version 0001 of the Contract Accounting Business Partner Invoice API was
depracated and is now deleted.

As for technical reasons the SAP Object Type (SOT) changed to ContrAcctgBusPartnerPayment and to
improve performance, version 0001 of the Contract Accounting Business Partner Payment API was
depracated and is now deleted.

In version 0002 of both APIs the performance improvement is achieved by reducing the number of tables the
APIs read.

Fields in version 0002 of both APIs are adapted to the new SAP Object Type (SOT).

Related Information

Provider Contract – Manage

Provider Contract – Bulk Maintain

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

474 PUBLIC Finance
FI-CA Document – Bulk Create
Contract Accounting Document – Manage
Contract Accounting Business Partner Invoice
Contract Accounting Business Partner Payment
Cash Security Deposit (Version 0001) (Will Be Decommissioned)

4.7.2.18 Business Events for SEPA Mandates

Contract Accounting provides two new business events to notify consumer applications about new and
changed SEPA mandates of business partners.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Financial SEPA Mandate Events

4.7.2.19 Deprecation of Analytical Apps

For technical reasons, the SAP Fiori apps listed below will be replaced by new app versions.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 475
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following SAP Fiori apps will be replaced by new improved app versions that offer extended analytical
capabilities:

• Analyze Payment Locks (F1239) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F6134
• Analyze Dunning Locks (F1655) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F1655A
• Analyze Clearing Locks (F1653) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F1653A
• Analyze Overdue Items (F0860) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F0860A
• Analyze Clearing Reason (F2125) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F2125A
• Analyze Collection Volume (F2208) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F2208A
• Analyze Collection Success (F2209) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F2209A
• Analyze Dunning Volume (F2122) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F2122A
• Analyze Dunning Success (F2123) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F2123A
• Analyze External Collection Volume (F2402) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F2402A
• Analyze Write-Offs (F0861) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F0861A
• Analyze Open Credits (F2364) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F2364A
• Analyze Installment Plans (F2363) will be replaced by a new app version with the App ID F2363A

The apps will be deleted from the SAP Fiori Launchpad in SAP S/4HANA 2025.

Please be aware that if you have personalized your launchpad, you need to remove the apps with the old App
IDs and add the new App IDs.

Related Information

Analyze Payment Locks

Analyze Dunning Locks
Analyze Clearing Locks
Analyze Overdue Items
Analyze Clearing Reasons
Analyze Collection Volume
Analyze Clearing Reasons
Analyze Collection Success
Analyze Dunning Volume
Analyze Dunning Success
Analyze External Collections Volume
Analyze Write-Offs

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

476 PUBLIC Finance
Analyze Open Credits
Analyze Installment Plans

4.7.3 Subscription Order Management

4.7.3.1 Prorated Fees in SAP Convergent Charging

This feature enables you to recalculate the prices for a subscription contract when a parameter that impacts
the calculation of recurring fee is changed, for example, quantity. In this case, a new item is created with a
new price calculated based on the changed parameter. The previous item is delimited, and its price is prorated.
These system performs these calculations on the recurring fee in SAP Convergent Charging using prorata
parameters .

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

While assigning a charge plan to a cross-catalog mapping version in the Manage Subscription Product-Specific
app, you can enable the charge plan for proration using the Proration indicator.

Related Information

Prorated Fees in SAP Convergent Charging

Charge Plans

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 477
4.7.3.2 Multi-Level Configuration of Product Bundles Using
Advanced Variant Configuration

You can now define and configure subscription product bundles using Advanced Variant Configuration
together with configurable bills of material (BOMs). This enables you to manage complex subscription product
structures more effectively, tailor these products to fit your specific requirements, and accurately represent the
desired configuration in a subscription order or solution quotation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

The following item categories are delivered for items where multi-level BOM explosion is supported in
Advanced Variant Configuration:

• PROM - Subscription Order Item for multi AVC

• PRCM - Subscription Contract Item for multi AVC
• PRQM - Subscription Item in Quote for multi AVC

Here, the Bundle Explosion flag is unchecked, and Structure scope is set to D BOM Explosion of Configurable
Product. In addition, the item category group PRSM is delivered that you can use in product master to
determine the correct item category. You make general settings for item categories in the Customizing under
Service Transactions Basic Settings Define Item Categories .

The date type CONFIGDATE is assigned to the date profile PROVITEM in the Customizing under Service
Basic Functions Date Management Define Date Profile for Service Transactions .

Related Information

Multi-Level Configuration of Product Bundles Using Advanced Variant Configuration

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

478 PUBLIC Finance
4.7.3.3 WBS Elements as Account Assignment Objects in
Subscription Transactions

You can now maintain WBS elements as account assignment objects in subscription orders and solution
quotations via the UI and API. In subscription orders, these WBS elements can be maintained at header and
item level for subscription items and sales items. In solution quotations, these can be maintained at item level
for subscription items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The assigned WBS elements are copied over to the subscription contract and further distributed to the FI-CA
provider contract for subscription items. The WBS elements assigned to sales items are copied to the SD sales
order.

 Note

If you have maintained the WBS element at item level, it takes precedence over the one maintained at
header level (if any). If a WBS element is not maintained at item level, then the one at header level (if any) is
considered during contract distribution.

Related Information

WBS Elements as Account Assignment Objects in Subscription Transactions

4.7.3.4 Payment Terms in Subscription Transactions

You can now maintain terms of payment for subscription items and sales items in a subscription order
or solution quotation, different from those that are already defined in the assigned contract account. This

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 479
simplifies the overall payment process, lowers the defaulting risk, and allows flexible and scenario-specific
maintenance of payment terms.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

These item-level terms of payments are transferred to a subscription contract (for subscription items)
and sales order (for sales items), where they are considered for calculating the due date for incoming
payments on creation of the CI invoice document. This means that different subscription and sales items
in a subscription order or solution quotation can have different payment terms that are transferred to the
respective subscription contract and sales order.

Effects on Customizing

A FI-CA payment condition is assigned to FIAR terms of payment for calculation of due date in the Customizing
under Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable Basic Functions Postings and Documents Document
Maintain Payment Terms . Multiple payment terms in FI-CA can have the same terms of payment.

At transaction level, however, the FIAR terms of payment are made available only if there is one
to one mapping with FI-CA payment conditions. To ensure this, the mapping is done in the table
TFK_MAP_ZAHLKOND in Customizing under Service Transactions Settings for Subscription Transactions
Integration Integration with Provider Contract Map Terms of Payment to FICA Payment Conditions . Only
the payment terms added here are available for selection in the subscription orders and solution quotations.

Related Information

Contract Accounts in Subscription Orders

Terms of Payment in Subscription Items

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

480 PUBLIC Finance
4.7.3.5 Withdrawing a Subscription Contract with a Manual
Refund Amount

Previously, the refund amount determined by the system during withdrawal of a subscription contract could
not be modified. You can now manually enter a desired refund amount while executing the Withdraw change
process.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you execute the Withdraw change process, the system automatically determines the refund amount
based on the Withdrawal Reason and Refund Code. However, after selecting a withdrawal reason, you can
also provide the preferred refund amount manually. The provided refund amount is considered during price
calculation of the new contract item.

Related Information

Withdraw

4.7.3.6 Multiple Price Keys for Recurring Fees in SAP

Convergent Charging

Previously, only prices were replicated to SAP Convergent Charging for calculation of recurring prices. Now,
discounts and surcharges, in addition to prices, are also replicated to SAP Convergent Charging. This facilitates
assignment of discounts and surcharges during order creation, allows flexible pricing of orders, and improves
transparency with a single view of all pricing data in Subscription Order Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 481
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You are now able to transfer the following to SAP Convergent Charging:

• Price master data, including discounts and surcharges using the Data Replication Framework (DRF)
• Absolute, percentage, and aggregate values for discounts and surcharges
• Transaction-specific manual prices, including discounts and surcharges via the ODI Framework

Related Information

Recurring Fees in SAP Convergent Charging

4.7.3.7 End-to-End Extensibility in Subscription

Transactions

Previously, if a subscription item was extended with a custom field, this field would reflect in a subscription
order and subscription contract. This behavior is now enhanced so that the custom fields are transferred from
subscription contracts in Subscription Order Management to provider contracts in FI-CA. This enhancement
eliminates the need for customization when managing data from custom fields in subscription contracts and
provider contracts.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

482 PUBLIC Finance
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

End-to-End Extensibility in Subscription Transactions

4.7.3.8 Deprecation of OData API: Subscription Order

(Version 0001)

The OData API Subscription Order (Version 0001) will be deprecated and will not be supported from release
SAP S/4HANA 2023 onwards. This is due to the inability of the Version 0001 API to support ISO and SAP codes
for units of measure and duration units.

This OData API Subscription Order (Version 0001) will be replaced by the OData API Subscription Order
(Version 0002).

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Subscription Order (Version 0001) (Deprecated)

Subscription Order (Version 0002)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 483
4.7.3.9 OData API: Subscription Order (Version 0002)

With the OData API Subscription Order (Version 0002), you can use ISO codes and SAP codes for units of
measure and duration units.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (Subscription Order (Version 0002) ).

With OData API Subscription Order (Version 0002), you can now perform various new operations and a new
action for the following entities:

Technical Name Description

A_SUBSCRIPTIONORDER_2 Subscription Order Header

A_SUBSCRIPTIONORDERITEM_2 Subscription Order Item

A_SUBSCRIPTIONORDERPARTNER_2 Parties Involved in Subscription Order

A_SUBSCRPNORDITEMPARTNER_2 Partner in Subscription Order Item

A_SUBSCRPNORDITMPRICEELEMENT_2 Pricing Element of Order Item

A_SUBSCRPNORDERUSERSTATUS_2 Subscription Order User Status

A_SUBSCRPNORDITEMUSERSTATUS_2 User Status of Subscription Order Item

A_SUBSCRPNORDITMAPPT_2 Appointment in Subscription Order Item

A_SUBSCRPNORDITEMDURATION_2 Duration in Subscription Order Item

A_CHGORDPRDCSSRBUSSOLNQTAN_2 Predecessor Business Solution Quotation of a Change Order

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

484 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Name Description

A_CHGORDITMPRDCSSRSOLNQTNITM_2 Predecessor Business Solution Quotation Item of a Change

Order Item

A_CHGORDPRDCSSRSUBSCRPNCONTR_2 Predecessor Subscription Contract of Change Order

A_CHGORDITMPRDCSSRCONTRITM_2 Predecessor Contract Item of a Subscription Change Order

Item

A_SBSCRORDFUPSUBSCRPNCONTR_2 Follow-up Subscription Contract Document Number

A_SUBSCRPNORDITMFUPCONTRITM_2 Follow-up Subscription Contract Item of Subscription Order

Item

A_SUBSCRPNORDFUPSALESORDER_2 Follow-up Sales Order

A_SUBSCRPNORDITMFUPSLSORDITM_2 Follow-up Sales Order Item Number of Subscription Order

Item

A_SUBSCRPNORDITEMCONFIGN_2 Configuration Data in Subscription Order Item

A_SUBSCRPNORDITMDTEPARAM_2 Convergent Charging Date Parameter (Redefined)

A_SUBSCRPNORDITMNMRCPARAM_2 Convergent Charging Numeric Parameter (Redefined)

A_SUBSCRPNORDITMSTRPARAM_2 Convergent Charging String Parameter (Redefined)

A_SUBSCRPNORDITMTBLPARAM_2 Convergent Charging Table Parameter (Redefined)

A_SUBSCRPNORDITEMTECHRSCE_2 Technical Resource in Subscription Item

 Note

The OData API Subscription Order (Version 0001) will be deprecated from SAP S/4HANA 2023 onwards.

Related Information

Subscription Order (Version 0002)

4.7.3.10 OData API: Master Agreement

The Master Agreement OData API is enhanced so that you can now perform error handling via AIF.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 485
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Master Agreement

4.7.3.11 Situation Handling for Manage Subscription Contract

Lifecycle

Situation Handling now delivers an automatically enabled situation type for the situation template Subscription
Contract Item Grace Period (SOM_GRACE_PERD_SUB_CONTR_ITEM). The details page for the subscription
contract now displays a situation message if the subscription contract item is past its end date but within the
grace period.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

486 PUBLIC Finance
Additional Details

Subscription contracts that are setup for auto renewal, rejected, or are phased contracts are excluded from
these automatic notifications.

Related Information

Subscription Contract Item Grace Period

4.7.3.12 Removal of "Smartphone" Device Type in SAP Fiori

Apps for Subscription Order Management

The following SAP Fiori apps for Subscription Order Management can no longer be used on smartphones:

• Manage Allowance Definition Groups (F4028)

• Manage Subscription Product-Specific Data (F3560)
• Manage Sharing Groups (F4432)
• Display Allowances (F5597)

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Allowance Definition Groups

Manage Subscription Product-Specific Data
Manage Sharing Groups
Display Allowances

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 487
4.7.3.13 Mass Changes of Subscription Contracts

The Mass Changes of Subscription Contracts app enables you to choose all the subscription contracts that you
want to change and take them over into a mass processing. Since only specific contracts are eligible for mass
processing, multiple filters are provided to simplify the search and selection of contracts.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This app is available in the SAP Fiori Apps Reference Library: Mass Changes of Subscription Contracts.

Effects on Customizing

You can perform all the relevant activities for mass processing in the Customizing under Service
Transactions Settings for Subscription Transactions Mass Processing .

 Note

If a subscription contract with the statuses In Process, Scheduled for Processing, or Processed with
Errors is included in a mass processing, it can neither be included in another mass processing nor
can it be changed by executing a change process manually. In such a case, you can use the BAdI
CRMS4_SOM_MP_CP_CHECK in the Customizing under Service Transactions Settings for Subscription
Transactions Mass Processing BAdI: Additional Checks for Change Processes to ensure that change
processes are hidden in the Processes section as well.

Related Information

Mass Changes of Subscription Contracts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

488 PUBLIC Finance
Manage Mass Processing of Subscriptions

4.7.3.14 Manage Mass Processing of Subscriptions

The Manage Mass Processing of Subscriptions app enables you to maintain and execute mass processing
runs and monitor the results. This app streamlines the execution of change processes on a large number of
contracts, thus eliminating the overhead for item-by-item modifications, triggering, and monitoring mass jobs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This app is available on the SAP Fiori Apps Reference Library: Manage Mass Processing of Subscriptions.

Effects on Customizing

All the relevant activities for mass processing can be performed in the Customizing Service Transactions
Settings for Subscription Transactions Mass Processing .

 Note

If a subscription contract with the statuses In Process, Scheduled for Processing, or Processed with
Errors is included in a mass processing, it can neither be included in another mass processing nor
can it be changed by executing a change process manually. In such a case you can use the BAdI
CRMS4_SOM_MP_CP_CHECK in the Customozing under Service Transactions Settings for Subscription
Transactions Mass Processing BAdI: Additional Checks for Change Processes to ensure that change
processes are hidden in the Processes section as well.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 489
Related Information

Manage Mass Processing of Subscriptions

Mass Changes of Subscription Contracts

4.8 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance

4.8.1 International Trade

4.8.1.1 IAM Change Management: New and Obsolete

Business Catalogs

Changes to identity and access management (IAM) objects have been delivered for International Trade. For
additional information , see SAP Note 3341718 .

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2U1 (Customs Management with SAP Global Trade Services)

Application Component FT-ITR-INT-GTS (International Trade – GTS Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Apps
App ID Name Action Comments

TION cation Codes, Classify Products -
Intrastat Service Codes and
Reclassify Products -
Intrastat Service Codes apps
that refer to entries in busi
ness catalog
SAP_SLL_BC_CLS_ISSRVCC
ODE are to be removed from
the business catalog group
SAP_SLL_BCG_CLASSIFICA
TION

Page
Page ID Name Action Comment

SAP_SLL_PG_ADMIN_OVR International Trade - Admin Update The Schedule Sales

istration Overview Document Status Update –
Global Trade Services ,
Schedule Reprocessing of
Documents – Global Trade
Services, Schedule Transfer
of Customers - Global Trade
Services and Schedule
Transfer of Suppliers - Global
Trade Services apps that re
fer to entries in business cat
alogs
SAP_SLL_BC_PI_BASIS and
SAP_SLL_BC_PI_PMD_TRAN
S are to be removed from
page
SAP_SLL_PG_ADMIN_OVR

4.8.1.2 GTS Integration

4.8.1.2.1 New App: Schedule Transfer of Product Attributes

- Global Trade Service

You can use this app in SAP S/4HANA to schedule the transfer of product attributes for special customs
procedures to the SAP Global Trade Services system in a batch manner.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 493
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2U1 (Customs Management with SAP Global Trade Services)

Application Component FT-ITR-INT-GTS (International Trade – GTS Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.8.1.3 Intrastat

4.8.1.3.1 Two New Parameters for Specification of

Declaration Month in Intrastat Selection Apps

As of SAP S/4HANA 2023, the Current Month and Previous Month parameters for specification of the
declaration month are available in the following Intrastat selection apps:

• Select Dispatches and Customer Returns – Intrastat Declaration

• Select Receipts and Returns to Supplier – Intrastat Declaration

By selecting the Current Month parameter option, the declaration month is calculated as the month of the job
execution date.

By selecting the Previous Month parameter option, the declaration month is calculated as the month previous
to the month of the job execution date.

 Note

To specify the declaration month manually, select the Manual Input parameter option.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BDT (Intrastat Processing)

Application Component FT-ITR-ISR (International Trade - Intrastat Reporting)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

494 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.8.1.3.2 Support of Intrastat Declarations for Malta

Intrastat declarations for Malta are supported as of SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Malta

Scope Item BDT (Intrastat Processing)

Application Component FT-ITR-ISR (International Trade - Intrastat Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.8.1.3.3 Further Custom Fields in Intrastat Declaration

Items

Prior to SAP S/4HANA 2023, there were three custom fields in Intrastat declaration items with 5, 10, and 15
characters.

With SAP S/4HANA 2023, there are three more custom fields in Intrastat declaration items with 20, 40, and 40
characters.

You can fill these custom fields by using the BAdI BADI_INTRASTAT_SELECTION.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BDT (Intrastat Processing)

Application Component FT-ITR-ISR (International Trade - Intrastat Reporting)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 495
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.8.1.3.4 Further Selection Criteria for Processing of

Intrastat Declaration Items

With SAP S/4HANA 2023, you can use six custom fields as further selection criteria for processing Intrastat
declaration items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for all countries

Scope Item BDT (Intrastat Processing)

Application Component FT-ITR-ISR (International Trade - Intrastat Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.8.1.3.5 Two new fields in 'Define Default Values for

Purchasing' Customizing Activity

With SAP S/4HANA 2023, you can specify the following two new fields in the Define Default Values for
Purchasing Customizing Activity:

• Business Transaction Type for Returns to Supplier

• Procedure for Returns to Supplier (only relevant for Cyprus and France)

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for all countries/regions

Scope Item BDT (Intrastat Processing)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

496 PUBLIC Finance
Application Component FT-ITR-ISR (International Trade - Intrastat Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.8.1.3.6 Two Obsolete Customizing Activities for Defining

Default Values for Returns in Purchasing

The Define Business Transaction Types for Returns to Supplier and Define Procedures for Returns to Supplier
Customizing activities are obsolete as of SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Localized for all countries/regions

Scope Item BDT (Intrastat Processing)

Application Component FT-ITR-ISR (International Trade - Intrastat Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.8.1.3.7 Third Party Declarants for Croatia

In Croatia, as of SAP S/4HANA 2023, it is possible to assign third party declarants to providers of information
and create Intrastat declarations with information relevant for third party declarants.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Croatia

Scope Item BDT (Intrastat Processing)

Application Component FT-ITR-ISR (International Trade - Intrastat Reporting)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 497
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

4.9 Commodity Management

4.9.1 Commodity Sales

4.9.1.1 Deal Capture

4.9.1.1.1 Reason for Rejection for Sales Contracts

This functionality changes the deletion behavior of contracts and contract items on Sales documents. Instead
of physically deleting the records, the Reason for Rejection field from SD contract items is used to mark it as
Rejected. This is applied during amendments and on voiding Deals.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SAP GUI Transaction for customizing nodes:

/dmbe/cust Deal Capture Deal Details Reason for

Rejection

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

498 PUBLIC Finance
4.9.1.1.2 UoM on Percentage Conditions

This functionality enhances secondary price condition input to allow the selection of a Unit of Measure on
conditions defined as percentage type.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

4.9.1.1.3 UI Improvements

Enhancements on Deal Capture applications to provide consistent user experience across the applications.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 499
Additional Details

4.9.1.1.4 Product Continuous Improvements

General improvements on Deal Capture applications regarding non-functional aspects, including performance,
accessibility, user assistance, and translations.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

4.9.1.1.5 Business Partner Data Controller

With this functionality, the Business Partner Data Controller (BPDC) is now used when processing personal
data. The BPDC is an optional configuration and must be activated for this feature to be used.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

500 PUBLIC Finance
Application Component

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

4.10 APIs for Finance

4.10.1 SOAP API: Journal Entry – Post (Synchronous)

New fields have been added to the API Journal Entry – Post (Synchronous)
(JournalEntryCreateRequestConfirmation_In).

Journal Entry node

Field Description Necessity

BusinessTransactionType Business transaction type. Permitted Mandatory

values:

• RFBU (FI Posting)

• AZAF (Down Payment Request)

PostingFiscalPeriod Posting fiscal period Optional

Item node

Field Description Necessity

BillableControl Used in the Professional Services sce Optional

nario to plan and post non-billable ef
forts to a WBS Element.

FinancialServicesProductGroup Financial services product group Optional

FinancialServicesBranch Branch ID of the financial services insti Optional

tution

FinancialDataSource Data source Optional

Item-AccountAssignment substructure

Field Description Necessity

Fund Fund Optional

Grant Grant Optional

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 501
Field Description Necessity

CustomerGroup Customer group Optional

CustomerCountry Customer country Optional

CustomerIndustry Customer industry Optional

DebtorItem node

Field Description Necessity

IsEUTriangularDeal Indicates whether the deal is an EU tri Optional

angular deal.

DebtorItem-PaymentDetails substructure

Field Description Necessity

DigitalPaymentType Digital payment type Optional

PaymentByDigitalPaymentService Payment by digital payment service Optional

PaymentMethodSupplement Payment method supplement Optional

PaymentReference Payment reference Optional

DebtorItem-OneTimeCustomerDetails substructure

Field Description Necessity

TitleCustomer Customer title Optional

Name2 Name 2 Optional

Name3 Name 3 Optional

Name4 Name 4 Optional

LanguageISOCode ISO language code Optional

ShortStreetName Short street name Optional

VendorPostOfficeBox Vendor post office box Optional

PostOfficeBoxPostlCode Postal code of P.O. box Optional

PostlCodeforVendor Postal code Optional

DataMediumExchangeKey Instruction key for Data Medium Ex Optional

change (DME)

DataMediumExchangeIndicator Recipient code for Data Medium Ex Optional

change (DME)

OneTmeAcctIsEqualizationTxSubj Indicates whether or not the business Optional

partner is subject to equalization tax.

Email Internet address of partner company Optional

clerk

TaxType Tax type Optional

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

502 PUBLIC Finance
Field Description Necessity

BankDetailsReference Reference of bank details Optional

CreditorItem node

Field Description Necessity

JointVentureBillingType Joint venture billing type used to cate Optional

gorize expense types on the partner's
bill (invoice).

WbsElement Work Breakdown Structure element Optional

(WBS)

ProfitCenter Profit Center Optional

CreditorItem-OneTimeVendorDetails substructure

Field Description Necessity

TitleVendor Vendor title Optional

Name2 Name 2 Optional

Name3 Name 3 Optional

Name4 Name 4 Optional

LanguageISOCode ISO language code Optional

ShortStreetName Short street name Optional

VendorPostOfficeBox Vendor post office box Optional

PostOfficeBoxPostlCode Postal code of P.O. box Optional

PostlCodeforVendor Postal code Optional

BankAccount Bank account Optional

BankNumber Bank number Optional

BankControlKey Bank control key Optional

BankCountry Bank country Optional

BankDetailsReference Reference of bank details Optional

DataMediumExchangeKey Instruction key for Data Medium Ex Optional

change (DME)

DataMediumExchangeIndicator Recipient code for Data Medium Ex Optional

change (DME)

OneTmeAcctIsEqualizationTxSubj Indicates whether or not the business Optional

partner is subject to equalization tax.

Email Internet address of partner company Optional

clerk

IsNaturalPerson Indicates whether or not the person is a Optional

natural person.

Region Region (State, Province, Country) Optional

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 503
Field Description Necessity

TaxNumberType Tax number type Optional

TaxType Tax type Optional

VATLiability Liable to VAT Optional

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Technical Object Name JournalEntryCreateRequestConfirmation_In

Application Component AC-INT

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Journal Entry - Post (Synchronous)

4.10.2 SOAP API: Journal Entry – Post (Asynchronous)

New fields have been added to the API Journal Entry – Post (Asynchronous)
(JournalEntryBulkCreationRequest_In) and reprocessing of entries containing errors is now supported
in the Application Interface Monitor.

Journal Entry node

Field Description Necessity

BusinessTransactionType Business transaction type. Permitted Mandatory

values:

• RFBU (FI Posting)

• AZAF (Down Payment Request)

PostingFiscalDate Posting fiscal date Optional

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

504 PUBLIC Finance
Item node

Field Description Necessity

BillableControl Used in the Professional Services sce Optional

nario to plan and post non-billable ef
forts to a WBS Element.

FinancialServicesProductGroup Financial services product group Optional

FinancialServicesBranch Branch ID of the financial services insti Optional

tution

FinancialDataSource Data source Optional

Item-AccountAssignment substructure

Field Description Necessity

Fund Fund Optional

Grant Grant Optional

CustomerGroup Customer group Optional

CustomerCountry Customer country Optional

CustomerIndustry Customer industry Optional

DebtorItem node

PostlCodeforCustomer Postal code Optional

DataMediumExchangeKey Instruction key for Data Medium Ex Optional

change (DME)

DataMediumExchangeIndicator Recipient code for Data Medium Ex Optional

change (DME)

OneTmeAcctIsEqualizationTxSubj Indicates whether or not the business Optional

partner is subject to equalization tax.

Email Internet address of partner company Optional

clerk

TaxType Tax type Optional

BankDetailsReference Reference of bank details Optional

CreditorItem node

Field Description Necessity

JointVentureBillingType Joint venture billing type used to cate Optional

gorize expense types on the partner's
bill (invoice).

WbsElement Work Breakdown Structure element Optional

(WBS)

ProfitCenter Profit Center Optional

CreditorItem-OneTimeVendorDetails substructure

Field Description Necessity

TitleVendor Vendor title Optional

Name2 Name 2 Optional

Name3 Name 3 Optional

Name4 Name 4 Optional

LanguageISOCode ISO language code Optional

ShortStreetName Short street name Optional

VendorPostOfficeBox Vendor post office box Optional

PostOfficeBoxPostlCode Postal code of P.O. box Optional

PostlCodeforVendor Postal code Optional

BankAccount Bank account Optional

BankNumber Bank number Optional

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

506 PUBLIC Finance
Field Description Necessity

BankControlKey Bank control key Optional

BankCountry Bank country Optional

BankDetailsReference Reference of bank details Optional

DataMediumExchangeKey Instruction key for Data Medium Ex Optional

change (DME)

DataMediumExchangeIndicator Recipient code for Data Medium Ex Optional

change (DME)

OneTmeAcctIsEqualizationTxSubj Indicates whether or not the business Optional

partner is subject to equalization tax.

Email Internet address of partner company Optional

clerk

IsNaturalPerson Indicates whether or not the person is a Optional

natural person.

Region Region (State, Province, Country) Optional

TaxNumberType Tax number type Optional

TaxType Tax type Optional

VATLiability Liable to VAT Optional

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Technical Object Name JournalEntryBulkCreationRequest_In

Application Component AC-INT

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Journal Entry - Post (Asynchronous)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 507
4.10.3 ODATA API: Operational Journal Entry Item - Read
(A2X)

New fields have been added to the API Operational Journal Entry Item - Read (A2X)
(API_OPLACCTGDOCITEMCUBE_SRV).

Accounting Document Items entity

Field Description Necessity

JointVenturePartner Joint venture partner Optional

JointVentureBillingType Joint venture billing type Optional

JointVentureProductionDate Joint venture production date Optional

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Technical Object Name JournalEntryBulkCreationRequest_In

Application Component AC-INT

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Operational Journal Entry Item - Read (A2X)

4.10.4 TestDataIndicator in Service Message Header

The TestDataIndicator field in the service message header of an API is used to simulate postings and returns a
message. The value is restricted to true or false. If no value is transferred, false is the default value. When the
value is true, it overrides other values for the same field in service nodes. When the value is false or null, the
values in each service node take effect respectively. This rule is valid for the following APIs:

• Journal Entry - Post (Synchronous)

• Journal Entry - Post (Asynchronous)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

508 PUBLIC Finance
• Journal Entry – Clearing (Asynchronous)

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Technical Object Name JournalEntryBulkCreationRequest_In

JournalEntryCreateRequestConfirmation_In

JournalEntryBulkClearingRequest_In

Application Component AC-INT

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Journal Entry - Post (Synchronous)

Journal Entry - Post (Asynchronous)
Journal Entry – Clearing (Asynchronous)

4.10.5 Journal Entry Event

The Journal Entry Event business object has been changed. For upgrade compatibility reasons, the accounting
document number is now available in either the AccountingDocument field or the JournalEntry field.

 Note

If you are new to this event, please use the AccountingDocument field.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 509
Events Table
Event Description Payload

Created Indicates that a journal entry document • CompanyCode

has been created.
Company code

 Note • FiscalYear
Fiscal year
Only journal entry creation catego
• AccountingDocument
ries with one of the following docu
For upgrade compatibility reasons,
ment statuses trigger the event:
the accounting document num
• Space - Normal Document ber is now available in either
• L - Posting Not in Leading the AccountingDocument field or
Ledger the JournalEntry field. Their use
is identical. If you are new
• U - Posting in General Ledger
to this event, please use the
Only
AccountingDocument field.
• JournalEntry
Journal entry

Business events are published on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub. For more information about business
events, see Business Events on SAP Business Accelerator Hub.

Related APIs

• SOAP API: Journal Entry – Post (Asynchronous) [page 504]

• SOAP API: Journal Entry – Post (Synchronous) [page 501]

Events on SAP Business Accelerator Hub

For more information about Journal Entry Events, see here .

4.10.6 JVA Billing - Read API

This service enables you to retrieve billing files (XML / CSV file format) for a company code, year, period, and
JV partner.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

510 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This service is published on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub. For more information about APIs, see APIs on:

Related Information

APIs on SAP Business Accelerator Hub

4.10.7 API: Accounting Activity Allocation - Read, Create

The API Accounting Activity Allocation - Read, Create is available. It enables you to read, create, and reverse
accounting activity allocations.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

Application Component CO-FIO-CCA-TRA (Transactions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Finance PUBLIC 511
Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Accounting Activity Allocation - Read, Create

4.11 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1352].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

512 PUBLIC Finance
5 Human Resources

5.1 Display Ongoing Leave Requests in Transactions PTMW,

PTMW_DISP, PA20, PA30, PA51, and PA61
Using the Request List pushbutton, HR administrators can display ongoing leave requests in the display and
maintenance transactions in time management. Ongoing leave requests are all leave entries that do not have
the status POSTED. This enables adimnistrators to get an overview on posted requests and pending requests
from a single entry point.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PT-RC-AA (Attendances/Absences)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Caution
This feature is available in SAP Human Capital Manage
ment for SAP S/4HANA and the SAP S/4HANA HR
Compatibility Pack. For more information on HCM func
tionality in SAP S/4HANA, refer to SAP Human Capital
Management.

Effects on Customizing

You can activate the display of the Request List pushbutton using the following Customizing activities:

• To display the Request List pushbutton in the overview screen of infotype 2001 (Absences) in transactions
PA20, PA30, PA51, and PA61, set the flag Request List in Customizing under Time Management Time
Data Recording and Administration Absences Absence Catalog Display Request List Pushbutton in
Display and Maintenance Transactions .
• To display the Request List pushbutton in the overview screen of infotype 2002 (Attendances) in
transactions PA20, PA30, PA51, and PA61, set the flag Request List in Customizing under Time

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Human Resources PUBLIC 513
Management Time Data Recording and Administration Attendances/Actual Working Times Display
Request List Pushbutton in Display and Maintenance Transactions .
• To display the Request List pushbutton in the Time Manager's Workplace (transactions PTMW and
PTMW_DISP), maintain the Customizing under Time Management Time Manager's Workplace Menu
Design Define Menu Functions . Under Field Selection Attributes, select a field selection and choose
Field Customizing in the Dialog Structure group box. You can add the Request List pushbutton by adding the
corresponding field under Select Fields....

5.2 Data Controller Usage for Business Partners

You can use Data Controllers (DCs) to control authorizations for Business Partners (BPs). DC assignments can
be derived automatically based on the Company Code.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-HR-S4 (Cross Application HCM Objects in S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Caution
This feature is only available in SAP Human Capital
Management for SAP S/4HANA. For more information
on HCM functionality in SAP S/4HANA, refer to SAP
Human Capital Management.

Additional Details

In case you have activated feature toggle BUP_DATA_CONTROLLER_PURPOSE, you can use DCs to control
authorizations for BPs. To synchronize DC assignments, you require authorizations from the authorization
objects B_BUP_DCPA and B_BUP_DCPD. DC assignments can be derived automatically based on the Company
Code (infotype 0001, field BUKRS) of the related personnel number.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

514 PUBLIC Human Resources
Effects on Customizing

To derive the DC assignments based on the Company Code, maintain the relevant settings in Customizing
under Cross-Application Components Data Protection General Settings Data Controller .

Related Information

Data Controller
SAP Note 2340095

5.3 Transaction CATSXT Deleted

The transaction Cross Application Time Sheet for Service Providers CATSXT is deleted.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-TS-SV (Cross Application Time Sheet for Service

Providers)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The objects are locked and will be deleted in a future release.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Human Resources PUBLIC 515
Effects on Existing Data

The existing data is available.

Effects on Customizing

The relevant Customizing activities are locked.

Related Information

SAP Note 3150537

5.4 Payroll - Off-Cycle activities using the new infotype

framework

You can use the new infotype framework in the off-cycle workbench.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PY-XX-OC (Off-Cycle Activities)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Key Benefits:

• Count on consistency, as there is no difference from a business perspective with the infotype framework
used being transparent for users, all existing off-cycle activities remaining unchanged, and the off-cycle
workbench functionality remaining unchanged.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

516 PUBLIC Human Resources
• Enhancement of standard infotypes without additional effort.
• Allows the use of decoupled infotypes.
• Leverages the new, decoupled infotype framework, which enables the application logic and the user
interface to be separated, and allows data-sharing functionality.

5.5 Posting - Enhancement of ‘display posting runs’

(transaction PCP0)

You can use the enhanced ‘display posting runs’ via transaction PCP0.

• New menu options:

• Completeness Check to search for payroll results not posted (report RPCIPC00).
• Check Posted Runs to check successful posted runs using the Technical Document Trace of HR Posting
Transfer report (report RPCIP_TRANSFER_CHECK).
• Run Attributes to obtain access to the documentation of the System Table (T77S0) settings in a
posting (value documentation and attribute setting in the posting run).
• Enhanced list to display error messages in the document overview (report RPCIPS00) for line-item
messages and document messages.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PY-XX-DT (Posting to Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Caution
This feature is only available in SAP Human Capital
Management for SAP S/4HANA. For more information
on HCM functionality in SAP S/4HANA, refer to SAP
Human Capital Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Human Resources PUBLIC 517
Additional Details

Key Benefits:

• Obtain help for analysis of issues.

• Instantly check for payroll results not posted.
• Immediately check whether a posting into accounting was successful.
• Ease administration of the 'display posting runs' transaction (PCP0), with the errors being analyzed by the
posting administrator.

Related Information

Technical Document Tracing

Checking the Completeness of Postings
SAP Note 3328089

5.6 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1352].

5.7 Fiori Apps for SAP Human Capital Management for SAP
S/4HANA

5.7.1 My FSA Claims

With this new app, you as an employee can manage your flexible spending accounts (FSAs).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

518 PUBLIC Human Resources
Application Component PA-BN (Benefits)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Caution
This feature is only available in SAP Human Capital
Management for SAP S/4HANA. For more information
on HCM functionality in SAP S/4HANA, refer to SAP
Human Capital Management.

Additional Details

If employees are to be allowed to create or make changes to their spending account claims, the required
Customizing settings need to be maintained. For more information, refer to App Implementation: My FSA
Claims.

Related Information

My FSA Claims

5.7.2 My HR-Related Documents

With this new app, employee users can upload HR-related documents, e.g., sick notes. After the document is
submitted, responsible HR administrators receive an email notification with the document attached for further
processing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PA-FIO-DOC (My HR-Related Documents )

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Human Resources PUBLIC 519
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Caution
This feature is only available in SAP Human Capital
Management for SAP S/4HANA. For more information
on HCM functionality in SAP S/4HANA, refer to SAP
Human Capital Management.

Additional Details

Within the My HR-Related Documents Fiori app, employee users can upload HR-relevant documents of that
type. Users have to choose from custom defined document categories before uploading a document. After
employees submit one or more documents, the files are converted to a single PDF file and attached to the
notification mail for the HR administrator. It is possible to assign different HR administrators depending on the
document categories.

Effects on Customizing

You can maintain the settings of the app, like defining document categories, and assigning processor groups
for certain types of documents in Customizing under Personnel Management Roles and Self-Services (SAP
Fiori) Employee Self-Service (SAP Fiori) Application-Specific Settings My HR-Related Documents .

Related Information

My HR-Related Documents

5.7.3 My Team Calendar

With this new app, you can view the upcoming events, trainings, leaves, and work schedules of your colleagues
or direct reports.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

520 PUBLIC Human Resources
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PA-FIO-CAL (My Team Calendar)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Caution
This feature is only available in SAP Human Capital
Management for SAP S/4HANA. For more information
on HCM functionality in SAP S/4HANA, refer to SAP
Human Capital Management.

Additional Details

With the My Team Calendar Fiori app, you can create your own views, which can be shared with colleagues. You
can use filters on a selected view, search for employees or events, and download selected information as an
Excel file. It is possible to share or restrict calendar access via an approval process.

Effects on Customizing

You can maintain the settings of the app in Customizing under Personnel Management Roles and Self-
Services (SAP Fiori) Employee Self-Service (SAP Fiori) Application-Specific Settings My Team Calendar .

Related Information

My Team Calendar

5.7.4 Manage Course Participation

With this new app, you as a manager can assign trainings to your employees and view the completion status of
trainings.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Human Resources PUBLIC 521
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PA-FIO-LSO (Fiori Apps for Learning Solution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Caution
This feature is only available in SAP Human Capital
Management for SAP S/4HANA. For more information
on HCM functionality in SAP S/4HANA, refer to SAP
Human Capital Management.

Related Information

Manage Course Participation

5.7.5 Employee Address Book

The Employee Address Book is a search model of the enterprise search.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PA-FIO (Fiori UI for Personal Administration)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

522 PUBLIC Human Resources
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Caution
This feature is only available in SAP Human Capital
Management for SAP S/4HANA. For more information
on HCM functionality in SAP S/4HANA, refer to SAP
Human Capital Management.

Additional Details

Employees can use the search field to find other colleagues and their contact data quickly. Link to an
Organizational Chart app provides additional information on the organizational environment of the found
employee.

Related Information

SAP Note 3304275

5.7.6 Create Custom Tiles Based on the My Reporting Fiori

App

You can create your own custom My Reporting tiles that can be used on the Fiori Launchpad. In addition, you
can display a dynamic KPI directly on the tile that corresponds to the number of hits of the report output.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PA-FIO-REP (My Reporting)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Human Resources PUBLIC 523
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Caution
This feature is only available in SAP Human Capital
Management for SAP S/4HANA. For more information
on HCM functionality in SAP S/4HANA, refer to SAP
Human Capital Management.

Additional Details

You can create your own custom tiles that call a single report via the My Reporting Fiori app directly on the Fiori
Launchpad. In addition, you can display a dynamic KPI directly on the tile that corresponds to the number of
hits of the report output. By clicking the tile, users can display the corresponding hits in My Reporting, adjust
the input data of the reports, and use filter and selection options on the output.

Effects on Customizing

To create an report tile, you need to include a report in the My Reporting Customizing, as well as maintain
the relevant settings. You can access the Customizing for My Reporting under Personnel Management
Roles and Self-Services (SAP Fiori) Manager Self-Service (SAP Fiori) Application-Specific Settings My
Reporting .

Related Information

SAP Note 3365072

SAP Note 3293781

5.7.7 Critical Leave Requests Tile

HR Administrators can use the Critical Leave Requests tile to display leave requests in status ERROR directly on
the Fiori launchpad.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

524 PUBLIC Human Resources
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PA-FIO-REP (My Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Caution
This feature is only available in SAP Human Capital
Management for SAP S/4HANA. For more information
on HCM functionality in SAP S/4HANA, refer to SAP
Human Capital Management.

Additional Details

The Critical Leave Requests tile is based on the My Reporting Fiori app, and calls the report Display Leave
Requests (RPT_ARQ_LIST).

Related Information

My Reporting
SAP Note 3365072

5.7.8 Define Images for Trending Courses in the Search

Courses App

With this feature, you can define images for trending courses in the Search Courses app.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Human Resources PUBLIC 525
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PA-FIO-LSO (Fiori Apps for Learning Solution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Effects on Customizing

Related Information

Search Courses

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

526 PUBLIC Human Resources
6 Manufacturing

6.1 Environment, Health, and Safety

6.1.1 Incident Management

6.1.1.1 Workplace Safety Overview

With this feature, you can get an overview of active incidents and incident-related tasks at your organization.
When you specify your location in the Set My Location app, the overview includes data from your selected
location and its sublocations. You can see the most recent items that require attention and navigate to due
tasks. Additionally, you can analyze statistical data presented in a variety of chart formats.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-IM (Incident Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Workplace Safety Overview

6.1.1.2 Edit Incident (Overview Page Floorplan)

With this feature, you can view and edit incidents in a flexible and responsive interface.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 527
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-IM (Incident Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

To use the new overview page floorplan (OVP), you need to activate it in Customizing under Environment,
Health and Safety Incident Management General Configuration Activate Overview Page Floorplan
(New) . By default, the user interface is available in its previous version, built using the object instance
floorplan (OIF).

 Note

Before you activate the OVP floorplan in the productive system, make sure to replicate your custom user
interface enhancements and screen adaptations in the new floorplan. Modifications of the OIF floorplan are
not compatible with the OVP floorplan.

Related Information

Configuration for Incident Management [page 528]

Edit Incident (Overview Page Floorplan)

6.1.1.3 Configuration for Incident Management

With the Activate Overview Page Floorplan (New) configuration activity, you can activate the overview page
floorplan (OVP) for viewing and editing incidents. When the OVP floorplan is activated, all navigation to
incidents leads to the OVP version of the user interface. You can find the activity in Customizing under
Environment, Health and Safety Incident Management General Configuration Activate Overview Page
Floorplan (New) .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

528 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-IM (Incident Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

By default, the user interface is available in its previous version, built using the object instance floorplan (OIF).

 Note

Effects on Customizing

 Note

If you activate the OVP floorplan, configuration changes made in the Assign Access Level to Tabs
configuration activity are not considered.

Related Information

Edit Incident (Overview Page Floorplan) [page 527]

6.1.1.4 Authorization Concept for Accessing Incidents

The authorization concept for accessing incidents now includes both the EHHSS_INC6 and EHFND_LOC
authorization objects and grants access to specific locations listed in the user restrictions of the authorization
role. If users have access to a location, they cannot access incidents that have its subordinate locations
assigned unless these locations are explicitly stated in the user restrictions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 529
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-IM (Incident Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.1.1.5 Restrict Data Access Functionality

With this feature, you can restrict the access to multiple sections of an incident record in a single step.
Previously, it was necessary to navigate to each section in order to restrict the access to it. Based on these
settings, information is only displayed to authorized users.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-IM (Incident Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.1.2 Health and Safety Management

6.1.2.1 Manage Safety Instructions - Substances

With this app, you can create new safety instructions and new revisions for existing safety instructions for all
hazardous substances in your factory to keep your workers safe when handling these substances. A safety
instruction summarizes the hazards of a substance together with all information for safe handling, for example,
personal protective equipment and first aid notes.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

530 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name App ID: F3857A

Preparation Required No

Application Component EHS-SUS-HS (Health and Safety Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.1.2.2 Persistent Storage of Safety Instruction PDFs

With this feature, generated PDF documents of safety instructions are persistently stored for future access.
Once generated, the metadata of a safety instruction document is entered into the Document Management
System (DMS) as a new Document Info Record (DIR). This makes the original document easily accessible at
any time from multiple locations (including integrated components such as Asset Management) without having
to generate again.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-HS (Health and Safety Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature has cross-component integration with Asset Management. This means that once a safety
instruction is generated, users in the Asset Management component will have immediate access to the PDF file
without any additional configuration.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 531
6.1.2.3 Archiving Safety Instructions

With this feature, you can use the archiving object EHHSS_FSI to archive safety instructions that are
maintained in Manage Safety Instructions - Substances or Manage Safety Instructions - Equipment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-HS (Health and Safety Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The EHHSS_FSI archiving object offers the following Business Add-In (BAdI):

• CL_BADI_EHHSS_FSI_IRM_OT_FLD
The implementation of this BAdI method serves for the indirect value determination of available fields. The
BAdI calculates the value of the IRM field from the values of the source fields maintained in the object
category specific customizing.

Related Information

Archiving Safety Instructions with EHHSS_FSI

Managing Safety Instructions for Substances
Managing Safety Instructions for Equipment

6.1.2.4 Loading of Regulatory Content for Listed

Substances

With this change, Health and Safety Management shall consume and load listed substances, listed substance
groups and listed substance conditions from the regulatory content service as the preferred source. Only when
the regulatory content service is not configured, listed substances, groups, and conditions are loaded from
MIME repository.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

532 PUBLIC Manufacturing
As of this change, regulatory content for listed substances will no longer be shipped in client-
independent tables but will reside in client-dependent tables. Hence, you will need to activate the job
SAP_EHFND_PC_CONTENT_LOAD which will run the report R_EHFND_PC_CONTENT_LOAD. This report will
check relevant data for changes and update the client-dependent tables accordingly.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-HS (Health and Safety Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

Loading of regulatory content, like substances, has been streamlined for better performance and use of the
regulatory content service. Instead of loading content into tables and updating only related to a specific release
or support package, now all customers are able to have substance information delivered continuously. This
content is delivered as part of the most current release. All content is available, without this relationship to a
specific support package.

Effects on Customizing

Customers will need to activate the job SAP_EHFND_PC_CONTENT_LOAD which will run the report
R_EHFND_PC_CONTENT_LOAD.

Related Information

SAP Note 3344198

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 533
6.1.2.5 Update of Occupational Exposure Limits for Various
Countries

With this feature, new and changed content regarding occupational exposure limits (OELs) for various
countries is delivered to your system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-HS (Health and Safety Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following occupational exposure limit regulations are either newly shipped with SAP S/4HANA 2023 or
have been changed since the last release.

• The following new occupational exposure limit regulations are delivered:

Name of Compliance Requirement Version ID of Compliance Requirement Version

Albania. Occupational Exposure Limits-Carcinogen, Muta R01297

gen (Aug 2014)

Albania. Indicative Occupational Exposure Limits (Aug R01298

2014)

• The following occupational exposure limit regulations have been changed since the last release:

Name of Compliance Requirement Version ID of Compliance Requirement Version

Canada. Occupational Exposure Limits - Quebec (Apr R01428

2022)

Switzerland. Occupational Exposure Limits (Aug 2022) R01339

Switzerland. Occupational Exposure Limits (Aug 2022) R01429

China. Occupational Exposure Limits (Nov 2022) R01430

Denmark. Occupational Exposure Limits (Mar 2023) R01431

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

534 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Spain. Occupational Exposure Limits (Mar 2023) R01432

EU. Risks related to exposure to asbestos-2009/148/EC R01275

(Jan 2021)

EU. Exposure to chemical, physical and biological R01274

agents-91/322/EEC (Jan 2021)

France. Occupational Exposure Limits (Oct 2022) R01433

Hungary. Occupational Exposure Limits (Dec 2022) R01434

Netherlands. Occupational Exposure Limits (Dec 2022) R01435

Norway. Occupational Exposure Limits (Dec 2022) R01436

Serbia. Occupational Exposure Limits (Nov 2021) R01281

Sweden. Occupational Exposure Limits (Nov 2022) R01437

Ukraine. Hyg. Regulations of Chemicals in the Air of the R01438

Working Zone (Mar 2023)

USA. ACGIH Threshold Limit Values (Jan 2023) R01439

USA. Workplace Environmental Exposure Levels (WEEL) R01346

(Apr 2022)

 Note

The date in brackets represents the effective date.

To use the newly delivered or changed occupational exposure limit content, you have to go to the app
Activate Compliance Requirements. In this app, select the corresponding new regulations and activate them
based on their relevance to your company, or respond to updates.

Related Information

Activate Compliance Requirements

6.1.3 Environment Management

6.1.3.1 My Emissions Declarations

With this app, you can collect, store, and calculate data that is relevant for emissions declarations, and which is
used for regulatory reporting as required specifically by the German authorities.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 535
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

App Details
You can use this app to do the following:

• Create and export emissions declaration data records based on an active compliance scenario of the
emissions declarations type.
• Collect, store, calculate, and submit emissions data as required by local regulations.
• Calculate the concentration, mass flow, and total emissions of an emitted company substance.
• Monitor your data against assigned environmental limits.
• Specify certain activities and attributes that are not available for compliance scenarios of the generic type.

Company Substances
Compliance scenarios of the emissions declaration type (see the next section for more details) have been
adapted to work with company substances rather than listed substances.

In My Emissions Declarations, the data import template is adapted for the input of company substances.
Their details are entered into the Emitted Substance and Emitted Substance ID fields (the latter contains the
internal number of the emitted substance, which is found in the Manage Substances Compliance app). While
the Emitted Substance ID field is optional, if you enter two company substances with the same name, you will
be prompted to enter the internal number of at least one of them, so that they are distinguishable from each
other.

In the Manage Compliance Scenario app, when you are adding a new emitted substance activity to an
emissions declaration scenario, the Subject field's value help only displays existing company substances.

Company substances can be created from listed substances using the Manage Substances Compliance app.
See Related Links for more information.

Revising Emissions Declarations

As an environmental manager, you can create revisions of emissions declaration scenarios in the Manage
Compliance Scenario app. You can create revisions with any reporting period, including past dates.

As an environmental technician, when you create an emissions declaration in the My Emissions Declarations
app with a new reporting period—and you add or remove emitted substances—a new revision of the scenario
is automatically created in active status. This means that although only an environmental manager can edit

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

536 PUBLIC Manufacturing
compliance scenarios in the Manage Compliance Scenario app, environmental technicians can create revisions
from within the My Emissions Declarations app. These automatic revisions retain the same ID and appear as
Version created by the system when you display the compliance scenario's revisions.

Emissions Declaration Statuses

The following statuses are available for emissions declarations in the My Emissions Declarations app:

• Approve (As an environmental manager, you must approve a declaration before it can be set to Revise or
Ready for Reporting.)
• Invalidate (After invalidation, you can only create a revision of the declaration.)
• Revise (This creates a new revision of the declaration.)
• Ready for Reporting (This status is related to the Manage Emissions Declarations Reports app, which is still
under development.)

Effects on Existing Data

Emissions Declaration Scenario

The Manage Compliance Scenario app has been extended so that you can create and revise emissions
declaration scenarios in addition to generic compliance scenarios. Emissions declaration scenarios are
modeled after the company's production process that releases emissions relevant for reporting. This type
of scenario comes with four predefined data collections (total duration, off-gas flow rate, humidity, and
temperature), and is assigned emitted substances in the form of activities before activation.

As an environmental manager, in the Manage Compliance Scenario app—for scenarios of the emissions
declarations type—you can add or remove emitted substances, create scenario revisions, assign environmental
limits to emitted substances, and monitor your data against the regulated thresholds. However, all data
calculations for emissions declarations are done in the My Emissions Declarations app.

Archiving Emissions Declaration Data

You can use the archiving object EHENV_SCEN to archive Emissions Declaration Data (R_EHSEMDDATATP),
which contains all the stored data of emitted substances.

Effects on Customizing

The following Customizing activities have been provided to support data collection for emissions declarations:

• Specify Off-Gas Determination Types (SAP Customizing Implementation Guide > Environment,
Health and Safety > Environment Management > Compliance Scenario > Specify Off-
Gas Determination Types)
In this Customizing activity, you can define the types of off-gas determination you expect to use in
your company, depending on the business process and reporting specifics. The following examples are
delivered with the system: measurement (M), calculation (C), and estimation (E).
• Specify Default Off-Gas Determination Type (SAP Customizing Implementation Guide >
Environment, Health and Safety > Environment Management > Compliance Scenario >
Specify Default Off-Gas Determination Type)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 537
In this Customizing activity, you can define the default type of off-gas determination you want to use in the
My Emissions Declarations app. The system is delivered with C (calculation) as the default determination
type.

Related Information

My Emissions Declarations
Emissions Declaration Data Collections
Emissions Declaration Scenario
Manage Substances Compliance

6.1.3.2 Additional Identifiers for Company Substances

With this feature, you can create additional identifiers for company substances. These non-regulatory, non-
standard identifiers can store numbers, codes, or formulas that are used to identify your substance, search for
it, and print on documents such as safety data sheets or labels.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Additional identifiers are optional, non-regulatory identifiers that can be used to identify your substances
in different ways on top of any existing regulatory identifiers. Company-specific identifier types should only
contain non-standard identifiers that aren't used in standard logic such as calculations, and that won't be used
in any future electronic data exchanges.

Regulatory product compliance identifiers and registration numbers are different from additional identifiers
and are delivered separately (via compliance requirement version content and via compliance assessments,
respectively).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

538 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Effects on Customizing

Before you can assign an additional identifier type, you must first create it in Customizing at SAP
Customizing Implementation Guide > Environment, Health and Safety > Foundation for
EHS > General Configuration > Specify Additional Company Substance Identifiers.

Once you've created it, you can assign the identifier type and create a unique identifier for your substance in
the Manage Substances Compliance app.

6.1.3.3 Use Dynamic Values for Regulatory Lists in

Calculations

With this feature, in a generic compliance scenario, you can set up calculations to fetch a dynamic value as the
data source of a regulatory list. This value can vary depending on the chosen time period.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can find the new Get Dynamic Value button in the Manage Compliance Scenario app, after you open a
generic compliance scenario, select an existing calculation under Activities, and then choose Calculation Setup
Details near the top right of the screen. There, you can edit the input variables for the calculation.

Please note that checking the Get Dynamic Value checkbox will have a serious impact an all related data
calculations, and will update them in the current scenario and its future revisions to fetch a dynamic value from
the selected regulatory list.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 539
6.1.3.4 Geolocation Visualization in SAP Analytics Cloud

With this feature, the CDS view I_EHSAmountsCube has been updated to carry the GPS coordinates of a
location (if they were entered upon its creation), and visualize it as a pinpoint on world maps in SAP Analytics
Cloud.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.1.3.5 Configuration for Environment Management

With this release, new configuration activities for Environment Management have been added to your
configuration environment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

New Customizing activity Maintain Number Range for You can maintain the exist
SAP Customizing
Sampling
Implementation Guide ing number range of sam
> Environment, pling instances.

Health and Safety

> Environment
Management > Master
Data Configuration
> Maintain Number
Range for Sampling

New Customizing activity Specify Number Range for You can maintain the ex
SAP Customizing
Waste Transportation Docu
ment - Identifier
Implementation Guide isting number range of
> Environment, waste transportation docu

Health and Safety ment identifiers.

> Environment
Management >
Waste Management
> Transportation
Documents > Specify
Number Range for
Waste Transportation
Document Identifier

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 545
Type of Change New configuration object Customizing Path What you can do

New Customizing activity Maintain Number Range for You can specify number
SAP Customizing
Waste Disposal Channel -
Identifier
Implementation Guide ranges for the Waste
> Environment, Disposal Channel - Identifier

Health and Safety > object (EHEWAWDCID).

Incident Management
> Incident Recording
> Releases >
Maintain Number
Range for Waste
Disposal Channel -
Identifier

New Customizing activity Maintain Number Range for You can specify num
SAP Customizing
Waste Transfer Request -
Flexible Identifier
Implementation Guide ber ranges for the
> Environment, Waste Transfer Request -

Health and Safety > Flexible Identifier object

(EHEWAWTRID).
Incident Management
> Incident Recording
> Releases >
Maintain Number
Range for Waste
Transfer Request -
Flexible Identifier

New Customizing activity Specify Waste Types You can classify waste types
SAP Customizing
Implementation Guide as Hazardous, Non-Hazard
> Environment, ous, or Universal.

Health and Safety

> Environment
Management > Waste
Management > Master
Data > Specify Waste
Types

New Customizing activity Specify Forms You can configure forms

SAP Customizing
Implementation Guide for apps in Environment,
> Environment, Health, and Safety.

Health and Safety >

Foundation for EHS
> Print Forms and
Interactive Forms >
Specify Forms

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

546 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Type of Change New configuration object Customizing Path What you can do

New Customizing activity Specify Form Groups and As You can define groups to
SAP Customizing
sign Forms
Implementation Guide categorize forms and assign
> Environment, forms to groups.

Health and Safety >

Foundation for EHS
> Print Forms and
Interactive Forms >
Specify Form Groups
and Assign Forms

New Customizing activity Specify Export Profiles You can specify export pro
SAP Customizing
Implementation Guide files for file-based reporting.
> Environment,
Health and Safety >
Foundation for EHS >
File-Based Reporting
> Specify Export
Profiles

New Customizing activity Specify Compliance Require You can define domains (ad
SAP Customizing
ment Domains
Implementation Guide ditional classifications) for
> Environment, compliance requirements.

Health and Safety

> Environment
Management
> Compliance
Requirement >
Specify Compliance
Requirement Domains

New Customizing activity Specify Applicable Reporting You can specify the report
SAP Customizing
Period Types for Forms
Implementation Guide ing period types that are ap
> Environment, plicable to a form.

Health and Safety

> Foundation for
EHS > General
Configuration >
Specify Applicable
Reporting Period
Types for Forms

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 547
Type of Change New configuration object Customizing Path What you can do

New Customizing activity Specify Additional Company You can maintain additional,
SAP Customizing
Substance Identifiers
Implementation Guide non-regulatory identifiers for
> Environment, your company substances.

Health and Safety

> Foundation for
EHS > General
Configuration >
Specify Additional
Company Substance
Identifiers

New Customizing activity Assign Permit Types to You can assign permit types
SAP Customizing
Compliance Requirement Do
Implementation Guide to compliance requirement
mains
> Environment, domains to restrict the list

Health and Safety of available permit types for

each domain.
> Environment
Management
> Compliance
Requirement >
Assign Permit
Types to Compliance
Requirement Domains

New Customizing activity Specify Permit Types You can specify permit types
SAP Customizing
Implementation Guide based on external regula
> Environment, tions or internal policies

Health and Safety within your organization.

> Environment
Management
> Compliance
Requirement >
Specify Permit Types

New Customizing activity Specify Default Off-Gas De You can maintain the default
SAP Customizing
termination Type
Implementation Guide value of the off-gas determi
> Environment, nation type to use for emis

Health and Safety sions declarations.

> Environment
Management >
Compliance Scenario
> Specify
Default Off-Gas
Determination Type

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

548 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Type of Change New configuration object Customizing Path What you can do

New Customizing activity Specify Off-Gas Determina You can define the off-gas
SAP Customizing
tion Types
Implementation Guide determination types used
> Environment, for emissions declarations.

Health and Safety

> Environment
Management >
Compliance Scenario
> Specify Off-Gas
Determination Types

New Customizing activity Specify Production Process You can specify the types
SAP Customizing
Types
Implementation Guide of production processes that
> Environment, can be used in Environment

Health and Safety Management apps.

> Environment
Management >
Compliance Scenario
> Specify Production
Process Types

6.1.3.6 Waste Management

6.1.3.6.1 Import Waste Documents - Delivery Notes

With this feature, you can use a template to import data from nonregulated waste transportation documents
(delivery notes) that are provided by a disposer to confirm the transportation and disposal of nonhazardous
waste. The system then creates entries for the waste transfer requests and waste transportation documents
related to the completed waste shipments.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 549
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the Import Waste Documents - Delivery Notes app (App ID: F7338) to do the following:

• Import data from waste delivery notes using a downloadable template.

• Get an overview of waste delivery notes and their import status.
• Search for delivery notes by file name and filter by import status.
• Navigate to the waste transportation documents and waste transfer requests that are created during the
import.
• View validation messages for files that aren't imported.
• Export the information displayed in the overview table to a spreadsheet.

Related Information

Import Waste Documents - Delivery Notes

6.1.3.6.2 Configuration for Waste Management

With this feature, new configuration activities for working with waste permits have been introduced.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

550 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Effects on Customizing

The following new configuration activities have been introduced:

New/changed config
Type of change Configuration for uration object What you can do Where you can find

New configuration ac Waste management Specify Permit Types Specify permit types SAP Customizing
tivity processes based on regulations Implementation
or internal policies.
Guide Environment,
Health and

Safety Environment
Management

Compliance

Requirement Specify

Permit Types

New configuration ac Waste management Assign Permit Types Assign permit types SAP Customizing
tivity processes to Compliance to compliance require Implementation
Requirement Domains ment domains to re
Guide Environment,
strict the list of avail
Health and
able permit types for
each domain. Safety Environment
Management

Compliance

Requirement Assign
Permit Types
to Compliance
Requirement

Domains

Related Information

Improvements in Waste Permit Handling [page 551]

My Permits

6.1.3.6.3 Improvements in Waste Permit Handling

With this feature, improvements for working with waste permits have been introduced. When you are creating
or editing a permit, the Waste Data section now appears only when the domain Waste has been selected.
Additionally, when a domain is selected, the list of available permit types is now restricted to permit types
relevant for the selected domain.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 551
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

The following new configuration activities support this functionality:

• Specify Permit Types

• Assign Permit Types to Compliance Requirement Domains

For more information on the configuration options, see Configuration for Waste Management [page 550].

Related Information

My Permits

6.1.3.6.4 Provision of Dangerous Good Data for Waste

Transportation Documents

With this feature, a new output scenario for the dangerous goods description for waste transportation
documents is provided.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

552 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you classify packaged products according to dangerous goods regulations, the system generates the
dangerous goods description for documents containing information about a dangerous good. The description
for documents is printed on documents within the value chain, such as sales order confirmations, delivery
notes, and the ADR Dangerous Goods Notes. The dangerous goods data that must be printed is determined
by the type of the document. Therefore, different output scenarios are provided, which contain the dangerous
goods data needed for a specific document.

With this feature, an output scenario for printing dangerous goods data on waste transportation documents is
delivered.

Effects on Customizing

The dangerous goods descriptions that are printed are not only dependent on the dangerous goods
classification of the product, but they're also determined by the type of the document on which they are
printed.

In the Specify Output of Dangerous Goods Description activity, you can specify which dangerous goods
descriptions are printed on which document and in which sequence. In addition, you can specify whether the
dangerous goods regulations are printed together with their modes of transport and the transport permission
on one document.

You can change the settings in Customizing under Product Compliance Dangerous Goods Management
Specify Output of Dangerous Goods Description .

For more information about the generation of the description for documents, see Dangerous Goods
Descriptions.

Related Information

Waste Transportation Documents

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 553
6.1.3.6.5 Manual Maintenance of Dangerous Goods
Information

With this feature, you can classify waste products according to dangerous goods regulations. When you select
a material in the Manage Material Data app, you can create dangerous goods assessments for the products
assigned to this material and their related packaged products.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

 Note

This app is available when the Product Compliance component is not activated in the system.

You can use the Manage Dangerous Goods Information app (App ID: F7337) to do the following:

• Get an overview of dangerous goods assessments of a product and the related packaged products.
• Classify a waste product and related packaged products according to dangerous goods regulations.
• Specify the transport permission, mode of transport, and packaging information for a packaged product.
• Specify the transport permission (in assessments of products).
• Specify the transport permission, mode of transport, and packaging information (in assessments of
packaged products).
• Enter a dangerous goods basic description (in assessments of products).
• Enter a description for documents (in assessments of packaged products).

Related Information

Manage Dangerous Goods Information

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

554 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.1.3.6.6 Adding Container Types to a Waste Stream

With this feature, you can add one or more container types used to store the waste material at the point of
generation and at the waste storage location, if one is used, depending on the country/region of your waste
generator.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use this functionality in the My Waste Streams app (App ID: F5410).

Related Information

Waste Streams

6.1.3.6.7 Waste Analytics

With this feature, you can compare and analyze aggregated data based on previously defined waste
transportation documents.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 555
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With the Waste Analytics - Waste Management app (App ID: F6956), you can do the following:

• Select a time period using from/to dates in the mandatory Handover Date field to retrieve aggregated data
from previously created waste transportation documents.
• Select other optional data using search fields.
• Select different settings to compare aggregated data listed.
• Choose how you view aggregated data (in the form of a chart, table, or both).

Related Information

Waste Analytics - Waste Management

6.2 Production Engineering

6.2.1 Process Production Versions

Using this app, you can view the following items:

• Based on the customization of the issue type, the inconsistencies check is carried out and the results are
shown in the Inconsistencies column which comprises of errors and warnings and the details of these error
and warnings are shown in Check Summary
• Rejected list of proposals
• Network graph representing the sequence of operations for routings
• Network graph shows the sequence of operations and phase relationships of master recipe

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

556 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5(Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Proc
ess Order)

Application Component PP-PI-MD-PRV ( Production Version)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This app also supports navigations to other apps such as Explode BOM and Manage Routing.

You can also set up event type linkages to execute automatic consistency checks for existing production
versions with SAP S/4HANA.

Related Information

Process Production Versions

Create Event Type Linkages for Automatic Consistency Checks of Existing Production Versions

6.2.2 My Area of Responsibility - Work Center Groups

This app now features the column Work Center Group Type and also supports navigation to the Manage Work
Center Groups app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 557
Scope Item BJ5(Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Proc

ess Order)

Application Component PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

My Area of Responsibility for Work Center Groups

6.2.3 My Area of Responsibility - Work Center Person

Responsible

With this new app, you can define your area of responsibility by selecting the respective combinations of plant
and work center person responsible. In the Mass maintainance of work center capacities app, only those work
center capacities are displayed in the worklist that fulfill your selection criteria.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5(Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Proc

ess Order)

Application Component PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

My Area of Responsibility
My Area of Responsibility - Work Center Person Responsible

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

558 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.2.4 OData API: Production Routing

The Production Routing API has been enhanced to include inspection characterisctics and codelist.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3W4(Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry)

Application Component PP-BD-RTG (Production Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The supported operations for Inspection Characteristics include Read, Create and Update.

The Production Routing API now includes codelist for Routing Usage, Routing Status and Operation control key.

Related Information

Production Routing

6.2.5 SOAP API: Workcenter Groups - Replicate

This service enables you to replicate work center groups from SAP S/4HANA Cloud system to external
systems.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 559
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The service contains header, work center group, work center group description, work center group assigned
objects. The information is sent to external system using Data Replication Framework (DRF) as an XML
message.

Related Information

Work Center Groups - Replicate

6.2.6 OData API: Standard Work Formula Parameter Group

You can use this OData API service Standard Work Formula Parameter Group
(API_STDWRKFMLAPARAM_GROUP) to read standard work formula parameter group details along with standard
work formula parameter, standard work formula parameter text and standard work formula group text.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5(Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on
Process Order)

Technical Object Name API Technical Name: API_STDWRKFMLAPARAM_GROUP

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

560 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Application Component PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Standard Work Formula Parameter Group

6.2.7 App Extensibility: Manage Production Versions

As a key user, you can now enable additional fields in the Manage Production Versions - C223 app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5(Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Proc

ess Order),

2UG(Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Pro

duction Order)

Application Component PP-PI-MD-PRV ((Production Version))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

App Extensibility: Manage Production Versions

6.2.8 CDS Views for Production Engineering

There is one CDS view that has been released in Production Engineering in the current release.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 561
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-BD-PRV (Production Version)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following CDS views have been released:

CDS Views Released in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2302

CDS View Name Scope Item Solution Capability Application Component

I_ProductionVersionTP • BJ5, BJ8 • Production Engineering PP-PI-MD-PRV

Related Information

Production Version

6.2.9 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in

Production Engineering

With the objects released in Sales, you have access to data from SAP S/4HANA when building custom
applications or extensions with developer extensibility. You can integrate the released objects in your custom
code or extend them at predefined extension points. Depending on your use case, different object types are
provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, RAP business objects). You find all the released objects in the ABAP
Development Tools (ADT), when you're connected to your SAP S/4HANA system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

562 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Technical Object Name See table below

Application Component PP-PI-MD-PRV(Production Version)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed or deprecated for developer
extensibility with the current release.

Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility

Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

BAdI Manage Production PPH_MD_MODIFY_PRO New This Business Add-in

Version Proposals DN_VERS_PRPSL (BAdI) is used in
the Production Plan
ning and Control (PP)
component. You can
use this BAdI to man
age production ver
sion proposals. User
actions include modify
and delete of produc
tion version proposals.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 563
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

CDS View Interface for BO Pro I_ProductionVersi New This CDS view pro
duction Version - TP onTP vides information
about which produc
tion versions

exist for a specific

plant and material?

are assigned to a bill of

operations?

are assigned to a bill of

material?

production version
(and thus bill of oper
ations and bill of ma
terial) can be used
to produce a specific
amount of material at
a certain date?

Developer extensibility allows you to create development projects in SAP S/4HANA Cloud by using ABAP
Development Tools for Eclipse. This gives you the opportunity to build extensions, services, and SAP Fiori
apps using the complete set of ABAP features released for SAP S/4HANA Cloud, for example, with the ABAP
RESTful Application Programming model, http services, and ABAP objects.

Effects on Existing Data

A business role based on the business role template Developer (SAP_BR_DEVELOPER) needs to be assigned
to the user. This business role template consists of business catalogs that contain the authorizations required
for working with the development objects released for developer extensibility. You can find details about the
business catalogs contained in the business role template Developer in the Maintain Business Roles app.

 Note

The way certain features and functions work in your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system can depend
on the countries/regions and the selected scope activated in your system, as well as the
country/region availability of this scope. You can check the availability matrix under https://
support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/General/Availability_Dependencies_EN_XX.xlsx.
Information published on SAP site for details. As the country/region availability can change with the next
upgrade, please check the availability matrix for scope items of interest to you after the next upgrade.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

564 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.2.10 Configuration for Production Engineering

With this release, new configuration objects or configuration items for making settings related to Production
Engineering have been added to your configuration environment. In addition, changes have been made to
some previously delivered configuration objects or configuration items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item See the table below

Application Component PP-BD-WKC (Work Center)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table provides an overview of new and changed configuration objects and items. Use the search
function in your configuration environment to find a configuration object or item. For more information
about the settings that must be made in each configuration object, access the documentation available for
configuration objects in the configuration environment.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 565
New/changed
Configuration configuration What you can Leading scope Business Cata Solution Capa
Type of change for ... object do items logs bility

New configura- Inconsistency Define When the in BJ5 (Make-to- SAP_CA_BC_IC Production En
checks for Pro Inconsistency _LND_PP_MFGM
tion object consistency Stock Produc gineering
duction Version checks for D_PC(Manufac
checks are per tion - Discrete
Production turing Master
Version formed on ex Manufactur Data - Configu-
isting Produc ing), BJ8 ration)
tion Versions (Make-to-Stock
triggered from - Process Man
either the Proc ufacturing
ess Production Based on Proc
Version Fiori ess Order)
application or
through Busi
ness Events,
the system
chooses the
checks to be
performed and
to report the in
consistencies
based on the Is
sue Types in
this Customiz
ing Activity. Any
inconsistency
of a particular
Issue Type is re
ported based
on the defined
Issue Severity.

Effects on Customizing

6.2.11 BAdI: Manage Production Version Proposals

You can use this BAdI to manage production version proposals. User actions include modify and delete of
production version proposals. This BAdI is used in the Production Planning and Control (PP) component.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

566 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-PI-MD-PRV (Production Version)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.3 Production Planning

6.3.1 CDS Views for Production Planning

CDS views were released for Production Planning.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-VDM (Virtual Data Model in PP)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the CDS views that were released or changed for Production Planning.

 Note

You can only use these CDS views if you have set up the features that are related to the views.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 567
CDS Views Released or Changed for Production Planning
Name Technical Name Status Area Details

Product Planning I_ProductPlanning New Material Requirements Product Planning

Strategy Strategy Strategy
Planning
Product Planning I_ProductPlanning New
Strategy - Text StrategyText

MRP Group Control I_MRPGroupControl New MRP Group Control

Parameter Parameter Parameter

MRP Area - Value Help I_MRPAreaVH New MRP Area - Value Help

MRP Controller - Value I_MRPControllerVH New MRP Controller - Value

Help Help

MRP Lot-Sizing Proce I_MRPLotSizingPro New MRP Lot-Sizing Proce

dure - Value Help cedureVH dure - Value Help

MRP Type - Value Help I_MRPTypeVH New MRP Type - Value Help

Material Procurement I_MatlProcmtExter New Material Procurement

External Type nalType External Type

Material Procurement I_MatlProcmtExter New

External Type - Text nalTypeText

6.3.2 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in

Production Planning

With the objects released in Production Planning, you have a stable interface to access data from SAP S/
4HANA when building custom applications or extensions with developer extensibility. You can integrate the
released objects in your custom code or extend them at predefined extension points. Depending on your use
case, different object types are provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, business object interfaces). You find all the
released objects in the ABAP Development Tools (ADT), when you're connected to SAP S/4HANA.

Technical Details

Type See table below

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)

PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

568 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed or deprecated for developer
extensibility with the current release.

Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility

Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

RAP business object Material Supply and I_SUPPLYDEMANDITE Deprecated The field
Demand View MTP: Field
SourceMRPElement
SourceMRPElement
was deprecated and
replaced with the field
SourceMRPElement_
2. This was required,
because the
SourceMRPElement
field only supported up
to 10 characters while
MRP element numbers
have been extended to
allow up to 12 charac
ters. The new field
SourceMRPElement_
2 supports up to 12
characters, so that all
MRP element numbers
can now be reflected
properly.

RAP business object Planned Independent I_PLNDINDEPRQMTTP New With this business
Requirement object, you can cre
ate and update plan
ned independent re
quirements and plan
ned independent re
quirement items.

BAdI Adjustments for Calcu PPH_NFP_CALCULATI New With this BAdI you
lation of Net Flow Posi ON
can adapt the net-flow-
tions
position calculation
by removing or chang
ing standard MRP el
ements or by adding
custom MRP elements
to the supply and de
mand list.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 569
apps using the complete set of ABAP Cloud features released for SAP S/4HANA, for example, with the ABAP
RESTful Application Programming model, http services, and ABAP objects. For more information about the
released objects and how to find them, see Released Development Objects.

Effects on System Administration

For more information about the authorizations required for working with the development objects released for
developer extensibility, see Configure Authorizations.

6.3.3 Capacity Planning

6.3.3.1 Capacity Scheduling Table

With this feature, you can do the following:

• View the Component Available Date for an order, that is, the date on which it's component will be produced.
In case of multiple components, the date displayed will be for the component which is produced at last. You
can enable this column from the Settings wheel. You can also view this date in the Additional Information
section of the Object page.

 Note

The date displayed is the available date for components only one level down in the BOM hierarchy.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3LQ (Production Capacity Leveling)

Application Component PP-CFS-SCH (Capacity Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Capacity Scheduling Table

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

570 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.3.3.2 Evaluate Capacity

Evaluate Capacity is a new app using which you can better visualize capacity situation of work centers within
a plant. You can group work centers based on work center group and visualize the utilization on the group
level. The visualization and analytical capabilities helps in understanding and managing the impact of capacity
situation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31L (Production Capacity Evaluation)

Application Component PP-CFS-ANA (Evaluate Capacity (Analytics))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.3.3.3 Manage Work Center Capacity

With these features, you can do the following:

• You can set the growing threshold in the object page by using the Number of Rows field to set the number
of rows displayed on the object page upon loading. The number of rows that will be added to the page
by clicking More will also be the same as the value set in the Number of Rows field. The number of rows
displayed will also be the same as the set threshold upon next login.
• Filter work centers based on your area of responsibility (plant and MRP controller or work center groups).
• You can add the Sales Order and Sales Order Item columns in the Operations table by selecting the Settings
icon. The data will be available in these columns only for make-to-order scenarios.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3LQ (Production Capacity Leveling)

Application Component PP-CFS-CE (Capacity Evaluation)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 571
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Work Center Capacity

6.3.4 Demand-Driven Replenishment

6.3.4.1 Demand-Driven Replenishment

This feature allows additional display range definitions based on DLT Multiplier in Manage Buffer Levels,
Replenishment Planning, and Replenishment Execution app charts. DLT Multiplier for Past, and DLT Multiplier
for Future can be maintained in the Mass Maintenance of Products (DD) app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1Y2 (Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management)

2QI (Demand - Driven Replenishment Planning and Execu

tion)

Application Component PP-DD-BLM-FIO (Buffer Level Management Fiori UI)

PP-DD-REP (Replenishment Planning & Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Buffer Levels

Replenishment Planning by Planning Priority
Replenishment Execution by On-Hand Status

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

572 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.3.4.2 Historical Buffer Performance

Historical Buffer Performance is a new app using which you can view the historical data for your buffer stock
related to the time-dependent buffer level charts within a specified time period (for example, last month). The
visualization and analytical capabilities helps the production planner to gain an insight into the historical buffer
performance for a material.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1Y2 (Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management)

2QI (Demand-Driven Replenishment Planning and Execution

Application Component PP-DD-BLM-FIO (Buffer Level Management Fiori UI)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.3.5 Material Requirements Planning

6.3.5.1 Monitor Material Coverage

The Monitor Material Coverage apps were enhanced with the following changes:

• Improved visualization of days' supply and intraday supply values with respect to time-dependent stock
levels
• Filter for shortage evaluation period
• Default values for filtering
• Navigation to Manage Material Coverage (F0251A)
• Improved value help for customers to support business partners with multiple addresses (Monitor Material
Coverage - Net and Individual Segments)

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 573
Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Days' Supply and Stock Days' Supply

Tthe visual representation of the values for the following columns was improved to provide material planners
with an option to detect critical planning situations at one glance:

• Days’ Supply
• Stock Days' Supply
• Intraday Supply
• Stock Intraday Supply

For materials that have time-dependent stock levels defined in the Maintain Time-Dependent Stock Levels app,
the values in these columns are automatically compared to the Safety DOS and Target DOS values that are valid
for the current date. Based on the result of this comparison, the values are now highlighted in different colors:

• If a value is below the safety DOS, it is highlighted in red

• If a value is equal to the safety DOS or between the safety DOS and the target DOS, it is highlighted in
green.
• If a value is equal to or above the target DOS, it is highlighted in yellow.

In addition, new filters were added for Days’ Supply Status and Stock Days’ Supply Status. They can be used to
restrict the material list to materials with a days’ supply or stock days' supply value above or below the safety
DOS and target DOS values that are valid at the current date.

Shortage Evaluation Period

The Time till Shortage filter was renamed to Shortage Evaluation Period to better reflect that it provides
different options to filter for materials with shortages within a certain period of time. You can use this filter to
only display materials for which a shortage occurs during the selected time frame, which can be a predefined
time period or a specific number of calendar days.

Default Values for Filtering

You can now define user-specific default values for filtering using the settings that are available from the user
actions menu. Default filter values are automatically applied to all apps that reference them and support the
default values option.

Navigation to Manage Material Coverage (F0251A)

As an alternative to the Manage Material Coverage (F0251) app, you can use its successor Manage Material
Coverage (F0251A) to analyze and resolve material coverage issues displayed in this app. Depending on which
app you want to use, you can now enable direct navigation to the successor app using a new switch that is
available from the app settings in the user actions menu. If you activate this switch, the system automatically

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

574 PUBLIC Manufacturing
navigates to the Manage Material Coverage (F0251A) app when the following UI elements are selected in the
Monitor Material Coverage apps:

• Manage Material Coverage button

• Related Action link in the material quickview
• Manage Material Coverage link in the projected stock overview, which is accessible from the stock
availability chart

The switch is deactivated by default. If you do not activate it, the system navigates to the Manage Material
Coverage (F0251) app just like in previous releases.

Business Partners with Multiple Addresses

The customer value help in the Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments app now supports
business partners with multiple addresses. For more information, see Multiple Address Support for Customer
Value Help [page 580].

Related Information

Default Values for Filtering [page 581]

Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments
Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments

6.3.5.2 Manage Material Coverage (F0251A)

With the new app Manage Material Coverage (F0251A), you can now display, analyze, and resolve coverage
issues that exist for selected materials. The app is a successor of the app Manage Material Coverage (F0251),
providing an improved look-and-feel based on the Fiori elements framework, as well as enhanced functionality,
for example regarding material selection and navigation options. You can use it for collective requirements
materials as well as for make-to-stock and make-to-order materials.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 575
Additional Details

You can select one or more materials and plants to display a material overview list that includes material
shortage information for your selected materials, based on your area of responsibility and the selected
shortage definition. To further analyze the coverage situation of a material, you can open the stock /
requirements list that includes detailed material shortage information for net requirements segments,
individual customer and project segments, and direct production segments. This helps you determine
shortages that can cause disruptions to production or to the fulfillment of customer demands.

You can also perform different actions directly from this app, including the following:

• Perform an MRP run at material level

• Perform a rescheduling check to determine proposed actions for MRP elements and execute these actions
as required
• Accept material shortages if they do not require any action
• Create purchase requisitions, stock transport requisitions, planned orders, or schedule lines for scheduling
agreements
• Hand over, edit, convert, or delete receipt elements
• Create MRP change requests for changes to purchase orders and stock transport orders

 Note

As a successor of the Manage Material Coverage (F0251), this app is designed to improve usability and
provide enhanced features while supporting you with the same processes and tasks. However, it does not
yet cover all aspects of the Manage Material Coverage (F0251) app, for example, when working with delivery
schedules or dealing with issues that cannot be solved by an MRP run. For detailed information about the
features included in this app, see Feature Comparison for Managing Material Coverage.

The current Manage Material Coverage (F0251) app will remain available until further notice.

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:
Production Planning - MRP Cockpit (SAP_SCM_BC_MRPCOCKPIT_MC).

Related Information

Manage Material Coverage (F0251A)

6.3.5.3 Manage Planned Orders

With this feature, you can:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

576 PUBLIC Manufacturing
• Select multiple planned orders and perform Firm, Unfirm, and Delete operations on them.
• You can convert multiple planned orders to Production Orders, Process Orders, or Purchase Requisitions
based on the Master Data values using the Collective Conversion to option at the top of the list page. You
can also select a single order and perform the same operations using the Convert option in the Action
column.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-FIO-PLO (Fiori UI for Planned Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Planned Orders

6.3.5.4 Maintain Time-Dependent Stock Levels

This app was enhanced with the following features:

• Creation of validity intervals for multiple materials

• Upload of validity intervals from a spreadsheet
• New column for PP/DS target stock method
• Visualization of relevant stock level values
• Default values for filtering

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 577
Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements

Planning) ???PP/DS???

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Validity Intervals for Multiple Materials

If the same time-dependent stock level values apply for multiple materials, you can now create validity intervals
for multiple selected materials at the same time. To use the new Add Intervals feature, you can select the
relevant materials from the material overview and specify the dates and values that you want to use for a new
validity interval. When you save your data, the specified interval is automatically added to each of the materials
that you selected.

Upload from Spreadsheet

You can now upload a spreadsheet to create or adapt multiple validity intervals at the same time. This upload is
enabled for one selected material or for multiple materials.

To make sure you use the correct format for the spreadsheet file, you can enter the required data into a
template that is available from the app. As an alternative, you can export the validity intervals for one or more
selected materials into a spreadsheet, then edit and upload the spreadsheet as required.

PP/DS Target Stock Method

To reflect the assignment of PP/DS target stock methods to materials that are enabled for advanced planning
in Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling (PP/DS), the new column PP/DS Target Stock Method was
added to the material overview table. You can use the Maintain Time-Dependent Stock Levels app to define
time-dependent target stock values for materials with the PP/DS target stock methods Target Days' Supply
(Time-Dependent Maintenance) and Target Stock Level (Time-Dependent Maintenance).

Visualization of Relevant Stock Level Values

When you display existing validity intervals for a material, the system automatically highlights the values that
are relevant for the material according to its MRP safety stock method:

• For materials with the MRP safety stock method Time-Dependent Days of Supply (MZ), the Safety DOS and
Target DOS values are highlighted.
• For materials with the MRP safety stock method Time-Dependent Safety Stock (MB), the Safety Stock
values are highlighted.
• For materials that have no safety stock method assigned (static safety stock), no values are highlighted.

If the selected material is enabled for advanced planning using Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling
(PP/DS), the system highlights the relevant values according to the PP/DS safety stock and target stock
methods:

• PP/DS Safety Stock Method

• For materials with the PP/DS safety stock method Safety Stock (MB), the Safety Stock value is
highlighted.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

578 PUBLIC Manufacturing
• For materials with the PP/DS safety stock method Safety Days' Supply (MZ), the Safety DOS value is
highlighted.
• For materials with the PP/DS safety stock method Maximum of Safety Stock and Safety Days' Supply
(MM), the Safety Stock and Safety DOS values are highlighted.
• For materials that have a static safety stock method assigned, no values are highlighted.
• PP/DS Target Stock Method
• For materials with the PP/DS target stock method Target Days' Supply (Time-Dependent Maintenance)
(1), the Target DOS value is highlighted.
• For materials with the PP/DS target stock method Target Stock Level (Time-Dependent Maintenance)
(2), the Target Stock value is highlighted.
• For materials that have the PP/DS target stock method Target Days’ Supply from Product Master or No
Target Stock Level assigned, no values are highlighted.

Default Values for Filtering

Related Information

Maintain Time-Dependent Stock Levels

Default Values for Filtering [page 581]

6.3.5.5 Deactivation of Goods Receipt Processing Time for

Stock Transfer Reservations

With this new feature you can create stock transfer reservations between MRP areas in the same plant without
considering the goods receipt processing time. Based on the settings made in your configuration environment,
the system automatically calculates the requirements date by skipping the goods receipt processing time, after
running MRP.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Material Requirements Planning (J44)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 579
Application Component PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Stock Transfer from Plant to MRP Area

6.3.5.6 Optimized Distribution Key Function

The distribution key function in material requirements planning has been optimized allowing for an enhanced
planning of components with MRP live. This enhancement is available for the equal distribution of component
requirements between start date and finish date of the planned order.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Material Requirements Planning (J44)

Application Component PP-MRP (Material Requirements Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Calculating the Dependent Requirements Date

6.3.5.7 Multiple Address Support for Customer Value Help

With this feature, you can search and filter for customers with multiple addresses in the Monitor Material
Coverage - Net and Individual Segments and the Hand Over Purchase Requisitions apps. For both apps, the
value help of the Customer filter was enhanced to enable the selection of an alternative address entry for
business partners with multiple addresses. This feature is only available if multiple address handling for SD
documents using SAP Business Partner is active in your system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

580 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If multiple address handling in SD documents is active in your system, business partners can have multiple
addresses with time-dependent validities. The value help of the Customers filter now provides an additional
option to search for these business partners and select an alternative address instead of or in addition to the
standard address.

Effects on Customizing

Before you can use this feature, you must activate multiple address handling in SD documents. For more
information, see Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner.

Related Information

Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments

Hand Over Purchase Requisitions

6.3.5.8 Default Values for Filtering

With this feature, you can now define user-specific default values for filtering in different apps. Default filter
values are automatically applied to all apps that reference them and support the default values option.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 581
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With the default values option, you can now define default values for the following filters:

• Material
• Plant
• Material Type
• Material Group

If the corresponding filters are available, the default filter values are automatically selected and applied in the
following apps:

• Maintain Time-Dependent Stock Levels

• Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments
• Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments
• Manage Material Coverage (F0251A)
• Create MRP Change Requests
• Hand Over Purchase Requisitions
• My Area of Responsibility (MRP Controller)

You can specify default filter values using the settings that are available from the user actions menu.

Related Information

Maintain Time-Dependent Stock Levels

Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments
Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments
Manage Material Coverage (F0251A)
Create MRP Change Requests
Hand Over Purchase Requisitions
My Area of Responsibility

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

582 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.3.5.9 ODATA API: Material Plannning Data - Read

You can use the OData API Material Planning Data - Read to read planning data for materials in Material
Requirements Planning (MRP). The Supply and Demand entity of this API was enhanced to enable the filtering
of supply and demand information according to the supply and demand groups of a specified material
shortage definition.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Using the MaterialShortageProfile property, supply and demand information can be filtered according
to the MRP element categories that are included in the supply and demand profiles of a specified material
shortage profile. To further restrict the supply and demand items that are requested, you can now use the
MatShortageProfileCount property, which was added to the Supply and Demand entity of this API. If you
include this property in the request, the API determines the relevant material shortage definition including
its supply and demand groups. It then filters the supply and demand items using both the material shortage
profile and the material shortage definition and reads items only if they match the MRP element categories
determined from the profile and the supply and demand groups of the material shortage definition.

Effects on Configuration

You define material shortage definitions with their assigned supply and demand groups in the configuration
settings for material shortage profiles. In your configuration environment, use the search function to open
the following activity: Define Material Shortage Profiles. MRP element categories are assigned to supply and
demand profiles in the configuration activity Define Supply and Demand Profiles.

Related Information

Material Planning Data – Read

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 583
6.3.5.10 Select All for Overview Tables

The Select All option was deactivated for the list overview tables in several apps, because it did not work as
expected.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the following apps, you can no longer use the Select All icon to select all entries in the list overview tables that
are displayed when the apps are started:

• Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments

• Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments
• Monitor Production Orders or Process Orders
• Hand Over Purchase Requisitions
• Create MRP Change Requests
• My Area of Responsibility - MRP Controller

The icon was removed, because it did not actually select all materials matching your selection criteria, but only
those materials that were already loaded and displayed in the table. For example, if 200 materials matched
your selection criteria, but only 20 were displayed in the table, using the Select All icon selected only those 20
materials displayed in the table.

As an alternative, you can, for example, use standard key combinations with Ctrl or Shift to select multiple
materials from the table. Removing your selection using the Deselect All icon is still possible.

Related Information

Monitor Material Coverage - Net Segments

Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments
Monitor Production Orders or Process Orders

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

584 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Hand Over Purchase Requisitions
Create MRP Change Requests
My Area of Responsibility

6.3.5.11 Deprecated Apps in Material Requirements Planning

The apps Monitor Material Coverage (Deprecated) - Net and Individual Segments and Monitor Production Orders
or Process Orders (Deprecated) were deleted from the SAP Fori launchpad. You can use the successor apps
Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments and Monitor Production Orders or Process Orders
instead. Based on the SAP Fiori elements framework, they cover the same functionality as their predecessors.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J44 (Material Requirements Planning)

Application Component PP-FIO-MRP (Fiori UI for Material Requirements Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Monitor Material Coverage - Net and Individual Segments

Monitor Production Orders or Process Orders

6.3.6 Predictive Material and Resource Planning

6.3.6.1 Calculation of the Lot-Size Dependent Inhouse-

Production Time

The Schedule pMRP Simulation Creation app provides a new feature to determine the in-house production
time for materials with lot-size dependent values. The job templates Creation of pMRP Data via Components,
Creation of pMRP Data via Top-Level Materials and Creation of pMRP Data via Work Centers offer the new
field Determine Production Time for Lot Size to create reference data for the simulations. If this checkbox is
selected by the user, the system considers the inhouse production time for materials for which the it has
been maintained as lot-size dependent value. In that case, an average in-house production time is calculated

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 585
from the given times and the base quantity. This calculated time is taken as in-house production time of the
corresponding materials in the simulation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Predictive Material and Resource Planning (4B5)

Application Component PP-PMR (Predictive Material and Resource Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.4 Extended Production Planning and Scheduling

6.4.1 Splitting Storage Activities

This feature enables to you to change the assignment of receipt and requirement quantities of storage
activities to storage resources.

If alternative storage resources are defined in the product storage definition (PSD), you can assign the entire
quantity to an alternative resource or distribute the quantity among several storage resources.

To help you choose the best distribution of quantities, the system evaluates the fill level of the available storage
resources and displays the product, the maximum stock level, and the fill level in the corresponding table
columns.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed

Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

586 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Effects on Customizing

You can define a default value for the evaluation period that is used to evaluate the availability of the storage
resources in Customizing activity Advanced Planning Tank Planning with Container Resources Maintain
Settings for Tank Planning with Container Resources .

Related Information

Tank Planning with Container Resources

Splitting Storage Activities

6.4.2 Flexible Constraints for Production Planning and

Detailed Scheduling (PP/DS)

This feature enables you to integrate planning decisions that have been made in an external planning system,
like SAP Integrated Business Planning for Supply Chain (SAP IBP), as flexible constraints into Production
Planning and Detailed Scheduling (PP/DS) where they can be used for planning with a special heuristic.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed

Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You define flexible constraint scopes in Customizing under Advanced Planning Master Data Flexible
Constraints Define Flexible Constraint Scopes . In the standard system, the following scopes are defined:

• Location Product (LOCPRD )

• Location Product and Source of Supply (LOCPRDSOS )

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 587
Related Information

Planning with Flexible Constraints

OData API: Flexible Constraint for PP/DS [page 588]

6.4.3 OData API: Flexible Constraint for PP/DS

With the OData API Flexible Constraints(API_SCM_FLEX_CONSTR_V4), you can maintain flexible constraints
that can be used for planning with planning heuristic Planning of Std. Lots (Flex. Constr.) (SAP_PP_FLXC) in
Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling (PP/DS).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed

Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Flexible Constraint for PP/DS

Planning with Flexible Constraints

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

588 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.4.4 Notes Management

Use

This feature enables you to record planning-relevant-text notes in an order/operation in a plant.

You can assign these notes to a specific planning object in Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling
(PP/DS): Planned order header/operation and Manufacturing order header/operation. You can create multiple
notes per object. Notes include basic text formatting and can be synchronized between S/4HANA PP and
PP/DS.

Text notes are saved during planned order conversion into production/process order. Order headers/order
operation text notes are Planning version-dependent. You can maintain notes in the Planning version without
changing notes in Active version.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed

Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Order header and order operations Notes maintenance are available in the following existing PP/DS
transactions:

• Product View
• Order View
• Receipts View
• Detailed Scheduled Planning Board
• Product Planning Table
• Resource Planning Table
• Order and Resource Reporting

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 589
Related Information

Notes Management

6.4.5 MultiLevel Time Buffer

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item n/a

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS-DS

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The MultiLevel Time Buffer values can now be calculated and visualized for all the requirements and receipts of
the location/product in the following transactions:

• Requirements View (/SAPAPO/RRP1)

• Receipts View (/SAPAPO/RRP4)

6.4.6 Production Planning Optimizer

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

590 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Scope Item n/a

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS-PPO

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

External procurement refers to the process of procuring materials or components from external suppliers to
meet the production requirements. Production Planning Optimizer has been enhanced to consider individual
suppliers with different transportation costs and lead times to decide whether to produce or to procure from
specific supplier.

In Production Planning Optimizer, a quota arrangement is used to distribute the planned supply quantities of a
material among different sources of supply. It allows to define the proportion of the total supplies that should
be sourced from each location or business partner. With this release PPO supports Quota Arrangement for
external procurement which includes both the stock transfer of a product from another location in which the
product is produced or stored, and purchase requisitions from an external supplier.

6.4.7 Advanced Scheduling Board

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item n/a

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS-DS

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Advanced Scheduling Board (ASB) application now displays Fill Level Information for storage resources
in the resource chart. The Fill Level Information shows whether the fill level is over the maximum stock level,
between max. stock and zero, or below zero. If set fill level to zero is activated in combination with a threshold

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 591
value, before a new product is filled in, the fill level information indicates whether the fill level is below or above
the threshold value.

The Alerts feature in the ASB application has been enhanced to check whether there are issues in the current
production schedule. The system displays all the alerts determined according to the selected Alert Profile. Alert
Profiles are used to define the situations in which the system reports the problem or generates an alert. For
each alert profile, you can select the alerts you want to see from a list of relevant predefined alert types.

The DS Optimizer application has been integrated with the ASB application. The DS Optimizer can be started
interactively within the ASB application to support the planner creation of a production plan considering
constraints such as limited capacity or requirement due dates.

6.4.8 Product View Stock Graph

Use

This feature enables you to display projected or available stock curve for the product over time on a daily basis.

This tab page displays the stock, receipt, and requirements elements for the location product. Display the
stock line over time, including time-dependent restrictions like safety stock or target stock graphically.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed

Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Using the Product View Stock Graph

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

592 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.4.9 Consider Safety Stock Elements in SAP liveCache

This feature allows you to create safety stock elements (safety stock requirements or safety stock receipts)
in SAP liveCache. You can use this option in the standard system for make-to-stock production, and static and
dynamic safety stock methods.

You can create, adjust, and delete safety stock elements in SAP liveCache by using a heuristic based on the
algorithm /SAPAPO/HEU_PLAN_SAFETY_STOCK.

The safety stock of a location product is represented in SAP liveCache by an order of the type
GC_OM_SAFETY_STOCK. This consists of an element with the standard category SR (for requirements) or SZ
(for receipts) in the standard system. Such safety stock elements are not only taken into consideration by the
net requirements calculation in PP/DS, but also by dynamic pegging. You can be informed when the stock falls
below the safety stock level by means of an alert (Stock Fallen Below Safety Stock Level).

Use

To use this feature, activate it in Model and Version Management (TA /SAPAPO/MVM) by setting the field Take
Safety Stock into Account to 3 (Consider Safety Stock Elements in liveCache).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed

Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

The heuristic creates the planning-relevant event Create or Change a Safety Stock Requirement in SAP
liveCache for each location product using a new, changed, or deleted safety stock requirement.

Related Information

Safety and Target Stock Level Planning in PP/DS

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 593
6.5 Production Operations (Execution and Control)

6.5.1 CDS Views for Production Operations

CDS views were released for Production Operations.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-VDM (Virtual Data Model in PP)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the CDS views that were released or changed for Production Operations.

 Note

You can only use these CDS views if you have set up the features that are related to the views.

CDS Views Released or Changed for Production Operations

Name Technical Name Status Area Details

Manufacturing Order I_MfgOrderCompone New Shop Floor Control: Manufacturing Order

Component Compo ntWithStatus Manufacturing Orders Component with Sta
nent with Status tus

Manufacturing Order I_MfgOrderDocumen New Manufacturing Order

Document Link tLink Document Link

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

594 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.5.2 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in
Production Operations (Execution and Control)

With the objects released in Production Operations (Execution and Control), you have a stable interface to
access data from SAP S/4HANA when building custom applications or extensions with developer extensibility.
You can integrate the released objects in your custom code or extend them at predefined extension points.
Depending on your use case, different object types are provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, business object
interfaces). You find all the released objects in the ABAP Development Tools (ADT), when you're connected to
SAP S/4HANA.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

3W4 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry)

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

3W3 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Process Industry)

BJH (Make-to-Stock Production - Repetitive Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-SFC (Production Orders)

PP-PI-POR (Process Order)

PP-REM-ADE (Backflushing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed or deprecated for developer
extensibility with the current release.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 595
Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

Business object inter Production Order I_ProductionOrder New With this business ob
face TP ject, you can do the fol
lowing:

• create production
order
• convert planned
order to produc
tion order
• read production
order
• update production
order
• release produc
tion order even if
parts are missing
• print shop floor
papers for pro
duction order
• close production
order
• set the deletion
flag for production
order
• remove the dele
tion flag for pro
duction order
• lock production
order
• unlock production
order
• dispatch opera
tion
• deallocate opera
tion

Business object inter Repetitive Manufactur I_RepetitiveMfgCo Changed This business object
face ing Confirmation nfirmationTP now supports handling
units in confirmation.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

596 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

BAdI Controlling Distribu BD_CO_MES_INT_DIS New You can use this BAdI
tion of Production Or TRIBUTION to control if a distribu
ders After Changes tion-relevant manufac
turing order (produc
tion order or process
order) gets distributed
in a SOAP or IDoc
message to an exter
nal manufacturing exe
cution system (MES).
You can also control
if a distributed order
gets redistributed after
changes are made to
the order.

BAdI Manufacturing Order BD_COBADICFL_MFGO New You can use this BAdI
Header - Update on RDER_HDR to fill custom fields
Processing/Save on order header level
when the order is
being processed and
when the order is
saved.

BAdI Manufacturing Order BD_COBADICFL_MFGO New You can use this BAdI
Operation - Update on RDER_OPR to fill custom fields on
Processing/Save order operation level
when the order is
being processed and
when the order is
saved.

BAdI Manufacturing Order BD_COBADICFL_MFGO New You can use this BAdI
Component - Update RDER_CMP to fill custom fields on
on Processing/Save order component (res
ervation) level when
the order is being proc
essed and when the or
der is saved.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 597
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

BAdI Check for Confirma- BD_WORKORDER_CONF New You can use this
tions IRM BAdI to implement
own checks for confir-
mations and display
respective error mes
sages that can be up to
200 characters long.
You can include your
custom fields in the
checks.

Effects on System Administration

For more information about the authorizations required for working with the development objects released for
developer extensibility, see Configure Authorizations.

6.5.3 Migration Object: PP - Process Order (Only Open PO)

You can migrate process orders that either have the status Created or Released. After migration, all process
orders have the status Created.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-PI-POR (Process Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

598 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Related Information

PP - Process order (only open PO)

Data Migration Objects [page 24]

6.5.4 My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor

With this new app, you can define your area of responsibility by selecting the respective combinations of
plant and production supervisor and/or plant and work center. In the Manage Production Orders, Manage
Production Operations, Manage Process Orders, and Manage Process Order Operations apps, only those orders
or operations are displayed in the worklist that fulfill your selection criteria.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on
Process Order)

Application Component PP-FIO-SFC (Fiori UI for Production Orders)

PP-FIO-PI (Fiori UI for Process Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

If you already work with the Manage Production Orders, Manage Production Operations, Manage Process
Orders, or Manage Process Order Operations app and have therefore already defined your area of responsibility
inside these apps, the system will migrate your data once you start one of the apps. If you start the My Area of
Responsibility – Production Supervisor app and define your area of responsibility there before starting one of
the apps, the system compares your settings:

• If you have made settings in the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app only, no migration
takes place.
• If you still have your area of responsibility defined in the apps, the system migrates this data and adds it to
your settings in the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 599
Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, the following steps are necessary:

• The business users need to have the following business catalog assigned: Production Control (Discrete) –
Order Monitoring (SAP_SCM_BC_PRODN_ORD_MNTR) or Production Control (Process) – Order Management
(SAP_SCM_BC_PROC_ORD_MGMT).
• The service group PP_MPE_AOR_SRV needs to be published. For more information, see SAP Note
3341909 .

Related Information

My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor

6.5.5 Manage Production Orders

The enhancements for the Manage Production Orders app support you even more in your daily work as a
production supervisor.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-FIO-SFC (Fiori UI for Production Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the app:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

600 PUBLIC Manufacturing
• If you have entered a long text of more than 30 characters together with a confirmation, you can now
display that confirmation long text in the Confirmation section on the detail screen. If the confirmation text
is shorter than 30 characters, the text is directly displayed in the Confirmation Text column. If it is longer
than 30 characters, a link is displayed that opens a popup with the long text.
• The bar chart for displaying the progress of the operation in the worklist and in the Order Schedule section
on the detail screen now comprises the confirmed scrap and rework quantities. You can click on the bar
chart to get a popup with a legend for the colors together with the different quantities.
• You can now display the Entered By column in the worklist. The column displays the user ID of the user
who created the order. The already existing Entered By filter has been moved from the Manufacturing Order
filter group to the Production Orders filter group.
• You can now display the Time Zone column in the worklist and the corresponding filter field in the filter
bar. The column displays the abbreviation for the time zone of the production plant, meaning all displayed
dates and times refer to this time zone. The time zone is automatically displayed in the Order Information
section on the detail screen. You can also display it in the Components and Order Schedule section.
• The button for checking the availability of components has been renamed from Check Components to
Check Availability. In addition, further options have been added: You can now not only check the availability
of components but also reset already committed quantities and perform the availability check again. By
sorting the worklist according to your priorities, you can thus commit the available quantities according to
your needs.
You can now check the availability for several production orders at once.
• The Related Apps button now offers you navigation options to apps related to general functions for
production orders even if you have not selected any order in the worklist.
• You can now display information on serialized materials. You can use the new Serial No. Profile filter to
display your orders with serialized materials and the respective profile in the worklist.
• If you work with serialized materials, the system displays a Serial Numbers section on the detail page. This
section lists the serial numbers that are assigned to or produced with the respective order. By default, the
Serial Number, Product (Material), and Equipment columns are displayed. You can add further columns
according to your needs.
From the Serial Numbers section, you can navigate to the following apps: Manage Material Serial Numbers
(F6879), Display Serial Numbers (F5147), and Display Material Serial Number (IQ03).
• You can now use a full-text search field for the Serial Numbers and Components section on the detail page.

Effects on Existing Data

If you already work with the Manage Production Orders app and have therefore already defined your area of
responsibility inside the app, the system will migrate your data once you start the app. The system informs you
with a success message when the migration is done.

If you start the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app and define your area of responsibility
there before starting the Manage Production Orders app, the system compares your settings:

• If you have made settings in the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app only, no migration
takes place.
• If you still have your area of responsibility defined in the app, the system migrates this data and adds it to
your settings in the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 601
Related Information

Manage Production Orders

6.5.6 Manage Production Operations

The enhancements for the Manage Production Operations app support you even more in your daily work as a
production supervisor.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-FIO-SFC (Fiori UI for Production Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the app:

• For defining your area of responsibility, the new My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app has
been integrated. If you now define your area of responsibility for the first time or change it using the app
settings, the system will take you to the new app where you make your settings. Navigate back by selecting
the Back button in the launchpad shell bar.
See Effects on Existing Data for information on data migration.
• If you have entered a long text of more than 30 characters together with a confirmation, you can now
display that confirmation long text in the Confirmation section on the detail screen. If the confirmation text
is shorter than 30 characters, the text is directly displayed in the Confirmation Text column. If it is longer
than 30 characters, a link is displayed that opens a popup with the long text.
• The bar chart for displaying the progress of the operation in the worklist and in the Order Schedule section
on the detail screen now comprises the confirmed scrap and rework quantities. You can click on the bar
chart to get a popup with a legend for the colors together with the different quantities.
• You can now display the Time Zone column in the worklist and the corresponding filter field in the filter
bar. The column displays the abbreviation for the time zone of the production plant, meaning all displayed
dates and times refer to this time zone. The time zone is automatically displayed in the header section on
the detail screen. You can display it as well in the Components, Order Schedule, and Work Center Schedule
sections.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

602 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Effects on Existing Data

If you already work with the Manage Production Operations app and have therefore already defined your area of
responsibility inside the app, the system will migrate your data once you start the app. The system informs you
with a success message when the migration is done.

If you start the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app and define your area of responsibility
there before starting the Manage Production Operations app, the system compares your settings:

• If you have made settings in the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app only, no migration
takes place.
• If you still have your area of responsibility defined in the app, the system migrates this data and adds it to
your settings in the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app.

Related Information

Manage Production Operations

6.5.7 Work Center Object Page

With the Work Center Object Page app, you can display contextual information about the work center business
object, navigate to its related business objects and to related apps. The Work Center Object Page app has been
enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-FIO-BD (Fiori UI for Work Center)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the app:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 603
• The Time Zone has been added to the Capacity section. It displays the time zone of the production plant.
All time information on the object page refers to this time zone.
• You can now filter the Operation Is Released column in the Today's Operations section.
• The sections Operations in Progress and Planned Orders have been added:
• Operations in Progress displays all operations that are only partially confirmed and therefore still in
progress.
• Planned Orders displays all scheduled planned orders with at least one operation assigned to the work
center.
• Delayed operations are indicated by a colored bar in the Operations in Progress and Queuing Operations
sections. The system considers an operation as delayed if the scheduled start date of the operation is in
the past or if the scheduled start date of the operation is the current date but the scheduled start time is in
the past.

Related Information

Work Center Object Page

6.5.8 Resource Object Page

With the Resource Object Page app, you can display contextual information about the resource business object,
navigate to its related business objects and to related apps. The Resource Object Page app has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-FIO-BD (Fiori UI for Work Center)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the app:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

604 PUBLIC Manufacturing
• The Time Zone has been added to the Capacity section. It displays the time zone of the production plant.
All time information on the object page refers to this time zone.
• You can now filter the Operation Is Released column in the Today's Operations section.
• The sections Operations in Progress and Planned Orders have been added:
• Operations in Progress displays all operations/phases that are only partially confirmed and therefore
still in progress.
• Planned Orders displays all scheduled planned orders with at least one operation assigned to the work
center.
• Delayed operations/phases are indicated by a colored bar in the Operations in Progress and Queuing
Operations sections. The system considers an operation/phase as delayed if the scheduled start date of
the operation/phase is in the past or if the scheduled start date of the operation/phase is the current date
but the scheduled start time is in the past.

Related Information

Resource Object Page

6.5.9 Production Order Object Page

With the Production Order Object Page app, you can display contextual information about the production order
business object, navigate to its related business objects and to related apps. The Production Order Object Page
app has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-FIO-SFC (Fiori UI for Production Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the app:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 605
• The Time Zone has been added to the Capacity section. It displays the time zone of the production plant.
All time information on the object page refers to this time zone.
• The app now displays a Serial Numbers section. This section lists the serial numbers that are assigned
to or produced with the respective order. From the Serial Numbers section, you can navigate to the
following related apps: Manage Material Serial Numbers (F6879), Display Serial Numbers (F5147), or
Display Material Serial Number (IQ03).

Related Information

Production Order Object Page

6.5.10 BAdI for Further Processing Changes to Orders

The Business Add-In WORKORDER_UPDATE, which you can use to further process or prohibit changes to orders,
has been enhanced with a new BAdI implementation CO_SPLIT_COMPONENT_POST_GI and a new method
COMP_RQMT_DATE_TIME_SET.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-SFC-EXE (Order Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

BAdI Implementation CO_SPLIT_COMPONENT_POST_GI (Automatic GI for By-Product in Child

Order of Order Split)
Activate this BAdI implementation if you want the system to automatically post a goods issue for the by-
product in the child order when you split an order.

 Note

Even if you activate this BAdI implementation, the goods issue can still fail if something blocks the goods
movement in the system. In such cases, the failed goods movement appears in the Reprocess Failed
Material Movements app, from where you can reprocess it.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

606 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Method COMP_RQMT_DATE_TIME_SET (Change Component Requirement Date and Time from
Scheduling)

This method is called when the requirement date and time and the latest requirement date of a component are
updated from order scheduling. This method enables you to change the values of the requirement date and
time and the latest requirement date for the specified component.

For detailed information, see the method documentation in the system.

6.5.11 BAdI for Controlling the Distribution of Production

Orders after Change

The new Business Add-In (BAdI) Controlling Distribution of Production Orders After Changes
(BD_CO_MES_INT_DISTRIBUTION) enables you to control if a distribution-relevant manufacturing order
(production order or process order) gets distributed in a SOAP or IDoc message to an external manufacturing
execution system (MES). You can also control if a distributed order gets redistributed after changes are made
to the order.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on
Process Order)

Application Component PP-SFC (Production Orders)

PP-PI-POR (Process Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.5.12 BAdIs for Changing Custom Field Values for

Production Orders or Process Orders

You can change the values of custom fields based on changes to an order.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 607
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-SFC (Production Orders)

PP-PI-POR (Process Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following new BAdIs are available:

• Manufacturing Order Header - Update on Processing/Save (BD_COBADICFL_MFGORDER_HDR)

• Manufacturing Order Component - Update on Processing/Save (BD_COBADICFL_MFGORDER_CMP)
• Manufacturing Order Operation - Update on Processing/Save (BD_COBADICFL_MFGORDER_OPR)

6.5.13 BAdI for Checking Confirmations

The new Business Add-In (BAdI) Checks for Confirmations (BD_WORKORDER_CONFIRM) enables you to
implement own checks for confirmations and display respective error messages that can be up to 200
characters long. You can include your custom fields in the checks.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing),

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on
Process Order)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

608 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Application Component PP-SFC-EXE-CON (Confirmation)

PP-PI-POR-OPC (Order Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.5.14 OData API: Production Order (Version 2)

With the OData API Production Order (Version 2) (API_PRODUCTION_ORDER_2_SRV), you can create, read, and
update production orders as well as set a wide range of statuses. The OData API has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-SFC-ES (Enterprise Services in Shop Floor Control)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the OData API:

• The new entity Production Order Components Using RAP BO (A_ProductionOrderComponent_4) has
been added. It enables you to update certain properties of production order components and to delete
components from an existing production order.
The following properties of production order components can be updated:
• RequiredQuantity
• BaseUnit
• BaseUnitISOCode
• BaseUnitSAPCode
• StorageLocation
• Batch
• Material
• Plant
• IsBulkMaterialComponent

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 609
• MatlCompIsMarkedForBackflush
• ReservationIsFinallyIssued
• BillOfMaterialItemNumber
• GoodsRecipientName
• UnloadingPointName
• The following property has been added to the Production Order Components
(A_ProductionOrderComponent_2) and the Production Order Components Extended
(A_ProductionOrderComponent_3) entities:
• OrderComponentLongText
• The following properties have been added to the Production Order Operations
(A_ProductionOrderOperation_2) entity:
• Properties concerning texts:
• OrderOperationLongText
• OrderSequenceLongText
• Properties concerning dates and times:
• OpErlstSchedldProcgStrtDte
• OpErlstSchedldProcgStrtTme
• OpErlstSchedldTrdwnStrtDte
• OpErlstSchedldTrdwnStrtTme
• Properties concerning standard values:
• WorkCenterStandardWorkQtyUnit1, StdWrkQtyUnit1ISOCode, StdWrkQtyUnit1SAPCode,
and WorkCenterStandardWorkQty1
• WorkCenterStandardWorkQtyUnit2, StdWrkQtyUnit2ISOCode, StdWrkQtyUnit2SAPCode,
and WorkCenterStandardWorkQty2
• WorkCenterStandardWorkQtyUnit3, StdWrkQtyUnit3ISOCode, StdWrkQtyUnit3SAPCode,
and WorkCenterStandardWorkQty3
• WorkCenterStandardWorkQtyUnit4, StdWrkQtyUnit4ISOCode, StdWrkQtyUnit4SAPCode,
and WorkCenterStandardWorkQty4
• WorkCenterStandardWorkQtyUnit5, StdWrkQtyUnit5ISOCode, StdWrkQtyUnit5SAPCode,
and WorkCenterStandardWorkQty5
• WorkCenterStandardWorkQtyUnit6, StdWrkQtyUnit6ISOCode, StdWrkQtyUnit6SAPCode,
and WorkCenterStandardWorkQty6
• You can now update operations of existing production orders. The following properties can be changed:
• WorkCenter
• ManufacturingOrderOperation
• OperationControlProfile
• MfgOrderOperationText
• ProductionPlant
• Custom fields you have added using key user extensibility
• All properties for the standard values named above
• Properties for dates and times if the operation is in status DSPT (Scheduled):
• OpErlstSchedldExecStrtDte
• OpErlstSchedldExecStrtTme
• OpErlstSchedldProcgStrtDte

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

610 PUBLIC Manufacturing
• OpErlstSchedldProcgStrtTme
• OpErlstSchedldTrdwnStrtDte
• OpErlstSchedldTrdwnStrtTme
• OpErlstSchedldExecEndDte
• OpErlstSchedldExecEndTme

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Production Order (Version 2)

6.5.15 OData API: Production Order Confirmation

With the OData API Production Order Confirmation (API_PROD_ORDER_CONFIRMATION_2_SRV), you can
process confirmations for production orders. The API has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-SFC-ES (Enterprise Services in Shop Floor Control)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the OData API:

• The ShiftGrouping and ShiftDefinition properties have been added to the ProdnOrdConf2 entity.
• You can use the shift properties when creating a time ticket confirmation or a confirmation on order level.

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 611
Related Information

Production Order Confirmation

6.5.16 OData API: Process Order (Version 2)

With the OData API Process Order (Version 2) (API_PROCESS_ORDER_2_SRV), you can create, read, and
update process orders as well as set a wide range of statuses. The OData API has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-SFC-ES (Enterprise Services in Shop Floor Control)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the OData API:

• The OrderLongText property has been added to the Process Order (A_ProcessOrder_2) entity.
• The OrderComponentLongText property has been added to the Process Order Components
(A_ProcessOrderComponent_2) entity.
• The OrderOperationLongText property has been added to the Process Order Operations
(A_ProcessOrderOperation_2) entity.

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Process Order (Version 2)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

612 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.5.17 OData API: Process Order Confirmation

With the OData API Process Order Confirmation (API_PROC_ORDER_CONFIRMATION_2_SRV), you can process
confirmations for process orders. The API has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-SFC-ES (Enterprise Services in Shop Floor Control)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the OData API:

• The ShiftGrouping and ShiftDefinition properties have been added to the ProcOrdConf2 entity.
• You can use the shift properties when creating a time ticket confirmation or a confirmation on order level.

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Process Order Confirmation

6.5.18 OData API: Repetitive Manufacturing Confirmation

With the OData API Repetitive Manufacturing Confirmation (REPETITIVEMFGCONFIRMATION), you can process
confirmations in the make-to-stock, make-to-order, and make-to-production lot scenario. The API has been
enhanced.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 613
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJH (Make-to-Stock Production - Repetitive Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-SFC-ES (Enterprise Services in Shop Floor Control)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the OData API:

• The new entity RptvMfgConfMatlDocHndlgUnit (Handling Units for Confirmation) for integrating
handling units in confirmations has been added. You can now read, create, and cancel confirmations with
handling units.
• The EWMWarehouse and DestinationStorageBin properties have been added to the
RepetitiveMfgConfirmation entity.
• The EWMWarehouse, EWMStorageBin, and ProductionSupplyArea properties have been added to the
RptvMfgConfMatlDocItem entity.

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Repetitive Manufacturing Confirmation

6.5.19 Production Order Events

The events for the Production Order business object have been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

614 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3W4 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Discrete Industry)

BJ5 (Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component PP-SFC (Production Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following attributes have been added to the payloads of the Changed event and the Created event:

• ProductionOrder: ID of the production order

• ProductionOrderType: ID of the production order type
• ProductionPlant: ID of the production plant

Related Information

Production Order Events

6.5.20 Process Order Events

The events for the Process Order business object have been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3W3 (Third-Party Shop Floor Execution - Process Industry)

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-PI-POR (Process Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 615
Additional Details

The following attributes have been added to the payloads of the Changed event and the Created event:

• ProcessOrder: ID of the process order

• ProcessOrderType: ID of the process order type
• ProductionPlant: ID of the production plant

Related Information

Process Order Events

6.5.21 Manage Process Orders

The Manage Process Orders now supports the Area of Responsibility - Resource in addition to the already
existing Area of Responsibility - Production Supervisor.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-FIO-PI (Manage Process Orders )

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the app:

• The Issues column in the worklist now contains an icon to show if any material movements for a
process order failed. From the popover of the Issues column, you can view the number of failed material
movements and then directly navigate to the Reprocess Failed Material Movements app.
The information on failed material movements is displayed as a seperate section on the detail screen.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

616 PUBLIC Manufacturing
• You can now display and filter user-defined statuses for process orders in the worklist. With user-defined
statuses, you can control which business transactions are enabled or disabled for a process order in a
certain status.
• For defining your area of responsibility, the new My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app has
been integrated. If you now define your area of responsibility for the first time or change it using the app
settings, the system will take you to the new app where you make your settings. Navigate back by selecting
the Back button in the launchpad shell bar.
See Effects on Existing Data for information on data migration.
• If you have entered a long text of more than 30 characters together with a confirmation, you can now
display that confirmation long text in the Confirmation section on the detail screen. If the confirmation text
is shorter than 30 characters, the text is directly displayed in the Confirmation Text column. If it is longer
than 30 characters, a link is displayed that opens a popup with the long text.
• You can now display the Time Zone column in the worklist and the corresponding filter field in the filter
bar. The column displays the abbreviation for the time zone of the production plant, meaning all displayed
dates and times refer to this time zone. The time zone is automatically displayed in the Order Information
section on the detail screen. You can also display it in the Components and Order Schedule section.

Effects on Existing Data

If you already work with the Manage Process Orders app and have therefore already defined your area of
responsibility inside the app, the system will migrate your data once you start the app. The system informs you
with a success message when the migration is done.

If you start the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app and define your area of responsibility
there before starting the Manage Process Orders app, the system compares your settings:

• If you have made settings in the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app only, no migration
takes place.
• If you still have your area of responsibility defined in the app, the system migrates this data and adds it to
your settings in the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app.

Effects on Configuration

To be able to display user-defined statuses in the Manage Process Orders app, you have to define your status
profiles. In your configuration environment, use the search function to open the following activity: Define
Business Transaction Control.

Related Information

My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor [page 599]

Manage Process Orders

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 617
6.5.22 Manage Process Order Operations

The enhancements for the Manage Process Order Operations app support you even more in your daily work as
a production supervisor.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component PP-FIO-PI (Manage Proces Order Operations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made to the app:

• For defining your area of responsibility, the new My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app has
been integrated. If you now define your area of responsibility for the first time or change it using the app
settings, the system will take you to the new app where you make your settings. Navigate back by selecting
the Back button in the launchpad shell bar.
See Effects on Existing Data for information on data migration.
• If you have entered a long text of more than 30 characters together with a confirmation, you can now
display that confirmation long text in the Confirmation section on the detail screen. If the confirmation text
is shorter than 30 characters, the text is directly displayed in the Confirmation Text column. If it is longer
than 30 characters, a link is displayed that opens a popup with the long text.
• You can now display the Time Zone column in the worklist and the corresponding filter field in the filter
bar. The column displays the abbreviation for the time zone of the production plant, meaning all displayed
dates and times refer to this time zone. The time zone is displayed in the Order Information section on the
detail screen. You can also display it in the Components and Order Schedule section.

Effects on Existing Data

If you already work with the Manage Process Order Operations app and have therefore already defined your
area of responsibility inside the app, the system will migrate your data once you start the app. The system
informs you with a success message when the migration is done.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

618 PUBLIC Manufacturing
If you start the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app and define your area of responsibility
there before starting the Manage Process Order Operations app, the system compares your settings:

• If you have made settings in the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app only, no migration
takes place.
• If you still have your area of responsibility defined in the app, the system migrates this data and adds it to
your settings in the My Area of Responsibility – Production Supervisor app.

Related Information

Manage Process Order Operations

6.5.23 Kanban

6.5.23.1 Manage Production Supply Areas

This new app helps you to manage your production supply areas. You can personalize the displayed list of
production supply areas according to your use cases. You can navigate to further details including in which
contexts production supply areas are being used.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1E3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - External Pro

curement), 4B3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - In-
House Production), 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kan
ban - Stock Transfer)

Application Component PP-KAB (Kanban)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can create, edit, and delete production supply areas in the Manage Production Supply Areas (F6935) app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 619
Related Information

Manage Production Supply Areas

6.5.23.2 Define Kanban Container Status Texts

With this feature you can define container status texts in different languages. The maximum length for the
container status text has increased to 12 characters. You can overwrite the predefined container status texts,
to improve usability and understanding of Kanban processes in your environment.

The configuration activity Maintain Short Text for Container Status has been renamed to Define Kanban
Container Status Texts.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1E3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - External Pro

curement), 4B3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - In-
House Production), 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kan
ban - Stock Transfer)

Application Component PP-KAB (Kanban)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can maintain your own text for each kanban container status: "Waiting", "Empty" "In Process", "In Transit",
"Full", "In Use", "Error" in different languages.

Container status texts are displayed in Kanban apps, including:

• Kanban Board
• Set Kanban Container Status
• Monitor Kanban Containers
• Correct Kanban
• Display Errors: Kanban

You can maintain the texts in the configuration activity Define Kanban Container Status Texts.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

620 PUBLIC Manufacturing
 Note

To print own container status texts on kanban cards, you need to update the custom form template in the
Maintain Form Templates app. See Printing and Circulating of Kanban Cards for more information.

Related Information

Status Change/Kanban Signal

6.5.23.3 Define Kanban Container Status Sequences

With this feature you can define kanban container status sequences, and permissions or restrictions for
container status changes. In the control cycle you can select one of your status sequences in preference to a
predefined status sequence.

The configuration activity Define Status Sequence has been renamed to Define Kanban Container Status
Sequences.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1E3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - External Pro

curement), 4B3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - In-
House Production), 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kan
ban - Stock Transfer)

Application Component PP-KAB (Kanban)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Using the status sequence, you can indicate that certain statuses are not allowed, but others are mandatory.

You define for each status whether it is:

• Mandatory

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 621
• Recommended
• Optional
• Prohibited

You can define status sequences in the configuration activity Define Kanban Container Status Sequences. You
can adopt a status sequence in your control cycle via the Manage Kanban Control Cycles app.

Related Information

Status Sequence

6.5.23.4 Kanban Stock Transfer with Warehouse Requests for

Embedded EWM

A new kanban replenishment strategy is available for embedded EWM stock transfer using warehouse
requests.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - Stock Transfer)

Application Component PP-KAB (Kanban)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can choose the new control type Stock Transfer with Warehouse Request in the configuration activity
Kanban Replenishment Strategies Define Stock Transfer Strategies .

Related Information

Replenishment Strategies for Stock Transfer

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

622 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Replenishment from EWM-Managed Storage Locations

6.5.23.5 Plant Time Zone for Kanban APIs

The property PlantTimeZone is available in OData and SOAP APIs for Kanban control cycles and summarized
JIT calls. The plant time zone is used on standard UIs to format the timestamps for requirement date and
planned receipt date and time. This allows you to define accurate dates and times for requirements and
planned receipts, at plants located in different time zones.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1E3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - External Pro

curement), 4B3 (Material Replenishment with Kanban - In-
House Production), 4B4 (Material Replenishment with Kan
ban - Stock Transfer)

Application Component PP-KAB (Kanban)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Kanban Control Cycle OData service:

• The entity Kanban Containers containers the property PlantTimeZone, to format the property
PlannedReceiptDateTime.

Kanban Summarized JIT Call Outbound Notification SOAP service:

• The JITCallHeader and JITCallItem nodes contains the property PlantTimeZone, to format the
fields RequirementDate and RequirementTime.

Related Information

APIs for Manufacturing

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 623
6.5.24 Just-In-Time Supply to Customer

With this release, the following new features have been included:

• Integration with Batch Management

If a material is managed in batches, both the batch number and the material serve as a unique combination
to identify the product. When a material is defined as a batch material, each quantity of the material is
assigned a batch number.
• Background Job for Custom Actions
Execution in test mode is now enabled for most custom actions (except for outbound delivery creation).
You can now schedule the background job for executing custom actions by selecting the time range
dynamically.
• Extended Scheduling with Business Process Scheduling (BPS)
As a master data specialist, you can maintain appropriate shift grouping and shift sequences for each
delivery sequence group. This ensures that JIT calls are scheduled for delivery appropriately during
working hours.
• Manage Customer JIT Calls by Component Groups
As a material planner, you can now delete a wrongly assigned serial number and assign a new serial
number manually.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2EM (Just-In-Time Supply to Customer)

Application Component LE-JIT-S2C

Available As Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.5.25 Cost Distribution

You can use the Cost Distribution app in Project Manufacturing Management and Optimization (PMMO) to
analyze cost distribution data and check for accurate processing of cost distribution.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

624 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-PMM-FIO (Cost Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.5.26 Stock Consistency Check Reporting

You can use the Stock Consistency Check report in Project Manufacturing Management and Optimization to
discover any inconsistences between the stock in the plant and the core stock.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-PMM-BAS (Stock Consistency Check)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.5.27 Breakpoint Upload via Excel

You can use the Breakpoint Upload via Excel feature in Project Manufacturing Management and Optimization
(PMMO), using an API to create, change, and delete breakpoints.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 625
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-PMM-PEG (Change Pegging)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.6 Quality Management

6.6.1 Manage FMEAs

The following features are now available in the Manage FMEAs app:

• You can create and edit preventive actions and detection actions for a failure cause.
• A new FMEA action status was introduced.
• The graphical net display was improved.
• In addition to the graphical nets, a tree view is available to display the items of an FMEA in a hierarchy.
• The Optimization view was improved.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 627
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component QM-PT-FA (Failure Mode and Effects Analysis)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In detail, the following improvements have been made:

• Preventive and detection actions

• You can create actions in the Risk Optimization view.
• You can edit action data on the action details page.
• The new FMEA action status was introduced in addition to the FMEA system status. The system status
is set implicitly, based on the action status. The new action status and the system status can be
mapped as follows:

Action Status Corresponding System Status Description

Decision Pending Created Initial status when an action is cre

ated.

Implementation Pending Outstanding The action was decided on but not

yet fully implemented.

Completed Completed and Confirmed The action was implemented and its
effectiveness was demonstrated and
documented.

• Graphical nets
• In the graphical nets for functions and failure modes, the objects belonging to an FMEA are now
displayed in groups. Hence, you can collapse and expand those groups so that you can better focus on
specific FMEAs in the net.
• To make the overview tidier, several lines between items are combined as one line. In addition, the
graphic layout is now more compact.
• You can add long texts when you create elements. The first part of the long text is taken as the short
text.
• The terms when creating new elements have changed to be more general:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

628 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Old Term New Term

Create Consumer or Successor Create Higher Level

Create Component or Predecessor Create Lower Level

• Tree view
You can show the items of an FMEA not only in the different graphical net views, but also in a hierarchical
tree view. You can open the tree view for an element in a graphical net by choosing Show in Tree.
• Optimization view
• The view was renamed to Risk Optimiziation to better reflect that both steps, risk analysis and
optimization, are done in this view.
• You can select a table row and create one or several preventive and detection actions for the
corresponding failure cause.
• Some table fields can be edited, for example, the business partner responsible for an action.
• The table displays texts rather than IDs, for example, for the cause origin.
• The system determines the worst rating of all causes that are linked to a failure mode and enters this
worst rating for the failure mode.

Related Information

Manage FMEAs
Actions
Graphical FMEA Nets
Tree View

6.6.2 Manage Quality Info Records

In the Manage Quality Info Records app, you can now add the Inspection Control field as a filter and a worklist
column to filter for quality info records depending on the supplier qualification.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

Application Component QM-PT-RP-PRC (QM Control in Procurement)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 629
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Quality Info Records

6.6.3 Manage Inspection Lots

In the Manage Inspection Lots app, you can use the new Created for FAI field for sorting and filtering of
inspection lots created for first article inspections (FAI). Note that the field is not visible by default, you can add
it as a filter and as a worklist column.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

Application Component QM-IM (Quality Inspections)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Inspection Lots

First Article Inspection for Production Part Approval

6.6.4 Printing of Inspection Reports

With this feature, you can print or send inspection results of an inspection lot in the form of a PDF. You use
this feature on the inspection lot object page. An inspection report contains all the information related to an
inspection lot, such as, header details, statuses of characteristics, results recorded for each characteristic,
status of the lot.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

630 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling)

2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-IM (Quality Inspection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

For more information about system administration tasks, see Output Management for Inspection Reports.

Related Information

Printing Inspection Reports

6.6.5 Printing of Sample-Drawing Instructions

With this feature, you can print or send sample-drawing instructions for an inspection lot in the form of a PDF.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 631
Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling)

2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-IM (Quality Inspection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

For more information about system administration tasks, see Output Management for Sample-Drawing
Instruction.

Related Information

Printing Sample-Drawing Instructions

6.6.6 Record Inspection Results

In the Record Inspection Results app, the following features are now available:

• Valuation mode 110 is enabled.

• You can use the new Characteristic Status filter to list inspection lots that have, for example, open
characteristics or rejected characteristics.
• You can navigate to the inspection method details from the characteristic result details screen.
• You can restrict the usage of code groups and codes of catalog 9 (defect types) using the Determination of
Code Groups and Codes app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

632 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling)

2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-IM-RR (Results Recording)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Record Inspection Results

Valuation Modes for Sampling Procedures
Determine Defect Code Groups and Codes [page 638]

6.6.7 Record Inspection Results (Deprecated)

This app is deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2021 and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in the next
SAP S/4HANA release. You need to switch to the successor app Record Inspection Results.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling)

2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-IM-RR (Results Recording)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2021

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 633
Related Information

Record Inspection Results (Deprecated)

6.6.8 Manage Usage Decisions

In the Manage Usage Decisions app, the following features are now available:

• Stock postings of single inspection units (with serial numbers) have been improved. For more information,
see the Additional Details section below.
• You can now use the features of Harmonized Document Management for attachments. The corresponding
Documents tab was renamed to Attachments.
• Since a usage decision can only be made for released inspection lots, now only released inspection lots are
listed in the app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling)

2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-IM-UD (Inspection Lot Completion)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In detail, the following features with regards to stock postings of single inspection units (with serial numbers)
are now available:

• You can use the Clear Stock Selection button on the usage decision details page to deselect stock types for
inspection units before you post.
• After posting, the stock type is displayed to which a serial number was posted.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

634 PUBLIC Manufacturing
 Note

This only applies to postings done as of release 2022. For older stock postings, the stock type can't be
displayed.

• You can make stock postings for serial numbers that are not assigned to an inspection lot, but originate
from the material documents that create the inspection stock (if not canceled). Note that if no serial
number is assigned to the inspection lot, the serial numbers from the material document are only
displayed when you are in edit mode.
This allows you to make stock postings with reference to serial numbers if the Serial Numbers Possible
indicator is not set in the material master when the inspection lot is created and the setting is copied over
from the material to the inspection lot.
• To reflect the changes relating to serial numbers, the filter Has Serial Numbers was renamed to Serial
Numbers Relevant.
• If serial numbers are optional, you can make stock postings with or without serial numbers in one go. To
explain the app behavior in the case of optional serial numbers, a message is permanently displayed in the
app.
• If serial numbers are optional, automatic stock postings triggered by the usage decision code are also
possible if the number of serial numbers available for posting and the quantity to be posted differ.

Related Information

Manage Usage Decisions

Harmonized Document Management (HDM)
Stock Postings for Serialized Materials

6.6.9 International Address Versions in Quality Certificates

With this feature, you can now use International Address Versions (IAV) in quality certificates, which enables
you to print addresses in different fonts depending on the country you are shipping to.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

Application Component QM-CA-CG (Quality Certificate Creation)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 635
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In this context, "different fonts" does not refer to country-specific features within a character set, such as
umlauts in German and accents in French, but rather fonts that consist of their own character sets.

6.6.10 Multiple Address Handling in Quality Certificates

With this feature, you can now select an alternative address during quality certificate creation when several
addresses exist in the sales and distribution (SD) document.

 Note

This feature is only available when multiple address handling for SD documents using SAP Business
Partner is active in your system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

Application Component QM-CA-CG (Quality Certificate Creation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

636 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.6.11 Multiple Address Handling in Quality Notifications

With this feature you can select an alternative partner address during creation of a quality notification if
multiple addresses are maintained for a partner. This applies to partners that have a partner function of partner
type KU (Customer).

If a notification is created with reference to a delivery or a sales order, the address is copied from the delivery or
sales order.

 Note

This feature is only available when multiple address handling for SD documents using SAP Business
Partner is active in your system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2F9 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

Application Component QM-QN (Quality Notifications)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner

6.6.12 Define External Output Management System for

Defects

This feature allows you to use a customer-specific output management system for printing defects instead of
the standard SAP Output Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 637
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-QN-DEF (Defects Recording)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You can define the external output management system in Customizing for Quality Management under
Environment Central Functions Define Output Management Systems in QM .

6.6.13 Determine Defect Code Groups and Codes

With this feature you can define rules to control which code groups and codes are allowed for catalog 9 (defect
types) in defects recording or in results recording. You specify the rules in a decision table in the Determination
of Defect Code Groups and Codes app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2QN (Nonconformance Management)

1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

Application Component QM-QN-DEF (Defects Recording)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

638 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Related Information

Determine Code Groups and Codes

6.6.14 Warehouse Defect in Decentralized EWM

With this feature you can create warehouse defects for materials managed in decentralized Extended
Warehouse Management (EWM).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-QN-DEF (Defects Recording)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Warehouse Defect with Decentralized EWM

6.6.15 OData API: Inspection Lot

You can now use the OData API Inspection Lot (API_INSPECTIONLOT_SRV) to create inspection lots of origin
89 (Miscellaneous).

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 639
Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling)

2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-IM (Quality Inspection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Inspection Lot

6.6.16 Deprecation of OData API for Defect

The OData API API_DEFECT_SRV is deprecated with this release and is replaced by the OData API Defect,
which supports all defect categories.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-QN-DEF (Defect Recording)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Defect

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

640 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.6.17 Deprecation of Elements in CDS Views for Quality
Inspections

The following elements are deprecated in CDS views for quality inspections and should be replaced with
successor elements:

• DeliveryCategory (successor InspectionDeliveryCategory)

• InspectionScope (successor InspCharcQuantity)
• InspectionSpecificationText (successor InspectionCharacteristicText)

We recommend that you switch to the new fields as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling)

2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-IM (Quality Inspection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following CDS views are affected:

CDS View Description Deprecated Field New Field

I_InspectionLot Inspection Lot DeliveryCategory InspectionDeliveryCate

gory

I_InspectionLotValueHe Inspection Lot (Value Help) DeliveryCategory InspectionDeliveryCate

lp gory

I_InspectionCharacteri Characteristic in Inspection InspectionScope InspCharcQuantity

stic Lot

I_InspectionCharacteri Characteristic in Inspection InspectionSpecificatio InspectionCharacterist

stic Lot nText icText

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 641
6.6.18 Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS
Views for Quality Management

The field ProfitabilitySegment is decommissioned and has been replaced with the field
ProfitabilitySegment_2 in the CDS view I_InspectionLot. You need to switch to the successor field
ProfitabilitySegment_2.

Technical Details

Type Decommissioned

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1E1 (Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing)

1FM (Quality Management in Procurement)

1MP (Quality Management in Sales)

1MR (Quality Management in Stock Handling)

2QN (Nonconformance Management)

Application Component QM-IM (Quality Inspection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

You need to follow the instructions in the document linked below.

Related Information

Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views [page 35]

Inspection Lot

6.6.19 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in Quality

Management

With the objects released in Quality Management, you have a stable interface to access data from SAP S/
4HANA when building custom applications or extensions with developer extensibility. You can integrate the

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

642 PUBLIC Manufacturing
released objects in your custom code or extend them at predefined extension points. Depending on your use
case, different object types are provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, business object interfaces). You find all the
released objects in the ABAP Development Tools (ADT) when you're connected to SAP S/4HANA.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component QM (Quality Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed, or deprecated for developer
extensibility with the current release.

Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility

Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

CDS view Serial Numbers of In I_InspLotSerialNu New This CDS view re
trieves the serial num
spection Lot mber
bers of an inspection
lot.

CDS view Dynamic Modification I_InspLotDynamicR New This CDS view pro
vides access to dy
Rule ule
namic modification
rules that are used to
determine the inspec
tion scope of an in
spection lot.

CDS view Dynamic Modification I_InspLotDynamicR New This CDS view pro
vides access to dy
Rule – Text uleText
namic modification
rule texts.

CDS view Dynamic Modification I_InspLotDynamicR New This CDS view pro
Rule (Value Help) uleStdVH vides value help for
dynamic modification
rules.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 643
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

CDS view Inspection Stage I_InspLotDynRuleS New This CDS view pro
tage vides access to inspec
tion stages of dynamic
modification rules.

CDS view Inspection Stage – I_InspLotDynRuleS New This CDS view pro
Text tageText vides access to inspec
tion stage texts.

CDS view Control of Inspection I_InspLotSummaryC New This CDS view re
Lot Summary ontrol trieves the options to
control inspection lot
creation during goods
movement (inspection
lot summary).

CDS view Control of Inspection I_InspLotSummaryC New This CDS view re
Lot Summary – Text ontrolText trieves inspection lot
summary texts.

CDS view Inspection Lot Sum I_InspLotOfEWMSum New This CDS view re
mary for Warehouse- maryControl trieves the options to
Managed Stock control the inspection
lot summary of ware
house-managed stock.

CDS view Inspection Lot Sum I_InspLotOfEWMSmm New This CDS view re
mary for Warehouse- ryCtrlText trieves the texts for
Managed Stock – Text inspection lot sum
maries for warehouse-
managed stock.

CDS view Quality Certificate I_QualityCertific New This CDS view pro
Type ateType vides access to quality
certificate types, which
can be used to differ-
entiate the content of
quality certificates.

CDS view Quality Certificate I_QualityCertific New This CDS view pro
Type – Text ateTypeT vides access to quality
certificate type texts.

CDS view Inspection Specifica- I_InspSpecificati Changed The end-user name

tion Version onVersion was changed to
Version of Master Insp
Characateristic.

CDS view Inspection Specifica- I_InspSpecificati Changed The end-user name

tion Version – Text onVersionText was changed to
Version of Master Insp
Charc – Text.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

644 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

CDS view Inspection Lot I_InspectionLot Changed The field

DeliveryCategory is
deprecated and will be
replaced by
InspectionDeliver
yCategory.

CDS view Inspection Lot (Value I_InspectionLotVa Changed The field

Help) lueHelp DeliveryCategory is
deprecated and will be
replaced by
InspectionDeliver
yCategory.

CDS view Characteristic in In I_InspectionChara Changed The field

spection Lot cteristic InspectionScope is
deprecated and will
be replaced by
InspCharcQuantity.

CDS view Version of Inspection I_InspPlanOperati New This CDS view pro
vides access to the op
Plan Operation onVersion_2
erations assigned to an
inspection plan (task
list type Q).

CDS view Version of Inspection I_InspPlanOpCharc New This CDS view re
trieves the inspection
Plan Characteristic Version_2
characteristics of the
operations of an in
spection plan (task list
type Q).

CDS view Version of Material As I_InspPlnMatlAssg New This CDS view pro
mtVersion_2 vides access to the as
signment in Inspection
signment of materials
Plan
in a plant to an inspec
tion plan (task list type
Q).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 645
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

Business object inter Inspection Lot I_INSPECTIONLOTTP Changed This business object
face _2 now supports the fol
lowing:

• Create and update

inspection lots
• Record and up
date summarized
inspection results
• Summarized re
sults recording for
calculated charac
teristics
• Recording of sin
gle results (not for
inspection points)
• Reading and cre
ating inspection
points
• Automatic usage
decisions

Business object inter Quality Info Record I_QualityInProcur New This business object
face ementTP_2 supports the following:

• Read, create, and

update quality info
records
• Read, create, up
date, and delete
first article in
spection
• Read, create, up
date, and delete
quality info record
long text
• Read quality info
record user status
data

Business Add-In Defect – Validation QM_NCM_DEFECT_VAL New With this BAdI you can
During Transfer to _TRANSFER_QN add new validations
Quality Notification during the transfer of
defects.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

646 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

Business Add-In Execution of Checks QN_CHECK_BEFORE_D New With this BAdI you
EL_HEADER
Before Logical Deletion can perform additional
of Quality Notifications checks when deleting a
quality notification.

Business Add-In Execution of Checks QN_CHECK_BEFORE_D New With this BAdI you
EL_ITEM
Before Logical Deletion can perform additional
of Quality Notification checks when deleting
Items a quality notification
item.

Effects on System Administration

For more information about the authorizations required for working with the development objects released for
developer extensibility, see Configure Authorizations.

6.6.20 Integration of Internal Problem Notification with SAP

QIR

With this feature, you can start a problem-solving process in SAP Quality Issue Resolution for an internal
problem notification (notification type Q3). The default follow-up action SAP_QNIP (Start Internal Problem-
Solving) is provided for this purpose.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component QM-QN-PS-CQM (Integration of CQM Problem-Solving)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 647
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Integration with SAP Quality Issue Resolution

6.6.21 BAdIs: Checks Before Logical Deletion of Quality

Notifications and Notification Items

With the Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) QN_CHECK_BEFORE_DEL_HEADER (Execution of Checks Before Logical
Deletion of Quality Notifications) and QN_CHECK_BEFORE_DEL_ITEM (Execution of Checks Before Logical
Deletion of Quality Notification Items) you can perform additional checks when deleting a quality notification or
a quality notification item.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2F9 (Quality Management for Complaints Against Suppliers)

2FA (Quality Management for Complaints from Customers)

2QP (Quality Management for Internal Problems)

Application Component QM-QN (Quality Notifications)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

6.6.22 Quality Management: Small Enhancements as Part of

Customer Connection 2022

Improvements in the Quality Management component are available to you in the context of the SAP Customer
Connection program for Product Lifecycle Management. These improvements are based on proposals
submitted by customers through the Customer Influence program.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

648 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component QM (Quality Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details

Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures Are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

QM-PT-BD-MM Additional Search S4CORE 108 New 275454 3198760

(Quality Related Fields for Material
Material Master Selection in Trans
Settings) action QA08

QM-CA (Quality Navigate from S4CORE 108 New 274587 3216652

Certificates (only Quality Certificate
QM)) to Display Batches

QM-QN (Quality Unassign Sales Or S4CORE 108 New 276860 3210255
Notifications) der From Notifica-
tion

CA-AUD Larger Audit Ob S4CORE 108 New 277313 3241079

(PLM Audit ject Area
Management) S4FND 108

CA-AUD Extended Layout S4CORE 108 New 274886 3241103

(PLM Audit of Action with Au
Management) dit ID and Descrip S4FND 108
tion

QM-PT-BD-MM Mass Update of S4CORE 108 New 273762 3190621

(Quality Related Quality Settings in
Material Master Transaction QA08
Settings)

These improvements are available in all local versions.

More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see https://influence.sap.com .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing PUBLIC 649
6.7 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1352].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

650 PUBLIC Manufacturing
7 Manufacturing for Production
Engineering and Operations

7.1 Cross-Area Features

7.1.1 Customizing Activities and Business Add-Ins for PEO

This topic provides an overview of new and changed Customizing activities and Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) in
Customizing for Production under Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Customizing Path Customizing Activity/BAdI Description

Production Manufacturing for Define Number Ranges From this Customizing activity, you can
Production Engineering and Operations define number ranges for all the num
General Settings ber range objects used in PEO.

Production Manufacturing for BAdI: Additional Checks When Creating You can use this BAdI to implement ad
Production Engineering and Operations or Changing SN Groups
ditional checks when a serial number
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) group is created or changed.
Production Operations Serial Number
Groups

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 651
Customizing Path Customizing Activity/BAdI Description

Production Shop Floor Control BAdI: Order Change You can use the new method
System Modifications Business Add- COMP_RQMT_DATE_TIME_SET (Change

Ins Component Requirement Date and

Time from Scheduling).

This method is called when the require

ment date and time and the latest re
quirement date of a component are
updated from order scheduling. This
method enables you to change the val
ues of the requirement date and time
and the latest requirement date for the
specified component.

For detailed information, see the

method documentation in the system.

Related Information

BAdI for Further Processing Changes to Orders [page 606]

7.1.2 Production Integration Portal

With this feature, you can integrate various kinds of files from an external system to SAP S/4HANA PEO and
subsequently use these source files in production engineering when creating the shop floor routing. Several
enhancements have been made to the PiP which are listed in the Additional Details section of this document.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

652 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Additional Details

The production integration portal (PiP) comprises the following new and changed features:

• Non-interactive work instructions containing embedded standard texts can be included in the MPD file and
handed over to the shop floor routing in the PiP workspace. In an initial step, you use an API to import
the standard texts into the PEO system where they are available in the Manage Standard Texts app. The
non-interactive work instruction in the MPD file contains the ID of the relevant standard text. During the
handover of the MPD source item for the non-interactive work instruction, the system replaces the ID in the
source item with the actual standard text content.
For information on the API required to import the standard texts into the PEO system, see OData API:
Manufacturing Standard Texts (A2X) [page 654].
The non-interactive work instruction can also contain reference links to components, inspection
characteristics, and PRTs.

 Note

You need to maintain a special SAP XHTML tag in the source file to enable this feature. For more
information, see SAP-Specific XHTML Tags Required for Work Instructions in the External Source File.

• Interactive work instructions with all reference links (such as components, inspection characteristics, and
PRTs) can be included in the MPD file and handed over to the shop floor routing in the PiP workspace. In
addition, you can hand over input fields and tables.

 Note

You need to maintain special SAP XHTML tags in the source file to enable this feature. For more
information, see SAP-Specific XHTML Tags Required for Work Instructions in the External Source File.

• You can now use the migration report MPE_STA_RTG_LGC_TO_SFR (Migration of Legacy Routings to Shop
Floor Routings) to migrate your legacy shop floor routings from an external source to PEO shop floor
routings. To perform the migration, the system uses the existing integration features available with the
production integration portal (PiP).
For more information, see Migration of Legacy Routings from an External Source to PEO Shop Floor
Routings [page 661].

7.1.3 Non-Visual Instances in Production Engineering and

Operations

PEO now supports instance level information for BOM items without 3D position information. You can plan and
process non-visual instances in the same way as visual instances. Attributes defined for non-visual instances
can be used in downstream processes in PEO.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 653
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Visual Enterprise Manufacturing Planner (VEMP), you can plan non-visual instances and their attributes
in the same way as for visual instances. For example, non-visual instances can have attributes such as MRS
designators and reference designators. In production process planning, you can create shop floor routings
for BOMs with non-visual instances and create references to attributes of non-visual instances in work
instructions. The apps in production operations and monitoring display the attributes of non-visual instances in
the same way as for visual instances.

If design engineers later provide the 3D position information for BOM item instances in subsequent BOM
versions, production engineers can convert non-visual instances into visual instances when performing the
EBOM-MBOM handover in VEMP. A hybrid scenario in which a BOM version contains both visual and non-visual
instances is also supported.

7.1.4 OData API: Manufacturing Standard Texts (A2X)

With the OData API Manufacturing Standard Texts (A2X) - (API_MPE_MFGSTDTXT_U_O4), you can create,
read, update, release, and delete manufacturing standard texts. This service enables you to process standard
texts in multiple languages. You can use standard texts when creating work instructions for operation activities
in the shop floor routing. This significantly reduces the effort involved in creating the work instructions and
eliminates duplication.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

654 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Application Component PP-PEO-STX (Standard Text)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Manufacturing Standard Texts (A2X)

7.1.5 Concurrent Engineering

SAP S/4HANA PEO provides features to support you to achieve a concurrent design and manufacturing
environment. The aim is to create a more collaborative, team-based approach for designing and manufacturing
products and to establish better communication channels between product engineers, production engineers,
quality engineers, and production operators, for example. For details on the individual features available, see
the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following features are now available:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 655
MBOM Maturity Level for Version-Controlled MBOMs

This feature enables you to define maturity levels for your bills of material (currently for non-unitized
materials). This is particularly useful if the production process in your company involves multiple teams and
departments and you make numerous changes to the BOMs throughout the process. Using the maturity
levels that you can assign to each version of the MBOM to indicate its level of completeness and accuracy
ensures that everyone is working with the most up-to-date and accurate MBOM information. Therefore, you
can prevent errors, reduce rework, and improve the overall efficiency as only the most reliable and complete
version-controlled MBOMs are used. The following maturity levels are possible:

• Ready for production engineering

• Ready for planning
• Ready for planning and execution

Feedback to Production Engineering from Production Execution

This feature enables you to use feedback directly from the shop floor to further improve and fine-tune the
bill of material or production process. For example, during the execution phase, the production operator may
notice that a selected material does not properly fulfill its purpose. In this case, the production operator
can now pass on such product information to production engineers by creating a defect and uploading an
attachment (photograph, print screen of the 3D visual, or a document, for example) to visualize the problem.
The production engineers can then decide whether this is a one-time, order-specific problem or whether it is a
more general problem that necessitates the revision of master data or the process. In this case, they can select
the new quality task Engineering Change Required and choose to create a new change record or use an existing
change record. The production engineer processes the change record which has now been enhanced with the
defects view. From here the production engineer can now access the attachments linked to the defect and
cross-navigate to the Process Defects app. Based on the defect it might be necessary to create a new version of
the MBOM or the shop floor routing.

The Product Genealogy and Order Genealogy apps have also been enhanced to provide the production
supervisor with a cross-navigation option to the Process Defects app to see the defect details and attachments
associated with the defect.

Effects on Customizing

Production Basic Data Bill of Material General Data Define BOM Status

In this customizing activity, you define the BOM statuses to represent the different stages of MBOM maturity.

Related Information

MBOM Maturity Level [page 657]

New Quality Task for Defect [page 685]
Maturity Levels for Version-Controlled MBOMs

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

656 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
7.2 Extended Production Engineering

7.2.1 MBOM Maturity Level

This feature enables you to define maturity levels for your bills of material (for non-unitized materials) in
the context of concurrent engineering. This is particularly useful if the production process in your company
involves multiple teams and departments and you make numerous changes to the BOMs throughout the
process. Using the maturity levels that you can assign to each version of the MBOM to indicate its level of
completeness and accuracy ensures that everyone is working with the most up-to-date and accurate MBOM
information which can prevent errors, reduce rework, and improve overall efficiency.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can define that an MBOM is:

• Ready for production engineering only: These MBOMs can't yet be released and used in downstream
process. It is expected that they will still undergo significant changes.
• Ready for planning only: These MBOMs have reached the level of maturity that warrants releasing them
so that they can be used for planning purposes. Further changes are expected but to be able to manage
material demand they can be included in planning. The result of the planning run is planned orders. No
conversion into production orders is yet possible.
• Ready for planning and execution: These MBOMs have reached a high level of maturity and no further
significant changes are expected. MBOMs with this material level can be included in both planning and
execution. That is, the planned orders can now be converted into production orders and released for
execution.

Effects on Customizing

Production Basic Data Bill of Material General Data Define BOM Status

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 657
In this customizing activity, you define the BOM status to configure the MBOM maturity levels relevant for PEO
processes.

Related Information

Maturity Levels for Version-Controlled MBOMs

7.2.2 Change Management Based on Engineering Change

Notices

PEO now supports a change management process based on engineering change notices. In this approach,
design engineers send bills of material and related artifacts to PEO as an engineering package without
hierarchical EBOM information. To store this engineering data, PEO creates change records of the purpose type
Change Notice. Depending on the need to incorporate engineering changes into manufacturing, production
engineers prepare a manufacturing engineering (MFG) change record based on a change notice. As part of
the MBOM preparation, a planning scope (initially with only header EBOM) and internal engineering snapshot
are added to the change record. The internal engineering snapshot specifies the versions of the EBOMs to be
loaded for the EBOM-MBOM handover. If production engineers expand, collapse, or split the planning scope
during the EBOM-MBOM handover, the shape of the internal engineering snapshot changes when planning is
saved. For example, EBOMs are added to the snapshot, removed from the snapshot, or if the planning scope is
split, a new internal engineering snapshot is created for the corresponding header EBOM.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-CM (PEO Change Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Engineering snapshots already defined in an external system and included in the engineering package sent to
PEO are now referred to as external engineering snapshots. This type of snapshot can't be modified during
production engineering.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

658 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
VEMP uses dynamic visualization to provide the flexibility to load visuals on demand in VEMP when production
engineers work with internal engineering snapshots.

Related Information

Snapshot-Based Change Management Process

Visual Planning with Load on Demand
How to Link 3D Visuals to EBOMs (Direct BOM Integration)

7.2.3 Monitor Snapshots

With this app, you can monitor the engineering and manufacturing snapshots for the products you're
manufacturing. The app now distinguishes between external and internal engineering snapshots. You can
view the key data and associated change record for each revision of external engineering snapshots, internal
engineering snapshots, and manufacturing snapshots.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SNP (Engineering Snapshot)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Monitor Snapshots - Engineering / Manufacturing

7.2.4 Manage Change Records

With this app, now you can also view any defects that are recorded along with attachments such as pictures,
print screens, or documents. You can also navigate to the Process Defects app to further process the defect. If
a defect has a notification, you can navigate to the Change Quality Notification app where you can change the

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 659
notification type. You also have the option to assign the defect to an existing change record or to a new one
from this app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-CM (PEO Change Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Change Records

New Quality Task for Defect [page 685]
Perform Operation Activity [page 683]

7.2.5 Change Impact Analysis

With this app, you can analyze the impact that changes to engineering data have on various manufacturing
objects such as MBOMs, shop floor routings, and production orders. Now, in the details tab of the production
order, along with the execution status you can also view the impact on impact category and the category value
for the production order.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-CIA (Change Impact Analysis)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

660 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Effects on Customizing

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Production Engineering Change
Impact Analysis

In this Customizing activity, you can create values for the change impact category. Note that currently in the
standard SAP system, WIP is delivered as the impact category. Creating new catgories is restricted. However,
you can create new values for this impact category as required.

Related Information

Analyze Change Impact

7.2.6 Migration of Legacy Routings from an External Source

to PEO Shop Floor Routings

The migration report MPE_STA_RTG_LGC_TO_SFR (Migration of Legacy Routings to Shop Floor Routings) has
been provided to enable you to reuse your legacy routings from an external manufacturing execution system
(MES). To perform the migration, the system uses the existing integration features already provided with the
production integration portal (PiP). In the report, you can select your legacy routings and migrate them to SAP
S/4HANA production engineering and operations (PEO). The system converts them into shop floor routings in
the process and you can complete the process by instructing the system to release the shop floor routings and
create the production versions.

Detailed migration results are available and direct navigation options are provided from the report to the
Manage Shop Floor Routings and Manufacturing Snapshots apps to support you in case of errors. Detailed
information is available in the report documentation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-MIG (PEO Migration-Related Topics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 661
7.2.7 Manage Manufacturing Reference Structures

This app now lets you display effectivity-specific attributes for MRS items. The external ID of an MRS item and
any custom fields can contain effectivity-specific values. To view effectivity-specific attributes for an MRS item,
choose View Details in the Details column and select from the effectivity values available.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-MRS (Manufacturing Reference Structure)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Manufacturing Reference Structures

7.2.8 Manage Templates - For Shop Floor Routings

With this feature, you can create and manage your shop floor routing templates. You can now use new features
that are available for reference templates.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

662 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Additional Details

New, changed, and enhanced features are available in the Manage Templates app:

• You can now create multiple operations and operation activities using mass-enabled functions for
reference templates. For more information, see Creating Mass Operations and Operation Activities for
Shop Floor Routings [page 673].
• If a reference template contains non-interactive work instructions, you are now able to make local changes
to these work instructions after the reference template has been inserted into a shop floor routing. These
local changes are then protected from changes and are not automatically overwritten when upgrading to a
new version of the reference template in the shop floor routing.
• When creating an inspection characteristic in a reference template, you can now also specify a lower
plausibility limit and an upper plausibility limit in the Target Value and Tolerance section of the Specification
tab. These fields are only used for results recording of quantitative characteristics and aim to hinder the
recording and processing of invalid or improbable values. If the actual value of the variable lies outside the
plausibility limit defined by the limiting value entered in this field, the system issues a warning message.
• You can resize the sections of the screens in the various workspaces of the reference template. The system
saves these changes so that if you leave a workspace and return later, your resizing changes are retained.
This saves you from constantly having to resize the screen sections.
• To make it easier to find your templates in the Folder View of the entry screen, a new sort icon is
available in the table toolbar. Various options are available for sorting the list. The default option sorts
the reference templates by operation activity templates, operation activity groups, operations, operation
sets and then by the smaller templates in alphabetical order. Click the icon and choose how you want to
sort the templates - by template description, processing status description, version description, or plant,
for example. The system sorts the templates according to your selection in ascending order. Click the same
selection again to switch to descending mode.
• As announced in previous releases, the non-successive version option has been removed from the version
profile in Customizing as has the alphanumeric option for defining versions. From this release onwards,
only the successive versions are enabled meaning that you can only create reference templates using the
current latest version (which may have the status, released, or obsolete). In addition, versions are now
always numeric. If you have existing alphanumeric reference template versions, when you create a new
version, the system will automatically propose a new numeric version number.
• You can now navigate to the following related apps and transactions directly from the Manage Templates
app:
• Details screen of the Manage Change Records app (Launchpad)
• Display Class for Class Type 018 (transaction CL03)
• Display Work Center (transaction CR03)
• Depending on the PRT type, you can navigate to:
• Type M: Display Material (transaction MM03)
• Type E: Display Equipment (transaction IE03)
• Type O: Display Production Resource/Tool (transaction CF03)
• Display Document (transaction CV03N)
• Details screen of the Manage Object Qualification Assignments app (Launchpad)
• Details screen of the Manage Teams and Responsibilities app (Launchpad)
• Transaction SM30 for table MPEV_AHF_C_THAN

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 663
Effects on Customizing

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Production Engineering Routings
General Data Define Version Profile

In this Customizing activity, the two options Successive and Numeric have been removed as was announced
in previous releases. This means that from this release onwards, all reference templates follow the successive
pattern and the non-successive option is no longer available. In addition, it is no longer possible to create
alphanumeric versions. All versions are numeric. If you have existing reference template versions that are
alphanumeric and create a new version, the system will automatically define a new numeric number.

7.2.9 Manage Shop Floor Routings

With this feature you can create and manage your shop floor routings. You can now use new features that are
available for maintaining shop floor routings.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

New, changed, and enhanced features are available in the Manage Shop Floor Routings app:

Miscellaneous Features
• As announced in previous releases, the non-successive version option has been removed from the version
profile in Customizing as has the alphanumeric option for defining versions. From this release onwards,
only the successive versions are enabled meaning that you can only create new shop floor routing versions
using the current latest version (which may have the status, released, or obsolete). In addition, versions are
now always numeric. If you have existing alphanumeric shop floor routing versions, when you create a new
version, the system will automatically propose a new numeric version number.
• You can now create multiple operations and operation activities using mass-enabled functions for shop
floor routings. For more information, see Creating Mass Operations and Operation Activities for Shop Floor
Routings [page 673].

666 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
templates in alphabetical order. Click the icon and choose how you want to sort the templates - by
template description, processing status description, version description, or plant, for example. The system
sorts the templates according to your selection in ascending order. Click the same selection again to switch
to descending mode.
• The Find Template dialog box in the template library has been enhanced to include a text search option.
This means that you can now search for a template using a text string in addition to the classification filter.

PiP Workspace
• You can configure your system to store source item properties in the PiP tables even if they are blank.
These blank source item properties are then also included in the list in the source item table. See section
Effects on Customizing in this document.
• Standard texts can now be included in the MPD file.
• Non-interactive work instructions containing embedded standard texts and reference links can be included
in the MPD file and handed over to the shop floor routing in the PiP workspace.
• Interactive work instructions with all reference links (such as components, inspection characteristics, and
PRTs) can be included in the MPD file and handed over to the shop floor routing in the PiP workspace. In
addition, you can hand over input fields and tables.

Variant Configuration
• If all the produce operation activities in an operation contain logical components that are optional, when
creating the production order for the final configured product, a situation may arise in which none of
the operation activities are selected. In this case, the complete operation is not required. Therefore, if no
produce operation activities exist for an operation after routing explosion, the system also deletes the
operation from the production order.

Effects on Customizing

PiP Settings

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Production Engineering

Production Integration Portal (PiP) Define PiP Data Settings

The checkbox Store if Blank has been added to the source item property table. This checkbox determines
whether the source item property is stored in the PiP tables even if it is blank in the manufacturing process
definition (MPD) file.

Version Profile

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Production Engineering Routings
General Data Define Version Profile

In this Customizing activity, the two options Successive and Numeric have been removed as was announced
in previous releases. This means that from this release onwards, all shop floor routing versions follow the
successive pattern and the non-successive option is no longer available. In addition, it is no longer possible to
create alphanumeric versions. All versions are numeric. If you have existing shop floor routing versions that
are alphanumeric and create a new version, the system will automatically define a new numeric number. This
Customizing change also applies to rework routings and reference templates.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 667
Related Information

OData API: Manufacturing Standard Texts (A2X) [page 654]

Production Integration Portal [page 652]

7.2.10 Rework Routings

The non-successive version option has been removed from the version profile in Customizing as well as the
alphanumeric option for defining versions as was announced in previous releases. From this release onwards,
only the successive versions are enabled meaning that you can only create new rework routing versions using
the current latest version (which may have the status, released, or obsolete). In addition, versions are now
always numeric. If you have existing alphanumeric shop floor routing versions, when you create a new version,
the system will automatically propose a new numeric version number.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Production Engineering Routings
General Data Define Version Profile

In this Customizing activity, the two options Successive and Numeric have been removed as was announced
in previous releases. This means that from this release onwards, all rework routing versions follow the
successive pattern and the non-successive option is no longer available. In addition, it is no longer possible
to create alphanumeric versions. All versions are numeric. If you have existing rework routing versions that are
alphanumeric and create a new version, the system will automatically define a new numeric number.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

668 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
7.2.11 Manage Order-Specific Shop Floor Routings

With this feature you can create and manage your order-specific shop floor routings. You can now use new
features that are available for maintaining order-specific shop floor routings.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

New, changed, and enhanced features are available in the Manage Order-Specific Shop Floor Routings app:

Miscellaneous Features

• You can now create multiple operations and operation activities using mass-enabled functions for order-
specific shop floor routings. For more information, see Creating Mass Operations and Operation Activities
for Shop Floor Routings [page 673].
• You can now create an order-specific shop floor routing from the Manage Production Operations app for
operations that are in process in addition to operations that are not yet started.
• For production orders created for unitized products, the system now also displays the unitized parameter
effectivity information in the subheader of the order-specific shop floor routing in addition to the
production order.
• If the material associated with the order-specific shop floor routing is a configurable material, the Display
Configuration button is also displayed in the subheader which you can click to navigate to the configuration
details.
• You can resize the sections of the screens in the various workspaces of the order-specific shop floor
routing. The system saves these changes so that if you leave a workspace and return later, your resizing
changes are retained. This saves you from constantly having to resize the screen sections.
• The Phantom Child column in the components assignment workspace contains the new  icon for
components that are phantom children. You can click the icon to directly open the BOM Item Details
Screen popup which is automatically opened showing the Phantom Hierarchy tab.
• When copying and pasting operation activities, you can now instruct the system to include logical
components by selecting the corresponding checkbox in the Also to be Pasted... dialog box.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 669
Work Instructions
• A settings option is now available so that you can personalize the various tabs available in the work
instructions such as the Components tab, Inspection Characteristics tab, or the PRTs tabs, for example. In
the relevant tab, select the  icon to open a popup in which you can select the columns that you want the
system to display in the table. Note that the system saves your changes so that when you open the work
instructions in a new session, they are still available.

Editing State
• In the structure workspace, the routing objects (operations, operation activity groups, and operation
activities) can now also be partially editable in addition to editable and not editable. This replaces the
editing state editable with limited editing options. This means that the editing states available for the
routing structure objects are identical to those available for the components in the component list
workspace.
• In the structure, details, component list, component assignment, and PiP workspaces, the default table
layout now includes the new Reason (Reason for Editing State) column. In this column, the system provides
a reason why the routing object is either not editable or only partially editable. Note that one reason is
displayed here although more than one reason might exist that prevents you from editing a particular
object.
• In the details workspace for the operation and operation activity, in the PRTs tab, you can change the table
layout to display the columns Editing State and Reason for Editing State. The Editing State column indicates
whether you can change the PRT, and the Reason for Editing State explains why a PRT is not editable. For
example no order-change hold exists for the OA or the OA has been completed or skipped.
• If the order contains operation activities at which a serial number belongs to a serial number group, the
editing state is now impacted as follows:
• Operations are partially editable if a serial number at one or more operation activities in the operation
belongs to a serial number group.
• Operation activities can't be edited if they contain a serial number that belongs to a serial number
group.

Inspection Characteristics (ICs)

• You can add further columns to the table of inspection characteristics in the details workspace as required.
For example, you can now configure the table to include the sampling procedure. You can save your
personalized layout settings in a variant which you can define as the default layout.
• If you are maintaining ICs in the order-specific shop floor routing, note that three info fields of varying
length are now available. If you are working with master ICs and these info fields have been maintained
in the master inspection characteristic, they are automatically available in the Info Fields section when
you select the master IC. The info fields are purely informative providing extra instructions, for example.
The information is passed on to downstream processes along with the inspection characteristic - it is
available for the production operator in the Perform Operation Activity app and is also available in the
various monitoring apps. If no info fields have been maintained in the master inspection characteristic, you
can also maintain the info fields directly in the order-specific shop floor routing. The info fields are also
available if you are creating new inspection characteristics.
• When processing an inspection characteristic in the order-specific shop floor routing, you can now also
specify a lower plausibility limit and an upper plausibility limit in the Target Value and Tolerance section
of the Specification tab. These fields are only used for results recording of quantitative characteristics
and aim to hinder the recording and processing of invalid or improbable values. If the actual value of the
variable lies outside the plausibility limit defined by the limiting value entered in this field, the system issues
a warning message.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

670 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
3D Visual

• 3D visual in the component assignment workspace: If the production order for which an order-specific
routing is created is relevant for a particular unitized pa, all the components of the MBOM that are not
relevant for the effectivity of the order are hidden from the 3D image. In addition, if your routing contains
product manufacturing information (PMI), the system removes the PMI associated with the components
that are not relevant for the order effectivity from the 3D image.
• 3D visual in the PiP workspace: If the production order for which an order-specific routing is created is
relevant for a particular unitized parameter effectivity, all the components of the MBOM not relevant for the
effectivity of the order and the PMI associated with those components are hidden from the 3D image in
the PiP workspace. In the toolbar of the source items table, a button is available that you can use to toggle
between the components and PMI relevant for the order and those relevant for the complete effectivity
range of the MBOM. The system updates the source items table and 3D visual according to which option
you select. Note that the EBOM option only shows the PMI of the EBOM in the source item table but does
not reflect the EBOM information in the 3D visual.

Navigation Options
You can navigate to the following related apps and transactions directly from the Manage Order-Specific Shop
Floor Routings app:

• For configurable materials, you can choose the Display Configuration button in the subheader to navigate
to the Display Characteristic Values screen.
• Display Shop Floor Routing for the master routing (transaction MSFR3)
• Display Order-Specific Shop Floor Routing or Shop Floor Routing for the source routing (transaction
MSFR3)
• Details screen of the Manage Production Orders app (Launchpad)
• Display Material (transaction MM03)
• Details screen of the Maintain Bill of Material app (Launchpad)
• Details screen of the Manage Snapshots app (Launchpad)
• Details screen of the Manage Change Records app (Launchpad)
• Display Work Center (transaction CR03)
• Depending on the PRT type, you can navigate to:
• Type M: Display Material (transaction MM03)
• Type E: Display Equipment (transaction IE03)
• Type O: Display Production Resource/Tool (transaction CF03)
• Display Document (transaction CV03N)
• Details screen of the Manage Object Qualification Assignments app (Launchpad)
• Details screen of the Manage Teams and Responsibilities app (Launchpad)
• Transaction SM30 for table MPEV_AHF_C_THAN

Templates

• If a reference template that has been inserted into a shop floor routing contains non-interactive work
instructions, you can now make local changes to these work instructions in the order-specific shop floor
routing if the operation activity is still editable. These local changes are then protected from changes and
are not automatically overwritten when upgrading to a new version of the reference template.
• In the template library, when you select a copy template of the type inspection characteristic group and
choose Display or Change, the system now displays the IC group in a popup instead of in a screen section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 671
• To make it easier to find your templates in the template library, a new sort icon is now available in
the toolbar. Various options are available for sorting the list. The default option sorts the reference
templates by operation activity templates, operation activity groups, operations, operation sets and then
by the smaller templates in alphabetical order. Click the icon arrow and choose how you want to sort
the templates - by template description, processing status description, version description, or plant, for
example. The system sorts the templates according to your selection in ascending order. Click the same
selection again to switch to descending mode.
• The Find Template dialog box in the template library has been enhanced to include a text search option.
This means that you can now search for a template using a text string in addition to the classification filter.

7.2.12 Deletion of Personal Data in Shop Floor Routings

In the context of data privacy and protection regulations, you might have to remove all references to a
certain user from the system if the user has left your company, for example. You can use the new report
MPE_RTGV_DPP_WEMPF (Clearing the Goods Recipient from Shop Floor Routings) to search for all externally
processed shop floor routing operations with user-specific information in the Goods Recipient field on the
External Processing tab for operations. The report searches for externally processed operations in shop floor
routings, order-specific shop floor routings, and reference templates. If you run the report in execution mode,
the system also deletes the entry. A results page is available listing all the shop floor routing operations found
by the system that contain the entered goods recipient as well as the number of shop floor routing operations
that were updated successfully.

For more information, refer to the report documentation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

7.2.13 Data Migration for PEO Routings and Templates

With this feature, you can perform migration tasks for PEO routings and templates. A new migration task
is available in this release that you need to run before working with shop floor routings, rework routings,
order-specific shop floor routings, and reference templates. During the migration task, the system performs
a technical migration of a database table to upgrade the basic work instructions previously handed over in
the PiP workspace to non-interactive work instructions. After the migration task has been run, you can add

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

672 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
references to PRTs, inspection characteristics, and components in the work instructions which was previously
not possible.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

Existing basic work instructions that were handed over in the PiP workspace are automatically converted into
non-interactive work instructions. You will then be able to create references to PRTs, inspection characteristics,
and components in these work instructions.

7.2.14 Creating Mass Operations and Operation Activities for

Shop Floor Routings

With this feature, you can now create multiple operations and operation activities (OAs) using mass-enabled
functions for shop floor routings, order-specific shop floor routings, and reference templates. These new
functions are available in the Add button in the structure workspace. Choose Add Multiple Operations to access
a dialog box in which you can create all your operations in one go. Choose Add Multiple OAs (Same Level) or
Add Multiple OAs (Sub Level) to access a dialog box in which you can create multiple operation activities in one
go. Note that you can only create multiple operation activities in one segment at a time.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 673
Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

How to Create Multiple Operations

How to Create Multiple Operation Activities - Option 1

7.3 Extended Production Process Setup

7.3.1 Manage Action Settings

The action settings that you configure for PRT registration in the Manage Action Settings app now also apply
to interactive work instructions. As a result, when you register PRTs in interactive work instructions in the
Perform Operation Activity app, a dialog box to enter a reason code and note is displayed, depending on the
configuration.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Action Settings [page 674]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

674 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
7.4 Extended Production Operations

7.4.1 Production Control

7.4.1.1 Order Split

A number of enhancements have been made to the order split feature.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• The system now assigns the production status Moved to Warehouse Due to Order Split or Moved to Child
Order Due to Order Split to serial numbers that have been split to the warehouse or split to a child order
respectively.
You can view the serial number status when you display the parent order in the Manage Production Orders
and Product Genealogy apps.
• In the production action log, the system now creates an action message when you split an order to the
warehouse. The message specifies the order number and what quantity was moved to the warehouse.
• A new BAdI implementation CO_SPLIT_COMPONENT_POST_GI (Automatic GI for By-Product in Child Order
of Order Split) is now available in the enhancement spot WORKORDER_UPDATE. You can activate this
implementation if you want the system to automatically post a goods issue for the by-product in the child
order when you split an order.

 Note

Even if you activate this BAdI implementation, the goods issue can still fail if something blocks the
goods movement in the system. In such cases, the failed goods movement appears in the Reprocess
Failed Material Movements app, from where you can reprocess it.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 675
7.4.1.2 Phantom Hierarchy for Components

You can now display phantom hierarchy information for components on the Operation Activity Assignments
page, which you can navigate to from the Manage Production Orders and Manage Production Operations apps.
A new Phantom Child column is available (via the table settings  ) in the Components section. This column
contains the  icon, which is highlighted if the component is a phantom assembly component. You can click the
icon to display the phantom hierarchy details.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

7.4.1.3 Manage Production Operations

With this feature, you can now trigger the creation of an order-specific shop floor routing for operations
which are in process in addition to operations which have not yet been started from the Manage Production
Operations app. You can trigger the order change in the initial screen of the app as well as in the details screen
for an operation, in the Order Schedule section. This means that the process for creating order-specific shop
floor routings in this app and in the Manage Production Orders app is now identical.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

676 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Related Information

Creating Order-Specific Shop Floor Routings

7.4.1.4 Schedule Shop Floor Routing Version Update Runs

With this app, you can create, schedule, and monitor jobs to update the routing version in shop floor orders
based on selection parameters. If you regularly update your shop floor routings, you can schedule a job to
ensure that the latest routing version is used in your shop floor orders. Using an application job to perform this
routing version update in shop floor orders saves you the time and effort of updating each order individually.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following job template is provided: Update Orders for Which Routing Was Changed Since Yesterday. In this
template, the Relative Changed At Date field in the routing selection criteria is set to -1. As a result, the system
selects routings that were changed on the previous day, relative to the date on which the report is executed.

Related Information

Schedule Shop Floor Routing Version Update Runs

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 677
7.4.2 Production Execution

7.4.2.1 Serialization Procedure for Assembly in Shop Floor

Orders

A new serialization procedure for shop floor order assembly (PPSA) is now available. It allows you to control
how serial numbers are to be handled during assembly – separate from inventory management. In practice,
you often don't know or even require serial numbers when posting the goods receipt for materials. For example,
the warehouse clerk just records the material and quantity, and later the production operator scans the part's
serial number when installing it. This new serialization procedure enables you to define one procedure for
inventory management (MMSL) and one procedure for shop floor order assembly (PPSA) independently from
each other.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For the new serialization procedure Shop Floor Order Assembly (PPSA), you can set the serial number usage to
either 01 (None) or 03 (Obligatory) only.

 Note

If the serial number usage for MMSL is set to Obligatory, you have to set the serial number usage for PPSA to
Obligatory.

In the Perform Operation Activity app, the assembly type of components is Serialized if:

• The serial number usage in PPSA is set to Obligatory.

• PPSA isn't maintained and MMSL is set to Obligatory or Automatic.

The existing MMSL serialization procedure remains unchanged. To use the new PPSA serialization procedure,
you need to add it to a serialization profile and set the usage value as needed. You can configure this setting in
Customizing for Sales and Distribution under Basic Functions Serial Numbers Determine Serial Number
Profiles .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

678 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
 Caution

The equipment category in the serial number profile must contain a value. Otherwise, the system doesn't
record the serial number and equipment number in the serial number master record for the material.

Related Information

Settings for Serialization

7.4.2.2 RFC-Enabled Function Modules for Labor Tracking

You can now use two remote-enabled function modules to start and stop labor tracking in the system for a user
at an operation activity without any user action. In a machine integration scenario, the machine or equipment
on the shop floor can remotely trigger the respective function module, which then executes the Labor On or
Labor Off action in the system based on the import parameters. If retroactive processing has been started for
the operation activity, labor tracking can't be started or stopped using these function modules.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Technical name of the RFC-enabled function modules:

• MPE_OA_EXEC_LABOR_ON (Execute Labor On)

• MPE_OA_EXEC_LABOR_OFF (Execute Labor Off)

For detailed information, see the function module documentation in the system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 679
Related Information

Integration with Smart Tools and Machines

7.4.2.3 Collective Processing of Serial Numbers

A number of enhancements have been made to the feature for collectively processing serial numbers as a
group.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• You can now group serial numbers at different operation activities across shop floor orders, provided that a
certain homogeneity exists between the operation activities. The system compares the operation activities
of each serial number to check for the required homogeneity. The following attributes must be identical:
• Status and action schema
• Work center (derived from the operation)
• Components
• PRTs (materials and equipment, including the Test Equipment indicator)
• PRTs (documents)
• Inspection characteristics
• Buyoffs
• Standard work instructions
• You can now create serial number groups at operation activities that have been assigned buyoffs. This
means that you can now approve buyoffs for serial number groups.
• You can now record defects for serial number groups. The system creates a defect for each serial number
in the group.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

680 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
 Note

The option to set a production hold when recording a defect isn't supported. You can manually put the
serial number group on hold by choosing Hold in the footer toolbar.

• A new Business Add-In (BAdI: Additional Checks When Creating or Changing SN Groups ) has been
added to Customizing for Production under Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) Production Operations Serial Number Groups BAdI: Additional Checks
When Creating or Changing SN Groups .
You can use this BAdI to perform additional checks when serial number groups are created or changed.
An example implementation class is provided. To retrieve the operation activity details, you use the view
I_OpActyInstanceDetail, which can also contain any custom fields that you've generated using the
Custom Fields app. As a result, you have the option to perform checks also on custom fields. For more
information, see the BAdI documentation.

Also note the following behavior in order-specific routings:

• Operations are partially editable if a serial number at one or more operation activities in the operation
belongs to a serial number group.
• Operation activities can't be edited if they contain a serial number that belongs to a serial number group.

Related Information

My Work Queue [page 681]

Process Serial Number Groups [page 682]

7.4.2.4 My Work Queue

When creating serial number groups in this app, you can now group serial numbers at different operation
activities across shop floor orders, provided that a certain homogeneity exists between the operation activities.
In addition, the app now supports the creation of serial number groups if operation activities contain buyoffs.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 681
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you group serial numbers at different operation activities across shop floor orders, the system compares
the operation activities of each serial number to check for the required homogeneity. The following attributes
must be identical:

• Status and action schema

• Work center (derived from the operation)
• Components
• PRTs (materials and equipment, including the Test Equipment indicator)
• PRTs (documents)
• Inspection characteristics
• Buyoffs
• Standard work instructions

 Note

In Customizing for Production under Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) Production Operations Serial Number Groups BAdI: Additional Checks
When Creating or Changing SN Groups , you can create a BAdI implementation to perform additional
checks when serial number groups are created or changed. An example implementation class is provided.
To retrieve the operation activity details, you use the view I_OpActyInstanceDetail, which can also
contain any custom fields that you've generated using the Custom Fields app. As a result, you have the
option to perform checks also on custom fields. For more information, see the BAdI documentation.

Related Information

Process Serial Number Groups [page 682]

How to Create Serial Number Groups

7.4.2.5 Process Serial Number Groups

A number of enhancements have been made to the app, which are described in the additional details.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

682 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• You can now process serial number groups that consist of serial numbers at different operation activities
across shop floor orders.
• You can toggle between full screen mode and the side panel, for example, to display work instructions in
full screen mode.
• You can now approve buyoffs for serial number groups.
• You can now record defects for serial number groups. The system creates a defect for each serial number
in the group.

 Note

The option to set a production hold when recording a defect isn't supported. You can manually put the
serial number group on hold by choosing Hold in the footer toolbar.

• When you click the group size in the header, the dialog box now shows the material, order, operation, and
operation activity of each serial number in the group.

Related Information

My Work Queue [page 681]

Collective Processing of Serial Numbers [page 680]

7.4.2.6 Perform Operation Activity

This app enables you to perform the operation activities assigned to you by your production supervisor. It has
been enhanced with a number of new features, which are described in the additional details.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 683
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Attachments section, you can now:

• Select the document type of your attachment from a dropdown list box before you upload it. In previous
releases, the system automatically selected the first document type associated with the object PORDER.
• Sort and filter the list of attachments by choosing  (Display Settings).
• Assign a document previously created in the documentation management system (DMS) to the operation
activity as an attachment. Note that the Rename option is not available for assigned documents.

In the Inspection Characteristics section, you can now:

• Access additional information for the inspection characteristics that is available in the More Details
popup. This information comes from the three Info Fields available in the Type screen of the inspection
characteristic. Each info field is of varying length and is purely informative.
• In the More Details popup, you can now also see the upper and lower plausibility limits, if available. If these
values are maintained in the inspection characteristic, the system now takes them into account and issues
appropriate warning messages if the data you record lies outside these limits.

Work Instructions:

• In the non-interactive work instructions section on the right-hand side of the screen, a toggle button is now
available for switching to a full screen display of the work instructions. Click it again to return to the split
screen with the work instructions to the right and the data collection section on the left.
• In the interactive work instructions section, a dialog box to enter a reason code and note is now displayed
when you register PRTs, depending on the action settings configured for tool registration.

In the PRTs section:

The app now enables you to register additional equipment or equipment that hasn't been assigned to the
operation activity. The Add Unplanned PRT button has been added to the PRTs section, which is now always
displayed, regardless of whether PRTs have been assigned to the operation activity.

 Note

You can only register unplanned PRTs of category Equipment.

Only PRTs configured as registrable in the equipment master record can be registered.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

684 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
This feature isn't available in interactive work instructions.

In the 3D Viewer section:

If you are working on a unitized product, the order effectivity is now also reflected in the 3D visual. That is, all
the components that are not relevant for the effectivity of the order currently in process are hidden in the 3D
image. In addition, if product manufacturing information (PMI) exists in the 3D model, the PMI associated with
the components that are not relevant for the order effectivity is also hidden from the 3D model.

Defects

When creating a defect, you can now add an attachment to it. The Record Defect option has an Attachments
tab to upload pictures, photographs, and documents related to the defect. These attachments are then also
available in the Process Defects app where they can be viewed by the production engineer and provide visual
support for assessing the situation.

7.4.3 Quality Management

7.4.3.1 New Quality Task for Defect

This feature enables you, as either production or quality engineer, to assign the new quality task Engineering
Change Required to a defect that was created in production execution. Once you have examined the defect
information from the production operator, which can include picture attachments, you might decide that a
one-off, order-specific change is not sufficient and instead a revision of the master data is required. You can
choose to create a new change record for the task in which case the system copies the current MBOM and
shop floor routing as well as the production order and the defect information to the respective sections of the
change record. You can also choose to use an existing change record.

In this way, you can pass information back to product engineering from the shop floor in a cross domain
collaboration scenario.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 685
Related Information

Concurrent Engineering [page 655]

7.4.4 Production Monitoring

7.4.4.1 Order Genealogy

This app enables you to analyze and track the production process at production order level. It has been
updated with a number of new enhancements, which are described in the additional details.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• You can now filter the list of production orders by WBS element and display the WBS element as a column.
The input help lets you search by the ID and name of the WBS element. The WBS Element filter and column
are hidden by default.
• New columns are available in the Inspection Characteristics section of the Operation Activity details screen,
which you can add using the table settings icon ( ):
• Three Info Field columns of varying lengths are available. This data is maintained by production
engineers on creation of an inspection characteristic and is purely informative. The system
automatically passes on this information to downstream processes together with the inspection
characteristic.
• Two columns showing the plausibility limits maintained for the ICs are also available: Upper Plausib.
Limit and Lower Plausib. Limit.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

686 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
 Note

If you select these columns to be displayed in the table, they're also included in the Excel file that you
can create by exporting the data using the  icon.

• The app now displays traceable components (serialized, batch-managed, and manually posted materials)
and non-traceable components (backflushed and bulk materials) in separate tables. This enhancement
applies to the Components and Returned Materials sections.
• The app now displays traceable PRTs (registrable PRTs) and non-traceable PRTs (non-registrable PRTs) in
separate tables.
• The PRTs section now displays unplanned PRTs, which are indicated by a red vertical bar at the start of the
table row. Unplanned PRTs don't have a PRT item number.

7.4.4.2 App Extensibility: Order Genealogy

As a key user, you can now extend the Order Genealogy app according to your business needs. You can add
custom fields at BOM item level, which means you can add custom fields as table columns in the Components,
Disassembled Components, and Returned Materials sections.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For detailed information, see the related link.

Related Information

App Extensibility: Order Genealogy (Key User)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 687
7.4.4.3 Product Genealogy

This app helps you to analyze the production process and enables single-level traceability of a serialized
product. It has been updated with a number of new enhancements, which are described in the additional
details.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• You can now filter the list of serialized materials by WBS element and display the WBS element as a
column. The input help lets you search by the ID and name of the WBS element. The WBS Element filter
and column are hidden by default.
• You can now display the plant and storage location in which the serialized materials are currently located.
This plant and storage location can be different from the production plant after a stock transfer, for
example. These columns are hidden by default.
• New columns are available in the Inspection Characteristics section of the Operation Activity details screen,
which you can add using the table settings icon ( ):
• Three Info Field columns of varying lengths are available. This data is maintained by production
engineers on creation of an inspection characteristic and is purely informative. The system
automatically passes on this information to downstream processes together with the inspection
characteristic.
• Two columns showing the plausibility limits maintained for the ICs are also available: Upper Plausib.
Limit and Lower Plausib. Limit.

 Note

If you select these columns to be displayed in the table, they're also included in the Excel file that you
can create by exporting the data using the  icon.

• The app now displays the serial number group to which a serial number has been assigned at an operation
activity. You can add the Serial Number Group column in the Operation Activities section. In addition, on the

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

688 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Product in Operation Activity detail screen, you can see the serial number group in the General Information
section and add the column in the Actions section.
• The app now displays traceable components (serialized, batch-managed, and manually posted materials)
and non-traceable components (backflushed and bulk materials) in separate tables. This enhancement
applies to the Components and Returned Materials sections.
• The app now displays traceable PRTs (registrable PRTs) and non-traceable PRTs (non-registrable PRTs) in
separate tables.
• The PRTs section now displays unplanned PRTs, which are indicated by a red vertical bar at the start of the
table row. Unplanned PRTs don't have a PRT item number.

7.4.4.4 App Extensibility: Product Genealogy (Key User)

The CDS views for the Product Genealogy app have been enhanced for key user extensibility. The changes and
enhancements are described in the additional details.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• To distinguish between traceable and non-traceable components, the view C_SHOPFLOORITEMCOMPONENT

(SFI Component (Manual and Backflushed) per SFI and Batch) has been deprecated and replaced by the
following two new views:
• C_SFIASSLDNONTRCBLCOMPONENT (SFI assembled non traceable component)
• C_SFIASSLDTRACEABLECOMPONENT (Shop floor item assembled traceable component)
• The following new CDS views have been added:
• C_SFIDSASSLDNONTRCBLCOMPONENT (SFI disassembled non traceable component)
• C_SFIDSASSLDTRCBLCOMPONENT (Shop floor item disassembled traceable material)
• C_SFIRETDNONTRACEABLEMATERIAL (SFI returned non traceable materiall)
• C_SFIRETDTRACEABLEMATERIAL (Shop floor item returned traceable material)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 689
 Note

All the CDS views for traceable components (including traceable disassembled components and returned
materials) are the main data source in the Custom Fields app. As a result, if you've enabled the view
for traceable components only and added custom fields, the app automatically enables the view for
non-traceable components and adds the same custom fields to that view as well.

Related Information

App Extensibility: Product Genealogy (Key User)

7.4.4.5 Production Action Log

With this app, you can monitor every single action performed for a production order, including actions
performed by production operators at operation and operation activity level. A number of additional action
messages are now recorded in this app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The app now shows action messages for:

• Unplanned PRTs that have been registered or unregistered in the Perform Operation Activity app.
• Orders split to the warehouse. The message specifies the order number and what quantity was moved to
the warehouse.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

690 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
7.5 Complex Assembly Project Management

7.5.1 Manage Major Assembly Projects

With this app, you have a complete overview of your major assembly projects. To improve system performance,
the app now initiates the project creation process in the background when you create a project. The project has
the processing status Initiated as long as the background task is still running.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-MA (Manage Major Assembly and Installation Kits)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 691
8 R&D/Engineering

8.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management

8.1.1 Project System: Small Enhancements as Part of

Customer Connection Program 2022

Improvements in Project System are available to you in the context of the SAP Customer Connection project
for Product Lifecycle Management. These improvements are based on proposals submitted by customers
through the Customer Influence program.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS (Project System)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details

Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

PS-ST Include Shipment S4CORE 108 New 273773 3203465

(Structures) Related Informa
tion in Delivery
Document Header
Created From
Project System
Application

PS-ST Subcontracting In S4CORE 108 New 276174 3198121

(Structures) dicator Available in
Standard Network
Transactions

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

692 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

PS-IS-LOG-IND Partner Selection S4CORE 108 New 273778 3150412

(Individual Added to Selection
overviews) Screen and Sold-
To Party Added to
Output of Transac
tion CN55N

PS-ST Custom Fields S4CORE 108 New 277331 3164503

(Structures) Created via Cus
tom Field Logic
App in Project Sys
tem's Mass Proc
essing Transaction

PS-ST Enable Copying S4CORE 108 New 276065 3258095

(Structures) Networks to an Ex
isting Network or
Create a New Net
work in the Project
or WBS Element

These improvements are available in all local versions.

More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see https://influence.sap.com .

8.1.2 Project System

8.1.2.1 New App: Schedule Project Cost Forecast Jobs

This app enables you to schedule cost forecasting for Projects.

You can use this app to define, execute, and monitor jobs for the Project Cost Forecast calculation of projects.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 693
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS-FIO (Fiori UI for Project Systems)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

You can use this app to:

• schedule cost forecasting jobs for one or multiple Projects by using the Project Cost Forecasting template.
• define scheduling options, for example, to start a job immediately or to define a recurrency pattern for
background processing.
• define job parameters, such as, the projects to be processed, the forecast version to be used and the date
from which updated residual costs are distributed over the remaining duration of the activity
• analyse the status of jobs and their results

For more information about implementing this app, see the SAP Fiori apps reference library at https://
fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/.

Related Information

Schedule Project Cost Forecast Jobs

Project Cost Forecast

8.1.2.2 Deprecated Cost Reporting Apps

The following cost reporting apps have been replaced by their respective successor apps:

Deprecated App Successor App

Project Cost Report - Overview (F2513) Project Cost Overview (F6991)

Project Cost Report - Line Items (F2538) Project Cost Line Items (F6992)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

694 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS-FIO (Fiori UI for Project Systems)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

The successor apps are:

• Project Cost Overview: With this app, you can analyse actual costs and planned costs of a project, its WBS
elements, internal orders, assigned networks, network activities, network activity elements, and the plant
maintenance orders with header account assignment.
• Project Cost Line Items: With this app, you can analyse actual cost line items and planned cost details for a
project, the assigned networks, network activities, network activity elements, internal orders, and the plant
maintenance orders with header account assignment.

 Note

The cost reporting apps Project Cost Report - Overview and Project Cost Report - Line Items were
deprecated. SAP may make the apps unusable, usually no earlier than one year after the deprecation.
We recommend that you switch to the successor apps as soon as possible.

Related Information

Project Cost Report (Deprecated)

Project Cost Overview
Project Cost Line Items

8.1.2.3 Status Combination Code: New Field for Project

and Project Network API

The services to read Project and Project Network have been extended.

The addition of the new field enables you to read the status combination code from Project, WBS elements,
Network, and Network Activity via the Project and Project Network APIs.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 695
Technical Details

Type Enhanced

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS-ST (Project Structures)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

• API Project
• API Project Network

Related Information

Project
WBS Element
Project Network
Project Network Activity

8.1.2.4 Selection of Cost Records for Service Documents in

Resource-Related Intercompany Billing

Resource-Related Intercompany Billing now supports selection of cost records for Service Documents only.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item Not Applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

696 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Application Component PS-REV-ACT (Actual Revenues and Forecast)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

An additional selection criterion has been added in the transactions DP93 and DP94, so that it is possible to
select cost records for Service Documents only.

Related Information

Single Processing
Collective Processing

8.1.2.5 Responsibility Management in Workforce Planning

You can now use teams from responsibility management to assign employees to network activities.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item Not Applicable

Application Component PS-CRP-WFP (Workforce Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

This feature enables you to select personnel resources from the teams defined in Responsibility Management
while assigning employees to network activities in Workforce Planning Project View .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 697
Related Information

Project Teams in Responsibility Management

8.1.2.6 BAdI: Obtain Responsible Person for Project

Controlling Objects in MDI

Use the new Business Add-In (BAdI) PS_PCO_RESPONSIBLE_PERSON to populate a list of responsible
persons for project controlling objects (WBS Elements/ Network/ Network Activities and Elements) in the
outbound implementation of the Master Data Integration (MDI) ABAP Client.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PPM-PRO (Project Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

BAdI Implementation
You must create your own implementations if you want to populate the Responsible Person fields (in the form of
workforce IDs) and send these to Master Data Integration (MDI).

BAdI Methods
This BAdI includes the following methods:

• GET_RESP_PERSON_WBS (Derive Responsible Person for WBS Elements): You can use this method to
execute your own logic to derive the responsible persons for a WBS element.
Create and activate your own implementation of this BAdI method and also assign a short text to the
implementation.
Implementing this BADI results in a collection of responsible persons for a WBS element according to the
implemented logic. It is then replicated to MDI via outbound implementation.
Import Parameters
• IS_PROJ: Project data structure
• IS_WBS_DATA: WBS data structure

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

698 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Changing Parameters
• ET_USER_COLLECTION: Table of structure having character length 36
• GET_RESP_PERSON_NTW_NTA (Derive Responsible Person for Network and Network Activities /
Elements): You can use this method to execute your own logic to derive the responsible persons for a
network or for a network activity / element.
Create and activate your own implementation of this BAdI method and also assign a short text to the
implementation.
Implementing this BADI results in a collection of responsible persons for a network or network activity /
element according to the implemented logic. It is then replicated to MDI via outbound implementation.
Import Parameters
• IS_NETWORKACTIVITY: Operation within an order structure
• IS_AFVU: Structure of the user fields of the operation
• IS_NETWORK: Order Headers structure
Changing Parameters
• ET_USER_COLLECTION: Table of structure having character length 36

Related Information

Master Data Replication Using SAP Master Data Integration

8.1.2.7 Deprecated CDS Views

The following elements are deprecated in CDS views for Project System and should be replaced with successor
elements.

• I_Project (successor I_ProjectData_2)

• I_ProjectData (successor I_ProjectData_2)
• I_WBSElementData (successor I_WBSElementData_2)

We recommend that you switch to the new successor CDS views as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS-ST (Project Structures)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 699
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

The following CDS views are affected:

Deprecated CDS View Successor CDS View

I_Project I_ProjectData2

See Project Data (Deprecated). See Detailed Project Data.

I_ProjectData I_ProjectData2

See Detailed Project Data (Deprecated). See Detailed Project Data.

I_WBSElementData I_WBSElementData_2

See Detailed WBS Element Data (Deprecated). See Detailed WBS Element Data.

 Note

The CDS views mentioned in this topic were deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00. SAP may make
the CDS view unusable, usually no earlier than one year after the deprecation. We recommend that you
switch to the successor CDS views as soon as possible.

8.1.2.8 New Operations for Project Network Activity

Element and Project Network Relationship

This service has been extended and now enables you to delete the Project Network Activity Element data and
to update its statuses, to create, delete and calculate loops of the Project Network Activity Relationship data.

The service is based on the OData V4 protocol and can be consumed by apps and other user interfaces.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item NA

Application Component PS-ST

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

700 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub

8.1.2.9 Reading Project Cash Management Data from

Universal Journal

Project Cash Management data can now be read directly from ACDOCA (the table for universal journal entry).

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS-CAF

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

Until now, FI data in Project Cash Management had been read from the BSEG table. With the incorporation of
the ACDOCA table, which is required for updates in Project Cash Management, the data can now be read from
the table for universal journal.

8.1.2.10 Harmonized Period Control in Project Interest

Calculation

This feature enables a consistent and transparent period control for the actual interest calculation in Project
System.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 701
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS-COS-PER-IC

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

To use this feature, you must activate the business function FINS_PERIOD_CTRL_BY_BTTYPE. In the IMG
for Controlling, navigate to General Controlling Organization Open and Close Posting Periods for CO
Transactions by Company Code , and select the Period Control by Company Code checkbox in the Activate CO
Period Control by Company Code screen.

Selecting this checkbox enables period control for the actual interest calculation via the Manage Posting
Periods - Cost Accounting app.

Related Information

Manage Posting Periods – Cost Accounting

8.1.3 Commercial Project Management

8.1.3.1 Additional Functions in Web Dynpro Applications

for Planning

With this feature, you can now use the following functions in the Web Dynpro applications for financial planning
of commercial projects:

• Copy
Use this function to copy plan information from one structure element to another.
• Transfer
When you have validated and finalized your plan, use this function to transfer your plan to the associated
project in Project System (PS). This function also provides other options such as Simulate, Simulate Log,
Transfer, Transfer Log, and Delete Transfer Data.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

702 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
• Delete
Use this function to delete the plan information for a particular resource. On saving, the plan information is
also deleted from the cube.
• Distribute
Use this function to equally distribute the planned quantity, cost (transaction), and revenue (transaction)
into the periods for which the current plan is open.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name Web Dynpro Application: /CPD/WDA_FIN_PLANNING_APPL

Web Dynpro Configuration: /CPD/

APP_CFG_QUICK_FIN_PLAN

Application Component CA-CPD-FP (Project Financials for Commercial Projects (SAP

S/4HANA))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

You can use these features for managing commercial projects where the financial plans have been created with
a monthly or fiscal breakdown.

8.1.3.2 Common Functions in Web Dynpro Applications

With this feature, the following are now available in all the Web Dynpro applications for planning and
forecasting:

• Email URL and Email Log

You can use the Email URL button to send a link to the planning dashboard or use it as a bookmark to
directly open the application. In addition, you can also use the Email Log button to view a log of when and
to whom information was shared via email.
• Information in the header area
The header area of the Web Dynpro application now displays additional information such as the ID of the
commercial project, the financial plan, the version and version type, dates, breakdown, cut-off date, the
forecast date, the status of the transfer and forecast, and details of change requests. The information is
displayed according to the type of application (that is, planning, forecasting, or change request).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 703
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name Web Dynpro Application: /CPD/WDA_FIN_PLANNING_APPL

Web Dynpro Configuration: /CPD/

APP_CFG_QUICK_FIN_PLAN

Application Component CA-CPD-FP (Project Financials for Commercial Projects (SAP

S/4HANA))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

You can use these features for managing commercial projects where the financial plans have been created with
a monthly or fiscal breakdown.

8.1.3.3 Web Dynpro Application to Adjust Forecast

With this feature, you can now use a Web Dynpro application to perform in-period and period-end forecasting
using a fiscal breakdown. This application displays an overall forecast summary, an overall forecast summary
chart, a forecast summary of resource types planned in each structure element, and an area to adjust the
forecast of a financial plan. Currently, the application only supports forecasting at a fiscal breakdown. You can
also use functions such as Calculate EAC, Forecast based on Actuals, Forecast based on EAC, and Revaluate.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name Web Dynpro Application: /CPD/WDA_FIN_PLANNING_APPL

Web Dynpro Configuration: /CPD/APP_CFG_FORECAST

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

704 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Application Component CA-CPD-FP (Project Financials for Commercial Projects (SAP
S/4HANA))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

You can use this application to forecast commercial projects where the financial plans have been created with a
fiscal breakdown.

8.1.3.4 Web Dynpro Application to Plan Change Requests

With this feature, you can now use a Web Dynpro application to plan change requests using a monthly or fiscal
breakdown for structure elements in a commercial project. This application displays an overall plan summary,
an overall plan summary chart, a forecast summary of resource types planned in each structure element,
and an area for planning additional items. You can also use functions such as Delete, Calculate, Valuate, and
Distribute when you plan additional items in a change request.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name Web Dynpro Application: /CPD/WDA_FIN_PLANNING_APPL

Web Dynpro Configuration: /CPD/

APP_CFG_QUICK_FIN_PLAN

Application Component CA-CPD-PCM (Project Issue and Change Management (SAP

S/4HANA))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 705
8.1.4 SAP Portfolio and Project Management

8.1.4.1 Portfolio Management

8.1.4.1.1 Portfolio Management: Small Enhancements as

Part of Customer Connection Program 2022

Improvements in the Portfolio Management component are available to you in the context of the SAP Customer
Connection program for SAP Portfolio and Project Management. These improvements are based on proposals
submitted by customers through the Customer Influence program.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PPM-PFM (Portfolio Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details
Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

PPM-PFM (Portfolio Global Filters in S4CORE 108 New 273900 3169559

Management) Financial and Ca
pacity Planning
Screens

PPM-PFM-RES Overbooked Peri S4CORE 108 New 276818 3215502

(Resources) ods for Resource
Displayed on Prog
ress Bar

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

706 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

PPM-PFM (Portfolio Default Number of S4CORE 108 New 273772 3232175

Management)
Entries in Mass
Update Screen

Caution: Updating
a large number of
Items/Initiatives at
a time decreases
the performance
of the application.

PPM-PFM-STR Column Width for S4CORE 108 New 274482 3227323

(Structures) Financial and Ca
pacity Planning
Optimized

PPM-PFM (Portfolio Created On and S4CORE 108 New 276902 3245042

Management) Created By Added
for Items

PPM-PFM-RES Performance Im S4CORE 108 New 275785 3250804

(Resources) provement for
Resource Over
view Screen Un
der Resource
Management

PPM-PFM-FC Custom Fields S4CORE 108 New 273896 3253242

(Financial and in ALV Financial
Capacity Planning) Planning Screen

PPM-PFM (Portfolio Configuration of S4CORE 108 New 273594 3221861

Management) Item Fields Based
on Decision Point
Status

These improvements are available in all local versions.

More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see https://influence.sap.com .

8.1.4.1.2 Import of Periodic Financial Planning Values from

Project System to Portfolio Item
With this feature, you can obtain financial periodic planning values on the Portfolio Item from a linked Project
System Project Definition (including WBS elements) or from the linked WBS elements in SAP S/4HANA.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 707
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PPM-PFM (Portfolio Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Additional Details

With the report /RPM/FICO_INT_PLANNING_V2, you can integrate the Portfolio and Project Management
system with the Project System (PS) based on the settings in new customizing node Map Fin View to Plan Cat
for Periodic Plan Import under the IMG path SAP Portfolio and Project Management Portfolio Management
Base System Interfaces Financial Planning Settings Define Financial Planning Settings .

8.1.4.2 Project Management

8.1.4.2.1 Deactivation of Smartphone Support for Monitor

Project Progress App

The support of the Monitor Project Progress (F2031) app on smartphones has been deactivated and is no
longer available.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PPM-PRO (Project Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

708 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Additional Details

Alternativly, you can use the app on desktop computers.

Related Information

Monitor Project Progress

8.1.4.2.2 Project Management: Small Enhancements as

Part of Customer Connection Program 2022

Improvements in the Project Management component are available to you in the context of the SAP Customer
Connection program for SAP Portfolio and Project Management. These improvements are based on proposals
submitted by customers through the Customer Influence program.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PPM-PRO (Project Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details
Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

PPM-PRO (Project Distribution of S4CORE 108 New 277138 3225892

Management) Confirmed Work
on Role-Task or
Resource-Task As
signment

PPM-PRO-DOC Enable Saving S4CORE 108 New 277614 3233324

(Documents) Emails to Kpro

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 709
Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

PPM-PRO (Project Remove Settings S4CORE 108 New 273920 3255199

Management) Button in Filter
Screen

PPM-PRO (Project Enable Status S4CORE 108 New 275051 3255485

Management) Synchroziation Be
tween Project Ob
jects and Project
System Objects

PPM-PRO (Project Enable Severity S4CORE 108 New 276897 3202350

Management) Field on Basic Data
Tab

PPM-PRO-STR Enable Standardi S4CORE 108 New 275507 3213719

(Structure) zation of Tooltips
for Project Ele
ments

These improvements are available in all local versions.

More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see https://influence.sap.com .

8.2 Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries

8.2.1 Enhancements to Visual Enterprise Manufacturing

Planner

The Visual Enterprise Manufacturing Planner (VEMP) supports you in creating and maintaining manufacturing
structures from engineering structures through a visually guided planning process. A number of enhancements
have been made to VEMP to help you better plan your structures.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

710 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PLM-VEP-VMP (Visual Manufacturing Planner)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• VEMP now supports the planning of non-visual instances for which no 3D position information is available
(for example, no transformation matrix data exists). Non-visual instances can be planned in the same way
as visual instances and they can have attributes (metadata).
• VEMP now supports dynamic visualization. The system retrieves the 3D visuals for a given bill of material
primarily from the material master, else from the BOM item or BOM header, if 3D visuals are available.

8.2.2 Document Info Record Events

The document info record (DIR) provides the following new business events to notify consumers about status
changes and version creations:

• Document info records status changes

The technical object name of this business event is StatusChanged.
• Document info records versions created
The technical object name of this business event is VersionCreated.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 22P

Application Component CA-DMS (Document Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 711
Related Information

Document Info Record Events

8.2.3 Filter Change Log Entries in Advanced Variant

Configuration

You can now filter change log entries based on product, characteristic, characteristic value, action (either
added or deleted), the user responsible for the change, and the time frame during which the change took place.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1YT

4R8

4R6

Application Component LO-VCH-FIO (Advanced Variant Configuration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

8.2.4 Multilevel PPO in SET

This feature enables you to combine a multilevel planned/production order (PPO) profile with a superordinate
sales order (SET) profile. This way, you can create configuration models where bundles contain one or more
PPO materials with a multilevel bill of material (BOM) explosion.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

712 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Scope Item 4OC

Application Component LO-VCH (Advanced Variant Configuration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

8.2.5 Date Characteristics in Object Dependencies

Single value characteristics of type date are supported now in object dependencies. Only valid dates are
accepted. Values for date characteristics must be written in single quotes in the format ‘YYYYMMTT’ in object
dependencies, for example ‘20230818’.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 22T

21D

1YT

2XU

6GS

Application Component LO-VCH (Advanced Variant Configuration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

8.2.6 BOM Components

With this feature, the Change Record application can provide the BOM Component information for MBOM and
EBOM. It can display the possible BOM after it is mapped with Change Master. The BOM Component explosion
is performed based on the following sequence:

• Change Master assigned to change item of Change Record

• Change Master assigned to Change Record
• Today's date

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 713
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PLM-CR (Change Record)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• The BOM redlining for change proposals feature has been removed and the BOM Components feature can
be used to view the valid components.

Related Information

Manage Change Records

8.2.7 Define Number Ranges for Change Master

Define Number Ranges allows you to define the type of number assignment for Change Master. Using this
feature, you must assign a unique number to each change master record.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name APP ID: F2212

Preparation Required No

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

714 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Application Component LO-ECH (Engineering Change Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Define the type of number assignment.

• Assign a unique number to each change master record.

Effects on Configuration

To make the relevant settings, navigate to the configuration activity Define Number Ranges for Change
Master.

8.2.8 SAP Enterprise Product Development - Collaboration

with Change Record

Displays the linked SAP Enterprise Product Development - Collaborations to a particular change record.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name APP ID: F2097

Preparation Required No

Application Component PLM-CR (Change Record)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 715
Related Information

https://help.sap.com/docs/PLM_EPD?version=Cloud

8.2.9 Requirements Management in UI Extensions

If you're using SAP Enterprise Product Development Requirements Management (EPD), this feature enables
you to apply requirements to UI extensions. In the role of the product configuration modeler, you can assign
requirements (in the form of texts, images, etc.) to UI extension objects and make them visible to the UI
extension developer and other stakeholders.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 22T

Application Component LO-VCH-FIO (Fiori UI of Advanced Variant Configuration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

8.2.10 OData APIs for Change Record

The following new APIs have been added to Change Record:

• Change Record History

• Change Record Possible Item Relevance
• Change Record Lifecycle Status
• Change Record User Status

The following entities have been added to the OData service Change Record (API_CHANGE_RECORD):

• LifeCycle Status (A_ChangeRecordLifeCycleStatus)

• User Status (A_ChgRecordUserStatus)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

716 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name • Change Record History (API_CHANGERECORDHISTORY)

• Change Record Possible Item Relevance
(API_CHGRECORDUSERSTATUS)
• Change Record Lifecycle Status
(API_CHANGERECDLIFECYCLESTATUS)
• Change Record User Status
(API_CHGRECORDUSERSTATUS)
• Change Record API: API_CHANGE_RECORD

Preparation Required No

Application Component PLM-CR (Change Record)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Change Record History

You can use this API to read the history of a change record. The following entities are available in this API:

• Change record history (A_ChangeRecordHistory)

Change Record - History

https://s4chbonpremisei5rzc0vs3c-mqo4da44a1.int.sap.eu2.hana.ondemand.com/api/
OP_CHANGERECORDHISTORY_IWSV_0001/overview

Change Record Possible Item Relevance

You can use this API to read the item of relevance of a change record. The following entities are available in this
API:

• Change record item relevance (A_ChangeRecordItemRelevance)

• Change record item relevance text (A_ChgRecordItemRelevanceText)

Change Record - Possible Item Relevance

https://s4chbonpremisei5rzc0vs3c-mqo4da44a1.int.sap.eu2.hana.ondemand.com/api/
OP_CHANGERECORDITEMRELEVANCE_0001/overview

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 717
Change Record Lifecycle Status
You can use this API to read the lifecycle status of a change record. The following entities are available in this
API:

• Change record lifecycle status (A_ChangeRecordLifeCycleStatus)

• Change record lifecycle status description (A_ChgRecordLifeCycleStatusText)

Change Record Lifecycle Status

https://s4chbonpremisei5rzc0vs3c-mqo4da44a1.int.sap.eu2.hana.ondemand.com/api/
OP_CHANGERECDLIFECYCLESTATUS_0001/overview

Change Record User Status

You can use this API to read the user status of a change record. The following entities are available in this API:

• Change record user status (A_ChgRecordUserStatus)

• Change record user status description (A_ChgRecordUserStatusText)

Change Record User Status

https://s4chbonpremisei5rzc0vs3c-mqo4da44a1.int.sap.eu2.hana.ondemand.com/api/
OP_CHGRECORDUSERSTATUS_0001/overview

Change Record API

The following entities have been added to the Change Record API (API_CHANGE_RECORD) to read the new
change items.

• LifeCycle Status (A_ChangeRecordLifeCycleStatus)

• User Status (A_ChgRecordUserStatus)

Change Record

https://s4chbonpremisei5rzc0vs3c-mqo4da44a1.int.sap.eu2.hana.ondemand.com/api/
OP_API_CHANGE_RECORD_0001/overview

8.2.11 Configuration Options for Change Record

You can define the following configuration options:

• Multiple occurrences of a change item

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

718 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Scope Item Not applicable

Preparation Required No

Application Component PLM-CR (Change Record)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Multiple occurrences of a change item

In this configuration option, you can define values for the Message Type Selection field.

To make the relevant settings, see the SSCUI Configuration activity Change Records > Settings for Change
Records > Define Change Record Types.

Related Information

Customizing Settings
Creating Change Record Types
Change Record Types

8.2.12 New Item Category in BOM Management

With this feature, a new item category is introduced where you can add a non-plant item (S) category.

Using this item category, it shall be feasible to add service, subscription, and project goods to that plant-
specific BOM even though they do not have a plant assignment in their master data definition.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-MD-BOM (Bills of Material)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 719
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

For more information, see Non-plant Item.

Related Information

Maintain Bill of Material

8.2.13 Mass Addition of BOM Items Referring to Another

BOM Item

With this feature, you can filter BOM items based on BOM item attributes, and add a BOM item referencing the
selected BOM items in the Mass Maintenance of Bills of Material Items app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-MD-BOM (Bills of Material)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For more information, see the SAP Companion on in-app help provided on the UI of the Mass Maintenance of
Bills of Material Items app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

720 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Related Information

Mass Maintenance of Bills of Material Items

8.2.14 Usability Improvements in Mass Maintenance of Bill of

Material Apps

With this feature, the following mass maintenance apps have been enhanced with value helps for all the fields
on the UI:

• Mass Addition of Bills of Material Items

• Mass Maintenance of Bills of Material Headers
• Mass Maintenance of Bills of Material Headers
• Mass Maintenance of Bills of Material Items

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-MD-BOM (Bills of Material)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

8.2.15 CDS Views: Enabled Data Extraction in BOM

Management

With this feature, the SAP BW data extraction has been enabled for some CDS Views. You can perform full
extractions and delta extractions from each of the affected views.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 721
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-MD-BOM (Bills of Material)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With data extraction enabled CDS views, you can extract data from an SAP source system, such as SAP
S/4HANA Cloud, to the target system SAP BW/4HANA. This includes the metadata description of the source
data that is to be transferred to SAP BW/4HANA, as well as delta extraction mechanisms.

Related Information

Data Extraction for Bill of Material Group

Data Extraction for Bill of Material Group Link
Data Extraction for Sales Order BOM Link

8.2.16 Deprecated Transaction Codes - Product Data

Replication

With this feature, a few of the transaction codes (S_ALN_01001082 and S_ALN_01001083) are deprecated
and have been replaced with the existing transaction codes.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PLM-PPM-RPL (Product Data Replication)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

722 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Related Information

Additional Information

8.3 PLM Web User Interface: Small Enhancements as Part

of Customer Connection Program 2022

Improvements in the PLM Web User Interface component are available to you in the context of the SAP
Customer Connection program for Product Lifecycle Management. These improvements are based on
proposals submitted by customers through the Customer Influence program.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PLM-WUI (PLM Web User Interface)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details

Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

PLM-WUI-APP- Enable Memory of S4CORE 108 New 273332 3186064

SEA (Search) Last Sort By Op
tion for Results of
Specific Objects

These improvements are available in all local versions.

More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see http://influence.sap.com .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 723
8.4 Recipe Management: Small Enhancements as Part of
Customer Connection 2022

Improvements in the Recipe Management component are available to you in the context of the SAP Customer
Connection program for Product Lifecycle Management. These improvements are based on proposals
submitted by customers through the Customer Influence program.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PLM-RM (Recipe Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details

Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

PLM-RM-SPE Enable Remark S4CORE 108 New 275823 3263235

(Specification Field of the Phrase
Database) Items in the Phase
Hit List

PLM-WUI-RCP- Enable Update S4CORE 108 New 275501 3245646

RCP(Recipe) of Aissgned Mate
rial With Reload
Master Data But
ton in FormulaTab
of Recipe

PLM-WUI-RCP- Display Note for S4CORE 108 New 273745 3200235

RCP(Recipe) Phrase

PLM-RM-SPE Change Document S4CORE 108 New 277160 3263139

(Specification for Inheritance Re
Database) lationships

These improvements are available in all local versions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

724 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see http://influence.sap.com .

8.5 Product Compliance

8.5.1 Foundation for Product Compliance

8.5.1.1 Synchronize Company-Owned Phrases

With this new feature, you can synchronize company-owned phrases to reduce time and effort needed in
keeping your phrases up to date. Additionally, it doesn't matter which of the synced phrases you change, all
others in the group are automatically updated. This improved management of phrases helps to avoid extra
data maintenance for similar phrases. The company-owned phrase information can be used for output on
documents like safety data sheets, labels, and reports.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

 Note

Note: You can uncheck the box and stop the synchronization of a phrase, but if you uncheck the box and
save the draft version, you can't go back and check the box again.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 725
Additional Information

You can see there's now a status whether a phrase is synchronized, and therefore linked, to other
similar company-owned phrases. Details of the phrase, including the newly introduced check box Phrase
Synchronized as well as a smart link that shows the list of all phrases that are kept in sync by the system. You
can see a pop-up when you Copy from Existing Phrase. The option to sync the phrase is available here.

8.5.1.2 Manage Confidential Business Information for

Substances

With this feature, you can now manage confidential business information for substances, including creating an
alternative name for a substance in many different languages.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Substances Compliance

8.5.1.3 Support for Confidential Business Information for

Substances

With this updated feature, you can enter generic names as confidential business information on the company
substances level. You can flag a substance to always be masked as confidential business information.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

726 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Substances Compliance

8.5.1.4 Closing the Compliance Requirement Version

Lifecycle

With this feature, compliance requirement versions can now be set to status Historical. When a compliance
requirement version has Historical status, you're no longer able to activate it. This closes the gap in compliance
requirement version lifecycle management, and keeps you informed about outdated regulatory content and
gives you additional guidance on when to transition to a newer version of a compliance requirement. It also
ensures your compliance purpose is based on up-to-date compliance requirements.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 727
Effects on Existing Data

Currently, there are about 400 for product marketability, 200 compliance requirements for occupational
exposure limits, 25 for safety data sheet management, and 20 for dangerous goods that have been set to
Historical. This has no effect on your existing assessments or compliance purposes because a compliance
requirement version with status Historical can still be active, however it can't be newly activated.

You have to deactivate a historical compliance requirement version in the Activate Compliance Requirement
apps. When you deactivate, all in progress version of an assessment are deleted and all released versions are
set to Historical.

8.5.1.5 Listed Substances for Content Service

With this change, product compliance shall consume and load listed substances, listed substance groups
and listed substance conditions from regulatory content service as preferred source. Only in case regulatory
content service isn't yet configured, listed substances, groups, and conditions shall be loaded from the local
MIME repository of your system.

This ensures that all compositions are made up of the most current and accurate substances, which are the
foundation of automated compliance checks within the system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

728 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
8.5.1.6 View Compliance Assessments for Substances

With this feature, you can get an overview of compliance assessments for a substance. You can view
marketability assessments, safety data sheet-related assessments, as well as the processing status of these
assessments. In addition, you can use this app as a starting point to navigate into assessments to view or
assess data for the usage in further product compliance business processes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31H Assess Marketability of a Product

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

More Information

You can find more information about the app in the Product Assistance for Product Compliance, see Substance
- Compliance Assessments.

8.5.1.7 Remaining Substances in Material-Based

Compositions

With this feature, you can add and edit remaining substances in the material-based composition after
production in the Unpackaged Product - Material-Based Composition app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31H Assess Marketability of a Product

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 729
Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Unpackaged Product - Material-Based Composition app you can view and edit the composition of the
unpackaged product based on the raw materials it contains. You can select the components that are initially
used in production as well as the components that have not reacted and thus remain after production. You can
also select the substances produced in a chemical reaction.

With this feature, you can now select substances that remain after the production process. As remaining
substances, you can select substances that are included in the released analytical composition of the
component that has reacted.

In addition, you can view the substances that are included in the released analytical composition of the
remaining components.

More Information

You can find more information about material-based compositions in the Product Assistance for Product
Compliance. See Unpackaged Product - Material-Based Composition.

8.5.1.8 Processing of Requests From Logistics

With this feature, a request responsibility is introduced in the Process Requests from Logistics app to indicate
who is responsible for processing a compliance request from logistics. For each request responsibility, a
specific tile is delivered to start the app showing only the compliance requests for the request responsible. In
addition, you can view completed requests in the Process Requests from Logistics app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

730 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Scope Item • 5OJ (Supplier Compliance in the Value Chain)
• 31J (Chemical Compliance in the Value Chain)
• 3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)
• 3VQ (Safety Data Sheets in the Value Chain)

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If a product is sold, produced, or transported in a specific country/region, it has to be compliant with the
regulation in this country/region. If a product is marked as compliance-relevant in the product master, you
can enter compliance data in Product Compliance, such as whether the product is marketable or if safety
data sheets are required in a specific country/region. In addition, you can classify the product according to
dangerous goods regulations applicable in a specific country/region. If a compliance-relevant product is added
to a business document within the value chain, such as a purchase order, a sales order, an outbound delivery,
or a freight order, compliance checks are carried out in the business documents checking if all compliance
requirements are met. If there are any compliance issues, a compliance request is created, triggered by the
business process in which the issues occurred. The compliance request is sent to Product Compliance and can
be processed using the Process Requests from Logistics app.

To simplify the processing of the compliance requests, the following request responsibilities are introduced:

• Product Compliance
• Product Marketability
• Raw Material Management
• Dangerous Goods Management
• Safety Data Sheet Management

For each request responsibility, a separate tile is delivered so that, for example, a product stewardship
specialist sees only compliance requests containing product marketability issues and not dangerous goods
issues.

In addition, a new tab is added to the Process Requests from Logistics app, so that you can now also view
completed compliance requests.

Related Information

You can find more information about the Process Requests from Logistics app in the product assistance for
Product Compliance. See Process Requests from Logistics.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 731
8.5.1.9 Change of Table Behavior in Edit Mode

To simplify your data entry, several tables in several apps in Product Compliance are now directly editable when
you're in edit mode. For these tables, you do no longer need to choose a button like Add or Create to enter data.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item • 31H (Assess Marketability of a Product)

• 31G (Chemical Compliance Approval for Purchased Ma
terial and Supplier)
• 31J (Chemical Compliance in the Value Chain)
• 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)
• 3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)
• 5OJ (Supplier Compliance in the Value Chain)
• 3VQ (Safety Data Sheets in the Value Chain)
• 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

Technical Object Name App IDs: F6615, F6689, F2647, F3460, F3025, F5798,
F4521, F5261, F7370

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you're in Edit mode, you can enter data directly in the available lines in the tables of the following apps:

Affected Apps Changed Tables

Manage Label Assignments (F6615) Label Assignments

Manage Configurations for Labels (F6689) Configuration Names, Configuration Plants, Configuration
Customers, Compliance Requirement Assignments

Unpackaged Product - Basic Compliance Data (F2647) Related Products in Product Master

Classify Dangerous Good - Unpackaged Product (F3460) Dangerous Goods Basic Description

Raw Material - Basic Compliance Data (F3025) Related Products in Product Master

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

732 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Affected Apps Changed Tables

Manage Work Views (F5798) Work View Name, Group Name

Manage Contact Data - Safety Data Sheets (F4521) Addresses, Emergency Phone Numbers

Manage Technical Names for Substances (F5261) Technical Names for Dangerous Goods

Process Compliance Disclosures - For Suppliers (F7370) Compliance Declarations

8.5.2 Product Marketability and Chemical Compliance

8.5.2.1 Regulatory Content Update - Product Marketability

With this feature, new and updated content is delivered to your system for product marketability. This release
has 74 new compliance requirement versions and 105 updates of existing compliance requirement versions are
delivered with this release.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31G (Chemical Compliance Approval for Purchased Material

and Supplier)

31H (Assess Marketability of a Product)

31J (Chemical Compliance in the Value Chain)

4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)

Application Component EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical

Compliance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With SAP S/4HANA 2023 the following are delivered:

• 42 updates of existing compliance requirement versions (SLC)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 733
• 32 new compliance requirement versions (SLC)
• 6 new compliance requirements
Substance List Check
• GB REACH Annex 17 Status (Jul 2021)
• GB REACH Annex 14 Status (Jul 2021)
• GB PIC Status (Jan 2021)
• Great Britain Persistent Organic Pollutants (Dec 2022)
• Japan CSCL General Chemicals (Nov 2022)
• Great Britain REACH SVHC Status (Jan 2021)
• Australia AIIC Status (Mar 2023)

Compliance requirement versions with details for substance volume tracking:

• US TSCA SNUR Status (Sep 2022)

• US TSCA Inventory Status (Feb 2023)
• US TSCA CDR Status (Apr 2020) Enhanced
• EU REACH Registration Status (Jan 2021)
• GB REACH Registration Status (Jul 2021)
• TR KKDIK Registration Status (Jun 2017)
• JP ISHA Status (Dec 2022)
• JP ENCS Status (Mar 2023)
• JP CSCL PACS Status (Apr 2023)
• JP CSCL General Chemicals (Nov 2022)

For more information about the aspects that are covered by substance volume tracking, see the description of
the respective compliance requirement version.

8.5.2.2 Support for Supply Chain Due Diligence Acts

This feature supports you in ensuring compliance with requirements related to environmental,
social, and governance (ESG) and in particular to due diligence acts, such as the German
Lieferkettensorgfaltspflichtengesetz (LkSG), with relevance to purchased products and suppliers. With
the Process Compliance Disclosures - For Suppliers (F7370) app, you can streamline the collection
and consolidation of incoming compliance data for your suppliers based on corporate-wide compliance
disclosures.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

734 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Scope Item 31G (Chemical Compliance Approval for Purchased Material
and Supplier)

Application Component Product Marketability and Chemical Compliance

(EHS-SUS-PMA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature introduces the Compliance Disclosure compliance pattern to support compliance with supply
chain due diligence acts.

As a first step, product stewardship specialists for product compliance can create and activate compliance
requirement versions that are based on this new compliance pattern. The master data specialist for
product compliance assigns these compliance requirement versions to compliance disclosures in the Process
Compliance Disclosures - For Suppliers (F7370) app to assess the compliance status of each compliance
declaration.

For doing so, in addition to the compliance requirement versions that the product stewardship specialist for
product compliance can create, the following new compliance requirement versions are delivered as examples:

• US Dodd-Frank Act
• US-CA Transparency in Supply Chain Act
• CH Due Diligence and Reporting Obligations
• NO Transparency Act on Social Sustainability
• NL Child Labour Due Diligence Law
• DE Lieferkettensorgfaltspflichtengesetz - LkSG
• FR Corporate Duty of Vigilance Law
• GB Modern Slavery Act

To streamline the processing of compliance disclosures, this feature enables you to specify a date of receipt for
each compliance disclosure, as well as define the compliance disclosure type, such as a self-assessment, audit
results, laboratory results, or information from a third party. You can sort and filter compliance disclosures by
these and other values.

Related Information

Process Compliance Disclosures - For Suppliers

Compliance Pattern: Compliance Disclosure

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 735
8.5.2.3 Enablement of Substance Volume Tracking for a
Compliance Requirement

With this feature, you can manage the substance volume tracking process for a compliance requirement and
business process in the new Enable Substance Volume Tracking - For Compliance Requirements (F6964) app.
You can start initial tracking from the beginning of the current tracking period, enable or disable the tracking
process for a period of time, as needed. In addition, you can clear calculated data by compliance requirement
or clear all substance volume tracking data, including retracking decisions.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)

Application Component EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical

Compliance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can enable substance volume tracking for a compliance requirement only if the compliance requirement
is relevant for substance volume tracking and has been previously activated in the Activate Compliance
Requirement – Product Marketability (F3439) app.

If you want to clear all substance volume tracking data, you first have to disable the substance volume tracking
process for all compliance requirements and business processes.

Effects on Customizing

In Customizing under Product Compliance Product Marketability ad Chemical Compliance Substance

Volume Tracking Integration , the configuration expert can do a preliminary setup for the substance volume
tracking process by specifying document types and item categories that need to be excluded from tracking.
The following activities are available:

• Specify Excluded Document Types for Integration

• Specify Excluded Purchasing Item Categories
• Specify Excluded Sales Item Categories

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

736 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
• Specify Excluded Delivery Item Categories

Related Information

Enable Substance Volume Tracking – For Compliance Requirements

Initial Tracking

8.5.2.4 Consideration of Polymer Substances in Substance

Volume Tracking

With this feature, polymer substances and polymer compositions are considered in the substance volume
tracking process. Requirements for the tracking of polymer substances can be specified in the relevant
compliance requirement version. In addition, you can decide on the need of retracking of substance volumes
when a new polymer composition is released.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)

Application Component EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical

Compliance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

The following checkboxes are added for each business process scenario in the Settings Dependent on the
Business Process section of the Substance Volume Tracking Details tab for a compliance requirement version:

• Exclude Polymer
• Break Down Polymer

A new Substance tab has been added in the Manage Retracking of Substance Volumes (F6226) app where
you can see the retracking items due to a released polymer composition by substance and compliance
requirement.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 737
Related Information

Considering Polymer Substances and Compositions

Decision-Based Retracking
Manage Retracking of Substance Volumes

8.5.2.5 Retracking of Substance Volumes Due to Changes

in Product Master

With this feature, a retracking item is created after changes have been made to product data in the Manage
Product Master Data (F1602) app. You can decide whether these changes should affect the substance volumes
in the Manage Retracking of Substance Volumes (F6226) app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)

Application Component EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical

Compliance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following changes in the product master data are considered:

• Changing the compliance relevance of a product.

• Changing weight parameters (net weight or weight unit).

Effects on Existing Data

A new Product Master tab has been added in the Manage Retracking of Substance Volumes (F6226) app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

738 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Related Information

Manage Retracking of Substance Volumes

8.5.2.6 Management of Bonded Warehouses

With this feature, you can specify that a storage location or plant in your company is used as a bonded
warehouse in the new Manage Bonded Warehouses - Product Marketability (F6394) app. You can also specify
the period for which the bonded warehouse is active.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)

Application Component EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical

Compliance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Substance volume tracking uses the information that is maintained for the bonded warehouses to accurately
calculate the substance volumes for purchasing and sales scenarios.

Related Information

Manage Bonded Warehouses - Product Marketability

Considering Bonded Warehouses

8.5.2.7 Maintenance of Specific Import Responsibility for

Purchasing

With this feature, you can specify a responsible importer for a supplier raw material and set a validity period
for the responsibility in the Supplier Compliance for Raw Material (F3040) app. You do this when you want

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 739
to overwrite the determined responsible importer by the system, for example due to additional agreements
between the buyer and seller. The specified import responsibility is considered during the calculation of
substance volumes for purchasing and retracking is performed accordingly if any changes occur.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4OL (Substance Volume Tracking)

Application Component EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical

Compliance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table describes how a change of the responsible importer is reflected on the tracked substance
volumes within the validity period of the responsibility.

Changes to Responsible Importer: Effects on Substance Volume Tracking

Effects on Tracked Substance Vol

Current Responsible Importer New Responsible Importer umes

Buyer Seller or No Import Substance volumes that are tracked

for the buyer are disaggregated and ex
cluded.

Seller or No Import Buyer Substance volumes are calculated and

tracked for the buyer.

The following table describes how a change in the validity of the specified import responsibility is reflected on
the tracked substance volumes.

Changes to Validity of Import Responsibility: Effects on Substance Volume Tracking

Change in Validity Period Effects on Tracked Substance Volumes

Extended for Seller or No Import Substance volumes that are calculated for the buyer in the
extended period are disaggregated and excluded from track
ing.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

740 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Change in Validity Period Effects on Tracked Substance Volumes

Extended for Buyer Substance volumes from material documents with a posting
date in the extended validity period are calculated for the
buyer.

Shortened for Seller or No Import Substance volumes form the material documents with a
posting date outside the shortened period are calculated for
the buyer.

Shortened for Buyer Substance volumes that are calculated for the buyer outside
the shortened period are disaggregated and excluded from
tracking.

Effects on Existing Data

A new Import Responsibility tab has been added in the Supplier Compliance for Raw Material (F3040) app.

Related Information

Automatic Retracking
Supplier Compliance for Raw Material

8.5.2.8 Integration of a Supplier Check in Purchasing

Processes

With this feature, a supplier check is now integrated into purchase scheduling agreements and purchase info
records.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5OJ (Supplier Compliance in the Value Chain)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 741
Application Component EHS-SUS-PMA (Product Marketability and Chemical
Compliance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In Product Compliance, you can assess suppliers for a product and set a status to indicate if a supplier is
approved or blocked for this product. This information is used in a check that considers the status of the
supplier assessment for products that have been marked as relevant for compliance in the product master.

Supplier Check in Purchase Scheduling Agreements

If a compliance-relevant product is added to a purchase scheduling agreement, the system checks the supplier
assessment as the purchase scheduling agreement is created or edited. Depending on the outcome of this
check, the system issues warnings.

A new field on item level and a new field on header level indicate the status of the check. If the status of the
item is set to Blocked – By Supplier, the purchaser gets a message to block the item manually to prevent
further processing of the item. For an item in status Blocked – Decision Pending, a compliance request is
created for the product stewardship specialist to check the assessment of the supplier. If the compliance result
of the assessment is positive, the document is unblocked.

Supplier Check in Purchase Info Records

If a compliance-relevant product is added to a purchase info record, the system checks the supplier
assessment as the purchase info record is created. If no supplier assessment exists for the product, a
compliance request for the product stewardship specialist is created to assess the supplier.

Effects on System Administration

The scope item BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement) is a prerequisite for using the integration of the
supplier check into purchase scheduling agreements. Therefore, this scope item must be active.

Effects on Customizing

In Customizing under Product Compliance Integration Adapt Behavior of Compliance Checks in Value
Chain , the configuration expert can specify how the checks behave for specific issues, such as if the
compliance-relevant indicator isn't set or the supplier assessment is still in progress. The configuration expert
can specify whether the compliance checks block a document in such cases.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

742 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Related Information

• For more information about the supplier check from the purchasing point of view, see:
• Product Compliance in Purchase Scheduling Agreements [page 1021]
• Product Compliance in Purchasing Info Records [page 1013]
• For more information about the supplier check in Product Compliance, see Supplier Check in Purchasing
Documents in the product assistance for Product Compliance.

8.5.2.9 OData API: Poison Centre Notification

With this feature, you can write poison centre notification data that is provided by an external application into a
compliance assessment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 31H (Assess Marketability of a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Effects on System Administration

To use the API service see, Integration of External Systems.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 743
8.5.3 Dangerous Goods Management

8.5.3.1 Regulatory Content for Dangerous Goods

With this feature, new and updated content for Dangerous Goods Management is delivered to your system.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With this feature, the regulatory content is updated and enhanced as follows:

• The following new compliance requirement is delivered:

• JT/T 617.3
• The following new compliance requirement version are delivered:
• ADN 2023
• ADR 2023
• CFR 49 as of July 26th 2022
• IATA-DGR 2023
• IMDG Code 2022
• JT/T 617.3-2018
• NZS HB 2021
• RID 2023
• New list data with enclosure-specific information are included for the following compliance requirements:
• ADG
• ANTT
• JT/T 617.3
• NCh382
• NZS 5433

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

744 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
• A new list with organic peroxides and a new list with self-reactive substance are included for the following
compliance requirement:
• ADG
• ANTT
• CFR 49
• JT/T 617.3
• IATA-DGR
• NCh382
• NOM
• NZS 5433
• SANS 10228
The content is used when you classify unpackaged dangerous goods according to one of these dangerous
goods regulations. When you select an organic peroxide or a self-reactive substance that is included in
this content as the technical name, the system uses the name from the respective list. For this kind of
substance, you can't change the technical name, but can display more information in the Select Technical
Names dialog.

Effects on Existing Data

The delivery of a new list for a compliance requirement version has the following effects on existing data:

• Effects on the Technical Name:

• If you select an organic peroxide or a self-reactive substance when classifying a product according to
the dangerous goods regulations containing organic peroxides lists and self-reactive substances lists,
the Technical Name column is no longer displayed. You can't change any technical names because the
system uses the names from the dangerous goods lists.
• If you've entered a technical name for an organic peroxide or a self-reactive substance in the Manage
Technical Names for Substances app, this name is no longer used in the dangerous goods description
for the dangerous goods regulations containing organic peroxides lists and self-reactive substances
lists. The names from the dangerous goods lists are used instead.
• Effects on the Content:
• For the updated compliance requirements, you need to confirm the changes in these compliance
requirements using the Activate Compliance Requirements - Dangerous Goods app.
• For the new compliance requirement version, you need to activate this version using the Activate
Compliance Requirements - Dangerous Goods app. After activating the compliance requirement
version, you can use the Manage Regulation Updates - Unpackaged Products and Manage Regulation
Updates - Unpackaged Products apps to reclassify your dangerous goods.

Related Information

For more information about the JT/T 617.3 compliance requirement, see Classification of Dangerous Goods
According to Chinese JT/T 617.3 Regulation [page 749].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 745
For more information about the delivered content and the handling of technical names, see the product
assistance for Product Compliance:

• SAP Content for Dangerous Goods Management

• Technical Names

8.5.3.2 Dangerous Goods Information

With this feature, you can view a list of all products that have the Transported logistics role assigned. In this
list, you can search for products for which you want to see the dangerous goods data. You can use filter
criteria to narrow down your results list. In the results list, you can select a product and navigate to the Classify
Unpackaged Dangerous Goods or Classify Packaged Dangerous Goods apps where you can view its dangerous
goods classification.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

You can find more information in the product assistance for Product Compliance. See:

• Dangerous Goods Information

• Monitoring Dangerous Goods
• Classifying a Single Product According to Dangerous Goods Regulations

8.5.3.3 View of Regulatory Data for Dangerous Goods

With this feature, you can view regulatory data that is delivered with the compliance requirements contained in
the regulatory content.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

746 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With this feature, you can view all available regulatory data for a UN number for a certain regulation in the View
Regulatory Data for Dangerous Goods app.

You can access that app from a tile on the SAP Fiori launchpad or from the View Regulatory Data link in the
apps in which you classify a product according to the required dangerous goods regulations.

In the app, you can select various filters and search for the regulatory data. In the search results list, you can
select the data set to view details about the basic classification and enclosure-specific list data. For organic
peroxides and for self-reactive substances, you can view more information, such as the name as it's used on
the corresponding dangerous goods lists.

Related Information

You can find more information about the content that is delivered for compliance requirements in the product
assistance for Product Compliance. See SAP Content for Dangerous Goods Management.

8.5.3.4 View of Dangerous Goods Markings and Labels

With this feature, you can view dangerous goods marking texts and additional labels that have to be affixed to a
package. You can enter a business document number and display all required marking texts and labels for the
items that are included in this document.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 747
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Marking texts are graphics that indicate a special condition or property of a package, such as the mark for
keeping dangerous goods away from heat. Hazard labels depict the hazard of a dangerous good. Hazard labels
are shaped as diamonds with a background color that highlights the hazard. Marking texts and hazard labels
are used for labeling dangerous goods packages.

For a packer of dangerous goods in a warehouse, it's important to know the labeling and marking information
for a product that is to be transported. The packer has to make sure that all required marking texts and labels
are affixed on the package to comply with the applicable dangerous goods regulations.

To support the packer, the View Markings and Labels – Dangerous Goods app (App ID: F7369) is provided. With
this app, the packer can search by a business documents ID and view the labeling and marking information for
all items that are included in this business document.

The following business documents are supported:

• Sales Order
• Outbound Delivery
• Freight Order
• Freight Unit

Related Information

You can find more information about the app in the product assistance for Product Compliance. See View
Markings and Labels - Dangerous Goods.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

748 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
8.5.3.5 Classification of Dangerous Goods According to
Chinese JT/T 617.3 Regulation

With this feature, you can classify unpackaged and packaged products according to the Chinese JT/T 617.3
dangerous goods regulation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When a product is intended to be transported, you, as a dangerous goods specialist, are responsible for
assessing this product. If the product is a dangerous good, you have to classify it according to the dangerous
goods regulations that are applicable to the country/region in which the product is transported.

With this feature, you can now classify unpackaged and packaged products according to the Chinese JT/T 617.3
dangerous goods regulation.

To support the classification according to JT/T 617.3, a new compliance requirement and a new app are
delivered and an existing app has been enhanced:

• New Compliance Requirement

The new JT/T 617.3 compliance requirement is delivered with the JT/T 617.3-2018 version.
This new compliance requirement is based on the new JT/T 617.3 Content Based Regulation compliance
pattern.
• New and Enhanced Apps
The new Classify Dangerous Good According to JT/T 617.3 - Unpackaged Product app (F7436) is delivered
to classify unpackaged products according to JT/T 617.3.
The Classify Dangerous Good - Packaged Product app (F4833) is enhanced to support the classification
according to JT/T 617.3.

To be able to use the new feature, the following preparatory tasks have to be carried out:

• To use the JT/T 617.3 compliance requirement when classifying products, you, as a dangerous goods
specialist, have to activate it using the Activate Compliance Requirements - Dangerous Goods app (F3439).
• After you've activated the version, the product stewardship specialist has to add the compliance
requirement to a compliance purpose in the Manage Compliance Purposes app (F2632) and assign

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 749
the compliance purpose to the compliance view of the unpackaged products that are intended to be
transported in China using the Manage Basic Compliance Data - Unpackaged Products app (F2641).
• If you want to use the integration into business processes within the value chain, you, as a dangerous
goods specialist, have to specify check rules for China using the Apply Regulations - Dangerous Goods app
(F3916).

When the compliance purpose with the new compliance requirement for JT/T 617.3 is assigned to the
compliance view of an unpackaged product, the system generates classification requests for this unpackaged
product for the JT/T 617.3 regulation. You, as a dangerous goods specialist, can view the classification requests
in the My Unpackaged Dangerous Goods app and start classifying your unpackaged product according to this
regulation.

Effects on Existing Data

The system adds the JT/T 617.3 regulation in the Classify Unpackaged Dangerous Goods app (F3642) and the
Classify Packaged Dangerous Goods app (F3667) where you can select the regulation to classify the product
according to this dangerous goods regulation. Classifications according to other regulations aren't affected.

Related Information

You can find more information in the product assistance for Product Compliance.

• For more information about the compliance requirements that are delivered with the SAP Regulatory
Content, see:
• SAP Content for Dangerous Goods Management
• Compliance Requirements in Dangerous Goods Management
• For more information about the preparatory tasks that have to be carried out, see Preparing Basic Data for
Dangerous Goods Assessments.
• For more information about classifying products according to dangerous goods regulations, see:
• Classifying Unpackaged Dangerous Goods
• Classifying Packaged Dangerous Goods

8.5.3.6 Display of Related Packaged Products when

Classifying Unpackaged Dangerous Goods

With this function, you can view the classification of the packaged products that are related to the unpackaged
product that you're classifying using the Classify Unpackaged Dangerous Goods (App ID: F3642) app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

750 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If products are assigned as related packaged products to the compliance view of an unpackaged product,
you can view the dangerous goods classifications of the related packaged products when you classify this
unpackaged product using the Classify Unpackaged Dangerous Goods (F3642) app.

You can view the number of classifications in status In Progress and the classifications in status Released.
You can select the number of classifications to view the dangerous goods description for documents for all
regulations for which the packaged product is classified. In addition, you can select a packaged product to
navigate to the Classify Packaged Dangerous Goods (F3710) app where you can view or edit the classification
data for the selected packaged product.

Related Information

You can find more information about classifying unpackaged products according to dangerous goods
regulations in the product assistance for Product Compliance. See Classifying Unpackaged Dangerous Goods.

8.5.3.7 Support of Decimal Values for Dangerous Goods

Package Sizes

With this feature, the data type of the field for the size of dangerous goods packages has been changed to
support the entry of decimal values.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 751
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Classify Packaged Dangerous Good app (App ID: F3710), you can enter a package size for dangerous
goods packages. The type of the field has been changed to QUAN to enable to enter decimal values (input
mask 99999.999) in the following fields:

• Quantity of Dangerous Goods Package

• Quantity of Inner Package

Effects on Existing Data

Already entered values for the package size are automatically converted to the new value type.

Effects on Data Transfer

Dangerous goods classification data for packaged products that have been prepared for migration with a
template spreadsheet of a version lower than SAP S/4HANA 2023 cannot be imported.

Please download the SAP S/4HANA 2023 version of the template from the migration cockpit and transfer your
data into this new template.

Related Information

You can find more information about migrating packaged dangerous goods in the product assistance for SAP
S/4HANA. See DG - Assessment for packaged product.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

752 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
8.5.3.8 Save of Draft Versions of Dangerous Goods
Classifications

With this feature, you can save all draft versions of dangerous goods classifications in the Classify Unpackaged
Dangerous Goods and Classify Packaged Dangerous Goods apps.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you classify products according to dangerous goods regulations using the Classify Unpackaged
Dangerous Goods and Classify Packaged Dangerous Goods apps, draft versions of the classification for all
affected dangerous goods regulations are created. You can now save all selected draft versions in one go
without navigating to the Classify Dangerous Good - Unpackaged Product or the Classify Dangerous Good -
Packaged Product apps.

Related Information

You can find more information about how to classify products according to dangerous goods regulations in the
product assistance for Product Compliance. See Classifying a Single Product According to Dangerous Goods
Regulations.

8.5.3.9 Classification of Combustible Liquids According to

CFR 49

With this feature, you can classify liquids of class 3 and packing group III which have a flash point above 60
°C (140 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F) and no other hazards as combustible liquids according to CFR 49. In
addition, you can apply exemption § 173.150 (f) (2) to combustible liquids in non-bulk packagings according to
CFR 49.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 753
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

According to the CFR 49 regulation, you can classify liquids of class 3 and packing group III which have a
flash point above 60 °C (140 °F) and below 93 °C (200 °F) and no other hazards as combustible liquids. To
support you in classifying your products as combustible liquids, new entries for the UN numbers with class 3
and packing group III are added to the CFR 49 compliance requirement. These new entries contain the text CBL
(combustible liquid) as class/division.

When you classify a product according to CFR 49 in the app, you can now select a data set with CBL as
class/division to classify your product as a combustible liquid.

If you've classified a product as a combustible liquid, a new placeholder (<<CFR_COMBUSTIBLE_LIQUID>>)

includes the text , combustible liquid in the marking text for the package.

If you have a product in a non-bulk packaging according to CFR 49, a new placeholder
(<<TEXT_PGPH_173.150F2>>) includes the text Transport not regulated according to § 173.150 (f) (2) to the
dangerous goods description when you set the applied special provision/exemption to § 173.150 (f) (2).

More Information

You can find more information in the product assistance for Product Compliance. See:

• Classifying a Single Product According to Dangerous Goods Regulations

• Dangerous Goods Descriptions
• Supported Placeholders

8.5.3.10 Support of Dangerous Goods Transported in Tanks

and Bulk Containers

With this feature, the handling of dangerous goods transported in tanks and in bulk containers is supported.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

754 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3FC (Assess Dangerous Goods for a Product)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The process of classifying dangerous goods that are transported in tanks or in bulk containers is different
from the process of classifying already packed dangerous goods. For packed dangerous goods, you need, for
example, information about the packaging, such as the code and quantity of the dangerous goods package
and information about inner package. This information is not needed for tanks and bulk containers. In addition,
when you transport dangerous goods in packages, the shipping quantity per package is fix and defined by the
size of the package. When transporting dangerous goods in tanks or in bulk containers, the amount of the
product that is filled in the tank or bulk container can differ from shipment to shipment.

This feature supports the classifying and shipping of dangerous goods in tanks and bulk containers as follows:

• The new Tank or Bulk Container flag is introduced in the Specify Descriptions of Dangerous Goods Packages
configuration activity. This flag indicates that a packaging is a tank or a bulk container.
If you select a packaging for which this flag is set, the system displays only the description of the
dangerous goods package in the Edit Packaging Details dialog. The code and quantity information of the
dangerous goods package and data for an inner package is no longer displayed.
• The following new placeholders are delivered:
• <<SHIPPED_QUANTITY_TANK>>
• <<CFR_DG_BASIC_DESCRIPTION_ROAD_RAIL_TANK>>
• <<CFR_DG_BASIC_DESCRIPTION_INLAND_WTRWY_TANK>>
These placeholders are resolved with the amount of the product that is filled in the tank or bulk container
as entered on documents within the value chain, such as sales orders, delivery notes, and freight orders.
The placeholders are used for the enclosure variants UN Portable Tank, Regulation-Specific Tank and UN
Bulk Container.
The description templates are adapted to use the new placeholders when you select a enclosure variant for
tanks and bulk containers.

 Note

If you want to use this feature, the following prerequisites must be fulfilled:

• Using the Manage Product Master Data app, a product master for the "packaged" product that is
transported in a tank or in a bulk container is created and a unit of measure for dimension Volume
(such as Liter (L)) or for dimension Mass (such as Kilogram (KG)) is entered.
• Using the Unpackaged Product – Basic Compliance Data app, this product master is assigned as
Compliance Views for Related Packaged Products to the compliance view of the unpackaged product.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 755
• Using the My Packaged Dangerous Goods apps, the assigned packaged product is classified according
to the required dangerous goods regulations.

Effects on Existing Data

You've entered packaging details for a packaging in the Edit Packaging Details dialog. If you then select a
packaging for which the Tank or Bulk Container flag is set, the system displays only the description of the
dangerous goods package. When you save your entry, the system deletes all other entered packaging details
data but the description of the dangerous goods package.

Effects on Customizing

In the Customizing under Product Compliance Dangerous Goods Management , the Specify Descriptions
of Dangerous Goods Packages activity is changed as follows:

• The new Tank or Bulk Container flag is added that indicates if a packaging is a tank or a bulk container.
• The descriptions in plural for tanks are replaced with the descriptions in singular because the shipment of
multiple tanks is not supported.
• An entry for a bulk container is added in singular for all descriptions.

Related Information

You can find more information about classifying dangerous goods in the product assistance for Product
Compliance. See Packaged Dangerous Goods Transported in Tanks and Bulk Containers.

8.5.3.11 Consideration of Shipping Types in Dangerous Goods

Check in Sales Orders

With this feature, the shipping type is considered when carrying out the dangerous goods check in sales
documents.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

756 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)

BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The sales representative can enter a shipping type, such as road, rail, sea, and air, in the sales documents to
suggest the main mode of transport for transportation planning. If entered, this shipping type is then used
in addition to the departure and destination country/region as input for the dangerous goods check that is
carried out in this business document.

The system determines the dangerous good regulations that need to be checked for the shipping types as
follows:

• If the shipping type is Air, the dangerous goods classifications for IATA-DGR are checked. In addition, the
classifications for all applicable dangerous goods regulations in the departure and destination countries/
regions for the modes of transport Road and Rail are also checked.
• If the shipping type is Sea, the dangerous goods classifications for IMDG-Code are checked. In addition, the
classifications for all applicable dangerous goods regulations in the departure and destination countries/
regions for the modes of transport Road and Rail are also checked.
• If the shipping type is Rail, the dangerous goods classifications for all applicable dangerous goods
regulations in the departure and destination countries/regions for the modes of transport Road and Rail
are checked.
• If the shipping type is Road, the dangerous goods classifications for all applicable dangerous goods
regulations in the departure and destination countries/regions for the mode of transport Road are
checked.

Effects on Configuration

The shipping types used in sales documents are assigned to transportation modes that are used in
transportation documents. These transportation modes are assigned to the modes of transport that are used
in Dangerous Goods Management.

Standard settings are delivered for the Define Shipping Types activity. Do not change these settings. Otherwise,
the dangerous goods check can't determine the applicable regulations.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 757
Related Information

You can find more information about the dangerous goods check in the product assistance for Product
Compliance. See:

• Dangerous Goods Check in Sales Processes

• Determination of the Applicable Regulations

8.5.3.12 OData API: Dangerous Goods Basic Classification

With this feature, you can read data of the dangerous goods basic classification of an unpackaged product in
the Product Compliance solution in SAP S/4HANA and provide this data to an external application. In addition,
you can write dangerous goods basic classification data that is provided by an external application into the
basic classification of an unpackaged product in the Product Compliance solution.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (Dangerous Goods Basic Classification ).

Effects on System Administration

To use the API service, you have to register them in the transaction /IWBEP/V4_ADMIN in the SAP back end.
For more information, see Service Registration

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

758 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
More Information

You can find more information in the product assistance for Product Compliance. See Dangerous Goods Basic
Classification.

8.5.3.13 OData API: Dangerous Goods Classification

With this feature, you can read the data of released the dangerous goods classification of a packaged product
in Product Compliance and provide this data to an external application.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Sustainability Foundation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (Dangerous Goods Classification )

Effects on System Administration

To use the API service, you have to register them in the transaction /IWBEP/V4_ADMIN in the SAP back end.
For more information, see Service Registration

More Information

You can find more information in the product assistance for Product Compliance. See Dangerous Goods
Classification.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 759
8.5.4 Safety Data Sheet Management

8.5.4.1 Regulatory Content Update - Safety Data Sheets

With this feature, new and updated content is delivered to your system. There are 65 updated compliance
requirement and compliance requirement versions and 5 new versions added to support the data model. These
include covering GHS regulations for Chile, Taiwan, Thailand and the Philippines, as well as Exposure Scenarios
for the European Union and the Korean number for safety data sheets. Additionally, there are 81 updated and
22 new compliance requirement versions for occupational exposure limits

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3VQ (Safety Data Sheets in the Value Chain)

3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

Application Component EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With on premise edition 2023 delivered:

65 updates of existing compliance requirement versions for embedded safety data sheet management

5 new compliance requirements for support of the data model:

• AL Components with OELs (Jan 2019)

• MY GHS Classification (Feb 2020)
• MY GHS Labeling (Feb 2020)
• CN GHS Classification (Oct 2013)
• CN GHS Labeling (Oct 2013)

2 new compliance requirements for occupational exposure limits:

• Albania Occupational Exposure Limits-Carcinogen, Mutagen (Aug 2014)

• Albania Indicative Occupational Exposure Limits (Aug 2014)

22 new compliance requirements for occupational exposure limits

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

760 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
8.5.4.2 OData API: Safety Data Sheet Assessment

With this feature, you can write safety data sheet assessment data that is provided by an external application
or internal application into the safety data sheet assessment in the Product Compliance solution as part of SAP
S/4HANA. The service uses the provided data to create or release the assessment. In addition, the service can
also read assessment data of safety data sheets in the Product Compliance solution and provide this data to an
external application.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

Technical Object Name API: safetydatasheetassessment

Application Component EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/api/

OP_SAFETYDATASHEETASSESSMENT_0001/overview ).

More Information

You can find more information in the product assistance for Product Compliance. See Safety Data Sheet
Assessment

8.5.4.3 Safety Data Sheet Number for South Korea

With this feature, you can enter the legally required safety data sheet number for South Korea which consists of
a product part and a company part.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 761
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

Application Component EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To use this feature the following prerequisites must be fulfilled:

• A compliance view of the unpackaged product exists.

• A compliance purpose containing the compliance requirement KR-MSDS Number has been assigned to the
compliance view of the unpackaged product.

The Korean SDS Number consists of the following two parts:

• A product-specific part, also called SDS Number (Product Part) that is managed in the Manage Korean SDS
Number app.
• A business-place-specific part, also called SDS Number (Company Part) that is managed in the Manage
Legal Entities app.

Related Information

You can find more information about the safety data Sheet number for Korea in the product assistance for
Product Compliance.

• Manage Korean SDS Number

• Manage Legal Entities
• Manage Legal Entity Mappings
• Business Background

8.5.4.4 Business Partner Multi Address Support

This feature enables the support of multiple addresses assigned to a business partner in processes for safety
data sheet shipments.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

762 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-SDS

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Safety data sheet processes consider multi address assignments if the feature Multiple Address Handling in SD
Documents Using SAP Business Partner is activated for Quote-2-Cash processes.

This applies to the following safety data sheet processes:

Safety Data Sheet Shipment

• The Compliance Information - For Products app (F3226) provides a value help to select the address if
you have selected a customer that has multiple addresses assigned when you send a safety data sheet
manually.
• The selected address of the ship-to party of a delivery is considered in the shipment request for safety data
sheets.
• In the Monitor Shipments - Safety Data Sheets app (F4309) you can view the selected address of the safety
data sheet recipient.

Maintenance of the Sender Address for the Safety Data Sheet

• The Manage Contact Data - Safety Data Sheets app (F4521) provides a value help to select the sender
address if you have selected a business partner that has multiple addresses assigned.

International Address Version

• With this feature international address versions (IAV) are considered when printing addresses on the safety
data sheet and on the cover sheet.

Effects on System Administration

The feature Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner is a prerequisite for using
the multiple address handling in safety data sheet processes. Therefore, the feature has to be active.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 763
More Information

• For more information about the handling of multiple addresses in sales, see Feature Overview for Multiple
Address Handling.
• For more information about activating the Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business
Partner feature, see the prerequisites in Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business
Partner.
• For more information about the apps related to this feature, see the product assistance for Product
Compliance:
• Compliance Information - For Products (F3226)
• Monitor Shipments – Safety Data Sheets (F4309)
• Manage Contact Data - Safety Data Sheets (F4521)

8.5.4.5 Adaptation of Determination of Output-Relevant

Safety Data Sheets

With this feature, the Business Add-In (BAdI) Adaptation of Determination of Output-Relevant Safety Data
Sheets (BADI_EHSDS_OR_SDS_FILTER) is delivered for key user extensibility and developer extensibility. It
enables you to adapt the determination of output-relevant safety data sheets and to change the file name of
the safety data sheet.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

Application Component EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If a shipment of safety data sheets is requested, the system determines which safety data sheets in which
language have to be included in the output. You can use this BAdI to adapt the determination of the required
safety data sheets. In addition, you can change the file name of a safety data sheet. This BAdI is called when
the safety data sheet shipment is triggered.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

764 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
• You can use this BAdI to adapt the determination of output-relevant safety data sheets using the following
criteria:
• Sales Organization
• Product ID
• Target Country/Region
• Target Region
The BAdI can be used to compare the criteria with information in the file name of the safety data sheet.
• You can use this BAdI to adapt the file name of the safety data sheet. If you provide a name in the
newfilename field, this name is used in the output of the safety data sheet and in the cover sheet instead of
the original file name. If you leave the newfilename field empty, the original file name is used.

 Note

The BAdI only supports uploaded safety data sheets in file format PDF. Compressed safety data sheets in
file formats ZIP and GZ are not supported.

The following implementations are delivered:

• The fallback implementation CL_EHSDS_OR_BADI_SDS_FILTER_FB does not filter out any safety data
sheets but ensures that all safety data sheets are part of the output.
• The example implementation CL_EHSDS_OR_BADI_SDS_FILTER determines the output-relevant safety
data sheets based on the sales organization IDs. The BAdI compares the sales organization from the
shipping process with the sales organization in the file name of the safety data sheets and includes only
safety data sheets with the matching sales organization ID in the output.
Note that if you want to use the example implementation, you need to include the criteria that you use
in your implementation in the file name of the safety data sheets that you have uploaded in the Manage
Safety Data Sheets app (F3972).

Effects on Existing Data

If you implement this BAdI, the system compares the criteria that you use in your implementation with the
criteria included in the file name. Only safety data sheets, which meet the specified criteria are included in the
output. Therefore, you need to include the criteria that you use in your implementation in the file name of the
safety data sheets that you have uploaded in the Manage Safety Data Sheets app (F3972).

Effects on System Administration

The Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) enable you to individually extend the business logic.

To use the BAdI for key user extensibility, create and activate your own implementation of this BAdI in the
Custom Logic app (F1481). When you add your own implementation of the BAdI, use Product Compliance:
Safety Data Sheets for the business context. After you've created the implementation, you can access the BAdI
and the BAdI documentation.

If you use the BAdI in the developer extensibility environment, assign a business role based on the business
role template Developer (SAP_BR_DEVELOPER) to the user. This business role template consists of business

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 765
catalogs that contain the authorizations required for working with the development objects released for
developer extensibility. You can find details about the business catalogs contained in the business role
template Developer in the Maintain Business Roles app (F1492).

Related Information

• You can find more information about the BAdI in the Custom Logic app (F1481).
• You can find more information about safety data sheets in the Product Assistance for Product Compliance.
See:
• Manage Safety Data Sheets
• Safety Data Sheet Shipment
• You can find more information about extensibility in the Product Assistance for SAP S/4HANA. See:
• Extensibility
• Manage Safety Data Sheets

8.5.4.6 Management of eSDS Annex

With the Manage eSDS Annex app, you can create new or assign existing exposure scenarios to an unpackaged
product. You can specify the data that is required as an annex to a safety data sheet to ensure that the
unpackaged product stays compliant.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

Application Component EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:

• Product Compliance - Manage Basic Compliance Data (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_PMON_PC)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

766 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Related Information

You can find more information in the product assistance for Product Compliance.

Exposure Scenarios

Manage eSDS Annex

Manage Exposure Scenarios

Manage Contributing Scenarios

8.5.4.7 Management of Exposure Scenarios

With the Manage Exposure Scenarios app, you can provide detailed information on an exposure scenario to
describe the operational conditions and risk management measures that ensure safe use of the substance or
mixture. You can edit the data to ensure that it is up to date and the unpackaged product stays compliant.
You can also create a new or assign an existing contributing scenario. You can then release a version of the
exposure scenario to use it in the Manage eSDS Annex app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

Application Component EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:

• Product Compliance - Manage Basic Compliance Data (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_PMON_PC)

Related Information

You can find more information in the product assistance for Product Compliance.

Exposure Scenarios

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 767
Manage eSDS Annex

Manage Exposure Scenarios

Manage Contributing Scenarios

8.5.4.8 Management of Contributing Scenarios

With the Manage Contributing Scenarios app, you can provide detailed information on contributing activities for
a specific use that are part of an exposure scenario. You can then release a version of the contributing scenario
to use it in the exposure scenarios.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3VR (Manage Safety Data Sheets for Products)

Application Component EHS-SUS-SDS (Safety Data Sheet Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:

• Product Compliance - Manage Basic Compliance Data (SAP_PSS_BC_PC_FND_PMON_PC)

Related Information

You can find more information in the product assistance for Product Compliance.

Exposure Scenarios

Manage eSDS Annex

Manage Exposure Scenarios

Manage Contributing Scenarios

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

768 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
8.5.4.9 Label Validation and Printing

With this feature, you can validate and print labels. Labels can be validated based on the previous label
configurations created in the Manage Label Configurations app and their assignment to a product in the
Manage Label Assignments app. Depending on the business document, you can validate the completeness of
relevant labels. Afterwards, you can create a print request for a specific label. This assessment can help you
make sure that the labels are properly set up prior to the printing process.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6MT (Label Management)

Application Component App ID: F6656

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Label Configuration
Label Assignment

8.6 Bills of Material: Small Enhancements as Part of

Customer Connection Program 2022

Improvements in the Bill of Material component are available to you in the context of the SAP Customer
Connection project for Product Lifecycle Management. These improvements are based on proposals submitted
by customers through the Customer Influence program.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 769
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-MD-BOM (Bill of Material)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Improvement Details

Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

LO-MD-BOM (Bills Component De S4CORE 108 New 276280 3214551

of Material) scription Search
Option for Items
Added in Transac
tions CS01, CS02,
and CS03

LO-MD-BOM (Bills Additional BOM S4CORE 108 New 277112 3258417

of Material) Item Data Dis
played in Transac
tions CSMB, CSKB,
CSPB

These improvements are available in all local versions.

More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see http://influence.sap.com .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

770 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
9 Sales

9.1 Order and Contract Management

9.1.1 Sales Master Data Management

9.1.1.1 Manage Customer Materials App: Three Fields

Added

The Manage Customer Materials app now supports the search term, item usage, and rounding profile fields.
You can specify these fields for a customer material. You can sort the customer material list using one of these
fields, or filter the list by search term or item usage.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-MD-AM-CMI (Customer Material Information)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can specify the item usage and rounding profile fields in product master data and customer material
master data. The settings in customer material master data takes precedence over those in product master
data.

The search term indicates a free text defined for a customer material, and the text can be used to restrict the
search for customer materials.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 771
Related Information

Manage Customer Materials

9.1.1.2 OData API: Customer Material (A2X)

The synchronous inbound service Customer Material (A2X) has been enhanced to support the following field:

• Search term (CustomerMaterialSearchTerm)

The search term indicates a free text defined for a customer material, and the text can be used to restrict the
search for customer materials.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-MD-AM-CMI (Customer Material Information)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Customer Material (A2X)

9.1.2 Price Management

9.1.2.1 APIs for Condition Records for Pricing in Sales

The following APIs have been enhanced:

• Condition Record for Pricing in Sales

• Condition Record for Pricing in Sales - Replicate

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

772 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-MD-CM (Conditions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can now use the OData API Condition Record for Pricing in Sales to create and process condition records
for tax rates in sales. The following tax-related fields are now available in both Condition Record for Pricing in
Sales and Condition Record for Pricing in Sales - Replicate APIs :

• Tax classifications 5 to 9 for customer

• Tax classifications 5 to 9 for product
• Billing type
• Tax on sales code
• Withholding tax code
• Tax exemption license number
• Tax exemption license date

When monitoring outbound messages transferred by the SOAP service Condition Record for Pricing in Sales
- Replicate in the Message Dashboard - SAP Application Interface Framework app, you can now filter the
messages using additional interface key fields, including the recipient business system, condition record
number, condition table, condition type, as well as the valid-from date and valid-to date.

These APIs are available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Condition Record for Pricing in Sales

Condition Record for Pricing in Sales - Replicate
Using SAP Application Interface Framework

9.1.2.2 Role-Based Access to Price Elements

With this feature, you can set up the system to automatically control the access that business users have to
price elements of an SD document on header or item level. The feature affects price elements in the price

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 773
elements area on user interfaces for specific SD documents. The system controls the access based on your
configuration of access levels and your settings for the respective roles.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-BF-PR (Pricing), SD-SLS-SO (Sales Orders), SD-SLS-

CMR (Credit Memo Request and Debit Memo Request), SD-
SLS-RE (Customer Returns), SD-BIL (Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can grant the following types of access to price elements in categories of SD documents that support this
feature:

• No access: No display and no change authorization

• Display access: Display authorization only (valid also for manual price conditions)
• Change access: Display and change authorization (includes create and delete)

For more information about this feature and the categories of SD documents that support this feature, see
Role-Based Access to Price Elements.

For more information on how to set up this feature, see Setting Up Role-Based Access to Price Elements.

Effects on Existing Data

 Caution

If several SAP object types are enabled and the corresponding SD documents use the same pricing
procedure, the following applies: You must ensure that the restriction type of this function is maintained
for the corresponding business roles that work with this pricing procedure. Otherwise, all condition types
or subtotal lines for which an access level is maintained in the pricing procedure are invisible to the users
assigned to these business roles.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

774 PUBLIC Sales
maintain (in the business roles that access billing documents) authorizations for the BillingDocument
SAP object type. Otherwise, the restricted price elements are no longer visible in billing documents for
users assigned to the non-maintained business roles.

Effects on System Administration

As an administator, you grant access to selected price elements for business users by adapting the roles in
the role maintenance (transaction PFCG). Here you define values for all authorization fields of the PRCG_ACC
authorization object in object class SD.

Effects on Customizing

As a configuration expert, you do the following:

• Set up the access levels in the Define Access Levels Customizing activity.
• Assign the appropriate access level to a condition type or to a subtotal line in the relevant pricing
procedure in the Define and Assign Pricing Procedures Customizing activity under Set Pricing Procedures.

Related Information

Role-Based Access to Price Elements in Sales Documents [page 805]

Role-Based Access to Price Elements in Billing Process Documents [page 823]

9.1.2.3 Modular Pricing Procedures

In the context of modular pricing procedures for the automatic inclusion of additional price conditions in
business documents, you can now do the following:

• Maintain and copy From Step and To Step of inclusion points from the main procedure to the subprocedure.
• Define the maximum step number: The maximum step number is a numerical value that is attributed
to an inclusion point. It specifies the highest step number you are allowed to use in corresponding
subprocedures.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 775
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-BF-PR (Pricing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Maintain From Step and To Step

You can maintain and copy From Step and To Step of inclusion points as follows:

• In a main procedure, you can specify the From Step and To Step for the inclusion points.
• In a subprocedure, you can activate the copying feature for specified condition types by selecting the
Copy Steps checkbox. With this setting, during the pricing process in a business document, the system
automatically copies the From Step and To Step of the referenced inclusion point in the main procedure to
the respective additional price condition of the determined subprocedure.

As a result, during pricing in a business document, the system calculates the condition basis accordingly.

Define Maximum Step Number

You can define the maximum step number for the respective inclusion point. The defined maximum step
number is then valid for all corresponding subprocedures and main procedures. When you create an inclusion
point, this field is empty, and the system uses automatically 50 as maximum step number. You have the
following options:

• You can leave the field empty and the system continues to use 50 as maximum step number.
• You can define the maximum step number as a whole number from 0 to 998.

The step numbers from the subprocedure are recalculated when they're included in the referenced main
procedure. In the referenced main procedure, you must therefore ensure that after the respective inclusion
point, there is a free space of at least the maximum step number.
.

Effects on Customizing

Maintain and copy From Step and To Step

Your configuration expert must set up the modular pricing procedures in the Set Pricing Procedure Customizing
activity as follows:

• Main procedure
For inclusion points, you specify the From Step and To Step.
• Subprocedure
You select the Copy Steps checkbox for condition types for which the system shall copy the From Step and
To Step of the referenced inclusion point you maintained in the main procedure.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

776 PUBLIC Sales
Define maximum step number
To define the maximum step number, your configuration expert must define this attribute of the relevant
inclusion point in the Define Condition Types Customizing activity under Set Condition Types for Pricing in
Sales.

Related Information

Modular Pricing Procedures for Automatic Inclusion of Price Conditions

9.1.3 Sales Quotation Management

9.1.3.1 Manage Sales Quotations - Version 2

The Manage Sales Quotations - Version 2 app now allows you to create subsequent sales orders. You can create
a sales order with reference to a selected sales quotation by navigating to the Manage Sales Orders - Version 2
app. The button for creating a subsequent order is available on both the list page and object page. Please also
note that the option to create sales quotations using the Create Sales Quotations - VA21 button above the sales
quotation list is no longer available. Now, you are taken straight to an easier and more intuitive screen. If you
still want to use the classic VA21 app, choose an existing quotation number and choose the link to this app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BDG (Sales Quotation)

Application Component SD-SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Quotations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

A subsequent order cannot be created in the following situations:

• A sales quotation is fully referenced.

You can check its reference status on header level.
• A sales quotation is fully rejected.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 777
You can check its rejection status on header level.
• A sales quotation is incomplete on header or item level.
You can check its data completeness status on header and item levels.
• A sales quotation (relevant for approval) is in approval, rejected, or to be reworked.
You can check its approval status.

Related Information

Manage Sales Quotations - Version 2

9.1.3.2 Sales Inquiry Events

With this feature, several new payload fields were added to the business events for sales inquiries. Whenever a
sales inquiry in your system is created, changed, or deleted, subscribers of these business events now receive
these fields together with the existing payload fields of the event notification.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1IQ (Sales Inquiry)

Application Component SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Quotations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following fields were added to the payload of the business events:

• SalesInquiryType: Sales inquiry type

• SalesOrganization: Sales organization of the sales inquiry
• DistributionChannel: Distribution channel of the sales inquiry
• OrganizationDivision: Division of the sales inquiry
• SoldToParty: Sold-to party of the sales inquiry

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

778 PUBLIC Sales
Related Information

Sales Inquiry Events

9.1.3.3 Sales Quotation Events

The business events for sales quotations have been enhanced with the following:

• New business events on header and item level

• New payload fields for existing business events

Subscribers of sales quotation events can now receive a greater variety of events and enriched event content.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BDG (Sales Quotation)

Application Component SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Quotations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following new events have been enabled:

Level New Event Trigger Condition

Header OvrlSDProcStsChgd The overall processing status of a sales

quotation is changed.

OvrlRjcnStsChgd The rejection status of a sales quotation

is changed.

ApprovalStsChanged The approval status of a sales quotation

is changed.

Item ItemCreated A sales quotation item is created.

ItemChanged A sales quotation item is created.

ItemDeleted A sales quotation item is created.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 779
Level New Event Trigger Condition

ItmSDProcStsChgd The overall processing status of a sales

quotation item is changed.

ItmGenIncplStsChgd The incompletion status of a sales quo

tation item is changed.

ItmRjcnStsChgd The rejection status of a sales quotation

item is changed.

The following fields were added to the payload of existing business events. As a result, you can receive these
additional fields in the notification for existing events.

• SalesQuotationType: Sales quotation type

• SalesOrganization: Sales organization of the sales quotation
• DistributionChannel: Distribution channel of the sales quotation
• OrganizationDivision: Division of the sales quotation
• SoldToParty: Sold-to party of the sales quotation

Related Information

Sales Quotation Events

9.1.4 Sales Contract Management

9.1.4.1 Manage Sales Contracts - Version 2

With this app, you can now use several new features.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item I9I (Sales Contract Management)

Application Component SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

780 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Information

In this app, you can now use the following features:

• You can create value contracts.

• You can view the fulfillment rate of each sales contract item.
• The option to create sales contracts using the Create Sales Contracts - VA41 app is no longer available.
Now, you are taken straight to an easier and more intuitive screen.
If you still want to use the classic app, you can choose an existing sales contract number from the search
results in the list and choose the link for creating sales contracts.
• When you enter a description of a down payment status in the filter, the system predicts the rest of the
description as you are typing it.
This type-ahead in the filter of down payment status is also supported in the Manage Sales Contracts app.

Related Information

Manage Sales Contracts - Version 2

9.1.4.2 Import Sales Contracts

With this app, you as an internal sales representative can create sales contracts from an XLSX spreadsheet file.
We recommend that you download a standard template before an import. This template provides a list of fields
that are either required or optional for importing sales contracts.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item I9I (Sales Contract Management)

Application Component SD-SLS-IMP-SPR (Sales Document Import from

Spreadsheet)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 781
Additional Details

You can access the Import Sales Contracts app from the sales contract card in the Import Sales Documents
app. For easier future access, we recommend that you save the Import Sales Contracts app as a tile after
opening it for the first time.

As a key user, you can extend the Import Sales Contracts app according to your business needs.

Effects on System Administration

To access this app, business users need to have the following business catalogs assigned:

• Sales - Sales Contract Import (SAP_SD_BC_CONTR_IMPORT)

• Sales - Sales Document Import (SAP_SD_BC_SLSDOC_IMPORT)

Related Information

Import Sales Documents

Import Sales Contracts
App Extensibility: Import Sales Contracts

9.1.4.3 OData API: Sales Contract (A2X)

The Sales Contract (A2X) API enables you to create, read, update, delete, release, and reject sales contracts in
an external system. With this release, this API is enhanced with the following:

• Additional unit properties on document header and item level

Besides the language-dependent code, you can now use the SAP code or the ISO code for units of
measurement.
• Header text entity and item text entity
You can now use this API to create, read, update, and delete text information at header and item level.
• New fields for released quantity and its unit of measure at item level
You can use these fields to read the quantity released against a sales contract item by release orders.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

782 PUBLIC Sales
Scope Item I9I (Sales Contract Management)

Application Component SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following properties have been added:

Property In Entity

ConditionQuantitySAPUnit • A_SalesContractPrcgElmnt
ConditionQuantityISOUnit • A_SalesContractItemPrcgElmnt

RequestedQuantitySAPUnit A_SalesContractItem

RequestedQuantityISOUnit

ItemVolumeSAPUnit

ItemVolumeISOUnit

ItemWeightSAPUnit

ItemWeightISOUnit

SlsContrItemReleasedQuantity

SlsContrItmReldQuantityUnit

The following entities have been added:

• A_SalesContractText
• A_SalesContractItemText

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Sales Contract (A2X)

9.1.4.4 Sales Contract Events

With this feature, subscribers of the Sales Contract Events can now consume item events for sales contracts.
Subscribers can be notified whenever an item is created, changed, or deleted for a sales contract.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 783
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item I9I (Sales Contract Management)

Application Component SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This event is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Sales Contract Events

9.1.4.5 Improvement of Data Source Description for Sales

Contracts

The data source that you use to extend output forms of sales contracts is now described as Sales: Sales
Contract Form. The new description is clearer and more consistent and thus helps you to understand the data
source's purpose better.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item I9I (Sales Contract Management)

Application Component SD-SLS-GF-OC (S/4HANA: Output Control on Sales

Documents)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

784 PUBLIC Sales
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Previous Data Source Description New Data Source Description Data Source

Output Management: Contract Form Sales: Sales Contract Form SD_SLS_FDP_V1_CONTRACT_SRV

You can use this data source to create data source extensions in the Custom Fields app and extend the custom
form templates with standard sales contract fields.

Related Information

Extensibility for Output Forms and Email Templates of Sales Documents

9.1.4.6 Manage Sales Scheduling Agreements

With this release, you can perform the following in the Manage Sales Scheduling Agreements app:

• Create a correction delivery for a selected item

• Reject a selected source item in an LZ type of sales scheduling agreement

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)

Application Component SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 785
Additional Details

When you reject a source item in an LZ type of sales scheduling agreement in this app, the system performs
the following to adjust the cumulative quantities:

• Copies the cumulative received quantity to the follow-up item for the forecast delivery schedule and the JIT
delivery schedule.
In case there's a planning delivery schedule in the source item, you need to manually adjust the cumulative
received quantity in the follow-up item.
• Automatically creates one correction delivery for each relevant fiscal year in the follow-up item and logs the
details.
You can view the log of auto-created correction deliveries later in the Display Sales Scheduling Agreements
app.

However, if the previous fiscal year hasn't yet been closed, you must manually correct the cumulative delivered
quantity in the source item before the rejection. For more information, see Item Discontinuation.

Related Information

Manage Sales Scheduling Agreements

9.1.4.7 Item Discontinuation in Sales Scheduling

Agreements

Previously, you can discontinue a sales scheduling agreement item on a time basis. With this release, you can
discontinue the item on a quantity basis. For example, you can enter your remaining stock. When the remaining
amount of product is released to the customer, the system will stop using the item for requirement planning or
delivery.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)

Application Component SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

786 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details

You can enter a discontinuation quantity so that the system discontinues the item after this amount of product
has been released. You can optionally enter a customer fiscal year within which to calculate the released
quantity. The default customer fiscal year is the current customer fiscal year.

Alternatively, if you want to discontinue a product number when the remaining stock is depleted, you can
enter the remaining stock as the remaining quantity. The system automatically determines the discontinuation
quantity and the customer fiscal year.

The system accumulates the released quantity by successively adding the received quantity and the scheduled
quantity (that is, the quantity in the schedule line) within the customer fiscal year. Each time a scheduled
quantity is accumulated, the system compares the cumulative quantity with the discontinuation quantity:

• If the cumulative quantity is smaller than the discontinuation quantity, the schedule line remains
unchanged. You can find the discontinuation status Not Relevant on this schedule line.
• If the cumulative quantity is equal to the discontinuation quantity, the schedule line remains unchanged.
All subsequent schedule lines become irrelevant for requirement planning or delivery. You can find
the discontinuation status Not Relevant on this schedule line, as well as the discontinuation status
Discontinued on all subsequent schedule lines.
• If the cumulative quantity is larger than the discontinuation quantity, the schedule line is divided into two
(see the example below).

 Example

Item 10 contains a schedule line on August 15 for 100 pieces of product and another on August 25 for
another 100 pieces. The customer hasn't received any product yet in their current fiscal year (cumulative
received quantity in current fiscal year = 0).

Item 10
Schedule Line Date Schedule Line Quantity (Pieces)

08-15 100

08-25 200

You want to discontinue item 10 after releasing 170 pieces in the current customer fiscal year. You've
specified a discontinuation quantity as 170 and entered the on-going customer fiscal year. The following
table shows the discontinuation status for schedule lines in item 10:

Item 10
Schedule Line Date Schedule Line Quantity (Pieces) Discontinuation Status

08-15 100 Not Relevant

08-25 70 Not Relevant

08-25 130 Discontinued

The system divides the schedule line on August 25 into two:

1. One contains 70 pieces so that the accumulated result (0+100+70) equals to the discontinued quantity
(170). This schedule line is still used for requirement planning and delivery in the item.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 787
2. The other contains the rest of the scheduled quantity (200-70=130). This schedule line is irrelevant for
requirement planning or delivery.

Related Information

Item Discontinuation

9.1.4.8 OData API: Sales Scheduling Agreement (A2X)

The Sales Scheduling Agreement (A2X) API has been enhanced with additional unit properties on document
header, item, and schedule line level. Besides the language-dependent code, you can now use the SAP code or
the ISO code for units of measurement.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)

Application Component SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following properties have been added:

Property In Entity

ConditionQuantitySAPUnit • A_SalesSchedgAgrmtPrcgElement
ConditionQuantityISOUnit • A_SalesSchedgAgrmtItmPrcgElmnt

OrderQuantitySAPUnit A_SalesSchedgAgrmtSchedLine

OrderQuantityISOUnit

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

788 PUBLIC Sales
Related Information

Header Pricing Element

Item Pricing Element
Schedule Line

9.1.4.9 Sales Scheduling Agreement Events

With this feature, subscribers of the Sales Scheduling Agreement Events can now consume item events for
sales scheduling agreements. Subscribers can be notified whenever an item is created, changed, or deleted for
a sales scheduling agreement.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)

Application Component SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This event is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Sales Scheduling Agreement Events

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 789
9.1.5 Sales Order Management and Processing

9.1.5.1 Manage Sales Orders - Version 2

With this app, you can now use several new features.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In this app, you can now use the following features:

• The option to create sales orders using the Create Sales Orders - VA01 app is no longer available. Now, you
are taken straight to the easier and more intuitive screen.
• When you personalize the list of sales orders, you can group the entries by column for the most important
columns. You can, for example, group all sales orders by sold-to party. You then get to see all sales orders
for the same sold-to party grouped together, then all sales orders for the next sold-to party, and so on.
• When you adapt the filters for the list of sales orders, you can switch from the list view to the group view
to find a specific filter. The group view shows all available filters grouped by category. You can, for example,
find the filter for the billing date in the group of filters related to billing and pricing.
• From the sales order header, you can reject all items at once, using the same rejection reason.
• When you open the value help for the ship-to party, the system automatically filters the results so that you
only see ship-to parties that are assigned to this sold-to party in the master data. To display all ship-to
parties in the system, you can select the generic search template.
• When multiple address handling for SD documents is active in your system, you can use an additional
search template in the value help for the sold-to party. The system then displays several entries for each
sold-to party for which multiple addresses are maintained in the customer's master data (that is, one entry
for each address). You can easily select the sold-to party with the correct address.
• You can no longer change ship-to party data or partner addresses in the header and in the item in display
mode. For consistency reasons, you must now change to edit mode before the relevant buttons become
available.
• When you change the ship-to party data, you can now display and change name 3 and name 4 if they have
been maintained in this customer's master data.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

790 PUBLIC Sales
• When you open the value help for a contact person in the partner list, the system automatically filters the
results so that you only see contact persons that are assigned to this specific customer in the master data.
To display all contact persons in the system, you can show the filters and remove the prefilled filter for the
customer.
• When you open the value help for a partner function of type customer (for example, the sold-to party or the
ship-to party) or of type contact person, you can now display search terms that have been defined for this
specific partner in the master data. You can also search for these search terms.
• When you add an order reason, you can now simply select it from a dropdown list instead of searching
in the value help. The system automatically displays all order reasons that your configuration expert has
defined for the respective combination of sales order type and sales organization.
• In the terms and conditions of a sales order, you can now see if your customer allows a combination of
orders for delivery. The system determines this information from the master data of the sold-to party, but
you can also change it.
• You can now use European Article Numbers (EANs) and Universal Product Codes (UPCs) for products.
EANs are maintained in the product master of a product: The main EAN with the base unit of measure, a
sales EAN with the sales unit of measure (maintained in the sales organization), or additional EANs.
When you create an item in the items table, you can enter the main EAN or the sales EAN in the product
field to find the related product. To find a product with an additional EAN, you can use a new search
template in the value help for the product.
When you personalize the items table, you can display the EAN/UPC column.
Your key user can add the EAN/UPC to the item details using key user adaptation.
• From the items table, you can check the product availability for single items that are relevant for advanced
Available-to-Promise (aATP). This way, you can see more details about the check results or trigger a new
availability check. You can adjust the confirmed delivery dates and the confirmed quantities and fix them
to prevent subsequent changes. You can also see the basic methods and steps that the system used to
calculate the availability check result.
This feature is not available for items using the Available-to-Promise (ATP) functionality.
• In the item details, you can set and remove delivery blocks for single schedule lines. This can be helpful, for
example, for export orders, when you want to wait with delivering your goods until all export documents are
in order.
• Your key user can extend this app by creating calculated fields using the data source extensions
C_SALESORDERMANAGE and C_SALESORDERITEMMANAGE. For more information, see App Extensibility:
Manage Sales Orders - Version 2 (Key User).
• Your key user can add the following fields to the UI using key user adaptation:
• Fixed date and quantity (item level)
• Order combination (item level)
• Receiving point (header and item level). The receiving point depends on the unloading point, which the
system determines from the master data for the ship-to party.
You can show these columns in the items table by default.

Related Information

Manage Sales Orders - Version 2

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 791
9.1.5.2 Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction

The Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction app now supports multiple address handling. In addition, some
buttons on the object page of a sales order request have been repositioned for a neater look.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4X9 (Create Sales Orders from Unstructured Data)

Application Component SD-SLS-IMP-DOX (Sales Document Creation Based on

Unstructured Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Multiple Address Handling

If multiple address handling is active in your system, the sold-to party and ship-to party addresses that the
system determines from master data would better accord with the original purchasing data. In addition, you
can choose from the multiple address records per customer in the value helps for the sold-to party and ship-to
party.

The following table compares system behaviors according to the activation status of multiple address handling:

Automatic Address Determination

Multiple Address Handling from Master Data Value Help

On The system determines the sold-to A customer is only listed with its stand
ard address.
party or ship-to party address based on
the extracted address data.

Off The system always fills the sold-to party A customer may be listed with multiple
addresses.
or ship-to party address with the stand
ard address of the sold-to party or ship-
to party.

Buttons Repositioned on Object Page

• The Display Application Log and Display Change Log buttons are grouped under the Log menu. To open the
application log or change log, you can expand the menu and choose a button from the dropdown list.
• The log menu is moved to the right side of the View File button, now on the rightmost side of the button
row. This makes the View File button more visible.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

792 PUBLIC Sales
You can choose View File to open a side-by-side view that displays the purchase order file alongside your
sales order request.

Effects on Customizing

If you want to use the multiple address handling feature in this app, ensure that multiple address handling for
sales and distribution (SD) documents is active in your system. For more information, see Multiple Address
Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner.

Related Information

Create Sales Orders - Automatic Extraction

9.1.5.3 Import Sales Orders App: Support for WBS Element

at Item Level

You can import the WBS element at item level in the Import Sales Orders app. To do so, you can download
the import template and add the ITEM.WBSELEMENTEXTERNALID field to your order data sheet. This field
indicates the external ID of a WBS element.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-SLS-IMP-SPR (Sales Document Import from

Spreadsheet)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

SAP S/4HANA 2022

SAP S/4HANA 2021 SPS03

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 793
Related Information

Import Sales Orders

9.1.5.4 Import Sales Documents from Google Drive

With sales document import apps (for example, Import Sales Orders), you can now import web-based Google
Sheets or Microsoft Excel files from Google Drive, which is Google’s cloud storage service. Previously, you can
only import sales documents from local Microsoft Excel files (*.xlsx).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock), 3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements),
I9I (Sales Contract Management), BDG (Sales Quotation),
BDA (Free of Charge Delivery)

Application Component SD-SLS-IMP-SPR (Sales Document Import from

Spreadsheet)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If your system has been integrated with Google Workspace, cloud-specific download and upload options would
be available in the following sales document import apps:

• Import Sales Quotations

• Import Sales Scheduling Agreements
• Import Sales Contracts
• Import Sales Orders
• Import Sales Orders Without Charge

Then you can complete the following steps to import sales documents from Google Drive:

1. Open a particular sales document import app.

2. Download a template (as a Google Sheets or Microsoft Excel file) to Google Drive.
3. Fill in order data in the online file.
4. Upload the file from Google Drive to the app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

794 PUBLIC Sales
Effects on System Administration

Ensure that your system has been integrated with Google Workspace. For more information, seeIntegrating
SAP S/4HANA with Google Workspace.

Related Information

Import Sales Orders

Import Sales Quotations
Import Sales Scheduling Agreements
Import Sales Contracts
Import Sales Orders Without Charge
Import Sales Documents

9.1.5.5 Flexible Navigation Within and Across Sales

Document Import Apps

The navigation within and across sales document import apps have been enhanced. By expanding the
navigation menu in the tool header of a sales document import app, you can choose from a list of options
to return to the list page or first page of the app or to the Import Sales Documents app, if they correspond to
your recent operations. Previously, it was only possible to go back to the SAP Fiori launchpad home page from
the navigation menu.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock), 3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements),
I9I (Sales Contract Management), BDG (Sales Quotation),
BDA (Free of Charge Delivery)

Application Component SD-SLS-IMP-SPR (Sales Document Import from

Spreadsheet)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 795
Additional Details

The navigation options are displayed in a fixed hierarchical order. The target for each possible navigation option
in a sales document import app (taking the Import Sales Quotations app as an example) is listed as follows:

Navigation Option Navigation Target

Home SAP Fiori launchpad home page

Sales Processing (Internal Sales) The sales processing page of the space predelivered for the
business role template Internal Sales Representative

 Note
This option may show if the space mode has been
turned on in the user settings of the SAP Fiori lauchpad.
Its texts would vary if administrators have customized
the space and page descriptions.

Import Sales Documents App Import Sales Documents

Import Sales Quotations First page of the current sales document import app

All Imports (Sales Quotations) List of all imports in the current sales document import app

Import Details Details about a particular import in the current sales docu
ment import app

The enhanced navigation is available in the following sales document import apps:

• Import Sales Quotations

• Import Sales Scheduling Agreements
• Import Sales Contracts
• Import Sales Orders
• Import Sales Orders Without Charge

Related Information

Import Sales Documents

Spaces and Pages

9.1.5.6 Mass Change of Sales Documents

The Mass Change of Sales Documents app has been enhanced:

• You can now change the unloading point for sales orders, sales scheduling agreements, and sales orders
without charge. To do so, select the desired sales document items and change the unloading point in item
shipping data.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

796 PUBLIC Sales
• The Start Date field is renamed to Started On, which shows both the date and time to indicate the start of a
mass change job. You can filter and sort the job list using this field. Previously, only the date was shown.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKK (Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations)

Application Component SD-SLS-MCC (Mass Change of Sales Documents)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Mass Change of Sales Documents

9.1.5.7 PDF Export in Apps for Managing Sales Documents

When you search or filter for specific sales documents, you can now export the results list of sales documents
as a PDF file. Previously, you could only export the results as a spreadsheet. You can use this feature in the
following apps:

• Manage Sales Quotations

• Manage Sales Quotations - Version 2
• Manage Sales Contracts
• Manage Sales Contracts - Version 2
• Manage Sales Scheduling Agreements
• Manage Sales Orders
• Manage Sales Orders - Version 2
• Manage Sales Orders Without Charge
• Manage Customer Returns - Version 2

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 797
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

BDG (Sales Quotation)

I9I (Sales Contract Management)

3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)

BKP (Customer Returns)

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Sales Quotations

Manage Sales Quotations - Version 2
Manage Sales Contracts
Manage Sales Contracts - Version 2
Manage Sales Scheduling Agreements
Manage Sales Orders
Manage Sales Orders - Version 2
Manage Sales Orders Without Charge
Manage Customer Returns – Version 2

9.1.5.8 Confirmed Delivery Date and Confirmed Quantity in

Object Page Apps

In the table settings for the items table in the Sales Order and the Sales Order Without Charge object page apps,
you can now choose to show columns for the confirmed delivery date and the confirmed quantity. This can be
helpful, for example, for approvers, as the object page apps are also embedded in the My Inbox app that is used
for approval workflows.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

798 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

BDA (Free of Charge Delivery)

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Sales Order
Sales Order Without Charge

9.1.5.9 Customer - 360° View

This app is deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023 and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in an
upcoming release. We recommend that you switch to the successor app Customer - 360° View - Version 2 as
soon as possible. The successor app has been available since SAP S/4HANA 2022 FPS01.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Customer - 360° View - Version 2

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 799
Customer - 360° View (Deprecated)

9.1.5.10 Customer - 360° View - Version 2

When you navigate to sales orders for a sold-to party and choose to create a sales order using the Manage
Sales Orders - Version 2 app, the system automatically copies this specific sold-to party to the new sales order.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You can now do the following:

• Check and maintain configuration for the business documents displayed in the app, using the Customizing
activity Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Customer - 360° View - Version 2 Define Settings for
Business Documents .
• Check and maintain configuration for the default search period of sold products, using the Customizing
activity Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Customer - 360° View - Version 2 Define General
Settings .

Related Information

Customer - 360° View - Version 2

Manage Sales Orders - Version 2 [page 790]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

800 PUBLIC Sales
9.1.5.11 Approval Workflows for Sales Documents

Users receive tasks related to the approval or rework of sales documents in the My Inbox app. Previously, you
could check basic data related to the respective sales document. Now, you can see all the important data from
the related object page app (for example, the Sales Order object page app) directly in the My Inbox app. This
data includes item details, business partners, and the process flow and can help you decide if a document
should be approved.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

BDG (Sales Quotation) and others

1EZ (Credit Memo Processing) and others

1F1 (Debit Memo Processing) and others

BKP (Customer Returns) and others

I9I (Sales Contract Management) and others

Application Component SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contracts)

SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Quotations)

SD-SLS-SO (Sales Orders)

SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

SD-SLS-CMR (Credit Memo Request and Debit Memo

Request)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

For every sales document category, you must activate an OData service related to the respective object page.

In the SAP Fiori Apps Reference Library, search for F6012, select SAP S/4HANA 2023 from the dropdown,
and check the related apps. Choose the app name for the sales document category (for example, My Inbox
- Approve Sales Orders). You can find the necessary OData service in the configuration information of the
implementation information section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 801
Related Information

Approve or Rework a Sales Document

9.1.5.12 Flexible Determination of Internal Partner Numbers

You, as a key user for Customizing, can implement the flexible determination of internal partner numbers for
the inbound SOAP service Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B). With this release,
fallback rules and multiple address handling are enabled for this flexible determination procedure. In addition,
you now have more flexibility in defining the decision rules, as partner function is no longer a mandatory input
parameter in your decision table.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2EL (Integration of Sales with External Buyers)

Application Component SD-SLS-EDI (S/4HANA: Sales EDI Messages)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Set Fallback Rules

Previously, if you have activated a formula for the flexible determination of internal partner numbers in the
Customizing activity Define Formulas for Internal Partner Number, the system would no longer apply the static
rules in the Customizing activity Convert External to Internal Partner Numbers. Now, SAP provides an additional
usage task SET_FALLBACK, where you can specify and activate fallback rules for the corresponding formula.
When no result is returned from the decision table under the usage task SET_INTERNAL_PARTNER, the system
will conditionally trigger fallback logic and redetermine internal partner numbers in the Customizing activity
Convert External to Internal Partner Numbers. For more information, see Flexible Determination of Internal
Partner Numbers.

Multiple Address Handling

After multiple address handling is enabled, when you implement this flexible determination procedure to
determine an internal partner number, you must specify an address number to go with the internal partner
number, so that the system knows which address of this internal partner it should use (except for partner
function Payer, which always uses the default address). For more information, see the example in Flexible
Determination of Internal Partner Numbers.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

802 PUBLIC Sales
Effects on Existing Data

The usage task for setting fallback is automatically added to the formulas that are created since SAP S/4HANA
2023. There is no impact on existing formulas unless you manually check for new usage tasks within the
formulas.

Effects on Customizing

A new button is now added to the Formula Tasks dialog. In the formulas that were created before this release,
you can only see the usage task for setting fallback rules after you choose this button.

Related Information

Flexible Determination of Internal Partner Numbers

Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B)

9.1.5.13 Flexible Determination of Sales Area and Sales

Document Types

You, as a key user for Customizing, can implement the flexible determination of sales area and sales document
types for the inbound SOAP service Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B). With this
release, you can enable fallback rules for this procedure. When no valid result is returned based on the flexible
determination rules, the system can conditionally trigger fallback logic. This saves your migration efforts and
ensures a smooth transition from a static procedure to a flexible one.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 803
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2EL (Integration of Sales with External Buyers)

Application Component SD-SLS-EDI (S/4HANA: Sales EDI Messages)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Previously, if you have activated a formula for the flexible determination of sales area and sales document
types in the Customizing activity Define Formulas for Sales Area and Sales Document Types, the system would
no longer apply the static rules in the Customizing activity Assign Customer/Supplier to Sales Organization
Data. Now, SAP provides an additional usage task SET_FALLBACK, where you can specify and activate fallback
rules for the corresponding formula. When no result is returned from the decision table under the usage task
SET_SALES_AREA, the system will checks if the inbound EDI message satisfy any active fallback rules. If yes,
the system will use the static rules in the Customizing activity Assign Customer/Supplier to Sales Organization
Data. For more information, see Flexible Determination of Sales Area and Sales Document Types.

Effects on Existing Data

Effects on Customizing

A new button is now added to the Formula Tasks dialog. In the formulas that were created before this release,
you can only see the usage task for setting fallback rules after you choose this button.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

804 PUBLIC Sales
Related Information

Flexible Determination of Sales Area and Sales Document Types

Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B)

9.1.5.14 Role-Based Access to Price Elements in Sales

Documents

With this feature, you can set up the system to automatically control the access that business users have
to price elements in a sales order, returns order, credit memo request, or debit memo request. The system
controls the access based on your configuration of access levels and your settings for any role that has the
business catalog assigned. This can be helpful when certain information, such as the profit margin, should stay
hidden for certain users or when not all users should be able to edit specific price elements.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1F1 (Debit Memo Processing), 1EZ (Credit Memo Process
ing), BKP (Customer Returns), BD9 (Sell from Stock)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 805
Application Component SD-SLS-CMR (Credit Memo Request and Debit Memo
Request), SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns), SD-SLS-SO
(Sales Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Role-based access can now be set up for the following apps:

• Manage Sales Orders - Version 2

• Create Sales Orders - VA01
• Change Sales Orders - VA02
• Display Sales Orders - VA03
• Manage Sales Documents with Customer-Expected Price
• Manage Customer Returns – Version 2
• Create Customer Return
• Create Customer Return Without Reference - VA01
• Change Customer Return
• Display Customer Return
• Create Credit Memo Requests
• Change Credit Memo Requests
• Display Credit Memo Requests
• Create Credit Memo Requests - W/o Preceding Document
• Manage Credit Memo Requests - Version 2
• Create Debit Memo Requests
• Change Debit Memo Requests
• Display Debit Memo Requests
• Create Debit Memo Requests - W/o Preceding Document

Authorizations are not applied for data retrievals using CDS Views, OData APIs, SOAP APIs, or BAPIs.
Authorizations are applied for data retrievals using the following RAP business objects (BOs), unless you're
using privileged mode:

• I_SALESORDERTP
• I_CUSTOMERRETURNTP
• I_CREDITMEMOREQUESTTP
• I_DEBITMEMOREQUESTTP

You can grant the following types of access to price elements in the relevant sales documents:

• No access: No display and no change authorization

• Display access: Display authorization only (valid also for manual price conditions)
• Change access: Display and change authorization (includes create and delete)

For more information about this feature, see Role-Based Access to Price Elements.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

806 PUBLIC Sales
For more information about how to set up this feature, see Setting Up Role-Based Access to Price Elements.

Effects on Existing Data

 Caution

If several SAP object types are enabled and the corresponding SD documents use the same pricing
procedure, the following applies: You must ensure that the corresponding business roles working with these
pricing procedures have the restriction type of this function maintained. Otherwise, for users assigned to
these business roles, all condition types or subtotal lines, for which an access level is maintained in the
pricing procedure, are invisible.

For example, imagine you have assigned access levels to the pricing procedure used for sales orders and
maintained (in the respective business roles) specific authorizations for the SalesOrder SAP object type.
As your billing documents use the same pricing procedure as your sales orders, you must also maintain
(in the business roles that access billing documents) authorizations for the BillingDocument SAP object
type. Otherwise, the restricted price elements are no longer visible in billing documents for users assigned
to the non-maintained business roles.

Effects on System Administration

As an administrator, you grant the access to selected price elements for business users in the role
maintenance transaction PFCG. You need to maintain the authorization fields of the PRCG_ACC authorization
object for all the business roles that work with the corresponding SD document category:

• Application (field KAPPL): V (Sales/Distribution)

• SAP object type (field PRCG_SOT): <SAP object type representing the category of sales documents for
which you want to restrict price element access>

Effects on Customizing

As a key user for Customizing, you do the following steps:

• Set up the access levels in the Define Access Levels for Price Elements Customizing activity.
• Assign the appropriate access level to a condition type or to a subtotal line in the relevant pricing
procedure in the Define and Assign Pricing Procedures Customizing activity.

Related Information

Role-Based Access to Price Elements in Sales Documents

Role-Based Access to Price Elements

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 807
Setting Up Role-Based Access to Price Elements
Role-Based Access to Price Elements [page 773]

9.1.5.15 OData API: Sales Order (A2X)

This API for sales orders was enhanced on header and item level.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can now use the following properties:

Property In Entity

ReferenceBusinessPartner A_SalesOrderHeaderPartner (sales order header part

ner)
PartnerFunctionInternalCode

ReferenceBusinessPartner A_SalesOrderItemPartner (sales order item partner)

PartnerFunctionInternalCode

Subtotal1Amount A_SalesOrderItem (sales order item)

Subtotal2Amount

Subtotal3Amount

Subtotal4Amount

Subtotal5Amount

Subtotal6Amount

In addition, the following property was changed: The DelivBlockReasonForSchedLine property in the
A_SalesOrderScheduleLine entity that indicates whether a schedule line for the item is blocked for delivery
is now optional. Previously, you could only read this value.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

808 PUBLIC Sales
This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/api/
OP_API_SALES_ORDER_SRV_0001/overview ).

Related Information

Sales Order (A2X)

DeliveryDateQuantityIsFixed Added to Sales Order APIs [page 811]

9.1.5.16 OData API: Sales Order - Simulate (A2X)

This API for sales orders was enhanced on header and item level.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can now use the following properties:

Property In Entity

CustomerGroup A_SalesOrderSimulation (sales order header)

AdditionalCustomerGroup1

AdditionalCustomerGroup2

AdditionalCustomerGroup3

AdditionalCustomerGroup4

AdditionalCustomerGroup5

TaxDepartureCountry

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 809
Property In Entity

VATRegistrationCountry

VATRegistration A_SalesOrderPartnerSimulation (sales order partner)

VATRegistration A_SalesOrderItemPartnerSimln (sales order item part

ner)

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/api/

OP_API_SALES_ORDER_SIMULATION_SRV_0001/overview ).

Related Information

Sales Order Header Simulation

Header Partner Simulation
Item Partner Simulation

9.1.5.17 SOAP API: Sales Order (A2A)

You can now use this API for sales orders to create sales orders with reference to other
preceding sales documents (such as sales contracts or sales quotations). You can use the following
fields: ReferenceSDDocument in the sales order header and ReferenceSDDocument as well as
ReferenceSDDocumentItem in the sales order item. These fields are also available in the Sales Order - Send
Processing Notification (A2A) API.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

2TY (B2B Order Fulfillment with SAP Commerce Cloud)

Application Component SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

810 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details

In addition, the DelivBlockReasonForSchedLine field has been added to the ScheduleLine node. It
indicates whether a schedule line for the item is blocked for delivery.

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/api/

OP_SALESORDERBULKREQUEST_IN/overview ).

Related Information

Create Sales Orders with Reference

DeliveryDateQuantityIsFixed Added to Sales Order APIs [page 811]

9.1.5.18 DeliveryDateQuantityIsFixed Added to Sales

Order APIs

With this feature, you can use the DeliveryDateQuantityIsFixed field. If your customer accepts the
delivery dates and quantities that are confirmed after an availability check for a specific sales order item,
you can use this field to indicate that the dates and quantities are fixed. The system then passes on material
requirements planning (MRP) requirements so that the confirmed date and quantity can be met.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

2TY (B2B Order Fulfillment with SAP Commerce Cloud)

Application Component SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This field was added to the following APIs:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 811
Entity/Node API

A_SalesOrderItem Sales Order (A2X)

Item Sales Order (A2A)

Item Sales Order - Send Processing Notification (A2A)

Item Sales Order - Replicate (A2A)

9.1.5.19 SOAP API: Sales Order/Customer Return - Create,

Update, Cancel (B2B)

The inbound, asynchronous SOAP web service Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B)
has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2EL (Integration of Sales with External Buyers)

Application Component SD-SLS-EDI (S/4HANA: Sales EDI Messages)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Order Reason
You can now use the SDDocumentReason field in the Order node to receive the reason for creating the sales
order or returns order.

Extensibility for Field Modification

You can now use custom logic to modify or set the order reason that you receive through this SOAP
service. As a key user, you can create custom logic in the Custom Logic app to modify the value of
SDDocumentReason using the BAdI Header Modification for Sales Orders/Returns Orders in Inbound EDI
(EDI_SD_ORDER_MODIFY_HEADER).

For more information about BAdIs and key user extensibility, see Extensibility: Sales Order/Customer Return -
Create, Update, Cancel

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

812 PUBLIC Sales
Enable Additional Search Fields in Message Monitoring
You can monitor message logs transferred by this service in message monitoring apps, for example, the
Message Dashboard app or the transaction Monitoring and Error Handling (/AIF/ERR). With this release, you
can filter the error logs related to this service by additional search fields (also known as interface key fields):

• Customer Purchase Order Type: The short form of the channel that a customer uses to place an order, for
example, by telephone, mail, or fax
• Sales Organization: An organizational unit responsible for the sale of certain products or services
• Party Type: The abbreviated form of the name that identifies the partner function
• Buyer Party ID: ID of the party of the specified partner type on buyer side
• Supplier Party ID: ID of the party of the specified partner type on supplier side
• Buyer Product ID: Material number of the ordered material in the buyer's system

 Note

You can only filter the error logs that have been generated from this release on. For older logs, the newly
added search fields are not applicable.

Related Information

Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel (B2B)

Extensibility: Sales Order/Customer Return - Create, Update, Cancel

9.1.5.20 SOAP API: Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm

Processing (B2B)

The outbound, asynchronous SOAP web service Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B) has
been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2EL (Integration of Sales with External Buyers)

Application Component SD-SLS-EDI (S/4HANA: Sales EDI Messages)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 813
Additional Details

Enable Customer Purchase Order Type

You can now send the information about how a customer places an order, for example, by telephone, mail, or
fax, to your buyer's system through this service in the CustomerPurchaseOrderType field.

Enable Additional Search Fields in Message Monitoring

You can monitor message logs transferred by this service in message monitoring apps, for example, the
Message Dashboard app or the transaction Monitoring and Error Handling (/AIF/ERR). With this release, you
can filter the error logs related to this service by additional search fields (also known as interface key fields):

• Customer Purchase Order Type: The short form of the channel that a customer uses to place an order, for
example, by telephone, mail, or fax
• Sales Organization: An organizational unit responsible for the sale of certain products or services
• Purchase Order ID: The customer reference that the customer uses to uniquely identify a purchasing
document. The number creates the link between the customer purchase order and the sales order that you
create

 Note

You can only filter the error logs that have been generated from this release on. For older logs, the newly
added search fields are not applicable.

Related Information

Sales Order/Customer Return - Confirm Processing (B2B)

OrderConfirmation

9.1.5.21 Additional Payload Field in Business Events for Sales

Document Mass Change Requests

The EVENTRAISEDDATETIME field has been added to business events for sales document mass change
requests. This field specifies the date and time on which the event is raised. Whenever the system completes
a mass change job (triggered manually in the Mass Change of Sales Documents app) for sales documents,
subscribers of the business event now receive this field together with the existing payload fields of the event
notification.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

814 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKK (Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations)

Application Component SD-SLS-MCC (Mass Change of Sales Documents)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can find the events on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub .

Related Information

Sales Document Mass Change Request Events

Business Event Handling
Mass Change of Sales Documents

9.1.5.22 Business Add-In (BAdI): Modification of Requested

Delivery Date for Sales Document Items

You can now use the Modification of Requested Delivery Date for Sales Document Items BAdI to set or change
the requested delivery date in a sales document item to a date that is different from the one that the system
determines automatically. You can find this BAdI in the Custom Logic app using the Sales: Sales Document Item
business context or in transaction SE18.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 815
Application Component SD-SLS-EXT (SD Sales Extensibility)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

9.1.5.23 Schedule Lines in Business Add-Ins for Sales Orders

You can now implement logic for schedule lines of sales document items using the following business add-ins
(BAdIs):

• Sales Item Check: You can now run your own checks on schedule line data.
• Sales Item Modification: You can now set or change values for item extension fields based on schedule line
data.

You can find these BAdIs in the Custom Fields app or in transaction SE18. The relevant importing parameter is
SALESDOCUMENTSCHEDULELINES.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others

Application Component SD-SLS-EXT (SD Sales Extensibility)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Note that the system calls BAdI implementations multiple times during sales order processing. Schedule lines
are only confirmed after an item is created and the available-to-promise (ATP) run has taken place. This means
that schedule line fields might not be available, depending on the point in time in which the BAdI is called.

9.1.5.24 Additional Fields in Sales Document Business Add-

Ins

You can now use additional fields in the following Business Add-Ins (BAdIs):

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

816 PUBLIC Sales
• SD_SLS_MODIFY_HEAD (Sales header modification)
• SD_SLS_MODIFY_ITEM (Sales item modification)
• SD_SLS_CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE (Sales document check before save)

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others

Application Component SD-SLS-EXT (SD Sales Extensibility)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can now use the following fields for pricing procedures, tax amounts, cost amounts, and pricing subtotals:

• In the SALESDOCUMENT importing parameter:

• SDPRICINGPROCEDURE
• In the SALESDOCUMENTITEMS importing parameter:
• TAXAMOUNT
• COSTAMOUNT
• SUBTOTAL1AMOUNT
• SUBTOTAL2AMOUNT
• SUBTOTAL3AMOUNT
• SUBTOTAL4AMOUNT
• SUBTOTAL5AMOUNT
• SUBTOTAL6AMOUNT

You can, for example, use the tax amount and cost amount and the subtotals of all sales document items to
calculate the gross amount of a sales document. As a key user, you can create a custom field for this gross
amount and add it to the user interface of a sales document app.

9.1.5.25 Additional Condition Fields for Defining Output

Rules for Sales Documents

You now have more flexibility in defining additional output rules for sales documents in the Output Parameter
Determination app. In the Output Relevance determination step, you can define when you want the output to be

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 817
triggered, that is, when the email and printout are to be sent. With this release, more fields are now available in
the Table Setting, which you can select as condition columns to determine whether a sales document should be
output.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock), I9I (Sales Contract Management)
and others

Application Component SD-SLS-GF-OC (S/4HANA: Output Control on Sales

Documents)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Prerequisite

You need to refresh the Condition Parameters of Application structure in the Output Parameter Determination
app in order to sync with the newly added fields. For detailed steps on how to perform the update, see the
chapter 4.6.2.2 in Refresh Condition Parameters of Application .

The following table lists the newly added fields:

Field Description Shown on Tab

SDDOCUMENTREASON Order Reason Sales

SALESDOCUMENTDATE Document Date Sales

CREATEDBYUSER Created By Sales

CREATIONDATE Created On Sales

TRANSACTIONCURRENCY Document Currency Sales

SALESDISTRICT Sales District Sales

RECEIVINGPOINT Receiving Point Shipping

SHIPPINGCONDITION Shipping Conditions Shipping

SHIPPINGTYPE Shipping Type Shipping

SLSDOCISRLVTFORPROOFOFDELIV POD-Relevant Shipping

INCOTERMSCLASSIFICATION Incoterms Billing Document

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

818 PUBLIC Sales
Field Description Shown on Tab

INCOTERMSLOCATION1 Incoterms Location 1 Billing Document

INCOTERMSLOCATION2 Incoterms Location 2 Billing Document

CUSTOMERPAYMENTTERMS Payment Terms Billing Document

CUSTOMERPURCHASEORDERTYPE Customer Purchase Order Type Order Data

OVERALLSDPROCESSSTATUS Overall Processing Status Status

OVERALLORDRELTDBILLGSTATUS Overall Billing status Status

To add these fields to the decision table, you need to be logged in as an administrator and open the Output
Parameter Determination app, choose Sales Document Output Relevance Edit Table Setting Insert
Column (From Context Data Objects) , and then select the fields you would like to add to your decision table
as new columns.

The following animated sequence shows how you can add a field to your decision table.

Related Information

Output Parameter Determination

Output Management for Sales Documents

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 819
9.1.5.26 Print Country's Name in English for Output Forms of
Sales Documents

With this release, the country name of business partners in the output form content of sales documents can
be configured to be displayed in English. Previously, the country name of business partners in the output form
content is displayed in the sender country's language in sales documents. This change can ensure language
consistency in the printed output forms.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock) and others

Application Component SD-SLS-GF-OC (S/4HANA: Output Control on Sales

Documents)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Currently, as per Universal Postal Union (UPU), the country name of the receiver is printed in sender’s
language, but if the sender’s country has multiple languages to choose from, then the language selected by the
sender has to be configured in the system. The configured language is used to display the receiver country’s
address in printed output forms. However, if the Name of the Recipient Country in English in Output Forms
Customizing activity is set, the country name of receivers or business partners in the master and content
section is always printed in English.

 Note

Only in overseas transactions will the country names be added to the address information of the receivers
and business partners.

Effects on Customizing

To enable this function, you should set the system to display receiver's country or region in English on output
forms in the Customizing activity Name of the Recipient Country in English in Output Forms.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

820 PUBLIC Sales
Related Information

Output Management for Sales Documents

9.1.5.27 Situation Templates: Delivery Insights for Sales

Orders and Delivery Insights for Sales Order Items

The following situation templates are deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2023, will not be replaced, and will be
deleted in an upcoming release:

• Delivery Insights for Sales Orders (SD_SALESORDER_DELIVERY_IOT_EVENT)

• Delivery Insights for Sales Order Items (SD_SOFSITEM_IOT_DELIVERY_EVENT)

The situation templates are based on SAP IoT which has been discontinued.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4IH (Delivery Insights Enabled by IoT)

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

What's New in SAP IoT

Delivery Insights for Sales Orders (Deprecated)
Delivery Insights for Sales Order Items (Deprecated)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 821
9.1.6 Sales Billing

9.1.6.1 Manage Billing Documents App: Add and Delete

Output Items

With this feature, the output items section of the embedded object page within the Manage Billing Documents
app has been enhanced with the following two new buttons:

• Add
You can use this button to create completely new output items for the billing document that you are
currently displaying.
• Delete
You can use this button to delete existing output items that you no longer need. You can only delete output
items that are still in preparation.

In previous releases, these two functions were only available in the Change Billing Documents - VF02 app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-BIL (Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the new buttons to add and delete output items both while you are in editing mode and while you
are not in editing mode. However, be aware that after adding a new output item, you must be in editing mode
to make the settings (such as output type, recipient, channel, and form template) that are required to make the
output item functional.

Also note that, after you have confirmed a deletion of output items, the deletion is final and not dependent on
saving while in editing mode. Similarly, when you add an item, it will continue to exist even if you added it while
you are in editing mode and then leave editing mode by canceling.

The following animated sequence shows how you can use the new buttons to add a new output item and, in
case it is no longer needed, delete it again.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

822 PUBLIC Sales
Related Information

Manage Billing Documents

9.1.6.2 Role-Based Access to Price Elements in Billing

Process Documents

With this feature, configuration experts and administrators can now make settings to control the degree of
access that business users have to price elements in billing process documents (that is, billing documents,
preliminary billing documents, billing document requests, and invoice lists). This can be helpful when certain
information, such as the profit margin, should stay hidden for certain users, or when not all users should be
able to edit specific price elements.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 823
Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-BIL (Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can set up role-based access to price elements in billing process documents for the apps in the following
table:

Document Category App Name App ID

Billing document Create Billing Documents - VF01 VF01

Change Billing Documents VF02

Display Billing Documents VF03

Manage Billing Documents F0797

Preliminary billing document Change Preliminary Billing Documents VFP2

Display Preliminary Billing Documents VFP3

Billing document request Display Billing Document Requests VFR3

Invoice list Create Invoice Lists - VF21 VF21

Change Invoice Lists VF22

Display Invoice Lists VF23

 Note

These access restrictions are not applied for data retrievals using CDS Views, OData APIs, SOAP APIs, or
BAPIs.

Effects on System Administration

As an administrator, you grant access to selected price elements in billing process documents for business
users by adapting business roles in role maintenance transaction PFCG. Here you must define values for all
authorization fields of the PRCG_ACC authorization object in object class SD.

For more information, see Role-Based Access to Price Elements in Billing Process Documents.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

824 PUBLIC Sales
Effects on Customizing

As a configuration expert, you must do the following:

For more information, see Role-Based Access to Price Elements.

Effects on Existing Data

 Caution

For example, imagine you have assigned access levels to the pricing procedure used for billing documents
and maintained (in the respective business roles) specific authorizations for the BillingDocument SAP
object type. Because your sales orders use the same pricing procedure as your billing documents, you
must also maintain (in the business roles that access sales orders) authorizations for the SalesOrder SAP
object type. Otherwise, the restricted price elements are no longer visible in sales orders for users assigned
to the non-maintained business roles.

Related Information

Role-Based Access to Price Elements [page 773]

9.1.6.3 Several Input Parameter Fields Added to BAdIs

for Modifying Custom Fields in Billing Document
Output

With this feature, the following Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for billing output adaptation have been enhanced with
a total of 46 additional input parameter fields on billing document header and item level:

• Header Modification in Standard Output Form for Billing Documents (SD_BIL_PRINT_STANDARD_HEAD)

• Item Modification in Standard Output Form for Billing Documents (SD_BIL_PRINT_STANDARD_ITEM)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 825
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-BIL (Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use these two existing BAdIs to evaluate billing document header and item fields during output
processing and, depending on the field values, use custom logic to modify the values of custom fields in your
billing document output. You can add such custom fields to your billing document output by using extensibility.
When implemented, the system calls each BAdI whenever billing output is generated for the relevant form
template (for example, forms based on the SDBIL_CI_STANDARD_US form template). This is the case when,
for example, an output item is created or modified, but also when a print preview is generated.

With the current enhancement, the fields in the following table have been added to the respective input
parameters BILLINGDOC and BILLINGDOCITEM of the relevant BAdIs. These additional fields greatly increases
the flexibility with which you can design your custom logic.

One use case could be to bring a billing document field (that is usually not visible on the output) to the
output by copying its values to a custom field and adding this custom field to your custom form template.
You could, for example, use this method to provide the higher-level item for any batch split items (field
HIGHERLVLITMOFBATSPLTITM) that appear in your invoices.

List of Parameter Fields Added to BAdIs for Billing Output Adaptation

Document Level Parameter Field Parameter Field Description Now Available in BAdI

Header (parameter PLANTSUPPLIER Supplier number of plant Header Modification in

BILLINGDOC)
PRELIMBILLINGDOCUMENTS Preliminary billing document Standard Output Form for
TATUS status Billing Documents
(SD_BIL_PRINT_STANDARD
BILLGPROCDOCAPPROVALST Approval status of billing
ATUS process document (for ap _HEAD)
proval workflows)

BILLINGPROCDOCAPPROVAL Approval reason of billing

REASON process document (for ap
proval workflows)

REVERSALREASON Reason for reversal or inverse

posting

Item (parameter PRODUCT Product (that is, material) Item Modification in Standard
BILLINGDOCITEM) used in the billing document
Output Form for Billing
item

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

826 PUBLIC Sales
Document Level Parameter Field Parameter Field Description Now Available in BAdI

PRODUCTGROUP Key used to group several Documents

products (that is, materials)
(SD_BIL_PRINT_STANDARD
together
_ITEM)
TRANSITPLANT Plant by which stock in
transit is managed

VALUECHAINCATEGORY Category for value chain

management

COUNTRYOFORIGIN Country/region of origin of

the product (that is, mate
rial)

REGIONOFORIGIN Region of origin of the prod

uct (that is, material)

COMMODITYCODE Commodity code that

uniquely identify a product
(that is, material) according
to the customs commodity
classification catalog

PROVIDERCONTRACT Provider contract ID

PROVIDERCONTRACTITEM Provider contract item num

ber

PROFITABILITYSEGMENT_2 Profitability segment number

BUSINESSSOLUTIONORDER Solution order ID

BUSINESSSOLUTIONORDERI Solution order item number

TEM

PRICINGRELEVANCE Indicates how the system

performs pricing on item
level

WBSELEMENTINTERNALID ID of work breakdown struc

ture element

BILLINGPERFORMANCEPERI Billing period of performance

ODSTRDTE - start date

BILLINGPERFORMANCEPERI Billing period of performance

ODENDDTE - end date

BILLINGDOCEXTREFERENCE Item number of the reference

DOCITEM item

HIGHERLVLITMOFBATSPLTI Higher-level item of a batch

TM split item

SDDOCUMENTCATEGORY Technical category of sales

and distribution document

BILLINGDOCUMENTTYPE Technical type of the billing

document

SALESORGANIZATION Sales organization

DISTRIBUTIONCHANNEL Distribution channel

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 827
Document Level Parameter Field Parameter Field Description Now Available in BAdI

CUSTOMERGROUP Customer group

COUNTRY Destination country/region

REGION Region (state, province,

county)

CITYCODE City code used to classify cit

ies from a tax perspective

SALESDISTRICT Geographical sales district or

region that a customer can
be assigned to

OVERALLSDPROCESSSTATUS Overall processing status of

the entire sales document

OVERALLBILLINGSTATUS Overall status of the entire

billing document

SOLDTOPARTY Sold-to party

PAYERPARTY Payer party

BILLINGDOCUMENTDATE Billing date on which billing

is booked for accounting pur
poses

COMPANYCODE Company code

COUNTY County code used to classify

cities from a tax perspective

CUSTOMERREBATEAGREEMEN Number that uniquely identi

T fies a customer rebate agree
ment

BILLINGDOCUMENTCATEGOR Billing category that indi

Y cates whether a billing docu
ment refers to a sales order
or delivery

SHIPTOPARTY Ship-to party

BILLTOPARTY Bill-to party

SALESEMPLOYEE Sales employee

RESPONSIBLEEMPLOYEE Employee responsible

Effects on System Administration

Business process experts, developers, and implementation consultants can use the Custom Logic app to
create custom logic for the relevant BAdIs. They can also access BAdIs directly using transaction SE18.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

828 PUBLIC Sales
Related Information

Custom Logic
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Sales Billing
Extensibility for Output Forms and Email Templates of Billing Documents

9.1.6.4 Additional Input Parameter for Flexible Billing

Document Numbering: Billing Date Year

For flexible billing document numbering, you can now use the year portion of the billing date as an additional
parameter for determining the document number range interval and prefix of the newly created billing
document.

Note that you can only make use of the new parameter BILLINGDATEYEAR when you implement flexible
billing document numbering using Configurable Parameters and Formulas (CPF), rather than with the BAdI
implementation.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-BIL (Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new input parameter billing date year (BILLINGDATEYEAR) is now available for use in your
implementations of flexible billing document numbering that are based on Configurable Parameters and
Formulas (CPF).

The parameter contains only the year of the billing date of the billing document to be created. You can use it to
make the number range interval or number range prefix of the created billing document depend on the year of
the billing date. This brings increased flexibility to your billing document numbering rules.

For example, you could make all billing document numbers of billing documents with a billing date in 2021
begin with the prefix 'Y21', and all billing document numbers of billing documents with a billing date in 2022
begin with the prefix 'Y22'.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 829
For more information about flexible billing document numbering and how to implement it with CPF, see Using
Configurable Parameters and Formulas (CPF) to Implement Flexible Billing Document Numbering.

Effects on Customizing

• You can view the parameter catalog to which the new parameter has been added in the Define Parameter
Catalog for Flexible Billing Document Numbering Customizing activity.
• To actually include the new parameter in one of your configurable formulas, you must perform the Define
Formulas for Flexible Billing Document Numbering Customizing activity.

You can find both of these activities in Customizing under Sales and Distribution Billing Configurable
Parameters and Formulas in Billing .

Related Information

Flexible Billing Document Numbering

9.1.6.5 Schedule Billing Creation and Schedule Billing

Release Apps: Grouping of Job Log Entries by
Document

With this feature, the sort order of job log entries within the Schedule Billing Creation and Schedule Billing
Release apps has been improved. Entries are now grouped together with the respective processed document
that they refer to. This makes it much easier to see which messages (such as information, errors, or warnings)
belong to which processed document.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-BIL (Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

830 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details

In previous releases, the job log of the mentioned apps divided job log entries into two separate groups, as
follows:

• First group: Messages that reference the document number and describe the document's status after
processing
Example: Error: Document 0090002727 saved (no journal entry generated).
• Second group: Any (possible) additional messages that provide further details about the initial message
above
Example: Error: Company code 1710 requires you to enter a tax jurisdiction code.

As of the current release, the system now groups all messages related to the same document together. This
makes it much easier to see which messages belong to which document.

Related Information

Schedule Billing Release

Schedule Billing Creation

9.1.6.6 Business Events for Billing Document Requests:

Updated Payload Fields

With this feature, new payload fields are provided for the existing business events Billing Document Request:
Subsequent Billing Document Created and Billing Document Request: Subsequent Billing Document Canceled.

Your system triggers these business events in the following situations:

• When a new billing document is created with reference to a billing document request, it triggers the Billing
Document Request: Subsequent Billing Document Created event.
• When an existing billing document that references a billing document request is canceled, it triggers the
Billing Document Request: Subsequent Billing Document Canceled event.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1MC (Omnichannel Convergent Billing), 57Z (Subscription

Management with Sales Billing), 41Z (Service Order Manage
ment), 426 (Service Contract Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 831
Application Component SD-BIL (Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Business Event Handling is a system-wide standardized event mechanism. It enables applications, partners,
and customers to consume events related to business objects in your system.

Both the Billing Document Request: Subsequent Billing Document Created and the Billing Document Request:
Subsequent Billing Document Canceled events now provide the following payload fields, which provide relevant
information about the referenced billing document request and its successor billing document each time the
respective event is triggered:

• BILLINGDOCUMENT
Contains the document number of the successor billing document that was either canceled or created,
depending on the event.
• BILLINGDOCREQUESTREFERENCE
In the source logical system, this is the number of the reference document containing the billing data for
which the billing document request was created.
• BILLGDOCREQREFLGCLSYST
Specifies the source logical system from which the billable data in the billing document request originates.
• BILLINGDOCUMENTREQUESTTYPE
The type of the billing document request for which the event was raised. For example, BDR1 (external billing
document request) or SVOB (service order billing document request).
• BILLGDOCREQREFSDDOCCATEGORY
For practical purposes, the system classifies the reference document of the billing document request as
a category of SD document (for example, 2 for an external transaction or CSVO for a service transaction).
This "dummy" SD document category is specified in this field.

You can find these events on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub .

Related Information

Billing Document Request Events

Business Event Handling

9.1.6.7 Flexible Billing Document Posting

Billing documents are posted to financial accounting to transfer the corresponding amounts and related
information to the relevant accounts. With flexible billing document posting, the system can dynamically
control aspects of this posting process, depending on the specific billing document being posted. The system

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

832 PUBLIC Sales
does this by evaluating the tax departure country and header fields of the billing document that is being posted
according to rules that you have maintained in a decision table.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-BIL (Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use flexible billing document posting to dynamically control the following aspects of the posting
process, depending on the header field values of the billing document being posted:

• Determination of journal entry type

The system can set a specific type for the journal entry to be created.
• Activation of negative posting
The system can enable or disable negative posting for that document. Negative postings are used to revert
incorrect postings while avoiding unnecessary additional account transactions.
• Assignment of a reference document number and baseline date to a correction document's journal entry
A correction document is a credit memo, debit memo, or cancellation document that refers to a previous
invoice. The system can apply special rules by which the reference document number and baseline date of
the correction document's journal entry are respectively assigned and determined.
• Blocking of automatic posting
The system can block the automatic posting of specific billing documents to financial accounting.

Effects on Customizing

You can implement this new feature by performing the following Customizing activities in the order provided:.

1. (Optional) Define Parameter Catalog Entries for Flexible Billing Document Posting
If you want to use header-level custom fields (added to billing documents via extensibility) as additional
input parameters in the formula, perform this Customizing activity first.
In Customizing, you can find this activity under Sales and Distribution Billing Configurable Parameter
and Formulas in Billing
2. Define Formulas for Flexible Billing Document Posting

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 833
In this step, you create a CPF (Configurable Parameters and Formulas) formula. This includes a decision
table that the system uses to dynamically determine parameters of the posting process (baseline date,
reference document, negative posting, journal entry type, or blocking of automatic posting) for a given
billing document that is being posted.
In Customizing, you can find this activity under Sales and Distribution Billing Configurable Parameter
and Formulas in Billing .
3. Define Custom Routines for Flexible Billing Document Posting
In this step, you must register a routine number and assign it to a formula.
In Customizing, you can find this activity under Sales and Distribution System Adaptation
Routines .
4. Assign Custom Routines to Tax Departure Countries
In the last step, you assign the tax departure country or region for which you want to trigger the formula to
the routine number that you registered in the previous step.
In Customizing, you can find this activity under Sales and Distribution Billing .

For more information about setting up this feature, see the configuration help of each respective Customizing
activity and Flexible Billing Document Posting on SAP Help Portal.

9.1.6.8 Use BAdIs to Update Additional Fields in Customer

Invoice - Send (B2B) SOAP API

With this feature, two business add-ins (BAdIs) can now update the values of additional fields, such as buyer
system ID and supplier system ID, in messages of the outbound SOAP web service Customer Invoice - Send
(B2B) (CO_EDI_INVOICE_REQUEST_OUT). The following BAdIs have been enhanced:

• SD_BIL_EDI_INV_REQ_HEAD (Modification of Custom Header Fields in Customer Invoice SOAP Message)

This BAdI was enhanced to allow you to update the customer invoice header fields: buyer system ID and
supplier system ID. You can also use this BAdI to update values of any custom fields in the header of a
customer invoice.
• SD_BIL_EDI_INV_REQ_ITEM (Modification of Custom Item Fields in Customer Invoice SOAP Message)
This BAdI was enhanced to allow you to skip items to be sent in a customer invoice. You can skip an item,
for example, whose quantity is zero. You can also use this BAdI to update item-level custom fields of a
customer invoice.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

834 PUBLIC Sales
Scope Item 4A1 (Automation of Order-to-Invoice with SAP Business Net
work)

2EL (Integration of Sales with External Buyers)

3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)

Application Component SD-BIL (Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Extensibility: Customer Invoice - Send (B2B)

Customer Invoice - Send (B2B)

9.1.6.9 Restructuring of Customizing Activity: Define Tax

Relevancy of Master Records

The Customizing activity Define Tax Relevancy of Master Records, which previously contained two subactivities,
has been split into the following two new, separate Customizing activities:

• Maintain Tax Relevance for Customers

• Maintain Tax Relevance for Materials

The functionality of the two activities is identical to the original activity, only the structure and naming has
changed. The two new activities correspond directly to (and are named after) the two subactivities that
together made up the original activity.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SD-BF-TX (Taxes)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2022

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 835
Effects on Customizing

The two new Customizing activities are located in the same location within the Customizing structure as the
activity that they are replacing was located.

In Customizing, you can find them under Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Taxes Define Tax
Relevance for Master Records .

9.1.7 Claims, Returns, and Refund Management

9.1.7.1 Storage Locations in Returns Orders

With this release, if a returns order item is created from a reference document that contains a storage location,
the system no longer copies the storage location into the returns order item, because normally there is a
separate storage location for returns processing. Now, you can enter a storage location in a returns order
item and the storage location is copied into the subsequent returns delivery. If no storage location is specified
in the returns order item, the system determines the storage location for the returns delivery based on the
Customizing for the logistical follow-up activities or the picking location determination. The storage location
field is now visible and editable in the following apps:

• Manage Customer Returns

• Manage Customer Returns - Version 2

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKP (Customer Returns)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Creating Returns Orders with Reference

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

836 PUBLIC Sales
9.1.7.2 Enhanced BOM Handling in Returns Orders Created
from Invoices

With this release, the way the system handles bills of material (BOM) when copying them from an invoice to a
returns order has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5CX (Customer Returns for Sales Kits)

Application Component LO-ARM-SD (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you copy a BOM (including the main item and at least one subitem) from an invoice to a returns order, the
system now copies the subitem quantity from the invoice and does not reexplode the BOM. If you copy only the
main item of the BOM from the invoice, the system always reexplodes the BOM in the returns order and fills
the subitem quantities according to the component quantity relationship defined for the BOM in the product
master data.

The logistical data (such as the logistical follow-up activity) entered for the main item can now be automatically
copied into the subitems to ensure consistent logistical processing of all components of a BOM in the returns
order.

The system does not allow you to save a returns order if both the main item and the subitems are relevant to
the goods receipt. To solve this, you can implement the BAdI SD_SLS_CHECK_COPY_SALESKIT to prevent the
copying of the BOM-related information when a BOM is copied into the returns orders. As a result, the system
does not recognize it as a BOM and therefore lets you save the returns order successfully.

Related Information

Creating Returns Orders with Reference

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 837
9.1.7.3 Copying of Refund Data from Main Item to
Subitems for BOMs

Previously, when processing bills of material (BOM) (also known as sales kits) in a returns order, to complete
the document, you had to manually enter the refund data for every item, including those that were not pricing
relevant. With this feature, the system now automatically copies the refund data entered at the main item level
into all the subitems, saving you from entering it for each item individually. Note that even if the main item is
not pricing relevant, the refund data must be entered at the main item level for the document to be complete.
You can then adjust the copied refund data for each subitem individually.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5CX (Customer Returns for Sales Kits)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The refund data that the system copies from the main item to the subitems includes the following:

• Refund type
• Refund control
• Refund code

Effects on Existing Data

The refund data entered in the main item overwrites any existing values in the subitems.

Related Information

Returns Order

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

838 PUBLIC Sales
9.1.7.4 Suspending Product Valuation Initiated by Refund

By default, if you decide to refund the customer (either with a replacement or a credit memo), the product
ownership is transferred from the customer to you and the system performs the valuation posting, for
example, posting the goods receipt to valuated stock. However, there may be cases where you want to refund
the customer but do not want the refund to be interpreted as a transfer of product ownership before the
inspection. To achieve this, you can now indicate in the returns order item that you want the system to delay
the product valuation for any refund decisions made until the final logistical follow-up activity is confirmed in
the inspection. As a result, only the final logistical follow-up activity determines whether the product valuation
should take place or not.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKP (Customer Returns)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Before you can suspend the product valuation in a returns order item, the configuration expert must have
activated the relevant setting for the respective returns order types in the Customizing activity Activate
Advanced Returns Management for Returns Order Types under Sales and Distribution Sales Advanced
Returns Management .

If the feature is active in your system, a checkbox that indicates whether to suspend the product valuation can
be found in the returns order item if you use the following apps or transaction:

• Manage Customer Returns - Version 2 app

• Manage Customer Returns app under Create Customer Return or Change Customer Return
• Create Customer Return Without Reference - VA01 app
• Transaction VA01

To have the checkbox automatically selected when you create a returns order, the configuration expert can
configure the default value for the checkbox in the Customizing activity Configure Default Values for Returns
Orders under Sales and Distribution Sales Advanced Returns Management .

The indicator for suspending the product valuation (RetsProdValnIsSuspended) was also added to the
following APIs:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 839
• A_CustomerReturnItem entity of OData API Customer Return (A2X)
• ReturnInformation node under Item node of SOAP API Customer Return (A2A)
• ReturnInformation node under Item node of SOAP API Customer Return - Replicate (A2A)

If you want to suspend the production valuation for a bill of materials (BOM), you must do so at the main item
level. The system then copies the setting to all subitems, and the copied setting cannot be changed at the
subitem level.

Related Information

Customer Compensation
Returns Logistics and Returns Stock
Customer Return (A2X)
Customer Return (A2A)
Customer Return - Replicate (A2A)

9.1.7.5 Tracking In-House Repair in Process Flow for

Customer Return

When tracking the customer return in the process flow, you can now see the in-house repair in the document
chain if the relevant returns order was created from an in-house repair in Service (by the logistical follow-up
activity 0027) or if an in-house repair was created in Service as the subsequent document of the returns order
(by the logistical follow-up activity 0026). You can also navigate to the in-house repair details from the process
flow directly.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKP (Customer Returns)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can monitor the progress of a customer return in the process flow using the following apps:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

840 PUBLIC Sales
• Manage Customer Returns – Version 2
• Manage Customer Returns

Related Information

Tracking Customer Returns

Manage Customer Returns – Version 2
Manage Customer Returns

9.1.7.6 Manage Customer Returns – Version 2

The Manage Customer Returns – Version 2 app has been enhanced with a variety of features.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKP (Customer Returns)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Create Returns Orders with Reference

You can now create returns orders with reference to a sales order, an invoice, or a sales order without charge
directly using this app. Previously, you were directed to the Manage Customer Returns app when creating a
returns order with reference in this app.

Use Value Help to Search for Reference Documents

You can now use various criteria to search for the reference documents from which you want to create returns
orders. You can search by delivery number, SD document category, sold-to party, and so on.

Create Returns Orders Using the More Intuitive Option

The option to create returns orders using the Create Returns Order - VA01 app is no longer available. Now, you
are taken straight to an easier and more intuitive screen.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 841
If you still want to use the classic app, for example, to create returns orders for lean returns, you can choose an
existing returns order number from the search results and choose the link for creating returns orders.

BOM Processing
You can now process bills of material (also known as sales kits) in returns orders in this app. For more
information on how bills of material (BOM) are processed in returns orders, see the section for BOM in Returns
Order.

Change Partner Addresses

You can now change the partner address proposed by the system for a specific returns order. For example, by
changing the address, you can enter a specific address for one-time customers. When you change the partner
address in the document header, the changed address is copied to all items. You can also change the partner
address at the item level, except for the sold-to party address. The changed item partner address only applies
to that specific item.

Address Selection for Partners

You can select the relevant address of a business partner (such as the sold-to party or the ship-to party) that
has multiple addresses maintained in master data when creating or changing a returns order. Also, you can
select different addresses for a specific item.

To enable the address selection in returns orders, key users must have activated the multiple address handling
and maintained multiple addresses for the respective business partners.

For more information about multiple address handling for business partners in SD documents and how to
enable it, see Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner.

Track In-House Repair Status in Process Flow

If a returns order is relevant for an in-house repair in Service, you can track the in-house repair status in the
process flow of the returns order. For more information, see Tracking In-House Repair in Process Flow for
Customer Return [page 840].

Specify Storage Location for Returned Goods

For more information, see Storage Locations in Returns Orders [page 836].

Additional Features
• The app is now extensible. You can add custom fields to the returns order headers and items according to
your business needs.
• Reject returns order items by setting a rejection reason.
• Upload attachments as additional information.
• Create texts to exchange information throughout the sales process.

Related Information

Tracking Customer Returns

Manage Customer Returns – Version 2
App Extensibility: Manage Customer Returns - Version 2

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

842 PUBLIC Sales
Manage Customer Returns

9.1.7.7 Manage Credit Memo Requests - Version 2

With the Manage Credit Memo Requests - Version 2 app, you can create credit memo requests without
referencing a document. Also, you can display and edit all types of credit memo requests in your system,
and monitor their statuses and progress. In addition, you can extend the this app by adding custom fields or
additional standard fields to this app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing)

Application Component SD-SLS-CMR (Credit Memo Request and Debit Memo

Request)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To create credit memo requests with reference to a document, you should navigate to the Manage Credit
Memo Requests app, which additionally supports the creation of other types of credit memo requests, output
management, electronic payment, etc.

Effects on Customizing

Before you can use this app to create credit memo requests without reference, the key user must have
assigned the corresponding credit memo request type to the Manage Credit Memo Requests - Version 2 app
in the Customizing activity Assign Credit Memo Request Types under Sales and Distribution App-Specific
Settings Apps for Sales Documents Manage Credit Memo Requests - Version 2 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 843
Effects on System Administration

To access this app, business users need to have the following business catalog assigned: Sales - Credit Memo
Request Processing (SAP_SD_BC_CMR_PROC).

Related Information

Manage Credit Memo Requests - Version 2

App Extensibility: Manage Credit Memo Requests - Version 2 (Key User)

9.1.7.8 Product Availability Check Results for Sales Orders

Without Charge

When you check the item availability in the Change Sales Orders Without Charge and the Create Sales Orders
Without Charge apps, you can now see the check results directly in the Review Availability Check Result screen.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BDA (Free of Charge Delivery)

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Review Availability Check Result

9.1.7.9 OData API: Sales Order Without Charge (A2X)

With this API for sales orders without charge, you can now use the AccountingDocExternalReference
property in the A_SalesOrderWithoutCharge entity. It contains the document number with the business
partner and serves as a search criterion when displaying or changing documents.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

844 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BDA (Free of Charge Delivery)

Application Component SD-SLS-API (SD API Interface, LORD)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/api/

OP_API_SALES_ORDER_WTHOUT_CHRG_SRV_0001/overview ).

Related Information

Sales Order Without Charge (A2X)

9.1.7.10 OData API: Customer Return (A2X)

The Customer Return (A2X) OData service has been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKP (Customer Returns)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 845
Additional Details

The field for reference document number (AssignmentReference) is now available in the
A_CustomerReturn entity of the Customer Return (A2X) API. The reference document number can be copied
from the preceding document or created specifically for the returns order. The reference document number in
the returns order is then carried forward to the subsequent documents and can be used as a filter criterion in
the financial reporting.

With this API, you can use the indicator (RetsProdValnIsSuspended) to indicate in the returns order item
that you want the system to delay the product valuation for any refund decisions made until the final logistical
follow-up activity is confirmed in the inspection. For more information, see Suspending Product Valuation
Initiated by Refund [page 839].

The API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Customer Return (A2X)

9.1.7.11 OData API: Returns Inspection (A2X)

With the Returns Inspection (A2X) API, you can now set the following logistical follow-up activities for an
inspection item:

• 0005: Ship to supplier

• 0026: In-house repair (Service)
• 0027: Continue in-house repair (Service)

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKP (Customer Returns)

Application Component LO-ARM-INS (Inspection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

846 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details

The API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Returns Inspection (A2X)

9.1.7.12 OData API: Credit Memo Request - Simulate (A2X)

The Credit Memo Request - Simulate (A2X) API enables you to simulate the creation of a credit memo request.
The simulation helps you get the correct information about the credit memo request, such as the credit memo
request data, business partners, and price elements. The simulated credit memo request is not saved. If the
request of the simulated credit memo request is successful, you can use it to create a credit memo request
with the OData service Credit Memo Request (A2X).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing)

Application Component SD-SLS-CMR (Credit Memo Request and Debit Memo

Request)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Credit Memo Request - Simulate (A2X)

Credit Memo Request (A2X)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 847
9.1.7.13 OData API: Debit Memo Request - Simulate (A2X)

The Debit Memo Request - Simulate (A2X) API enables you to simulate the creation of a debit memo request.
The simulation helps you get the correct information about the debit memo request, such as the debit memo
request data, business partners, and price elements. The simulated debit memo request is not saved. If the
request of the simulated debit memo request is successful, you can use it to create a debit memo request with
the OData service Debit Memo Request (A2X).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1F1 (Debit Memo Processing)

Application Component SD-SLS-CMR (Credit Memo Request and Debit Memo

Request)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Debit Memo Request - Simulate (A2X)

Debit Memo Request (A2X)

9.1.7.14 Sales Order Without Charge Events

The Sales Order Without Charge Events is now available for subscribing. We recommend that you subscribe
Sales Order Without Charge Events as soon as possible if you want to be notified whenever a sales order
without charge is created, changed, or deleted. Previously you could receive notifications for sales order
without charge by subscribing the Sales Order Events. This has been changed in this release.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

848 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BDA (Free of Charge Delivery)

Application Component SD-SLS-SO (Sales Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The event is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Sales Order Without Charge Events

9.1.7.15 Customer Return Events

With this feature, subscribers of the Customer Return Events can now consume item events for returns orders.
Subscribers can be notified whenever an item is created, changed, or deleted for a returns order.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKP (Customer Returns)

BDD (Lean Customer Returns)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 849
Additional Details

This event is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Customer Return Events

9.1.7.16 Credit Memo Request Events

New business events have been enabled for the Credit Memo Request business object.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing)

Application Component SD-SLS-CMR (Credit Memo Request and Debit Memo

Request)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table shows the newly enabled business events:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

850 PUBLIC Sales
Event Additional Payload Field

OrdBillgStsChgd OverallOrdReltdBillgStatus: Specifies the order-re

lated billing status of the credit memo request

PrevOvrlOrdReltdBillgStatus: Specifies the previous

order-related billing status of the credit memo request

Supported values:

• <blank>: Not Relev. for Billg

• A: Not Invoiced
• B: Partially Invoiced
• C: Fully Invoiced

TotBlkStsChanged TotalBlockStatus: Specifies the overall block status of

the credit memo request

PreviousTotalBlockStatus: Specifies the previous over

all block status of the credit memo request

Supported values:

• <blank>: Not blocked

• A: Not blocked
• B: Partially blocked
• C: Blocked

OvrlRjcnStsChgd OverallSDDocumentRejectionSts: Specifies the rejec

tion status of the credit memo request

PreviousOvrlSDDocRejectionSts: Specifies the previ

ous rejection status of the credit memo request

Supported values:

• <blank>: Not relevant

• A: Nothing rejected
• B: Partially rejected
• C: Everything rejected

OvrlSDProcStsChgd OverallSDProcessStatus: Specifies the overall process

ing status of the credit memo request

PreviousOverallSDProcessStatus: Specifies the previ

ous overall processing status of the credit memo request

Supported values:

• <blank>: Not relevant

• A: Open
• B: In process
• C: Completed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 851
Event Additional Payload Field

ItemCreated None

ItemChanged

ItemDeleted

ItmOrdBillgStsChgd OrderRelatedBillingStatus: Specifies the order-re

lated billing status of the credit memo request item

PrevOrderRelatedBillingStatus: Specifies the previ

ous order-related billing status of the credit memo request
item

Supported values:

• <blank>: Not Relev. for Billg

• A: Not Invoiced
• B: Partially Invoiced
• C: Fully Invoiced

ItmSDProcStsChgd SDProcessStatus: Specifies the overall processing status

of the credit memo request item

PreviousSDProcessStatus: Specifies the previous overall

processing status of the credit memo request item

Supported values:

• <blank>: Not relevant

• A: Open
• B: In process
• C: Completed

The event is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Credit Memo Request Events

9.1.7.17 Debit Memo Request Events

New business events have been enabled for the Debit Memo Requests business object.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

852 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1F1 (Debit Memo Processing)

Application Component SD-SLS-CMR (Credit Memo Request and Debit Memo

Request)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table shows the newly enabled business events:

Event Additional Payload Field

OrdBillgStsChgd OverallOrdReltdBillgStatus: Specifies the order-re

lated billing status of the debit memo request

PrevOvrlOrdReltdBillgStatus: Specifies the previous

order-related billing status of the debit memo request

Supported values:

• <blank>: Not Relev. for Billg

• A: Not Invoiced
• B: Partially Invoiced
• C: Fully Invoiced

OvrlSDProcStsChgd OverallSDProcessStatus: Specifies the overall process

ing status of the debit memo request

PreviousOverallSDProcessStatus: Specifies the previ

ous overall processing status of the debit memo request

Supported values:

• <blank>: Not relevant

• A: Open
• B: In process
• C: Completed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 853
Event Additional Payload Field

TotBlkStsChanged TotalBlockStatus: Specifies the overall block status of

the debit memo request

ItemDeleted

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

854 PUBLIC Sales
Event Additional Payload Field

ItmOrdBillgStsChgd OrderRelatedBillingStatus: Specifies the order-re

lated billing status of the debit memo request item

PrevOrderRelatedBillingStatus: Specifies the previ

ous order-related billing status of the debit memo request
item

Supported values:

• <blank>: Not Relev. for Billg

• A: Not Invoiced
• B: Partially Invoiced
• C: Fully Invoiced

ItmSDProcStsChgd SDProcessStatus: Specifies the overall processing status

of the debit memo request item

PreviousSDProcessStatus: Specifies the previous overall

processing status of the debit memo request item

Supported values:

• <blank>: Not relevant

• A: Open
• B: In process
• C: Completed

The event is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Debit Memo Request Events

9.1.7.18 Extensibility for Output Form Templates of Sales

Order Without Charge

With this release, you can extend your output form template of sales order without charge with additional fields
by using data source extension.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 855
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BDA (Free of Charge Delivery)

Application Component SD-SLS-GF-OC (S/4HANA: Output Control on Sales

Documents)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You use the data source Sales: Sales Order Without Charge Form in the Custom Fields app to create the data
source extension for the output of sales order without charge. For step-by-step instruction, see the example in
How to Extend a Custom Form Template with Standard Fields.

Effects on Existing Data

Previously, the CDS views I_SalesDocument and I_SalesDocumentItem were used as data sources for
the output form of sales order without charge (SD_SLS_FDP_V1_ORDER_WO_CHARGE). Now they have been
replaced by the CDS views I_SalesOrderWithoutCharge and I_SalesOrderWithoutChargeItem.

Related Information

Extensibility for Output Forms and Email Templates of Sales Documents

How to Extend a Custom Form Template with Standard Fields

9.1.7.19 Improved Product Assistance for Customer Returns

Product assistance for customer returns has been improved to provide a better understanding of the end-to-
end process of customer returns using consistent terminologies.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

856 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKP (Customer Returns)

BDD (Lean Customer Returns)

Application Component SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With the improved product assistance, you can understand what makes up a customer return process by
learning the key concepts. You can learn how to process a customer return by reading the respective app
descriptions. Advanced returns management (ARM) has been known as the end-to-end solution for handling
customer returns. The solution includes returns order creation, product inspections, specifying logistical
follow-up activities, and refund determination, and it supports various returns scenarios. This solution is now
well established and has become the standard process for handling customer returns, and it is now referred to
as customer return in the product assistance. The term ARM is still used in the Customizing settings related
to this solution. The other solution, known as the process that handles the core activities associated with a
customer return, is now called lean customer return.

For the improved product assistance for customer returns, see Customer Returns.

9.1.8 Sales Monitoring and Analytics

9.1.8.1 Track Sales Order Details

You can now do the following in the Track Sales Order Details app:

• You can create delivery for sales orders that reference solution orders as preceding documents. This helps
you quickly resolve delivery issues in such sales orders when you monitor sales order fulfillment.
• You can share the app with your colleagues via email or Microsoft Teams and save the app as a new tile on
the Fiori launchpad. You can do so using the share icon on the upper right side of the app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 857
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BKK (Sales Order Fulfillment Monitoring and Operations)

Application Component SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can navigate to the Track Sales Order Details app from any smart link containing a sales order number, and
from the following apps:

• Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues

• Predicted Delivery Delay
• Track Sales Orders

Related Information

Track Sales Order Details

Share Apps and Create Bookmarks for Apps

9.1.8.2 Sales Contract Fulfillment Rates - Currently Valid

App: Rejection Status Field Added

In the Sales Contract Fulfillment Rates - Currently Valid app, you can now use view settings to add the rejection
status field (indicating the rejection status of sales contracts) to the table or chart view. This field can be also
used as an additional filter by adapting the filter bar and selecting it from the filter list.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

858 PUBLIC Sales
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)

Application Component SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

SAP S/4HANA 2022 FPS01

SAP S/4HANA 2021 SPS04

SAP S/4HANA 2020 SPS06

Related Information

Sales Contract Fulfillment Rates - Currently Valid

9.1.8.3 Customer Returns - Return Rate App: Default Sold-

to Party

The Customer Returns - Returns Rate app can now be launched with a user-specific default value for the sold-to
party. After you have maintained a default sold-to party in the user settings of the SAP Fiori launchpad, the
system applies the default sold-to party as a filter in the app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)

Application Component SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Customer Returns - Return Rate

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 859
9.1.8.4 Manage Sales Plans App: 1000-Row Upload Limit
Removed

In the Manage Sales Plans app, you can now upload an XLSX file that contains more than 1,000 rows of plan
data. Previously, the upload limit was 1,000 rows. When the system is busy uploading your file, please wait
some time and don't close the page until the upload finishes.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1O0 (Planning Apps for Sales)

Application Component SD-ANA-SP (Sales Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Sales Plans

9.1.8.5 CDS Views: Sales Plans and Sales Performance

The following CDS views have been released:

• Planned and Actual Sales Perf – Cube

• Planned and Actual Sales Perf – Query

They help to retrieve sales performance data, which includes plan and actual data. You can use the CDS views
to build your own CDS views, queries, and analytical reports.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

860 PUBLIC Sales
Scope Item 1O0 (Planning Apps for Sales)

Application Component SD-ANA-SP (Sales Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following CDS views are released together with the cube and query views:

CDS View Name Description Data Category

I_SalesPlanPurpose Sales Plan Purpose

I_SalesPlanPurposeText Sales Plan Purpose - Text Text

C_SalesPlanValueHelp Sales Plan Value Help

C_SalesPlanVersionValueHelp Sales Plan Version Value Help

C_SalesPlanCreatedByUserVH Sales Plan Created By Value Help

I_SalesPerformanceDataSource Sales Performance Data Source

I_SlsPerformanceDataSourceText Sales Performance Data Source - Text Text

Related Information

View Browser
Custom CDS Views
Custom Analytical Queries

9.1.8.6 BOM Fields Added to Analytical CDS Views and

Apps

Several analytical CDS views and apps have been enhanced with bills of material (BOMs) related fields. These
fields are intended for flexible analysis of sales data on the BOM level, main item level, or subitem level for
BOMs.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 861
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table lists the BOM-related fields newly available:

Field Description Usage

Bill of material Indicates the BOM ID. Can be used as dimensions (added
(BillOfMaterial) to reports for displaying analysis re
sults)
Higher-Level item Can indicate the main item of a BOM.
(HigherLevelItem)
This field is filled for each subitem in a BOM but is empty
for the main item.

Pricing reference prod Can indicate the pricing reference product for the product
uct of main item
in the main item of a BOM.
(MainItemPricingRef
Product) This field is empty for the main item and filled with a value
for each subitem in a BOM:

• If a pricing reference product has been defined for the

main item product, the field is filled with the reference
product for each subitem.
• If no pricing reference product has been defined for
the main item product, this field is filled with the main
item product for each subitem.

Determine cost Indicates whether the system determines the cost of a Can be used together as filters to
(CostDeterminationI
sales document item during pricing. identify various data levels for BOMs
sRequired)
with item category group CPFH or
It can take the following values:
DISH:
• <Blank>: No
• BOMs with a particular item
• X: Yes
category group
• Main item in a BOM
• Subitems in a BOM

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

862 PUBLIC Sales
Field Description Usage

Propagate profitability Indicates whether the system propagates profitability seg

segment  Note
ment to subitems.
(PropagatePrftbltyS
For these BOMs, pricing and
gmt2BOM) It can take the following values:
cost are separately processed
• <Blank>: Not propagated on main item and subitem lev
els. For more details, see Bills of
• A: profitability segment propagated (relevant on main
Material in Sales Documents.
item level)
• B: profitability segment received (relevant on subitem
item)

Refer to the following table for multi-level differentiation for BOMs with item category group CPFH or DISH.

Field Item Category Group CPFH Item Category Group DISH

Main Item Subitem Main Item Subitem

Determine cost Blank X X Blank

(CostDeterminatio
nIsRequired)

Propagate profitability A B A B
segment
(PropagatePrftblt
ySgmt2BOM)

 Note

For example, to restrict your analysis to the subitem level for BOMs with item category group CPFH, you can
use the two fields as filters and set the filters as follows:

• CostDeterminationIsRequired = X
• PropagatePrftbltySgmt2BOM = B

The BOM-related fields are available in the following CDS views and apps:

Cube View Query View App

• I_SalesQuotationItemCube_2 • C_SalesQuotationItemQry • Sales Quotations - Flexible Analysis

• I_SalesOrderItemCube • C_SalesOrderItemQry • Incoming Sales Orders - Flexible
• I_SalesContractItemCube • C_SalesContractItemQry Analysis

• I_CustomerReturnItemCube_2 • C_CustomerReturnItemQry_2 • Customer Returns - Flexible

• I_CustomerReturnItemCube • C_CustomerReturnItemQry Analysis

• I_CreditMemoRequestItemCub • C_CreditMemoRequestItemQry
e • C_DebitMemoRequestItemQry
• I_DebitMemoRequestItemCube

The BOM-related fields (except the BillOfMaterial field) are available in the following CDS views and apps:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 863
Cube View Query View App

• I_BillingDocumentItemCube • C_RevenueFromInvoiceQry • Sales Volume - Flexible Analysis

• C_SalesVolumeAnalyticsQry • Sales Volume - Flexible Analysis
• Sales Volume - Profit Margin
• Sales Volume - Credit Memos

You can use the CDS views to build your own CDS views, queries, and analytical reports.

Related Information

View Browser
Custom CDS Views
Custom Analytical Queries

9.1.8.7 Value Helps for Customer Fields in Sales Analytical

Apps

The value helps for customers have been enhanced to support multiple address handling in several sales
analytical apps. When multiple address handling is active in your system, the value helps for the sold-to party,
ship-to party, bill-to party, and payer in these apps allow you to choose from the multiple address records per
customer. To do so, open a value help and choose the search template Customers by All Addresses. Previously,
only the standard address per customer was available in the value helps.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)

Application Component SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature is available in the following analytical apps:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

864 PUBLIC Sales
• My Sales Overview
• Sales Scheduling Agreements - Product Demand
• Sales Management Overview
• Sales Performance - Plan/Actual

Effects on Customizing

Ensure that multiple address handling for sales and distribution (SD) documents is active in your system. For
more information, see Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner.

Related Information

Feature Overview for Multiple Address Handling

9.1.8.8 Deprecation of Product Hierarchy in Sales

Analytical Apps

The product hierarchy drilldown view has been deprecated in the following sales analytical apps and will be
removed from these apps with the next major release of SAP S/4HANA:

• Sales Volume - Profit Margin

• Sales Volume - Credit Memo
• Sales Volume - Check Open Sales
• Sales Volume - Open Sales by Org
• Sales Order Items - Confirmed as Requested
• Sales Order Items - Backorders
• Sales Orders - Demand Fulfillment

To analyze sales data by product hierarchy, please build your custom CDS views or analytical reports and make
relevant extensions by referring to SAP Note 2759032 .

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1BS (SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 865
Application Component SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The product hierarchy field (ProductHierarchyNode) is available in the following CDS views. You can build
custom CDS views or analytical reports based on the views below:

• Sales Order Item - Cube (I_SalesOrderItemCube)

• Sales Volume - Cube (I_BillingDocumentItemCube)
• Sales Volume - Query (C_SalesVolumeAnalyticsQry)
• Sales Volume Flexible Analysis - Query (C_RevenueFromInvoiceQry)

Related Information

View Browser
Custom CDS Views
Custom Analytical Queries
SAP Analytics Cloud (Stories)

9.1.9 Special Business Processes in Order and Contract

Management

9.1.9.1 Copying of Ship-to Party's Customer Address to

Intercompany Sales Orders

With this feature, when the system creates an intercompany sales order, it copies the customer address of the
ship-to party from the standard sales order or the purchase order in the selling company to the intercompany
sales order.

This feature enhances information sharing and improves process transparency between the selling company
and the delivering company.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

866 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5D2 (Advanced Intercompany Sales)

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

MM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The customer address of the ship-to party is copied to the intercompany sales order as described below.

• If the ship-to party's standard address (as maintained in customer master data) is used in the initial sales
order of the selling company, this address is taken over into the intercompany sales order.
• If a document-specific address is used for the ship-to party in the initial sales order of the selling company,
this document-specific address is taken over into the intercompany sales order.
• The following only applies if you are using multiple address handling in SD documents and have maintained
multiple addresses for a business partner (BP):
When you select any non-standard address of the BP as an alternative ship-to party address, this address
is taken over into the intercompany sales order as an alternative address. For more information about
multiple address handling in SD documents, see Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP
Business Partner.

Related Information

Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents Using SAP Business Partner

Advanced Intercompany Sales
Working with Sales Orders

9.1.9.2 Deactivation of Advanced Intercompany Sales

You can deactivate the Advanced Intercompany Sales process (scope item 5D2), for example, if you want to
switch to the classic intercompany sales process.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 867
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5D2 (Advanced Intercompany Sales)

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the business add-in (BAdI) BADI_SDSLS_VCM_PROC_DEACTIVATE (Deactivation of Advanced
Intercompany Sales) to define that an intercompany sales order item should not be processed as an advanced
intercompany sales order item.

If you deactivate the Advanced Intercompany Sales process, you can switch to the classic intercompany sales
process.

Effects on Customizing

To define that an intercompany sales order item should not be processed as an advanced intercompany sales
order item, you need to implement the BAdI Deactivation of Advanced Intercompany Sales.

In Customizing, you find this BAdI under Sales and Distribution Sales Sales Documents Integration
with Value Chain Monitoring .

Related Information

Advanced Intercompany Sales

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

868 PUBLIC Sales
9.1.10 Basic Functions

9.1.10.1 Maintenance Object "Configuration: Texts" Moved

to New Customizing Activity "Set Up Text
Determination"

The maintenance object Configuration: Texts (VOTX) was moved from IMG activity Define and Assign Text
Determination Procedures to the new Customizing activity Set Up Text Determination for reasons of clarity and
ease of use.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SD-BF-TP (Word Processing)

LE-SHP-GF (Basic Functions)

LE-SHP-GF-ES (Enterprise Services in Shipping)

LE-TRA (Transportation)

LO-GT-TC (Trading Contract)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

The functionality of maintenance object Configuration: Texts (VOTX) is now available in the new Customizing
activity Set Up Text Determination (SIMG_XXMENUOLSDVOTXN). The new Customizing activity has been added
directly below each occurrence of Customizing activity Define and Assign Text Determination Procedures
(SIMG_XXMENUOLSDVOTX3) in the SAP Customizing Implementation Guide (IMG). It is available in the following
places:

• Logistics Execution Shipping Basic Shipping Functions Text Control

• Logistics Execution Transportation Basic Transportation Functions Text Control
• Logistics Execution Transportation Enterprise Services (Transportation) Settings for Output
"ShipmentRequestRequest" Text Control
• Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Text Control

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 869
• Global Trade Management Trading Contract Text Control

9.1.10.2 Additional Standard Text Type for Text

Determination Configuration

The text type TX08 (comments) is now available as a standard one for inclusion into the text determination
procedures for sales documents. You can enable the text type on document header and item levels in the
Customizing activities under Sales and Distribution Basic Functions Text Control .

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SD-BF-TP (Word Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Texts in Sales and Distribution

9.1.10.3 Additional Standard Fields for Material Listing and

Exclusion Configuration

The following fields are now available as standard ones for inclusion into condition tables for material listing
and exclusion:

• Condition groups 1 to 5
• Customer groups 1 to 5
• Material groups 1 to 5

You can do so in the Customizing activity Maintain Condition Tables for Listing/Exclusion under Sales and
Distribution Basic Functions Listing/Exclusion .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

870 PUBLIC Sales
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SD-MD-MM-LIS (Material Listing / Exclusion)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Material Listing and Exclusion

9.2 Solution Business Management

9.2.1 Solution Quotation Management

9.2.1.1 Solution Quotation Enhancements

You can now use advanced variant configuration to configure products in solution quotations. Additionally, a
solution quotation can now have the following information:

• Price group information that can be considered for price calculations

• Subscription billing plan cycle
• WBS element
• The external reference of the legal contract and the legal contract item when the solution quotation is
created through an external system

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4Q5 (Solution Quotation)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 871
Application Component CRM-S4-SOL-SQ (S4CRM: Solution Quotation Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Solution Quotation Management

9.2.1.2 Multi-Level Advanced Variant Configuration in

Solution Quotation

You can now create a solution quotation for subscription products with multi-level advanced variant
configuration (AVC) which has subscription products as its subitems. Configuration of the main item and
its corresponding subitems is stored as Bill of Materials (BOM).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4Q5 (Solution Quotation)

Application Component CRM-S4-SOL-SQ (S4CRM: Solution Quotation Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

The item category PRQM (Subscription Item in Quote for multi AVC) is available for subscription order items
where multi-level BOM explosion is supported in Advanced Variant Configuration. Here, the Bundle Explosion
flag is unchecked and Structure scope is set to D in the Customizing Service Transactions Basic Settings
Define Item Categories .

The date type CONFIGDATE is assigned to the date profile PROVITEM in the Customizing Service Basic
Functions Date Management Define Date Profile for Service Transactions .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

872 PUBLIC Sales
Related Information

Using Multi-Level Advanced Variant Configuration in Solution Quotation

9.2.1.3 OData API: Solution Quotation (A2X)

The Business Solution Quotation OData API (API_BUS_SOLUTION_QUOTATION_SRV) has been enhanced so
that you can now create a solution quotation using the service contract reference. Additionally, you can also
maintain the following:

• Price group information that can be considered for price calculations

• Subscription billing plan cycle
• The external reference of the legal contract and the legal contract item when the solution quotation is
created through an external system
• WBS element

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4Q5 (Solution Quotation)

Application Component CRM-S4-SOL-SQ (S4CRM: Solution Quotation Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following attributes have been added to API_BUS_SOLUTION_QUOTATION_SRV

Property Description Necessity

Solution Quotation Header

CustomerPriceGroup The customer price group information Optional

to be considered for price calculations

LegalContractExtReference External reference of the legal contract Optional

WBSElementExternalID ID of the work breakdown structure ele Optional

ment (WBS element)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 873
Property Description Necessity

Service Item

ReferenceServiceContractItem Reference of service contract item Mandatory if the property

number ReferenceServiceContract is avail
able

Service Contract Item

LegalContractItemExtReference External reference of the legal contract Optional

item

WBSElementExternalID ID of the work breakdown structure ele Optional

ment (WBS element)

Subscription Related Item

SubscrpnContrItmBillgPlnCyc Subscription Billing Plan Cycle Optional

LegalContractItemExtReference External reference of the legal contract Optional

item

WBSElementExternalID ID of the work breakdown structure ele Optional

ment (WBS element)

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Solution Quotation Header

Service Item
Service Contract Item
Subscription Related Item

9.2.2 Product Assistance for Solution Business Management

Business Solution Portfolio has been renamed to Solution Portfolio Management.

The product assistance for Solution Quotation Management and Solution Portfolio Management have been
moved from Sales Order and Contract Management to Sales Solution Business Management .

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

874 PUBLIC Sales
Scope Item 4Q5 (Solution Quotation)

Application Component CRM-S4-SOL-SQ (S4CRM: Solution Quotation)

S4-SOL-BSP (S4CRM: Business Solution Portfolio)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Solution Business Management

9.3 Improvement of Business Add-In (BAdI) Descriptions in

Sales

Several descriptions of Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) were changed. The new descriptions are clearer and more
consistent and thus help you to understand the BAdIs' purpose better. You can find these BAdIs in the Custom
Logic app, in Customizing, or in transaction SE18.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item See the table below

Application Component See the table below

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following BAdI descriptions were changed:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 875
Previous BAdI De Application Compo
scription New BAdI Description BAdI Definition Leading Scope Item nent

Sales Header Modification of Header SD_SLS_MODIFY_HEA BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Modification Custom Fields in Sales D Sales Extensibility)
Documents

Sales Header Check Check of Header Data SD_SLS_CHECK_HEAD BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
in Sales Documents Sales Extensibility)

Sales Document Check Check of Sales SD_SLS_CHECK_BEFO BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Before Save Documents Before RE_SAVE Sales Extensibility)
Saving

Sales Header Field Custom Field SD_SLS_FIELDPROP_ BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Properties Properties in Sales HEAD Sales Extensibility)
Document Headers

Sales Header Tax Modification of Tax SD_SLS_MODIFY_HEA BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Fields Modification Data in Sales D_TAX Sales Extensibility)
Document Headers

Sales Header Business Modification of SD_SLS_MODIFY_HEA BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Data Modification Business Data in Sales D_BUSINESS Sales Extensibility)
Document Headers

Set Approval Request Approval Request SD_APM_SET_APPROV BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Reasons for Sales Reasons for Sales AL_REASON Sales Extensibility)
Documents Documents

Set Sales Document Sales Document BADI_SD_APM BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Rejection Reasons Rejection Reasons Sales Extensibility)
for Rejected Approval for Rejected Approval
Requests Requests

Sales Item Modification Modification of Item SD_SLS_MODIFY_ITE BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Custom Fields in Sales M Sales Extensibility)
Documents

Sales Item Check Check of Item Data in SD_SLS_CHECK_ITEM BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Sales Documents Sales Extensibility)

Sales Item Field Custom Field SD_SLS_FIELDPROP_ BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Properties Properties in Sales ITEM Sales Extensibility)
Document Items

Sales Item Deletion Check of Sales SD_SLS_CHECK_DELE BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Check Document Items TE_ITEM Sales Extensibility)
Before Deletion

Sales Item Tax Fields Modification of Tax SD_SLS_MODIFY_ITE BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Modification Data in Sales M_TAX Sales Extensibility)
Document Items

Sales Item Business Modification of SD_SLS_MODIFY_ITE BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Data Modification Business Data in Sales M_BUSINESS Sales Extensibility)
Document Items

Calculate Proposals Calculation of SD_DPP_PROPOSAL_C BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD-SLS-EXT (SD
for Intelligent Product Intelligent Product ALCULATION Sales Extensibility)
Proposal Proposals

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

876 PUBLIC Sales
Previous BAdI De Application Compo
scription New BAdI Description BAdI Definition Leading Scope Item nent

Sales Scheduling Check of Delivery SD_SLS_CHECK_DELI 3NR (Sales Scheduling SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Agreement Delivery Schedule Data in VSCHED Sales Extensibility)
Agreements)
Schedule Check Sales Scheduling
Agreements

This BAdI has also

been moved in Cus
tomizing. You can now

find it under Sales

Sales Documents

Sales Scheduling
Agreements with
Delivery Schedules

Business Add-Ins

(BAdIs) .

Sales Scheduling Custom Field SD_SLS_FIELDPROP_ 3NR (Sales Scheduling SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Agreement Delivery Properties in Delivery DELIVSCHED Sales Extensibility)
Agreements)
Schedule Field Schedules of
Properties Sales Scheduling
Agreements

This BAdI has also

been moved in Cus
tomizing. You can now

find it under Sales

Sales Documents

Sales Scheduling
Agreements with
Delivery Schedules

Business Add-Ins

(BAdIs) .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 877
Previous BAdI De Application Compo
scription New BAdI Description BAdI Definition Leading Scope Item nent

Sales Scheduling Custom Fields SD_SLS_MODIFY_DEL 3NR (Sales Scheduling SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Agreement Delivery Modification in IVSCHED Sales Extensibility)
Agreements)
Schedule Modification Delivery Schedules
of Sales Scheduling
Agreements

This BAdI has also

been moved in Cus
tomizing. You can now

find it under Sales

Sales Documents

Sales Scheduling
Agreements with
Delivery Schedules

Business Add-Ins

(BAdIs) .

Check Sales Check of Data Received SD_EDI_INB_CHECK_ 3NR (Sales Scheduling SD-SLS-EXT (SD
Scheduling from Delivery Schedule SCHEDGAGRMT Sales Extensibility)
Agreements)
Agreements in EDI SOAP Messages
Processing
This BAdI has also
been moved in Cus
tomizing. You can now

find it under Sales

Sales Documents

Sales Scheduling
Agreements with
Delivery Schedules

Business Add-Ins

(BAdIs) .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

878 PUBLIC Sales
Previous BAdI De Application Compo
scription New BAdI Description BAdI Definition Leading Scope Item nent

Search for Search of SD_EDI_INB_SEARCH 3NR (Sales Scheduling SD-SLS-EXT (SD

Sales Scheduling Sales Scheduling _SCHEDGAGRMT Sales Extensibility)
Agreements)
Agreements in EDI Agreements for
Processing Delivery Schedule
SOAP Messages

This BAdI has also

been moved in Cus
tomizing. You can now

find it under Sales

Sales Documents

Sales Scheduling
Agreements with
Delivery Schedules

Business Add-Ins

(BAdIs) .

Search for Search of SD_EDI_INB_SEARCH 4LZ (Sales Scheduling SD-SLS-EXT (SD

Sales Scheduling Sales Scheduling _SA_CSGNMT Sales Extensibility)
Agreement with Con
Agreements with Agreements for
signment)
Consignment Consignment Issue
Processing in EDI SOAP Messages
Processing
This BAdI has also
been moved in Cus
tomizing. You can now

find it under Sales

Sales Documents

Sales Scheduling
Agreements with
Delivery Schedules

Business Add-Ins

(BAdIs) .

Billing Standard Output Header Modification in SD_BIL_PRINT_STAN BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD_BIL_EXT (SD
Header Adaption Standard Output Form DARD_HEAD Billing Extensibility)
for Billing Documents

Billing Standard Output Item Modification in SD_BIL_PRINT_STAN BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD_BIL_EXT (SD
Item Adaption Standard Output Form DARD_ITEM Billing Extensibility)
for Billing Documents

Set Approval Approval Request SD_BIL_APM_SET_AP BD9 (Sell from Stock) SD_BIL_EXT (SD
Request Reasons for Reasons for PROVAL_REASON Billing Extensibility)
Preliminary Billing Preliminary Billing
Documents Documents

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 879
Related Information

Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Sales Documents

9.4 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in Sales

With the objects released in Sales, you have a stable interface to access data from SAP S/4HANA when
building custom applications or extensions with developer extensibility. You can integrate the released objects
in your custom code or extend them at predefined extension points. Depending on your use case, different
object types are provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, business object interfaces). You find all the released
objects in the ABAP Development Tools (ADT), when you're connected to SAP S/4HANA.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

BDG (Sales Quotation)

1MC (Omnichannel Convergent Billing)

1Z6 (External Billing)

I9I (Sales Contract Management)

3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)

BKP (Customer Returns)

1EZ (Credit Memo Processing)

1F1 (Debit Memo Processing)

Application Component SD-MD-CM (Conditions), SD-BIL (Billing)), SD-SLS-QUT

(Sales Inquiries / Quotations), SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer
Contracts), SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling
Agreement), SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns), SD-SLS-CMR
(Credit Memo Request and Debit Memo Request)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

880 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed or deprecated for developer
extensibility in Sales with the current release.

Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility

Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

884 PUBLIC Sales
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

Business object inter Customer Return I_CUSTOMERRETURNT New With this business ob
P
face ject interface, you can
create, read, and up
date returns orders.
You can create returns
orders with reference
to a sales order or an
invoice.

Business object inter Debit Memo Request I_DEBITMEMOREQUES New With this business ob
TTP
face ject interface, you can
read, create, change,
and delete information
about partner, text,
and pricing element
at document header
and item levels. You
can also create debit
memo requests with
reference to a preced
ing document in your
system.

Business object inter Credit Memo Request I_CREDITMEMOREQUE New With this business ob
STTP
face ject interface, you can
read, create, change,
and delete information
about partner, text,
and pricing element
at document header
and item levels. You
can also create credit
memo requests with
reference to a preced
ing document in your
system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 885
Effects on System Administration

For more information about the authorizations required for working with the development objects released for
developer extensibility, see Configure Authorizations.

9.5 CDS Views for Sales

New CDS views have been added for Sales, and existing ones have been changed.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SD-BIL (Billing)

SD-BF-PR (Pricing)

LO-GT (Global Trade)

SD-SLS-GF (Basic Functions)

SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contracts)

SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement)

SD-ANA-SP (Sales Planning)

SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

LO-ARM-INS (Inspection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

886 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details

The following CDS views have been released:

CDS Views Released in SAP S/4HANA 2023

CDS View Name Application Component Solution Capability

Unit of Condition Rate Ratio SD-BF-PR (Pricing ) Price Management

(I_ConditionRateRatioUnit)

Access Level for Price Elements in Sales SD-BF-PR (Pricing) Price Management
(I_SalesPriceElementAccessLeve
l)

Access Level for Price Elements in Sales SD-BF-PR (Pricing) Price Management
- Text
(I_SlsPrcElementAccessLevelTex
tI)

Condition Exclusion Procedure SD-BF-PR (Pricing) Price Management

(I_ConditionExclusionProcedure
)

Condition Exclusion Procedure - Text SD-BF-PR (Pricing) Price Management

(I_CndnExclusionProcedureText)

Sales Contract Partner SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Sales Contract Management

(I_SalesContractPartner)
Contracts )

Propagate profitability segment to BOM SD-SLS-GF (Basic Functions) Sales Order Management and Process
(I_PropagatePrftbltySgmt2BOM) ing

Propagate profitability segment to BOM

- Text
(I_PropagatePrftbltySgmt2BOMTx
t)

Returns Inspection LO-ARM-INS (Inspection) Claims, Returns, and Refund Manage

(I_ReturnsInspection_2 )
ment
Returns Inspection Item
(I_ReturnsInspectionItem_2 )

Billing Process Document Type SD-BIL (Billing) Sales Billing

(I_BillingProcessDocumentType)

Billing Process Document Type - Text

(I_BillingProcessDocTypeText)

Billing Process Document

Type (Value Help)
(I_BillingProcessDocTypeStdVH)

Billing Document Type

(I_BillingDocumentType_2)

Billing Document Type - Text

(I_BillingDocumentTypeText_2)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 887
CDS View Name Application Component Solution Capability

Billing Document Type (Value Help)

(I_BillingDocumentTypeStdVH)

Billing Document Request Type

(I_BillingDocumentRequestType)

Billing Document Request

Billing Status - Text
(I_BillgDocRequestTypeText)

Billing Document Request

Type (Value Help)
(I_BillgDocRequestTypeStdVH)

Invoice List Type

(I_InvoiceListType)

Invoice List Type - Text

(I_InvoiceListTypeText)

Invoice List Type (Value Help)

(I_InvoiceListTypeStdVH )

Trading Execution Workbench LO-GT (Global Trade) Sales Contract Management

Type of a Trading Document
(I_TrdgDocExecWrkbnType)

Trading Execution Workbench Type

of a Trading Document - Text
(I_TrdgDocExecWrkbnTypeText)

Planned and Actual Sales Perf – Cube SD-ANA-SP (Sales Planning) Sales Monitoring and Analytics
(I_SlsPerformancePlanActualCub
e)

Planned and Actual Sales Perf –Query

(C_SlsPerfPlanActualQuery)

Sales Plan Purpose

(I_SalesPlanPurpose)

Sales Plan Purpose - Text

(I_SalesPlanPurposeText)

Sales Plan (C_SalesPlanValueHelp)

Sales Plan Version

(C_SalesPlanVersionValueHelp)

Sales Plan Created By

(C_SalesPlanCreatedByUserVH)

Sales Performance Data Source

(I_SalesPerformanceDataSource)

Sales Performance Data Source - Text

(I_SlsPerformanceDataSourceTex
t)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

888 PUBLIC Sales
The following CDS views have been enabled for full and delta data extraction:

CDS View Name Application Component Solution Capability

Billing Document SD-BIL (Billing) Sales Billing

(I_BillingDocument)

Billing Document Item

(I_BillingDocumentItem)

Billing Document Request

(I_BillingDocumentRequest)

Billing Document Request Item

(I_BillingDocumentRequestItem)

Preliminary Billing Document

(I_PreliminaryBillingDocument)

Preliminary Billing Document Item

(I_PreliminaryBillingDocumentI
tem)

The following CDS views have been enabled for full data extraction only:

CDS View Name Application Component Solution Capability

Sales Scheduling Agreement SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Sales Contract Management

(I_SalesSchedgAgrmt) Agreement)

Sales Scheduling Agreement Item

(I_SalesSchedgAgrmtItem)

Delivery Schedule of
Sales Scheduling Agreement
(I_SalesSchedgAgrmtDelivSched)

Schedule Line of
Sales Scheduling Agreement
(I_SalesSchedgAgrmtSchedLine)

Incoterms Classification SD-BIL (Billing) Sales Billing

(I_IncotermsClassification)

Incoterms Classification - Text

(I_IncotermsClassificationText
)

Customer Account Assignment Group

(I_CustomerAccountAssgmtGroup)

Billing Document Type

(I_BillingDocumentType)

Billing Block Reason

(I_BillingBlockReason)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 889
CDS View Name Application Component Solution Capability

Customer Tax Classification SD-BF-TX (Taxes)

(I_CustomerTaxClassification)

Customer Tax Classification - Text

(I_CustomerTaxClassificationT)

The following CDS views have been enhanced with bills of material (BOMs) related fields (see BOM Fields
Added to Analytical CDS Views and Apps [page 861]).

CDS View Application Component Solution Capability

Cube views Query views SD-ANA (Sales Analytics) Sales Monitoring and Analyt
ics
• I_SalesQuotationIt • C_SalesQuotationIt
emCube_2 emQry
• I_SalesOrderItemCu • C_SalesOrderItemQr
be y
• I_SalesContractIte • C_SalesContractIte
mCube mQry
• I_CustomerReturnIt • C_CustomerReturnIt
emCube_2 emQry_2
• I_CustomerReturnIt • C_CustomerReturnIt
emCube emQry
• I_CreditMemoReques • C_CreditMemoReques
tItemCube tItemQry
• I_DebitMemoRequest • C_DebitMemoRequest
ItemCube ItemQry
• I_BillingDocumentI • C_RevenueFromInvoi
temCube ceQry
• C_SalesVolumeAnaly
ticsQry

The following CDS views have been deprecated:

Application Component of
Deprecated CDS View Successor CDS View Successor Remarks

Product Availability Check ATP Checking Group CA-ATP (Available to Promise The successor CDS views
(ATP)) belong to the Supply Chain
Group (I_ATPCheckingGroup)
line of business (LoB). For
(I_ProdAvailabilityChe
more information, see Sup
ckGroup) ply Chain.

Product Availability Check ATP Checking Group - Text CA-ATP (Available to Promise
(ATP))
Group - Text (I_ATPCheckingGroupTex
(I_ProdAvailabilityChe t)
ckGroupT)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

890 PUBLIC Sales
Related Information

CDS Views for Sales

9.6 Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS

Views for Sales

Across multiple CDS views in sales, the field ProfitabilitySegment is now decommissioned and
has been replaced with the field ProfitabilitySegment_2. Please switch to the successor field
ProfitabilitySegment_2.

Technical Details

Type Decommissioned

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales), SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Sales

Quotations), SD-SLS-CMR (Credit Memo Request and Debit
Memo Request), SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer Contract),
SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer Scheduling Agreement), SD-
SLS-RE (Customer Returns), SD-BIL (Billing), SD-ANA
(Sales Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

 Caution

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 891
When adjusting your custom content, take the following details into account:

Affected CDS Views and Apps

CDS View Related App Application Component

Billing Document Item Basic Extended Not applicable SD-BIL (Billing)

(I_BillingDocExtdItemBasic)

Billing Document Item Not applicable

(I_BillingDocumentItem)

Billing Document Item Basic Not applicable

(I_BillingDocumentItemBasic)

Billing Document Request Item Not applicable

(I_BillingDocumentRequestItem
)

Preliminary Billing Document Item Not applicable

(I_PrelimBillingDocumentItem)

Sales Inquiry Item Not applicable SD-SLS-QUT (Sales Inquiries / Sales

Quotations)
(I_SalesInquiryItem)

Sales Quotation Item Not applicable

(I_SalesQuotationItem)

Sales Document Item Not Applicable SD-SLS (Sales)

(I_SalesDocumentItem)

Sales Order Item Not Applicable SD-SLS (Sales)

(I_SalesOrderItem)

Item for Sales Order Without Charge Not Applicable SD-SLS (Sales)

(I_SalesOrderWithoutChargeIte
m)

Credit Memo Request Item Not Applicable SD-SLS-CMR (Credit Memo Request
and Debit Memo Request)
(I_CreditMemoRequestItem)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

892 PUBLIC Sales
CDS View Related App Application Component

Debit Memo Request Item Not Applicable SD-SLS-CMR (Credit Memo Request
and Debit Memo Request)
(I_DebitMemoRequestItem)

Sales Contract Item Not applicable SD-SLS-OA-CCO (Customer

Contract)
(I_SalesContractItem)

Sales Scheduling Agreement Item Not applicable SD-SLS-OA-SCH (Customer

Scheduling Agreement)
(I_SalesSchedgAgmtItem)

Sales Order Item - Cube Not applicable SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

(I_SalesOrderItemCube)

Sales Order Item - Query Incoming Sales Orders - Flexible SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Analysis
(C_SalesOrderItemQry)

Confirmation of Sales Orders - Query Sales Order Items - Confirmed as SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Requested
(C_SlsOrdConfAnlytsQry)
Sales Order Items - Backorders

Sales Orders - Demand Fulfillment

Confirmation of Sales Orders - Cube Not applicable SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

(I_SlsOrdConfAnalyticsCube)

Sales Volume - Cube Not applicable SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

(I_BillingDocumentItemCube)

Sales Volume Flexible Analysis - Query Sales Volume - Flexible Analysis SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

(C_RevenueFromInvoiceQry)

Sales Volume - Query Sales Volume - Credit Memos SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

(C_SalesVolumeAnalyticsQry) Sales Volume - Profit Margin

Billing Document Item Basic Not applicable SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)

Extraction Data (Deprecated)

(C_BILLINGDOCUMENTITEMBASICDE
X)

Data Extraction for Billing Doc Item Not applicable SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Basic

(C_BILLINGDOCITEMBASICDEX_1)

Data Extraction for Sales Document Not applicable SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Item (Deprecated)

(C_SALESDOCUMENTITEMDEX)

Data Extraction for Sales Document Not applicable SD-ANA (Sales Analytics)
Item

(C_SALESDOCUMENTITEMDEX_1)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 893
CDS View Related App Application Component

Returns Order Item Not applicable SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

(I_CustomerReturnItem)

Returns Order Item Enhanced Not applicable SD-SLS-RE (Customer Returns)

(I_CustomerReturnItemEnhanced
)

Related Information

Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views [page 35]

Deprecated and Decommissioned CDS Views
Virtual Data Model and CDS Views in SAP S/4HANA

9.7 End of Smartphone Support for Several Apps in Sales

The support of several apps on smartphones was deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2022 and is now
deactivated with SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SD (Sales and Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table lists the apps that you can no longer use on on smartphones as of SAP S/4HANA 2023:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

894 PUBLIC Sales
App Name App ID Business Role Containing the App

Manage Customer Materials F2499 Internal Sales Representative

(SAP_BR_INTERNAL_SALES_REP)

Manage Sales Document Workflows F3014 Configuration Expert - Business Process

Configuration (SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT)

Manage Preliminary Billing Document F4274 Configuration Expert - Business Process

Workflows Configuration (SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT)

Note that you can still use these apps on tablet computers and desktop computers.

Related Information

Manage Preliminary Billing Document Workflows

Manage Customer Materials
Manage Sales Document Workflows

9.8 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1352].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sales PUBLIC 895
10 Service

10.1 Service Master Data & Agreement Management

10.1.1 Service Contract Management

10.1.1.1 Forwarding of External References from Service

Contracts to Billing Documents

With this feature, the system can forward the external reference (also known as a sold-to party’s external
reference number) of a service contract to the subsequent billing documents as the customer reference. The
customer reference field can impact how the system splits or combines customer invoices during convergent
billing.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Whether the system forwards external references from service contracts to billing documents depends on
Customizing settings in your system. For more information about Customizing settings, see the section Effects
on Customizing below. Note that external references in service contracts must be no longer than 18 characters
if you want it to be forwarded to billing documents. The maximum length of the customer reference in billing
documents is 18 characters.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

896 PUBLIC Service
Effects on Customizing

To use this feature, you must go to the Customizing for Sales and Distribution under Billing Billing
Documents Copying Control for Billing Documents Maintain Copying Control for Billing Documents Define
Copying Control for Sales Document to Billing Document . Ensure that the setting made for copying the
reference number is A Customer Reference for target SVTB from source BSC.

Related Information

Billing Document Split and Convergence

10.1.1.2 Copying of Billing-Related Texts from Customer

Master Data to Service Contracts

With this feature, when you create a service contract, the system automatically copies any billing-related texts
(text types TX05 and TX06, including all available languages) from the business partner master data to texts at
the service contract header. The system does this when specific conditions are met. This feature is available in
the apps and the APIs for service contract.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To use this feature, make sure the text types TX05 and TX06 are available in your business partner master data.

The following billing-related texts are available in service contracts:

• TX05: Billing Instruction

• TX06: Billing Info for Customer

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 897
The system automatically copies the texts when the following conditions are met:

• The sold-to party of the service contract matches the business partner master data.
• The sales area (sales organization, distribution channel and division) of the service contract matches the
sales area that contains the billing-related texts in the business partner master data.

If texts in multiple languages were created for TX05 and TX06 in the business partner master data, the system
copies the texts in all available languages.

Effects on Customizing

The following Customizing settings are predefined in the standard system for Service under Basic Functions
Text Management Define Text Determination Procedure :

• Text object: CRM_ORDERH

• Text determination procedure: SVCT0001
• Access sequence: 07 for TX05 and 08 for TX06

Related Information

Manage Service Contracts

Service Contract Text
TextCollection

10.1.1.3 Earliest Start and Latest End Dates of Service

Contracts

With this feature, you can view the earliest start and latest end dates of a service contract in the apps for
service contracts. From the start dates of all service contract items contained in the service contract, the
system takes the earliest one as the earliest start date of the service contract. From the end dates of all service
contract items contained in the service contract, the system takes the latest one as the latest end date of the
service contract. You can also use these two fields to filter service contracts.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

898 PUBLIC Service
Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

For existing service contracts, earliest start and latest end dates are filled with values only after any start or end
date is updated at the service contract header or item level.

Effects on Customizing

The following Customizing settings are predefined in the standard system for Service under Basic Functions
Date Management :

• Define Date Types, Duration Types and Date Rules for Service Transactions
The following date types are available:
• Earliest start of contract (CONTERLSTDT)
• Latest end of contract (CONTLTSTDT)
• Define Date Profile for Service Transactions
Date types CONTERLSTDT and CONTLTSTDT were added to the date profile CONT002.

Related Information

Manage Service Contracts

10.1.1.4 Seconds Added to Time Pickers of Service Contract

Dates

With this feature, you can now view and specify times down to the level of seconds using the time pickers
for contract start and end dates in the apps for service contracts. Previously, the time pickers only contained
hours and minutes.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 899
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Service Contracts

10.1.1.5 Configurable Products in Service Contract

Templates

With this feature, you can add and configure configurable products as service contract template items in
the Manage Service Contract Templates app. The characteristics and characteristic values that you have
configured are forwarded to the follow-up service contracts.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Price details are not available in service contract template items. They can be determined in a follow-up service
contract.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

900 PUBLIC Service
Effects on Customizing

To use this feature, the attribute Copy Configuration for the copying control of the contract template items
must be B Copy Configuration from Source Item in Customizing settings for Service under Transactions
Basic Settings Copying Control for Business Transactions Define Copying Control for Item Categories .

Related Information

Manage Service Contract Templates

10.1.1.6 Search for Service Contracts using Credit Status

You can now search for the service contracts using the credit status as one of the search criteria. All the
possible options for the credit status are listed in the search field. Additionally, the search results will display
the credit status with the corresponding value for a particular service contract.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The possible options for search field of credit status are as follows:

• Credit check not OK for all relevant items

• Credit check not OK for some items
• Credit check pending for all relevant items
• Credit check OK for all relevant items
• Credit check OK for some items and pending for some items

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 901
Related Information

Performing a Search
Credit Management for Service Contracts

10.1.1.7 Item Hierarchy View in Service Contract Item List

You can now arrange the list of items hierarchically in a service contract. You can expand or collapse all or few
items of a particular hierarchy. Additionally, you can also search for any product in the hierarchy.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Item Hierarchies

10.1.1.8 External References in Service Contracts

With this feature, a service contract displays the external contract references at header and item levels that
are transferred from a solution quotation that you synchronize with your SAP S/4HANA system through an
external system.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

902 PUBLIC Service
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

External References for Service Transactions

10.1.1.9 Product in Product List Proposal for Price Agreement

Maintenance in Service Contracts

You can now create price agreements for products with the help of the product list proposal function at service
contract item level. You can select the condition type, access and the details are automatically saved to a new
condition record after you apply the product list proposal.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effect on Customizing

 Remember

As a prerequisite, you should firstly enable the corresponding condition types and access sequences in
the Customizing activity Define Price Maintenance Scenarios in Customizing for Sales and Distribution
Basic Functions Pricing Price Maintenance .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 903
Related Information

Service Contract Item

Price Agreements in Service Contracts
Service and Product List

10.1.1.10 Account Assignment in Service Contracts

With this feature, when the item-based accounting is inactive, you can use internal order or WBS element for
account assignment in the service contract header and item levels.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• The account assignment object in the service contract header is automatically inherited to all the newly
added items.
• Change in the account assignment object in the item level does not impact the header.
• You can search for internal orders using any of the search criteria like order, order type, sold to party or
service organization within the controlling area and the company code as defined in the service contract.
• You can search for WBS elements that are relevant for billing using any of the search criteria like project
definition, WBS element ID or description within the controlling area and the company code as defined in
the service contract.

Related Information

Manage Service Contracts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

904 PUBLIC Service
10.1.1.11 Service Contract Determination with empty Service
Organization

With this feature, you can assign a service contract during determination procedure in the service order with an
empty service organization in the service contract.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You will now be able to customize the item categories with a new field to filter contract item by service
organization. You can make this setting in Customizing for Service by choosing Transactions Basic Settings
Define Item Categories and using indicator Filter Contract Item by Service Org.

Related Information

Service Contract Determination

10.1.1.12 Enhanced Search for Contract Selection During

Service Contract Determination

With this feature, when you want to assign a service contract item to a service transaction item, you can
directly enter a specific service contract and item into the respective fields or use the fields' input help to select
the required values from a list. This feature is available in the service order apps where contract selection is
available during service contract determination.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 905
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Note that the value help of the service contract ID and service contract item fields shows all service contracts
and items in the system, and not just the valid (assignable) service contracts in the result list.

Related Information

Service Contract Determination

10.1.1.13 Filter for Billing Status

The service contract apps are enhanced with a new filter for billing status. You can use this filter to search for
service contracts with the billing status not billed, partially billed, or billed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

906 PUBLIC Service
Additional Details

When you use this feature, note that the billing status texts at service contract header level have been changed
as follows:

New Texts Old Texts Meaning

Not billed No items billed No items in the service contract have yet been bil
led.

Partially billed Some items billed Some items in the service contract have been bil
led.

Billed All items billed All items in the service contract have been billed.

Effects on Existing Data

The texts change also applies to your existing service contracts. However, this change does not affect any
business processes.

Related Information

Manage Service Contracts

10.1.1.14 OData API: Service Contract (A2X)

The OData version 4 API Service Contract (A2X) (API_SERVICECONTRACT) has been enhanced with additional
entities and properties on both header and item levels. As a key user, you can now extend the service in the
Custom Fields app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 907
Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following new entities have been added to the API:

• Service Contract Partner (A_SrvcContrPartner)

• Partner of Service Contract Item (A_SrvcContrItemPartner)
• Service Contract Text (A_SrvcContrLongText)
• Text of Service Contract Item (A_SrvcContrItemLongText)

These entities support create, update, read, and delete operations.

The following table shows the properties that were added to the respective existing entities:

Property Description Necessity Entity

WBSElementExternalID External ID of the work Optional Service Contract

breakdown structure (WBS) (A_ServiceContract_2)
element
Service Contract Item
(A_ServiceContractItem
PaymentTerms Conditions of payment that Optional
_2)
have been agreed between
business partners for the
goods supplied or services
provided

PaymentMethod ID of the payment method Optional

that specifies how payment
is to be made

SEPAMandate ID of the SEPA mandate that Optional

specifies an authorization by
a debitor (PayerParty prop
erty) for a creditor to collect
payments by means of the
SEPA direct debit

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

908 PUBLIC Service
Property Description Necessity Entity

SrvcSEPAMandateRelevan Indicates whether the service Read only

ce contract or service contract
item is SEPA relevant or not.
If it’s SEPA relevant, a SEPA
mandate must be provided in
the SEPAMandate property.

Possible values:

• Empty: Not Relevant

• 0: SEPA Relevant
• 1: SEPA Relevant (Man
date Entered)

RefServiceContractTemplate Template ID that is used in Optional, but used only for

service contracts to copy the the Create operation to re
template information, such fer to a service contract tem
as the product details (quan plate.
tity, reference equipment)
when the service contract is
created.

RefServiceContractTempla References to the service Optional, but used only for Service Contract Item
teItem contract template item when the Create operation to re (A_ServiceContractItem
the service contract item is fer to a service contract tem _2)
created. It is used in combi plate item.
nation with the
RefServiceContractTemp
late property in the Service
Contract entity.

LegalContractExtReference External reference of the le Optional Service Contract

gal contract number in the (A_ServiceContract_2)
service contract header.

LegalContractItemExtRefer External reference of the le Optional Service Contract Item

ence gal contract item number in (A_ServiceContractItem
the service contract item. _2)

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Service Contract (A2X)

Extensibility: Service Contract - Create, Update

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 909
10.1.1.15 OData API: Service Contract Template ‒ Read

With this feature, you can use the new OData version 4 API Service Contract Template ‒ Read
(API_SRVCCONTRACTTEMPLATE) to retrieve service contract templates, including entities for header, header
text, item, item text, item object list, and item product list. As a key user, you can extend the service in the
Custom Fields app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Service Contract Template ‒ Read

Extensibility: Service Contract Template ‒ Read

10.1.1.16 SOAP APIs for Service Contract

The following SOAP APIs for Service Contract were enhanced with additional fields:

• Service Contract - Create, Update (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractRequest_In)

• Service Contract - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractConfirmation_Out)
• Service Contract - Notification Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractNotification_Out)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

910 PUBLIC Service
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table shows which fields were added to the respective nodes of the inbound SOAP API Service
Contract - Create, Update (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractRequest_In):

Maximum Field
Service Node Field Desciption Length Cardinality

• ServiceContrac WBSElementExterna External ID of the work 24 0..1

t lID breakdown structure
• Item (WBS) element

PaymentMethod ID of the payment 1 0..1

method that specifies
how payment is to be
made

SEPAMandate ID of the SEPA 35 0..1

mandate that speci
fies an authoriza
tion by a debitor
(PayerParty prop
erty) for a creditor
to collect payments
by means of the SEPA
direct debit

Item CustomerPaymentTe Conditions of pay 4 0..1

rms ment that have been
agreed between busi
ness partners for the
goods supplied or
services provided

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 911
The following table shows which fields were added to the respective nodes of the outbound SOAP APIs Service
Contract - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractConfirmation_Out) and Service Contract
- Notification Processing (Asynchronous) (ServiceContractNotification_Out):

Service Node Field Description Cardinality

ServiceContract ServiceDocGrossAmount Gross amount of the serv 1

ice contract in transaction
currency. This amount is de
fined as net amount plus tax
amount by default.

ServiceDocNetAmount Total net amount of a 1

service contract in transac
tion currency. This is the
amount with discounts and
surcharges.

ServiceDocTaxAmount Total tax amount of a service 1

contract in transaction cur
rency

Item ServiceDocItemGrossAmo Gross amount of the service 1

unt contract item in transaction
currency. This amount is de
fined as net amount plus tax
amount by default.

ServiceDocumentItemNet Total net amount of a service 1

Amount contract item in transaction
currency. This is the amount
with discounts

ServiceDocumentItemTax Total tax amount of a service 1

Amount contract item in transaction
currency

CustomerPaymentTerms Conditions of payment that 1

have been agreed between
business partners for the
goods supplied or services
provided

• ServiceContract WBSElementExternalID External ID of the work 1

• Item breakdown structure (WBS)
element

PaymentMethod ID of the payment method 1

that specifies how payment
is to be made

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

912 PUBLIC Service
Service Node Field Description Cardinality

SEPAMandate ID of the SEPA mandate that 1

specifies an authorization by
a debitor (PayerParty prop
erty) for a creditor to collect
payments by means of the
SEPA direct debit

SrvcSEPAMandateRelevan Indicates whether the service 1

ce contract or service contract
item is SEPA relevant or not.
If it’s SEPA relevant, a SEPA
mandate must be provided in
the SEPAMandate property.

Possible values:

• Empty: Not Relevant

• 0: SEPA Relevant
• 1: SEPA Relevant (Man
date Entered)

These APIs are available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub: (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Service Contract - Create, Update (Asynchronous)

Item
Service Contract - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
Item
Service Contract - Notification Processing (Asynchronous)
Item

10.1.2 Warranty Management

10.1.2.1 OData API: Warranty Management

This service enables you to perform operations such as validate, adjust, reject, close both customer claims and
supplier claims.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 913
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-WTY-FIO

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Warranty Claim

10.1.2.2 CDS View

This release provides new CDS views for Warranty Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-WTY-FIO

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can find all CDS views that are available for Warranty Management in CDS views for Warranty
Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

914 PUBLIC Service
Related Information

Warranty Management

10.2 Service Operations & Processes

10.2.1 Service Order Management

10.2.1.1 Item-Based Accounting in Service

You can now use item-based accounting to record cost and revenue that have been incurred by service
transaction items.

CO objects that are created as account assignment objects for the service transaction items are used to collect
cost and revenue that have been incurred by the service transaction items. These CO objects enable financial
reporting and analytics in real time.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

426 (Service Contract Management)

3XK (In-House Repair)

6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 915
Features Relevant for Item-Based Accounting

When you have activated item-based accounting, the following features are available:

Unplanned Items in Service Orders and Repair Orders

You can add service items, service parts, and expense items in a service confirmation or repair confirmation
even if no predecessor service order item or repair order item exists. In such a case, the system adds the
item for which the confirmation is created as a released service order item to the service order and marks the
service order item as unplanned. For more information, see Unplanned Items.

Planned Cost and Revenue in Service Orders and Repair Orders

You can check the planned cost and revenue, see the planned margin in a service order or repair order which
gives you a better idea of the profitability of your service. Two types of planned cost and revenue data are
displayed on the tab Planned Cost and Revenue at both header and item levels: Baseline that is calculated after
the first release of the service order when the planning process of the service is considered as completed and
Ongoing that is constantly updated. For more information, see Managing Planned Cost and Revenue.

Service Actuals App

You can use the Service Actuals app to check actual cost and revenue that have been recognized for service
transactions for financial reporting and analytics purposes. For more information, see Reporting and Analytics
for Service Orders and Service Contracts.

WBS Element
You can assign work breakdown structure elements (WBS elements) as attributes to service transactions such
as service orders or repair orders. For more information, see WBS Elements in Service.

Event-Based Revenue Recognition

Event-Based Revenue Recognition is used to recognize cost and revenue for service orders and service
contracts in real time. In this way, cost postings are continuously matched to revenue and immediately
reported as expenses, while revenue is posted to an income statement account. For more information, see
Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Service Documents.

Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable

The integration with Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) is supported when you have set up
item-based accounting. For more information, see Contract Accounts in Service Transactions.

Sales Items in Service Orders

The selling of a sales item (SRVS) with a service is supported.

Effects on Existing Data

You cannot use item-based accounting if the integration with account assignment manager has been used
productively in previous releases and service transactions have been created that use the integration with
account assignment manager. You must not use both integrations in one one client, otherwise the system

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

916 PUBLIC Service
creates account assignment objects for service transactions in parallel. This creates inconsistencies in the
service transactions as well as in the integration and reporting with Accounting.

Effects on Customizing

Activate item-based accounting in Customizing for Service under Transactions Settings for Service
Transactions Integration Enable Item-Based Accounting for Service .

For more information about the settings that are required for item-based accounting, see Setting Up Item-
Based Accounting.

Related Information

Item-Based Accounting
Support of Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Service Orders [page 178]

10.2.1.2 Service with Advanced Execution

The new Service with Advanced Execution is a service process that is geared towards services that have
longer service cycles and complex technical objects that require extensive planning and execution. The core
characteristic of this process is the integration of the commercial aspects of Service with the planning and
execution capabilities of Maintenance Management.

A new item category, the execution order item is provided to support this process. The execution order item
creates a maintenance order that used to plan and execute the service.

The execution order item and the maintenance order associated with it work with the existing service
transaction. This allows the creation of a service order with service items and execution order items.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 917
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Service with advanced execution is the new name for maintenance service, which was released in SAP
S/4HANA 2022
• Execution order item is the new name for the maintenance service item.

The new process retains the capabilities that were introduced in Maintenance Service with the SAP S/4HANA
2022 release. Various enhancements have been made to existing functionalities and new capabilities have
been introduced such as:

• Enhancements in Service Order Quotation for Execution Order Items [page 939]
• Advanced Variant Configuration in Execution Order Item [page 937]
• Advance Shipment for Service Processing at Customer Location [page 939]
• Credit Check for Execution Order Item [page 940]
• Changes in Planning Plant and Service Organization [page 938]

Effects on Customizing

To use service with advanced execution you need to activate Enable Item-Based Accounting for Service
Management under Service Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Enable Item-
Based Accounting for Service Management

To create a service order with a corresponding maintenance order, you must carry out the Customizing
activity Map Order Types under Service Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration
Plant Maintenance Integration Map Order Types

To map the priorities of the service order and maintenance order, you must carry out the Customizing
activity Map Priorities under Service Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Plant
Maintenance Integration Map Priorities

To transfer information between the service order and the maintenance order, you must carry out the
Customizing activity Define Text Type under Service Transactions Settings for Service Transactions
Integration Plant Maintenance Integration Define Text Type

Related Information

Service with Advanced Execution

Specifying a Maintenance Order as a Billable Order [page 93]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

918 PUBLIC Service
10.2.1.3 Manage Substitution/Validation Rules - Service
Documents

In addition to Functional Area, Costing Sheet and Profit Center you can now can create substitution rules for
service documents using the following target fields:

• Settlement Profile
• Business Area
• Costing Variant

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3D2 (Service Order Management and Monitoring)

Application Component FI-SL-VSR (Validation, Substitution and Rules)

CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can create substitution rules in the app Manage Substitution/Validation Rules - Service Documents for the
following field using the Substitution in Service Document context:

Target Field Description

ControllingSettlementProfile Settlement Profile

BusinessArea Business Area

CostingVariant Costing Variant

Effects on Customizing

Check and adopt the following default derivation rules according to your business requirements:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 919
 Note

The default settings for functional area and costing sheet as described below are only available if SAP
Best Practices content is installed in your system. You can also create your own master data as per your
business requirements.

1. Settlement Profile Rule: The default rule is /0SAP/SV_SETTLEMENT_PROFILE (SAP default Settlement
Profile derivation) which has the settlement profile YNS assigned. If you create your own substitution rule
for settlement profile derivation, you need to activate it after creation.

 Note

It's mandatory to derive a settlement profile. In case you do not work with the standard content and
you do not want to use settlement, you need to create your own No Settlement substitution rule. You
have two options:
• Under Precondition you select the Field/Function RevenueRecognitionIsActive and assign the Value
X.
• Under Precondition you select ResultAnalysisInternalID and specify an ID for which the revenue
recognition key is active.

You need to cover all possible cases for service documents that have no revenue recognition key. To
do this, you can create a rule without specifying a Precondition and select the target field Settlement
Profile YNS (No Settlement). You can also create a custom settlement profile for the No Settlement case
in transaction OKO7. We recommend you use the same parameters as those that are delivered with rule
YNS.

2. Costing Variant Rule: Defining a costing variant rule is not mandatory. However, if no costing variant is
defined and you also don't use the standard content, no planned costs will be calculated. You can use the
predelivered rule YSO2 or create your own rule according to your business requirements.
3. Business Area Rule: Defining a business area rule is not mandatory.

Related Information

Substitution/Validation for Service Documents

Rules for Substitution/Validation

10.2.1.4 Intercompany Service Orders

With this feature, you can distribute a service to another company using an intercompany service order.
The intercompany processing enables you to sell a service to a customer and distribute it to another sales
organization for execution.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

920 PUBLIC Service
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use fixed price service items for intercompany processing.

 Note

You need to specify that the item category (BUS2000140) of a fixed price service item is relevant for
intercompany service orders.

Effects on Customizing

• To create an intercompany service order automatically, you need to determine the following data:
• Source transaction type
• Source item category
• Source sales organization
• Receiving sales organization
• Receiving distribution channel
• Receiving division
• Receiving transaction type
You define this setting with the Customizing activity Define Settings for Creation of Intercompany Service
Orders under Service Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Intercompany Billing Define
Settings for Creation of Intercompany Service Orders .

• To define the business partners for sales organizations, you use the Customizing activity Define Internal
Customer Number By Sales Organization under Sales and Distribution Billing Intercompany Billing
Define Internal Customer Number By Sales Organization .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 921
Related Information

Intercompany Service Orders

10.2.1.5 Ad Hoc Billing for Service Orders and Repair Orders

You can now use ad hoc billing plans for fixed price items and execution order items (with the billing relevance
Billing via Billing Plan After Release) in service orders and repair orders. Ad hoc billing plans are particularly
helpful if you want to create billing document requests for fixed price items with a long duration that you want
to be able to bill on specific dates and not just when the item is completed.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For ad hoc billing, you use the tab Billing Plan on the detail page of the item. The feature allows you to do the
following:

• Define the dates on which billing is to occur and the value that is to be billed. For each billing date defined in
an ad hoc billing plan, the system generates one billing request line.
• Bill the remaining net value in one go, which enables the system to automatically generate a billing request
line with all the remaining net value for a service order item.

To use ad hoc billing, the items must have a specific item category assigned. The following item categories are
available:

• SBOE (expense item (ad hoc billing))

• SBOM (service part item (ad hoc billing))
• SBOS (service product item (ad hoc billing))

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

922 PUBLIC Service
• SVAI (intercompany service item (ad hoc billing))

 Note

You can only use the item category SVAI (intercompany service item (ad hoc billing)) when you have
activated item-based accounting. For more information, see Item-Based Accounting in Service [page
915].

You can use the report Generate BDRs for Service Orders (CRMS4_SERVORD_BDR_GENERATE) to schedule jobs
to create billing document requests based on the ad hoc billing plan of the items.

Effects on Customizing

Set up ad hoc billing plans in the following Customizing activities in Customizing for Service as follows:

• Set up the billing plan for the required service transactions: Basic Functions Billing Assign Service
Transaction Types to Billing Document Request Types
• Define ad hoc billing plan as the required billing plan type: Transactions Basic Settings Billing Plan
Define Billing Plan Types
• Assign the item category to the billing plan type: Transactions Basic Settings Billing Plan Assign
Billing Plan Type to Item Category

Related Information

• Ad Hoc Billing for Service Orders

• Repair Order

10.2.1.6 Controlling for Account Assignment Objects in

Service Transactions

You can now use controlling type Controlling for Account Assignment Object for service orders and service
confirmations. This controlling type enables you to choose either an internal order or a work breakdown
structure (WBS) element as the account assignment object of a service transaction for cost and revenue
postings.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 923
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

After you have assigned the controlling type Controlling for Account Assignment Object to a service transaction
in Customizing, you can choose between Internal Order and WBS Element as account assignment object type
on the UI at header or item level of a service transaction. You can decide if you want to use an internal order or a
WBS element as the account assignment object to which costs and revenues are posted in Controlling.

Effects on Data Transfer

The account assignment object that you have chosen for a service transaction is copied to all the follow-up
transactions or documents. For example, if you have chosen an internal order as the account assignment
object type for a service order, then the internal order is used as the account assignment object for the service
order item, the follow-up service confirmation, the billing document requests, and the follow-up controlling
documents.

Effects on Customizing

You can assign controlling types to service transactions in Customizing under Integration with Other SAP
Components Customer Relationship Management Settings for Service Processing Controlling Integration
Establish Controlling Type, Controlling Level, and Controlling Scenario .

Related Information

Integrating with Account Assignment Manager

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

924 PUBLIC Service
10.2.1.7 Print Service Contract IDs on Output Forms of
Service Orders

You can now print service contract IDs on output forms of service orders at both header and item level. This
saves you time searching for the service contract IDs, which are used to handle customer calls and emails.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the gateway service FDP_CRMS4_SRV_OUTPUT_SRV, which has been enhanced with the entities
ServiceContractNode and ServiceContractItemNode, to fetch data of service contract IDs for your
output forms.

Related Information

SAP S/4HANA Output Control

Output Management for Service Orders, Service Quotations, and Service Contracts

10.2.1.8 Configurable Products and Product Variants

in Service Order Quotations and Service Order
Templates

You can now use configurable products in service order quotations and service order templates to customize
complex service products for service items with single-level variant configuration. Additionally, you can use
product variants in service order quotations. A product variant is a predefined variant of the configurable
product, which allows you to use configurable products more efficiently in service order management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 925
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-BF-CFG (Product Configuration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• You can add a predefined product variant as a product to service items and display the product variant
details.

 Note

Product variants are not supported for external service items.

• The configurable products and product variants from service order quotations are copied to follow-up
service orders.
• The configuration of products for service order templates is optional.

Related Information

Configurable Products in Service Order Management

10.2.1.9 BP Reference Address for Billing in Service

Transactions

With this feature, you can use business partner (BP) reference address for billing documents in service orders
or service confirmations. When you change the address obtained from business partner master data for a
partner function into a new address for a service transaction, the former address is saved as the partner's
BP reference address. The data related to the BP reference address can be forwarded to the follow-up billing
documents like invoices.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

926 PUBLIC Service
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You need to enable multiple address handling to use BP reference address. For more information about the use
and how to activate the business functions for multiple address handling, see Multiple Address Handling in SD
Documents Using SAP Business Partner.

Related Information

Service Order Management

Billing

10.2.1.10 Pricing Analysis in Service

With this feature, you can use the pricing analysis function to understand how the system determines the
pricing conditions for a service transaction such as a service order or service confirmation and solve pricing
issues efficiently.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 927
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The pricing analysis function allows you to do the following:

• Get an overview of pricing procedures, condition types, accesses, and any condition records found.
• Receive more detailed information at the level of the overview tree such as the number of accesses,
relevant fields used to search for condition records, and condition record IDs.

To use the pricing analysis function, you need to set the Pricing Trace parameter PRC_TRACE to X in the system.
After this step, you can use the Trace function on the Price Details tab at item level of a service transaction to
analyze pricing.

Related Information

Pricing
Pricing Analysis

10.2.1.11 Additional Subtotal Fields for Service Order Items

You can now customize additional subtotal fields via extensibility for the price calculation of service order
items. For more information, see SAP note 3347831 .

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

928 PUBLIC Service
Related Information

Pricing

10.2.1.12 Modular Pricing Procedures for Automatic Inclusion

of Price Conditions in Service

You can now configure the system so that during the pricing process in a service transaction, additional price
conditions are included dynamically. You can set up several elements in pricing configuration that interact
during the pricing process.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Modular Pricing Procedures for Automatic Inclusion of Price Conditions

Pricing

10.2.1.13 Single Invoice for Different Divisions in Service

Transaction Items

You can now create only one invoice for multiple divisions of service transaction items such as service order
items or service confirmation items. This feature enables you to analyze profitability (for example, check cost
and revenue) per division of service transaction items and to avoid creating multiple invoices for each division.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 929
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Service employees can now enter batch numbers for batch-managed parts when confirming their work.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 931
Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SCO (Service Confirmation)

CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Batches can be entered at item level. Only one batch number can be entered for each item. The batch numbers
entered must be transferred to the goods movement posting.

10.2.1.17 Stock Transfer to Storage Location of Executing

Service Employee

You can now trigger a stock transfer from a supplying plant to the plant and storage location of the executing
service employee, for example, when the required service parts are not available at the service employee's
storage location.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new feature offers enhanced flexibility for customer-specific logistics processes by providing a new
Logistics subscenario 03 Stock Transfer Item and a new Customizing table to enable you to assign purchase
requisitions and purchase order types based on the service order transaction type and item category. Please
see the section Effects on Customizing for details.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

932 PUBLIC Service
 Note

The stock transfer order is not supported if item-based accounting is enabled in your system.

Effects on Customizing

• Set up the relevant item category for stock transfer in Customizing for Service under Transactions
Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics Integration Set Purchasing Doc. Types for
Transaction Type, Item Cat. .
• Set up the relevant Logistics subscenario in Customizing for Service as follows:
• If you use the Enterprise Organizational Management, set up logistics subscenario 03 Stock Transfer
Item under Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics Integration
Enterprise Organizational Management Define Logistics Scenario for Procurement of Materials and
Services
• If you use Organizational Management (Legacy), set up logistics subscenario 03 Stock Transfer
Item under Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics Integration
Organizational Management (Legacy) Define Logistics Scenario for Procurement of Materials and
Services
• In addition, the following BAdI enhancements have been provided for the new Logistics stock transfer
scenario:
• If you use Organizational Management (Legacy), the BAdI Determination of Plant and Storage Location
has been enhanced under Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics
Integration Organizational Management (Legacy) Business Add-Ins for Logistics Integration .
• If you use the Enterprise Organizational Model, a new BAdI Determination of Plant and Storage Location
has been provided under Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics
Integration Enterprise Organizational Management Business Add-Ins for Logistics Integration .

Related Information

Stock Transfer to Storage Location of Executing Service Employee

10.2.1.18 Enhanced Determination Options for Plant and

Storage Location

If you use the Enterprise Organizational Model, you can now use the additional attributes Sales Organization
and Distribution Channel for determining plant and storage locations, allowing for a more refined search logic.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 933
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature is particularly useful for example, for companies that have multiple plants within one country/
region and need to configure multiple combinations of sales organizations and distribution channels.

Effects on Customizing

If you use the Enterprise Organizational Model, you set this up in Customizing for Service under Transactions
Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics Integration Enterprise Organizational
Management Assign Plant and Storage Location to Employee and Country/Region and Assign Plant and
Storage Location to Country/Region

In addition, the following BAdI enhancements have been provided to support custom logic for the
determination of plant and storage location:

• If you use Organizational Management (Legacy), the BAdI Determination of Plant and Storage Location
has been enhanced by a new import parameter. You can find the BAdI under Transactions Settings
for Service Transactions Integration Logistics Integration Organizational Management (Legacy)
Business Add-Ins for Logistics Integration .
• If you use the Enterprise Organizational Model, a new BAdI Determination of Plant and Storage Location
has been provided under Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics
Integration Enterprise Organizational Management Business Add-Ins for Logistics Integration

10.2.1.19 Enhanced Product Search

The product search in all Service applications has been improved. You can now search for products using Item
Category Group ID and Item Category Group Description in the value help. Additionally, the search field label
Material has been changed to Product.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

934 PUBLIC Service
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-MD-PRO (Products)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

10.2.1.20 Enhancements to Mass Scheduling of Maintenance

Plans

You can now use the Mass Schedule Maintenance Plans - Service app to schedule a large number of
maintenance plans for Service with Advanced Execution.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4X5 (Recurring Services)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNP (Planned Recurring Service)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Two new fields, Maintenance Plan Category and Maintenance Strategy, have been introduced in the parameters
section of the app. Scheduling can be set up with these fields as filter criteria.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 935
10.2.1.21 Service Order Quotation as Maintenance Call
Object

You can now create and schedule maintenance plans using the service order quotation as a call object. As a
part of this development, UI labels within the following apps have been changed:

• Create Maintenance Plan

• Find Maintenance Items

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4X5 (Recurring Services)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNP (Planned Recurring Service)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

App Current UI Label New UI Label

Create Maintenance Plan Service Order Template Service Template

Service Order Type Service Call Object

Find Maintenance Items Service Order Type Name Service Call Object Name

Service Order Template Service Template

Service Order Type Service Call Object

10.2.1.22 Serialized Product as Reference Object in Service

Transactions

You can now carry out service transactions using a serialized product (that is, a combination of product ID and
serial number) as a reference object. This is an advantage in scenarios where the service can be performed on
the serialized product.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

936 PUBLIC Service
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-MD-PRO (Products)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If the serialized product has an equipment ID and functional location associated with it, this information is
automatically derived and populated in their respective fields.

10.2.1.23 Advanced Variant Configuration in Execution Order

Item

You can now use advanced variant configuration along with configurable task lists to configure and manage
customizable service products.

You can map the operation in a task list to the characteristic value of a configurable product. With this
mapping, when the maintenance order is created, the operations are determined based on the configuration of
the service product.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 937
Additional Details

You can perform resource-related billing or billing through billing document request for AVC service products.

Related Information

Advanced Variant Configuration

Configurable General Maintenance Task Lists

10.2.1.24 Changes in Planning Plant and Service

Organization

You can now edit the planning plant and work center on the execution order item. These entries are no
longer dependent on the service organization. These attributes are defaulted based on the assignment in the
organization model, however the customer service manager can overwrite them.

Also, it is now possible to map the planning plant to the service organizational unit rather than the service
organization itself. This gives much more flexibility to the users of service with advanced execution.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Execution Order Items

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

938 PUBLIC Service
10.2.1.25 Enhancements in Service Order Quotation for
Execution Order Items

You can now perform execution planning for a service in the service order quotation. By using the Send
to Planning function, you can create a maintenance order corresponding to an execution order item, which
enables advanced planning and quoting capabilities.

Once the planning is completed on the maintenance order it can be sent back for approval. If rejected, the item
can be sent back for replanning. If approved, the quotation can be sent to the customer.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Detailed Planning in Service Order Quotations

10.2.1.26 Advance Shipment for Service Processing at

Customer Location

This logistics process enables shipment of service parts to the executing service employee or customer as part
of service processing. The components planned in the maintenance order supporting the execution order item
can be transferred to the sales order. With this sales order it is possible to deliver the required service parts to
the customer location.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 939
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

10.2.1.27 Credit Check for Execution Order Item

You can now use credit check for fixed price billing where the billing relevance is Billing on Completion. The
credit check determines the creditworthiness of the payers (business partners) who are assigned to the items.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Credit Checks in Service Orders

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

940 PUBLIC Service
10.2.1.28 AIF (Application Interface Framework) Monitoring
for SOAP APIs

You can now monitor messages in the new versions of the following outbound SOAP services based on AIF
(Application Interface Framework):

• Service Order - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)

• Service Order (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
• Service Confirmation - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
• Service Confirmation (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV (Service Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To monitor messages in the new versions of outbound SOAP services based on AIF, you need to assign the
following new recipients to the users for the respective outbound SOAP services using the transaction/AIF/
RECIPIENTS.

Service Recipient Name Namespace Interface

SRVO_C_OUT_RECEIVERS_0 /CMSRV SRVO_C_OUT

Service Order -
1
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderConfirmat
ion_Out)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 941
Service Recipient Name Namespace Interface

SRVO_CB_OUT_RECEIVERS_ /CMSRV SRVO_CB_OB

Service Order
01
(Bulk) - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfi
rmation_Out)

Service SRVC_C_OUT_RECEIVERS_0 /CMSRV SRVC_C_OUT

Confirmation - 1
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationCo
nfirmation_Out)

Service SRVC_CB_OUT_RECEIVERS_ /CMSRV SRVC_CB__OB

Confirmation (Bulk) 01
- Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationBu
lkConfirmation_Out)

Effects on Customizing

Instead of using the transaction /AIF/RECIPIENTS, you can also assign the new recipients to users in
Customizing for Cross-Application components under General Application Functions SAP Application
Interface Framework System Configuration Recipients Assign Recipients .

Related Information

Service Order - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)

Service Order (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Confirmation - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Confirmation (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)

10.2.1.29 SOAP APIs for Service Order

The SOAP APIs for service order have been enhanced with added fields, nodes, and attributes. You can view the
details of all the added fields, nodes, and attributes in the Additional Details section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

942 PUBLIC Service
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table provides an overview of the added fields, nodes, and attributes:

Node/Field/Attribute Service Description

WBSElementExternalID • Service Order - Create, This field has been added to these serv
Change (Asynchronous) ices at header and item level. You can
(ServiceOrderRequest_In) use this field to provide an external
• Service Order (Bulk) - WBS element ID for a service order or
Create, Change a service order item.
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In
)
• Service Order - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
ut)
• Service Order (Bulk) -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 943
Node/Field/Attribute Service Description

SrvcOrdItemIsUnplanned • Service Order - Confirm This field has been added to these serv
Processing ices at item level. You can use this field
(Asynchronous) to indicate whether an item is an un
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O planned item in a service order.
ut)
• Service Order (Bulk) -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

Partners • Service Order - Create, This node has been added to these
For more information, see Partners as Change (Asynchronous) services at item level.
(ServiceOrderRequest_In)
an example in one of the services.
You can use the fields under this node
• Service Order (Bulk) -
to represent the partner functions and
Create, Change
(Asynchronous) partner addresses for service order
(ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In items.
)
• Service Order - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
ut)
• Service Order (Bulk) -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

944 PUBLIC Service
Node/Field/Attribute Service Description

• PartnerFunctions • Service Order - Create, These nodes and the fields under these
• PartnerAddresses Change (Asynchronous) nodes have been added to these serv
(ServiceOrderRequest_In) ices under the Partners nodes at both
For more information, see Partners as
• Service Order (Bulk) - header and item level.
an example in one of the services.
Create, Change
(Asynchronous) You can use these fields to represent
(ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In the details of partner functions and
) partner addresses such as postal ad
• Service Order - Confirm dress details and contact details.
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
ut)
• Service Order (Bulk) -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

• QuantityISOCode • Service Order - Confirm These attributes have been added to

• QuantitySAPCode Processing these services under the Procurement
(Asynchronous) nodes at item level.
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
ut) You can use these attributes to identify
• Service Order (Bulk) - the ISO codes and SAP codes for the
Confirm Processing quantity of procurement and delivered
(Asynchronous) procurement.
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

These APIs are available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Service Order - Create, Change (Asynchronous)

Service Order - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Order - Notification Processing (Asynchronous)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 945
Service Order (Bulk) - Create, Change (Asynchronous)
Service Order (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)

10.2.1.30 SOAP APIs for Service Confirmation

The SOAP APIs for service confirmation have been enhanced with added fields, nodes, and attributes. You can
view the details of all the added fields, nodes, and attributes in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SCO (Service Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

946 PUBLIC Service
Additional Details

Service Confirmation - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Confirmation - Notification Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Confirmation (Bulk) - Create, Change (Asynchronous)
Service Confirmation (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)

10.2.1.31 OData API: Service Quotation (A2X)

You can now use a new OData API Service Quotation (A2X). This service enables you to integrate external
applications with service quotation processing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVQ (Service Order Quotation)

CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can also use this API to process repair quotations. For more information, see Service Quotations for
In-House Repair.

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Service Quotation (A2X)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 953
10.2.1.32 OData APIs for Service Order Management: Batch
Request Support for User Status

You can now update the user status in multiple items of a service order simultaneously using a batch request in
the following APIs:

• Service Confirmation (A2X)

• Service Order (A2X)
• Service Order Template

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

CRM-S4-SRV-SCO (Service Confirmation)

CRM-S4-SRV-SVT (Service Template)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

These APIs are available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Service Order (A2X)

Service Order Template
Service Confirmation (A2X)

10.2.1.33 OData API: Service Confirmation (A2X)

A new entity Serial Number in Service Confirmation Item (A_SrvcConfItemSerialNumber) has been added
to the Service Confirmation (A2X) OData API. You can use this entity to read the serial numbers of service parts
from an external system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

954 PUBLIC Service
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Service Confirmation (A2X)

10.2.1.34 OData API: Service Order (A2X)

In the Service Order (A2X) API, a new entity Defect Data Within Service Order Item has been added. Also, the
Service Order entity has been enhanced with the ServiceDocumentCategory property.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 955
Additional Details

Defect Data Within Service Order Item

You can use the entity Defect Data Within Service Order Item (A_ServiceOrderItemDefect) to store any
information related to the performed service on the item level. For example, in the case of integration of
SAP S/4HANA with SAP Field Service Management, this entity can be used to transfer structured feedback
that technicians give on activities they performed to SAP S/4HANA. SAP S/4HANA then stores this data in
corresponding service items.

The entity supports the following operations: create, read, update, delete.

ServiceDocumentCategory
You can use this property to specify a category to classify an activity related to a service order, typically
according to the communication type such as email, telephone, or fax.

You can maintain the categories using the configuration activities Maintain Categories and Assign Categories to
Transaction Types under Service Transactions Settings for Activities Maintain Categories and Goals .

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Service Order (A2X)

Service Order
Defect Data Within Service Order Item

10.2.1.35 Integration with SAP Field Service Management

10.2.1.35.1 Support Assignment of Organizational Levels

to Business Partner in SAP Field Service
Management

It is now possible to assign an organizational level to business partners in SAP S/4HANA for use in SAP Field
Service Management.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

956 PUBLIC Service
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-INT-FSM (Field Service Management Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0

Additional Details

Whenever a business partner is created or changed in SAP S/4HANA, the assignment of the business partner
to the Sales and Distribution organization along with its mapping with the CRM (legacy) organisation (shown
in below customising) will be considered to determine the service relevant organizational units from the legacy
organisational model.

SAP Customizing Implementation Guide Service Master Data Organizational Management

Assignment of Organizational Units to SD Assign Sales Organizations in Service to SD Sales Organizations

The organizational units relevant to the service will be assigned to the business partners replicated from SAP
S/4HANA to SAP Field Service Management. By associating the business partner with the organizational level,
this process will ensure that users can access business partner-related data only when they have appropriate
permissions assigned in SAP Field Service Management.

Related Information

Integration with SAP Field Service Management

10.2.2 In-House Repair Management

10.2.2.1 Availability Check and Reservation of Stock Service

Parts

You can now simulate an Available-to-Promise (ATP) check for stock service parts in repair orders and reserve
these service parts, if needed. This feature is especially useful if you need high value service parts in strong
demand to perform a service.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 957
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature allows you to check and confirm the availability of the stock service parts required on a given date.
If the service parts are in stock, the system creates a reservation for the service part once you set the status of
the repair order item to Completed.

Effects on Customizing

To create a reservation for a service part, the system uses the RSRV (Reservation) logistics scenario.
You configure the logistics scenario in Customizing under Service Transactions Settings for Service
Transactions Integration Logistics Integration Organizational Management (Legacy) Define Logistics
Scenario for the Procurement of Materials and Services or Enterprise Organizational Management
Define Logistics Scenario for Procurement of Materials and Services depending on the organizational model
used.

You set up the ATP check in Customizing under Service Basic Functions Availability Check . You can
activate the availability check at item category level. To activate it, you first define an ATP profile and then
assign this ATP profile to an item category.

Related Information

Reservation of Stock Service Parts

Plan Repairs
Perform Repairs
Plan Diagnosis
Perform Diagnosis

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

958 PUBLIC Service
10.2.2.2 External Workforce Procurement in In-House Repair

It's now possible to procure third-party service performers to provide in-house repair services.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the following logistics scenarios to procure external workforce:

• Generate a purchase requisition from a repair order and transfer it to a purchase order manually (PREQ
Purchase Requisition)
• Generate a purchase order from a repair order directly (ORDR Purchase Order)

As a key user, you can configure the logistics scenario using one of the following Customizing activities
depending on the organizational model used:

• Service Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics Integration

Organizational Management (Legacy) Define Logistics Scenario for the Procurement of Materials and
Services
• Service Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics Integration
Enterprise Organizational Management Define Logistics Scenario for Procurement of Materials and
Services .
To use the enterprise organizational model, you first have to enable it under Service Basic Functions
Enable Enterprise Organizational Model .

For more information on how to set up the process for the external workforce procurement, see External
Workforce Procurement.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 959
10.2.2.3 In-House Repair with Advanced Execution

You can now use In-House Repair with Advanced Execution that uses the capabilities that are provided by
maintenance orders in Maintenance Management and the inbound and outbound delivery that is used in
In-House Repair.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid As Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Processing
In-House Repair with Advanced Execution enables you to do the following:

• Trigger the cost estimation for the repair, and more specifically, the planning of the repair, in the repair
quotation. Use the follow-up maintenance order to plan the labor and material consumption.
• Trigger the planning and the execution of the repair in the repair order. Use the follow-up maintenance
order to execute the actual repair by using the functionalities that are provided by Maintenance
Management.
• Use the repair order to collect the costs and revenues that occur during the repair and that are used for
billing and financial analysis.
• Create billing document requests (for the billing relevance Billing on Completion and Billing via Billing Plan
After Release) or debit memo requests (for the billing relevance Itemized Billing and Summarized Billing)
that are used to trigger the billing of the consumed and confirmed operations and components.
• Use the inbound and outbound delivery to manage the logistics process for the repair object.

Related Apps
The following apps are involved in In-House Repair with Advanced Execution:

• Manage In-House Repairs

• Perform Prechecks
• Process Repair Quotations
• Plan Repairs
• Prepare for Billing: If the billing relevance Billing on Completion or Billing via Billing Plan After Release is
assigned to the execution order item.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

960 PUBLIC Service
• Create Resource-Related Billing Request - Service Order: If the billing relevance Itemized Billing or
Summarized Billing is assigned to the execution order item.

Effects on Customizing

• Activate item-based accounting in the Enable Item-Based Accounting for Service Customizing activity in
Customizing for Service under Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration .
You can only use In-House Repair with Advanced Execution if you have activated item-based accounting.
• Set up the followingCustomizing activities in Customizing for Service under Transactions Settings for
Service Transactions Integration Plant Maintenance Integration :
• Map Order Types: Map the transactions types and item categories that are used for In-House Repair
with Advanced Execution to the order types that are used for Maintenance Management.
• Map Priorities: Map the priorities that are used in Maintenance Management to the priorities that are
used in In-House Repair in the repair order.

Related Information

• In-House Repair with Advanced Execution

10.2.2.7 Triggering Actions for Multiple Repair Objects

In In-House Repair apps, you can now trigger actions for multiple repair objects simultaneously (mass
decision). This means you do not have to access the repair objects individually to perform the action.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid As Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The feature is available in the following apps:

• Manage In-House Repairs

• Perform Prechecks
• Plan Repairs
• Prepare for Billing

In the apps, you can trigger actions that are related to the in-house repair process or to the logistics process.

Effects on Customizing

You use the Assign Action to SAP Fiori App Customizing activity in Customizing for Service to make the actions
available on UIs in the In-House Repair apps.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

964 PUBLIC Service
Related Information

Processing Repair Objects

10.2.2.8 Customizing Activity to Display Actions in In-House

Repair Apps

You can now use the Assign Action to SAP Fiori App Customizing activity to implement actions on the UIs in
SAP Fiori apps in In-House Repair to process repair objects in bundles or individually.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid As Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use this Customizing activity as an alternative to the Assign Action to Status of In-House Repair Item
Customizing activity to implement actions for the following apps:

• Manage In-House Repairs

• Perform Prechecks
• Process Repair Quotations
• Plan Repairs
• Perform Repairs
• Prepare for Billing

You can use the BAdI implementation CRMS4_REPA_ADAPT_ADQT_ACTNS (Adjust Action "Add Repair Object
to Repair Quotation" in In-House Repair Apps) to adjust the actions that you have configured for the in this
Customizing activity.

You find the Assign Action to SAP Fiori App Customizing activity in Customizing for Service under
Transactions Settings for In-House Repair .

You cannot use both Customizing activities in parallel. If you have used the Assign Action to Status of In-House
Repair Item Customizing activity in previous releases and now want to switch to the Assign Action to SAP

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 965
Fiori App Customizing activity, you can do the following: Run the report CRMS4_REPA_COMPARE_CUST_ACT
(Reusable Custom Actions) to see your own actions (custom actions) that you have configured in the Assign
Action to Status of In-House Repair Item Customizing activity and establish whether you can reuse them in the
Assign Action to SAP Fiori App Customizing activity.

10.2.2.9 Integration with SAP Field Service Management

You can now integrate In-House Repair with SAP Field Service Management. The integration enables you to
benefit from the planning and dispatching capabilities of SAP Field Service Management when you schedule
technicians for in-house repairs. Additionally, the integration gives you a full overview of the technicians
scheduled both for in-house repair and field service tasks, thus helping you to avoid planning conflicts.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

CRM-S4-INT-FSM (Field Service Management Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the integration to replicate repair orders from SAP S/4HANA to SAP Field Service Management
and repair confirmations from SAP Field Service Management to SAP S/4HANA.

To use the integration, you have to do the following:

• In the Data Replication Framework, add the transaction type REPO as a filter criterion to include repair
orders during the replication.
• Create the service call types Field Service and In-House Repair in SAP Field Service Management.
• Enable the following business rules in SAP Field Service Management:
• SAMPLE - Allow creation of a service call of type “In-House Repair” only if the service call has an
external ID assigned
• SAMPLE - Prevent change of service call type if the service call has an external ID assigned
• Configure the mapping between the service transaction types and service call types in SAP Cloud
Integration under Value Mapping Between SAP S4HANA Cloud and SAP Field Service Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

966 PUBLIC Service
Related Information

Integration with SAP Field Service Management

Integration Scenarios for Transactional Data
Create Service Call Types
Enable Business Rules for Repair Order Replication
In-House Repair

10.2.2.10 OData API: In-House Repair

The entity In-House Repair Item (A_InHouseRepairItem) in the In-House Repair API has been enhanced with
the field InhRepairItemAvailyStatus. You can use this field to track the availability of the repair object at a
repair center within a returns process.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

In-House Repair
In-House Repair Item
Manage the Returns Process for Repair Objects

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 967
10.2.2.11 OData API for Repair Confirmations

You can now use the OData API API_SERVICE_CONFIRMATION_SRV to process repair confirmations.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The API_SERVICE_CONFIRMATION_SRV API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://
api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Service Order (A2X)

Service Confirmations for In-House Repair

10.2.2.12 SOAP APIs for Repair Confirmations

You can now use the SOAP services for service confirmations to process repair confirmations.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

968 PUBLIC Service
Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The services are available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Use the following services to process repair confirmations:

• ServiceConfirmationRequest_In
• ServiceConfirmationBulkRequest_In

Use the following services to communicate with an external system when a repair confirmation is created:

• ServiceConfirmationConfirmation_Out
• ServiceConfirmationNotification_Out
• ServiceConfirmationBulkConfirmation_Out

Related Information

Service Confirmations for In-House Repair

Service Order - Create, Change (Asynchronous)
Service Order - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Order - Notification Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Order (Bulk) - Create, Change (Asynchronous)
Service Order (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)

10.2.2.13 In-House Repair Events

Changes have been made to the payloads for the In-House Repair business object.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 969
Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following changes have been made to the Created and Changed events:

• The INHOUSEREPAIRTYPE payload has been replaced with the INHREPAIRTYPE payload.
• The INHREPAIRSTATUS payload has been added to the events.
This payload represents the status of the in-house repair for which the event was raised.

Related Information

In-House Repair Events

10.2.2.14 Ad Hoc Billing for Service Orders and Repair Orders

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

970 PUBLIC Service
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For ad hoc billing, you use the tab Billing Plan on the detail page of the item. The feature allows you to do the
following:

To use ad hoc billing, the items must have a specific item category assigned. The following item categories are
available:

• SBOE (expense item (ad hoc billing))

• SBOM (service part item (ad hoc billing))
• SBOS (service product item (ad hoc billing))
• SVAI (intercompany service item (ad hoc billing))

 Note

You can use the report Generate BDRs for Service Orders (CRMS4_SERVORD_BDR_GENERATE) to schedule jobs
to create billing document requests based on the ad hoc billing plan of the items.

Effects on Customizing

Set up ad hoc billing plans in the following Customizing activities in Customizing for Service as follows:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 971
Related Information

• Ad Hoc Billing for Service Orders

• Repair Order

10.2.2.15 Situation Template: Repair Object Cannot Be

Completed

You can use the situation template Repair Object Cannot Be Completed
(SRVC_REP_OBJ_CANNOT_BE_COMPLETED) to be informed about repair objects in the Prepare for Billing app
that currently cannot be set to the status Completed because the button Complete is not enabled. This occurs
if at least one of the maintenance orders that is related to the repair order does not have the order status
Completed (business) or the system status Closed.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid As Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can this use situation template if you use In-House Repair with Advanced Execution.

Related Information

Repair Object Cannot Be Completed

In-House Repair with Advanced Execution [page 960]
Prepare for Billing

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

972 PUBLIC Service
10.2.2.16 Using Multiple Serial Numbers in Confirmation
Items

You can now enter more than one serial number in service and repair confirmation items. The number of
entered serial numbers must be equal to the quantity of confirmed items.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

3XK (In-House Repair)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SCO (Service Confirmation)

CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You enter the serial numbers for each confirmed item on the Serial Numbers tab of the service confirmation
item or repair confirmation item.

The Serial Number field on the Item Details tab has been removed.

10.3 WebClient UI Framework

10.3.1 F4 Help Improvements

With this feature, the F4 help in WebClient UI apps has been improved and aligned with Fiori guidelines. The
search attributes are responsive to the size of the dialog and you can display or hide the search criteria.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 973
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-WUI-UI-TAG Tag Library

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

10.3.2 Table Variant Improvements

With this feature, the table variants in WebClient UI applications have been improved and aligned with Fiori
guidelines.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-WUI-UI-TAG Tag Library

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

10.3.3 Improvement in Export to Google Workspace

This feature enables you to choose the folder via a file browser when you export table for applications in
WebClient UI to a drive in cloud, for example, Google Workspace. The table export also supports Google Sheets
format.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

974 PUBLIC Service
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-WUI-UI User Interface

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

10.3.4 Placeholder Loading Screen in WebClient UI Apps

With this feature, the WebClient UI apps will display the placeholder loading screen while the app is being
loaded. This improves the user experience.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-WUI-UI User Interface

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

10.3.5 Cancel Confirmation Popover

With this feature, you can add Cancel Confirmation popover in the overview pages. If you make a change and
select the Cancel button, a popover is displayed to confirm that the changes are discarded. You must select
outside the popover to close it.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 975
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-WUI-UI User Interface

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Cancel Confirmation Popover

10.3.6 Improvement in Custom Fields

With this feature, custom field of type Code List based on CDS view is supported.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-WUI-UI User Interface

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

10.3.7 Improvements in Export to Google Workspace

This feature enables you to choose a file folder via the file browser when you export spreadsheets in WebClient
UI applications to a drive in cloud, for example, Google Workspace. You can also create a new folder and sort
the columns in the file browser.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

976 PUBLIC Service
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-WUI-UI-TAG Tag Library

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

10.3.8 Improvements in Loading WebClient Object Pages

With this feature, the performance of the object pages in the WebClient UI is improved by loading data in
different sections asynchronously.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-WUI-UI-TAG Tag Library

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Service PUBLIC 977
11 Sourcing and Procurement

11.1 Generic Features

11.1.1 Customizing and Business Add-Ins for Sourcing and

Procurement

This topic gives you an overview of all new or changed Customizing activities and Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
available with SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), 22Z (Procurement

of Services), BMD (Purchase Contract), 3I1 (Products for
Retail), 1XI (Central Requisitioning), 18J (Requisitioning),
47J (Central Purchase Requisition Processing), O8J (Requi
sitioning), BMD (Purchase Contract), BMR (Scheduling
Agreements in Procurement), BNX (Consumable Purchas
ing), 2XT (Central Purchasing), 2ME (Central Purchase Con
tracts)

Application Component MM-PUR-SVC-SES (Service Entry Sheet for Service

Procurement), MM-IV-LIV (Invoice Verification), MM-PUR
(Purchasing), MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-CON (Fiori UI for Manage
Purchase Contracts), MM-FIO-PUR-SCH (Fiori UI for
Manage Scheduling Agreements), MM-PUR-VM-REC (Info
Record), MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions), MM-FIO-
PUR-REL (Fiori UI for Purchasing Approval), MM-PUR-HUB-
PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions Centrally), MM-PUR-
HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders), MM-PUR-
HUB-CSC (Manage Central Supplier Confirmations), MM-
PUR-HUB-CTR (Central Purchase Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

978 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Additional Details

New and Enhanced Customizing Activities and Business Add-Ins

Customizing Activ
Application Area Sub-application IMG Node ity/BAdI What you can do

Materials Manage Purchasing Service Procurement - Lean Services Enable Change of You can enable users to change the pro
ment (MM) Product Group
Service Service Entry Sheet - Lean Services service entry sheets.
Procurement - Enable Change of Product Group
Lean Services

Materials Manage Purchasing Purchasing Business Add-Ins for BAdI: Modify Pur You can modify the shipping type for pu
ment (MM) chase Order Item
Purchasing

Materials Manage Purchasing Purchasing Purchase Maintain You can delete the requisitioning group
ment (MM) Requisitioning
Requisition
Groups

Purchasing Business Add-Ins

Materials Manage Purchasing Purchasing Business Add-Ins for Enhancement of You can use this BAdI to enable the fun
ment (MM) Flexible Workflow
Purchasing from being approvers of centrally mana
Properties
managed purchase orders, and central

Materials Manage Purchasing Purchasing Purchase Orders Modify Shipping With this business add-in, you can mod
ment (MM) Type in Purchase at header level and print it on purchase
Output Management in Purchase
Order Output
Orders

11.1.2 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in

Sourcing and Procurement

With the objects released in Sourcing and Procurement, you have access to data from SAP S/4HANA when
building custom applications or extensions with developer extensibility. You can integrate the released objects
in your custom code or extend them at predefined extension points. Depending on your use case, different
object types are provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, RAP business objects). You can find all the released
objects in the ABAP Development Tools (ADT), when you are connected to your SAP S/4HANA system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMD (Purchase Contract)

18J (Requisitioning)

1XI (Central Requisitioning)

O8J (Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-CON (Fiori UI for Manage Purchase

Contracts)

MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

982 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed or deprecated for developer
extensibility with the current release.

Developer extensibility allows you to create development projects in SAP S/4HANA by using ABAP
Development Tools for Eclipse. This gives you the opportunity to build extensions, services, and SAP Fiori
apps using the complete set of ABAP features released for SAP S/4HANA, for example, with the ABAP RESTful
Application Programming model, http services, and ABAP objects.

Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility

Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

RAP business object Purchase Contract I_PURCHASECONTRAC Changed The following fields
TTP have been added:

• Planned Delivery
Duration In Days
• Incoterms Classi
fication
• Incoterms Loca
tion1
• Purchase Con
tract Item Replen
ishment Element
Type
• Outline Agree
ment Item
Blocked Text
• Text Is Deleted
• Condition Change
Reason

BAdI Purchase Requisition MM_PUR_S4_PR_CHEC Changed You can now perform

K an EML (Entity Manip
ulation Language) read
of a business object
other than purchase
requisition.

BAdI Purchase Requisition MM_PUR_S4_PR_MODI Changed You can now perform

FY_ITEM an EML (Entity Manip
ulation Language) read
of a business object
other than purchase
requisition.

Effects on System Administration

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 983
for working with the development objects released for developer extensibility. You can find details about the
business catalogs contained in the business role template Developer in the Maintain Business Roles app.

11.1.3 Deprecation of Smartphone Support for Several Apps

in Procurement

The support of several SAP Fiori apps on smartphones was deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023 and will be
deactivated with SAP S/4HANA 2024.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J62 (Asset Account

ing), 3UK (Inbound Storage Tank Management - Process
Manufacturing), BMY (Subcontracting), 1W8 (Legal Con
trol), J82 (Automated Purchase-to-Pay with SAP Ariba Com
merce Automation), 2TW (Complementary Procurement
Functions), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 2TX (Direct Pro
curement with Inbound Delivery), 22K (External Workforce
Procurement via SAP Fieldglass), 2NV (Guided Buying Ca
pability with SAP Ariba Buying), 2XU (Procurement of Ma
terials with Variant Configuration), 22Z (Procurement of
Services), 2R7 (Purchasing Rebate Processing), 18J (Requi
sitioning), 2LG (Supplier Consignment), 1FM (Quality Man
agement in Procurement),

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Use of the following apps on smartphones is deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2023

App Technical Object Name

F0842A

F5039

This means that you will no longer be able to use these apps on smartphones as of SAP S/4HANA 2024.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

984 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
If you have been using one or more of these apps on your smartphone, SAP recommends that you make the
necessary preparations to be able to continue using the apps on one of the supported device types, which are
tablet computers and desktop computers.

11.1.4 What's New in Product Assistance in Sourcing and

Procurement

Ariba Network became SAP Business Network. The product assistance for Sourcing and Procurement in SAP
S/4HANA has been updated accordingly. For more information, see Ariba Network is now SAP Business
Network .

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing), MM (Materials Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Ariba Network is now SAP Business Network

11.2 APIs for Integration with Sourcing and Procurement

11.2.1 OData V4 API: Purchase Order

This service enables you to create purchase orders through an API call from a source system outside SAP
S/4HANA. The service enables you to read, update, or delete existing purchase orders from the SAP S/4HANA
system. This synchronous service is based on the OData protocol.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 985
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is availabe on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (SAP Business Accelerator Hub ).

The following enties are available:

Entity Description

PurchaseOrder Header information for purchase order

PurchaseOrderNote Header note information for purchase order

PurchaseOrderItem Item information for purchase order

PurchaseOrderItemNote Item note information for purchase order

PurchaseOrderScheduleLine Schedule line information for purchase order

POSubcontractingComponent Subcontracting component information for purchase order

PurchaseOrderAccountAssignment Account assignment information for purchase order

PurOrderItemPricingElement Pricing information for purchase order

PurchaseOrderInvoicingPlan Information on the used invoicing plan

PurchaseOrderInvoicingPlanItem Invoicing plan item details

PurchaseOrderPartner Partner details

PurchaseOrderSupplierAddress Supplier address details

PurOrderItemDeliveryAddress Delivery address of a purchase order item

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

986 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Related Information

Purchase Order (OData V4)

SAP Business Accelerator Hub

11.2.2 OData V2 API: Purchase Order

The Purchase Order API (OData V2) is deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2023 and will be replaced by the
Purchase Order API (OData V4). We recommend that you switch to the new service as soon as possible.

 Note

Once an API transitions from an Active to a Deprecated state, SAP will maintain the API in the Deprecated
state for a minimun of 12 months before transitioning the API to a Decomissioned state.

For more details, see lins in the related information section.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BNX (Consumable Purchasing), J13 (Service and Material

Procurement - Project-Based Services), J45 (Procurement
of Direct Materials), O45 (Procurement of Direct Materials),
ONX (Consumable Purchasing), 4R2 (Service Procurement
with SAP Business Network and SAP Fieldglass), 1NX (Col
laborative Manufacturing with SAP Digital Manufacturing
Cloud

Technical Object Name API: API_PURCHASEORDER_PROCESS_SRV

Preparation Required No

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Deprecation of OData V2 API: Purchase Order

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 987
The Purchase Order API (OData V2) is deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Replacement for the deprecated API is the Purchase Order API (OData V4). This OData version 4 service
aims to improve processing time and resource consumption of clients and servers and to reflect the complexity
of the underlying business model. This includes a lightweight JSON format that reduces the size of every
response. Business data can be retrieved in the exact amount, at the right time, and in appropriate mode by
using new synchronization mechanisms. Calculations are made and data is aggregated by using the tiers best
suited for this task. Sophisticated metadata artifacts enable a true-to-life modeling of business models. It is
recommended that you switch to the new service as soon as possible.

New Operation

The operation GetOutputBinaryData was introduced to the entity PurchaseOrder in the Purchase Order OData
V2 API. The respective API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (SAP Business Accelerator
Hub )

The operation GetOutputBinaryData retrieves a specific output document from the system in PDF format,
that shows what the purchase order looks like after the output. You use the HTTP methodGET to invoke
the GetOutputBinaryData action on the document number of the target purchase order. The consumer must
specify the purchase order number. If you request the PDF for a purchase order that does not exist, an error
structure containing an appropriate message is returned. When you successfully use the GetOutputBinaryData
action on a purchase order document in the system, the service returns a specific purchase order in PDF
format

 Note

• If several PDF documents of the same purchase order exist (for example, due to a changed output form
template), the service always chooses the newest one.

Related Information

Purchase Order (OData V2) - (Deprecated)

Purchase Order (OData V4)
SAP Business Accelerator Hub
APIs on SAP Business Accelerator Hub

11.2.3 OData V4 API: Supplier Confirmation

This OData Version 4 service helps you to create, update, delete, and retrieve supplier confirmations from a
source system outside SAP S/4HANA Cloud. It consists of the entities supplier confirmation (header data of
the supplier confirmation), supplier confirmation items, and supplier confirmation lines (supplier confirmation
line data).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

988 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-CON (Confirmation Control/Shipping

Notification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

APIs on SAP Business Accelerator Hub

SAP Business Accelerator Hub
Supplier Confirmation - (OData V4)

11.2.4 Purchase Order Events

The following events are now available to get information about the status of a purchase order item.

• ITEMCREATED
• ITEMCHANGED

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 989
Additional Details

• ITEMCREATED: This event is raised when a purchase order item is created.

• ITEMCHANGED: This event is raised when a purchase order item is changed.

An event for all item types is triggered for the following actions:

Action

Create one item

Create several items

Change one item

Change several items

Change account assignment

Change schedule line

Change manual delivery address

Change confirmation data

 Note

The event ITEMCHANGED is not raised for changes to notes or attachments.

Related Information

Purchase Order Events

Purchase Order (OData V2) - (Deprecated)
Purchase Order (OData V4)

11.2.5 Enhancements in ODATA V4 API: Preferred Supplier

Lists (Version 1)

In this API, the following actions are now obselete:

• Clear
• Delete supplier ( A_SupplierListBusinessPartner)
• Create proposed company code (A_SuplrListPrpsdCompanyCode) and proposed supplier
(A_SupplierListProposedSupplier)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

990 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RI (Preferred Supplier List)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-SL (Supplier List)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Preferred Supplier List (Version 1)

11.2.6 ODATA V4: Preferred Supplier Lists (Version 2)

This OData API service is the upgraded version of Preferred Supplier List (Version 1). We recommend that you
switch to the upgraded version at your earliest convenience. This service enables you to create, read, update
and delete preferred supplier lists. You can also create a user-specified supplier list, activate, deactivate or copy
an existing supplier list.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RI (Preferred Supplier List)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-SL (Supplier List)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Preferred Supplier List (Version 2)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 991
11.2.7 OData V4 API: Purchasing Group - Read

A new OData V4 API Purchasing Group - Read is now available. This API enables you to read the purchasing
groups in an SAP S/4HANA system from an external system.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2NV (Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying), 4AZ
(Contract Management with SAP Ariba Contracts), 22K (Ex
ternal Workforce Procurement via SAP Fieldglass)

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Purchasing Group - Read

11.2.8 Purchase Contract Events

The purchase contract business object triggers the following events:

• Target Value Changed

• Validity Changed
• Item Created
• Item Deleted
• Item Restored
• Item Blocked
• Item Unblocked
• Item Target Quantity Changed
• Item Net Price Amount Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

992 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-CON (Fiori UI for Manage Purchase

Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The events are raised as follows:

• Target Value Changed

This event is raised when the target value of a purchase contract instance is changed.
• Validity Changed
This event is raised when the validity of a purchase contract instance is changed.
• Item Created
This event is raised when a purchase contract item is created.
• Item Deleted
This event is raised when a purchase contract item is deleted.
• Item Restored
This event is raised when a purchase contract item is restored.
• Item Blocked
This event is raised when a purchase contract item is blocked.
• Item Unblocked
This event is raised when a purchase contract item is unblocked.
• Item Target Quantity Changed
This event is raised when the target quantity of a purchase contract item is changed.
• Item Net Price Amount Changed
This event is raised when the net price amount of a purchase contract item is changed.

Related Information

Purchase Contract Events

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 993
11.2.9 OData V4 API: Purchase Requisition

With this API, you can now do the following:

• Maintain delivery address of type 'S' (Supplier) and 'C' (Customer). You can maintain this using the
attributes Subcontractor and PurReqnReceivingCustomer in the purchase requisition item entity.
• Maintain notes at header level using the attribute PurReqnHeaderNote in the purchase requisition entity.
• When you update the quantity of a cross-catalog item that has price scale maintained, its price also gets
updated based on the quantity.
• Update rejected purchase requisition items and items that have a follow-on document created.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), 2NV

(Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying), J13
(Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Serv
ices), BML (Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjust
ment)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Please note that you cannot update purchase requisition items of origin 'S' (Self-Service Procurement),
that have follow-on documents created. Also, delivery address of type 'Customer' and 'Supplier' cannot be
maintained for purchase requisition items of origin 'S' (Self-Service Procurement).

Related Information

Purchase Requisition - OData V4

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

994 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.2.10 OData V2 API: Purchase Requisition

With this API, you can now update rejected purchase requisition items and items that have follow-on
documents created. The status gets changed to In Release and is resubmitted for further processing.

Please note that the API service API_PURCHASEREQ_PROCESS_SRV will be deprecated with the release SAP
S/4HANA 2024. We recommend you to switch to the successor API service API_PURCHASEREQUISITION_2
as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), BNX (Consumable Purchasing), J13

(Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Serv
ices), 2NV (Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buy
ing), BML (Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjust
ment)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Please note that you cannot update purchase requisition items of origin 'S' (Self-Service Procurement) that
have follow-on documents created.

Related Information

Purchase Requisition - OData V2

11.2.11 Purchase Requisition Events

The following events are triggered when a purchase requisition item is created or changed.

• Item Created
• Item Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 995
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials),

BNX (Consumable Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Purchase Requisition Events

11.2.12 Deprecation of OData API: Purchase Contract

(Version 1)

This OData API service has been deprecated since SAP S/4HANA 2022 and will be removed from the SAP
Business Accelerator Hub. Henceforth, please use the upgraded version Purchase Contract (Version 2).

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-CON (Fiori UI for Manage Purchase

Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Purchase Contracts (Version 2)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

996 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.2.13 OData API: Purchase Contracts (Version 2)

The OData API service Purchase Contracts (Version 2) now enables you to perform the following:

• Indicate if purchase contract items are catalog items during their creation or update. To default all items as
catalog-relevant, you can do so with the parameter PurgHasCatalogRelevantItems at the header level.
• View the attention required status and consumption percentage of purchase contracts. You can also view
the item consumption percentage of individual purchase contract items.
• View the ISO codes maintained for the corresponding unit of measure using the parameters
OrderQuantityUnitISOCode and OrderPriceUnitISOCode.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-CON (Fiori UI for Purchase Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Catalog Items
Indicate if purchase contract items are catalog items using the parameter PurchasingIsCatalogRelevant
at the item level during the creation or update of a purchase contract item. You can also default that all the
items of the purchase contract are catalog-relevant using the parameter PurgHasCatalogRelevantItems at
the header level.

 Note

Even if the parameter PurgHasCatalogRelevantItems at the header level of the purchase contract is Y
(true), you can change the item parameter PurchasingIsCatalogRelevant based on the requirement.
The parameter PurgHasCatalogRelevantItems is only used for defaulting the values at the item level.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 997
Necessity for Create /
Entity Parameter Description Read / Update Operations

Purchase Contract (Header) PurgHasCatalogRelevantI Indicates if a purchase con Optional

tems
tract has catalog-relevant
items.

 Note
To enable/disable cata
log items for purchase
contracts, you, as a con
figuration expert, need
to use the search
function to open the
item Purchase Contract
Processing (Sourcing
and Procurement: Op
erational Procurement)
in your configuration en
vironment. Then, turn
the switch on/off by
configuring the activity
Activate Catalog Items
for Purchase Contracts.

Item PurchasingIsCatalogRelevant Indicates if a purchase con Optional

tract item is a catalog item

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

998 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Attention Required Status

Necessity for Create /

Entity Parameter Description Read / Update Operations

Purchase Contract (Header) PurContrAttentionRequired Indicates the level of atten Read only
Text
tion you need to dedicate to
wards a purchase contract.
This depends on the con
sumption and expiration date
of the purchase contract. The
following are the different
levels of attention that are re
quired:

• Very High: ((Consump

tion >= 80% AND Expiry
Date <= 30 days) OR
(Consumption >= 100
OR Expiry Date < 0))
• High: Consumption >=
80% OR Expiry Date <=
30 days
• Medium: Consumption
>= 50% OR Expiry Date
<= 180 days
• Low: Rest

Consumption Percentage

Necessity for Create /

Entity Parameter Description Read / Update Operations

Purchase Contract ContractConsumptionInPct Consumption percentage at Read only

the header level of the pur

chase contract

Item ContractConsumptionInPct Item consumption percent Read only

age of a purchase contract

item

ISO Codes for Unit of Measure

Necessity for Create /

Entity Parameter Description Read / Update Operations

Item OrderQuantityUnitISOCode ISO code for the unit of Read only

measure for the price of a
purchase contract item

Item OrderPriceUnitISOCode ISO Code for Order Price Unit Read only
of a purchase contract item

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 999
Related Information

Purchase Contracts (Version 2)

11.2.14 OData API: Purchasing Info Record

With this API, you can now do the following in the Purchasing Info Record Purch. Org. Data entity:

• Maintain the rounding profile using the property MaterialRoundingProfile.

• Determine if the material master text should be persisted in the follow-on purchase order item, using the
property MatlMstrTxtIsNotRlvtForPOItm.
• Maintain the shipping instructions using the property ShippingInstructions.

You can also now maintain the purchase order text using the operations in the new entity Purchase Info Record
PO Text.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3I1 (Products for Retail)

Application Component MM-PUR-VM-REC (Info Record)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• With rounding profiles, you can round off order quantities in POs and contract release orders, for example,
to achieve optimal utilization of existing transportation capacities. For more information, see Optimizing
the Order Quantity.
• You can maintain the purchase order text only when the purchasing info record is maintained at purchase
organization or plant level. When info record is maintained at only general data level, it is not allowed to
maintain the purchase order text.

Related Information

Organization Plant Data

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1000 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Purchasing Info Record
Organization PO Text

11.2.15 OData API: Purchase Scheduling Agreements

The OData API Purchase Scheduling Agreements now enables you to perform the following:

• View the product compliance status at the header and item levels of a purchase scheduling agreement.
• Provide the loading point for an item of a purchase scheduling agreement using the parameter
LoadingPointForDelivery.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-SCH (Fiori UI for Manage Scheduling

Agreements)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new parameters for product compliance at the header and item levels of purchase scheduling agreements
are as follows:

Parameter Description

PurgAggrgdProdCmplncSuplrSts Status of the supplier product compliance check

aggregated on several items

PurgProdCmplncSupplierStatus Status of the supplier product compliance check at the item

level

The new parameter for the loading point at the item level of purchase scheduling agreements is as follows:

Parameter Description

LoadingPointForDelivery Loading / unloading point for delivery of an item

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1001
Related Information

Purchase Scheduling Agreements

11.2.16 ODATA V2 API: Service Entry Sheet (Lean Services)

The OData V2 service Service Entry Sheet (API_SERVICE_ENTRY_SHEET) was renamed to Service Entry Sheet
(Lean Services).

You can now use the following parameters:

• In the Item entity, the service enables you now to change the product group of a service entry sheet (lean
services) using the MaterialGroup parameter. In addition, you can set the material group to initial (blank)
at the item level using the new SESItemMaterialGroupIsInitial parameter: To set the material
group to a non-blank value, pass it via the parameter MaterialGroup. If both MaterialGroup with a
non-blank value and SESItemMaterialGroupIsInitial with the value true are passed in the payload,
then SESItemMaterialGroupIsInitial has priority, and the material group is set to blank while the
MaterialGroup value is ignored. Note that this is supported via both Post and Patch request.
• In the Item entity, you can change tax-related information (tax code and tax jurisdiction code) of service
entry sheet items.
• In the Service Entry Sheet entity, the parameter Timestamp for Revision of External Calls
ExternalRevisionDateTime field should be empty. If you add date and time an error message is
displayed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component MM-PUR-SVC-SES (Service Entry Sheet for Service

Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• The following parameter has been added to the Item entity of the ODATA V2 service:
• Material Group is Initial in SES (SESItemMaterialGroupIsInitial)
This parameter indicates that the material group in a service entry sheet item is set to initial (blank)
instead of being taken over from the reference purchase order item.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1002 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
By default, the product group of a service entry sheet item must match the material group of the
enhanced limit item of the reference purchase order. Even if the configuration activity Enable Change of
Product Group is activated, the material group for the service entry sheet item is not copied from the
reference purchase order item, but is set to initial if the Material Group is Initial indicator is set.
This only works for service entry sheet items created for enhanced limit purchase order items.
Note that the terms material group and product group are used synonymously.
• You can change tax-related information of service entry sheets items: the tax jurisdiction code and the
tax code. The tax code represents a tax category that must be considered when making a tax return to
the tax authorities.
• The following parameter has been added to the Service Entry Sheet entity of the ODATA V2 service:
• Timestamp for Revision of External Calls (ExternalRevisionDateTime):
This field is read-only.
If you create or update a purchasing document via an external service call, this UTC timestamp
contains the creation date of the respective message. This timestamp guarantees that messages with
an earlier timestamp will not overwrite documents that were previously updated by a message with a
later timestamp.

Related Information

Service Entry Sheet (OData V2)

Item
Service Entry Sheet

11.2.17 SOAP API: Service Entry Sheet - Create, Delete (Lean

Services)

The ServiceEntrySheetItemEntity (service entry sheet item) of the SOAP service Service Entry Sheet
- Create, Delete (Lean Services) (ServiceEntrySheetRequest_In) has been enhanced by the optional
ServiceEntrySheetItemTax structure that entails the tax code and the tax jurisdiction code. Using the new
parameters, you can change tax-related information of service entry sheets items.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 22Z (Procurement of Services)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1003
Application Component MM-PUR-SVC-SES (Service Entry Sheet for Service
Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Service Entry Sheet - Create, Delete (Lean Services)

Service Entry Sheet

11.2.18 ODATA V2 API: Supplier Invoice

The OData service Supplier Invoice - Create, Read, Release, Reverse (API_SUPPLIERINVOICE_PROCESS_SRV)
has been renamed to Supplier Invoice. This service has been enhanced with new entities and parameters.
For more information, see Additional Details. In addition, you can now use the new entities Item for Material
Account Posting and Item for Asset Account Posting.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice

Verification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The service has been enhanced with parameters as follows:

• The ODATA service has been enhanced by the new entities Delivery Note Reference, Purchase Order
Reference, and Service Entry Sheet (Lean) Reference. You can now hold or park invoices with header data
and references (without concrete items).
For an example on how to hold or park an invoice with header data and references (without concrete
items), see Hold or Park Supplier Invoice.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1004 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
• You can now use the new entities Item for Material Account Posting and Item for Asset Account Posting.
• The following new parameters have been added to the entity Item for G/L Account Posting
(A_SupplierInvoiceItemGLAcctType):
• EarmarkedFundsDocument
• EarmarkedFundsDocumentItem
• The field SuplrInvcIsCapitalGoodsRelated has been added to the entity Header Data
(A_SupplierInvoice). This parameter indicates that you are dealing with a supplier invoice for capital
goods.
• You can now post a preliminary invoice (with the status Held, Parked, Saved as completed).
• The service has been enhanced so that you can now take retentions into account in procurement for
warehouse and consumption. To enable retention, the following entities has been enhanced:
• The entity Header Data (A_SupplierInvoice) has been enhanced by the parameter
RetentionDueDate (Retention Due Date).
• The entity Item with Purchase Order Reference (A_SuplrInvcItemPurOrdRefType) has been
enhanced by the following parameters:
• RetentionDueDate (Retention Due Date)
• RetentionPercentage (Retention Percentage)
• RetentionAmountInDocCurrency (Retention Amount In Document Currency)
• SuplrInvcItmIsNotRlvtForRtntn (Supplier Invoice Item Is Not Relevant For Retention).
• In addition, the entity Header Data has been enhanced by the following parameters:
• PaymentReason
• HouseBank
• HouseBankAccount
• The entity Additional Data has been enhanced by the following parameters:
• OneTimeBusinessPartnerEmail
• TaxID5

Effects on Customizing

In the configuration activity Define Message Types for M8, you can configure your system to display an error
or warning message (message class: M8, message number: 855) if generic country /region-specific fields are
falsely filled for a company code for which they are not relevant.

Related Information

Supplier Invoice – OData V2

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1005
11.2.19 SOAP API: Supplier Invoice - Create (A2X, Inbound,
Synchronous)

The SOAP service (ECC_SUPLRINVCERPCRTRC) also known as

SupplierInvoiceERPCreateRequestConfirmation_In has been enhanced. Parameters are
available for the business section code, the supplier line item text for follow-on journal
entry (SupplierPostingLineItemText), the reference check digit for the inpayment split
(InpaymentSlipReferenceCheckDigit), and for further data under the Payment Form node as well for
the note of the supplier invoice (SupplierInvoiceNoteText). In addition, country/region-specific fields are
added and the new Additional Data node is available. This service can now be extended at header and at item
level.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice

Verification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following parameters have been added:

• under (ECC_SUPLRINVCERPCRTRC - SupplierInvoice):

• BusinessSectionCode
• SupplierPostingLineItemText
• InpaymentSlipReferenceCheckDigit
• under PaymentForm:
• PaymentProcedureSupplementCode
• PaymentReasonCode
• under CountrySpecificFields:
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificRef1
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificRef2
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificRef3
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificRef4

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1006 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificRef5
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificDate1
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificDate2
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificDate3
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificDate4
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificDate5
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificBP1
• JrnlEntryCntrySpecificBP2
• SupplierInvoiceNoteText

• Additionally, the new node AdditionalData is now available in the header with the following fields:
• • BankID
• BankAccountID
• BankControlKeyID
• BankCountryCode
• BankDetailReference
• BusinessType
• City
• CountryCode
• InstructionKeyCode
• ExchangeIndicator
• AddressName
• IBAN
• IndustryType
• Name1
• Name2
• Name3
• Name4
• Name5
• NaturalPersonIndicator
• OneTimeAccountIndicator
• LanguageCode
• CountrySpecificReference1
• VATLiableIndicator
• EqualizationTaxSubjectIndicator
• PaymentRecipientID
• POBox
• PoBoxPostalCode
• PostalCode
• PostOfficeBankAccountID
• Region
• RepresentativeName
• StreetAddressName

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1007
• SWIFTCode
• TaxID1
• TaxID2
• TaxID3
• TaxID4
• TaxID5
• VATRegistrationID
• Email

Effects on Customizing

Related Information

Supplier Invoice - Create (A2X, Inbound, Synchronous)

ECC_SUPLRINVCERPCRTRC - SupplierInvoice
Extensibility for Supplier Invoice - Create (A2X, Inbound, Synchronous)

11.2.20 SOAP API: Supplier Invoice - Create (B2B, Inbound,

Asynchronous)

The following functions are now available:

• The search function for the Message Dashboard (App ID: /AIFX/WDA_MSG_MONITOR) and Message
Overview Monitoring (App ID: F4515) apps has been enhanced for the SOAP service Supplier Invoice -
Create (B2B, Inbound, Asynchronous), also known as InvoiceRequest_In. You can monitor messages
using several search fields on both invoice and item level, including Delivery Note and Service Entry Sheet
ID by Supplier fields.
• Once an invoice has successfully been posted, you can now also navigate to the posted or parked supplier
invoice via the Message Dashboard and Message Overview Monitoring apps.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1008 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2EJ (Integration of Procurement with External Suppliers),

42K (Automation of Source-to-Pay with SAP Business Net

work), 5I2 (Subcontracting with SAP Business Network)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice

Verification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• New search fields for the message monitoring apps:

For more information on the search fields for the message monitoring apps, check out InvoiceRequest_In -
Invoice InvoiceRequest_In - Invoice and InvoiceRequest_In - Item.
Once a supplier invoice has been successfully posted for the SOAP API service Supplier Invoice - Create
(B2B, Inbound, Asynchronous (InvoiceRequest_In), you can use the message monitoring apps to
search the supplier invoice.

Related Information

Supplier Invoice - Create (B2B, Inbound, Asynchronous)

11.2.21 SOAP API: Supplier Invoice - Create (A2A, Inbound,

Asynchronous)

With this SOAP API service (App ID: SupplierInvoiceS4Request_In), you can now navigate to the posted
or parked supplier invoice via the Message Dashboard and Message Overview Monitoring app if an invoice has
successfully been posted.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1009
Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable
Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice

Verification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

Related Information

Supplier Invoice - Create (A2A, Inbound, Asynchronous)

11.3 Sourcing and Contract Management

11.3.1 Source Assignment

11.3.1.1 Deleted App: Monitor Materials Without Purchase

Contracts

The Monitor Materials Without Purchase Contracts app has been deleted from the SAP Fiori Launchpad as of
SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1010 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Scope Item 30W (Proposal of Options for Materials Without Purchase
Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-RFQ (RFQ/Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

11.3.1.2 Deprecated App: Process Purchase Requisitions

This app is deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023 and will soon be removed from the SAP Fiori Launchpad.
We recommend that you switch to the successor app Process Purchase Requisitions (V2) at your earliest
convenience.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SOC (Fiori UI for Sourcing Purchase

Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Process Purchase Requisitions (V2) [page 1011]

11.3.1.3 Process Purchase Requisitions (V2)

With this new app, you can display purchase requisitions. You can also assign sources of supply to the purchase
requisition items and create follow-on documents. You can only access purchase requisitions if you have
authorizations for the respective purchasing group, purchasing organization, and plant.

In addition, you can perform the following with this new app:

• View the hierarchy of purchase requistion items. For more information, see the section Effects on
Configuration.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1011
• View purchase requisitions that have the status In Release in the list page.
• Assign sources of supply to purchase requisition items in a hierarchy list. The source of supply assigned to
item sets is inherited by their subitems.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SOC (Fiori UI for Sourcing Purchase

Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• This app is the successor of the app Process Purchase Requisitions (F1048), which has been deprecated as
of this release.
• You can view purchase requisitions that have the status In Release on the list page.
When purchase requisitions with status In Release are sent back for rework, you will not be able to perform
any action, such as create an RFQ, create a contract, assign a source of supply, and so on, on them.

Effects on Customizing

You, as a configuration expert, need to enable item hierarchies in purchasing. In your configuration
environment, use the search function to open the following activity: Item Hierarchy (Sourcing and
Procurement: General Settings). Then, turn the switch on by configuring the step Activate Item Hierarchies in
Purchasing.

By default this configuration step is switched off. Note that you cannot deactivate the step once you have
switched it on. Once enabled, you can also use item hierarchies for purchase contracts, purchase orders,
purchase requisitions, and the app Manage Model Product Specifications (otherwise this app is disabled).

Related Information

Process Purchase Requisitions (V2)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1012 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.3.1.4 Product Compliance in Purchasing Info Records

With this release, you can now integrate product compliance with purchasing info records.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component MM-PUR-VM-REC (Info Record)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With Product Compliance enabled, you can manage the compliance of your products. If a product has been
marked as relevant for compliance in the product master, the system checks the supplier assessment as a
purchase info record is created for this product. If no supplier assessment exists for the product, a compliance
request for the product stewardship specialist is created to assess the supplier.

As a product stewardship specialist, you can find the requests for assessing a new supplier in the Process
Requests from Logistics app on your SAP Fiori launchpad.

Related Information

Product Compliance in Purchasing Info Records

11.3.1.5 Manage Purchasing Info Records

With this app, you can now do the following:

• Maintain shipping instructions for each purchasing info record in the Shipping Instruction field under the
Delivery and Quantity section.
• Maintain a value for Sort Term.
A sort term sub-divides 'purchasing info records belonging to a material group' into sub-groups, required
only if the purchasing info record is created without a material.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1013
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3I1 (Products for Retail)

Application Component MM-PUR-VM-REC (Info Record)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the available value help to select from a list of pre-configured shipping instructions. The value help
is populated by shipping instructions configured by your configuration expert. If material or plant are filled after
maintaining the shipping instruction, the shipping instruction is overwritten by the respective master data as it
takes precedence over manual entry.

Related Information

Manage Purchasing Info Records

11.3.1.6 Manage RFQs

With this app, you can now do the following:

• View error details for an RFQ that fails to receive success confirmation from Ariba Sourcing. This can be
done using the action Show Error Log.
• Create item sets and view details such as the hierarchy number.
• Insert, cut, copy, paste and delete item sets in the RFQ.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1014 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Scope Item 4BL (4BL)

Application Component MM-PUR-RFQ (RFQ/Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

 Note

Item hierarchy is supported in this app if the document involves services for sourcing request type External
Sourcing Request (RE), and is to be transferred to an external system such as SAP Ariba Sourcing.

Related Information

Manage RFQs

11.3.1.7 Mass Changes to Purchasing Info Records

With this app, you can now:

• update Scale Lines for purchasing info records using the Change Price option.
• view column headers color coded in the Microsoft Excel file downloaded from the app. These colors
correspond to the Read-Only and Mandatory configurations for the individual fields that are defined in the
configuration step Define Settings for Excel-Based Data Exchange. The below matrix shows what colors are
used in the column headers of the downloaded excel file:

Color Read-Only Section Mandatory Selection

Yellow Not Selected Selected

Grey Selected Selected

Grey Selected Not Selected

Transparent or White Not Selected Not Selected

 Note

The colors can be used as a guidance only for updating the existing purchasing documents.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1015
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3I1 (Products for Retail)

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-MAS (Mass Processing Apps in Sourcing and

Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Mass Changes to Purchasing Info Records

11.3.2 Purchase Contract Management

11.3.2.1 Manage Purchase Contracts

With this app, you can now do the following:

• Choose the supplier's sub-range value using the F4 help of the field Supplier Subrange under the section
Delivery Terms at the item level.
• View details such as Source System and Source System ID at the header of the purchase contract if the
document has been created from an external system such as SAP Ariba Contracts.
• View, email, or print addresses in scripts specific to the language of a country with the help of International
Address Versions.
• Indicate if items are catalog items, during their creation or update, by enabling the checkbox Catalog-
relevant Items. To default all items as catalog-relevant items, you can mark the checkbox Catalog Relevant
at the header level.
• Maintain conversion factors for unit of measure, for header and item conditions in a purchase contract.
You can enter conversion factors for Unit of Measure (UoM), only when the UoM is different from the base
UoM.
• Print the purchase contract header and item texts in the output form.
• Enter data efficiently, without waiting for unneccessary validations and error messages for unfilled fields.
Furthermore, you can create contract items faster with the readily available empty rows in the Items facet.

Furthermore, the facet Supplier Evaluation Rating is now Supplier Evaluation Score. It displays the supplier's
operational score for the previous six months. By clicking the score, you can navigate to the analytics app
Operational Supplier Evaluation to view the price/time variance, quality score, and so on. Additionally, you can
filter purchase contracts on the list page based on the supplier evaluation score.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1016 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-CON (Fiori UI for Manage Purchase

Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Catalog Items

You can specify if a purchase contract has catalog-relevant items at the header and item levels. The header-
level checkbox Catalog Relevant is only used to default items as catalog-relevant items during their creation.
The item-level indicator Catalog-relevant Item is independent of the header-level checkbox.

 Note

• The catalog-relevant indicator is only valid for material items with item category Standard. It is invalid
for free-text items.
• This indicator is applicable only for functional items. It is unavailable for item sets.

Effects on Configuration

Catalog Items

To enable or disable catalog items for purchase contracts, as a configuration expert, you need to use the search
function to open the item Purchase Contract Processing (Sourcing and Procurement: Operational Procurement)
in your configuration environment. Then, turn the switch on/off by configuring the activity Activate Catalog
Items for Purchase Contracts. For more details, see Configuration Help.

Related Information

Manage Purchase Contracts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1017
11.3.2.2 Purchase Contract Enhancements in My Inbox App

With this app, you can now view the purchase contract header and item attributes in the Multi-Select list in the
Master-Detail View and the Expert View.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-CON (Fiori UI for Manage Purchase

Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You, a purchasing manager with the role SAP_BR_PURCHASING_MANAGER, can access the Multi-Select icon
when you select your task from the To Dos in My Home with the SAP Fiori Launchpad application. To view the
header and item attributes in the Master-Detail view, use the URL parameter showAdditionalAttributes=true
and choose the Multi-Select button. Similarly, to view the attributes in Expert View, use the URL parameter
expertMode=true and choose the Multi-Select button.

 Note

To view these attributes in the app My Inbox, you need to define the five attributes using the business
add-in Enhancement of Flexible Workflow Properties (MMPUR_WFL_CONTEXT_ENHANCE) in the app Custom
Logic. For more information, see BAdI Documentation.

Related Information

Working with Purchase Contracts in My Inbox

My Inbox

11.3.2.3 Create Purchase Contract

With this app, using the field Info Update, you can now view if an info record is created or updated.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1018 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-CON (Fiori UI for Manage Purchase

Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Creating a Contract

11.3.2.4 New Custom Logic for Purchase Scheduling

Agreements

With this release, you can use the business add-in (BAdI) Calculation of Transient Custom Fields in 'Manage
Purchase Scheduling Agreements' (MM_PUR_S4_SA_HDR_CTF), to calculate transient custom fields.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SCH (Fiori UI for Manage Scheduling

Agreements)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can maintain the custom logic to calculate transient custom fields using the values of the standard
fields and custom fields in a purchase scheduling agreement. These calculated fields are not persisted in the

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1019
database tables of the business context. You can maintain the custom logic differently, if required, based on
whether the item is in ‘draft’ or ‘active’ state.

Related Information

App Extensibility: Manage Purchase Scheduling Agreements

Custom Logic

11.3.2.5 Manage Purchase Scheduling Agreements

With this app, you can now perform the following:

• Default the field <Origin Acceptance> by providing values for <Supplier>, <Purchasing
Organization>, and <Plant>. However, you can overwrite the default value and deselect <Origin
Acceptance> as per your requirement.
• E-mail or print addresses in scripts specific to a language of a country with the help of International
Address Versions.
• Provide the loading point during the creation or update of an item in purchase scheduling agreements.
• Renumber schedule lines for an item in a purchase scheduling agreement when the defined threshold
value, which is 50% to 100% of its maximum limit (9999), is reached.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-SCH (Fiori UI for Manage Purchase

Scheduling Agreements)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Renumbering of Schedule Lines for Purchase Scheduling Agreement Items

To renumber schedule lines for an item in a purchase scheduling agreement, you need to schedule a
background job using the job template Renumbering of Schedule Lines in the app Schedule Purchasing Jobs -
Advanced. Here you can define the threshold, which is 50% to 100% of its maximum limit: 9999 schedule lines.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1020 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
During the creation of schedule lines, if the defined threshold value is reached, the scheduled background job
triggers the renumbering of the schedule lines so that you can continue creating new lines.

Related Information

Manage Purchase Scheduling Agreements

11.3.2.6 Product Compliance in Purchase Scheduling

Agreements

You can now integrate product compliance with purchase scheduling agreements.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-SCH (Fiori UI for Manage Purchase

Scheduling Agreements)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Product Compliance is a way to manage compliance for your products by assessing if the supplier is a valid
supplier for the product.

The status field Product Compliance Supplier Check Status for the result of the product compliance check is
available at the purchase scheduling agreement header and item levels.

This status field is available in the following apps:

• Manage Purchase Scheduling Agreements

• Create Scheduling Agreement
• Change Scheduling Agreement

The product compliance status fields are added to the API service API_SCHED_AGRMT_PROCESS_SRV to the
purchase scheduling agreement header node and to the purchase scheduling agreement item node.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1021
Related Information

Product Compliance in Purchase Scheduling Agreements

11.3.2.7 Multiple Address Handling for Customer Field

in Third-Party Items of Purchase Scheduling
Agreements

With this feature, you can now search for multiple addresses using the F4 help option next to the Customer field
on the Delivery Address tab of a third-party item in a purchase scheduling agreement.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-SCH (Fiori UI for Manage Scheduling

Agreements)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If Multiple Address Handling is active and customer master data has been consolidated as required, you can
consume parts of the SAP Business Partner data model that can provide multiple delivery addresses in the
Customer field on the Delivery Address tab of your purchase scheduling agreement item. When ordering a
material of the item category third-party and making an entry into the Customer field, the default address of
the customer is populated. To select a different address maintained for the same customer, you can use the
new F4 value help button next to the Customer field. All available addresses for the entered customer will be
displayed. After selection, the delivery address fields will be filled accordingly.

Related Information

Manage Purchase Scheduling Agreements

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1022 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.3.2.8 Mass Changes to Purchase Contracts

With this app, you can now:

• use the fields Plant, Reason, and Reason Text in the sheet Purchase Contract Item Pricing of the
downloaded excel file while working with the offline mode of update.
• use the fields Planned Delivery Duration in Days, Kanban Indicator, Kanban Indicator Description, Incoterms,
Incoterm Location 1, and Blocked in the sheet Purchase Contract Item of the downloaded excel file while
working with the offline mode of update.
• view column headers color coded in the Microsoft Excel file downloaded from the app. These colors
correspond to the Read-Only and Mandatory configurations for the individual fields that are defined in the
configuration step Define Settings for Excel-Based Data Exchange. The below matrix shows what colors are
used in the column headers of the downloaded excel file:

Color Read-Only Section Mandatory Selection

Yellow Not Selected Selected

Grey Selected Selected

Grey Selected Not Selected

Transparent or White Not Selected Not Selected

 Note

The colors can be used as a guidance only for updating the existing purchasing documents.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-MAS (Mass Update Apps in Sourcing and

Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Mass Changes to Purchase Contracts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1023
11.3.3 Product Sourcing

11.3.3.1 Manage Sourcing Projects

With this app, you can now use a mass copy, edit, or delete functionality in the list report, see more detailed
information about payment terms within the app, create personalized views for the Supplier Quotations facet,
and see versioning information for cost breakdown templates. You can also request data about the carbon
footprint of items from suppliers. Moreover, you can now download your item data into a spreadsheet and
manage certain aspects of your item data that way instead of on the user interface.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-SP (Sourcing Project)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the SAP
S/4HANA capability for product sourcing.

Additional Details

With this app, you can now do the following:

• Mass copy, edit, or delete

• Select several sourcing projects and choose Copy to create copies of all selected sourcing projects at
once.
• Select several sourcing projects and choose Edit to edit the submission deadline, purchaser
responsible, or document currency of all selected sourcing projects at once, provided that the sourcing
projects have the status In Preparation or Under Revision.
• Select several sourcing projects and choose Delete to delete all selected sourcing projects at once,
provided that the sourcing projects have the status In Preparation or Under Revision.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1024 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
 Note

Please note that not all of these actions may be available if editing restrictions apply to the selected
sourcing projects. For example, if a sourcing project was created as a result of actions performed in a
different application, certain fields within this sourcing project may not be editable.

• View more detailed information about payment terms

Once you have selected payment terms at the header or item level, you can view more detailed information
about the individual payment terms by pressing the information button next to a payment term.
• Create personalized views for the Supplier Quotations facet
You can now save personalized views for the Supplier Quotations facet, which enables you to save time and
see the columns that are most relevant to you at a glance.
• See versioning information for cost breakdown templates
You can view the versioning information for the cost breakdown template attached to your sourcing
project. You can then update the cost breakdown template to its latest version before you publish your
sourcing project. If you have already published your sourcing project, you have the option to update the
attached cost breakdown template to its latest version, if applicable.
• Request carbon footprint data from suppliers
When sourcing for items, being aware of sustainability-related factors such as their carbon footprint may
help you in your decision making. For this reason, you can decide for each item in your sourcing project
whether you would like to collect carbon footprint data for that item, and suppliers can then provide this
information in their supplier quotations.
• Maintain item data in a spreadsheet
When working with sourcing projects, you often have to work with a large number of items. Depending on
your business needs, in certain cases it may be more convenient to maitain item data in a spreadsheet
instead of entering it on the user interface. For this reason, you can use this method as an alternative
approach to managing certain aspects of your item data.

Related Information

Manage Sourcing Projects

Sustainability Data in Product Sourcing
Mass Management of Items in a Spreadsheet
Manage Cost Breakdown Templates

11.3.3.2 Manage Supplier Quotations

With this app, you can now view more detailed information about the process flow of an item. This enables you
to, for example, easily keep track of which and how many follow-on documents have been created for an item
in a supplier quotation. Moreover, you can now provide data about the carbon footprint of items on behalf of
suppliers, if this information had previously been requested in the corresponding sourcing project. You can also
add attachments to quotations that you create on behalf of suppliers now.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1025
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-SPQ (Sourcing Project Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the SAP
S/4HANA capability for product sourcing.

Related Information

Manage Supplier Quotations (Sourcing Project)

11.3.3.3 Compare Supplier Quotations

With this app, you can now do the following:

• Create negotiations based on price or quantity.

• Create awarding scenarios.

You can do so after selecting the relevant quotations in the Quotations section and choosing Compare. In the
comparison overview, once you have selected at least one of the quotations, you can choose Create and select
one of the available options from the drop-down menu.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-SP (Sourcing Project)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1026 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the SAP
S/4HANA capability for product sourcing.

Related Information

Compare Supplier Quotations

11.3.3.4 Manage Awarding Scenarios

With this app, you can now use a mass copy, edit, or delete functionality in the list view, add notes
and attachments to your awarding scenarios, and see the number and details of awarded scenarios per
corresponding sourcing project.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-AWD (Sourcing Project Awarding Scenario)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the SAP
S/4HANA capability for product sourcing.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1027
Additional Details

With this app, you can now do the following:

Add Notes and Attachments

Add internal notes as well as attachments in form of documents and links to your awarding scenarios to share
additional information.

Mass Edit, Copy, and Delete

Select multiple awarding scenarios in the list view and

• Choose Edit to mark or unmark all selected scenarios as preferred at the same time.
• Choose Copy to create new awarding scenario drafts of all selected scenarios at the same time.
• Choose Delete to delete all selected scenarios, given that the scenarios are In Preparation.

Awarded Scenarios Pop-Up and Navigation

See the number of awarded scenarios per corresponding sourcing project, and navigate to specific awarded
scenarios, as illustrated in the animated GIF below (English only).

Related Information

Manage Awarding Scenarios

Awarding Scenario Details
How to Work with Awarding Scenarios

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1028 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.3.3.5 CDS Views for Product Sourcing

This entry provides a list of new CDS views available for the SAP S/4HANA capability for product sourcing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC (Product Sourcing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the SAP
S/4HANA capability for product sourcing.

Additional Details

CDS View Related Text View Documentation Link

Item Exclude Model for Product Sourc - Item Exclude Model for Product Sourc
ing Type ing Type
(I_ProdSrcgTypeItemExcludeMode
l)

Unconfirmed Reason Model for Product - Unconfirmed Reason Model for Product
Sourcing Type Sourcing Type
(I_ProdSrcgTypeUnconfdRsnModel
)

Unlock Supplier Model for - Unlock Supplier Model for Product

Product Sourcing Type Sourcing Type
(I_ProdSrcgTypeUnlkSuplrModel)

Version Model for Prod - Version Model for Product Sourcing

uct Sourcing Type Type
(I_ProdSrcgTypeVersionModel)

Contact Category Model for - Contact Category Model for Sourcing

Sourcing Project Quotation Type Project Quotation Type
(I_SPQtnTypeContactCatModel)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1029
CDS View Related Text View Documentation Link

Follow-On Document Cate - Follow-On Document Category in

gory in Sourcing Project Sourcing Project
(I_SrcgProjFollowOnDocCat)

Follow-On Document Type - Follow-On Document Type in Sourcing

in Sourcing Project Project
(I_SrcgProjFollowOnDocType)

Contact Category Model for Sourcing - Contact Category Model for Sourcing
Project Type Project Type
(I_SrcgProjTypeContactCatModel
)

Milestone Model for - Milestone Model for Sourcing Project

Sourcing Project Type Type
(I_SrcgProjTypeMilestoneModel)

Phase Model for Sourcing Project Type - Phase Model for Sourcing Project Type
(I_SrcgProjTypePhaseModel)

Cancelation Model for - Cancelation Model for Product Sourc

Product Sourcing Type ing Type
(I_ProdSrcgTypeCanclnModel)

Type of Sourcing Project Quotation I_SrcgProjectQuotationTypeText Type of Sourcing Project Quotation

(I_SourcingProjectQuotationTyp
e)

Type of Product Footprint I_SrcgProjItmProdFprntTypeText Type of Product Footprint in Sourcing

in Sourcing Project Item Project Item
(I_SrcgProjItemProdFprntType)

Participation Status of Sourcing Project I_SrcgProjParticipationStsText Participation Status of Sourcing Project

(I_SrcgProjParticipationStatus
)

Activation Status of Sourcing Project I_SrcgProjQtnActivationStsTxt Activation Status of Sourcing Project

Quotation Quotation
(I_SrcgProjQtnActivationStatus
)

Revision Status of Sourc I_SrcgProjQtnRevisionStatusTxt Revision Status of Sourcing Project

ing Project Quotation Quotation
(I_SrcgProjQtnRevisionStatus)

Submission Status of Sourcing Project I_SrcgProjQtnSubmissionStsText Submission Status of Sourcing Project

Quotation Quotation
(I_SrcgProjQtnSubmissionStatus
)

Sourcing Project Quota - Sourcing Project Quotation Submitted

tion Submitted Situation Situation
(I_SrcgProjQtnSubmdSitnTrggr)

11.3.3.6 Deprecation of CDS Views

The following CDS views are deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2023:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1030 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
• I_SRCGPROJCANCELLATIONRSN
• I_SRCGPROJCANCELLATIONRSNTEXT

The CDS views are no longer available by default and will be deleted without successors as of SAP S/4HANA
2023 release.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-SP (Sourcing Project)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the SAP
S/4HANA capability for product sourcing.

Related Information

Deprecated and Decommissioned CDS Views

11.3.3.7 Situation Template in Sourcing Projects

The following new situation template is available for the Manage Sourcing Projects app:

• Supplier Quotation Submitted (PROC_SRCGPROJQTN_SUBMITTED)

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1031
Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Technical Object Name Situation Template: PROC_SRCGPROJQTN_SUBMITTED

Preparation Required Yes*

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-SP (Sourcing Project)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the product
sourcing capability.

Related Information

Supplier Quotation Submitted

11.3.3.8 Extensibility for Search Model in Awarding Scenarios

With this feature, you can now extend the enterprise search in awarding scenarios with custom fields.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-AWD (Sourcing Project Awarding Scenario)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the product
sourcing capability.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1032 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Related Information

Extensibility for Search Models in Procurement

11.3.3.9 Product Sourcing Overview

With this new app, you can view analytical insights in chart views for sourcing projects and supplier quotations.
You can therefore focus on the most important tasks, enabling faster decisions and immediate action.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The information is displayed on a set of actionable cards. By clicking on the charts on these cards, you can
navigate to the appropriate apps: Manage Sourcing Projects or Manage Supplier Quotations; where you can
decide to publish or change a sourcing project or supplier quotation. Selecting the header of a card brings you
to the app itself, while selecting a chart area brings you to more detailed information.

To use the Product Sourcing Overview app, you require the business catalog SAP_MM_BC_SRC_PROCESS_PC
(Materials Management - Sourcing Projects and Quotations) assigned to your user.

Related Information

Manage Sourcing Projects

Manage Supplier Quotations (Sourcing Project)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1033
11.3.3.10 Manage Cost Breakdown Templates

With this app, you can now:

• View the list of sourcing projects where a cost breakdown template is in use. This information can be seen
in the Where Used section.
• Maintain multiple values for company code, purchasing organization, purchasing group, plant, material,
and material group. Alternatively, mark a document as valid for all company codes and all purchasing
organizations.
• Create new versions for an active cost breakdown template by editing and saving it with updated
information.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-CBD (Cost Breakdown Template)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the SAP
S/4HANA capability for product sourcing.

Related Information

Manage Cost Breakdown Templates

11.3.3.11 Renegotiation Events

The Renegotiation business object triggers the following event:

• Renegotiation Started

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1034 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-SP (Sourcing Project)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the SAP
S/4HANA capability for product sourcing.

Related Information

Renegotiation Events

11.4 Operational Procurement

11.4.1 Self-Service Requisitioning

11.4.1.1 Create Purchase Requisition

The Create Purchase Requisition app is deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023 and will be deleted from the SAP
Fiori launchpad in an upcoming release. The deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the SAP
Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch
to the successor app My Purchase Requisitions - New as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1035
Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central Requisitioning), O8J
(Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Create Purchase Requisition (Deprecated)

11.4.1.2 My Purchase Requisitions

The My Purchase Requisitions app is deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023 and will be deleted from the SAP
Fiori launchpad in an upcoming release. The deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the SAP
Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch
to the successor app My Purchase Requisitions - New as soon as possible

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central

Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

My Purchase Requisitions (Deprecated)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1036 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.4.1.3 My Purchase Requisitions - New

This app is the successor of the Create Purchase Requisition and My Purchase Requisitions apps. With this app,
you can now do the following:

• Copy accounting details when using the Copy to Other Items button to copy the details from one item to
other items in the purchase requisition.
• View the Unloading Point and Goods Recipient in the accounting details page of the accounting lines
assigned to an item.
• View history of workflow instances in Approval Details tab. You can view this only if the purchase requisition
or item has been through multiple workflows.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central

Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This app is available under the new catalog SAP_MM_BC_SSPPR_MANAGE_PC. It is recommended that you
do not use the old and new apps in parallel. Please remove the old catalog after you add the new catalog
(SAP_MM_BC_SSPPR_MANAGE_PC) to your role.

Related Information

My Purchase Requisitions - New

11.4.1.4 Manage Catalog Item Recommendations

This app has been deprecated without replacement as of SAP S/4HANA 2023. It will be deleted from the SAP
Fiori launchpad in an upcoming release. The deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the SAP
Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is deleted.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1037
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XW (Propose Creation of Catalog Items based on Free-Text

Purchase Orders)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-CA-OCI (Fiori UI for Open Catalog Interface)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Catalog Item Recommendations (Deprecated)

11.4.1.5 Schedule Export of Purchase Orders

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XW (Propose Creation of Catalog Items based on Free-Text

Purchase Orders), 2XV (Propose Material Group in Free-Text
Purchase Requisitions)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-CA-OCI (Fiori UI for Open Catalog Interface)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Schedule Export of Purchase Orders (Deprecated)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1038 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.4.1.6 Deprecation of Machine Learning Scenarios

The machine learning scenarios Propose Creation of New Catalog Items Based on Free-Text Purchase Orders,
Propose Material Group in Free-Text Purchase Requisitions, Intelligent Approval Workflow, and Image-Based
Buying have been deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XW (Propose Creation of Catalog Items based on Free-Text

Purchase Orders), 2XV (Propose Material Group in Free-Text
Purchase Requisitions), 43E (Intelligent Approval Workflow),
3UH (Image-Based Buying)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)

MM-FIO-PUR-REL (Fiori UI for Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Create Purchase Requisition (Deprecated)

Manage Catalog Item Recommendations (Deprecated)
Schedule Export of Purchase Orders (Deprecated)
Schedule Export of Catalog Item Images for Machine Learning (Deprecated)
Schedule Transfer of Purchase Requisitions for Intelligent Approval (Deprecated)

11.4.1.7 Schedule Export of Catalog Item Images for Machine

Learning

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1039
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3UH (Image-Based Buying)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Schedule Export of Catalog Item Images for Machine Learning (Deprecated)

11.4.1.8 Default Settings for Users

With this app, you can now maintain the default Storage Location of purchase requisition items for a user. You
can also maintain the default Unloading Point and Goods Recipient for the purchase requisitions created by a
user. These fields can be also be maintained via the Excel-Based Data Exchange feature present within this app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central Requisitioning), O8J

(Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the case of currency conversion, please manually change the source currency to target currency in the
Currency field. For more details on currency conversion, please see 3229024 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1040 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Related Information

Default Settings for Users

11.4.1.9 Schedule Import of Catalog Data

With this release, you can now import catalog data along with the associated sources of supply (SoS) in the
converted currency from the connected systems to the hub system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central

Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can define the common currency in Define Settings for Cross-Catalog Search under SAP
Customizing Implementation Guide Materials Management Purchasing Purchase Requisition Self-
Service Procurement .

 Note

The connected system must be in the SAP S/4HANA landscape (release 2021 or higher). For more details
on currency conversion, please see 3229024 .

Related Information

Schedule Import of Catalog Data

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1041
11.4.2 Requirements Processing

11.4.2.1 Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional

With this app, you can now do the following:

• View the carbon footprint of a material while selecting the source of supply for a purchase requisition item.
• Filter items using Created By filter criterion.
• Maintain Reference delivery address
• View Price Scale, if any, for cross-catalog search items
• View links to navigate to related apps
• Assign a Contract for Limit that has no contract item with the same purchasing group or material group as
the requisition item

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase

Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Header Attachments: You can add GOS attachments (Generic Object Services) at the header level of a
purchase requisition.
• Additional Fields in Delivery Address: You can view additional fields such as CareOfName, Building, Floor
etc. in the Delivery Address section using the Adapt UI option.
• Carbon Footprint: The carbon footprint of a material for a source of supply is calculated based on the
value maintained in Product Footprint Management.
• Approval Details: You can edit the approval details to add new steps. The new steps thus added will be in
status New until the changes are saved. Such steps with status New can be further edited or deleted.
Also, if the purchase requisition or item has been through multiple workflows, then you can view the history
of the workflow instances in the Approval Details tab.
• Reference Delivery Address: You can choose an address from a list of stored addresses available via the
value help.
• Price Scale: Some cross-catalog search items have price scale defined, wherein different prices are
maintained based on the quantity of the item. On adding such items to the cart, the price of the item

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1042 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
is determined by the requested quantity and gets automatically updated whenever there is a change in the
requested quantity.
• Navigation to Related Apps: You can view links to related apps on choosing the description of the
requisitions on the list screen. Note that if a requisition is in draft state, then navigation to certain
applications might not be relevant.
• Item Copy: While copying purchase requisition items, attachments are also copied. Note that attachments
in draft state are not copied.
• Contract for Limit: If the configuration Enable Change of Product Group is activated, you can assign a
contract that does contain any contract item with the same purchasing group or material group as the
purchase requisition item.
• UI Performance Improvement: While entering values in the fields, there could be a small delay in the
display of validation messages as they are consolidated in such a way that the UI performance is not
impacted. Also, you must use the 'Enter' key in place of the 'Tab' key to view the field validations.
• Deactivation of Smartphone Support: You can no longer use this app on smartphone. We recommend
that you make the necessary preparations to be able to continue using this app on one of the supported
device types, which are tablet computers and desktop computers.

Effects on System Administration

• Approval Details: To view the Edit option in the Approval Details section, you must add the business
catalog SAP_MM_BC_PR_ADHOCAPPROVE_PC to the existing custom roles, if any, that you have created with
reference to the business role templates SAP_BR_MANAGER_PROCUREMENT and SAP_BR_PURCHASER.
• Delivery Address: The additional fields in the Delivery Address section are available only through the Adapt
UI option.

Related Information

Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional

11.4.2.2 New CDS Views for Purchase Requisitions

Two new CDS views have been added as of release SAP S/4HANA 2023:

• Change Doc Items for Purchase Requisitions (I_PurchaseReqnChgDocItmAPI01)

• Change Documents for Purchase Requisitions (I_PurchaseReqnChgDocAPI01)

These CDS views are used to read the administration data of change documents if a purchase requisition or
item is changed.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1043
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase

Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Change Documents for Purchase Requisitions

Change Doc Items for Purchase Requisitions

11.4.2.3 Deprecated CDS Views in Purchase Requisitions

Remember that the deprecated CDS views, I_PurchaseRequisition_Api01 and

I_PurReqnAcctAssgmt_Api01, will become unusable soon. Please use the replacement
CDS views: I_PurchaseRequisitionAPI01, I_PurchaseRequisitionItemAPI01, and
I_PurReqnAcctAssgmtAPI01.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase

Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1044 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Additional Details

Reason for Deprecation

Deprecated View Replacement View(s) Reason for Deprecation

I_PurchaseRequisition_Api01 I_PurchaseRequisitionAPI01, To retain the header and item details of

I_PurchaseRequisitionItemAPI01 a purchase requisition separately

I_PurReqnAcctAssgmt_Api01 I_PurReqnAcctAssgmtAPI01 To maintain compatibility with the re

placement views for purchase requisi
tion

Related Information

Purchase Requisition Header

Purchase Requisition Item
Account Assignment in Purchase Requisition
(Deprecated) Account Assignment in Purchase Requisition
(Deprecated) Purchase Requisition Item
Deprecated and Decommissioned CDS Views

11.4.2.4 Situation Scenario for Purchase Requisition

A new object-based situation scenario PROC_PURCHASEREQNITEM is now available in the app Manage
Situation Scenarios. You can create situation templates for various use cases based on this scenario. For more
details, see Situation Scenario.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase

Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisition)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1045
Related Information

Situation Scenario

11.4.2.5 Deactivation of Smartphone Support

The support of the following SAP Fiori apps on smartphones is deactivated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023.

• Default Settings for Users

• Manage Catalog Item Recommendations
• Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase

Contract), 1XI (Central Requisitioning), 2XW (Propose Crea
tion of Catalog Items based on Free-Text Purchase Orders)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Use of the following apps on smartphones is deactivated with SAP S/4HANA 2023

App Technical Object Name

Default Settings for Users F1995

Manage Catalog Item Recommendations (Deprecated) F2278

Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional F2229

If you have been using one or more of these apps on your smartphone, SAP recommends that you make the
necessary preparations to be able to continue using the apps on one of the supported device types, which are
tablet computers and desktop computers.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1046 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.4.2.6 Create Purchase Requisition - Advanced

With this app, you can maintain a reference purchase contract number in purchase requisition limit items of
product type Service, using the field Contract for Limit.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase

Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Create Purchase Requisition - Advanced

11.4.2.7 New Business Add-Ins for Purchase Requisitions

The following BAdIs (Business Add-Ins) are now available:

• Calculation of Transient Custom Fields in 'Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional'

• Calculation of Transient Custom Fields in Self-Service Procurement
• Calculation of Transient Custom Fields in PR FactSheet

You can maintain the custom logic to calculate transient custom fields using the values of the standard fields
and custom fields in a purchase requisition item.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1047
Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase
Contract), 1XI (Central Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The calculated fields are not persisted in the database tables of the business context. You can maintain the
custom logic differently, if required, based on whether the item is in ‘draft’ or ‘active’ state.

Related Information

Custom Logic

11.4.2.8 Changed Business Add-Ins for Purchase Requisitions

The following BAdIs (Business Add-Ins) have been enhanced:

• Check of Purchase Requisition Item

• Change of Purchase Requisition Item
• Change of Field Control for Purchase Requisitions
• Check of Draft Item of a Self-Service Purchase Requisition
• Change of Draft Item of a Self-Service Purchase Requisition
• Change of Field Control for Purchase Requisitions
• Setting of Default Delivery Address of Self-Service Purchase Requisition
• Determination of Workflow Agents for Purchasing Documents
• Enhancement of Flexible Workflow Properties

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1048 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central
Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase Contract), BNX (Consuma
ble Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

MM-FIO-PUR-REL (Fiori UI for Purchasing Approval)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

BAdI Name Enhancement Invoked in the Context of

Check of Purchase Requisition Item You can perform validation My Purchase Requisitions - New,
(MM_PUR_S4_PR_CHECK ) checks on the delivery address Manage Purchase Requisitions -
of a purchase requisition Professional
item. The importing parameter
PURCHASEREQDELIVERYADDR_TABLE
that contains the delivery address of
a purchase requisition item has been
added.

Change of Purchase Requisition Item You can modify the accounting My Purchase Requisitions - New,
(MM_PUR_S4_PR_MODIFY_ITEM ) category of a purchase Manage Purchase Requisitions -
requisition item. The field Professional
ACCOUNTASSIGNMENTCATEGORY has
been added to the changing parameter
PURCHASEREQUISITIONITEMCHANGE.

Change of Field Control You can influence the field control Manage Purchase Requisitions -
for Purchase Requisitions Professional, My Purchase Requisitions
properties of a catalog service and
(MM_PUR_S4_PR_FLDCNTRL_SIMPLE) - New
item.
To support the same, the
following fields have been added
to the importing parameter
PURCHASEREQUISITIONITEM:
PURREQNSSPCATALOG,
PURREQNSSPCATALOGITEM

Check of Draft Item of a Self-Service You can perform validation My Purchase Requisitions and Create
Purchase Requisition checks on the accounting Purchase Requisition
(MM_PUR_S4_SSPPR_CHK_DRAFT_ITE details of existing accounting
M) lines in a purchase requisition
item. The importing parameter
PURCHASEREQNACCASSGNMTCHECK
has been added that contains the
accounting details of a purchase
requisition item.

Change of Draft Item of a Self-Service You can modify the accounting My Purchase Requisitions and Create
Purchase Requisition details of existing accounting Purchase Requisition

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1049
BAdI Name Enhancement Invoked in the Context of

(MM_PUR_S4_SSPPR_MOD_DRAFT_ITE lines in a purchase requisition

M) item. The importing parameter
PURCHASEREQNACCASSGNMT_TABLE
and changing parameter
PURCHASEREQNACCASSGNMTCHNG that
contain the accounting details of a
purchase requisition item have been
added.

Change of Field Control You can influence the field control My Purchase Requisitions, Create
for Purchase Requisitions Purchase Requisition, Manage Purchase
properties of a limit item.
(MM_PUR_S4_PR_FLDCNTRL_SIMPLE) Requisitions - Professional and My
To support the same, the following Purchase Requisitions - New
fields have been added to the
importing parameter
PURCHASEREQUISITIONITEM:
EXPECTEDOVERALLLIMITAMOUNT,
OVERALLLIMITAMOUNT,
MULTIPLEACCTASSGMTDISTRIBUTIO
N, PURCONTRACTFOROVERALLLIMIT
and SERVICEPERFORMER

Determination of Workflow The field isadhocstep which Edit and Approve Purchase Requisition,
Agents for Purchasing Documents Manage Purchase Requisitions -
indicates whether the workflow step
(MMPUR_WORKFLOW_AGENTS_V2), Professional and My Purchase
has been added via the Manage Requisitions - New
Enhancement of Flexible
Workflow Properties Workflow Instances app is added to the
(MMPUR_WFL_CONTEXT_ENHANCE) import parameter STEPINFO.

Related Information

Custom Logic

11.4.2.9 Deprecated Business Add-Ins for Purchase

Requisitions

The following BAdIs (Business Add-Ins) have been deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023:

• Check of Draft Item of a Self-Service Purchase Requisition

• Change of Draft Item of a Self-Service Purchase Requisition

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1050 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central

Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Custom Logic

11.4.2.10 Schedule Transfer of Purchase Requisitions for

Intelligent Approval

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), 43E (Intelligent Approval Workflow),

BMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REL (Fiori UI for Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1051
Related Information

Schedule Transfer of Purchase Requisitions for Intelligent Approval (Deprecated)

11.4.2.11 Edit and Approve Purchase Requisition

With this release, you can now do the following:

• As an approver, navigate to all the account assignment details from the table view in the item details page.
• Choose Copy to Other Items to apply the changes done in one item to the other items in the purchase
requisition.
• Choose Edit in the Approval Details tab to add steps to the approval flow.
• View history of workflow instances in Approval Details tab.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central

Requisitioning), BNX (Consumable Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REL (Fiori UI for Purchasing Approval)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Approval Details: When you choose Edit in the Approval Details tab, you are navigated to Manage Workflow
Instances app. Steps can be added here.

 Recommendation

It is recommended not to use Agent Determination by BAdI as Role in Recipients tab while adding the
steps.

If the purchase requisition or item has been through multiple workflows, then you can view the history of
the workflow instances in the Approval Details tab.
• UI Performance Improvement: While entering values in the fields, there could be a small delay in the
display of validation messages as they are consolidated in such a way that the UI performance is not
impacted. Also, you must use the 'Enter' key in place of the 'Tab' key to view the field validations.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1052 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Effects on System Administration

To view the Edit option in the Approval Details section, a new business catalog
SAP_MM_BC_PR_ADHOCAPPROVE_PC is created and assigned to the business role templates
SAP_BR_MANAGER_PROCUREMENT and SAP_BR_PURCHASER. To add steps via the Manage Workflow Instances
app, you need to add this business catalog to the custom role that you have already created with reference to
these business role templates.

Related Information

Edit and Approve Purchase Requisition

11.4.2.12 Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions

With this release, a fiori notification is generated when an agent could not be determined while execution of a
purchase requisition workflow. After rectification of the error, you can click on the notification to navigate to the
app Flexible Workflow Administration and resume the workflow.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central

Requisitioning), BNX (Consumable Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REL (Fiori UI for Purchasing Approval)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1053
11.4.2.13 Enhancements in My Inbox for Purchase
Requisitions

With this release, you can now do the following:

• As an approver, navigate to all the account assignment details from the table view in the item details page.
• Choose Edit in the Approval Details tab to add steps to the approval flow.
• View history of workflow instances in Approval Details tab.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central

Requisitioning), BNX (Consumable Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REL (Fiori UI for Purchasing Approval)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you choose Edit in the Approval Details tab, you are navigated to Manage Workflow Instances app. Steps
can be added here.

 Recommendation

It is recommended not to use Agent Determination by BAdI as Role in Recipients tab while adding the steps.

If the purchase requisition or item has been through multiple workflows, then you can view the history of the
workflow instances in the Approval Details tab.

Effects on System Administration

A new business catalog SAP_MM_BC_PR_ADHOCAPPROVE_PC is created and assigned to the business role
templates SAP_BR_MANAGER_PROCUREMENT and SAP_BR_PURCHASER. To add steps via the Manage Workflow
Instances app, you need to add this business catalog to the custom role that you have already created with
reference to these business role templates.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1054 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Related Information

My Inbox

11.4.2.14 Mass Changes to Purchase Requisitions

With this app, you can now see the value of the purchase requisition item closed indicator for all the purchase
requisition items.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-MAS (Mass Processing Apps in Sourcing and

Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

11.4.2.15 Monitor Purchase Requisition Items

With this app, you can now view the first and the last name of the user along with the user id for the field
Requestor.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-MON (Monitoring Apps in Sourcing and

Procurement)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1055
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

11.4.3 Purchase Order Processing

11.4.3.1 Manage Purchase Orders

With this release, you can:

• View, assign, or unassign partners, for example, suppliers and their associated partner functions, such as
ordering address and invoicing party, to a purchase order at partner tab at the header level of a purchase
order.
• Add a delivery address that overwrites the plant address or the storage location address.
• Make use of the connection with Transportation Management/TM with regards to TM locations for
incoterms.
• Create purchase order items with reference to a purchase requisition using Add from Document.
• Make use of the new Output Preview button on the header of the purchase order, with this option you can
preview the purchase order output while working with the purchase order.

 Note

The output preview feature is available only to customers who have the latest BRF+ version for
purchase order output.

• Track the changes that occurred at header and item level by going to Display Change Log.
• Block and Unblock items.
• View manufacturer details such as Manufacturer Part Number, Manufacturer ID, and Manufacturer Name
on the purchase order output. These fields are part of the standard purchase order output and are
maintained in the material master data.

 Note

The section Manufacturing Details is only printed in the output if the manufacturing data is maintained
in the material master data.

• Receive output of the purchase order in an email as an attachment using the custom logic Addition of Email
Recipients.
• Print shipping type, revision level of subcomponent of an ordered material, and invoice partner data in
purchase order outputs using custom forms in FDP service. Invoice partner data is available only for print
and email channels
• Include custom attachments in the purchase order outputs.
• View history of the older workflow instances in the Approval Details tab.
• Show Carbon Footprint of a material in the value helps.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1056 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J62 (Asset Account

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)

The output preview feature is available only to customers who have latest BRF+ version for purchase
order output. Refer to the KBA for more details.

Follow the below steps to view output preview for the purchase order:
1. Open the app Manage Purchase Orders.
2. Open the purchase order for which you want to preview the output. Depending on the status of
the purchase order the Output Preview button is available for selection, or it is greyed out and not
selectable. The following applies to the availability of the button:

Purchase order status Output Preview button visible & selectable

Deleted No

Draft Yes

Follow-On Documents No

In Approval Yes

Not Yet Sent Yes

Output Error Yes

Rejected No

Sent No

3. Click on the Output Preview button. You can see the output request items listed here as setup in the
app Output Parameter Determination. These output request items are same as what you configure for
the actual purchase order output.
4. Choose the output option as needed. On selecting the option, the output preview is generated.

 Note

• If you do not see the output request items, or you are unable to generate the output preview,
then ensure that the configurations done in Output Parameter Determination are correct. Refer
to the documentation How to configure output parameter determination for purchase orders?
for more details.
• EDI channel is not supported for output preview of purchase orders.
• Supplier and ship-to address cannot be previewed in a purchase order output preview while a
purchase order is being edited.
• The generated previews are opened in new tabs and can be checked simultaneously in
different tabs. The generated output is just a preview, do not use the output preview as the
original purchase order output.
• The print preview feature is available only to customers who have latest BRF+ version for
purchase order output. Refer to the KBA for more details.

• Display Change Log

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1059
The Display Change Log button is located in the header section of a purchase order. It allows you to track
changes made at header and item level since the time of creation of the purchase order . You can go to
Settings to add and remove fields that you want to display. You can go to theSettings to filter and sort or
use Group by Table Key to view changes made to a specific position.

 Note

To display the change log, the business catalog SAP_MM_BC_PO_MANAGE_ADD_PC (Materials

Management - Purchase Orders - Additions) must be assigned to the user.

• Block and Unblock

On item level the new buttons Block and Unblock are available. You can block/unblock standard, limit, and
hierarchy items. The buttons are active depending on the status of the purchase order and when an item is
selected. For example,
• if no item is selected, the buttons Block and Unblock are inactive
• if an item with the status Blocked is selected, the button Block is inactive and the Unblock button is
active
• when an item with Marked for Deletion status is selected, the buttons Delete and Unblock are inactive
• for a purchase order that is ordered with several and one blocked item, the blocked item is not sent to
the supplier
• if a purchase order has the status Sent, it can still be edited and a then selected item blocked or later
unblocked

 Note

For compliance reasons you can order a purchase order with all items blocked.

• Purchase Order Output as an Attachment in an Email to Recipient(s)

Recipients can receive an email attachment with the purchase order output on creation of the output.
Follow the below steps to receive purchase order outputs as email attachments:
1. Configure the custom logic BAdI: Addition of Email Recipients.
1. As a key user, go to the app Custom Fields and Logic.
2. Create a new implementation for the custom logic APOC_ADD_EMAIL_RECIPIENTS (BAdI:
Addition of Email Recipients) with filter value as PURCHASE_ORDER. The below sample
implementation shows how a creator of the purchase order can receive outputs in an email:

 Sample Code

DATA: ls_additional_email_recipient LIKE LINE OF

additionalemailrecipients.
*Fetch PO creator ID
SELECT SINGLE createdbyuser FROM i_purchaseorderapi01 WITH
PRIVILEGED ACCESS
WHERE
purchaseorder = @outputcontrolapplicationobject INTO
@DATA(lv_purchaser).
IF lv_purchaser IS NOT INITIAL.
*Fetch Purchaser email address
SELECT SINGLE \_addrcurdefaultemailaddress-emailaddress FROM
i_user WHERE userid = @lv_purchaser

INTO @DATA(lv_email_address) PRIVILEGED ACCESS.

IF lv_email_address IS NOT INITIAL.
ls_additional_email_recipient-outputrequestitememailrole =
'CC'.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1060 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
ls_additional_email_recipient-outputrequestitememailaddress
= lv_email_address.
APPEND ls_additional_email_recipient TO
additionalemailrecipients.
ENDIF.
ENDIF.

3. Save and publish the implementation.

2. Configure the app Output Parameter Determination.
1. Go to the app Output Parameter Determination.
2. Setup rule for the purchase order and choose Email Receipt as Determination Step.
3. Add a new line in the Table Contents section.
4. Under Email Type Code choose Select Expression.
5. Under select expression, enter the below Search Criteria, and click on Search:
• Application Name = OPD_APOC_SYSTEM
• Expression Type = Constant
6. From the search results, select the option Add email recipients from custom logic.
7. Save and activate the Output Parameter Determination settings.

 Note

If no recipient is determined then the output is sent to the respective channel server.

• View History of Workflow Instances

If the purchase order has been through multiple workflows, then you can view the history of the workflow
instances in the Approval Details tab. Follow the below steps to view historial data for the workflow
instances:
1. Go to the app Manage Purchase Orders.
2. Open the purchase order for which you want to see history of approval instances.
3. Go to the tab Approval Details.
4. Select the workflow instance from the drop down. On selecting the workflow instance, you can see
history of the workflow instance such as workflow definition, and status of approval.
• Carbon Footprint
The carbon footprint (CO2e/carbon dioxide equivalent) of a material is displayed per unit quantity in the
following value helps of the app Manage Purchase Orders:
• In the list report when searching for a material
• On the object page of a purchase order, when searching for a material while entering or changing an
item (standard and limit items)
• On the detail page of a purchase order item, when searching for a material while entering or changing
an item (standard and limit items)
To be able to filter on the columns CO2e Footprint and CO2e Footprint Unit, make sure that Material is
selected in the settings. Go to the field Material Value help Show Filters All Filters . You can scroll
to the columns CO2e Footprint and CO2e Footprint Unit.

Effects on Customizing

• Partner Tab

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1061
You, as a configuration expert, need to enable the Partner tab in the app Manage Purchase Orders. In
your configuration environment, use the search function to open the following activity: Maintain Partner
Functions in Manage Purchase Orders Application ( Sourcing and Procurement General Settings ).
Then, turn the switch on by configuring the step Enable Partner Functions in Manage Purchase Orders
Application. In a standard system setting this configuration step is switched off by default. Once the switch
is on, you cannot turn it off.

Related Information

Manage Purchase Orders

11.4.3.2 New Output Types in Purchase Orders

With this feature, you can now generate outputs of type dunning reminders and reminders for purchase order
acknowledgements.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO (Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

How to generate outputs for purchase order dunning reminders?

How to generate outputs for reminders of purchase order acknowledgements?

11.4.3.3 Create Purchase Order - Advanced

With this app, you can now use the option Print Preview to view the purchase order output in preview mode
during approval of a purchase order or before you save the purchase order. This helps to check the purchase
order output before it is sent out.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1062 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
 Note

The print preview feature is available only to customers who have latest BRF+ rule for purchase order
output.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO (Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

11.4.3.4 Creating Item Hierarchies with Purchase Order

BAPIs

With this release, you can create and change item hierarchies in purchase orders using the purchase order
BAPIs BAPI_PO_CREATE1 and BAPI_PO_CHANGE.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The fields representing the Item Hierarchies have been added to the BAPI interface structure. You can,

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1063
• Create a new hierarchy structure in a purchase order using BAPI_PO_CREATE1 and BAPI_PO_CHANGE.
• Use BAPI_PO_CHANGE to add new subitems to an existing purchase order.
• You cannot change the item set (parent item) of an existing purchase order item. The system issues an
error message.
• You cannot use BAPI_PO_CHANGE to change the following fields:
• SUBITEMS
• LONG_ITEM_NUMBER
• EXTERNAL_SORT_NUMBER
• BAPI_PO_GETDETAIL1 returns the new hierarchy fields.

Related Information

Item Hierarchies

11.4.3.5 Monitor Purchase Order Items

With this app, you can now use the following new fields in the displayed results:

• Next Order Acknowledgement Date: Provides the next order acknowledgement confirmation date by when
the supplier can deliver the partial or complete order.
• Next Order Acknowledgement Quantity: Provides the next order acknowledgement quantity from the
supplier based on the confirmation receipt date.
• Next Inbound Delivery Date: Provides the next inbound delivery confirmation date by when the supplier can
deliver the partial or complete order.
• Next Inbound Delivery Quantity: Provides the next inbound delivery quantity from the supplier based on
confirmation receipt date.

Also, the below fields have been renamed in this app:

• Field Next Delivery Date is renamed to Next Schedule Line Date.

• Field Next Delivery Quantity is renamed to Next Schedule Line Quantity.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1064 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Application Component MM-PUR-GF-MON (Monitoring Apps in Sourcing and
Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Monitor Purchase Order Items

11.4.3.6 Subcontracting Cockpit

With this app, you can now select a document date and a posting date based on the business need for the
purchasing documents. This can be done while issuing goods to the supplier using the Post Goods Issue option.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-MON (Monitoring Apps in Sourcing and

Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Follow the below steps to add a posting date and a document to the purchasing documents:

1. Navigate to the app Subcontracting Cockpit.

2. Select the document item(s) that are relevant for posting goods issue.
3. Click on Post Goods Issue.
4. Choose a desired Posting Date and Document Date for the selected document item. Add other mandatory
information in the post goods issue screen as required.
5. Click on Post Goods Issue.

By default, the current date is used as the posting and document date.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1065
Related Information

Subcontracting Cockpit

11.4.3.7 Manage Workflows for Purchase Orders

With the custom logic Enhancement of Flexible Workflow Properties (MMPUR_WFL_CONTEXT_ENHANCE), you
can now set values of five generic custom attributes for purchase orders. Additionally, you can now set the
priority of a workflow step (task) as low, medium, high, or very high for purchase order workflows.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO-WFL (Flexible Workflows in Purchase

Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Custom attributes can only be viewed in My Inbox custom tile created using the Custom Tiles app, with the
URL parameter expertMode=true or showAdditionalAttributes=true.
• The priority indicator can be viewed for all the work items in the task list of the app My Inbox.

Related Information

Manage Workflows for Purchase Orders

11.4.3.8 Manage Workflows for Supplier Confirmations

With this app, you can now mark a workflow step as optional using the step property, Is Optional Step. This is
an optional field, and by default a step is considered as mandatory. If a workflow step is marked optional and an

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1066 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
approver cannot be determined for the step then the step gets skipped, and the workflow automatically moves
to the next step, if any. Also, for the steps marked as optional, if the step goes to an error stage, then the step
is skipped, and the workflow automatically moves to the next step. If the last step is an optional step, and if this
step is skipped, then the supplier confirmation is automatically approved.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component MM-PUR-CNF-WFL (Workflows for Supplier Confirmations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Workflows for Supplier Confirmations

11.4.3.9 Deprecated Situation Template: Delivery Insights for

Ordered Items

The following situation template is deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2023 and will not be replaced:

• Delivery Insights for Ordered Items (PROC_POITEM_DELIVERY_IOT_EVENT)

This situation template will be removed with SAP S/4HANA 2024.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials),

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing )

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1067
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The situation template Delivery Insights for Ordered Items (PROC_POITEM_DELIVERY_IOT_EVENT) is based
on SAP IoT.

As SAP IoT has been discontinued the situation template Delivery Insights for Ordered Items is deprecated with
SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Related Information

Situation Handling
Use Cases for Situation Handling

11.4.3.10 Display Purchasing Documents by Account

Assignment

With the app Display Purchasing Documents by Account Assignment (App ID: ME2K), you can view statistics
on purchasing documents, for example, purchase orders, purchase requisitions, outline agreements, and so
on.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials

Application Component MM-PUR-PO (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1068 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Additional Details

With this app, you can use the following features:

• Run reports analyzing purchasing documents (for example purchase orders, purchase requisitions, outline
agreements, and so on) according to a variety of criteria
• Display purchase order item statistics with the focus on the account assignment
• Run reports analyzing purchase orders according to a variety of criteria, for example, list a purchase order
for a given account assignment like cost center

Related Information

Display Purchasing Documents by Account Assignment

11.4.3.11 Display Purchase Order

The Display Purchase Order application (App ID: F7117) is a means to view contextual information about
the purchase order business object. It is the source for the purchase order details shown in the My Inbox
application and cannot be displayed independently from the My Inbox application.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Facets which are not visible in the My Inbox app can still be viewed via the semantic object navigation (follow
the link behind the purchase order number) or by using the smart link to go from the My Inbox application to
the Display Purchase Order factsheet application.n.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1069
Related Information

Display Purchase Order

11.4.3.12 Display Supplier Confirmations

With the Display Supplier Confirmations application (App ID 7276), you can display contextual information
about the supplier confirmation business object.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services), 2TX (Direct
Procurement with Inbound Delivery)

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-CON (Confirmation Control/Shipping

Notification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Display Supplier Confirmations application is the source for the supplier confirmation details shown in
the My Inbox application and cannot be displayed independently from the My Inbox application.

You can use this app to

• Display a list of supplier confirmations

• Display the author of the supplier confirmation, the processing status, and the approver
• Find the supplier contact data, the purchase order number, and the creation date of the purchase order
• View confirmation item details, such as confirmed quantity, confirmed net order price, and delivery date

11.4.3.13 Purchase Order

With this app, you can display summarized key facts about the purchase order business object. The following
enhancements to this purchase order factsheet are available:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1070 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
• On header level you can now view the content of the purchase order tabs: Notes, Attachments, and
Approval Details
• You can navigate into details like General Information, Account Assignment, and Schedule Lines for items
and hierarchy items (hierarchies have to be enabled; for details see Item Hierarchies).
• All tables concerning preceding and follow-on documents like, for example, Purchase Requistion Item, and
Supplier Invoices are visible even if there is no predecessor or follow-on document.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Purchase Order

11.4.4 Service Purchasing and Recording

11.4.4.1 Import Function for Manage Model Product

Specifications

With this app, you can now import model product specifications. This allows you to create or change model
product specifications using spreadsheets.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1071
Scope Item 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Application Component MM-PUR-MPS (Manage Model Product Specifications)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With the Import functionality, you can

• download selected model product specifications to change one or several objects.

• download a template to create one or several model product specifications.
• upload your changed or newly created model product specification to the system.

Here you can find a detailed example: Example: Importing Model Product Specifications.

Related Information

Example: Importing Model Product Specifications

Manage Model Product Specifications

11.4.4.2 Copy in Manage Model Product Specifications

With this feature, you can copy an existing model product specification. Once you've selected a model product
specification from the search results list and chosen Copy, a new draft of a model product specification opens.
The data from the copied model product specification are taken over. You can then edit the draft and create the
model product specification.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Application Component MM-PUR-MPS (Manage Model Product Specifications)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1072 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Additional Details

To copy a model product specification

1. Search for an existing model product specification and select it.

2. Choose Copy.

3. You can now edit the newly created draft version of the copied model product specification.

Related Information

Manage Model Product Specifications

11.4.4.3 Mass Change in Manage Model Product

Specifications

With this feature, you can now select multiple editable model product specifications to edit the name,
language, and search term for all of them at once.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 22Z (Procurement of Services)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1073
Application Component MM-PUR-MPS (Manage Model Product Specifications)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Model Product Specifications

11.4.4.4 Mass Change in Manage Service Entry Sheets

With this feature, you can now select multiple editable service entry sheets to edit the name of the service
entry sheets and the posting date for goods receipt for all of them at once.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Application Component MM-PUR-SVC-SES (Service Entry Sheet for Service

Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services

11.4.4.5 Monitor Jobs for Model Product Specifications

With this feature, you can now use the app Monitor Jobs for Model Product Specifications. With this app, you
can monitor jobs that were created when importing model product specifications using the app Manage Model
Product Specifications. When you upload a spreadsheet to create or change model product specification, a job
is scheduled. You can monitor these jobs in this app to track whether your upload was successful. You can
further analyze errors related to imported model product specifications.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1074 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Application Component MM-PUR-MPS (Manage Model Product Specifications)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Import Function for Manage Model Product Specifications [page 1071]

Monitor Jobs for Model Product Specifications

11.4.4.6 Manage Service Entry Sheets

With this feature, you now receive a warning message if you create a service entry sheet item with reference
to a purchase order item for which the Delivery Completed indicator is set. The warning message informs you
that the related purchase order item is to be regarded as closed. You can still create the service entry sheet as
usual.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 22Z (Procurement of Services)

Application Component MM-PUR-SVC-SES (Service Entry Sheet for Service

Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1075
Related Information

Manage Service Entry Sheets - Lean Services

11.5 Central Procurement

11.5.1 Central Requisitioning

11.5.1.1 My Purchase Requisitions - New

With this app, you can now do the following in the context of Central Requisitioning:

• Copy the details of one item to other items in a purchase requisition by choosing the Copy to Other Items
button.
• Display the purchase order status, source of supply and approver in the quick view details by choosing the
Number of Items column in the list screen.
• View Connected System ID in the value help of Plant and Company Code.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central

Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The goods receipt indicator, invoice receipt indicator and tracking number are also transferred from the hub to
the connected system during replication.

 Note

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1076 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Related Information

My Purchase Requisitions - New

11.5.1.2 Schedule Jobs for Central Purchase Requisitions

With this app, you can schedule jobs to update the converted currency of central purchase requisitions from
the connected system to the hub system. Two job templates are available for this purpose and must be run in
the following order:

1. Display Non-Replicated Purchase Requisitions

2. Update Currency Related Fields from Connected System

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1XI (Central Requisitioning)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ-SSP (Self-Service Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

1. Display Non-Replicated Purchase Requisitions - This job is run to display the list of central purchase
requisitions that have not yet been replicated to the connected system.
2. Update Currency Related Fields from Connected System - This job must be run after the first job is run and
all the central purchase requisitions have been replicated to the connected system. This job updates the
currency related fields from the connected system to the hub system after the currency conversion has
happened in the connected system.

 Note

If you run this job before all the purchase requisitions have been replicated, then you must manually
update the currency related fields of the non-replicated purchase requisitions in the hub system.

 Note

Note that the connected system must be in the SAP S/4HANA landscape (release 2021 or higher). For
more details on currency conversion, please see 3229024 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1077
Effects on Configuration

To enable the bulk extraction of purchase requisitions from the connected system to the hub system, please
activate the operation XPR Get Purchase Requisitions in Bulk with bounded context CPF in the table API
Control Plane for Bounded Context in the configuration activity Configure Control Plane for the APIs of Central
Procurement.

Related Information

Schedule Jobs for Central Purchase Requisitions

11.5.2 Central Purchasing

11.5.2.1 Business Add-Ins for Central Purchasing

With this release, the following business add-ins have been created:

• Define Conditions to Restart Workflow for Central Approval

• Define Conditions to Restart the Flexible Workflow for Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions
• Retrieval of Output Form Details for Print Preview in Replicated Purchase Orders
• Change BAdI for Proxy PO

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1078 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Additional Details

BAdI Name Description Invoked in the Context of

Define Conditions to Restart You can define conditions that will Manage Workflows for Centrally
Managed Purchase Orders
Workflow for Central Approval restart the flexible workflow for
(MMPUR_HUB_CPO_WR_CND) centrally managed purchase orders.
You can use this BAdI to override
the configurations defined in the
configuration step Display Conditions
to Restart the Central Approval for
Purchase Orders.

Define Conditions to Restart the You can define conditions that Manage Workflows for Centrally
Managed Purchase Requisitions
Flexible Workflow for Centrally will restart the flexible workflow
Managed Purchase Requisitions for centrally managed purchase
(MM_PUR_CNTRL_PR_WFL_RESTART) requisitions. This BAdI provides the
capability to override the configuration
step Maintain Conditions to Restart the
Central Approval for PRs.

Retrieval of Output Form Details for You can retrieve template details for Manage Purchase Orders Centrally

Print Preview in Replicated Purchase the output form of the Print Preview
Orders feature in replicated purchase orders.
(MM_PUR_PRMTHB_PO_PRINT_PREVIE
W)

Change BAdI for Proxy PO You can modify fields of the extracted Manage Purchase Orders Centrally

(MM_PUR_PRMTHB_RPLD_PO_MODIFY) purchase order in the hub system.

You can also modify the custom fields
based on your requirement.

You can access the BAdI and the BAdI documentation in the Custom Logic app.

Related Information

App Extensibility: Manage Purchase Orders Centrally

App Extensibility: Process Purchase Requisitions Centrally
Custom Fields App and Custom Logic App

11.5.2.2 Unit of Measure in Central Purchasing

With this release, you can receive measures of quantity in both SAP Code and ISO Code from third-party
systems.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1079
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

MM-PUR-HUB-CSC (Manage Central Supplier Confirmations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The ISO codes and SAP codes must be exposed for all SAP communications, irrespective of whether the
communication is from an SAP system or a third-party system. If both codes are used, then the preference is
given to the SAP code.

11.5.2.3 Situation Templates in Central Purchasing

The following new templates for the apps Process Purchase Requisitions Centrally and Manage Purchase Orders
Centrally allow configuration experts to create custom situation types to inform central purchasers about
specific situation instances:

• Approaching Delivery Date of Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions

(PROC_RPLD_PR_DEL_DATE_CHECK) - Informs about the approaching delivery date of centrally managed
purchase requisition items
• Exceeding Overall Limit of Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions (PROC_RPLD_PR_VALUATION_LIMIT)
- Informs if the overall limit of centrally managed purchase requisition items exceeds the configured value
• Overdue Centrally Managed PO Items (PROC_RPLD_PO_OVERDUE_ITEMS) - Informs if the centrally
managed purchase order items are overdue

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1080 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Approaching Delivery Date of Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions

Exceeding Overall Limit of Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions
Overdue Items Of Replicated Purchase Order

11.5.2.4 Decision Reasons During the Approval Process of

Central Purchasing Documents in My Inbox
You can now select a decision reason while approving or rejecting a centrally managed purchase requisition or
centrally managed purchase order in the My Inbox app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can now select a decision reason while approving or rejecting a centrally managed purchase requisition
or centrally managed purchase order in the My Inbox app. Additionally, the decision reason (if maintained) is

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1081
displayed in the email notification that is sent to the recipients (mentioned in the workflow) after the centrally
managed purchase requisition or centrally managed purchase order is approved or rejected. Furthermore, the
decision reason can be viewed in the section Approval Details of the Process Purchase Requisitions Centrally
app or Manage Purchase Orders Centrally app, respectively.

Effects on Existing Data

The decision reasons can be maintained using the configuration step Edit Decision Reasons.

To do this, use the transaction SPRO in SAP Logon and navigate to SAP Customizing Implementation Guide
ABAP Platform Application Server Business Management SAP Business Workflow Flexible Workflow
Edit Decision Reasons and perform the following steps:

1. Choose scenario WS02000485 for Overall Approval of Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions or
WS02000494 for Approval of Centrally Managed Purchase Requisition Items or WS00800333 for
Approval of Centrally Managed Purchase Order under the section Define Scenario.
2. Maintain the decision reason text under the section Define Decision Reasons.
3. Link the decision reason text IDs to the choice of decision, that is, 1 for release and 2 for reject, under the
section Define Decision Reasons Links.
4. Save the configuration.

Related Information

Working with Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions in My Inbox

Working with Centrally Managed Purchase Orders in My Inbox

11.5.2.5 Exclude Restricted Agents from the Flexible

Workflow for Central Purchasing Documents

With this feature, you can now exclude restricted agents from being approvers of centrally managed purchase
requisitions, centrally managed purchase orders, and central supplier confirmations.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1082 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

MM-PUR-HUB-CSC (Manage Central Supplier Confirmations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To exclude restricted agents from being approvers, you need to select Exclude Restricted Agents Determined by
BAdI under section Step Properties in the app Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions,
or Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Orders, or Manage Workflows for Central Supplier
Confirmations. This option allows you to exclude the agents set by the BAdI Enhancement of Flexible Workflow
Properties (MMPUR_WFL_CONTEXT_ENHANCE) from being approvers of the workflow step.

 Note

• The restricted agents are not excluded by default.

• The restricted agents option is not relevant for automatic releases.
• After exclusion, if no recipients are determined, the workflow will move to error unless the step is
marked optional.

Related Information

Manage Workflows for Central Supplier Confirmations

Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Orders
Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions
Enhancement of Flexible Workflow Properties [page 1083]

11.5.2.6 Enhancement of Flexible Workflow Properties

With this release, you can use the business add-in (BAdI) Enhancement of Flexible Workflow Properties
(MMPUR_WFL_CONTEXT_ENHANCE) to enable the function of excluding restricted agents from being approvers
of centrally managed purchase requisitions, centrally managed purchase orders, and central supplier
confirmations.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1083
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

MM-PUR-HUB-CSC (Manage Central Supplier Confirmations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

BAdI Name Invoked in the Context of

Enhancement of Flexible Workflow Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase

(MMPUR_WFL_CONTEXT_ENHANCE) Requisitions, Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed
Purchase Orders, and Manage Workflows for Central
Supplier Confirmations

You can access the BAdI and the BAdI documentation in the Custom Logic app.

Related Information

Exclude Restricted Agents from the Flexible Workflow for Central Purchasing Documents [page 1082]
Custom Fields App and Custom Logic App

11.5.2.7 Display Business Users for Approvals of Central

Purchasing Documents in Connected Systems

You can now view the business username of the approver of a centrally managed purchase requisition or
centrally managed purchase order in its respective connected system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1084 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

After the approval or rejection of a centrally managed purchase requisition or centrally managed purchase
order in the hub system, the approval or rejection comment sent to the connected system now contains the
business username of the approvers. With this feature, users of the purchase requisitions or purchase orders in
the connected systems, who receive the approval or rejection comments, can communicate with the respective
approvers.

Related Information

Process Purchase Requisitions Centrally

11.5.2.8 Schedule Import of Purchasing Documents

With this app, you can now run the job template Import Currency-Related Fields of Purchasing Documents
from Connected Systems to update the currency-related fields of centrally managed purchase requisitions and
centrally managed purchase orders in the hub system once the currency changeover has happened in the
connected system.

Additionally, you can provide a date range to restrict the number of purchasing documents that are extracted
from the connected system during the initial schedule of the application job.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1085
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component • MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)
• MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Currency Changeover

You can select from the following import documents categories to run the job template Import Currency-
Related Fields of Purchasing Documents from Connected Systems:

• Purchase Requisition
• Purchase Order

Based on your choice of document categories, you need to provide the following import parameters:

• Currency
• Connected System
• Company Code

 Note

The currency changeover is possible only when the connected system and hub system are in the SAP
S/4HANA landscape. Furthermore, currency changeover is only valid for connected systems from SAP
S/4HANA 2021 or later releases. For more details on currency conversion, please see 3229024 .

Related Information

Schedule Import of Purchasing Documents

11.5.2.9 Process Purchase Requisitions Centrally

With this app, you can now do the following:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1086 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
• View the description of the extracted purchase requisition from the connected system in the field Purchase
Requisition Description.
• Post, and modify comments for purchase requisition items in the hub system. You can also view comments
that are generated whenever an action against a purchase requisition item is performed. For example,
when you assign a source of supply, defer purchase requisition items, and so on.
• Create central purchase contracts from purchase requisitions items with item category Subcontracting
and Consignment.
• Revise purchase requisitions that are sent back for rework from the approver.
• Assign or unassign processors for the selected centrally managed purchase requisition items.
• View the attachments available for a specific purchase requisition item in the Attachments section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Process Purchase Requisitions Centrally)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Comments
You can post comments to the creator of the purchase requisition. You can further modify or delete only
your own comments. Additionally, you can send your comment via email to the creator by choosing Notify
Creator via Email.
You can also view all the comments for a purchase requisition item in the list page as well as within the
object page. Comments are also generated whenever an action against a purchase requisition item is
performed. For example, when you assign source of supply, defer purchase requisition items, and so on.
• Assigning and Unassigning Processors
When you click on Assign Processor, you have a choice to either assign or unassign processors.
• If you select Assign, a popup is displayed where you can select the processor from the value help or
you can assign yourself as the processor by clicking on Assign to Me. However, if a processor already
exists, the new processor selected will overwrite the existing processor.
• If you select Unassign, the processor is unassigned from the selected item and a success message is
displayed.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1087
Related Information

Process Purchase Requisitions Centrally

Create Follow On Documents from Purchase Requisitions

11.5.2.10 Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase

Requisitions

With this app, you can now define an approval step using the step type Release of Reworkable Centrally
Managed Purchase Requisition. Furthermore, you can define an exception for this scenario by choosing the
action Rework Centrally Managed Purchase Requisition and providing details such as the deadlines, action
result, and so on, in the Exception Handling section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To utilize the step type Release of Reworkable Centrally Managed Purchase Requisition, you need to create a
new workflow scenario or copy an existing one and activate it. This feature will be invalid for workflow scenarios
created in older releases before SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Related Information

Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1088 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.5.2.11 My Inbox for Centrally Managed Purchase
Requisitions

As a purchasing manager for business processes (SAP business role SAP_BR_PURCHASING_MANAGER), you
can now perform the following in My Inbox for centrally managed purchase requisition:

• View the overall approval and item approval attributes in the Multi-Select list in the Master-Detail View and
the Expert View.
• View all the sections of a centrally managed purchase requisition (for the overall approval) as displayed in
the object page of Process Purchase Requisitions Centrally. Similarly, you can view all the sections of an
item of a centrally managed purchase requisition (for the item approval) as displayed in the item object
page of Process Purchase Requisitions Centrally.
• Send a centrally managed purchase requisition to the central purchaser for rework. You can then add your
query/comment in the field Decision Note under the popup Submit Decision.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• You, a purchasing manager with the role SAP_BR_PURCHASING_MANAGER, can access the Multi-Select
icon when you select your task from the To Dos in My Home with the SAP Fiori Launchpad
application. To view the header and item attributes in the Master-Detail view, use the URL parameter
showAdditionalAttributes=true and choose the Multi-Select button. Similarly, to view the attributes in
Expert View, use the URL parameter expertMode=true and choose the Multi-Select button.

 Note

To view these attributes in the app My Inbox, you need to define the five attributes using the business
add-in Enhancement of Flexible Workflow Properties (MMPUR_WFL_CONTEXT_ENHANCE) in the app
Custom Logic. For more information, see BAdI Documentation.

• You can send a centrally managed purchase requisition for rework using the Request Rework
button. This button is enabled when the Business Process Configuration Expert (SAP business role
SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT) configures the flexible workflow with the step type <Release of Reworkable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1089
Centrally Managed Purchase Requisition> in Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase
Requisitions.

Related Information

Working with Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions in My Inbox

11.5.2.12 Mass Changes to Centrally Managed Purchase

Requisitions

With this new app, you can update multiple centrally managed purchase requisition items simultaneously.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use this app to:

• Display a list of centrally managed purchase requisition items filtered by criteria such as purchase
requisition number, connected system, company code, purchasing organization, and so on.
• Select the items that you want to change and update them.

 Note

You can only edit items that are from the same connected system.

• Specify whether you want to clear, replace, or keep values in the fields.

 Note

You can enter only one value per field.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1090 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
• View the status of mass change jobs that you've scheduled for the items.
• Adapt the views to display precisely the data you need.

Related Information

Mass Changes to Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions

11.5.2.13 Monitor Mass Changes – Centrally Managed

Purchase Requisitions

With this app, you can monitor mass change jobs that are created and scheduled using Mass Changes to
Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions. You can also view or monitor changed values of multiple fields in the
mass change logs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PR (Processing Purchase Requisitions

Centrally)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Monitor Mass Changes – Centrally Managed Purchase Requisitions

11.5.2.14 Manage Purchase Orders Centrally

With this release you can now:

• Preview the output of centrally managed purchase orders (in PDF).

• View and manage limit items.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1091
• Add outputs manually in the Output Management facet.
• Indicate if the purchase order output is created in the connected system, hub system or not created using
the Purchase Order Output Created field.
• View the payment status for an invoice using the Accounting Document in the document flow. The payment
status is either open, partially paid, or paid.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• You can implement the BAdI Retrieval of Output Form Details for Print Preview in Replicated Purchase
Orders (MM_PUR_PRMTHB_PO_PRINT_PREVIEW) in the Custom Logic app to choose an output form
template for the print preview function.
If this BAdI is not implemented, then the standard SAP delivered form template is used for the print
preview function.
• Limit Items are unplanned services and materials that cannot be specified in detail at the time of ordering.
You can define an expected value and an overall limit for these items. Expected Value is the amount that
is expected to be spent on the item. It must not exceed the Overall Limit. Overall Limit is the maximum
amount that can be spent on the limit item. The services and materials may be specified later in the service
entry sheet and goods receipt when their price and quantity are recorded.
• Add outputs manually by clicking Add. You can manually select the output channel and other details like
dispatch time, output type, role, recipient, and more. However, to ensure no data is lost, click Submit to
confirm the changes.
To delete the manually added output, you can click Delete. However, to only remove the selected values
from the output and not delete the entry, click Reset.

Related Information

Manage Purchase Orders Centrally

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1092 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.5.2.15 My Inbox for Centrally Managed Purchase Orders

As purchasing manager for business processes (SAP business role SAP_BR_PURCHASING_MANAGER), you
can now view all the sections of a centrally managed purchase order as displayed in the object page of the
Manage Purchase Orders Centrally app and approve a centrally managed purchase order in My Inbox.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the My Inbox app, for a centrally managed purchase order, the following sections are now displayed:

• General Information
• Quantity and Dates
• Valuation
• Account Assignment
• Source of Supply
• Contact Person
• Delivery Address
• Process Flow
• Approval Details
• Attachments
• Comments

Related Information

Working with Centrally Managed Purchase Orders in My Inbox

My Inbox

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1093
11.5.2.16 Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase
Orders

With this app, you can now send back centrally managed purchase orders for rework, using the step type
Release of Reworkable Centrally Managed Purchase Order, in the Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed
Purchase Orders app. For items subject to this workflow, approvers have an additional option Request Rework in
the My Inbox app. Approvers can choose this option and request the central purchaser to make changes.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For exception handling of reworkable items:

• Exception: Rework Requested

Required Action: Rework Centrally Managed Purchase Order
Recipients: The recipients to whom the centrally managed purchase order is sent for rework.
• User-based: You can choose a specific user from the people picker.
• Role-based: You can choose the appropriate role:
• Determined automatically: Not to be selected in case of rework. An error message is displayed if
this option is selected.
• Agent Determination by BAdI: If you use this role, the recipients are determined based on the
custom logic defined in the BAdI Determination of Workflow Agents for Purchasing Documents
( MMPUR_WORKFLOW_AGENTS_V2).
• Workflow Administration: If you use this role, it is necessary to define the team functions using the
Manage Teams and Responsibilities app.
Deadlines: You can define the deadline by which the rework should be completed, beyond which the
step is marked as overdue. The rework deadline can be specified in minutes, hours, days or workdays.
Workdays are determined based on the factory calendar. The factory calendar can be defined using the
BAdI Determination of Factory Calendar for Workflow Deadline (MMPUR_PROC_WF_FACTORY_CALENDAR). If
there is no custom logic defined, all days of the week are considered as workdays.
Action Result: When a centrally managed purchase order is submitted after rework, you can configure the
action result to continue to next approver, repeat the step to same approver, or restart the workflow from

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1094 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
beginning. Note that if the rework changes are restart-relevant, then the workflow is restarted irrespective
of the action result chosen.

 Note

Also applicable for the exception Rejected, if the required action is Rework Centrally Managed Purchase
Order.

Related Information

Manage Workflows for Centrally Managed Purchase Orders

11.5.2.17 Manage Central Supplier Confirmations

With this release, you can now:

• View all the automatically created central supplier confirmations by enabling the Auto Confirmation switch
on the list page.
• Update the price of a central supplier confirmation using the Confirmed Net Order Price field. You can use
this field to change or confirm the net order price only if one central supplier confirmation is created for a
purchase order. For multiple central confirmations, this field is disabled.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CSC (Manage Central Supplier Confirmations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

You need to enable the price field using the configuration step Set Up Confirmation Control.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1095
Related Information

Manage Central Supplier Confirmations

11.5.2.18 Manage Workflows for Central Supplier

Confirmations

With this app, you can now define the review steps in the workflow. In the review steps, you can define the
reviewers or people responsible for monitoring the progress of the workflow. When a workflow is started, all the
reviewers are notified. The reviewers can then track the progress of the workflow. However, a reviewer cannot
approve or reject workflow steps.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CSC (Manage Central Supplier Confirmations)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Workflows for Central Supplier Confirmations

11.5.2.19 My Inbox for Central Supplier Confirmations

As purchasing manager for business processes (SAP business role SAP_BR_PURCHASING_MANAGER), you
can now view all the sections of a centrally managed supplier confirmation as displayed in the object page of
the Manage Central Supplier Confirmations app and approve a centrally managed supplier confirmation.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1096 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XT (Central Purchasing)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-PO (Centrally Managed Purchase Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the My Inbox app, for a centrally managed purchase order, the following sections are now displayed:

Related Information

My Inbox
Working with Central Supplier Confirmations in My Inbox

11.5.3 Central Purchase Contracts

11.5.3.1 Business Add-Ins for Central Purchase Contracts

With this release, new fields have been added to the following business add-ins (BAdIs):

• Change of Field Controls for Central Purchase Contracts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1097
• Change of Central Purchase Contract Before Saving
• Change of Central Purchase Contract Item Before Saving

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2ME (Central Purchase Contracts)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CTR (Central Purchase Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• The following new fields have been added to the BAdIs Change of Field Controls for Central Purchase
Contracts, Change of Central Purchase Contract Before Saving, and Change of Central Purchase Contract
Before Saving:

Fields Description

PURCHASINGINFORECORDUPDATECODE Indicates how the current record should update a corre

sponding purchasing info record

SOURCELISTISUPDATED Indicates when a source list is updated

SOURCELISTRESTRICTION Indicates the source list restrictions (Fixed / Blocked /

None)

• You can now use the BAdIs Change of Central Purchase Contract Before Saving and Change of Central
Purchase Contract Item Before Saving to add new entries in the header/item distribution, header/item
condition, and item commodity weight sections of central purchase contracts. Previously, you could only
update existing fields using these BAdIs. No new entries could be added to the header/item distribution,
header/item condition, and item commodity weight sections of a central purchase contract. However, with
this release, you can add new entries and update inormation in these sections. For example, you can add
new distributiuon lines, conditions, and so on, using these BAdIs.

 Note

When you add a new header distribution line using the BAdI Change of Central Purchase Contract
Before Saving, the details get cascaded to all the underlying items of the central purchase contract.

You cannot add new item distribution lines for central purchase contracts with document category
consignment (K) and subcontracting (L) using the BAdI Change of Central Purchase Contract Item
Before Saving.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1098 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
For central purchase contracts with item hierarchies, the following BAdIs are not triggered for item sets. Their
implementation is only triggered for functional items (materials or services):

• Check of Central Purchase Contract Before Saving

• Formation of Purchase Outline Agreements from Central Purchase Contracts
• Change of Field Controls for Central Purchase Contracts
• Change of Central Purchase Contract Item Before Saving
• Change of Purchase OAs Created from Central Purchase Contracts Before Distribution
• Restart of Flexible Workflow for Central Purchase Contracts
• Mapping of Item Extension Details to Distributed Purchase Outline Agreements

Related Information

App Extensibility: Manage Central Purchase Contracts

11.5.3.2 CDS Views in Central Purchase Contracts

With this release, the following new CDS views have been introduced in central purchase contracts:

• Central Purchase Contract (I_CentralPurchaseContractBasic)

• Item of Central Purchase Contract (I_CntrlPurContractItemBasic)

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2ME (Central Purchase Contracts)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CTR (Central Purchase Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Central Purchase Contract

Item in Central Purchase Contract

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1099
11.5.3.3 Unit of Measure in Central Purchase Contracts

With this release, the ISO Code for a unit of measure in central purchase contracts is used to transfer
information between SAP systems and third-party systems.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2ME (Central Purchase Contracts)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CTR (Central Purchase Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The ISO codes and SAP codes are exposed for all SAP communications, irrespective of whether the
communication is from an SAP system or a third-party system. If both codes are used, then the preference is
given to the SAP code.

Related Information

Central Purchase Contract

11.5.3.4 Manage Central Purchase Contracts

With this app, you can now perform the following:

• Enter data efficiently without waiting for unnecessary validations and error messages for every field.
• View the consumption percentage of the central purchase contract on the list page.
• Compare modified values of central purchase contract fields to previous values using the button Change
Log.
• Select the Connected System ID at the item level to indicate what connected system the specified material
belongs.
• Copy header distribution lines in a central purchase contract.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1100 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
• Copy items of central purchase contracts.
• Create central purchase contracts with item hierarchies from a reference document. You can also simulate
the distribution of central purchase contracts with item hierarchies.

Legal transactions are now copied from supplier quotations to central purchase contracts that are created
from sourcing projects. You can view the legal transactions when you save the document or save it in
preparation.

Additionally, the value of the Evaluated Receipt Settlement is now replicated in the purchase outline agreement
in the connected system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2ME (Central Purchase Contracts)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CTR (Central Purchase Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• You can view and compare modified values of central purchase contract fields to previous values using the
button Change Log.

 Note

The button Change Log is disabled when version management for central purchase contracts is
enabled.

• You can provide the Connected System ID at the item level to indicate which connected system the
specified material belongs. If a central purchase contract is cascaded from an external system (such as,
SAP Ariba Contracts) to SAP S/4HANA Cloud, this field displays the connected system mentioned in the
external system for distribution.
• If Evaluated Receipt Settlement (ERS) is available in the vendor master data, then during the creation of a
central purchase contract, the Evaluated Receipt Settlement indicator in the GR / IR Control section at the
item level is automatically checked. You cannot uncheck it.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1101
Effects on Customizing

You can now configure the activity Define Conditions to Restart Central Purchase Contract Processes to define
and activate fields of payment terms in the step Purchasing Document Workflow Relevant Field Details to
restart the flexible workflow for central purchase contracts when payment terms are modified.

You can also configure the activity Set Up Version Management for Purchasing Documents to define and enable
fields of payment terms in the step Purchasing Document Field Details to make them version-relevant.

The following payment terms-related fields are now applicable for version management and retriggering the
flexible workflow:

• Payment Terms
• First Payment in Days
• Second Payment in Days
• Cash Discount Days
• Discount for First Payment in %
• Discount for Second Payment in %

Related Information

Central Purchase Contract

Item Hierarchies in Central Purchase Contracts

11.5.3.5 Archiving Central Purchase Contracts

With this feature, you can use the archiving object MM_EKKO to archive central purchase contracts with item
hierarchies that are maintained in Manage Central Purchase Contracts.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2ME (Central Purchase Contracts)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CTR (Central Purchase Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1102 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Related Information

Archiving Central Purchase Contract

11.5.3.6 Manage Workflows for Central Purchase Contracts

With this app, you can now choose the additional option Exclude Restricted Agents Determined by BAdI
under Step Properties to exclude restricted agents from being approvers of central purchase contracts. By
choosing this option, the agents set by the business add-in (BAdI) Enhancement of Flexible Workflow Properties
(MMPUR_WFL_CONTEXT_ENHANCE) are excluded from being approvers of the workflow step.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2ME (Central Purchase Contracts)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CTR (Central Purchase Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• The restricted agents are not excluded by default.

• The restricted agents option is not relevant for automatic releases.
• After exclusion, if no recipients are determined, the workflow will move to error unless the step is marked
as optional.

Related Information

Manage Workflows for Central Purchase Contracts

11.5.3.7 My Inbox for Central Purchase Contracts

With this app, you can now perform the following:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1103
• View all the details of the central purchase contract before performing any approval-related action. You can
also view the custom fields if it is available in the central purchase contract.
• View the attachments, related objects, and comments related to the workflow tasks by clicking Show
Details.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2ME (Central Purchase Contracts)

Application Component MM-PUR-HUB-CTR (Central Purchase Contracts)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the My Inbox app, as a purchasing manager for business processes (SAP business role
SAP_BR_PURCHASING_MANAGER), you can view the following sections of central purchase contracts:

• General Information
• Delivery and Payment
• Reference
• Distribution
• Header Conditions
• Items
• Legal Transaction
• Distributed Outline Agreement
• Version Details
• Notes
• Attachments

You can also view the change logs and utilize the Print Preview feature.

 Note

You cannot view the outputs of the central purchase contract in the Output Control section. Additionally,
you cannot edit the document or withdraw it from approval.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1104 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Related Information

Working with Central Purchase Contracts and Central Purchase Contract Hierarchies in My Inbox

11.5.3.8 Mass Changes to Central Purchase Contracts

With this app, you can view column headers color coded in the Microsoft Excel file downloaded from the
app. These colors correspond to the Read-Only and Mandatory configurations for the individual fields that are
defined in the configuration step Define Settings for Excel-Based Data Exchange. The below matrix shows what
colors are used in the column headers of the downloaded excel file:

Color Read-Only Section Mandatory Selection

Yellow Not Selected Selected

Grey Selected Selected

Grey Selected Not Selected

Transparent or White Not Selected Not Selected

 Note

The colors can be used as a guidance only for updating the existing purchasing documents.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2ME (Central Purchase Contracts)

Application Component MM-PUR-GF-MAS (Mass Processing Apps for Sourcing and

Procurement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1105
11.5.4 Central Purchasing Analytics

11.5.4.1 Monitor Central Purchase Contract Items

With this release, the Purchasing Document field, which shows the distributed contract number, need not
contain data for every record.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Monitor Central Purchase Contract Items

11.5.4.2 Monitor Purchase Order Items Centrally

With this release, you can now view insights about supplier confirmations based on the acknowledgement
date using the field Next Acknowledgement Date and acknowledgement quantity using the field Next
Acknowledgement Quantity.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1106 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Monitor Purchase Order Items Centrally

11.6 Invoice Management

11.6.1 Manage Supplier Invoices

With this app, a number of new features are available, including retention, Advanced Edit and Advanced Display
buttons, mass copy and delete functions, Unplanned Account Assignment and Payment Reason sections,
keyboard short cuts and more. For more information, see Additional Details below.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing), BH1 (Corrective Maintenance), BJK (Produc
tion Subcontracting - External Processing), BMY (Subcon
tracting), BD3 (Sales Processing using Third-Party with
Shipping Notification), 1XI (Central Requisitioning), 2TX (Di
rect Procurement with Inbound Delivery), 2NV (Guided Buy
ing Capability with SAP Ariba Buying), 2XU (Procurement
of Materials with Variant Configuration), BMR (Scheduling
Agreements in Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice

Verification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1107
Additional Details

• Delivery Note Field

You can now display the Delivery Note for an invoice item in the Purchasing Document Reference section.
The delivery note can be added by the processor during the posting of the goods receipt.

 Note

The Delivery Note is not visible per default. You can select this new column in the user settings for the
item level.

• Assignment Options
The new Clear all reference lines button has been added to the Assignment Options under the Purchasing
Document References section. With this function, you can clear all references in the Assignment Options
section at once.
• Reference Field: Multiple Entries Option
You can now insert multiple entries at once into the reference field under Purchasing Document References.
If you have selected the document number and item number of the reference using the Assignment
Option function, the document number with the corresponding item number is displayed in the reference
field under Purchasing Document References, for example 1234567890 (00010) = document number
1234567890 and item nuber 00010.

• Alternative G/L Accounts

For G/L accounts where an alternative account is available for the company code, an additional column for
the alternative G/L accounts is now displayed on the simulation screen. The alternative G/L accounts are
also displayed in the Debit and Credit fields on the simulation screen.

• Keyboard Shortcuts
Additionally, two new keyboard shortcuts have been enabled:
• On the details page for a referenced purchasing document item, you can trigger a check using the
keyboard shortcut:
CTRL + ENTER
• After carrying out a simulation of your supplier invoice, you can post the invoice using the shortcut:
CTRL + Alt + ENTER

• Advanced Selection
The new Advanced Selection function is available under the Purchasing Document References section if you
select Purchase Order/Scheduling Agreement in the Reference Document Category field.
With the new Advanced Selection function, you have advanced search options to specify the purchase
order items to which your supplier invoice relates.
In this search, the company code and the transaction (invoice or credit memo) that you have selected
under Basic Data are transferred to the advanced search by default: If, for example, you have selected the
Invoice transaction, the Invoice Expected indicator is set in the advanced search:
• If the Invoice Expected indicator is set, the system selects only those purchasing documents that
contain at least one item in which the quantity delivered is larger than or equal to the quantity already
invoiced.
• If the Credit Memo Expected indicator is set, the system selects only those purchasing documents that
contain at least one returns item for which the quantity returned to the supplier is greater than the
quantity already settled, and for which the quantity already invoiced is greater than zero.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1108 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
• If you select neither Invoice Expected nor Credit Memo Expected, the system displays all possible
purchasing documents or delivery notes.

• One-Time Supplier Data

A one-time supplier is a collective master record for business partner that is used to process transactions
with suppliers with whom you do not regularly do business. Since the business partner record for a
one-time supplier does not contain information about the supplier's address and payment information, you
have to specify this information as follows when you perform a transaction with the one-time supplier:
When you create a supplier invoice and enter an invoice party that is a one-time supplier, the new One-
Time Supplier Data function appears under the General Information section. You can use this function
to maintain additional information regarding the invoice party. In the input dialog, you can also copy the
business partner data from the business partner master record.

• Retention
You can use the following retention fields:
• Retention Amount in Document Currency
• Due Date for Retention
• Tax Reduction for Retention
• Advanced Edit
You can use Advanced Edit to continue editing your supplier invoice within the Create Supplier Invoice –
Advanced app.
• Advanced Display
The new Advanced Display option is available. With this option, you can select invoices to be displayed
within the Display Supplier Invoice – Advanced app.

 Note

As a prerequisite for using the Advanced Display and Advanced Edit functions, you must set the
indicator for Display Buttons for Navigating to Advanced Apps within the Edit Supplier Invoice Settings
app.

• Mass Copy/Delete Function for G/L Account Items

You can copy and delete multiple G/L account items within your supplier invoice simultaneously using the
Copy or Delete options.
• Indicator for Non-Selected Items for the Current Invoice Document
Non-selected invoice items entered under the Purchasing Document References section are marked with a
delete icon. When you select an item, the delete icon automatically disappears. The delete icon under the
Purchasing Document References section indicates that the item is not selected for the current document.
Items that you have not selected will be automatically deleted when you post, hold, park or save the
invoice.
• Indicator: Investment ID
You have the option of manually selecting the Investment ID indicator for your supplier invoice. The
indicator specifies that you are dealing with a supplier invoice for capital goods. To select the indicator,
choose Show More and check Investment ID under the General Information section. Once you have posted
the supplier invoice, you can display the invoice. The Investment ID information will be marked with Yes.
• Unplanned Account Assignment
For invoice items which either have no goods receipt or the goods receipt is non-valuated, you can enter
and delete the unplanned account assignment within the Unplanned Account Assignment section.
• Change Tax Codes for Invoice Items

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1109
Under the Purchasing Document Reference section, you can use the Change Tax Codes to simultaneously
change the tax values of multiple invoice items.
• Payment Reason
When creating supplier invoices, you can now include the Payment Reason under the Payment section.
Payment Reason refers to why the invoice payment is required.

Related Information

Manage Supplier Invoices

11.6.2 Create Supplier Invoice - Advanced

This app now supports the following fields: Billing Period of Performance Start Date and Billing Period of
Performance End Date. For more information about several other new features, see the Additional Information
section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), J60 (Accounts Pay

able), J62 (Asset Accounting), BEI (Period-End Closing -
Plant), BKP (Customer Returns), 1Z3 (Customer Returns
with Direct Shipment from Customer to Supplier), BDK
(Sales Processing Using Third-Party Without Shipping No
tification), BDN (Sales of Non-Stock Item with Order-Spe
cific Procurement), 2ME (Central Purchase Contracts), 2XT
(Central Purchasing), 3ZF (Central Sourcing), 18J (Requisi
tioning), 2NX (Scheduling Agreement for Subcontracting
Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice

Verification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1110 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Additional Details

The following functions are now available:

• Billing Period of Performance Start Date (FM_PEROP_FI_LOW) and Billing Period of Performance End Date
(FM_PEROP_FI_HIGH)
• Billing period of performance dates represent the date range in which the product or service was
provided as agreed upon with the business partner in contractual agreements. It can be used to check
the eligibility of payment to the business partner.
• Depending on the company code, these dates are displayed for an invoice item that refers to a
purchase order item. If multiple account assignment is performed for the invoice item, the two fields
are only displayed on the Multiple Account Assignment screen.
• Payment Reason
When creating supplier invoices, you can now include the Payment Reason. Payment Reason refers to why
the invoice payment is required.

Related Information

Create Supplier Invoice - Advanced

11.6.3 CDS View Supplier Invoice Block Logistics

This new CDS view Supplier Invoice Block Logistics (I_SupplierInvoiceBlockAPI01) provides a list of all
supplier invoices which are blocked for payment on the logistics side.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice

Verification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1111
Related Information

Supplier Invoice Block Logistics

11.6.4 Enterprise Search Function for Customer Fields in

Supplier Invoices

With this feature, you can now extend the enterprise search with customer fields.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice

Verification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Extensibility for Search Models in Procurement

11.6.5 Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices

With this app, you can now do the following:

• In the Step Properties tab, you can mark workflow steps as optional.
• For the scenario Workflow for Blocked Invoice, you can assign Rework Invoice as Required Action. In this
case, the only possible Action Result is Repeat step.
• In the Deadline tab, you can select Reference Date for Payment to calculate reference time.

Additionally, you can navigate to the app My Inbox using the URL provided in the approval email notification.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1112 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services), BMY (Subcon
tracting), BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement),
2XU (Procurement of Materials with Variant Configuration),
2NX (Scheduling Agreement for Subcontracting Procure
ment), 2NY (Scheduling Agreement for Consignment Pro
curement), 2LG (Supplier Consignment), 18J (Requisition
ing), 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing), J82 (Automated Pur
chase-to-Pay with SAP Ariba Commerce Automation)

Application Component BC-BMT-WFM-DEF (Designtime)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Optional Step

A new section Is Optional Step is introduced in the tab Step Properties. The dropdown offers the options below:

• No - The workflow step will not be an optional step and cannot be skipped.
• Yes - If a workflow step is marked as optional and an approver cannot be determined for the step, then the
step gets skipped and the workflow automatically moves to the next step, if any.

Reference Date for Payment

Below is the process for deadline calculation:

• The deadline date is calculated dynamically during the time of creation of the work item. It is considered as
the most recent one in near future among the Cash Discount Date 1, Cash Discount Date 2 and the Net Due
Date of the invoice with respect to the current date.
• In case of an amount split, there can be multiple values for the three dates mentioned above. In such a
situation the same calculation holds true, but the maximum limit of the deadline is till the least of all the
Net Due Dates.

Related Information

Workflow Step Configuration

Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for the Supplier Invoice Workflow [page 1114]
Enhancements in My Inbox for Supplier Invoice [page 1115]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1113
11.6.6 Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for the Supplier Invoice
Workflow

For the supplier invoice workflow, the new Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) mentioned below have been created and
existing Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) have been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Application Component BC-BMT-WFM-DEF (Designtime)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

New Business Add-Ins

• Set Priority of Workitems for Supplier Invoice Workflows - The Business Add-In (BAdI)
MRM_WF_SET_PRIORITY is used to set the priority of a workitem in the app My Inbox. The value of the
priority can be set in the parameter WORKFLOWSTEPPRIORITY which can hold only one value at a time.
The priority value can be 2 (Very High), 4 (High), 5 (Medium) or 6 (Low).
• Set Custom Attributes for Workitems in Supplier Invoice Workflows - The Business Add-In (BAdI)
MRM_WF_SET_ATTRIBUTES is used to populate custom attributes which are shown in the Expert View of
the app My Inbox. The value of the custom attributes can be set in the parameter CUSTOMATTRIBUTES
which is a structure that can hold maximum five different values at a time.

 Note

Filtering for custom attributes in the Expert View of My Inbox app can be done only as character values.
For example, date, amount and percentage cannot be filtered for ranges.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1114 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
 Note

To access the Expert View, you need to create a custom tile in the My Inbox app. For this, use the
Custom Tiles app with the URL parameter set to expertMode=true. For more details, refer toExpert
View.

Changed Business Add-Ins

• Determination of Workflow Agents for Supplier Invoice and Configuration of Agents to be Excluded
for Supplier Invoice - Below mentioned parameters are added in the Business Add-In (BAdI)
MRM_WORKFLOW_AGENTS and MRM_WF_EXCLUDE_AGENTS:
• is_skipped - Indicates whether the step is skipped, that is, whether the step condition applies to it or
not.
• skip_status - Indicates whether the current step is skipped due to Skipped as Step Conditions are
not met (C) or Skipped as no agents determined for Optional Step (O).
• approvers - Contains the name of approvers at each level.

You can access the BAdI and the BAdI documentation in the Custom Logic app.

Related Information

Customizing for Invoice Processing [page 1118]

11.6.7 Enhancements in My Inbox for Supplier Invoice

With this app, you can now do the following:

• You can set the priority of a workitem.

• You can populate custom attributes for a workitem in the expert mode of the My Inbox app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1115
Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable
Purchasing), 22Z (Procurement of Services), BMY (Subcon
tracting), BMR (Scheduling Agreements in Procurement),
2XU (Procurement of Materials with Variant Configuration),
2NX (Scheduling Agreement for Subcontracting Procure
ment), 2NY (Scheduling Agreement for Consignment Pro
curement), 2LG (Supplier Consignment), 18J (Requisition
ing), 1EZ (Credit Memo Processing), J82 (Automated Pur
chase-to-Pay with SAP Ariba Commerce Automation)

Application Component BC-BMT-WFM-DEF (Designtime)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• With the use of Business Add-In (BAdI) Set Priority of Workitems for Supplier Invoice Workflows
(MRM_WF_SET_PRIORITY), you can set the priority of a workitem in the app My Inbox. The value of the
priority can be set in the parameter WORKFLOWSTEPPRIORITY which can hold only one value at a time.
The priority value can be 2 (Very High), 4 (High), 5 (Medium) or 6 (Low).
• With the use of Business Add-In (BAdI) Set Custom Attributes for Workitems in Supplier Invoice
Workflows (MRM_WF_SET_ATTRIBUTES) you can populate custom attributes which are shown in the
Expert View of the app My Inbox. The value of the custom attributes can be set in the parameter
CUSTOMATTRIBUTES which is a structure that can hold maximum five different values at a time.

 Note

Filtering for custom attributes in the Expert View of My Inbox app can be done only as character values.
For example, date, amount and percentage cannot be filtered for ranges.

 Note

Below mentioned are the pre-delivered attributes:

• Company Code: It contains the concatenated value of the company code and the description.
• Supplier: It contains the concatenated value of the supplier and the description.

Related Information

My Inbox

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1116 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.6.8 Predicition for Critical Cash Discount Situation
(Obsolete)

In the app Intelligent Scenarios, the scenario Predictive Scenario for Blocked Invoices with Quantity Variance
(MMIV_INVC_QTY_BLCK) was deprecated without replacement with SAP S/4HANA 2022 and is now set to
obsolete with SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2XX (Propose Resolution for Invoice Payment Block)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice

Verification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

11.6.9 Intercompany Supplier Invoices

For supplier invoices in advanced intercompany business processes, you as a configuration expert can
specify for each individual invoicing party which date is to be used for the posting date of the supplier
invoice. Advanced intercompany business processes include Advanced Intercompany Sales and Advanced
Intercompany Stock Transfer.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5D2 (Advanced Intercompany Sales)

Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing), MM-IV (Invoice Verification), SD-

SLS (Sales), SD-BIL (Billing), SD-BF-PR (Pricing and
Conditions), CA-VCM (Value Chain Monitoring Framework)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1117
Effects on Customizing

In Customizing for Materials Management under Advanced Intercompany Business Processes the new
Customizing activity Configure Posting Date for Advanced Intercompany Invoices is available: You can specify
for each individual invoicing party which date is to be used for the posting date of the intercompany supplier
invoice:

• If you leave the Invoicing Party field blank but specify a value for the posting date, this posting date is used
for all invoicing parties that are not explicitly specified.
• If neither a specific entry nor a default entry exists for an invoicing party, the billing date from the
referenced billing document is taken as the standard behavior.

 Note

In this configuration activity, you maintain master data.

Related Information

Advanced Intercompany Sales

Advanced Intercompany Stock Transfer
Invoice Verification in Advanced Intercompany Processes
Customizing for Invoice Processing [page 1118]

11.6.10 Customizing for Invoice Processing

This topic gives you an overview of the new or changed Customizing activities in Logistics Invoice Verification.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing), 5D2 (Advanced Intercompany Sales)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV

(Invoice Verification), MM-PUR (Purchasing), MM-IV (Invoice
Verification), SD-SLS (Sales), SD-BIL (Billing), SD-BF-PR
(Pricing and Conditions), CA-VCM (Value Chain Monitoring
Framework)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1118 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

Application Area Sub-application IMG Node What you can do

Materials Management (MM) Logistics Invoice Verification Incoming Invoice Set The activity has been en
Check for Duplicate hanced. You can now con
Invoices figure the system to check
for duplicate credit memos
along with duplicate invoices.

Materials Management (MM) Logistics Invoice Verification Define Attributes of For the Odata API service
System Messages Define API_SUPPLIERINVOICE_PR

Message Types for M8 OCESS_SRV_0001, A2X

SOAP service
ECC_SUPLRINVCERPCRTRC
and A2A SOAP service
SupplierInvoiceS4Reque
st_In, you can configure
your system to display an er
ror message (message class:
M8, message number: 855) if
generic country /region-spe
cific fields are falsely filled for
a company code for which
they are not relevant.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1119
Application Area Sub-application IMG Node What you can do

Materials Management (MM) Logistics Invoice Verification Advanced Intercompany For Advanced Intercompany
Processes Configure Sales, and Advanced Inter
Posting Date for Advanced company Stock Transfer, you
Intercompany Invoices can specify for each individ
ual invoicing party which date
is to be used for the post
ing date of the intercompany
supplier invoice.

If you leave the Invoicing

Party field blank but specify
a value for the posting date,
this posting date is used for
all invoicing parties that are
not explicitly specified.

If neither a specific entry

nor a default entry exists for
an invoicing party, the billing
date from the referenced bill
ing document is taken as the
standard behavior.

 Note
In this configuration ac
tivity, you maintain mas
ter data.

Materials Management (MM) Logistics Invoice Verification Incoming Invoice The title has been changed:

Configure Settings • Old title: Set Changea

for Multiple Account bility of Quantity and
Assignment Amount for Multiple Ac
count Assignment
• New title: Configure Set
tings for Multiple Ac
count Assignment

In addition, the activity has

been enhanced. You can now
choose the Logic for Multiple
Account Assignment.

Materials Management (MM) Logistics Invoice Verification Electronic Data You can now use the new
indicator Default if no invoic
Interchange (EDI) SOAP
ing party is maintained for a
Services Assign Company Customizing record. In this
Code case, the system uses the
field AddressName to find a
valid Customizing entry.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1120 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Application Area Sub-application IMG Node What you can do

Materials Management (MM) Logistics Invoice Verification Incoming Invoice The unplanned delivery cost
distribution was extended
Configure How Unplanned
with the option to exclude
Delivery Costs Are Posted G/L account items.

Related Information

Customizing and Business Add-Ins for Sourcing and Procurement [page 978]
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for the Supplier Invoice Workflow [page 1114]

11.6.11 Business Add-In in Invoice Management

For invoice processing, you can use the new Business Add-In Default Invoice Header Data. For more
information, see section Effects on System Administration.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials), BNX (Consumable

Purchasing)

Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification), MM-IV (Invoice

Verification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

You find the Business Add-In Default Invoice Header Data as follows: In the Customizing for Logistics Invoice
Verification, choose Materials Management Logistics Invoice Verification Maintain Customer Exits and
Business Add-Ins BAdI: Default Invoice Header Data .

BAdI Description BAdI ID Business Context Use

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1121
New: Default Invoice Header MRM_HEADER_DATA_DEFAUL • Procurement: Supplier You can use this BAdI to de
Data T Invoice fault or change the default
values for some supplier in
voice header data. Only the
value of the accounting docu
ment type and the header
extension fields can be de
faulted. The fields in the
DEFAULTHEADERDATA struc
ture can already be filled and
can be owerwritten by this
BAdI.

You can access the BAdI and the BAdI documentation in the Custom Logic app.

Related Information

Customizing for Invoice Processing [page 1118]

11.7 Procurement Analytics

11.7.1 Purchase Orders Created After Invoices

With this app, you can now check the details of the instances where the purchase orders are created after
invoices are posted.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1122 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Related Information

Purchase Orders Created After Invoices

11.7.2 Purchase Contract Changes

With this app, you can now view the changes made to a purchase contract. This information is further divided
based on various dimensions.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Fiori UI for Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Purchase Contract Changes

11.7.3 Purchase Order Average Approval Time

With this app, you can monitor the average time taken to approve a purchase order from the time of its
creation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1123
Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Fiori UI for Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Purchase Order Average Approval Time

11.7.4 Purchase Requisition Item Types

With this release, you can now:

• View the purchase requisition value of the respective item type. By default, the document view is enabled
to show the purchase requisition item value as column. With the new filter, Display Currency as a second
measure, you can also view the currency.
• View the origin of the purchase requisition using the creation indicator field. Refer to additional details
section below.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Fiori UI for Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Creation Indicator Field Value Origin Type

R (Realtime), S (Self-Service Procurement) Manual

Any Other Output External Source

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1124 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Related Information

Purchase Requisition Item Types

11.7.5 Exclusion of Services and Limits from Supplier

Evaluation KPIs (D,A)

With this feature, the service items in purchasing documents are excluded from the evaluation of supplier
performance.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Fiori UI for Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature is relevant for the following supplier evaluation apps:

• App ID: F2312

Adjust Operational Supplier Evaluation Score
• App ID: F1662A
Operational Supplier Evaluation
• App ID: F3295A
Supplier Evaluation by Quality Notification
• App ID: F2019
Overall Supplier Evaluation
• App ID: F1663A
Supplier Evaluation by Price
• App ID: F2309A
Supplier Evaluation by Quality (Inspection Lot)
• App ID: F1661A
Supplier Evaluation by Quantity

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1125
• App ID: F1664A
Supplier Evaluation by Time

Related Information

Adjust Operational Supplier Evaluation Score

Overall Supplier Evaluation
Supplier Evaluation by Price
Supplier Evaluation by Quality (Inspection Lot)
Supplier Evaluation by Quantity
Supplier Evaluation by Time
Supplier Evaluation by Quality Notifications
Operational Supplier Evaluation

11.7.6 Company Code in Contract KPIs

With this release, you can now view the insights based on 'Company Code' , which is the company code from
the header level of the contract, in the following apps:

• Unused Contracts
• Quantity Contract Consumption
• Value Contract Consumption
• Scheduling Agreement Consumption

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Fiori UI for Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1126 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Additional Details

This feature is relevant for the following apps:

• App ID: F0575

Unused Contracts
• App ID: F2012
Quantity Contract Consumption
• App ID: F2013
Value Contract Consumption
• App ID: F3192
Scheduling Agreement Consumption

Related Information

Unused Contracts
Quantity Contract Consumption
Value Contract Consumption
Scheduling Agreement Consumption

11.7.7 Purchase Order Value and Scheduling Agreement Value

With this release, you can view the purchase order value and scheduling agreements value based on the
country of ordering company code and by country of receiving plant.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Purchase Order Value and Scheduling Agreement Value

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1127
11.7.8 Supplier Region and Company Code in Supplier
Evaluation KPIs

With this release, you can now get insights based on supplier region and company code of purchase orders for
supplier evaluation apps. Refer to the additional details section below for more information.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature is relevant for the following supplier evaluation apps:

• App ID: F1663A

Supplier Evaluation by Price
• App ID: F1661A
Supplier Evaluation by Quantity
• App ID: F1664A
Supplier Evaluation by Time
• App ID: F3295A
Supplier Evaluation by Quality Notification
• App ID: F2309A
Supplier Evaluation by Quality (based on inspection lots)
• App ID: F3842A
Supplier Evaluation by User Defined Criteria
• App ID: F1662A
Operational Supplier Evaluation
• App ID: F2234A
Supplier Evaluation by Questionnaire
• App ID: F2019
Overall Supplier Evaluation
• App ID: F4885
Parts per Million

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1128 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
KPI name Enhancement

Supplier Evaluation by Price By Supplier region and Company code

Supplier Evaluation by Quantity By Supplier region and Company code

Supplier Evaluation by Time By Supplier region and Company code

Supplier Evaluation by Quality Notification By Supplier region and Company code

Supplier Evaluation by Quality (based on inspection lots) By Supplier region and Company code

Supplier Evaluation by User Defined Criteria By Supplier region

Operational Supplier Evaluation By Supplier region and Company code

Supplier Evaluation by Questionnaire By Supplier region

Overall Supplier Evaluation By Supplier region

Parts per Million By Supplier region

Related Information

Supplier Evaluation by Price

Supplier Evaluation by Quantity
Supplier Evaluation by Time
Supplier Evaluation by Quality Notifications
Supplier Evaluation by User Defined Criteria
Operational Supplier Evaluation
Supplier Evaluation by Questionnaire
Overall Supplier Evaluation
Parts Per Million
Supplier Evaluation by Quality (Inspection Lot)

11.7.9 Company Code in Purchase Order KPIs

With this release, you can now view insights based on company code and receiving plant’s company code in the
following apps:

• Overdue Purchase Order Items

• Purchase Order Value and Scheduling Agreements Value
• Purchase Order Changes
• Spend Variance
• Non-Managed Spend
• Contract Leakage

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1129
• Off-Contract Spend

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature is relevant for the following apps:

• App ID: F0343

Overdue Purchase Order Items
• App ID: F0683
Purchasing Spend - Comparison of Spend
• App ID: F1378
Purchase Order Value and Scheduling Agreements Value
• App ID: F3791
Purchase Order Changes
• App ID: F1377
Spend Variance
• App ID: F0571
Non-Managed Spend
• App ID: F0681
Contract Leakage
• App ID: F0572
Off-Contract Spend

Related Information

Overdue Purchase Order Items

Purchasing Spend
Spend Variance
Non- Managed Spend
Contract Leakage

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1130 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Off-Contract Spend
Purchase Order Changes
Purchase Order Value and Scheduling Agreement Value

11.7.10 Adjust Operational Supplier Evaluation Score

With this release, you can now view the evaluation of operational supplier scores within a timeframe of start
and end date with the new and mandatory Relative Date Function field.

 Note

The Item field is renamed as Purchasing Document Item

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Adjust Operational Supplier Evaluation Score

11.7.11 New CDS Views

With this release, the following CDS views have been added:

• C_PURGSPENDOFFCONTRACT2

The following data extraction enabled CDS views have been added:

• C_REQUESTFORQUOTATIONDEX
• C_SUPPLIERQUOTATIONDEX

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1131
• C_SUPCSGNMTPPLINEINVCHISTDEX
• C_SUPLRCSGNMTPPLINEWTHDRWLDEX
• C_PurOrdSchedLineEnhcdDEX
• C_SchdAgrSchdLnEnhcdDEX

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Related Information

Data Extraction for Analytics

11.7.12 Silent Data Migration Class for Procurement Analytics

Apps

With this release, a new migration class CL_SDM_MMPUR_ANA_EKET_MIGRATN is implemented by the Silent
Data Migration (SDM) framework. As a result, the migration of data to analytical tables occurs during uptime
after upgrade, thereby preventing downtime, this further improves the performance of procurement analytics
apps. For more information, see 3259890 .

Prerequisites
• Maintain a minimum of one analytical currency, using the configuration step Setup Analytical Reporting
Currencies in the Manage Your Solution app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1132 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
• Enable performance optimization for purchasing analytics apps, using the configuration step Enable
Performance Optimization for Purchasing Analytics Apps in the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component Not Applicable

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Silent Data Migration (SDM) is a class-based migration method that runs after the upgrade during business
uptime of the your system. It was introduced to reduce business downtime for performance critical table-
conversion. Instead of converting application tables during downtime with XPRA or XCLA, the SDM is used
to migrate the data during uptime. The application is functional during the time of SDM execution and allows
working with the old and the new data at the same time

Effects on System Administration

As a configuration expert, in your configuration environment, you can use the search function to open the
required steps: Setup Analytical Reporting Currencies and Enable Performance Optimization for Purchasing
Analytics Apps.

11.7.13 Enhancements in CDS Views

With this release, the following fields have been added to the CDS View C_PurchaseOrderItemDEX:

• AccountAssignmentCategory
• GoodsReceiptIsNonValuated
• MaterialType
• OverDelivToLRTDLMTRatioInPct
• ServicePerformer
• TaxCode

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1133
• UnderDelivToLRTDLMTRatioInPct
• UnlimitedOverDeliveryIsAllowed

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Fiori UI for Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Data Extraction for Analytics

11.7.14 Manage User Defined Criteria for Supplier Evaluation

With this release, a new field Reported Date is added, which displays the date the goods receipt was posted, for
respective user defined criteria.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1134 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Additional Details

With this app, as purchasers you can maintain the count for user defined criteria and count for the criterion
Parts Per Million (PPM) to rate suppliers. Also, you can set the count for a specific supplier for a particular
criterion. The list of activated user defined criteria and PPM is displayed in this app. Click the individual entries
to view the details.

Related Information

Manage User Defined Criteria for Supplier Evaluation

11.7.15 Procurement Overview

With this app, you can now add cards to Insights Cards by clicking on ... (More) on the card header, the added
cards can then be accessed from your My Home Settings screen.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JI (Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement)

Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-ANA (Purchasing Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

List of cards on the app dashboard:

Card Name Business Catalog Role Description

Supplier Performance Monitoring SAP_MM_BC_PUR_STRATEGY Supplier Performance Monitoring

• Shows you a bubble chart of pur

chasing spend against the supplier
performance.
• Selecting the header or the
chart brings you to the Supplier
Evaluation KPI, grouped by sup
plier.
• You can also see the Supplier Feed
back Score.
• The size of the bubbles doesn't de
pend on supplier's spend.

Supplier Evaluation Trend

• Shows you the trend of the sup

plier performance aggregated for
all suppliers.
• Selecting the header or the
chart brings you to the Supplier
Evaluation KPI, grouped by sup
plier.
• The graph reflects what's in the
global filter.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1138 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
Supplier Performance Monitoring In SAP_BCR_MM_PUR_STRATEGY • Shows you a bubble chart indi
cluding Questionnaire Score cating the performance of differ-
ent suppliers, based on their op
erational and questionnaire scores.
The bubble size reflects the total
spend of each supplier.
• Brings you to the KPI of the Overall
Supplier Evaluation when you click
on the header.
• The bigger the size of a bubble, the
higher the supplier’s spend.

Purchase Requisition Touch Rate SAP_MM_BC_PUR_STRATEGY • Shows you the proportion of pur
chase requisition items which are
processed automatically (no touch
rate). Also shows the high touch
rate, the percentage of all purchase
requisition items or purchase or
ders that require manual interven
tion during processing, and the low
touch rate, which is for those items
that only require approval.
• Selecting the header or the chart
brings you to Purchase Requisition
Touch Rate KPI, where you can sort
the data as you like.
• The Donut chart is divided based
on touch type. You can select the
divisions to see more information.

Purchase Requisition Item Types SAP_MM_BC_PUR_STRATEGY • Shows you the different items
types for purchase requisitions,
such as catalog items, free-text
items, and so on.
• Selecting the header or the chart
brings you to Purchase Requisition
Item Types KPI, where you view
more details.
• The Donut chart is divided based
on item type. You can select the
divisions to see more information.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1139
Monitor Open Activities SAP_MM_BC_SUP_ACT_MGT_PC • Shows you the activities that are
currently open in a card stack.
• When you click the right side of the
card, you see the open activities in
an object stream.
• Clicking the main body of the card
brings you to the Manage Activities
app.

Purchase Order Item by Delivery SAP_MM_BC_PRC_OVP_PC • Displays the purchase order items
Schedule Date by their delivery schedule date.
• Purchase order items are plotted
against delivery dates (in weeks).
• Navigate to the Monitor Purchase
Order Items app by clicking the
header of this tile.

Monitor Purchase Order Items Sorted SAP_MM_BC_PRC_OVP_PC • Displays the overdue purchase or
by Overdue Dates and Value der items and purchase order
items in approval.
• Purchase order items are sorted by
overdue days and value.
• Navigate to the Monitor Purchase
Order Items app by clicking the
header or any item in this tile.

Order Confirmation Sorted by Delivery SAP_MM_BC_PRC_OVP_PC • Displays the supplier confirma-

Date and PO Item Value tions that are sorted by their deliv
ery date and purchase order item
value.
• You can sort supplier confirma-
tions using three options, such
as missing confirmations, delivery
date variances, and quantity var
iance.
• Navigate to the Monitor Supplier
Confirmations app by clicking the
header or any item in this tile.

Related Information

Procurement Overview

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1140 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.8 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1352].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 1141
12 Supply Chain

12.1 Logistics Cross Topics

12.1.1 Batch Management

12.1.1.1 CDS View for Batch Text with Key User Extensibility

The following CDS (Core Data Services) view has been released:

• I_BatchDistinctText (Batch information by batch key - Text).

This view provides access to texts in different languages for material and batch combination.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BLF (Batch Management)

Application Component LO-BM (Batch Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The text view I_BatchDistinctText is related to the Batch Distinct (I_BatchDistinct) view.

Related Information

CDS Views for Batch Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1142 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.1.1.2 SOAP API: Batch Management Outbound Integration

With this asynchronous outbound service, you can replicate batch master records from an SAP S/4HANA
system to a client system.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BLF (Batch Management)

Application Component LO-BM (Batch Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Batch Management SOAP Outbound Integration .

Related Information

Batch Management SOAP Outbound Integration

12.1.2 Handling Unit Management

12.1.2.1 Situation Template: Handling Unit Situation

Use this new standard template if you want your users to be informed instantly when the measurement of a
sensor attached to a handling unit exceeds its defined threshold. The user gets a notification, which leads to
the relevant entry in the My Situations app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1143
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4MM (Handling Unit Management)

Application Component LO-HU (Handling Unit Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For this new situation template, sensor measurements like temperature have to be sent to a third party Internet
of Things (IoT) system, which in turn creates a situation within SAP S/4HANA using the Handling Unit API once
thresholds are exceeded. For more information, see CreateSituation.

Related Information

Handling Unit Situation

12.1.2.2 Manage Handling Units in Production – Scheduling

Agreement

With this new app, the user with the role of Production Supervisor - Repetitive Manufacturing can create
planned handling units for sales scheduling agreement items in the repetitive manufacturing context.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4MM (Handling Unit Management)

Application Component LO-HU-FIO (HU Fiori Applications)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1144 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To access this app, business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:

LO - Manage Handling Units in Production (SAP_LO_BC_HUPSCHDAGR_MNG)

 Note

Make sure that the user has read authorization for all plants in his or her area of responsibility. If not, it
can come to a situation where the user is not authorized to use the Pack Guided function or that planned
handling units already created do not show up in the Planned Handling Units section of the app.

Related Information

Manage Handling Units in Production – Scheduling Agreement

12.1.2.3 ODATA API: Handling Unit

You can now use the MoveHandlingUnit operation to perform goods movement postings for handling units
for additional business scenarios. With the new CreateSituation operation, you can now create situations for
handling units managed in storage locations in Logistics (LO) as well as in Warehouse Management (WM).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4MM (Handling Unit Management)

Application Component LO-HU-API (HU Application Interfaces)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1145
Additional Details

The CreateSituation operation can be used by third party Internet of Things (IoT) systems, which collect
information from connected sensors attachted to handling units. When a critical situation is determined,
the third party IoT system can use this operation to imeditatly inform users in SAP S/4HANA about
what happened and so that corrective actions can be taken quickly. The users in SAP S/4HANA get the
corresponding notification that a critical situation occured and can navigate to the My Situations app for
further information.

In addition to the already existing movement scenarios, it is now possible to post goods movements for
handling units for the following scenarios:

Movement from Non-HU-Managed Storage Location to

Different Plant Same Plant

To non-HU-managed IM storage location To storage location of third party logistics providers

To HU-managed IM storage location

To WM-managed storage location

To storage location of third party logistics providers

Related Information

Handling Unit
CreateSituation
MoveHandlingUnits

12.1.3 Serial Number Management

12.1.3.1 CDS Views for Serial Number Management

Some CDS (Core Data Services) views have been released or changed for Serial Number Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BLL (Serial Number Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1146 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Application Component LO-MD-SN (Serial Number Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the CDS views that were released or changed for Serial Number Management:

Name Technical Name Status What's Changed Details

Equipment Material I_EquipMatlLastSerial New This cds view answers Equipment Material
Last Serial Number Number the question: What is Last Serial Number
the highest numeric
serial number for a
material.

Serial Numbers in I_SerialNumberSal New This CDS view re Serial Numbers in
Sales Orders esOrder trieves information on Sales Orders
the serial numbers
used within sales or
ders.

Serial Numbers in In I_SerialNumberIns New This CDS view re Serial Numbers in In
spection Lots pectionLot trieves information on spection Lots
the serial numbers
used within inspection
lots.

Serial Numbers in Pur I_SerialNumberPur New This CDS view re Serial Numbers in Pur
chase Requisitions chaseReqn trieves information on chase Requisitions
the serial numbers
used within a purchase
requisition.

Serial Numbers in I_SerialNumberMan New This CDS view re Serial Numbers in
Manufacturing Orders ufacturingOrd trieves information on Manufacturing Orders
the serial numbers
used within manufac
turing orders.

Serial Numbers in Han I_SerialNumberHan New This CDS view re Serial Numbers in Han
dling Units dlingUnit trieves information on dling Units
the serial numbers
used within handling
units.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1147
12.1.3.2 Serial Numbers in Inbound Deliveries

With this feature, serial numbers are now supported for subcontracting components in the Change Inbound
Delivery (VL32N) app and the SOAP API: Inbound Delivery - Create (B2B) (DELIVERYREQUEST_IN).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMY (Subcontracting)

Application Component LE-SHP (Delivery Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Prerequisite: In order to use serial numbers for subcontracting components in inbound deliveries, the
component must have a serial number profile assigned at the time of the inbound delivery.

Related Information

Change Inbound Delivery

12.1.4 Process Flow Transparency in Logistics

12.1.4.1 Sales Order Purchase Order Scenario

With the sales order purchase order scenario, process flow transparency can now track SAP S/4HANA logistics
activities and status related to the business form of drop-shipping. With this feature, external systems can
access information about the creation and processing of purchase orders as well as the statistical goods
receipt through the process flow transparency business events.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1148 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-GEN-PFT (Process Flow Transparency)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The process steps and status information of the new scenario can be consumed via the process flow
transparency business events published on SAP Business Accelerator Hub under Logistics Process Flow
Activity Events and Logistics Process Flow Status Collection Events .

Effects on System Administration

For information on how to set up and run process flow transparency, see 3331261 .

Effects on Customizing

To track the process steps of the new scenario, you have to activate the Sales Order & Purchase Order scenario.
To do so, go to your configuration environment to Logistics - General Process Flow Transparency Set Up
Scenarios .

To make the process steps trackable with process flow transparency, activate the relevant process steps for
the Sales Order & Purchase Order scenario in your configuration environment under Logistics - General
Process Flow Transparency Activate Process Steps .

Related Information

Sales Order Purchase Order Scenario

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1149
12.1.4.2 New Process Steps for Sales Order Outbound
Delivery Scenario

Additional process steps have beend added to the logistics scenario of sales order outbound delivery in SAP
S/4HANA, which can already be tracked with process flow transparency. With this enhancement, external
systems can now access information about packing, shipping readiness in Extended Warehouse Management
(EWM) embedded in SAP S/4HANA, blocking, and billing through the process flow transparency business
events.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-GEN-PFT (Process Flow Transparency)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The additional process steps can be consumed via the process flow transparency business events published
on SAP Business Accelerator Hub under Logistics Process Flow Transparency Activity Events and Logistics
Process Flow Transparency Status Collection Events .

Effects on System Administration

For information on how to set up and run process flow transparency, see 3331261 .

Effects on Customizing

To track the Sales Order & Outbound Delivery process steps, you have to activate the scenario. To do so, go to
your configuration environment to Logistics - General Process Flow Transparency Set Up Scenarios .

To make the process steps trackable with process flow transparency, activate the relevant process steps for
the Sales Order & Outbound Delivery scenario in your configuration environment under Logistics - General
Process Flow Transparency Activate Process Steps .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1150 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Related Information

Sales Order Outbound Delivery Scenario

12.1.4.3 Adjust Scope of Process Flow Transparency

You can adjust the scope of process flow transparency by applying filters for particular business objects. For
instance, you can specify a certain sales organization, distinct sales document type, or distrbution channel . By
doing so, you constrain the logistics process steps in SAP S/4HANA that process flow transparency considers.
This approach optimizes system performance by preventing unnecessary load and avoids an overwhelming
number of outgoing events.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-GEN-PFT (Process Flow Transparency)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To set the filters, go to your configuration environment and choose Logistics - General Process Flow
Transparency Specify Business Object Filters .

Effects on Existing Data

If you use process flow transparency without business object filters applied, and later add these filters, the
existing business documents are considered relevant for process flow transparency, even if they do not match
the filters. The filters will only be applied to new logistics processes going forward.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1151
Effects on System Administration

For information on how to set up and run process flow transparency, see 3331261 .

Related Information

Process Flow Transparency in Logistics (LO-GEN-PFT)

12.1.5 Business Process Scheduling

12.1.5.1 New Role for Scheduling with Business Process

Scheduling

To use apps related to Business Process Scheduling (BPS), you must assign the following new business role to
your user: SAP_BR_ORD_FLFMT_MNGR_SCHDG (Order Fulfillment Manager - Scheduling).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

6JM (Basic Business Process Scheduling)

Application Component CA-ATP-SCH-BPS (ATP: Business Process Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Business Process Scheduling (BPS)

Configure Activity Attributes

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1152 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.1.5.2 Delegate Activities to Custom Logic when
Scheduling with Business Process Scheduling

With this feature you can define a delegation if you have a custom logic to calculate the start and end dates of
one or more scheduling activities in your business process. This allows you more flexibility in your scheduling
process. The scheduled dates and times impact the calculated dates and times of all scheduling activities and
are returned to BPS. All dates/times are displayed in your business document.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6JM (Basic Business Process Scheduling)

Application Component CA-ATP-SCH-BPS (ATP: Business Process Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

As a key user, you are required to configure some activities to use delegation. For more information, see
Delegation.

Related Information

Business Process Scheduling (BPS)

Delegation
Use Case: Scheduling With Time Granularity in Days

12.1.5.3 Consider Working Times when Scheduling withTime

Granularity in Days

When scheduling with time granularity in days, usually no working times are considered. With the new
delegation CONSIDER_WORKING_TIME, Business Process Scheduling can consider working times for one
logistical activity in your business process. This enhances the precision of your scheduling results.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1153
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6JM (Basic Business Process Scheduling)

Application Component CA-ATP-SCH-BPS (ATP: Business Process Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Business Process Scheduling (BPS)

Use Case: Scheduling With Time Granularity in Days

12.1.5.4 Enhancements in Simulation Report for Business

Process Scheduling

These new features enable you to simulate scheduling with Business Process Scheduling with more scenarios.
More precisely, the following functionalitites are now available: Simulation with stock transport orders and
simulation with determined schema.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6JM (Basic Business Process Scheduling)

Application Component CA-ATP-SCH-BPS (ATP: Business Process Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1154 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Additional Details

Simulation with stock transport orders: You can simulate scheduling with reference to existing stock
transport orders. This means you can simulate scheduling with the same results and setup as in an actual
stock transport order.

Simulation with determined schema: You can simulate scheduling and use the same schema which was used
to schedule dates for an existing sales order or stock transport order. Select the checkbox With schema
determination and the simulation report automatically simulates scheduling with the schema which was
originally used to calculate the dates/times in the business document.

Related Information

Auxiliary Programs for BPS

12.1.5.5 Review Scheduling Result

Technical Details

With this feature you can review scheduling results for Business Process Scheduling (BPS). It graphically
explains the scheduling process, for example, used attributes, their determinations, and values. Further, it
helps you monitor inconsistencies.

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6JM (Basic Business Process Scheduling)

1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SCH-BPS (ATP: Business Process Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can access the app through the BPS simulation report or the app Review Availability Check Result.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1155
Effects on System Administration

For accessing this app through the BPS simulation report, you need to assign the role
SAP_BR_ORD_FLFMT_MNGR_SCHDG (Order Fulfillment Manager - Scheduling) to your user.

Related Information

Review Scheduling Result

Review Availability Check Result
Business Process Scheduling (BPS)

12.1.6 Schedule Resolution of Value Chain Issues

With this job scheduling app you can quickly configure single and recurring jobs to resolve technical and
process issues related to business processes tracked by the Monitor Value Chains app. With this app you can
also:

• Select relevant issue categories and specify selection criteria for process types and initiating documents
• Copy and modify existing jobs for reusing
• View job processing relevant technical details in the job log

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5D2 (Advanced Intercompany Sales)

5MQ (Sell from Stock with Valuated Stock in Transit)

Application Component CA-VCM-MON (Monitoring)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Schedule Resolution of Value Chain Issues

Monitor Value Chains

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1156 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.1.7 Maintenance Object "Configuration: Texts" Moved
to New Customizing Activity "Set Up Text
Determination"

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SD-BF-TP (Word Processing)

LE-SHP-GF (Basic Functions)

LE-SHP-GF-ES (Enterprise Services in Shipping)

LE-TRA (Transportation)

LO-GT-TC (Trading Contract)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

• Logistics Execution Shipping Basic Shipping Functions Text Control

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1157
12.2 Inventory

12.2.1 Goods Movement

12.2.1.1 Post Goods Movement

In the app, you can now do the following:

• The printing option has been improved: You can use the new Number of Labels field (NROFLABELS) to
determine the number of labels to be printed. Up to now, the setting of these label prints was coupled with
the Number of GR Slips field (WEANZ). You can now define the number of required printouts for both the GR
slips and the labels independently of each other.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM (Inventory Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Inventory Management and Physical Inventory (MM-IM)

12.2.1.2 Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing Document

For this app, you can now do the following:

The app supports barcode scanning of reference documents and serial numbers with internal and external
scanner devices. With this scan option, you can collect data quickly and reliably for goods receipt postings.

• On the main and detail screens, there is a new button that gives you direct access to the scan function.
• On the main screen, you can scan a document ID based on your scanner settings (device camera, external
scanner, or manual keyboard entry).
• On the detail screen, you can scan serial numbers. The app automatically sorts all scanned serial numbers
in a table. Note that the app assumes that anything that is scanned on the detail page is a serial number.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1158 PUBLIC Supply Chain
• The possibility to handle composite barcodes has been added to the barcode scanning function: Such
barcodes are based on the international GS1 standard. Therefore, a new central configuration setting has
also been created for this purpose. For more information, see Barcode Scanning in Inventory Management.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the profile settings for this app, you can choose Scanner Settings to configure settings for the barcode
scanner:

• You can choose if you want to enable scanning and if so, if you want to enable your device camera or an
external scanner.
• To set up an external scanner, you can choose between two options:
• Static approach: You can assign a prefix and suffix character for detecting scanned barcodes.

 Note

If you use an external scanner and the Use Prefix and Suffix Character setting in the Scanner
Settings dialog, you have to configure the external scanner with the corresponding prefix/suffix
characters as entered in the Scanner Settings dialog.

• Time-based approach: You can define time-based response times with delay time specification or
based on test measurements under real conditions using a scanner. This allows you to differentiate
between scanner activities and manual keyboard input.

 Note

If you use the Use Time Delay setting, the configured time delay in milliseconds in the scanner
settings should be appropriate for your external scanner hardware. You can use the Measure Your
Time Delay feature to measure the time delay of your hardware.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1159
Related Information

Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing Document

12.2.1.3 Post Goods Receipt for Production Order

For this app, you can now do the following:

With the Post Goods Receipt for Production Order app, you can post the receipt of goods with reference to a
production order. The app proposes a selection of production orders as well as the corresponding material item
level that can be posted.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJE (Make-to-Order Production - Finished Goods Sales and

Final Assembly)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Post Goods Receipt for Production Order

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1160 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.2.1.4 Post Goods Receipt for Process Order

For this app, you can now do the following:

With the Post Goods Receipt for Process Order app, you can post the receipt of goods with reference to a
process order. The app proposes a selection of process orders as well as the corresponding material item level
that can be posted.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Post Goods Receipt for Process Order

12.2.1.5 Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery

For this app, you can now do the following:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1161
• On the main and detail screens, there is a new button that gives you direct access to the scan function.
• On the main screen, you can scan a document ID based on your scanner settings (device camera, external
scanner, or manual keyboard entry).
• On the detail screen, you can scan serial numbers. The app automatically sorts all scanned serial numbers
in a table. Note that the app assumes that anything that is scanned on the detail page is a serial number.

With the Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery app, you can post a receipt of goods with reference to an
inbound delivery. The app proposes a selection of inbound deliveries from the supplier that can be posted.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BME (Stock Transfer with Delivery)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the profile settings for this app, you can choose Scanner Settings to configure settings for the barcode
scanner:

 Note

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1162 PUBLIC Supply Chain
 Note

Related Information

Post Goods Receipt for Process Order

12.2.1.6 Post Subsequent Adjustment

For this app, you can now do the following:

With the Post Subsequent Adjustment app, you can carry out a subsequent correction posting of components
from the subcontracting purchasing document. This is the case if a subcontractor has consumed more or less
quantity of components than you originally planned and posted.

This app focuses on the special process step of the subsequent adjustment posting after the goods receipt
process for subcontracting purchasing document.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1163
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the profile settings for this app, you can choose Scanner Settings to configure settings for the barcode
scanner:

 Note

Related Information

Post Subsequent Adjustment

12.2.1.7 Manage Stock

For this app, you can now do the following:

• You can use the movement type 201 (goods issue for cost center) and special stock type K (supplier
consignment). This option to post a goods issue for a cost center is an important process for companies,
even if it does not happen on a daily basis.
• If you use serial numbers, you now have the flexibility to create new serial numbers for a storage location
while transferring or scrapping materials, even if you have a stock check warning or no stock check
selected in your serial number profile. Previously, this would result in an error.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1164 PUBLIC Supply Chain
• The possibility to handle composite barcodes has been added to the barcode scanning function: Such
barcodes are based on the international GS1 standard. Therefore, a new central configuration setting has
also been created for this purpose. For more information, see Barcode Scanning in Inventory Management.
• You can post more than one material at the same time if you first temporarily save the selected materials in
an item list (Add To List action). From this item list, you can later select the materials to be posted at once.

With the Manage Stock app, you can perform stock changes.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Customers have various reasons for performing a goods issue for a cost center, for example:

• Giving out samples to customers

• Giving products to their own employees, for exampe, snacks, as a form of charity
• Consumption of materials for training purposes of educational institutions

Related Information

Manage Stock
Serial Numbers in Physical Inventory

12.2.1.8 Transfer Stock - In-Plant

For this app, you can now do the following:

• If you use serial numbers, you now have the flexibility to create new serial numbers for a storage location
while transferring or scrapping materials, even if you have a stock check warning or no stock check
selected in your serial number profile. Previously, this would result in an error.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1165
• The barcode scanning options are improved: You can now use the GS1 barcode standard (for the material
field) with the following information:
• Material number
• GTIN code of material
• Batch number
The app receives this information by scanning, and it loads the corresponding stock data for the further
goods movement process.

• The possibility to handle composite barcodes has been added to the barcode scanning function: Such
barcodes are based on the international GS1 standard. Therefore, a new central configuration setting has
also been created for this purpose. For more information, see Barcode Scanning in Inventory Management.
• You can post more than one material at the same time if you first temporarily save the selected materials in
an item list (Add To List action). From this item list, you can later select the materials to be posted at once.

With the Transfer Stock - In-Plant app, you can make transfer postings within a plant. This app supports you, for
example, as a warehouse clerk or inventory manager in your daily work.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Transfer Stock - In-Plant

12.2.1.9 Transfer Stock - Cross-Plant

For this app, you can now do the following:

• The filter options have been improved: You can exclude batches without stock from the selection by setting
the corresponding flag for the result table.
• The settings structure has been improved: Entries in the former application settings can now be found
under the table settings in the app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1166 PUBLIC Supply Chain
• If you use serial numbers, you now have the flexibility to create new serial numbers for a storage location
while transferring or scrapping materials, even if you have a stock check warning or no stock check
selected in your serial number profile. Previously, this would result in an error.

With the Transfer Stock - Cross-Plant app, you can make transfer postings from one plant (issuing plant)
to another plant (receiving plant). The app supports you in finding the allowed transfer postings and in
personalizing the control settings of storage locations and visible columns.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item IP7 (Cross-Plant Transfer Posting)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Transfer Stock - Cross-Plant

12.2.1.10 Printing Slips and Labels

With this feature, you can print multiple goods receipt slips and/or labels when posting a goods receipt in the
following apps:

• Post Goods Receipt for Purchasing Document

• Post Goods Receipt for Production Order
• Post Goods Receipt for Inbound Delivery
• Post Goods Receipt for Process Order
• Post Goods Receipt without Reference

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1167
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

OMC (Core Inventory Management)

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

BJE (Make-to-Order Production - Finished Goods Sales and

Final Assembly)

BME (Stock Transfer with Delivery)

BJ8 (Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on

Process Order)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Two new fields, Number of GR Slips and Number of Labels, are now available at item level.

You can use the Number of GR Slips field to manually enter how many goods receipt slips you would like
printed. You can print up to 999 slips. If you do not enter anything, the system will automatically calculate the
number of slips to print for you.

If you have maintained the Number of GR Slips field in the material master record, the system suggests the
number of goods receipt slips to be printed as a quotient of the goods receipt quantity and the quantity defined
there, rounded up to the next highest number.

In order to print multiple slips, you must first choose either 1 (individual slip) or 2 (individual slip with quality
inspection text) for the version print indicator. For collective slips, the entry in this field is ignored.
In the newly added Number of Labels field, you can manually enter the number of labels to print or let the
system calculate the number of printed labels for you. In both cases, you must first maintain the Label type and
Lab. Form fields in the material master record under the plant data view.

Related Information

Printing Slips and Labels

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1168 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.2.2 Reservations

12.2.2.1 Reservation Creation and Split Valuation

With this feature, when you create a new reservation, a field for Valuation Type is now available for materials
with split valuation that are not batch managed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-RSV (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Until now, the Batch field displayed the valuation type for materials subject to split valuation. Now, if a material
is subject to split valuation, a new Valuation Type field is visible and displays its own value independent of the
Batch field. That means that the Batch and Valuation Type fields are now two separate fields, each with their
own values.

If you create a reservation for a material with split valuation that is batch managed, the Valuation Type field is
read-only. In this case, the valuation type will be derived from the entry in the Batch field.

Related Information

Manage Reservation Items

Manage Manual Reservations

12.2.2.2 Change Documents for Reservations

With this feature, authorized users can now view change documents for reservations making it possible to trace
changes and analyze errors.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1169
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-RSV (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The creation, change, or deletion of a reservation is now recorded and can be viewed in the Show Change
Documents app where you will find a new Change Document Object: Reservations Change Documents.

A change document is recorded for a reservation if you make a change to one of the following fields at item
level:

• Storage Location
• Batch
• Reservation Item Creation Code
• Goods Movement Is Allowed
• Base Unit
• Reservation Item Required Quantity In Base Unit
• Reservation Item Is Marked for Deletion
• Goods Recipient Name
• Unloading Point Name
• Reservation Item Text
• Reservation Account Is Entered Manually
• Recipient Location Code
• Final Issue for Reservation

In the Manage Manual Reservation app list view, change documents are recorded when you create, copy, or
delete a reservation.

In the Manage Reservation Items app list view, change documents are recorded when you create or copy a
reservation, complete an item, or when you mark an item for deletion.

Related Information

Manage Manual Reservations

Manage Reservation Items

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1170 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.2.3 Inventory Analytics and Control

12.2.3.1 Consignment Stock Reporting

With the new Consignment Stock Reporting apps, you can keep an overview of goods movements going in and
out of your consignment stock and set up an automated email notification to suppliers about the current state
of their stock. This process helps expedite stock replenishment and provides stock transparency.

Consignment Stock Reporting includes 3 apps:

• Manage Stock Reporting Procedures

• Manage Stock Reporting Subscriptions
• Stock Reporting Overview

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Consignment Stock Reporting

12.2.3.2 Analyze Stock in Date Range

In the app, you can now do the following:

• The job scheduling function has been enhanced to start an export report to Microsoft Excel with the
inventory analysis results. The new button Schedule Export has been introduced for direct access.

With the Analyze Stock in Date Range app, you can analyze and monitor goods movement postings for one or
more materials in a defined date range. The app displays stock quantities and values on the defined analytical
start and end date. The detail page provides a comprehensive analysis of all goods movements that happened
within the defined date range.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1171
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Analyze Stock in Date Range

12.2.3.3 Schedule Export of Inventory Analytics

With this app, you can schedule a background job to export material stock and posting data for a defined
time period. Since the retrieval of large queries can be time-consuming, SAP recommends that you move such
queries to resource-uncritical phases of the day.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Schedule Export of Inventory Analytics

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1172 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.2.3.4 Display Inventory Analytics Job Results

With this app, you can display the results of the inventory analytics jobs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Display Inventory Analytics Job Results

12.2.3.5 Stock - Single Material

With this app, you can now do the following:

• The app supports barcode scanning of reference documents and serial numbers with internal and external
scanner devices. With this scan option, you can collect data quickly and reliably for goods receipt postings.
• Direct access to the scan function using its own button (main and detail screen).
• On the main screen, you can scan a document ID based on your scanner settings (device camera,
external scanner, or manual keyboard entry).
• On the detail screen, you can scan serial numbers. The app automatically sorts all scanned serial
numbers in a table. Note, that the app assumes that anything that is scanned on the detail page is a
serial number.
• The settings structure has been improved: Entries in the former application settings can now be found
under the table settings in the app.

• The response time of the app has been optimized to improve performance. For a lower response time, the
stock history chart is no longer displayed by default. If you need this stock history chart, you can display it
again via selecting the checkbox for the Stock History field in the View Settings.
• To start a conversation and to share your comments on the selected material, you can now use the chat in
Microsoft Teams.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1173
• The possibility to handle composite barcodes has been added to the barcode scanning function: Such
barcodes are based on the international GS1 standard. Therefore, a new central configuration setting has
also been created for this purpose. For more information, see Barcode Scanning in Inventory Management.

With the Stock – Single Material app, you can get an overview of your material stock. You can review your stock
by the plants and storage locations for which you are responsible.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Stock - Single Material

12.2.4 Physical Inventory

12.2.4.1 Create Physical Inventory Documents

For this app, the following features are available:

• The usability of the app was enhanced by introducing a new filter, that allows to select either materials with
or without movement. Now, you can also use this app to create physical inventory documents for materials
for which no material documents exist.

• Usability has been improved: You can now schedule a background job that processes the creation of
physical inventory documents. In addition, you can combine this creation with a print option using the
same background job.
• Usability of the data analysis has been improved by the introduction of the new Valuation Type field.

With the Create Physical Inventory Documents app, you can display lists of materials and choose to create
physical inventory documents for selected materials or groups of materials. These documents are used as
the basis for planning and performing a physical inventory, for recording count data, and for posting any
differences revealed by the count.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1174 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BML (Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment);

4LU (Physical Inventory - Cycle Counting)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-PI (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Create Physical Inventory Documents

12.2.4.2 Job Scheduling and Mass Processing – Physical

Inventory

The Schedule Physical Inventory Document Creation app has been renamed to Job Scheduling and Mass
Processing – Physical Inventory app. The title has been changed to reflect the continuous futher enhancements
in this app during the past release.

For this app, the following features are available:

• You can now also use this app to create physical inventory documents for materials for which no material
documents exist. The functionality of the app was enhanced by introducing a new filter that allows you to
select either materials with or without movement.
• The functionality of the app was enhanced by introducing a new process type Printing. With this option, you
can schedule a job for the printing process.

• Usability has been improved: You can now schedule a background job that processes the mass creation of
physical inventory documents in combination with a new print option using the same background job, if
desired.
• You can now use a new selection criterion with the introduction of the Valuation Type field including a
valuation help.

• xxx

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1175
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BML (Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment);

4LU (Physical Inventory - Cycle Counting)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Job Scheduling and Mass Processing – Physical Inventory

12.2.4.3 Manage Physical Inventory Count

For this app, the following features are available:

• The usability of the app has been enhanced by introducing the new Valuation Type field.
Until now, the Batch field also displayed the content of the valuation type, if a material was subject to split
valuation. Now, if a material is subject to split valuation, the new Valuation Type field is visible and displays
its own value independently of the Batch field. That means that the Batch and Valuation Type fields are now
two separate fields, each with their own values.
• The Change Documents section is new and displays all relevant information with regards to changes made
to a physical inventory document.

• The possibility to handle barcodes has been improved: The app supports either simple barcode or
configuration via the following BAdIs:
• BAdI: Changing of Scan Results for Physical Inventory Ad Hoc Counts (PI_COUNT_SCAN_ADHOC)
• BAdI: Changing of Scan Results for Physical Inventory Counts (PI_COUNT_SCAN_CHANGE)
• BAdI: Disablement of Default Scan Coding for Physical Inventory Counts (PI_COUNT_SCAN_DFLT)
For more information, see Barcode Scanning in Inventory Management.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1176 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BML (Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For the new Valuation Type field, the following constellations are possible:

• If a material is split valuated and batch-managed, the app determines the valuation type using the batch.
The app displays the result in the Batch field. The Valuation Type field is also visible but not ready for input.
This field displays a value that the app derived from the batch.

 Note

A batch-managed material that is subject to split valuation is controlled by the batch and a fixed
valuation type is assigned to the batch.

• If a material is split valuated but not batch-managed, only the Valuation Type field is displayed and ready
for input.

Related Information

Manage Physical Inventory Count

12.2.4.4 Manage Physical Inventory Documents

In the app, you can now do the following:

• You can delete physical inventory documents completely or mark several physical inventory items as
deleted. Based on the authorization concept, only selected users are able to see the Delete buttons (Mark
as Deleted and Delete) and to use the corresponding delete options.
• Filter options in the item table for physical inventory document items are available now, to narrow down the
existing item list according to available criteria.
• The General Information section now displays an optimized structure to display physical inventory
document details.
• The Change Documents section is new and displays all relevant information with regards to changes made
to a physical inventory document.
• Printing options are available now. You can execute printing of a single physical inventory document or
selected physical inventory document items. It is also possible to mass print several physical inventory
documents via a background job.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1177
• The posting function has been enhanced. You can now make mass postings more conveniently and more
quickly. Instead of selecting individual items of a physical inventory document, you can now select and
post all items of a physical inventory document at once. Before posting for a complete physical inventory
document, you can specify in a dialog the reason for each item difference type (increase/decrease). The
possible reasons are displayed in the value help.
• Usability of the data analysis has been improved by the introduction of the new Valuation Type field.

The Manage Physical Inventory Documents app displays physical inventory documents. You can use specific
search criteria such as storage location, count status, or planned count date. The search result shows detailed
information from list level down to the item level of a specific material (top-down approach).

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BML (Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you work with split-valuated materials that are subject to batch management requirement, the system
displays the corresponding information separately in the Batch field and in the Valuation Type field. The general
principle remains that only fields with content are displayed on the detailed page for the item.

Related Information

Manage Physical Inventory Documents

12.2.4.5 Physical Inventory Analysis

In the app, you can now do the following:

• Usability of the data analysis has been improved by the introduction of the new Valuation Type field.

With the Physical Inventory Analysis app, you can analyze physical inventory in your company to identify
opportunities for process improvement.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1178 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BML (Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment);

4LU (Physical Inventory - Cycle Counting)

Application Component MM-IM-VDM-PI (VDM Physical Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Related Information

Physical Inventory Analysis

12.2.4.6 Deletion of Display Physical Inventory Count App

The Display Physical Inventory Count app (MI06) has been deleted and is no longer available on the SAP Fiori
launchpad. Please use the following successor app: Manage Physical Inventory Documents (F0379A)

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BML (Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment)

Application Component MM-IM (Inventory Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1179
Related Information

Manage Physical Inventory Documents

12.2.4.7 Deletion of Display Physical Inventory Document

App

The Display Physical Inventory Document app (MI03) has been deleted and is no longer available on the SAP
Fiori launchpad. Please use the following successor app: Manage Physical Inventory Documents (F0379A)

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BML (Physical Inventory - Inventory Count and Adjustment)

Application Component MM-IM (Inventory Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Physical Inventory Documents

12.2.5 APIs in Inventory

12.2.5.1 OData API: Reservation Document (A2X)

With the Reservation Document (A2X) API_RESERVATION_DOCUMENT synchronous inbound service the
following features are now available:

• A new field for Valuation Type is available.

• Key users can create and define custom fields in the Custom Fields and Logic app with the business
contexts: RESERVATIONDOCUMENTHEADER and RESERVATIONDOCUMENTITEM.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1180 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-RSV (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Reservation Document (A2X)

12.2.5.2 OData API: Material Document - Read, Create

The OData service Material Documents – Read, Create (API_MATERIAL_DOCUMENT) has been enhanced with
additional properties.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1181
Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM-GF (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new field Debit/Credit Code has been added to the Document Items entity. It shows whether the
transaction figures have been debited or credited for a material. The field has two possible values: H (Credit) or
S (Debit).

You can now view the manufacturer serial number of a material. The entity Serial Numbers
(A_SerialNumberMaterialDocument) has a new property:

Property Description

ManufacturerSerialNumber Manufacturer Serial Number

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Material Documents - Read, Create

12.2.5.3 OData API: Material Stock - Read

The OData service Material Stock – Read (API_MATERIAL_STOCK) now supports serial numbers. With the
new entity Serial Numbers with Material Stock A_MATERIALSERIALNUMBER, you can read serial number
information from material stock accounting data. Conversely, you can also read material stock information
from material serial numbers.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1182 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM-GF (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Material Stock - Read

12.2.5.4 Message Monitoring for SOAP API: Material

Document - Create

In the Message Monitoring Overview app, you can now view all messages received from the SOAP API Material
Document - Create (MaterialDocumentCreateRequest_Async_In) in the new interface /MMIM - MMIM_MDREQ
- 2. This interface allows you to use an extended list of filters to search for messages that are received from this
API. This development makes it easier for you to search your messages, for instance, by plant or material. The
previous interface, /MMIM - MMIM_MDREQ - 1, is still available for you to view all messages received before
integration of this new release.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1183
Additional Details

You can now use the following filters to search for messages: System ID, Material, Plant, Movement Type,
Reference, Batch, Purchasing Document, SD Document, Order, and Delivery.

Related Information

Message Monitoring

12.2.5.5 Material Document Business Events

With this feature, the material document business object now has 2 new events:

• Create (Created MaterialDocument.Created.v1): This event is triggered when a material document

has been created.
• Cancel (Canceled MaterialDocument.Canceled.v1): This event is triggered when a material
document or material document item has been canceled.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Material Document Events

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1184 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.2.5.6 SOAP API: Material Document - Receive
Confirmation

With the new version of SOAP API Material Document - Receive Confirmation
(MaterialDocumentCreateConfirmation_Async_Out_V2), you can receive a SOAP Confirmation via
SOAP service Material Document - Create (MaterialDocumentCreateRequest_Async_In). The SOAP
Confirmation contains the success message or, in case of an error, the error details of the material document
creation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Material Document - Create

Material Document - Receive Confirmation

12.2.6 Output Management in Inventory

The following features are now available:

• You can now add the Header Text, Delivery Note, Material Slip, and/or custom fields to various predelivered
form templates. See below for more details.
• In the Output Parameter Determination app, it is now possible to add the new condition column Product
Type Group for goods movement output types using the table settings.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1185
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM-GF (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For custom fields, you must first create and enable your custom field for use in form templates by using the
Custom Fields app. The business context is MATERIALDOCUMENTITEM.

You can now enhance the following form templates:

MMIM_GI_IND_SLIPT Goods Issue Individual Slip FDP_GI_IND_SLIP_SRV Header Text

Output with Inspection Text
Custom Field

Material Slip

MMIM_GMVT_COL_SLIP Goods Movement Posting FDP_MMIM_GMVT_COL_SLI Header Text

P_GEN_SRV
Collective Slip
Custom Field

Delivery Note

MMIM_GMVT_IND_SLIP Goods Movement Posting In FDP_MMIM_GMVT_IND_SLI Header Text

P_GEN_SRV
dividual Slip
Custom Field

Delivery Note

MMIM_GMVT_TP_COL_SLIP Goods Movement Transfer FDP_GMVT_TP_COL_SLIP_S Header Text

RV
Posting - Collective Slip
Custom Field

Material Slip

MMIM_GMVT_TP_COL_SLIP Goods Transfer Posting Col FDP_MMIM_GMVT_TP_COL Custom Field

_SLIP_GEN_SRV
_GEN lective Slip - Generic
Material Slip

MMIM_GMVT_TP_IND_SLIP Goods Movement Transfer FDP_GMVT_TP_IND_SLIP_S Header Text

RV
Posting - Individual Slip
Custom Field

Material Slip

MMIM_GMVT_TP_IND_SLIP Goods Mvt. Transfer Posting- FDP_GMVT_TP_IND_SLIP_S Header Text

RV
T Individual Slip with Insp. text
Custom Field

Material Slip

MMIM_GMVT_TP_IND_SLIP Goods Transfer Posting Indi FDP_MMIM_GMVT_TP_IND_ Header Text

SLIP_GEN_SRV
T_GEN vidual Slip with Inspection
Custom Field
Text - Generic
Material Slip

MMIM_GMVT_TP_IND_SLIP_ Goods Movement Transfer FDP_MMIM_GMVT_TP_IND_ Custom Field

SLIP_GEN_SRV
GEN Posting Individual Slip - Ge
Material Slip
neric

MMIM_GR4PO_COL_SLIP Goods Receipt for PO collec FDP_GR4PO_COL_SLIP_SRV Header Text

tive slip PDF Output

Delivery Note

MMIM_GR4PO_EMAIL Goods Receipt for PO email FDP_GR4PO_EMAIL_SRV Header Text

message
Delivery Note

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1187
Form Template Name Description FDP Service Newly Available Fields

MMIM_GR4PO_IND_SLIP Goods Receipt for PO individ FDP_GR4PO_IND_SLIP_SRV Header Text

ual slip PDF Output
Delivery Note

MMIM_GR4PO_IND_SLIPT Goods Receipt for PO individ FDP_GR4PO_IND_SLIPT_SR Header Text

V
ual slip with text PDF Output
Delivery Note

MMIM_GRORD_IND_SLIP Goods Receipt for Order Indi FDP_GR_ORD_IND_SLIP_SR Header Text

V
vidual Slip
Delivery Note

MMIM_GRORD_IND_SLIPT Goods Receipt for Order In FDP_GR_ORD_IND_SLIP_SR Header Text

V
dividual Slip with Inspection
Delivery Note
Text

MMIM_GR_LABEL Goods Receipt Label Output FDP_GR_LABEL_SRV Header Text

Delivery Note

Related Information

Output Management in Inventory Management

12.2.7 CDS Views for Inventory

Some CDS (Core Data Services) views have been released or changed for Inventory.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM-VDM-RSV (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1188 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Additional Details

The following table summarizes the CDS views that were released for Inventory.

CDS Views Released or Changed for Inventory

Name Technical Name Status What's Changed Details

Overrule Stock Type of I_InventoryUsabil New This CDS view pro

Goods Movement Type ityCode;
vides supported values
I_InventoryUsabil
for
ityCodeText (Re
lated Text View) InventoryUsabilit
yCode.

Reservation Document C_ReservationDocu New This CDS view is in Reservation Document
Data Extraction
mentItemDEX tended to be used for Data Extraction
data extraction of the
reservation document.
The view provides all
important data of the
reservation document
posting. The view is en
abled for delta extrac
tion.

Control of Quantity and I_ControlOfQuanti New This CDS view pro

Value Update tyValueUpdate
vides the configura-
tion information about
quantity and value up
date for a given valua
tion area and product
type.

Default E-Mail V_MMIM_DDL_OM_OR_ New This CDS view pro

Template for Goods
EMAIL vides a list of fields to
Movements
describe an activity in
a compliance scenario
and can be used as a
template to build the
content of different e-
mail notifications.

Default E-Mail V_MMIM_DDL_OM_OR_ New This CDS view pro

Template for Goods
GR4PO_EMAIL vides a list of fields to
Receipt Message
describe an activity in
a compliance scenario
and can be used as a
template to build the
content of different e-
mail notifications.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1189
Name Technical Name Status What's Changed Details

Default E-Mail V_MMIM_DDL_OM_OR_ New This CDS view pro

Template for Missing
GR4PO_EMAIL vides a list of fields to
Parts Check E-Mail
describe an activity in
a compliance scenario
and can be used as a
template to build the
content of different e-
mail notifications.

Default E-Mail V_MMIM_DDL_OM_OR_ New This CDS view pro

Template for PO
GR4PO_EMAIL vides a list of fields to
Quantity Deviation
describe an activity in
a compliance scenario
and can be used as a
template to build the
content of different e-
mail notifications.

Default E-Mail V_MMIM_DDL_OM_OR_ New This CDS view pro

Template for
GR4PO_EMAIL vides a list of fields to
Underdelivery
describe an activity in
a compliance scenario
and can be used as a
template to build the
content of different e-
mail notifications.

Output Management E- V_MMIM_DDL_OM_OR_ New This CDS view pro

Mail
EMAIL vides the data to fill an
E-mail to be send from
Output Management.

Output Management E- V_MMIM_DDL_OM_OR_ New This CDS view pro

Mail GR4PO
GR4PO_EMAIL vides the data to cre
ate an E-mail for a
goods receipt related
to a purchase order

Goods Movement V_MMIM_DDL_OM_PAR New This CDS view pro

Parameters
AM vides the data to deter
mine whether an out
put shall be generated
and which output type
to be used.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1190 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Name Technical Name Status What's Changed Details

Physical Inventory V_MMIM_DDL_OM_PAR New This CDS view pro

Parameters
AM_PI vides the data to deter
mine whether an out
put shall be generated
and which output type
to be used.

12.2.8 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility

With the objects released in Inventory Management, you have access to data from SAP S/4HANA when
building custom applications or extensions with developer extensibility. You can integrate the released objects
in your custom code or extend them at predefined extension points. Depending on your use case, different
object types are provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, RAP business objects). You find all the released objects in
the ABAP Development Tools (ADT), when you're connected to your SAP S/4HANA system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed or deprecated for developer
extensibility with the current release.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1191
Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

RAP business object Physical Inventory I_PhysicalInvento Changed This RAP business ob
Document ryDocumentTP ject now supports:

• Deleting physical
inventory docu
ments at docu
ment header and
item levels.

 Note
You cannot
mark items
for deletion
anymore that
are already
posted to
stock.

• Creating output
requests for print
ing one or multiple
physical inventory
document items.

RAP business object Reservation Document I_RESERVATIONDOCU Changed This business object
MENTTP is now extensible. You
can enhance your own
custom field logic ac
cording to your busi
ness needs.

CDS View Reservation Document I_RESERVATIONDOCU Changed This cds view entity
Item MENTITEMTP is now extensible. You
can add your own cus
tom field logic accord
ing to your business
needs.

CDS View Reservation Document I_RESERVATIONDOCU Changed This cds entity view
Header MENTTP is now extensible. You
can add your own cus
tom field logic accord
ing to your business
needs.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1192 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

Business Add-In Check Item Data in BADI_MMIM_CHECK_M New You can use this BAdI
(BAdI) Material Document ATDOC_ITEM to check the data in
the material document
header and material
document item for dif
ferent processes. You
can then create corre
sponding custom mes
sages.

The following proc

esses are supported:

• SOAP APIs
• OData APIs
• Goods receipts
without referen
ces
• MIGO
• Goods issue,
transfer posting
scenarios

For more information,

see BAdI: Check Item
Data in Material Docu
ment [page 1194]

RAP business object Physical Inventory I_PHYSICALINVENTO Changed With this RAP business
Document RYDOCUMENTTP object, you can initiate
a post action for all
items of a physical in
ventory document di
rectly (mass posting).

RAP business object Physical Inventory I_PHYSICALINVENTO Changed With this RAP business
Document RYDOCUMENTTP object, you can initiate
a recount of an al
ready counted but not
posted physical inven
tory document item.

Developer extensibility allows you to create development projects in SAP S/4HANA by using ABAP
Development Tools for Eclipse. This gives you the opportunity to build extensions, services, and SAP Fiori
apps using the complete set of ABAP features released for SAP S/4HANA, for example, with the ABAP RESTful
Application Programming model, http services, and ABAP objects. For more information about the released
objects and how to find them, see Released Development Objects.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1193
Effects on System Administration

The business role template Developer (SAP_BR_DEVELOPER) needs to be assigned to the user. This business
role template consists of business catalogs that contain the authorizations required for working with the
development objects released for developer extensibility. You can find details about the business catalogs
contained in the business role template Developer in the Maintain Business Roles app.

12.2.9 BAdI: Check Item Data in Material Document

The new Business Add-In (BAdI) Check Item Data in Material Document enables you to check and validate the
header and item data that you enter in material documents. You can create corresponding custom messages.
This BAdI is called when a material document is created, for example, within the following processes: SOAP and
OData APIs, goods receipts without references, MIGO, goods issues, and transfer posting scenarios. You can
access this BAdI and the BAdI documentation in the Custom Fields and Logic app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

12.2.10 Serial Numbers in Inventory Management

In the Manage Stock, Transfer Stock - In-Plant, and Transfer Stock - Cross Plant apps, you now have the
flexibility to create new serial numbers for a storage location while transferring or scrapping materials even if
you have a stock check warning or no stock check selected in the serial number profile. Previously, this would
result in an error.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1194 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

IP7 (Cross-Plant Transfer Posting)

Application Component LO-MD-SN (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Serial Numbers in Physical Inventory

Manage Stock
Transfer Stock - In-Plant
Transfer Stock - Cross-Plant

12.2.11 Data Management in Inventory Management

Some lifecycle management features in Inventory Management have been optimized for purging and
precompacting material document data.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-IM-VDM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Purging and Precompacting of Material Document Data: Lifecycle Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1195
12.2.12 App Extensibility: Overview Inventory Management

As a key user, you can now enable additional fields as filters in the Overview Inventory Management app. For
this purpose, the app was enhanced with the CDS view Core Product Plant Fields (I_ProductPlantBasic).
You can use all fields of this CDS view as filter criteria in the app, for example MRP Controller.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-OVP (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You have to make settings for the relationship of data sources between the cards of the overview page (OVP)
to the corresponding apps. Only then can the values of the enhanced filter criteria be displayed in the OVP and
can be transferred when you navigate to the corresponding app.

For more information, see the related app extensibility documentation of the app.

Related Information

App Extensibility: Overview Inventory Management

12.2.13 App Extensibility: Overview Inventory Processing

As a key user, you can now enable additional fields as filters in the Overview Inventory Processing app. For this
purpose, the app was enhanced with the CDS view Core Product Plant Fields (I_ProductPlantBasic). You
can use all fields of this CDS view as filter criteria in the app, for example MRP Controller.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1196 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-OVP (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For more information, see the related app extensibility documentation of the app.

Related Information

App Extensibility: Overview Inventory Processing

12.2.14 Performance Optimization: Stock - Multiple Materials

For this app, you can now do the following:

• The app has been optimized on a purely technical level to improve performance.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM (Inventory)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1197
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The SAP Fiori app reads data from a huge database table and does massive calculations and transformations
to get stock quantity as well as stock value data.

This is done via Core Data Service (CDS) views (internal). Especially the calculation of the stock values requires
huge runtime and memory. To improve the performance, a complete new CDS view stack (internal) has been
created additionally to the existing CDS view stack (internal).

With this release it is possible to switch the data provisioning from the old to the new CDS view stack using the
feature Toggle Old and New Stack in Stock - Multiple Materials App (MM_IM_STOCK_MULT).

If you have longer runtime, especially you need to display the stock values, SAP strongly recommends
activating the feature.

To switch to the new data provisioning, proceed as follows:

1. Activate the feature on your quality system.

2. Test the feature by comparing the data before and after toggling.
3. Finally activate the feature on your productive system.

Effects on Existing Data

None

Effects on Data Transfer

None

Effects on System Administration

Effects on Customizing

None

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1198 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Related Information

12.2.15 IAM Objects in Inventory

Changes to Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects have been delivered for Inventory.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item See the table below

Application Component MM-FIO-IM (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

IAM Objects

Name of IAM Object Object Type Changes Details Relevant Scope Items

Materials Management Business Catalog Change The Schedule Export BMC (Core Inventory
– Stock Monitoring
Inventory Analytics Management)
(SAP_MM_BC_IM_MON
(F7493) app and
ITORING) OMC (Core Inventory
the Display Iventory
Management)
Analytics Job Results
(F7504) app are now
assigned to this busi
ness catalog.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1199
Name of IAM Object Object Type Changes Details Relevant Scope Items

Materials Management Business Catalog Change The restriction type BML (Physical Inven
- Physical Inventory
Display Values and tory - Inventory Count
Execution
Prices (Inventory and Adjustment)
(SAP_PRC_BC_IM_PI
_EXEC) Management)
OML (Physical Inven
(DISPINVAL) for ac
tory - Inventory Count
cess category read is
and Adjustment)
now added to this busi
ness catalog.

Materials Management Business Catalog Change The restriction type BML (Physical Inven
- Physical Inventory
Display Values and tory - Inventory Count
Management
Prices (Inventory and Adjustment)
(SAP_PRC_BC_IM_PI
_MGMT) Management)
OML (Physical Inven
(DISPINVAL) for ac
tory - Inventory Count
cess category read is
and Adjustment)
now added to this busi
ness catalog.

12.3 Warehouse Management

12.3.1 Enhancements to the Warehouse Monitor

With this feature, you can search for available stock by a handling unit (HU) under Stock and Bin→ Available
Stock. You can change the HU type of multiple HUs in one step. You can also use the Change Attributes method
to make a mass change of multiple entries of physical stock at the same time. You can also perform the
following actions:

• Display warehouse tasks for selected storage bins to analyze stock movements
• Display manufacturing order numbers for physical stock
• Display content information of HUs after goods issue

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1200 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Application Component SCM-EWM-MON (Monitoring)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Warehouse Tasks by Storage Bin

You can use node Stock and Bin Storage Bin Warehouse Tasks to display open and on-hold warehouse
tasks by storage bin. You can then drill down to the serial numbers involved in the warehouse tasks. You can
also display confirmed or canceled warehouse tasks by using the selection screen for the node or by creating
your own node variant.

Display Manufacturing Order for Physical Stock

You can display the manufacturing orders in all physical-stock-relevant nodes in the warehouse management
monitor.

Search by HU

You can search by an HU under Stock and Bin Available Stock .

Mass Change of HU Type

To change the HU type of multiple HUs, select your HUs and choose More Methods Change Handling Unit
Type .

Mass Change of Attributes of Physical Stock

To change the attributes of physical stock, you must follow the steps in the SAP Note 3304566 . Then, you
can select the relevant entries and choose More Methods Change Attributes .

Note that the system doesn't generate any documents or logs for mass changes to the stock attributes.
Therefore, we highly recommend that you implement the logging functionality (such as Application Log) for this
feature in your system.

Display Content Information of HUs After Goods Issue

Under the node Documents Handling Units , you can display the content of HUs after goods issue.

Display Incoterms Information

Under the node Outbound Documents Outbound Delivery Order , you can display the following
additional fields:

• Incoterms Version
• Incoterms Location 1
• Incoterms Location 2

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1201
Related Information

Warehouse Management Monitor

12.3.2 Customizing Changes for SCM Route

With the enablement of the Supply Chain Management (SCM) route in Extended Warehouse Management
(EWM) embedded in SAP S/4HANA, Customizing activities and Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for the SCM route
were added or moved within Customizing.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-BAS-MD-RT (Route)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

 Note

You can expand all nodes at once by using Ctrl + F.

Customizing Changes for Extended Warehouse Management

Customizing nodes that were deleted

Name Additional Information

Goods Issue Process for Decentralized Customizing activities and subnodes of Goods Issue Process for Decentralized
EWM EWM were moved to Extended Warehouse Management Goods Issue
Process and its subnodes.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1202 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Customizing nodes that were added
Name Location

Route Determination Extended Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Outbound

Delivery

Customizing activities that were moved

Name New Location

Map Routes and Route Schedule from Extended Warehouse Management Interfaces ERP Integration Delivery
ERP System to EWM
Processing

Activate or Deactivate Route Determi Extended Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Outbound
nation
Delivery Route Determination

Define Scheduling Within Route Deter Extended Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Outbound
mination
Delivery Route Determination

Customizing Changes for Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended Warehouse Management
Customizing nodes that were deleted
Name Additional Information

Cross-Process Settings for Decentral BAdIs and subnodes of Cross-Process Settings for Decentralized EWM were
ized EWM moved to Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for
Extended Warehouse Management Cross-Process Settings and its subnodes.

Goods Issue Process for Decentralized BAdIs and subnodes of Goods Issue Process for Decentralized EWM were moved
EWM to Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process and its subnodes.

Master Data for Decentralized EWM BAdIs and subnodes of Master Data for Decentralized EWM were moved to
Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Warehouse Management Master Data and its subnodes.

Customizing nodes that were moved

Name New Location

Route Determination Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Transportation Management

Customizing nodes that were added

Name Location

Transportation Management Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process

Enhancement Spot for Route Master Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Data
Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Transportation Management
Route Determination

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1203
Name Location

Routes Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended

Warehouse Management Master Data

Business Add-Ins that were moved

Name Location

BAdI: Route Release Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Warehouse Management Cross-Process Settings Delivery - Warehouse
Request

BAdI: Route Determination and Route Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Check
Warehouse Management Cross-Process Settings Delivery - Warehouse
Request Determinations

BAdI: Filter Method in Route Determina Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
tion
Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Transportation Management
Route Determination

BAdI: Cost Determination in Route De Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
termination
Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Transportation Management
Route Determination

BAdI: Dangerous Goods Enhancements Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
for Route Determination (EHS)
Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Transportation Management
Route Determination

BAdI: Input Help for Means of Transport Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
in Routing Guide
Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Transportation Management
Route Determination

BAdI: Enhancements for Scheduling in Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Routing Guide
Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Transportation Management
Route Determination

BAdI: Enhancements to Route Master Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Data
Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Transportation Management
Route Determination Enhancement Spot for Route Master Data

BAdI: Enhancement of Departure Cal Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
endar/Route Schedule Value Help
Warehouse Management Master Data Routes

Business Add-Ins that were added

Name Location

BAdI: Enhance Route Search Help with Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
External Data
Warehouse Management Master Data Routes

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1204 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Name Location

BAdI: Enhancement of Departure Cal Extended Warehouse Management Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
endar/Route Schedule Value Help
Warehouse Management Master Data Routes

Customizing Changes for SCM Basis

Customizing Nodes that were deleted
Name Additional Information

Routing Guide for Decentralized EWM Customizing activities and subnodes of Routing Guide for Decentralized EWM
were moved to SCM Basis Routing Guide and its subnodes.

Customizing Nodes that were added

Name Location

Routing Guide SCM Basis

Calendar SCM Basis Master Data

Transportation Lane SCM Basis Master Data

Transportation Service Provider Profile SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane

Distance and Duration Determination SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane

Customizing Activities that were moved

Location

General Settings for Route Determina SCM Basis Routing Guide

tion

Define Request Types for Routing Guide SCM Basis Routing Guide

Define Modes of Transport for Foreign SCM Basis Routing Guide

Trade

Customizing Activities that were added

Name Location

Maintain Factory Calendar SCM Basis Master Data Calendar

Maintain Planning Calendar (Time SCM Basis Master Data Calendar

Stream)

Maintain Transportation Mode SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane

Maintain Means of Transport SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane

Activate Change Documents SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane

Define Freight Code Sets, Freight Co SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane Transportation Service
des, and Determination
Provider Profile

Define Product Freight Groups SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane Transportation Service
Provider Profile

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1205
Name Location

Configure Process Controller for Dis SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane Distance and Duration
tance and Duration Determination
Determination

Define GIS Zone SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane Distance and Duration
Determination

Assign Country/Region to GIS Zone SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane Distance and Duration
Determination

Define Strategy for Distance and Dura SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane Distance and Duration
tion Determination and Georouting
Determination

Define Global Settings for Distance and SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane Distance and Duration
Duration Determination
Determination

Set Usage of GIS Tool SCM Basis Master Data Transportation Lane Distance and Duration
Determination

Related Information

Route
Route Determination in the Delivery

12.3.3 Delivery Split for Outbound Delivery Orders

This feature enables you to split delivery items or handling units (HUs) from an outbound delivery order (ODO)
into a new ODO in the warehouse monitor. On delivery item level, you can split delivery items, or quantities of
delivery items, without warehouse tasks into a new ODO. On HU level, you can split entire HUs or the remaining
parts of a delivery, for example, unpacked items, into a new ODO.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-DLP (Delivery Processing)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1206 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

 Note

If you use the delivery split for outbound delivery orders, you can't use other split options for deliveries, for
example, the outbound delivery split (OD split).

You can't undo the delivery split for an ODO.

The following action has been added for delivery items under Outbound Documents Outbound Delivery
Order Outbound Delivery Order Items :

• Split into New ODO

You can split delivery items without warehouse tasks into a new ODO. If a delivery item has quantities with
and without warehouse tasks, the system adjusts the quantity of the selected item to the quantity of the
warehouse tasks that have been created for the item. The remaining quantity of the item is split into a new
ODO.

The following actions have been added for HUs under Outbound Documents Outbound Delivery Order
Handling Unit :

• Split into New ODO

All selected HUs are split into a new ODO.
• Split Rem. Parts into New ODO (Split Remaining Parts into New ODO)
Selected HUs remain in the original ODO to avoid relabeling. Everything else in the ODO (remaining parts)
is split into a new ODO.

Related Information

Delivery Split for Outbound Delivery Orders

Delivery Split

12.3.4 Reverse Goods Receipt for Handling Units from

Production

With this feature, you can reverse the goods receipt of a handling unit (HU) received from production after final
putaway.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1207
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1VB (Production Integration - Component Consumption and

Receipt in Warehouse)

Application Component SCM-EWM-GM (Goods Movements) and SCM-EWM-DLP-BF

(Basic Functions).

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can already reverse goods receipt of received HUs before final putaway using the Warehouse Monitor app,
in the HU in Process node. With the new feature, you can reverse goods receipt of HUs from production after
final putaway too.

The reversal is available in the warehouse monitor, as a monitor method in the node Inbound Process
Production Overview Completed HU .

You can also use the API interface /SCWM/IF_API_RVS_HU_PTWY in a custom development to perform the
reversal of goods receipt for HUs received from production after final putaway, in the following use cases:

• The HUs are received using receipt from production in Advanced Production Integration.
• The HUs contain either main products, co-products, or by-products received for a manufacturing order.
The products are neither serialized nor managed with valuation units.
• The goods movements are set up to be communicated to Logistics Execution using the goods movement
interface.
• The HUs are not unloaded from a transportation unit (TU).

You can reverse goods receipt for HUs received from production only. There must not be any Logistics
Execution delivery involved and the goods movement must be communicated to Inventory Management using
the goods movement interface.

Effects on Customizing

A Business Add-In (BAdI) is available to set up additional checks at reversal of goods receipt after
final putaway. BAdI: Reverse Goods Receipt after Final Putaway is available in Customizing for Extended
Warehouse Management under Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Warehouse Management Cross-Process
Settings Goods Movement Postings BAdI: Reverse Goods Receipt after Final Putaway .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1208 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.3.5 OData API: Warehouse Outbound Delivery Order -
Read, Update (A2X)

With this feature, you can set the shipping readiness status of an outbound delivery order. This status can be
used in the Advanced Shipping and Receiving process or as a condition for other activities. You can also reverse
the shipping readiness status of an outbound delivery order.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-API (Remote APIs)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Set Shipping Readiness Status

Shipping Readiness
Reverse Shipping Readiness Status
Update Delivery in Delivery Management Before Goods Issue

12.3.6 OData API: Warehouse Order and Task (A2X)

With this feature, you can carry out a low stock check with or without physical inventory when you confirm
a product warehouse task. You can also unassign a pick-handling unit from a warehouse order or create a
handling unit (HU) warehouse task for an existing warehouse order. In addition, you can confirm HU warehouse
tasks for complex loading and unloading.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1209
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-API (Remote APIs)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Confirm Product Warehouse Tasks

Continuous Physical Inventory Procedures
Delete Assignment of Pick-Handling Unit to Warehouse Order
Create Warehouse Tasks
Confirm Product or Handling Unit Warehouse Tasks Without Changes

12.3.7 OData API: Warehouse Available Stock - Read (A2X)

With this feature, you can retrieve an expanded selection of fields containing data about available stock in your
warehouse.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-API (Remote APIs)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Warehouse Available Stock - Read (A2X)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1210 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.3.8 OData API: Handling Unit

With this feature, a new entity allows you to work with the alternative IDs of handling units in a storage location
managed by Extended Warehouse Management. In addition, you can retrieve the handling units in a handling
unit hierarchy. You can also create an empty handling unit directly on a resource. You can carry out simple
loading and unloading, as well as posting or reversing goods receipt. And you can set a process step for a
handling unit to status "Completed".

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-API (Remote APIs)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new entity Handling Unit Alternative Identification (HandlingUnitAlternativeID) allows you to create,
delete, or retrieve the alternative IDs of handling units.

You can retrieve all the handling units in a handling unit hierarchy by filtering for the highest-level handling unit.

You can load or unload a handling unit ("simple loading and unloading") or reverse loading or unloading.

You can post or reverse goods receipt for an inbound delivery that is linked to a handling unit by a reference
document.

If you use process-oriented storage control, you can set a process step for a handling unit to status
"Completed". This status change also triggers the start of the next process step.

Effects on Customizing

The previously mentioned functionality is only available if you implement a BAdI in EWM. For more information,
see SAP Note 3216941 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1211
Related Information

Handling Unit Alternative Identification

Create Empty Handling Units in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Retrieve Handling Units in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Retrieve Alternative Handling Unit IDs for Handling Units in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Load Handling Units in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Reverse Loading of Handling Units in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Unload Handling Units in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Reverse Unloading of Handling Units in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Post Goods Receipt in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Reverse Goods Receipt in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Create Alternative Handling Unit ID for Handling Unit in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Delete Alternative Handling Unit ID from Handling Unit in EWM-Managed Storage Location
Set Process Step to Completed for Handling Unit in EWM-Managed Storage Location

12.3.9 Structural Changes to Customizing for MES

Integration

The Implementation Guide (IMG) of MES Integration under Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Warehouse Management Interfaces has been changed. MES Integration now contains two substructures:
Work in Process (WIP) and Clearing PSAs.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-IF (Interfaces)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

The following existing BAdIs are moved under the new substructure Work in Process (WIP):

• BAdI: Mapping of Inbound Deliveries for WIP

• BAdI: Mapping of Inbound Delivery Statuses for WIP

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1212 PUBLIC Supply Chain
• BAdI: Mapping of Goods Issue for WIP
• BAdI: Determination of WIP Products
• BAdI: Determination of Document and Item Type for WIP Inbound Deliveries

The following existing BAdIs are moved under the new substructure Clearing PSAs:

• BAdI: Mapping of Stock for Clearing PMR References

• BAdI: Specifying Stock for Clearing PMR References
• BAdI: Specifying Stock for PSA Stock Movements
• BAdI: Mapping of PSA Stock Movements

12.3.10 Verify Predefined Serial Numbers in RF Picking

With this feature, when you perform picking activities using an RF device, you can conffigure whether the
system requires the warehouse worker to verify the predefined serial numbers for a serial-number-managed
product on stock level.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-RF-PCK (Picking)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You verify the predefined serial numbers when performing picking activities using the Picking by WO RF
transaction.

Effects on Customizing

You can select the Ver. SNs checkbox in Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under Master
Data Product Serial Number Profiles Serial Numbers: Settings for Warehouse Number if you want the
system to require the warehouse worker to verify the predefined serial numbers.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1213
Related Information

Using Serial Numbers in an RF Environment

12.3.11 Pack Separately – Ship Together (PSST)

With this feature, you can use the PSST group as search criteria to filter outbound delivery orders in some
outbound processes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-DLP (Delivery Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Pack Separately – Ship Together

12.3.12 Supply Assignment

With this feature, you can specify whether to allow the following actions for products relevant to supply
assignment.

• Pick more goods than required

• Create direct outbound delivery order

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1214 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-DLP (Delivery Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can further mitigate supply-relevant risks that can happen in your warehouse, for example, supply shortage
due to stock deduction.

Effects on Customizing

You can specify whether to allow the actions in Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under
Goods Issue Process Supply Assignment Specify Outbound Settings for Products Relevant to Supply
Assignment .

Related Information

Supply Assignment

12.3.13 Mass Processing for Warehouse Product

You can create and maintain warehouse attributes and storage type attributes of multiple warehouse products
using the Mass Processing and Mass Maintenance apps.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1215
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-MD (Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Warehouse Product

12.3.14 Update Warehouse Product Using Product API

With this feature, you can use the Product API to create, read, and update the warehouse data and storage type
data of your warehouse product. You can also delete the storage type data.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-MD-MM (Material Master)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Product (Version 2)
Product EWM Warehouse
Product EWM Storage Type

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1216 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.3.15 Advanced Shipping and Receiving Cockpit

With this app, you can monitor multiple freight orders and loading and unloading points in your warehouse.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRM-ASR-LUF (Loading and Unloading Freight Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Advanced Shipping and Receiving Cockpit

12.3.16 Enhancements to Receiving Handling Units Using RF

With this feature, you can create putaway warehouse tasks for the stock packed in HUs of an advanced
shipping notification (ASN). You can also perform the following actions under Inbound Process→ Receiving of
Handling Units using a radio frequency (RF) device:

• Pack different products from an inbound delivery into the same handling unit (HU). The HU is also known
as a mixed HU.
You can apply this action to batch-managed or serial-number-managed products.
• Post goods receipt for the entire ASN.
• Automatically create nested HUs according to a packing instruction, a packaging specification, or with the
package builder.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1217
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-RF (Radio Frequency Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

On the launchpad, open the Test RF Environment app and choose Inbound Processes Receiving of Handling
Units . The following changes are implemented:

• A new field is added to display the planned date and time of an inbound delivery.
• A pushbutton is added to post goods receipt.
• A pushbutton is added to create new warehouse tasks.
• Some indicators are added to display the status for packing, posting goods receipt and creation of
warehouse tasks.

Related Information

Receipt of Handling Units Using RF

12.3.17 Staging for Kanban Using Warehouse Tasks in

Decentralized EWM

With this feature, you can use Kanban to create warehouse tasks to move the products from a source storage
location managed by decentralized Extended Warehouse Management (EWM) to a production supply area
(PSA).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-WOP (Warehouse Order Processing)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1218 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

You can use the Replicate PSAs for Kanban button in the Replicate Production Supply Area app (transaction /
SCWM/PSA_REPLICATE) to replicate PSAs from SAP ERP to decentralized EWM.

Related Information

Staging for Kanban Using Warehouse Tasks

12.3.18 Staging for Kanban Using Warehouse Requests

With this feature, you can use Kanban to trigger replenishment in your warehouse by creating warehouse
requests. You complete the replenishment by creating and confirming warehouse tasks from these warehouse
requests.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-WOP (Warehouse Order Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

In the advanced search of the Maintain Internal Stock Transfer app (transaction /SCWM/IM_ST), you can
search for warehouse requests by a Kanban ID.

In the warehouse management monitor, under Documents Stock Transfer Stock Transfer Items , you
can use a Kanban ID to search for Kanban-relevant warehouse requests.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1219
Effects on Customizing

• Customizing activities
In Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under Internal Warehouse Processes Delivery
Processing Stock Transfers Warehouse-Number-Specific Settings Define Document and Item Type
Determination for Internal Stock Transfer
You can define document types and item types for internal stock transfers for integration with Kanban
using warehouse requests.
• Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
In Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended
Warehouse Management Internal Warehouse Processes Stock Transfer Stock Transfer for Kanban
Processing , you can use the following BAdIs:
• BAdI: Document and Item Type Determination for Kanban Processing
You can use this BAdI to change the document type and the item type that the system determines
from the Customizing activity Define Document and Item Type Determination for Internal Stock
Transfer.
• BAdI: Use of Custom Fields for Internal Stock Transfer for Kanban
You can use this BAdI to fill and update custom fields of documents for internal stock transfer.

Related Information

Staging for Kanban Using Warehouse Requests

12.3.19 Handling Unit Warehouse Tasks for Follow-Up Actions

This feature enables you to automatically create handling unit (HU) warehouse tasks for follow-up actions
when you post usage decisions for quality inspections involving HUs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1V9 (Basic Warehouse Inbound Processing from Supplier

with Quality Management)

Application Component SCM-EWM-QM (Quality Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1220 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You indicate that you want the system to create HU warehouse tasks instead of product warehouse tasks in
Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under Cross-Process Settings Quality Management
Inspection Results Maintain Follow-Up Actions .

Related Information

For more information if you're using Extended Warehouse Management (EWM) embedded in SAP S/4HANA,
see Logistical Follow-Up Actions.

For more information if you're using decentralized EWM based on SAP S/4HANA, see Logistical Follow-Up
Actions.

12.3.20 Nested Handling Units in Field Logistics Cross-

Docking

This feature enables you to pack handling units (HUs) into other HUs during field logistics cross-docking. For
example, you can consolidate received items belonging to the same maintenance order into a wire basket in a
holding area.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component SCM-EWM-CD (Cross-Docking)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1221
Related Information

Hold and Cross-docking

12.3.21 Material Documents for Usage Decisions in

Inspection Requests (IOT 4 & 5)

This feature enables you to display material documents for stock postings created as a result of usage
decisions for quality inspections in inspection documents or inspection lots. This feature is relevant for
inspection object types (IOTs) Q-Inspection Product/Batch Inbound Del. (IOT 4) and Q-Inspection Product/
Batch Whse-Internal (IOT 5).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1V9 (Basic Warehouse Inbound Processing from Supplier

with Quality Management)

Application Component SCM-EWM-QM (Quality Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Quality Management

12.3.22 Defect Processing in Decentralized EWM

With this feature, you can use the Quality Management (QM) component in SAP S/4HANA and decentralized
Extended Warehouse Management (EWM) based on SAP S/4HANA 2023 or later to record, follow-up, and
analyze defects found in components during production or in products in the warehouse.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1222 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-QM (Quality Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If there's a defect for a product in the warehouse, you can see the defect ID in the stock overview in the
warehouse management monitor under Stock and Bin Stock Overview . The product is assigned the
inspection ID type G (QM Defect), which you can see under Stock and Bin Physical Stock or Stock and
Bin Available Stock .

For example, during production you detect a defect on a component. Using the Record Warehouse Defect app
in the QM component, you record the warehouse defect. You can then make EWM-specific postings for the
defective material, for example, to blocked stock or quality inspection stock.

Effects on Customizing

• For Logistical Defect Processing (inspection object type 7), you’ve done the following in Customizing for
Extended Warehouse Management under Cross-Process Settings Quality Management Basics and
Integration :
• Generated the inspection object type (IOT) version in Customizing activity Generate Inspection Object
Type Versions
• Maintained the IOT version in Customizing activity Maintain Inspection Object Types Versions
• Defined and activated the warehouse-dependent IOT in Customizing activity Define and Activate
Warehouse-Dependent IOTs
• You’ve maintained follow-up actions in Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under Cross-
Process Settings Quality Management Quality Management for Decentralized EWM Inspection
Results Maintain Follow-Up Actions .
These follow-up actions need to correspond to the follow-up actions defined in the QM component, as
follows:
• SAP_BLCK: Post to Blocked Stock
• SAP_CBLC: Cancel Post to Blocked Stock
• SAP_STCC: Scrap to Cost Center

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1223
• SAP_UNRE: Post to Unrestricted Stock
• If you want to enable or disable a logistical follow-up action for defects on selected stock items,
implement Business Add-In Enablement of Stock-Based Quality Inspections or Defect Processing (/
SCWM/EX_QM_STOCK_INSP_EXT) in Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under Business
Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended Warehouse Management Cross-Process Settings Quality Management
Inspection .
For example, you want to enable follow-up action Scrap to Cost Center only for stock items that have no
reference document assigned. So, you use this BAdI to disable follow-up actions for stock items with a
reference document assigned. Then the system doesn't display these stock items for possible follow-up
action.

Related Information

Defect Processing

12.3.23 CDS View for Mapping of Inspection Documents/

Lots from Inspection UUIDs

With this feature, you can provide information about the mapping of the UUIDs of inspection documents and
inspection lots to the external numbers of inspection documents and inspection lots.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-QM (Quality Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Warehouse Quality Inspection UUID to Quality Inspection

CDS Views for Extended Warehouse Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1224 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.3.24 CDS Views for Warehouse Orders and Warehouse
Tasks

With this feature, you can provide information about open and confirmed warehouse tasks in your warehouse
(developer extensibility). You can also provide the following information in your warehouse:

• Exception codes used during warehouse task confirmation

• Warehouse order details and also handling units assigned to specific warehouse orders
• Serial numbers for warehouse tasks

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-WOP (Warehouse Order Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Open and Confirmed Warehouse Tasks

Exception Code for Warehouse Task
Handling Unit for Warehouse Order
Serial Number for Warehouse Task
Warehouse Order
CDS Views for Extended Warehouse Management

12.3.25 CDS Views for Stock

With this feature, you can display lists of stock that is physically in your warehouse, and stock that is available
for use, using the CDS Views Available Stock (I_EWM_AvailableStock) and Physical Stock for Products
(I_EWM_PhysStockProd).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1225
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-WOP (Warehouse Order Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Physical Stock for Products

Available Stock

12.3.26 CDS Views for Deliveries

With this feature, you can view information about inbound deliveries and outbound delivery orders, including
information at header and item level, as well as serial numbers for delivery items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-DLP (Delivery Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can find all CDS views that are available for Extended Warehouse Management in CDS Views for Extended
Warehouse Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1226 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Related Information

Warehouse Inbound Delivery Header

Warehouse Inbound Delivery Item
Warehouse Inbound Delivery Item Serial Number
Warehouse Outbound Delivery Order Header
Warehouse Outbound Delivery Order Item
Warehouse Outbound Delivery Order Item Serial Number

12.3.27 Staging for MES-Driven Repetitive Manufacturing

With this feature, if you've integrated with a manufacturing execution system (MES), you can use MES-driven
staging to create detailed plans for fulfilling staging requirements for repetitive manufacturing processes. The
plan is represented by a document from the MES, the staging request, which is mapped to a warehouse
request of an internal stock transfer type in Extended Warehouse Management (EWM).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-IF-MES (Application Component for Integration

Between EWM & MES)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can monitor issues in the Warehouse Monitor app (transaction /SCWM/MON), in the following monitor
nodes:

• Issues with the communication from MES: Tools SOAP Message

• Application log messages: Tools Application Log
• Issues with the communication between EWM and Repetitive Manufacturing: Tools Message Queue

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1227
Effects on Data Transfer

You can use the following SOAP messages to communicate between MES and EWM:

• Warehouse Staging Request In

• Warehouse Request Status Out
• Warehouse Stock Change Notification Out

Effects on Configuration

In Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under Internal Warehouse Processes Delivery
Processing Stock Transfers Warehouse-Number-Specific Settings Define Document and Item Type
Determination for Internal Stock Transfer , you can define the determination of document types and item
types for internal stock transfers for MES-driven repetitive manufacturing.

Related Information

Staging in MES-Driven Repetitive Manufacturing

Warehouse Staging Request In
Warehouse Request Status Out
Warehouse Stock Change Notification Out
MES-Driven Staging

12.3.28 Confirmations for MES-Driven Repetitive

Manufacturing

With this feature, you can integrate repetitive manufacturing with Extended Warehouse Management (EWM)
based on confirmations sent by a manufacturing execution system (MES) using SOAP messages.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1228 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Application Component SCM-EWM-IF-MES (Application Component for Integration
Between EWM & MES)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This process works with EWM embedded in SAP S/4HANA 2023 or decentralized EWM based on SAP S/
4HANA 2023 connected to a central system running S/4HANA OP 2023.

You can post goods movements when you receive the order confirmation from MES. This includes goods
receipt for the finished products and consumption of components from the warehouse. You can also cancel the
goods movements.

The process starts in your MES system, which uses SOAP messages to inform the warehouse about the
confirmation. The information is used to post the goods movements in the warehouse and to inform REM about
the confirmation, using the following BAPIs:

• BAPI_REPMANCONF1_CREATE_MTS (Carry Out Confirmation in Make-to-Stock Scenario)

• BAPI_REPMANCONF1_CREATE_MTO (Carry Out Confirmation in MTO Production Scenario)
• BAPI_REPMANCONF1_CANCEL (Reverse REM Backflush)

You can monitor issues in the Warehouse Monitor app (transaction /SCWM/MON), in the following monitor
nodes:

• Issues with the communication from MES: Tools SOAP Message

• Application log messages: Tools Application Log
• Issues with the communication between EWM and Repetitive Manufacturing: Tools Message Queue

Effects on Data Transfer

You can use the following SOAP messages to communicate between MES and EWM:

• Goods Movement REM Backflush Create Request In

• Goods Movement REM Backflush Cancel Request In

Effects on System Administration

To allow the confirmations to be passed to your OP system using BAPIs for Repetitive Manufacturing via
qRFC, you have to register queues starting with EWMSREM using the Registration of Inbound Queues app
(transaction SMQR).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1229
The users performing the confirmations or cancellations in EWM require authorization for the authorization
object /SCWM/GMRM (EWM Goods Movement to Repetitive Manufacturing) for the attributes /SCWM/
LGNU (Warehouse Number) and /SCWM/ENTL (Party Entitled to Dispose) for the following activities:

• 01 Add or Create to run GoodsMovementREMBackflushCreateRequest

• 06 Delete to run GoodsMovementREMBackflushCancelRequest

You must activate the application log for the subobject MES2PROD_REM in the Activate Application Log app
(transaction /SCWM/ACTLOG).

Effects on Customizing

You must select the Confirmations and Goods Movements Received from EWM checkbox for the repetitive
manufacturing profiles you have assigned to your products, in Customizing for Production under Repetitive
Manufacturing Control Define Repetitive Manufacturing Profiles .

If you are working in decentralized EWM, you must select the MES-Driven Repetitive Manufacturing to
Process Supported checkbox for your enterprise management system in Customizing for Extended Warehouse
Management under Interfaces ERP Integration ERP Integration for Decentralized EWM Set Control
Parameters for ERP Version Control .

The following Business Add-Ins are available for MES-Driven Repetitive Manufacturing in Customizing for
Extended Warehouse Management under Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended Warehouse Management
Interfaces MES Integration Integration with Repetitive Manufacturing :

• BAdI: Mapping of Repetitive Manufacturing Confirmation

• BAdI: Mapping of Cancellation of Repetitive Manufacturing Confirmation
• BAdI: Execution Control Mode for MES-Driven Repetitive Manufacturing
• BAdI: Changing of Batch Characteristics During Goods Receipt

You can influence warehouse task creation at goods receipt for MES-Driven Repetitive Manufacturing in BAdI:
Automatic Warehouse Task Creation at Goods Receipt, in Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management
under Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended Warehouse Management Cross-Process Settings Goods
Movement Postings BAdI: Automatic Warehouse Task Creation at Goods Receipt .

If you are working in embedded EWM and you are already using synchronous goods movements from Inventory
Management to the warehouse and you are using an implementation of BAdI: Automatic Warehouse Task
Creation at Goods Receipt, we recommend that you check your existing implementation if you intend to use
MES-Driven Repetitive Manufacturing in parallel.

Related Information

Confirmation in MES-Driven Repetitive Manufacturing

Goods Movement REM Backflush Create Request In
Goods Movement REM Backflush Cancel Request In

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1230 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.3.29 Quantity Calculation Type Based on Production
Material Requests

Additional Details

You can manually enter a text of up to 50 characters. This allows you to add an explanation or other
information to the goods movement. You can add this text in the following apps:

• Create Posting Changes (transaction /SCWM/POST)

• Post Goods Issue - Unplanned (transaction /SCWM/ADGI)
• Warehouse Monitor (transaction /SCWM/MON)

In the warehouse monitor, you can enter the additional text when you use the following methods in the Physical
Stock node:

• Change Product or Batch

• Change Stock Type
• Change Stock Owner and Usage
• Change Sales Order or Project
• Change Disposal Party

You can see your text in the corresponding material document in other components of SAP S/4HANA using the
Display Material Document List app.

If you are using synchronous goods movements from Inventory Management to Extended Warehouse
Management (EWM), only available in EWM embedded in SAP S/4HANA, you can enter a text in the Post
Goods Movement app (transaction MIGO). The text is visible in the corresponding goods movement document
in EWM, and you can see it in the monitor node at Documents Warehouse Task .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1232 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.3.32 Improved UI Texts

The button Print Loading List was renamed to Print Loading Instruction in various apps to better convey its
meaning. The functionality remains unchanged.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-DLP-UI (User Interface)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The button was renamed in the following apps:

• App ID: F1704 (Run Outbound Process - Deliveries)

• App ID: F5164 (Run Outbound Process - Production)

12.3.33 Complex Loading and Unloading in Advanced

Shipping and Receiving Using RF

With this feature, you can use the complex loading and unloading processes with a radio frequency (RF) device
in Advanced Shipping and Receiving. You create warehouse tasks and move the products into or out of the
warehouse.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1233
Application Component SCM-EWM-RF (Radio Frequency Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the following RF transactions for the complex loading and unloading processes:

• Loading by Delivery
• Loading by Door
• Loading by Bill of Lading
• Loading by Consignment Order

Related Information

Complex Loading and Unloading

12.3.34 Loading, Unloading, and Receipt of Handling Units by

Door Using RF

With this feature, you can scan a warehouse door when you perform loading, unloading, and receipt of handling
unit (HU) activities using a radio frequency (RF) device in Advanced Shipping and Receiving.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-RF (Radio Frequency Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1234 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Additional Details

You can use the following RF transactions to scan a warehouse door:

• Loading by Door
• Unloading by Door
• Rec. HU by Door

Related Information

Loading and Unloading Using Radio Frequency

Receipt of Handling Units Using Radio Frequency

12.3.35 Verify Batch in Physical Inventory Using Radio

Frequency

With this feature, you can configure whether you want the warehouse worker to verify batches when
performing physical inventory counting using a radio frequency (RF) device.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-PI (Physical Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

By default, the system requires the warehouse worker to verify batches when you use the counting RF
transactions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1235
Effects on Customizing

The batch verification is controlled by the verification profile and validation object in Customizing for
Extended Warehouse Management under Mobile Data Entry Verification Control Define Warehouse-
Specific Verification . The warehouse-specific verification determination with the verification profile is
configured using the Customizing activity Define Warehouse-Specific Verification Determination.

Related Information

Physical Inventory Using Radio Frequency

12.3.36 CDS View for Displaying Status Types for Warehouse

Requests

This feature enables you to view a list of all available status types for warehouse requests.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-DLP (Delivery Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can find all CDS views that are available for Extended Warehouse Management in CDS Views for Extended
Warehouse Management.

Related Information

Warehouse Request Status Type

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1236 PUBLIC Supply Chain
CDS Views for Extended Warehouse Management

12.3.37 CDS View for Displaying Status Values for Warehouse

Requests

This feature enables you to view all available status values and combinations of status value und status type for
warehouse requests.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-DLP (Delivery Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can find all CDS views that are available for Extended Warehouse Management in CDS Views for Extended
Warehouse Management.

Related Information

Warehouse Request Status Value

CDS Views for Extended Warehouse Management

12.3.38 New Storage Type Determination after

Deconsolidation

With this feature, you can use a business add-in (BAdI) to redetermine the destination storage type of inactive
putaway warehouse tasks that don't point to the correct destination storage type because the putaway
strategy is based on HU type and the HU type has been changed after deconsolidation.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1237
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-WOP (Warehouse Order Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You can find BAdI: Decision on Bin Redetermination After Changing HU Type in Customizing for Extended
Warehouse Management under Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended Warehouse Management Goods
Receipt Process Strategies Putaway Strategies BAdI: Decision on Bin Redetermination After Changing HU
Type .

12.3.39 Automatic Creation of Handling Units with HU

Hierarchies

With this feature, you can automatically create handling units (HUs), including HU hierarchies, based on
packing instructions, packaging specifications, or with the package builder in the Pack Handling Units -
Advanced and the Work Center Packing for Outbound Delivery apps.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-DLP (Delivery Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1238 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.3.40 Authorization Object for Warehouse Stock Read
Access

With this feature, you can implement an authorization check specifically for read access to warehouse stock
per warehouse number. This authorization object is the successor to authorization object /SCWM/STBI. The
ability to perform an activity-specific check based on the warehouse number brings the authorization object
into alignment with most of the other authorization objects in Extended Warehouse Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-AUT (Authorization)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you replace /SCWM/STBI with /SCWM/STB2, you see that most of the authorization fields are the same. The
main difference is the additional authorization field ACTVT (Activity), which enables you to specifically check for
read access to warehouse stock.

Effects on System Administration

With the original authorization object /SCWM/STBI, it isn't possible to perform a check based on the generic
activity field ACTVT. In the new object /SCWM/STB2, the activity field ACTVT must be maintained as “03
Display” to behave like /SCWM/STBI with the same warehouse, storage type, and party entitled to dispose.

The new authorization object /SCWM/STB2 is the successor to the authorization object /SCWM/STBI and can
be used instead of it. Only one of the two authorization objects should be used in an authorization profile.

If you're implementing a new project, we recommend that you use only /SCWM/STB2.

If you're implementing an upgrade project, it's possible to continue to use /SCWM/STBI, for compatibility
reasons. There's a fallback logic that allows both authorization objects to be used.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1239
12.3.41 Manage Warehouse Documents

The Display Warehouse Documents app has been renamed to Manage Warehouse Documents. With this
feature, you can cancel complete warehouse documents or individual items in a warehouse document.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-FIO (Fiori UI for Extended Warehouse

Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

A warehouse document contains all information about a goods movement, for example, goods receipt or goods
issue posting.

You can cancel warehouse documents created with the following apps in Manage Warehouse Documents:

• Manage Physical Stock – Products

• Post Goods Issue – Unplanned (transaction /SCWM/ADGI)
• Stock Data Transfer (transaction /SCWM/ISU)

You can display warehouse documents created with other apps.

You can enter a reason for movement when canceling a complete warehouse document or individual items in a
warehouse document.

You can enter a posting date when canceling warehouse documents posted with the Stock Data Transfer.

Effects on Customizing

You can use Manage Warehouse Documents without any additional configuration.

If you want to include a reason for movement when you post unplanned goods issue for consumption, you must
configure the reasons for movement. In Customizing, perform the following activities:

• Extended Warehouse Management Cross-Process Settings Warehouse Task Define Reasons for
Warehouse Movements

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1240 PUBLIC Supply Chain
• SCM Basis Logistics Inventory Management Engine (LIME) Basic Settings Application-Specific
Settings Determine Reason for Movement

Related Information

Manage Warehouse Documents

12.3.42 Enhancements to Manage Physical Stock - Products

With this feature, you can navigate from the success message of a goods issue for scrapping or consumption to
the Manage Warehouse Documents app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-GM (Goods Movements)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Batch column of the table has been moved to the list of columns that are not shown by default. The field is
also hidden in the Scrap and Consume screens.

Related Information

Manage Physical Stock - Products

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1241
12.3.43 OData API: Warehouse Physical Stock by Product -
Read, Update (A2X)

With this service, you can post unplanned goods issue to consume or scrap partial or total quantities of the
physical stock.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-API (Remote APIs)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Effects on System Administration

The business catalog SAP_SCM_BC_EWM_API (EWM - External APIs) needs to be assigned to a user to be able
to use this API. Users who want to use this API must have a role that includes authorization based on the
business catalog SAP_SCM_BC_EWM_API.

Related Information

Warehouse Physical Stock by Product - Read, Update (A2X)

12.3.44 Enhancements to TU-Based EWM-TM Integration

With this feature, you can reverse the departure from checkpoint for transportation units (TUs) in TU-based
integration with Transportation Management (TM).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1242 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-IF (Interfaces)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature allows you to correct errrors where a TU has the status Departed from Checkpoint, but it is still
at the warehouse. This means that the data in Extended Warehouse Management (EWM) and TM is kept in
alignment, which improves efficiency and avoids a complex realignment process.

Effects on Customizing

To allow the reversal of departure from checkpoint, select the Allow Reversal of Departure from Checkpoint
checkbox in Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under Interfaces TM Integration Make
Settings for TM Message Processing .

Related Information

Integration Based on EWM-TUs: Reversal of Departure [page 1278]

12.3.45 Advanced Shipping and Receiving for Decentralized

EWM and TM: Outbound Process

With this feature, you can use Advanced Shipping and Receiving for decentralized Extended Warehouse
Management (EWM) and Transportation Management (TM). Advanced Shipping and Receiving is an end-to-
end process for transporting and warehousing products. The outbound process starts with sales and ends with
the truck driving away from the warehouse.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1243
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-DLP-INT (Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In Advanced Shipping and Receiving for decentralized EWM and TM, EWM and TM are deployed on one SAP
S/4HANA system; Inventory Management and Physical Inventory (MM-IM), Sales and Distribution (SD), and
Delivery Management (LE-SHP) are embedded in a second system deployed as your enterprise management
system, for example, SAP S/4HANA or SAP ERP.

Outbound deliveries are created in Delivery Management and replicated as outbound delivery orders to EWM.
Freight units are then created from the outbound delivery orders in TM in the same system. Once the outbound
deliveries have been transferred from your enterprise management system, you can work independently in the
decentralized EWM and TM system based on the outbound delivery orders and freight units.

Effects on Customizing

You've enabled EWM to run as a decentralized client on an SAP S/4HANA stack in Customizing for EWM.

You've set up the integration of your enterprise management system with decentralized EWM.

You've made the prerequisite settings for Advanced Shipping and Receiving in TM.

Related Information

Advanced Shipping and Receiving for Decentralized EWM and TM

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1244 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.4 Delivery and Transportation

12.4.1 Delivery Management

12.4.1.1 SOAP API: Inbound Delivery - Create (B2B)

The SOAP API: Inbound Delivery - Create (B2B) (DELIVERYREQUEST_IN) has been enhanced to support
serialized subcontracting components and manufacturer serial numbers.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BLL (Serial Number Management)

BMY (Subcontracting)

5I2 (Subcontracting with SAP Business Network)

Application Component LE-SHP (Delivery Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following service nodes under subnode DeliveryRequest_In – DeliveryItem have been enhanced:

• The service node SubcontractingComponent now contains a new subnode Serial.

This new Serial subnode contains the following properties:

Fields Description Necessity

SerialNumber Serial number Optional

UniqueItemIdentifier Unique item identifier Optional

ManufacturerSerialNumber Manufacturer Serial Number Optional

• The existing service node Serial has a new property:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1245
Parameter Description Necessity

ManufacturerSerialNumber Manufacturer Serial Number Optional

Prerequisite: In order to use serial numbers for subcontracting components in inbound deliveries, the
component must have a serial number profile with a serialization procedure SDDC (Maintain inbound
delivery component) assigned at the time of the inbound delivery creation.
The Manufacturer Serial Number is only added to the serial number master data upon the creation of a new
serial number at the time of the inbound delivery. If an existing serial number is assigned to an inbound
delivery or material document, the Manufacturer Serial Number is not updated.
This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Inbound Delivery – Create (B2B)

12.4.1.2 OData API: Inbound Delivery (A2X)

The OData API: Inbound Delivery (A2X) now supports manufacturer serial numbers.

Technical Details

Type Change

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMY (Subcontracting)

Application Component LE-SHP (Delivery Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The entity Inbound Delivery Maintenance Item Object Lists (A_MaintenanceItemObjList) has a new
property:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1246 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Property Description Necessity

ManufacturerSerialNumber Manufacturer Serial Number Optional

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

The Manufacturer Serial Number is only added to the serial number master data upon the creation of a new
serial number at the time of the inbound delivery. If an existing serial number is assigned to an inbound delivery
or material document, the Manufacturer Serial Number is not updated.

Related Information

Inbound Delivery (A2X)

12.4.1.3 Change Inbound Delivery

With this feature, serial numbers are now supported for subcontracting components in the Change Inbound
Delivery (VL32N) app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMY (Subcontracting)

Application Component LE_SHP (Delivery Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1247
Related Information

Change Inbound Delivery

12.4.1.4 SOAP API: Outbound Delivery – Notify (B2B)

The API Outbound Delivery – Notify (B2B) (DELIVERYREQUEST_OUT) has been extended with the new field
CustomerPartnerDescription. This new field enables customers to pass customer specific descriptions of
business partners.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

2TY (B2B Order Fulfillment with SAP Commerce Cloud)

OD9 (Sell from Stock)

2EL (Integration of Sales with External Buyers)

4A1 (Automation of Order-to-Invoice with SAP Business Net

work)

5I2 (Subcontracting with SAP Business Network)

3NR (Sales Scheduling Agreements)

Application Component LE-SHP-API (Interfaces for Delivery Documents (API))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following field has been added to the Party node of the API:

• CustomerPartnerDescription

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1248 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Related Information

Outbound Delivery – Notify (B2B)

12.4.1.5 OData API: Outbound Delivery (A2X)

With this API, you can now assign an existing handling unit to an existing outbound delivery using the
AssignHandlingUnitToDelivery operation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

4MM (Handling Unit Management)

Technical Object Name API_OUTBOUND_DELIVERY_SRV_0002

Application Component LE-SHP-API (Interfaces for Delivery Documents (API))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component LO-HU-API (HU Application
Interfaces).

Related Information

AssignHandlingUnitToDelivery

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1249
12.4.1.6 ODATA API: Customer Returns Delivery (A2X)

You can create batch splits using the Customer Returns Delivery (A2X) API. There has also been an update
to the PostGoodsReceipt operation and you can update additional fields using a PATCH request to the
A_ReturnsDeliveryItem entity.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Lean Customer Returns (Lean Customer Returns)

Technical Object Name API_CUSTOMER_RETURNS_DELIVERY_SRV_0002

Application Component LE-SHP-API (Interfaces for Delivery Documents API)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2302.1 (HFC5)

Additional Details

The Create Batch Split Item is available as part of the API. With this operation, you can create a batch split for
an item in a delivery. In addition you can set the delivery quantity and change batch-related fields. Optionally,
you can set a value for the picking quantity of the newly created sub item in the same request.

You can update the following fields using a PATCH request to the A_ReturnsDeliveryItem entity of the API:

• Batch
• ShelfLifeExpirationDate
• ManufactureDate

You can send the following information using the PostGoodsReceipt operation:

• ActualGoodsMovementDate

Related Information

Create Batch Split Item

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1250 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.4.1.7 CDS Views: Enabled Data Extraction

SAP BW data extraction has been enabled for some CDS Views. You can perform full extractions and delta
extractions from each of the affected views.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name I_InboundDelivery

I_InboundDeliveryItem

I_OutboundDelivery

I_OutboundDeliveryItem

I_CustomerReturnDelivery

I_CustomerReturnDeliveryItem

Application Component LE-SHP-DL (Delivery Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following CDS views are affected:

• Inbound Delivery I_InboundDelivery

• Inbound Delivery Item I_InboundDeliveryItem
• Outbound Delivery I_OutboundDelivery
• Outbound Delivery Item I_OutboundDeliveryItem
• Customer Return Delivery I_CustomerReturnDelivery
• Customer Return Delivery Item I_CustomerReturnDeliveryItem

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1251
12.4.2 Transportation Management

12.4.2.1 Enhancements for Commodity Codes

With this feature, you can use commodity codes assigned to the material master (that is, commodity codes
based on SAP Governance, Risk and Compliance) in freight documents on item level for freight orders, freight
bookings, freight units, and consignment orders. You can display the commodity codes assigned to products
by navigating to the detailed view of these business documents. In the Items tab, select a product, and then
Commodity Codes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-MD (Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use numbering schemes to create entries for commodity codes. You can maintain all the different
types of numbering schemes, their respective content, the link between the numbering scheme and the
content, and also the country assignment by making settings in Customizing.

You then assign the commodity code to a product and classify your products. To do so, you use the following
two new apps on the launchpad:

• Manage Commodity Codes for Transportation

• Classify Products - Commodity Codes for Transportation

Effects on Customizing

The following new Customizing activities are available in Customizing for Transportation Management, under
Master Data Classification of Goods :

• Define Numbering Scheme for Commodity Codes

• Define Numbering Scheme Content for Commodity Codes

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1252 PUBLIC Supply Chain
• Activate Numbering Scheme Content for Commodity Codes
• Assign Numbering Scheme Content for Commodity Codes to Country/Region

Furthermore, you can choose whether to use commodity codes assigned to the material master (that is,
commodity codes based on Governance, Risk and Compliance) or commodity codes assigned to items
locally (that is, a local TM source for commodity codes). You can make this setting in Customizing for
Transportation Management under Freight Order Management Freight Order Define Freight Order in
Additional Settings.

Related Information

Commodity Codes Assigned to Material Master

12.4.2.2 Enhancements for Freight Order Management

With this feature, several functions in Freight Order Management have been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRM (Freight Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• International address version

In the General Data tab for freight orders, freight bookings, freight units, consignment orders, and
transportation units, you can display international address versions in a dialog box. The international
address version is a version of the location address entered in a different character set, for example, Kanji
characters or Latin letters.
You can see the international address version for the source and destination location on the Stages tab of
these business documents. If an international address version has been entered for a business partner, you

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1253
can see it on the Business Partner tab, in the Actions column. It is visible as a globe icon that you can select
to view the international address versions dialog box.
You need to make settings in Customizing and in your business partner and location master data in order
to enable the use of international address versions. For more information, see below.
• Communication data for drivers
You can maintain communication data and driver details for drivers who are not defined in master data. In
the road freight order, on the Drivers tab page, select No Master Data Defined and enter the communication
data and driver details.
• Enhancements for service items
In a freight order or freight booking, you can now enter a service location and duration for a service item.
In addition, you can specify that a service should be provided by an alternative service provider rather than
the carrier assigned to the document header. The value help for the service type displays any services
assigned to the alternative service provider.
You can assign internal service types to the service partner in the Define Business Partner app (Carrier role,
Transport Data tab page).
• Enablement of freight unit determination for customer returns deliveries
The web service TransportationOrderGenericRequest_In has been enhanced for business scope External
Planning. The web service supports additional document types for inbound messages, for example, from
carriers. The system can now find freight units that are related to a customer returns delivery. The
following options are possible:
• Message contains number and type code for returns delivery
You can now send a customer returns delivery from an external planning system of a carrier. If the XML
message contains the customer returns delivery number and the type code for returns deliveries (700
– returns delivery), the system can find the related freight units in the receiving system and assign
them to the related freight order.
• Message contains number and a generic type code
Alternatively, the customer returns delivery number and a generic type code (t75 - delivery document)
can now be added to the XML file of the message. When a message contains the generic type code,
the receiving system searches for the delivery number in each of the following types of deliveries:
outbound delivery, inbound delivery, or customer returns delivery. When the type of delivery is
determined and the exact type code is identified, the system can find the freight units and assign
them to the related freight order.
• Customizing setting to ignore weight and volume of inbound messages
The web service TransportationOrderGenericRequest_In has been enhanced. A new Customizing setting
allows weight and volume to be ignored when the system receives Advanced Shipping Notifications (ASN).
The weight and volume data is sent from the carrier with the inbound message
TransportationOrderGenericRequest_In. It is sometimes faulty and not reliable, for example, if inconsistent
data is provided by the suppliers.
To avoid updates of consignment orders or freight orders in the receiving system with incorrect data,
you can define whether the weight and volume data provided by the inbound message is taken into the
business document. For more information, see below.
The default setting is to take weight and volume information for package items and for aggregation levels,
for example, the shipment level. For product items, the weight and volume are always calculated based on
the provided base quantity and the master data.
This setting only applies to the inbound message TransportationOrderGenericRequest_In.
• Update of stages/location
The feature is relevant for you if you work with TransportationOrderGenericRequest_In messages with
business scope External Planning and receive updates from your carrier. The stages and locations (stops)
are now updated, even if the stages are not included in the inbound message. If a message contains

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1254 PUBLIC Supply Chain
changes to freight units, the system automatically searches the related stages and then updates the
location and the stages in the receiving system. A stage will be automatically deleted if it is not needed
anymore.

Effects on Existing Data

• International address versions

You can maintain international address versions in the following apps:
• Define Business Partner
In the Address tab, you can enter or update international address versions by selecting the button
International Versions.
• Define Location
In the Address tab, you can enter or update international address versions by selecting the button
International Versions.
You can enter addresses in multiple international versions, for example, Arabic and Hebrew.
You can also enter an international address when creating a sales order or purchase order, by selecting
Business Partner Master Data and navigating to the Address tab and then International Versions.
• Enhancements to service items
When viewing the items list in a freight order or freight booking, the new fields can be viewed by selecting
the Service Items Only hierarchy type from the Change Hierarchy field.

Effects on Customizing

• International address versions

To enable the use of international address versions, you need to activate this in Customizing for
Flexible Real Estate Management (RE-FX). Go to Address Management International Settings Activate
International Address Versions - Cross-Client or Activate International Address Versions - Client-Specific.
• Customizing setting to ignore weight and volume of inbound messages
To avoid updates of consignment orders or freight orders in the receiving system with incorrect data,
you need to make settings in Customizing. For more information, see section Integration Settings in
Customizing for Transportation Management under Freight Order Management Freight Order Define
Freight Order Types .

Related Information

Use of Drivers in Freight Order Management

International Address Versions
Service Items
Creation or Update of Consignment or Freight Orders on Inbound Messages
Transportation Generic Ordering In

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1255
12.4.2.3 Refactoring of Handling Execution Status and Event
Reporting

With this feature, events and the handling execution status of transportation order stops and transportation
order items have been refactored. There is now a stricter coupling between events and and the handling
execution status: status changes are always derived from events, and not the other way round. You can
still change the status on the user interface, but technically this is triggered by an event first. The user or
external event reporting reports an event, which triggers the handling execution status update of the relevant
stops and/or items. This means that handling execution status changes are handled in a harmonized way,
independently of whether they are triggered from the user interface or caused by the propagation of a relevant
event into the document.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRM (Freight Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

Events which are relevant for the handling execution status follow a defined order. These events will set the
handling execution status when reported. You can maintain the order in which these events are reported in
event profiles.

A new Customizing activity is available in which you can define event profiles. For more information, see
Customizing for Transportation Management under Freight Order Management Execution Settings Define
Event Profiles .

Related Information

Execution of Freight Documents

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1256 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.4.2.4 Consideration of Handling Execution Status During
Document Assignment

With this feature, you can choose for the system to consider the handling execution status of the stops within a
capacity document when you assign a requirement document to a capacity document during manual planning.
For example, you want to add a freight unit to a partially executed freight order. If you select the option
Consider Handling Execution Status in your manual planning settings under Document Assignment, the system
disregards those stops where the status is Checked Out or Departed. If necessary, it creates a new stop for the
same location. This means that the handling execution status of stops and the requirement items is consistent.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRM (Freight Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new setting only takes effect when you assign the requirement document to the capacity document
header. If, for example, you assign a freight unit directly to a freight order location, the system uses the freight
order location you choose.

If you are using this feature in Advanced Shipping and Receiving, the system also considers the handling
execution status of warehouse loading and unloading stops. For example, if loading is completed for a
warehouse loading stop, but you want to add another freight unit, the system creates a new warehouse loading
stop for the same location, if the truck has not yet checked out from the shipping or receiving point.

Related Information

Document Assignment When Execution Has Already Started

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1257
12.4.2.5 Calculation of Greenhouse Gas Emissions

This feature enables you to set CO2 emissions parameters for vehicle types. Based on these, CO2 emissions
for road freight orders are calculated during manual planning and vehicle scheduling and routing (VSR)
optimization. The results are reflected in the road freight order and the transportation cockpit.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-MD-RES-VEH (Master Data, Vehicle Resource); TM-PLN-

MP (Manual Planning); TM-PLN-VSR (Vehicle Scheduling and
Routing); TM-PLN-TC (Transportation Cockpit); TM-PLN-PS
(Profiles and Settings); TM-FRM (Freight Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you assign freight unit stages to a road freight order (FO) using manual planning or VSR optimization, the
CO2 emissions of the road FO are calculated automatically based on the settings that you made in Customizing
for your vehicle types. The same holds true when you use VSR optimization. In this case, the CO2 emissions
costs that you defined in your constraints and costs settings are taken into account in addition.

The calculated CO2 emissions with their unit of measure are displayed in the road freight order, the freight
unit, and in the transportation cockpit (road freight orders only). Using the aggregation row, you can identify
the total CO2 emissions of all road FOs in the transportation cockpit. They can also be displayed on the
geographical map and in the Gantt chart.

Effects on Existing Data

In the road freight order, a new CO2 Emissions tab page has been added. Here, you can view calculated CO2
emissions per stage, manually enter actual CO2 emissions for each stage, and display calculated and reported
emissions per stage as a chart.

On the freight unit Items tab, you can view the calculated CO2 emissions for each item by selecting the product
and navigating to the CO2 Emissions tab.

A new section Emissions Costs has been added to the Create Constraints and Costs Settings app and the Edit
Constraints and Costs Settings app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1258 PUBLIC Supply Chain
The following fields are available in the transportation cockpit and in the Gantt chart using personalization:

• Calculated CO2 Emissions

• UoM of Calculated CO2 Emissions

Effects on Customizing

New fields have been added to the Customizing activity Define Equipment Types and Groups to define CO2
emissions for your vehicle types. For more information, see Customizing for Transportation Management under
Master Data Resources General Settings Define Equipment Groups and Equipment Types .

Note that in this Customizing activity, Transportation Unit Group has been renamed Container Group and
Transportation Unit Type has been renamed Container Type. Further, the order of the views has been
rearranged.

Note that the following objects have been removed from Customizing:

• Customizing activity Define Distance-Related Sustainability Factors (view /SCMB/DIST_EMISS)

• Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI: Distance-Related Emissions Calculation (BAdI /SCMB/
EX_DIST_EMISSION_CALC; enhancement spot /SCMB/ES_DIST_EMISSION_CALC)
• Field Sustainability Factor in the Customizing activities Define Means of Transport and Define
Transportation Mode

You can still access the view using transaction SM30 and the BAdI using transaction SE18. You can reactivate
the field for transportation mode Road using user parameter /SCMB/LEG_SUST. Note that the terminology on
the user interface of the view has been adjusted. For example, the view was renamed Define Distance-Related
Sustainability Categories.

Related Information

Greenhouse Gas Emissions

Customizing for CO2 Emissions Calculation
Calculation of CO2 Emissions

12.4.2.6 Enhancements for Normalized and Additional

Normalized Quantities

With this feature, you can use normalized and additional normalized quantities independent from package
building.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1259
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-PLN (Planning)

TM-TCC (Transportation Charge Calculation)

TM-INT (Integration)

TM-FRM (Freight Order Management)

TM-MD (Master Data)

TM-FRS (Freight Settlement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In your business document type, you can now indicate whether the relevant unit of measure for the normalized
load consumption quantity (normalized quantity, NLQ) and the additional normalized load consumption
quantity (additional normalized quantity, ALQ) is determined based on a condition (using condition type /
SCMTMS/NLQ_UOM) or on the default unit of measure for the normalized and the additional normalized quantity
that you have specified in Customizing for your freight unit type, transportation unit type, and freight order
type. By indicating how the normalized and additional normalized quantity is to be determined, you activate the
use of normalized and additional normalized quantities.

In the Customizing activity Define UoM Relevance for NLQ and ALQ, you can optionally specify whether a unit of
measure is relevant for normalized or additional normalized quantities.

In the Define Normalized Quantity app, you can specify an individual normalized quantity per product or
reference product and unit of measure.

You can have the system build freight units based on normalized or additional normalized quantities as a split
criterion. You can define several units of measure for normalized and additional normalized quantities as the
planning quantity in your freight unit building rule. The system determines the relevant unit of measure to be
used based on the condition that you have defined.

Some of the values related to the normalized quantity are also displayed in a series of lists and hierarchies in
the transportation cockpit. SAP Note 2782304 enables you to implement additional fields or display existing
fields in additional lists and hierarchies. It also lists fields that you can display in your lists and hierarchies
using field catalogs. For more information about using field catalogs, see the What's New document for Field
Configuration for the Transportation Cockpit [page 1266].

For calculating charges based on the normalized quantities and additional normalized quantities, you should
have a valid freight agreement between the purchasing organization and the carrier. The freight agreement
should have a charge line with a rate table that must have the calculation bases NLQ and ALQ.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1260 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Effects on Existing Data

• The field for defining a unit of measure for normalized quantities has been moved from the Define Planning
Profile app to the Define Transportation Cockpit Settings app. A new field for defining a unit of measure for
additional normalized quantities has been added.
• The Normalized Quantity Definition tab page has been removed from the Change Package Type Assignment
app and is now available as a separate app Define Normalized Quantity.

Effects on Customizing

• New fields to specify the number of units and alternative number of units as well as the NLQ UoM and ALQ
UoM for your equipment types have been added to the Customizing activity Define Equipment Groups and
Equipment Types. For more information, see Customizing for Transportation Management under Master
Data Resources General Settings Define Equipment Groups and Equipment Types .
• A new Customizing activity for defining the UoM relevance has been added. For more information, see
Customizing for Transportation Management under Basic Functions Normalized Quantities (NLQ) and
Additional Normalized Quantities (ALQ) Define UoM Relevance for NLQ and ALQ .
• The Customizing activity for defining a conversion factor between the unit of measure of the normalized
quantity and the unit of measure of the additional normalized quantity has been moved from Freight Order
Management to Basic Functions. For more information, see Customizing for Transportation Management
under Basic Functions Normalized Quantities (NLQ) and Additional Normalized Quantities (ALQ)
Define Conversion Between NLQ and ALQ UoM .
• A new field Normalized Quantity UoM Determination has been added to the Customizing activities
for freight unit types, transportation unit types, and freight order types. For more information, see
Customizing for Transportation Management under:
• Planning Freight Unit Define Freight Unit Types
• Freight Order Management Transportation Unit Define Transportation Unit Types
• Freight Order Management Freight Order Define Freight Order Types

Related Information

Use of Normalized Quantities and Capacities

12.4.2.7 Enhancements for Manual Planning and

Transportation Cockpit

With this feature, manual planning and the transportation cockpit have been enhanced.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1261
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-PLN-MP (Manual Planning); TM-PLN-TC (Transportation

Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following functions are available:

• In the transportation cockpit, you can now display and change the cargo cut-off date and time and the
availability date and time of a freight booking.
• You can now change the movement type of an air or ocean freight booking.
• In the transportation cockpit, you can now add, change, or delete the equipment type of several container,
railcar, or trailer items.
• Manual planning now supports the inter-company sales process as well as incoterms. In the selection
criteria of the transportation cockpit, you can select the paying company code as an attribute for
freight unit stages. During manual planning, the system makes sure that two freight unit stages or two
freight units with different paying company codes are not planned on the same freight document. In
the additional selection attributes of your selection profile, you can indicate the paying company code
(PAYER_COMPANY_ORG_EXT_ID) as a selection criterion for your freight units.
• You can navigate from the lists and hierarchies of the transportation cockpit to the locations and business
partners using either hyperlinks or the context menu.
• In your requirement grouping profile, you can now define capacity limits that are taken into account during
creation of capacity documents based on requirement groups. The system applies the maximum capacity
limit to the groups of requirement document stages that it has built. That means, groups above the
maximum capacity limit are split into smaller groups. For all groups that are below the minimum capacity
limit, the system doesn’t create a capacity document.
• You can now run the batch report for creating capacity documents based on requirement groups in
simultaneous parallel sessions.
• A new function has been added to the Gantt chart. You can now display vertical lines in the chart panel that
indicate the start and end date/time of your planning horizon.
• In the constraints and costs settings of the planning profile, you can now see the processing sequence of
the entries. You can change the processing sequence either by changing the processing sequence number
of one entry or by using the corresponding buttons, such as Move up or Move to Bottom. The processing
sequence numbers of the other entries are adjusted automatically. The processing sequence is needed
because the evaluation logic was changed from "most-specific-fit" to "first-fit". Moreover, further cost
fields are now supported for equipment types.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1262 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Effects on Existing Data

• The following fields are available using personalization in the air freight booking list:
• Cargo Cut-Off Date (Airport of Departure)
• Cargo cut-Off Time (Airport of Departure)
• Availability Date (Airport of Destination)
• Availability Time (Airport of Destination)
• The following fields are available using personalization in the ocean freight booking list:
• Cargo Cut-Off Date (Port of Loading)
• Cargo cut-Off Time (Port of Loading)
• Availability Date (Port of Discharge)
• Availability Time (Port of Discharge)
• The following fields are available in the ocean and air freight booking hierarchies:
• Movement Type
• Movement Type (Description)
• A new button Item Mass Change has been added to the road and rail freight order, ocean and air freight
booking hierarchies.
• The following fields have been added to the freight unit stage list and the freight unit stage hierarchy:
• Paying Company Code
• Paying Company Code (Description)
• A new tab Capacity Limits has been added to the Create Requirement Grouping Profile app and the Edit
Requirement Grouping Profile app. It allows you to define multiple dimensions, each with a minimum
capacity, a maximum capacity, and a unit of measure.
• A new field Parallel Processing Profile has been added to the batch report for creating capacity documents
based on requirement groups. To start the report, from the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics
Transportation Management Administration Background Processing Create Capacity Documents
Based on Groups .
• A new checkbox Show Planning Horizon Boundaries has been added to the settings dialog box of the Gantt
chart.
• A new field Processing Sequence has been added to the Define Constraints and Costs Settings app and the
Edit Constraints and Costs Settings app.

Effects on System Administration

The XPRA for Constr. & Cost Settings MTR-Costs Proc. Seq. & Equi VarCosts (/SCMTMS/
XPRA_2023_COSTMT_SEQNO) is available for the changes in the constraints and costs settings (processing
sequence and support of further cost fields for equipment types).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1263
12.4.2.8 Considering Constraints for Driving Time and
Working Hours

This feature enables you to consider constraints for driving time and working hours during scheduling and
vehicle scheduling and routing (VSR) optimization. You can define sets of constraints to model different
regulations regarding driving time and working hours. Rests are then scheduled during scheduling and VSR
optimization to create a transportation plan that respects the driving time and working hours constraints you
defined.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-PLN-SCH (Scheduling); TM-PLN-VSR (Vehicle

Scheduling and Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Driving time and working hours constraints are the rules that define when drivers need to take a rest, such
as a night's rest. Several constraints are bundled in a driving and working constraint profile. You can assign
these driving and working constraint profiles to vehicles or drivers in the planning profile. Scheduling and
VSR optimization can then schedule rests in road freight orders based on these constraints. You can see
the scheduled rests in the corresponding lists and hierarchies of the transportation cockpit. They are also
graphically visualized in the Gantt chart.

You can define several sets of constraints, that is, driving and working constraint profiles, to consider different
regulations, such as EU and US regulations.

Note that driving and working constraint profiles are not taken into account during scheduling if you use
scheduling strategy Scheduling (Optimizer Server).

Effects on Existing Data

In the Create Capacity Availability Settings app and the Edit Capacity Availability Settings app, the following has
been added:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1264 PUBLIC Supply Chain
• On the Availability tab, a new field Driving and Working Constraint Profile. This tab has been renamed
Vehicle.
• A new tab Driver
• A new tab Activities (Local Staff)

You can now also import data from or export data into a spreadsheet.

In the Create Scheduling Settings app and the Edit Scheduling Settings app, a new field Consider Time
Constraints has been added under General Data.

On the Change Planning Settings dialog box, a new field Ignore Scheduling Constraints has been added. If you
have defined a driving and working constraint profile, the field label is automatically changed to Ignore Driving
and Working Constraints.

The following new fields are available in the freight order list and hierarchy, the truck list, the driver list, and the
Gantt chart of the Transportation Cockpit app:

• Total Unavailability
• Total Driving Time
• Total Working Time
• Total Rest Time
• Total Idle Time

Effects on Customizing

You can define driving and working constraint profiles in Customizing for Transportation Management under
Planning General Settings Define Driving and Working Constraint Profiles .

In the Customizing activity Define Field Lists and Label Schemes for Gantt Chart, two new fields have been
added to define tooltips and label texts for rests:

• Label Schemes for Rest

• Labels

For more information, see Customizing for Transportation Management under Basic Functions Gantt Chart
Define Field Lists and Label Schemes for Gantt Chart .

Related Information

Considering Driving Time and Working Hours Constraints

12.4.2.9 Enhancements for Package Building

With this feature, wildcards are supported in the product relationship profile. Further, cylindric product shapes
are considered by the package building optimizer (PBO).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1265
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-PLN-PB (Package Building)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following functions are available:

• In the Change Product Relationship Profile app, you can now use wildcards when indicating products. By
using wildcards, you can indicate in the consolidation settings that a certain product or reference product
is incompatible with all other products which are not a child of this reference product in the reference
product hierarchy or vice versa. In the same way, you can define in the stacking settings, whether a certain
product or reference product can be stacked on all other products which are not a child of this reference
product in the reference product hierarchy, or not and vice versa.
• Up to now, products with cylindric product shape (cylinders) were treated as boxes by the PBO. Now, the
PBO can place multiple standing cylinders densely packed on a pallet if the following prerequisites are met:
• Cylinders are placed in an orientation where the base is parallel to the floor.
• The base is a perfect circle, that means, length equals width in the default orientation.
• Only cylinders that meet the following criteria are considered:
• Cylinders that have the same dimensions, weight and allowed orientations
• Cylinders that have the same behavior regarding stacking
You specify that a product is a cylinder in your material master data on the WM Packaging tab in the
Product Shape field.
You can deactivate this behavior by using BAdI: Package Building (/SCMB/EX_PACKAGE_BUILDER).

12.4.2.10 Field Configuration for the Transportation Cockpit

This feature enables you to configure the fields that are to be displayed in the lists and hierarchies of the
Transportation Cockpit app. Configuring the fields can improve the response time of the transportation cockpit.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1266 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-PLN-TC (Transportation Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Based on maximum user interface structures delivered by SAP, which contain all available fields per list and
hierarchy, you create a field catalog for lists and hierarchies in the Define Field Catalogs for Transportation
Cockpit app. Each field catalog defines which fields are to be displayed; whether they are displayed by default,
using personalization, or not at all; and the sequence in which they are displayed. You can also specify what the
fields are to be called. Note that the maximum user interface structures also contain the fields that you could
add using the enhancement concept for the Transportation Cockpit app in the past.

Configuring the fields can improve the response time of the transportation cockpit, which mainly depends on
fields displayed by default but also on fields that you can display using personalization. Fields that are not
displayed at all, that is, neither by default nor using personalization, do not have an impact on the response
time.

You then assign these field catalogs to your page layouts. When you start the Transportation Cockpit app with
a certain page layout, the assigned field catalogs are taken into account for the lists and hierarchies. The
corresponding fields are either displayed by default or you can display them using personalization.

SAP delivers field catalogs for lists and hierarchies of the Transportation Cockpit app. These are the default field
catalogs. You can't change or delete them. However, you can create copies and then change them.

If you create new page layouts, the system automatically assigns the default field catalog of the corresponding
list or hierarchy. Note that for your existing page layouts, you have to assign the field catalog manually.

If you extend one of the nodes ROOT, STOP, STOP_SUCCESSOR, or ITEM_TR of business object TOR with your
own fields, these fields are automatically inserted into the corresponding field catalogs. You can then edit them
in the field catalog as any other field. For example, you can add or change a label or indicate that they are to be
displayed by default on the user interface.

Finally, you can transport your field catalogs to other systems.

Effects on Existing Data

A new field Field Catalog has been added to the Define Page Layouts for Transportation Cockpit app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1267
Effects on Customizing

A new field Maximum User Interface Structure has been added to the Customizing activity Define Settings
for Page Layouts. For more information, see Customizing for Transportation Management under Planning
General Settings Define Settings for Page Layouts .

Related Information

Field Configuration for the Transportation Cockpit

12.4.2.11 Enhancements for Scheduling and Automatic

Planning

With this feature, scheduling and automatic planning have been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-PLN-SCH (Scheduling; TM-PLN-VSR (Vehicle Scheduling

and Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following functions are available:

• Embedded scheduling and vehicle scheduling and routing (VSR) opimization now consider constraints
for driving time and working hours. For more information, see the What's New document for Considering
Constraints for Driving Time and Working Hours [page 1264].
• Scheduling might fail because the planning horizon is too short. In the scheduling settings, you can now
indicate that the planning horizon is to be extended. If you activate this new function, the system tries to
enlarge the planning horizon based on the dates and times of the documents to be scheduled.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1268 PUBLIC Supply Chain
• The behavior of the Fixed Costs per Resource or Equipment Type field in the costs and constraints settings
has been changed for multiresources and equipment types. For multiresources and equipment types, the
VSR optimizer now ignores the fixed costs for each instance of the multiresource or equipment type.
• Inbound and outbound information is now passed to the VSR optimizer based on the business transaction
document (BTD) type code. In the explanation tool, both the base BTD type code and the shipping
direction are displayed for freight units.

For more information about new functions in load planning, see the What's New document for Enhancements
for Load Planning [page 1271].

Effects on Existing Data

• A new field Extend Planning Horizon Automatically has been added to the Create Scheduling Settings app
and the Edit Scheduling Settings app. This field has also been added as a checkbox to the Change Planning
Settings dialog box.
• In the Create Constraints and Costs Settings app and the Edit Constraints and Costs Settings app, the Fixed
Costs per Resource or Equipment Type field has been renamed Fixed Costs per Vehicle Resource.

12.4.2.12 Enhancements for the Transportation Network

This feature enables you to define the validity of geographical data in hours and disable the storage of
geographical information system (GIS) data. Further, two new reports are available.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-PLN (Planning); TM-MD-TN Transportation Network

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can now define validity periods (in hours) for GIS strategies assigned to a given GIS provider. Further, you
can disable the storage of GIS data. Finally, you can now specify that only invalid entries are to be considered
by the report for deleting buffered distances and durations.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1269
Schedules and default routes support GIS providers with an indefinite validity period for distances and
durations. If you use a GIS strategy that does not allow the storage of geographical data or for a finite validity
period only (for example, 30 days), the system uses the straight-line determination as fallback and issues a
warning message.

A new report, Display Schedules and Default Routes with Unsupported GIS Settings (/SCMTMS/
SCH_SEL_GIS_VAL), is available. It lists schedules and default routes, which contain distances and durations
that have been obtained by a GIS strategy that does not allow storing geographical data or only for a finite
validity period.

A new report, Check Buffered Distances and Durations for Inconsistencies (/SCMB/
DDD_CHECK_TRIANGULATION), is available. It analyzes distances and durations to identify inconsistencies.
Incorrect or inconsistent distances and durations can lead to wrong or incomplete optimization results. For
example, the distance and duration of a direct connection between two locations should be shorter or faster
than the indirect connection via other locations (triangle inequality).

Effects on Existing Data

• A new field Consider Invalid Entries Only has been added to the reports for deleting buffered distances
and durations. For more information, see SAP Easy Access Menu under Logistics Transportation
Management Master Data Transportation Network Distance and Duration Determination :
• Delete Buffered Distances and Durations
• Delete Buffered Distances and Durations in Batch
• To use the new report for displaying schedules and default routes with unsupported GIS settings,
on the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Logistics Transportation Management Master Data
Transportation Network Schedule and Default Route Display Schedules and Default Routes with
Unsupported GIS Settings .
The node Schedule has been renamed Schedule and Default Route.
• To use the new report to check buffered distances and durations for inconsistencies, on the SAP Easy
Access screen, choose Logistics Transportation Management Master Data Transportation Network
Distance and Duration Determination Check Buffered Distances and Durations for Inconsistencies .

Effects on Customizing

In the Customizing activity for defining GIS providers, the following fields have been added on the GIS
Strategies view:

• Validity of Geographical Data in Hours

• Storage of GIS Data
You can either define the storage based on the validity of the GIS provider (in days) or the GIS strategy (in
hours) or you can disable it.

Further, the definition of GIS strategies now depends on the selected GIS provider. For more information, see
Customizing for Transportation Management under Master Data Transportation Network Geographical
Services Define GIS Providers .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1270 PUBLIC Supply Chain
The node Geographical Services is new. The following Customizing activities can now be found under this new
node:

• Configure Geographical Services

• Define GIS Providers
• Define GIS Zone
• Assign Country/Region to GIS Zone

The last three have been moved to this node from Transportation Network Transportation Lane Distance
and Duration Determination .

Related Information

Geocoding
Settings for Distance and Duration Determination
Deletion of Buffered Distances and Durations
Checking Buffered Distances and Durations for Inconsistencies

12.4.2.13 Enhancements for Load Planning

This feature enables you to use different optimization approaches in automatic load planning. Further, the
support of cylinders in automatic load planning has been improved.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-PLN-LP (Load Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following functions have been added:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1271
• You can now choose between two different optimization approaches for automatic load planning:
• Row-stack approach
This approach is grid-based and is recommended for homogeneous loads, that means, packages with
the same or similar footprint, such as Euro pallets.
• Fee positioning
This approach is independent from rows and stacks and is recommended for heterogeneous loads,
that means, packages with different footprints, such as boxes, cartons, and individually packaged large
products.
• Up to now, products with cylindric product shape (cylinders) were treated as boxes by automatic load
planning. Now, automatic load planning can place multiple standing cylinders densely packed in the cargo
space of a container, truck, or trailer if the following prerequisites are met:
• Cylinders are placed in an orientation where the base is parallel to the floor.
• The base is a perfect circle, for example, length equals width in the default orientation.
• Only cylinders that meet the following criteria are considered:
• Cylinders that have the same dimensions, weight and allowed orientations
• Cylinders that have the same behavior regarding stacking
You specify that a product is a cylinder in your material master data on the WM Packaging tab in the
Product Shape field.
Note that cylinders are supported by the Free Positioning approach in automatic load planning only. The
row-stack approach still considers cylinders as boxes.
You can deactivate this behavior by using BAdI: Generic Optimizer for Load Planning and Load
Consolidation – Preprocessing (/SCMTMS/PLN_LSO_GEN_PRE_PROC). For more information, see SAP Note
3349183 .

Effects on Existing Data

• A new field Engine has been added to the Define Load Planning Settings app and the Edit Load Planning
Settings app. The new field is also available in the Change Planning Settings dialog box in the Transportation
Cockpit app.

Effects on Customizing

The two Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for the optimizer for load planning and load consolidation were replaced with
new technical objects:

• BAdI: Optimizer for Load Planning and Load Consolidation – Preprocessing: /SCMTMS/
PLN_LSO_GEN_PRE_PROC
• BAdI: Optimizer for Load Planning and Load Consolidation – Postprocessing: /SCMTMS/
PLN_LSO_GEN_POST_PROC

For more information, see Customizing for Transportation Management under Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for
Transportation Management Planning Optimizer for Load Planning and Load Consolidation .

The old BAdIs are still available in transaction SE18:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1272 PUBLIC Supply Chain
• /SCMTMS/PLN_LSO_PRE_PROC
• /SCMTMS/PLN_LSO_POST_PROC

For more information, see SAP Note 3349184 .

Related Information

Automatic Load Planning

12.4.2.14 Manage Charges for Freight Orders

With this feature, you as a shipper can enable your carriers to use the new app Manage Charges for Freight
Orders to view, update, and approve charges for freight orders.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-CA-FRS (Freight Settlement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Settlement Management
Manage Charges for Freight Orders

12.4.2.15 Manual Awarding of Business Shares Using

Capacity Demand and Rates

With this feature, you as a shipper can use capacity demand and rates to manually award target shares to
carriers for each transportation lane. You can use a spreadsheet to award the carriers.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1273
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRA-RFQ (Freight Agreement Request for Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Evaluations and Awarding

Capacity Demand and Rates

12.4.2.16 Additional Agreement Parties

With this feature, you can calculate transportation charges for each of the additional agreement parties in a
freight order or freight booking. You can use the additional agreement parties for other logistics services such
as export clearance or fumigation of containers. You can also settle freight charges for service providers.

When you calculate charges for a freight order or freight booking with additional agreement parties, the system
calculates the charges based on the valid agreement between the purchasing organization and main carrier
and also between the purchasing organization and the additional agreement parties.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not Applicable

Application Component TM-TCC (Transportation Charge Calculation)

TM-FRS (Freight Settlement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1274 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Additional Details

You can calculate charges at header, item, or stage level, depending on your Customizing settings in the
calculation profile assigned to the organization, main carrier, or additional agreement parties for both the main
carrier and additional agreement parties.

However, if you want to calculate the charges for the main carrier as well as any additional agreement party
only at the header level you've to do the following settings in the Customizing for Transportation Management.
Under Basic Functions Define General Settings for TM , select the checkbox Header Level Charge
Calc. in Freight document with Add. Agreement Party.

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component TM-CF-CC.

Related Information

Additional Agreement Parties

12.4.2.17 Freight Charges and Settlements for Service

Providers
With this feature, you can calculate transportation service charges for each of the service providers associated
with the service item in the freight order or freight booking. You can also settle freight charges for service
providers.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-TCC (Transportation Charge Calculation)

TM-FRS (Freight Settlement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The charges are calculated based on the valid freight agreements between the purchasing organization and
main carrier and the purchasing organization and service providers. Service location and duration, if available

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1275
in service items, are used along with other logistical information to determine the rates for specific service
charges.

For calculating service charges based on the service location and duration, you use calculation bases
SRV_LOCATION and SRV_DURATION in the rate table along with the resolution base SERVICE in the calculation
sheet.

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component TM-CF-CC.

Related Information

Freight Charges for Service Providers

Service Items

12.4.2.18 Freight Unit Building for Partly Complete Sales

Documents

With this feature, you can further customize freight unit building rules in the Logistics Integration Profile.
New Customizing allows Transportation Management (TM) to build freight units for complete items in a sales
document with incomplete items.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component TM-INT-LI (Logistics Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

To enable the building of FUs for partially complete sales orders, see Customizing for Transportation
Management under Integration Logistics Integration Internal TM Component Integration Define
Logistics Integration Profile .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1276 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.4.2.19 Integration of Scheduling Orders

This feature enables you to integrate scheduling agreements from Sales and Distribution (SD) with
Transportation Management (TM).

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Technical Object Name /SCMTMS/CL_SD_TM_INTEGRATION

Preparation Required No

Application Component TM-INT (Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Integration of SD Scheduling Agreements

12.4.2.20 Decentralized EWM and TM Integration in

Advanced Shipping and Receiving

This feature enables you to conduct transportation logistics solely on the basis of an outbound delivery.
Decentralized EWM and TM is embedded in SAP S/4HANA. The arrangement requires integration with
Extended Warehouse Management (EWM), and EWM integration with an ERP system in turn.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1277
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-INT-LI-EWM (Advanced Shipping and Receiving), TM-

PLN-FU-FUB (Freight Unit Building)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Integration with decentralized EWM enables you to conduct the outbound process in an Advanced Shipping
and Receiving setup. The process is based on outbound deliveries that stem from sales orders.

Freight unit building (FUB) considers outbound delivery orders from EWM for the creation of freight units.
Further, selection criteria and selection profile for the transportation cockpit allow selecting freight unit stages
based on the outbound delivery order number.

For more information about the EWM perspective of decentralized TM and EWM integration, see the What's
New document for Advanced Shipping and Receiving for Decentralized EWM and TM: Outbound Process [page
1243].

Effects on Customizing

New Customizing activities are available. For more information, see Customizing for Transportation
Management under Integration Advanced Shipping and Receiving Decentralized EWM-TM Integration .

Related Information

Advanced SR for Decentralized EWM and TM

End-to-End Process (E2E) for Advanced Shipping and Receiving (Decentralized)

12.4.2.21 Integration Based on EWM-TUs: Reversal of

Departure

With this feature, the integration of Transportation Management (TM) with Extended Warehouse Management
(EWM) based on the EWM transportation units (TU) supports the reversal of the status Departed from
Checkpoint in EWM.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1278 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-INT-EWM (TU-Based Integration with EWM)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can now reverse a departure and send a second departure message from EWM to TM for the outbound
process. Up to now, departure reversal in the integration based on EWM-TUs was only available for inbound
processes.

For information about the supported functions and the restrictions, see SAP Note 3018355 .

Effects on Customizing

To allow the reversal of the departure from checkpoint, select the Allow Reversal of Departure from
Checkpoint checkbox in Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under SCM Extended Warehouse
Management Extended Warehouse Management Interfaces TM Integration Make Settings for TM
Message Processing .

Related Information

Reversal of Departure
Integration Based on EWM Transportation Units
Enhancements to TU-Based EWM-TM Integration [page 1242]

12.4.2.22 Integration Based on EWM-TUs: Star-Shaped

Freight Order

With this feature, you can use star-shaped freight orders in the integration of Transportation Management (TM)
with Extended Warehouse Management (EWM) based on EWM transportation units (TU).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1279
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-INT-EWM (TU-Based Integration with EWM)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Depending on the transportation scenario, freight orders in TM can have different stage topologies. The
integration based on EWM-TUs now supports the stage sequence type Star-Shaped Based on FU Stages.
Based on the information from the freight units (FU), the stages of the freight order have the same start
location but different end locations (for example, for parcel freight orders or freight orders for customer
pick-up).

Up to now, the integration based on the EWM-TU only supported freight orders with stage sequence type
Defined and Linear. This is the default topology if the route of the freight order is planned in TM.

The following example is a typical business scenario for a star-shaped freight order:

• A shipper subcontracts the transportation of goods from the plant to their customers to a third-party
logistics (3PL) provider.
• The freight orders are created by the shipper, who is responsible for assigning the freight units.
• The routing planning is done by the 3PL provider but not reflected in the shipper’s TM system.

For information about the supported functions and the restrictions, see SAP Note 3018355 .

Effects on Customizing

In section Basic Settings for the freight order type, you have defined the stage sequence type by selecting
the option Star-Shaped Based on FU Stages. For more information, see Customizing for Transportation
Management under Freight Order Management Freight Order Define Freight Order Types .

Related Information

Star-Shaped Freight Order

Integration Based on EWM Transportation Units

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1280 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.4.2.23 Integration Based on EWM-TUs: Stock Transport
Order Process

With this feature, stock transport order (STO) processes in the integration of Transportation Management
(TM) with Extended Warehouse Management (EWM) based on EWM transportation units (TUs) have been
enhanced.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-INT-EWM (TU-Based Integration with EWM)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When the departure message is sent by EWM, the freight units are now reassigned from the LE outbound
delivery to the LE inbound delivery. This allows you to see which delivery is currently being worked on.

The status updates and the transition from the combined outbound-to-inbound process has been optimized:
If you configure the Automatic Sending of Unloading Instructions at Departure in STO Customizing, the system
now automatically sets the Unload Plan (Stop) status to Finalized when departure is posted in EWM, and then
automatically sends unloading instructions to EWM. The warehouse workers in EWM can then directly continue
with the STO inbound process.

In a multi-pickup scenario, the Unload Plan (Stop) status for the receiving EWM-managed warehouse will be set
to Finalized only when the last departure of all sending EWM-managed warehouses is posted.

For information about the supported functions and the restrictions, see SAP Note 3018355 .

Effects on Customizing

In the EWM integration profile, you have defined the specific settings for STO processes and configured
Automatic Sending of Unloading Instructions at Departure.

For more information, see section Settings for Stock Transport Orders in Customizing for Transportation
Management under Integration Integration with Extended Warehouse Management Define EWM
Integration Profile .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1281
Related Information

Stock Transport Order Process

Integration Based on EWM Transportation Units

12.4.2.24 Report for Basic TM Usage vs. Advanced TM Usage

With this feature, you can list how you use objects and functions in Transportation Management (TM) within
SAP S/4HANA. The result shows if you are using objects and functions which belong to either Basic TM or
Advanced TM.

Basic TM uses defined and limited functions within SAP S/4HANA Supply Chain for Transportation
Management to allow a simple transportation process equivalent to the classic LE-TRA transportation process.
The functions of Basic TM are part of the SAP S/4HANA Enterprise Management license.

Advanced TM uses the full scope of SAP S/4HANA Supply Chain for Transportation Management. The
functions of Advanced TM are part of SAP S/4HANA Enhanced LOB Functions licenses, which are in addition to
the SAP S/4HANA Enterprise Management license.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-CF (Cross Functions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The transaction /SCMTMS/AUDIT can be used to run the report during implementation projects.

In addition, the transaction is used by the central SAP Auditing Department. Auditing in the customer system
takes place regularly in alignment with the customer.

Please note that the report is for your orientation. Certain functions, for example, Embedded Analytics based
on core data services or collaboration apps in TM, amongst others, are currently not verified.

For more information about the audit report, see SAP Note 3289248 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1282 PUBLIC Supply Chain
For more information about the objects and functions available in the Basic TM vs. the Advanced TM scope, see
SAP Note 3065464 . The files attached to the SAP Note give further information about objects and functions
used in the transaction.

12.4.2.25 CDS Views for Transportation Management

The CDS view Flxbl. Intvl. f. Transp. Bus. Perf. Mon. (I_TRANSPBUSPERFMNTRFLXBLINTVL) has been
deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2023.

SAP will not provide a successor view. However, you can find a similar view in the related package:
I_TranspBusDshbrdFlxblIntvl.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-CF-ANA (Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Remember that the following CDS views deprecated with SAP S/4HANA 2022 will become unusable soon:

• Transportation Order Query (C_TranspBusPerfMntrOrdQ)

• Transportation Order Cube (I_TranspBusPerfMntrOrdC)
• Transportation Order Detail Query (C_TranspBusPerfMntrOrdDetQ)
• Transportation Order Detail Cube (I_TranspBusPerfMntrOrdDetC)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1283
12.5 Advanced Order Promising

12.5.1 Alternative-Based Confirmation (CA-ATP-ABC)

12.5.1.1 Create Alternative Determinations from Templates

With this feature, you can use pre-configured templates to define alternative determinations for identifying
alternative confirmations for requirements.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-ABC (ATP: Alternative-Based Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Configure Alternative Determination app (app ID: F5354), you can now use the Create from Template
pushbutton to define an alternative determination on the basis of the pre-configured, template alternative
determinations listed for selection on the Select Alternative Determination screen. After choosing one of the
templates, you can remove, add, and adapt the used rating attributes and hard constraints, as required to suit
your business needs. Furthermore:

• The Used Template field in the header data for an alternative determination displays the pre-configured
template alternative determination that was used to define the alternative determination.
• You can use the Revert to Template pushbutton to restore the pre-configured rating attribute and hard
constraint data that you may have changed during the definition of an alternative determination on the
basis of a pre-configured template alternative determination.

Related Information

Configure Alternative Determination

Template Alternative Determinations

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1284 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.5.1.2 Rating Attribute for Leading Substitute in
Alternative Determinations

With this feature, you can define an alternative determination that will use the leading substitute defined in
master data to generate an alternative confirmation for a requirement.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-ABC (ATP: Alternative-Based Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Configure Alternative Determination app (app ID: F5354) now offers an additional rating attribute, Prefer
Leading Substitute, which, when selected during determination definition, ensures that only an alternative for
which the Lead Substitute indicator is maintained in the substitution master data is considered as a valid
alternative for a requirement.

Related Information

Configure Alternative Determination

Rating Attributes and Hard Constraints

12.5.1.3 Sorting of Rating Attributes in Alternative

Determinations

With this feature, you can sort the rating attributes used in alternative determinations more efficiently.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1285
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-ABC (ATP: Alternative-Based Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Configure Alternative Determination app (app ID: F5354) has now been enhanced to provide more efficient
sorting of alternative determinations. When you add new or edit existing alternative determinations, you can
use the Move Up and Move Down pushbuttons to position the rating attributes in the required sequence - doing
so will automatically update the sequence by adapting the defined Ordinal Number automatically. Note that:

• You can no longer adapt ordinal numbers independently: this action is controlled by the Move Up and Move
Down pushbuttons.
• The ordinal number for rating attribute Maximum Confirmation Ratio is set automatically to 1 and cannot
be changed.

Related Information

Configure Alternative Determination

Rating Attributes and Hard Constraints

12.5.1.4 Hard Constraints in Alternative Determinations

With this feature, you can use additional hard constraints to define alternative determinations for identifying
alternative confirmations for requirements.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1286 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-ABC (ATP: Alternative-Based Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Configure Alternative Determination app (app-ID: F5354) now offers additional hard constraints for the
determination of alternative confirmations during availability checks. In addition to the hard constraints
Confirmation Ratio (previously Minimum Confirmation Ratio) and Delay (previously Maximum Delay), you can
now use the following new hard constraints:

• Number of Plants
• Number of Products
• Number of Storage Locations
• Number of Substitutes
• Original Plant
• Original Product

Related Information

Configure Alternative Determination

Rating Attributes and Hard Constraints
Example: Hard Constraints in Alternative Determinations

12.5.1.5 Enhancements for BAdI-Based Alternative

Determinations

With this feature, the Configure Alternative Determination app provides more information about BAdI-based
alternative determinations.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1287
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-ABC (ATP: Alternative-Based Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Configure Alternative Determination app has been enhanced to display additional information about BAdI
implementations used to determine alternative confirmations:

• When you define a BAdI-based alternative determination and choose a BAdI implementation on the Select:
Implementation Name dialog screen, the system checks if the chosen BAdI implementation is active as
well as the implementation's filter setting values. The check result (Consistent or Inconsistent) is displayed
subsequently in the Consistency Status field.
• The Implementation Information subscreen displays the data maintained in the backend for the BAdI
implementation specified chosen on the Select: Implementation Name dialog screen and displayed in the
Implementation Name field.

Related Information

Extensibility: Business Add-In (BAdI) for Determining Alternatives

Configure Alternative Determination

12.5.2 Backorder Processing (CA-ATP-BOP)

12.5.2.1 OData API: Advanced Backorder Processing Run

This OData version 4 service enables you to carry out product availability check to verify if the previously
calculated confirmations are still valid after a change in the demand or supply situation in the order fulfillment
process. For example:

• A sales order cancellation frees up stock quantities.

• An important customer increases the requested quantity for a product and therefore would consume
stock, that is currently confirmed for other sales orders.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1288 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-BOP (ATP: Backorder Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Backorder Processing Run API offers the following service operations:

• RecheckRqmtsByDocumentDetails: Provides an option to verify the product availability of a specified

set of requirements.
• RecheckRqmtsByProdPlant: Provides an option to verify the product availability of requirements
belonging to a set of product plant combination.

Related Information

Advanced Backorder Processing Run

12.5.3 Controller & Central Functions (CA-ATP-CTL)

12.5.3.1 Review Availability Check Result

With this feature, the Review Availability Check Result app has been enhanced with multiple new functions.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1289
Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-CTL (ATP: Controller & Central Functions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In addition to now being able to use the Review Availability Check Result app to process sales orders without
charge and quotations, you can now:

• Display confirmations in the local time-zone of the ship-to party.

• Postpone confirmations to a future date.
• Validate requested changes to confirmations.
• Fix confirmations to prevent subsequent changes.
• Use the Delete This and All Later Confirmations pushbutton to unconfirm a requirement completely.
• Display availability check results in the sales unit rather than the base unit. If substitution is used to replace
requested products with suitable alternatives, you can now efficiently identify the relevant sales unit for the
alternative product(s).
• From the delivery date, display scheduling details calculated for availability checks executed in
combination with Business Process Scheduling.

Note that Review Availability Check Result has been integrated in the SAP Fiori-based Manage Sales Orders
app.

Related Information

Review Availability Check Result

Review Availability Check Result
Sales Order Without Charge

12.5.4 Product Availability Check (CA-ATP-PAC)

12.5.4.1 Availability Checks Using ATP Categories

With this feature, you can define with increased granularity which stocks, receipts, and requirements are to be
considered when availability is checked on the basis of a specific scope of check.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1290 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAC (ATP: Product Availability Check)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

On the Stocks, Receipts, and Requirements subscreens in transaction OVZ9A, Scope of Advanced Availability
Check, you can now specify exactly which receipts, stocks, and requirements are to be included - or excluded -
when an availability check is run on the basis of a specific checking rule and checking group, thereby increasing
the flexibility you have to fine-tune confirmations to your business processes. When checking availability for
sales orders, you can now, for example:

• Exclude the requirements from inquiries or quotations.

• Include released production orders or purchase orders with supplier confirmation.

Effects on Customizing

You can reach Scope of Advanced Availability Check from transaction ATP_IMG. Alternatively, in SAP Reference
IMG, navigate Cross-Application Components Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Product Availability
Check (PAC) .

Related Information

Scope of Advanced Availability Check

12.5.4.2 Configuration of Replenishment Lead Time

With this feature, you have additional options for configuring replenishment lead time for availability checks.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1291
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAC (ATP: Product Availability Check)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can:

• In transaction OVZ9A, Scope of Advanced Availability Check, configure replenishment lead time to generate
a zero confirmation for an availability check, thereby avoiding potential over-confirmations and allowing an
improved adaptation to your logistics processes.
In the Results After Check Horizon dropdown in the Check Horizon subscreen, you can choose Zero
Confirmation in addition to Ignore Check Horizon and Full Confirmation.
• In transaction OVZ2A, Availability Checking Group advanced ATP, assign a scheduling schema to
determine replenishment lead time in the BPS Schema for Check Horizon field. A sample schema,
AVAILY_CHECK_HORIZON is available and can be adapted as required - available parameters are Material
and Plant.

Effects on Customizing

• To navigate to activity Scope of Advanced Availability Check in the SAP Customizing Implementation Guide,
go to Cross-Application Components Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Product Availability
Check (PAC) .
• To navigate to activity Availability Checking Group advanced ATP in the SAP Customizing Implementation
Guide, go to Cross-Application Components Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Define
Availability Checking Groups Define Availability Checking Group Behavior .

Related Information

Check Horizon in the Product Availability Check

Business Process Scheduling (BPS)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1292 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.5.4.3 Correlation of Schedule Lines in Bill of Material

With this feature, you can now correlate schedule line quantities for delivery groups.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAC (ATP: Product Availability Check)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In transaction VOV7, Maintain Item Categories, you can now use the Create Delivery Group field in the Bill of
Material/Configuration subscreen to set up your system to create delivery groups with correlated schedule
lines quantities, in addition to delivery dates. This ensures that any quantity correlations defined in the bill of
material are retained for individual deliveries.

The Review Availability Check Result screen clearly displays the confirmed delivery date and quantity for each
schedule line for any requirements from delivery groups.

12.5.4.4 Deprecation of SAP liveCache for Performance

Buffers

As of SAP S/4HANA 2023, SAP liveCache is no longer in use for shortening runtimes and database loads
during product availability checks.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1293
Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAC (ATP: Product Availability Check)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

SAP Note 3275747

12.5.5 Product Allocation (CA-ATP-PAL)

12.5.5.1 Business Add-In: ATP Product Allocation

Characteristic Value Combination Determination

The new Business Add-In (BAdI) ATP Product Allocation Characteristic Value Combination Determination
ATP_PAL_CVC_DETERMINATION enables you to modify the result of the characteristic value combination
(CVC) determination during a product allocation check. You can replace the CVC determined for a requirement
with another one, as well as add a CVC from the current allocation object when none was found. Furthermore,
you can also change the constraint status of the CVC that is used in the check.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAL (ATP: Product Allocation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The BAdI is called at the point in time when the product allocation check is being prepared.

Using the CVC constraint status value Not Relevant allows you to remove the CVC from further processing: the
system behaves as if no CVC was found.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1294 PUBLIC Supply Chain
For further information, see the BAdI documentation that is available in the system.

Effects on Customizing

You can find the new BAdI in Customizing at Cross-Application Components Advanced Available-to-
Promise Product Allocation (PAL) Enhancements for ATP Product Allocation Check BAdI: ATP Product
Allocation Characteristic Value Combination Determination .

12.5.5.2 Business Add-In: ATP Product Allocation Sequence

Constraint Preparation

The new Business Add-In (BAdI) ATP Product Allocation Sequence Constraint Preparation
ATP_PAL_SQNC_CSTRT_PREPARATION enables you to influence which requirements and how these
requirements will be checked against product allocation. You can change parameters of the product allocation
sequence constraint, i.e. changing validity periods, the number of backward/forward consumption periods, the
sequence constraint status, and the allocation rate.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAL (ATP: Product Allocation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This BAdI is called during the preparation phase of the product allocation check.

For further information, see the BAdI documentation that is available in the system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1295
Effects on Customizing

12.5.5.3 Product Allocation Change Documents

With the following new apps you can display the change documents recorded for changes that were made to
product allocation objects, product allocation sequences and characteristic value combinations:

• Monitor Allocation Object Changes

• Monitor Allocation Sequence Changes
• Monitor Allocation Value Combination Changes

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAL (ATP: Product Allocation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Monitor Allocation Object Changes app provides a list of changes made to the product allocation object
(PAO) data, changes to characteristic value combinations (CVCs) of the selected PAO and changes made to
allocation periods of CVCs in the allocation object. The Monitor Allocation Sequence Changes provides a list
of changes made to the fields of the allocation sequence header data, changes to material-plant assignments,
and changes to sequence groups and constraints. The Monitor Allocation Value Combination Changes app
displays the changes made to characteristic value combinations (CVCs) used in product allocation objects.

You can access the change document apps via buttons in the apps for maintaining product allocation objects
(Configure Product Allocation), maintaining allocation sequences (Manage Product Allocation Sequences,
maintaining allocation planning data (Manage Product Allocation Planning Data) and assigning sequences to
material-plant combinations Assign Product to Product Allocation).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1296 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access these apps, their business users need to have the following business catalog(s)
assigned:

• ATP - Product Allocation Object Changes (SAP_SCM_BC_ATPPAL_OBJCHGS)

• ATP - Product Allocation Sequence Changes (SAP_SCM_BC_ATPPAL_SQNCCHGS)
• ATP - Product Allocation Planning Data (SAP_SCM_BC_ATPPAL_PLNGDAT)

Related Information

Monitor Allocation Object Changes

Monitor Allocation Sequence Changes
Monitor Allocation Value Combination Changes

12.5.5.4 Fashion-Related Contract Handling in Product

Allocation

With this feature, you can check fashion-related contracts against product allocation to plan high volumes of
incoming orders and provide confirmations for customers early in time. Customers later call off quantities
reserved in the contract via sales orders. You can check the contract requirements for availability and also
against product allocation. The call-offs for the contract are checked for availability and can also be checked
against product allocation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAL (ATP: Product Allocation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If a fashion-related quantity contract is checked against product allocation, then the confirmed quantities are
reserved as contract consumptions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1297
Call-offs should then also be checked for availability against product allocation. The product allocation check
determines the corresponding referenced contract consumptions and can use them as correction quantities
for the check. The call-off can consume the allocation quantities reserved by its referenced contract. Once the
call-off is saved, the consumed quantities become reserved allocation quantities of the call-off.

Related Information

Fashion-Related Contract Handling in Product Allocation

12.5.5.5 Enhancements in Product Allocation Monitoring

Apps

With this feature, you can use several new fields and columns in the Product Allocation monitoring apps
(Monitor Product Allocation Periods, Monitor Product Allocation Characteristic Value Combinations, and Monitor
Product Allocation Order Items).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAL (ATP: Product Allocation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following new fields, columns, and buttons have been added:

• Monitor Product Allocation Periods app:

Fields: Total Requested Quantity, in order items table: Earliest Requested Delivery Date, Latest Delivery
Date, Requested Quantity, Customer Reference
• Monitor Product Allocation Characteristic Value Combinations app:
• Filter and column Load
• Button Edit Characteristic Value Combination (in list view as well as in object page of CVC): This button
navigates you to the Manage Product Allocation Planning Data app in Quick Edit mode to directly edit
the selected CVC.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1298 PUBLIC Supply Chain
• Filter and fields: Earliest Period Start Date, Latest Period End Date
• The link in the Characteristic Value Combination column navigates you to the Monitor Product
Allocation Characteristic Value Combination Changes app.
• Monitor Product Allocation Order Items app:
Filter and fields:
• Item Overall Delivery Status
• for sales orders: Overall Block Status, Item Delivery Block Status, Overall Status, Customer Reference,
Sold-to Party
• for stock transport orders: Receiving Plant

Related Information

Product Allocation Overview

Monitor Product Allocation Periods
Monitor Product Allocation Characteristic Value Combinations
Monitor Product Allocation Order Items

12.5.5.6 Authorization Check for Destroying Product

Allocation Data

With this feature, an authorization check has been added for key users executing the destruction report
AATP_PROD_ALLOC_DES. For destroying characteristic value combinations using option 2 and 3 of the
report (Last Change Date Selection tab and CVC Selection tab), users need to have the authorization object
M_PAO_CVC with authorization activity Extended Maintenance (36).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAL (ATP: Product Allocation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1299
Related Information

Destroying Product Allocation Data

12.5.6 Supply Creation-Based Confirmation (CA-ATP-SBC)

12.5.6.1 Alternative-Based Confirmation (ABC) with SBC

This feature enables you to use Alternative-Based Confirmation (ABC) with Supply Creation-Based
Confirmation (SBC). ABC can use substitutes (plants, storage locations, or products) that allow supply
creation for producing the missing quantity to fulfill a requirement. ABC can consider substitute materials,
plants, or storage locations for which supply creation has been activated and supply elements (planned orders,
purchase requisitions or stock transfer requisitions) can be created for the missing quantity.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SBC (ATP: Supply Creation-Based Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

During the substitution process, substitutes (plant, storage location, or material) without supply creation
can be combined to fulfill the requirement. However, when creating supply, you can only use one substitute
to create the missing quantity. Several substitutes creating supply for the same request aren't supported.
You also can't combine different substitutes while producing the remaining missing quantity in one of the
substitutes.

Effects on Customizing

To use ABC with SBC, in Customizing of Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP), choose Configuration
Activities for Enhanced Check Methods Configure Enhanced Check Methods by Document Purpose and
set ABC and supply creation to active for your document purpose and availability checking group.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1300 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Related Information

Alternative-Based Confirmation (ABC) with SBC

Alternative-Based Confirmation (CA-ATP-ABC)

12.5.7 Business Process Scheduling (CA-ATP-SCH-BPS)

12.5.7.1 Stock Transport Orders Available in Configure

Activity Attributes

With this feature you can use the app Configure Activity Attributes for stock transport orders for more precise
scheduling results. It enables you to flexibly configure durations and working times of logistical activities for
scheduling with Business Process Scheduling (BPS).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SCH-BPS (ATP: Business Process Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

App-ID: F6439

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business role assigned:
Order Fulfillment Manager - Scheduling (SAP_BR_ORD_FLFMT_MNGR_SCHDG).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1301
Effects on Customizing

As a key user, you are required to configure some activities to use BPS. For more information, see Use BPS with
Stock Transport.

Related Information

Configure Activity Attributes

Use BPS with Stock Transport

12.5.8 Master Data Substitution (CA-ATP-SUB)

12.5.8.1 OData API: Product Substitution

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUB (ATP: Master Data Substitution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Plant Substitution Exclusion (Version 0002)

12.5.8.5 OData API: Storage Location Substitution

The OData API Storage Location Substitution (Version 2) is enhanced to support the functionality to update the
validities period of substitution as timestamps.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1304 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUB (ATP: Master Data Substitution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Storage Location Substitution (Version 0002)

12.5.8.6 OData API: Storage Location Substitution Exclusion

The OData API Storage Location Substitution Exclusion (Version 2) is enhanced to support the functionality to
update the validities period of substitution as timestamps.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUB (ATP: Master Data Substitution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Storage Location Substitution Exclusion (Version 0002)

12.5.8.7 Deprecated OData API: Product Substitution

The OData API Product Substitution (Version 2) is deprecated. It is replaced by the successor OData API
Product Substitution (Version 3).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1305
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUB (ATP: Master Data Substitution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Product Substitution (Version 0003)

Product Substitution (Version 0002) (Deprecated)
Product Substitution (Version 0001) (Deprecated)

12.5.8.8 Deprecated OData API: Product Substitution

Exclusion

The OData API Product Substitution Exclusion (Version 2) is deprecated. It is replaced by the successor OData
API Product Substitution Exclusion (Version 3).

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUB (ATP: Master Data Substitution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Product Substitution Exclusion (Version 0003)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1306 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Product Substitution Exclusion (Version 0002) (Deprecated)
Product Exclusion (Version 0001) (Deprecated)

12.5.8.9 Deprecated OData API: Plant Substitution

The OData API Plant Substitution (Version 0001) is deprecated. It is replaced by the successor OData API Plant
Substitution (Version 0002).

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUB (ATP: Master Data Substitution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Plant Substitution (Version 0001) (Deprecated)

Plant Substitution (Version 0002)

12.5.8.10 Deprecated OData API: Plant Substitution

Exclusion

The OData API Plant Substitution Exclusion (Version 0001) is deprecated. It is replaced by the successor
OData API Plant Substitution Exclusion (Version 2).

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1307
Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component CA-ATP-SUB (ATP: Master Data Substitution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1309
Additional Details

The following CDS views are deprecated and replaced with the corresponding new CDS views:

• A_PLANTSUBSTN is replaced by A_PLANTSUBSTN_2

• A_PRODSUBSTN_2 is replaced by A_PRODSUBSTN_3
• A_PLANTSUBSTNEXCLSN is replaced by A_PLANTSUBSTNEXCLSN_2
• A_PRODSUBSTNEXCLSN_2 is replaced by A_PRODSUBSTNEXCLSN_3
• A_PRODSUBSTNPREDECESSOR is replaced by A_PRODSUBSTNPREDECESSOR_2
• A_PRODSUBSTNSUCCESSOR is replaced by A_PRODSUBSTNSUCCESSOR_2
• A_STORAGELOCATIONSUBSTN is replaced by A_STORAGELOCATIONSUBSTN_2
• A_STORAGELOCATIONSUBSTNEXCLSN is replaced by A_STORAGELOCATIONSUBSTNEXCLSN_2

12.5.9 Supply Protection (CA-ATP-SUP)

12.5.9.1 Storage Location as Planning Level in Supply

Protection

This feature enables you to define a specific storage location as the planning level for supply protection.
Usually, supply protection is defined on the level of a material-plant combination. It is now also possible to
define protection for a specific storage location.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUP (ATP: Supply Protection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Demands for the same product in another storage location are not affected by the defined protection. For one
material-plant combination, all active supply protection objects must have the same planning level.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1310 PUBLIC Supply Chain
 Note

If supply protection is defined for the storage location as the planning level, the demand elements must
contain a storage location.

Related Information

Defining a Planning Level

12.5.9.2 Restriction Outside Planned Protection in Supply

Protection

This feature in supply protection enables you to define a check for whether a demand is covered by the
remaining protection of the related time bucket or whether it exceeds the remaining protection.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUP (ATP: Supply Protection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If the demand is covered by the remaining protection, only protection groups of equal or higher priority act as
a restriction. For any demand exceeding the remaining protection, protection groups with lower priorities are
also considered as a restriction.

Related Information

Defining Restriction by Own Protection

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1311
12.5.9.3 Business Add-In: ATP Supply Protection Removal of
Restriction Groups

The Business Add-In ATP Supply Protection Removal of Restriction Groups

(ATP_SUP_REMOVAL_RSTRCN_GROUPS) enables you to influence supply protection restrictions. You can
remove restriction groups from the standard restriction calculation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUP (ATP: Supply Protection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

You must create and activate your own implementation of this BAdI. For this, go to the Custom Logic app. For
further information, see the BAdI documentation that is available after you choose the BAdI that you want to
implement.

Related Information

Custom Logic
Creating Implementations
App Extensibility: Manage Supply Protection (Key User)

12.5.9.4 Business Add-In: ATP Supply Protection

Redistribution of Consumption

The Business Add-In ATP Supply Protection Redistribution of Consumption

(ATP_SUP_REDISTRIBUTE_CNSMPN) enables you to redistribute the calculated supply protection
consumption to related time buckets. These time buckets belong to the same supply protection group as
the time bucket that was originally determined for the consumption.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1312 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUP (ATP: Supply Protection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

Related Information

Custom Logic
Creating Implementations
App Extensibility: Manage Supply Protection (Key User)

12.5.9.5 OData API: Events for Supply Protection

The following events are now available to provide information about supply protection:

• Supply protection object created

• Supply protection object changed

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1313
Application Component CA-ATP-SUP (ATP: Supply Protection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Events for Supply Protection Objects

12.5.9.6 OData API: Advanced ATP Check

This API enables you to perform a product availability check considering advanced ATP (aATP) basic methods
such as product allocation (PAL) and supply protection (SUP). The API takes the sequence of the demand
elements into account and considers their respective consumption within the request. This check is a
simulation of a real demand without creating a sales order and a persisting reservation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-SUP (ATP: Supply Protection)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Advanced ATP Check

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1314 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.5.10 Availability Change Log (CA-ATP-ACL)

12.5.10.1 Availability Change Log

Availability Change Log (ACL) is a framework that captures the date and time whenever there's a change in the
availability situation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-ACL (ATP - Availability Change Log)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With this feature, we allow the capture of all availability situation-related changes in the documents. The
captured changes are then used during the backorder processing run to filter out the requirements for the
material-plant combinations where there was no change in the availability situation.

Related Information

Availability Change Log (CA-ATP-ACL)

12.5.10.2 CDS Views for Availability Change Log

With this feature, you can use CDS views to retrieve data for the Availability Change Log (ACL) framework.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1315
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-ACL (ATP - Availability Change Log)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Information

With the following CDS views, you can retrieve the details of the material-plant-MRP area combination records,
timestamps, and categories for ACL:

CDS View Names CDS views:

• I_AVAILYCHGLOG
• I_AVAILYCHGLOGTMESTMP
• I_AVAILYCHGLOGCAT

Related Text View I_AvailyChgLogCatText

Represented Objects These CDS views represent the following SAP object type:

• ATPAvailabilityChangeLog (Business Object)

Related Information

Availability Change Log

Availability Change Log Timestamps
Availability Change Log Categories

12.6 Extended Service Parts Planning

12.6.1 Changes to Product Master Data Maintenance

This feature enables you to maintain Extended Service Parts Planning (eSPP)-related product master data
for MRP areas using the existing mass maintenance reports for MRP areas (reports RMMDDIBE and
RMMDDIBE02).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1316 PUBLIC Supply Chain
At the same time, the maintenance of eSPP-related product master data for the active version is disabled in the
SCM product master data maintenance transaction /SAPAPO/MAT1.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component MM-CBP

SCM-BAS-MD-PR

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The maintenance of eSPP-specific data for the active version in the SCM product master (transaction /
SAPAPO/MAT1) was already limited to specific fields in the past releases. It has now been completely disabled
since alternatives exist for all fields.

If you need to create an incident regarding the maintenance of eSPP-specific fields in reports RMMDDIBE and
RMMDDIBE02, use component SCM-S4H-MD-PR.

Effects on Existing Data

The user interface of report RMMDDIBE (transaction MDDIBE) has been enhanced with a new button Extended
SPP data on tab Create/Change with Data. Pressing this button opens a popup window where eSPP-specific
fields from database table /SAPAPO/MATLSPP can be maintained.

The user interface of report RMMDDIBE02 has been enhanced with a new tab Extended SPP data where
eSPP-specific fields from database table /SAPAPO/MATLSPP can be maintained.

The user interface of transaction /SAPAPO/MAT1 has been changed. When maintaining location product data
for the active version, all fields on the following tabs are now read-only:

• eSPP Inv. Planning

• eSPP DRP
• eSPP Deployment
• eSPP Inv. Balancing

In addition, the Product Groups on tab Properties 2 and the fields New Product, Prod. Start Date and Production
End Date on tab Properties of eSPP are now read-only.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1317
Effects on System Administration

Users maintaining eSPP-specific data for MRP areas might need additional authorization to use reports
RMMDDIBE and RMMDDIBE02.

Related Information

Maintenance of Extended Service Parts Planning-Specific Material Master Data

12.6.2 Clearing Demand Errors within CPD

This feature enables you to mark and handle errors in demand tables to improve the process and performance.

The new functionality offers a complete scenario of handling failed demand. The failed records not uploaded
from the staging tables (/SAPAPO/SDDEM, /SAPAPO/EXTDEM and /SAPAPO/STODEM) to the tables /
SAPAPO/RAWDML and /SAPAPO/DEMHIS will acquire the new status Processed with Error. This status is
represented by a new field that will be marked for every wrong record to indicate that it was processed with
errors.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP-CPD

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In eSPP demand is captured from sources and stored in staging tables. From the staging tables the demand
lines are forwarded to tables holding the raw demand and the demand history. Previously, when the upload of
demand data into the raw demand and demand history table failed, the entry remained in the staging table
and an error was reported in the application log. Given the volume of the data in the process, this could lead to
errors being repeated continuously and a diminished performance over time.

The new functionality offers a complete scenario of handling failed demand as mentioned in the section above.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1318 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Now, there is a new flag in the CPD upload service profile which allows you to set the expected behavior of the
service. You can specify whether the system should consider records that were processed with an error or not
by checking or unchecking the Not.Prc.Err box.

Depending on its status, the data is handled in the following way:

• If the indicator is set, you will exclude the records marked with an error flag from further processing.
• If the indicator is not set, you will reprocess the records with an error.

 Recommendation

We recommend creating two service profiles. One for the regular processing that excludes the records
marked with the error flag from further runs of demand capture as it improves the performance of the
process, and one that takes both new records and the ones that were marked with the error flag into
account.

In this way, the performance of the regular service is not impacted, but there is a tool to treat and reprocess
the wrong records.

For more information, see SAP-Note 3321244 .

Effects on Customizing

In the Customizing for Extended Service Parts Planning under Capturing Demand you can define service
profiles for SD Demand, Stock Transfer Purchase Order Demand and External Demand data.

The settings made here are considered by the Planning Service Manager (PSM) during the planning run for
demand capture.

12.6.3 Enhancement of Alert Monitor through Snooze Alerts

With this feature you can now snooze one or several alerts at a time and thus prioritize alerts in your alert
monitor. To snooze an alert, a date is entered and until that date is reached, the alert will only be shown in a
separate list of snoozed alerts for that alert type. All siblings of a snoozed alert, that is all alerts of the same
alert type and business object, will be hidden while the alert is snoozed.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1319
Application Component SCM-APO-SPP

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

Existing alerts and alert types will be extended to include the snooze field for immediate use.

Related Information

Alert Monitor
Snooze Alerts

12.6.4 Enhancement of Manual Demand History Adjustment

This feature enables you to aggregate value changes along the BOD when manually adjusting the demand
history. Before, value changes only applied to the location product for which you changed the values, and the
system did not aggregate the values along the BOD. Whereas now, if you change values in the demand history
field, the changes are aggregated along the BOD.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP-CPD

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manually Adjusting the Demand History

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1320 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.6.5 Enhancement of Multistage Safety Stock Calculation
Service

With this feature you can now use the Multistage Safety Stock service to calculate the following values for each
location product:

• Reorder Point (ROP)

• Economic Order Quantity (EOQ)
• Period of Demand (POD) or EOQ Period

The service will now also output two explanatory key figures: Safety Stock Demand Variability share and Safety
Stock Service Variability share.

Furthermore, the service is now tightly integrated into well-known Inventory Planning components, allowing for
Multistage Inventory calculation and approval directly from the Inventory Planning UI (/SAPAPO/SPPINVP).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP-SIP

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Multistage Safety Stock service uses the Supply Chain Algorithms Library (SCAL). More specifically it
uses SCAL’s capabilities of calculating inventory key figures optimized for an entire Bill of Distribution (BoD)
considering all its locations. With the mentioned extensions to the Multistage Safety Stock service, more of the
library’s features are now used in eSPP.

Effects on System Administration

With the new capabilities of the Multistage Safety Stock service more configurations are now required
for the HANA DB. This is because the service now uses more features of the Supply Chain Algorithms
Library which require additional roles and privileges for technical HANA users. The report /SAPAPO/
CHECK_MULTISTAGE_INVP can be used to automatically determine missing configurations.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1321
Related Information

Multistage Safety Stock Calculation Service

12.6.6 Enhancement of Product Segmentation

With this feature you can assign product groups to products based on other information than that available in
the master data, e.g. demand data. There has been a planning service to assign product groups to products
with the help of a BRF+ (Business Rule Framework plus) application. Now, this new enhancement spot that
works with the mentioned solution enables you to assign product groups on a different basis.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For more information, see the attachment of SAP Note 3302797 .

Effects on Customizing

A service profile in transaction SM30 needs to be created in table /SAPAPO/PMDSPGAC, where the created
BRF+ application’s name and ID, and the name and ID of the BRF+ function in the application should be
inserted.

A planning profile must be configured using the product group assignment planning service
(SPP_PMDS_PRDGRP_A) and the above-mentioned service profile.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1322 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Related Information

PSM Services for General Data Processing

12.6.7 External Time Series User Interface

This feature enables you to display external key figures in the Interactive Forecast UI planning book. You also
have the option to choose the External Time Series profile for ARIMAX and Gradient Boosting of Decision Trees
and to define the External Time Series profile in Customizing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP-SFC

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

The External Time Series for GBDT and ARIMAX has been reworked and now the External Time Series profile
can be assigned to GBDT and ARIMAX instead of only having the option to assign the External Time Series ID.

Effects on Customizing

A new IMG activity has been created – Define Profile for External Time Series. In this activity you can maintain
External Time Series profiles and edit which key figures you want to assigned to which External Time Series
profile.

For more information, see the Customizing for Extended Service Parts Planning under Forecasting Define
Profile for External Time Series .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1323
Related Information

Forecast with ARIMA/ARIMAX Model

Forecast with Gradient Boosting of Decision Trees Model
External Time Series Chooser for Enhanced Forecast Algorithms

12.6.8 Forecast with ARIMAX Model

With this feature you can consider additional (external) factors using the new Extened ARIMA forecast model
that can influence the demand when creating the optimal model, or when creating the forecast. With the
Extended ARIMA (AutoRegressive Integrated Moving Average with eXplanatory variables, or simply ARIMAX)
forecast model you can consider external data like weather, temperature, unemployment rate, production data,
etc.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP-SFC

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When choosing ARIMAX, a valid External Time Series Profile ID should be added to the corresponding field of
either the forecast profile or service profile containing properly maintained TSID/key figure pairs with external
time series data that covers the whole forecast horizon (from the starting period of the history until the last
forecast period (!)).

Related Information

Forecast with ARIMA/ARIMAX Model

External Time Series Chooser for Enhanced Forecast Algorithms

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1324 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.6.9 Improvement of Product Substitution List View

With this feature you can now run consistency checks within the eSPP view of product substitution master
data. On the screen of report /SAPAPO/SPP_PRODSUB_EXPL you can mark a new checkbox: Run consistency
checks. If this box is marked, consistency checks will run on the selection and the result will be shown before
displaying the list of substitutions.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP-SDE

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This new feature checks whether there are loops in the supersession chains or whether there are redundancies
in the substitutions (e.g. the same product is already substituted by another product).

12.6.10 Mass Adjust Raw Demand

This feature enables you to mass adjust raw demand using report /SAPAPO/PDEM_RAWDEM_CHANGE,
combining various selection fields in any way. All demand records that match the selection become subject
to change. The following fields can be adjusted at the same time: facing location, customer number, demand
category, abnormal indicator and the custom field.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1325
Application Component SCM-APO-SPP-CPD

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For this new feature there is also a transaction available: /SAPAPO/RAWDEM_CHG. For more information in
general, see the documentation attached to report /SAPAPO/PDEM_RAWDEM_CHANGE within the system.

Effects on Customizing

The report execution can trigger the Demand Alignment service if needed. To enable this function, in the
system Customizing the Demand History parameter must be set to Persisted.

Related Information

Mass Adjusting Raw Demand

12.6.11 Migrate eSPP-specific Demand Data to an SAP S/

4HANA System

With this feature you can migrate eSPP-specific demand data from the SCM Business Suite to an SAP S/
4HANA system in the following way:

First, demand is captured from sources (SCM Business Suite Infocube) and stored in the staging table. Then
demand data is transferred from the SCM Business Suite system to an S/4HANA system using a transport
request. Once the data is transferred and stored in the new staging table, the demand data is forwarded to
tables holding the raw demand and the demand history.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1326 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To set up the planning service configuration, it is mandatory to define at least one service profile as the
settings that you make here are considered by the Planning Service Manager (PSM) during the planning run for
capturing demand migration data.

The actual transfer has to be done in a traditional way using a transport request, that will be used to transfer
the data from the SCM Business Suite system to the S/4HANA system. This step is not within scope of this
development.

For more information, see SAP Note 3332799 .

12.6.12 Planning with Locations of Type MRP Area for

Storage Locations

This feature enables you to plan with locations of type MRP area for storage locations in addition to locations of
type plant and distribution center within Extended Service Parts Planning.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Definition of BOD

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1327
You can add locations of type MRP area for storage locations to a BOD, except on the entry level. In
consequence, your suppliers can deliver to a plant (with storage location), but not directly to an MRP area
for storage locations.
Locations of type MRP area for storage locations and their corresponding plant location both cannot be
added to a single BOD at the same time. It is also not possible to construct hierarchical relations between
MRP area locations belonging to the same identical plant.
• Definition of location of type MRP area for storage locations in eSPP
You can define an MRP area for a plant - storage location in your ERP (SAP ECC or SAP S/4HANA) and
integrate the definition into eSPP.
This is possible when using a standalone SAP S/4HANA system with embedded eSPP as well as within the
side-by-side planning scenario with an eSPP planning system connected to one or multiple ERP backend
system(s). For supported releases, check SAP Note 3212226 .

Demand Capture

You can capture a sales demand item where the plant - storage location combination is defined as location of
type MRP area for storage locations:

• Case 1 - the BOD contains the location of type MRP area for storage locations.
The MRP area location is set as sales order item facing location.
• Case 2 - the BOD contains the plant location.
The plant location is set as sales order item facing location.

Demand Alignment

Demand Alignment will (re)determine the MRP location or plant location as a facing location for the above
mentioned sales demand item depending on the actual BOD structure.

DRP

The sales order data selection for the key figure Customer Demand is executed on plant - storage location level.

Stocking & Destocking

It is possible to make a stocking or destocking decision on the MRP area for storage locations level.

EOQ & SFT Calculation

It is possible to calculate an EOQ & SFT on the MRP area for storage locations level.

Forecasting

Your Forecast is calculated at each location of the BOD. This includes locations of type MRP area for storage
locations.

Deployment

You can create stock transfer orders between locations of type plant (or distribution center) as well as between
locations of type MRP area for storage locations and between a mix of locations of type plant / distribution
center and MRP area for storage locations.

Inventory Balancing

For more Information on planning with locations of type MRP area for storage locations, see SAP Note
3314036 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1328 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Related Information

Planning with Locations of Type MRP Area for Storage Locations

12.6.13 Transfer Changes to Sales Orders Using PSM Service

Demand Delta Copy

This feature enables you to transfer relevant changes to sales orders within a defined time frame to the
staging table /SAPAPO/SDDEM using PSM service SPP_PDEM_CPD_SD_DELTACOPY_SRV as an alternative
to the delta mode of report /SAPAPO/PDEM_SDDEMCOPY. This allows for a parallelization of the delta upload
procedure.

Additionally, the service will also transfer new sales orders which were created within the defined time frame.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP-CPD

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

To use this service, a time frame must be defined in /SAPAPO/PDEMCUST for parameter SDLOOKBACK.

Additionally, a planning profile must be configured which uses the specialized package building method
LOCPROD_CPD_SD_DELTACOPY_SRV in the process profile.

The selection can be generic, e.g., product = '*', or specific to certain products/locations. In the latter case,
new and changed sales orders will be restricted to the specified selection. Deleted sales orders, items, or
schedule lines cannot be restricted in this way as the necessary information is no longer available.

Related Information

Historical Data Capture

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Supply Chain PUBLIC 1329
Copying Sales and Distribution Data for Historical Data Capture

12.6.14 Use of Repair or Buy Functionality

With this feature you can plan the repair of already used, broken and returned (unserviceable) parts. Using
this feature, eSPP DRP planning runs result in planned refurbishment orders in case of an in-house repair
or in purchase requisitions in case subcontractors are involved. Parts of the required demand may also be
replenished via external procurement instead of repair, as usual in eSPP. In many cases the repair of parts is
more cost-efficient than the procurement of completely new parts.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP-SDR

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Repair or Buy

12.7 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1352].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1330 PUBLIC Supply Chain
13 Integration

13.1 Integration with Microsoft Teams

With this feature, you can enable the integration with Microsoft Teams as a system administrator. This feature
allows your users to collaborate with co-workers by directly sharing a link to a business application in the SAP
system, simply by choosing Share: Microsoft Teams with the options As Chat and As Tab.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-FLP-EXT-COL (Collaborative Service)

Valid as Of SAP S4/HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

You must have enabled the Share: Microsoft Teams integration option using the available plug-ins.

Related Information

Integration with Microsoft Teams

Share Apps and Create Bookmarks for Apps

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1331
13.2 Business Network Integration

13.2.1 Ariba Network Integration

13.2.1.1 Automation of Order-to-Invoice with SAP Business

Network (4A1)

The scope item 4A1 connects SAP S/4HANA with SAP Business Network through SAP Integrated Suite,
managed gateway, and automates the sales processing for suppliers and trading partners from creating sales
orders to sending customer invoices. With this release, it has been enhanced with the following:

• Fallback rules in the flexible determinations of internal partner numbers, as well as sales area and sales
document types. When no valid result is returned based on the flexible determination rules, the system can
conditionally trigger fallback logic.
• Multiple address handling in the static and flexible determinations of internal partner numbers.

In addition, the data routing of sales orders, order confirmations, and customer invoices via SAP Integrated
Suite, managed gateway has been enhanced. You can now, for example, send the address of the ship-from
party in the customer invoice from SAP S/4HANA to SAP Business Network.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4A1 (Automation of Order-to-Invoice with SAP Business Net

work)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• The customizing activity Assign Company Code to SAP Business Network ID has been renamed to Assign
Company Code to ANID.
• Previously, if you have activated a formula for the flexible determination of internal partner numbers or
sales areas and sales document types, the system would no longer apply the static determination rules.
Now, SAP provides an additional usage task SET_FALLBACK, where you can specify and activate fallback
rules for the corresponding formula. For details, see the following:
• Flexible Determination of Internal Partner Numbers.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1332 PUBLIC Integration
• Flexible Determination of Sales Area and Sales Document Types.
• For details about multiple address handling in general, see Multiple Address Handling in SD Documents
Using SAP Business Partner.
• To check data that can now be routed between SAP S/4HANA and SAP Business Network via SAP
Integrated Suite, managed gateway, see here .

Effects on Existing Data

Effects on System Administration

You can use the new deployment scenario SAP_COM_0848 to activate the SAP Application Interface Framework
(AIF) content. For more details, see the set-up instructions for scope item 4A1.

Effects on Customizing

• To specify and activate fallback rules for the corresponding formula used in the flexible determination
of sales areas and sales document types, use usage task SET_FALLBACK in Customizing activity Define
Formulas for Sales Area and Sales Document Types.

 Note

To display this usage task in formulas created before this release, you must first check for new usage
tasks in the Formula Tasks dialog.

For more information, see the set-up instructions as well as Flexible Determination of Sales Area and Sales
Document Types.
• To specify and activate fallback rules for the corresponding formula used in the flexible determination
of internal partner numbers, use usage task SET_FALLBACK in Customizing activity Define Formulas for
Internal Partner Number.

 Note

To display this usage task in formulas created before this release, you must first check for new usage
tasks in the Formula Tasks dialog.

For more information, see the set-up instructions as well as Flexible Determination of Internal Partner
Numbers.
• To enable multiple address handling, see the set-up instructions as well as Multiple Address Handling in SD
Documents Using SAP Business Partner.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1333
• If you have enabled multiple address handling and implemented flexible determination of internal partner
numbers, you must specify an address number to go with the internal partner number, so that the system
knows which address of this internal partner it should use (except for partner function Payer, which always
uses the default address). For more information, see the example in Flexible Determination of Internal
Partner Numbers.

Related Information

Automation of Order-to-Invoice with SAP Business Network (4A1)

13.2.1.2 Automation of Source-to-Pay with SAP Business

Network (42K)

Automation of Source-to-Pay with SAP Business Network (42K) now allows you to:

• Approve or reject cancellation of invoices in SAP S/4HANA, based on requests created by suppliers in SAP
Business Network.
• Block the delivery of goods receipts for service items, from SAP S/4HANA to SAP Business Network.
• Support storage of attachments at the header, for invoices, service entry sheets, and advance shipment
notifications received in SAP S/4HANA from SAP Business Network.
• Support inclusion of suppliers' comments in the header, for invoices received in SAP S/4HANA from SAP
Business Network.
• Allow a supplier in SAP Business Network to deliver unlimited quantities of materials to a purchaser in SAP
S/4HANA.
• Prevent goods receipts for service items from being sent to the suppliers in SAP Business Network.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 42K (Automation of Source-to-Pay with SAP Business Net

work)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1334 PUBLIC Integration
Related Information

Automation of Source-to-Pay with Ariba Network (42K)

13.2.2 Integration with SAP Ariba Applications

13.2.2.1 Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing (4BL)

Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing (4BL) now supports the following:

• Item hierarchies in sourcing request type External Sourcing Request (RE).

• Resending an RFQ to Ariba Sourcing, if no success confirmation has been received for it from SAP Ariba.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4BL* (Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Resend RFQ

To resend an RFQ from SAP S/4HANA to Ariba Sourcing, do the following:

Create a new job in the app Schedule Purchasing Jobs using the template Resend RFQ
Output(SAP_MM_PUR_RFQ_RESEND_T). With this, you can schedule and monitor the background job for
resending an RFQ from SAP S/4HANA to Ariba, when no success confirmation has been received for it.

In your system, run the program MMPUR_RFQ_RESEND_OUTPUT using the transaction MMPURRFQRESEND.

Item Hierarchy

With item hierarchy, the Manage RFQs app has the field Hierarchy Number, to denote the order of the item or
subitem based on the hierarchy.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1335
Related Information

Sourcing with SAP Ariba Sourcing (4BL)

13.2.2.2 Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying

(2NV)

The Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying (2NV) now enables you to do the following:

• Receive spot buy items in the guided buying requests from guided buying
• Approve and deny guided buying requests using the Document Approval API in guided buying.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2NV (Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For more information on new or changed features, see What's new in SAP Ariba.

1. Enter the feature ID in the Search field at the top of the SAP Ariba new features table to find a feature.
2. Click See More in the Description of the feature to access detailed documentation.

Feature ID Feature Title

GB-17635 Sending Spot Buy Items in Guided Buying Requests to SAP

S/4HANA or SAP S/4HANA Cloud in the 2NV Integration
Scenario

GB-20790 Support for API-Based Approval or Denial of Requisitions in

the 2NV and 3EN Integration Scenarios

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1336 PUBLIC Integration
Related Information

Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying (2NV)

13.2.2.3 Guided Buying for Central Procurement with SAP

Ariba Buying (3EN)

The guided buying capability for central procurement with SAP Ariba Buying now enables you to approve and
deny guided buying requests using the Document Approval API in guided buying.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3EN (Guided Buying for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba
Buying)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with SAP S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For more information on new or changed features, see What's new in SAP Ariba.

1. Enter the feature ID in the Search field at the top of the SAP Ariba new features table to find a feature.
2. Click See More in the Description of the feature to access detailed documentation.

Feature ID Feature Title

GB-20790 Support for API-Based Approval or Denial of Requisitions in

the 2NV and 3EN Integration Scenarios

Related Information

Guided Buying for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Buying (3EN)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1337
13.2.2.4 Contract Management with SAP Ariba Contracts
(4AZ)

Contract Management with SAP Ariba Contracts (4AZ) now enables you to view details of the contract created
in SAP Ariba Contracts, such as Source System and Source System ID, in the header of the operational
purchase contract in SAP S/4HANA.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4AZ (Contract Management with SAP Ariba Contracts)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new fields visible in the app Manage Purchase Contracts in SAP S/4HANA are as follows:

• Source System: Name of the source system from where the operational purchase contract has been
created.
• Source System ID: ID of the source system from where the operational purchase contract has been
created.

Related Information

Contract Management with SAP Ariba Contracts (4AZ)

Manage Purchase Contracts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1338 PUBLIC Integration
13.3 Integration with SAP Concur

13.3.1 Budget Integration with Public Sector Management

You can import travel requests and expense report obligations from your SAP Concur system and post the
documents in Public Sector Management.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component BNS-CON-SE-S4-FGM (Concur S/4H Fundsmanagement

and Grantsmanagement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For detailed information, see chapter “Budget Integration” in the SAP Integration with Concur Solutions – Setup
Guide.

Related Information

Integrating SAP S/4HANA Systems with SAP Concur

13.3.2 Employee Replication with the v4 User Provisioning

API

You can now replicate your employee master data from the SAP S/4HANA system to your SAP Concur system
using the v4 User Provisioning API.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1339
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component BNS-CON-SE-S4-HCM (Concur S/4HANA Human

Ressources Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

New connections will automatically begin using the User Provisioning API to export employee master data.

Existing connections will have the option to change the User API to the User Provisioning API via a dropdown
list in the Employee export wizard. You can also test the User Provisioning API and its respective field mapping
prior to its activation via the Trial Settings for a manual export.

 Caution

You cannot revert to the User API once you've activated the User Provisioning API for your connection. We
therefore strongly recommend reading the documentation prior to activating the User Provisioning API.

For more information, see the SAP Integration with Concur Solutions – Setup Guide.

Related Information

Integrating SAP S/4HANA Systems with SAP Concur

13.3.3 Enhanced Posting Configuration UIs

The Financial Posting wizard has been restructured. Now, dedicated Expense Report and Cash Advance wizards
are available.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1340 PUBLIC Integration
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component BNS-CON-SE-S4-FIN (Concur S/4HANA Financial

Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can access the wizard for expense reports by choosing Financial Posting Set Up Expense Report
Import and for cash advances by choosing Financial Posting Set Up Cash Advance Import .

Consider the following:

• The Expense Report wizard is the leading wizard.

• The Cash Advance wizard derives several settings from the Expense Report wizard. Some settings for cash
advances can be determined independently of the settings for expense reports.
• You can delete a specific document type's wizard so long as no document for that type has been imported.
Once one document is imported, then the Financial Posting integration must be deleted, meaning that both
the Expense Report and Cash Advance wizards must be deleted.

Effects on Existing Data

Settings maintained in the Financial Posting wizard and Additional Posting Settings prior to this release are still
maintained to ensure your business processes are not disrupted.

Related Information

Integrating SAP S/4HANA Systems with SAP Concur

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1341
13.3.4 Export of Historic Exchange Rates using Phased
Rollout

The phased rollout functionality has been enhanced to allow you to export exchange rates that were valid in the
past and would otherwise be excluded from current exports.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component BNS-CON-SE-S4 (Concur Suite Enablement S/4HANA

Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The feature is available for the initial load only, meaning that the Exchange Rate integration used with phased
rollout cannot already be in use. In this case, you must delete the integration and create it anew.

If phased rollout is not already in use, you can simply activate the phased rollout functionality to export the
historic exchange rates.

Effects on Existing Data

To use this feature, select Phased Rollout (Restricted Export) on step Phased Rollout of the Exchange Rate
wizard. Then maintain column From Date to determine which rates to export. If this column is left blank, then
only today's rates for the defined To-currency are exported.

If you're deleting an existing Exchange Rate integration to export the historic exchange crates, consider that the
already-replicated exchange rates are not deleted in your SAP Concur system.

Related Information

Integrating SAP S/4HANA Systems with SAP Concur

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1342 PUBLIC Integration
13.3.5 Automatic Posting Retry

The feedback loop now considers error messages listed in the Automatic Posting Retry table. This prevents a
series of failed postings for temporary errors, like a locked employee, in the SAP S/4HANA system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component BNS-CON-SE-S4-FIN (Concur S/4HANA Financial

Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To register an error, choose one of the import wizards like Financial Posting Automatic Posting Retry . In
the table, choose Insert Row and maintain the columns Document Type, Message Class, and Message Number.

When the feedback loop is then executed, SAP Concur documents that would've failed due to the registered
error are set to status Blocked (Temporarily) instead.

When the error has been resolved, the feedback loop will process all documents, including the ones with
status Blocked (Temporarily), and set the appropriate status depending on if the posting was successful or not.
Documents still impacted by a registered error message will remain in status Blocked (Temporarily).

For more information, see the SAP Integration with Concur Solutions – Setup Guide.

Related Information

Integrating SAP S/4HANA Systems with SAP Concur

13.3.6 Decoupling the Attachment Import

The automatic import of attachments can now be decoupled from the feedback loop.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1343
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component BNS-CON-SE-S4-FIN (Concur S/4HANA Financial

Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To decouple the automatic import of attachments from the feedback loop, proceed as follows:

1. Choose Financial Posting Additional Posting Settings .

2. Select the Receipts and Attachments tab.
3. Select the Decouple attachment import checkbox in section Decoupling the Import of Attachments.
4. Maintain the Scheduling desired for the attachment import job.
5. Choose Save.

Once saved, the feedback loop will continue to import your SAP Concur documents per the scheduling defined
in the Expense Report wizard and attachments will be imported according to the scheduling defined in the
Additional Posting Settings.

For more information, see chapter “Additional Posting Settings” in the SAP Integration with Concur Solutions –
Setup Guide.

Related Information

Integrating SAP S/4HANA Systems with SAP Concur

13.3.7 Time-Dependent Supplier Determination

You can now restrict postings to only when the employee (supplier) is active by selecting the Time-dependent
supplier determination checkbox.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1344 PUBLIC Integration
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component BNS-CON-SE-S4-FIN (Concur S/4HANA Financial

Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Time-dependent supplier determination checkbox is located on step Supplier Determination of the Expense
Report wizard.

Changes to the checkbox will take effect for all SAP Concur documents in status New and New
(Acknowledged).

 Note

Postings may fail in Financials, because of system configurations for example, if your supplier
determination is time dependent.

For more information, see the SAP Integration with Concur Solutions – Setup Guide.

Related Information

Integrating SAP S/4HANA Systems with SAP Concur

13.4 Integration with Industry Cloud Solutions from SAP

13.4.1 Business Object Data Available for Replication to

Industry Cloud Solutions

This feature enables you to replicate SAP S/4HANA business object data (for example, master data,
transaction data, or configuration data) to data ingestion for industry cloud solutions.

For information about the new supported entities, see Additional Details.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1345
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-ICS-INT (Integration with Industry Cloud Solutions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The list of supported entities has been enhanced as follows:

Supported Entity (Data

Ingestion for Industry Cloud Corresponding Outbound Outbound Implementation
Solutions) Business Object Type Implementation Description

sap.cic.finance.accoun 1606 CIC_ARITM Accounts Receivable Open

ting.ArOpenItem Item (Industry Cloud
Solutions)

sap.cic.pricing.PlantP 4643 CIC_PRLIST Plant Price List (Industry

riceList Cloud Solutions)

sap.cic.pricing.Retail 5843 CIC_SLSPRC Retail Product Regular

ProductRegularSalesPri Sales Price (Industry Cloud
ce Solutions)

 Note

For more information about which entity versions are supported by which release, see SAP Note
3261630 .

Related Information

Overview of Business Object Types and Corresponding Outbound Implementations

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1346 PUBLIC Integration
13.4.2 Enhancements for Replication of Retail Product
Regular Sales Price Data

With this feature, you can enhance the replication of Retail Product Regular Sales Price data from SAP S/
4HANA to data ingestion for industry cloud solutions.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-ICS-INT (Integration with Industry Cloud Solutions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For the integration of SAP S/4HANA with industry cloud solutions, we enable the replication of different
business objects by applying different filter concepts.

The pricing data replicated from the Retail Product Regular Sales Price business object can further be
enhanced for its use and process in the industry cloud solutions. The following enhancement options are
now available for Retail Product Regular Sales Price:

• Before replication, you should map the sales condition types to the regular sales price. The regular sales
price is fetched for the condition key that is maintained in the Customizing. If this table is not maintained,
or no condition keys are maintained, the regular sales price will not be fetched.
• Before replication, you can maintain a custom pricing procedure and the sales price past period in days,
which will be used to obtain the sales price data for the retail products. The sales prices for the retail
products are obtained in days, for the specified past period. If the past period value is not maintained, by
default, the sales price data is obtained for the past 365 days.
• You can use the BAdI, to specify the custom table in which you have stored the condition type details for a
particular product. These custom condition types are linked to a pricing procedure that is used to calculate
the sales price for the retail product at the Price List, Distribution Center and Store levels.

Effects on Customizing

The Customizing activity Maintain Sales Condition Type was added to the Customizing for Integration with
Other SAP Components under Integration with Industry Cloud Solutions Data Replication to Industry Cloud

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1347
Solutions Replication Settings for Pricing Replication Settings for Retail Product Regular Sales Price . For
more information about the activity, refer to the system documentation.

The Customizing activity Maintain Custom Pricing Procedure and Past Period was added to the Customizing for
Integration with Other SAP Components under Integration with Industry Cloud Solutions Data Replication
to Industry Cloud Solutions Replication Settings for Pricing Replication Settings for Retail Product Regular
Sales Price . For more information about the activity, refer to the system documentation.

The Business Add-In BAdI: Custom Table for Sales Condition Type Details was added to the Customizing for
Integration with Other SAP Components under Integration with Industry Cloud Solutions Data Replication to
Industry Cloud Solutions Replication Settings for Pricing Enhancements Using Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) .
For more information about the BAdI, refer to the system documentation.

Related Information

Defining Scenario-Specific Replication Settings

Extending Data Replication

13.5 Impact on APIs using ProfitabilitySegment Field

13.5.1 Impact on APIs using the ProfitabilitySegment

Field

There are some changes to APIs using the ProfitabilitySegment field.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CO-PA (Profitability Analysis)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1348 PUBLIC Integration
Additional Details

When adjusting your custom content, take the following details into account:

• The initial value of the ProfitabilitySegment field will change. For records created after the upgrade, the
initial value is blank and for records created before upgrade it is 0000000000.
• The ProfitabilitySegment field will contain alpha numeric characters after the system reaches the highest
numerical value.

The following SOAP APIs are affected:

• Contract Account Document (Asynchronous)

• Material Document - Create
• Billing Document - Create
• Service Entry Sheet ‒ Create, Delete (Lean Services)

The following OData APIs are affected:

• Manual Accruals
• Billing Document - Read, Cancel, GetPDF
• Purchase Requisition
• Supplier Invoice - Create, Read, Release, Reverse
• Outbound Delivery (A2X)
• Material Documents - Read, Create
• Service Entry Sheet
• Billing Document Request - Read, Reject, Delete
• Accounting Document - Read (A2X)
• Customer Returns Delivery (A2X)
• Scheduling Agreements
• Inbound Delivery (A2X)

Related Information

Decommissioning of ProfitabilitySegment in CDS Views [page 35]

13.6 Master Data Replication using SAP Master Data

Integration

With SAP Master Data Integration, you can replicate master data between SAP S/4HANA and other products
and systems. With this release, you can now replicate purchasing organization and purchasing group using SAP
Master Data Integration.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1349
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2NV (Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying),
4AZ (Contract Management with SAP Ariba Contracts),
4B0 (Contract for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Con
tracts)

Application Component LO-MD-MM (Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For more information about setting up the replication of purchasing organization, see Purchasing Organization
Replication.

For more information about setting up the replication of purchasing group, see Purchasing Group Replication.

Related Information

Master Data Replication Using SAP Master Data Integration

13.7 Extensibility for Master Data Replication using SAP

Master Data Integration

With this release, extensibility information is provided for master data replication using SAP Master Data
Integration. Currently, this information includes extensibility for cost centers.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1350 PUBLIC Integration
Scope Item Cost Center: J54 (Overhead Cost Accounting)

Application Component MDI ABAP Client: CA-MDI-CLI (ABAP Master Data

Integration Client)

MDI Service: BC-CP-CF-ONEMDS (ONEMasterdata service)

Cost Center: FI-GL-IS (Financial Accounting - General

Ledger - Information System)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Extensibility information is available for the following master data object types:

• Cost Center Replication: Extensibility

Related Information

Master Data Replication: Extensibility for SAP S/4HANA

13.8 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see Country/Region Specifics [page 1352].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Integration PUBLIC 1351
14 Country/Region Specifics

14.1 Argentina

14.1.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.1.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.1.1.1.1 Journal Ledger

This feature enables you to generate the Journal Ledger report in the Run Statutory Reports app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Argentina

Scope Item 1J2 (1J2)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-AR-ACR (Advanced Compliance Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Journal Ledger report (report category AR_JOURNAL_LEDGER) generates, on a monthly basis, an
accounting book for the journal ledger in PDF format.

Related Information

Journal Ledger

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1352 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.1.1.1.2 SICORE Earning Withholding Tax

You can now generate a new withholding tax report SICORE Earning Wittholding Tax report to inform the
earning withholding taxes and other national withholding taxes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Argentina

Scope Item 1J2

Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1 (Withholding Tax Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA OP 2023

14.1.1.1.3 SICORE VAT Perception

You can generate a new withholding tax report SICORE VAT Perception that enables you to generates the legal
document billed to customers.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Argentina

Scope Item 1J2

Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1 (Withholding Tax Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/HANA OP 2023

14.1.1.1.4 Social Security

You can now generate a new withholding tax report - Social Security to inform the Social Security withholding
taxes and other national withholding taxes.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1353
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Argentina

Scope Item 1J2

Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1 (Withholding Tax Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA OP 2023

14.1.1.1.5 SIRE VAT Withholding

You can now generate a new withholding tax report to inform the VAT withholding taxes and other national
withholding taxes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Argentina

Scope Item 1J2

Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1 (Withholding Tax Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA OP 2023

14.2 Australia

14.2.1 Finance

14.2.1.1 Cross-Border Exchange of Electronic Documents in

Convergent Invoicing

With this feature, you can exchange electronic invoices and credit notes via Peppol with business partners
based in New Zealand.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1354 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Australia

Scope Item 2BE (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Correction Processing)

2BG (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Creation for Usage and

Service)

2T3 (Convergent Invoicing - Recurring and One-Off Items)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA (Contract Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Electronic Customer Invoices in Convergent Invoicing

14.3 Austria

14.3.1 Finance

14.3.1.1 Annual Financial Statement (RFIDATAFS) Report

With this feature, the Annual Financial Statement (RFIDATAFS) report has been adapted to ERV-JAb version
03.31. In addition, you can now select a specific ledger and maintain signatory information in the selection
parameters.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Austria

Scope Item J58

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1355
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-AT (Financials Austria)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Annual Financial Statement

14.4 Belgium

14.4.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.4.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.4.1.1.1 Defining Rules for Contract Accounting Line Items

in Balance of Payments

With this feature you can define rules to enable the system to determine which contract accounting line items
are relevant for a form item when the user runs the Balance of Payments - F01DGS and Balance of Payments -
S01CCR reports for Belgium in the Run Statutory Reports app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Belgium

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1356 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Effects on Customizing

Within the Configure Balance of Payments (GLO_BOP_VC) view, you can define rules for contract accounting
items. To do so, assign general ledger accounts and, if necessary, also tax codes or document types to an item
in the Define Rules for FI-CA view.

Related Information

Configuring Form F01DGS in Contract Accounting

Configuring Form S01CCR in Contract Accounting

14.5 Brazil

14.5.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.5.1.1 Avoid Billing Split

You can create one individual return nota fiscal referring to multiple and distinct sales. Now, the system avoids
the creation of multiple notas fiscais and creates only one nota fiscal for the return.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item BDD_BR (Lean Customer Returns)

Application Component FI-LOC-SD-BR (Sales and Distribution for Brazil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

14.5.1.2 Adjustment of Pricing Requirement Logic

The system considers sales order items ICMS exempt when the destination of the goods is a Free Tax Zone
Region and the item has a SUFRAMA code.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1357
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component FI-LOC-TXS (Localization for External Tax Calculation En

gines)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

14.5.1.3 CDS Views for Nota Fiscal

CDS views are available for nota fiscal.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 1J5 (Invoice, Taxes and Complementary Postings)

Application Component FI-LOC-LO-BR (Logistics for Brazil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following CDS views are available:

CDS View Description

I_BR_NFDocumentReference Brazil Nota Fiscal Document Reference

I_BR_NFFuelOriginIndicator Brazil Nota Fiscal Fuel Origin Indicator

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1358 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Related Information

Brazil Nota Fiscal Document Reference

Brazil Nota Fiscal Fuel Origin Indicator

14.5.1.4 Customizing for Nota Fiscal

With the new Customizing activity Change Message Control for Nota Fiscal, you can set specific system
messages to appear in the way that meets your requirements. For example, change error messages to
warnings.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 1J5 (Invoice, Taxes and Complementary Postings)

Application Component FI-LOC-LO-BR (Logistics for Brazil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You can find this Customizing activity in SAP Customizing Implementation Guide under Logistics - General
Tax on Goods Movements Brazil Change Message Control for Nota Fiscal .

 Note

The name of the previous Customizing Change Message Control for Nota Fiscal has been changed to
Change Message Control for Localization. You can find it in SAP Customizing Implementation Guide
under Logistics - General Tax on Goods Movements Brazil Change Message Control for
Localization .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1359
14.5.1.5 Exclude ICMS from PIS and COFINS Tax Base for
Purchase of Freight (CT-e)

Changes have been made to your SAP system to support the exclusion of the ICMS from the PIS and the
COFINS tax base for Purchase of Freight (CT-e) scenarios.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item n/a

Application Component FI-LOC-MM-BR (Material Management for Brazil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Exclude ICMS from PIS and COFINS base (EXCLUDE_ICMS_FROM_PIS_COF_BASE) method is available
in the BAdI: Extension of Tax Calculation Features Customizing activity for you to enable and configure the
exclusion.

Related Information

ICMS Exclusion from PIS and COFINS Tax Base

14.5.1.6 Exclude IPI from PIS and COFINS Tax Base

Changes have been made to your SAP system to support the exclusion of the IPI from the PIS and tha COFINS
tax base.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1360 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item BNX (Consumable Purchasing)

J45(Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component FI-LOC-MM-BR (Material Management for Brazil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Exclude IPI from PIS and COFINS base (EXCLUDE_IPI_FROM_PIS_COF_BASE) method is available in the
BAdI: Extension of Tax Calculation Features Customizing activity for you to enable and configure the exclusion.

14.5.1.7 Fields Added to Nota Fiscal Document to Enable

Confidentiality

The Document Reference Type (DOCREF_TYPE) and 44-Digit Access Key (ACCESS_KEY) fields have been made
available in your SAP system to support legal requirements of the nota fiscal.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 1J5 (Invoice, Taxes and Complementary Postings)

Application Component FI-LOC-LO-BR (Logistics for Brazil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1361
Additional Details

The Document Reference Type (DOCREF_TYPE) and 44-Digit Access Key (ACCESS_KEY) are available in the
following objects of your SAP system:

• Nota Fiscal Writer (J1B*N) transactions, External NFe References table under the Additional Information tab
of the document.
• Additional Data for Nota Fiscal (J_1BNF_ADD_DATA) BAdI.

These fields were added to nota fiscal document to allow referencing external NF-e by informing the
access key. The access key may be informed with zeroed numeric code (random number) to meet secrecy
requirement.

14.5.1.8 Fields Added to Nota Fiscal Document to Enable

Monophasic ICMS

New fields have been made available in your SAP system to support legal requirements of the nota fiscal
regarding monophasic ICMS.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 1J5 (Invoice, Taxes and Complementary Postings)

Application Component FI-LOC-LO-BR (Logistics for Brazil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1362 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Additional Details

The following fields are added in the nota fiscal contexts as follows:

Table Fields

Fuel Origin Import indicator(IND_IMPORT)

Indicator(J_1BNFFUELORIGIN)
UF of origin of producer or importer (C_UF_ORIGIN)

Originating percentage for the UF

(P_ORIG)

Nota Fiscal line items (J_1BNFLIN) ICMS deferred amount (VICMSMONODIF)

Ad rem tax rate of ICMS retained established for the product (ADREMICMSRET)

ICMS retained amount (VICMSMONORET)

Retained taxed quantity (QBCMONORET)

Reason for ad rem reduction (MOTREDADREM)

ICMS ad rem percentage of reduction (PREDADREM)

ICMS operation amount (VICMSMONOOP)

ICMS ad rem deferral percentage (ADREMICMSPDIF)

Nota Fiscal: Fuel Details Biodiesel Mixing Index in Diesel B (P_BIO)

(J_1BNFFUEL)

The fields mentioned in this section are available in the following objects of your system:

• Nota Fiscal Writer (J1B*N) transactions, under the Taxes and Fuel tabs of the of the nota fiscal item.
• Additional Data for Nota Fiscal (J_1BNF_ADD_DATA) BAdI.

14.5.1.9 IS OIL: Monophasic ICMS on Fuels

You can enable the calculation of the monophasic ICMS based on the ICMS ad rem rate, which is a fixed value
per unit of quantity.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1363
Scope Item BNX (Consumable Purchasing)

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component FI-LOC-ISC-BR-OIL (Oil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

The required customizings consist of new Access IDs configuration and must follow the implementation guide.

Effects on Customizing

The new access IDs for ICMS AD REM, ICMS AD REM RETEN, ICMS AD REM rate reduction percentage and
Proportion payable to destination UF are available the Customazing under SAP Customizing Implementation
Guide Industry Solution Oil & Gas (Downstream) TDP (Tariffs, Duties and Permits) Country/Region-
specific features Country/Region-specific features for Brazil Basic settings Maintain Dynamic Access
Sequence .

Related Information

SAP Note 3307663 - Prerequisite Objects for ICMS Monophasic on Fuels

SAP Note 3309014 - IS-OIL: ICMS Monophasic on Fuels

14.5.1.10 IS OIL: Exclude Monophasic ICMS from PIS and

COFINS Base Amounts

Changes have been made to your SAP system to support the exclusion of the ICMS from the PIS and the
COFINS tax base amounts for Sales and Distribution and Materials Management in oil-related scenarios,
when the rates are defined by percentage. This adjustment is necessary due to recent changes in taxation
regulations for certain products, including diesel, gasoline, anhydrous alcohol, and liquefied petroleum gas
(LPG).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1364 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item n/a

Application Component FI-LOC-ISC-BR-OIL (Oil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

 Note

You only need to select the ICMS exclusion, the other parameters used in the BAdI return are not used in
the exclusion.

 Sample Code

cs_icms_excl_params-icms = abap_true

14.5.1.11 Monophasic ICMS on Fuels

You can enable the calculation of the monophasic ICMS based on the ICMS ad rem rate, which is a fixed value
per unit of quantity.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1365
Scope Item BNX (Consumable Purchasing)

J45 (Procurement of Direct Materials)

Application Component FI-LOC-MM-BR (Material Management for Brazil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

The required customizings consist of the BAdI implementation and must follow the implementation guide.

Effects on Customizing

The BAdI to enable ICMS ad rem calculation (BADI_LOGBR_ENABLE_ICMS_ADREM) is available in the BAdI:
Enable ICMS ad rem Calculation Customazing under SAP Customizing Implementation Guide Logistics -
General Tax on Goods Movement Brazil Materials Management Invoice Verification Business Add-
Ins (BAdIs) .

Related Information

SAP Note 3307663 - Prerequisite Objects for ICMS Monophasic on Fuels

SAP Note 3317642 - TAXBRA: ICMS Monophasic on Fuels
SAP Note 3319060 - TAXBRJ: ICMS Monophasic on Fuels

14.5.1.12 OData API: Nota Fiscal - Create, Update

The Nota Fiscal – Create, Update( API_LOGBR_NOTAFISCAL_SRV) API has now the entities Brazil Nota
Fiscal Document Reference(A_BR_NFDocumentReference), which allows to inform the Document Reference
Type (BR_NFDocumentReferenceType) and the 44-Digit Access Key (BR_NFDocReferenceAccessKey)
fields and the Brazil Nota Fiscal Fuel Origin Indicator (A_BR_NFFuelOriginIndicator), which allows to
inform the Import indicator (BR_NFImportIndicatorFuelOrigin), the UF of origin of producer or importer
(BR_NFOriginRegion), and the Originating percentage for the UF (BR_NFRegionOriginatingPercent)
fields in the nota fiscal. New fields are also available in the Brazil Nota Fiscal Item (A_BR_NFItem) and the Brazil
Nota Fiscal Fuel (A_BR_NFFuel) entities.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1366 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 1J5 (Invoice, Taxes and Complementary Postings)

Application Component FI-LOC-LO-BR (Logistics for Brazil)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new fields available in existing entities are the following:

Entity Fields

Brazil Nota Fiscal Item ICMS deferred amount (BR_NFMonoICMSDeferredAmount)

(A_BR_NFItem)
Ad rem tax rate of ICMS retained established for the product
(BR_NFAdRemICMSRetainedTaxRate)

ICMS retained amount (BR_NFMonoICMSRetainedAmount)

Retained taxed quantity (BR_NFMonoRetainedTaxedQuantity)

Reason for ad rem reduction (BR_NFAdRemICMSReductionReason)

ICMS ad rem percentage of reduction (BR_NFAdRemICMSReductionRate)

ICMS operation amount (BR_NFMonoICMSOperationAmount)

ICMS ad rem deferral percentage (BR_NFAdRemICMSDeferralPercent)

Brazil Nota Fiscal Fuel Biodiesel Mixing Index in Diesel B (BR_NFBiodieselMixingIndexRate)

(A_BR_NFFuel)

Related Information

Nota Fiscal - Create, Update

14.5.1.13 Purchase Goods from Industrial Equivalent Supplier

You can buy from a supplier reseller classified as industrial equivalent and have the benefit of IPI tax credit.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1367
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized fo Brazil

Scope Item 43D (Integration with External Tax Calculation Engines)

Application Component FI-LOC-TXS (Localization for External Tax Calculation

Engines)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

14.5.1.14 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.5.1.14.1 Updates to CTR

This update enables you to use the improved version of the feature to report the CTR.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 1J2

54D

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-BR (Advanced Compliance Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Updated version of calculation view PRV_DOC_IMPORTACAO.

• NF_DOCUMENTO_ITEM_IMPOSTO reports the VL_ICMS_STAT_EXEMPT field.
• The SALDO_CONTABIL_DIARIO executes without dumps. This update delivers the following objects:
• ctr/TABLE_FUNCTION_ECC_ACC_BAL_FAGLFLEXT_0000
• ctr/ECC_ACC_BAL_FAGLFLEXT_0000

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1368 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
• ctr/PRV_SALDO_CONTABIL_FAGLFLEXT_0000
• ctr/PRV_SALDO_CONTABIL_0000
• ctr/SALDO_CONTABIL_0000
These views update the period balance calculation process, bringing only the balance result for the
closing of the previous year (when the posting period is '000' ). The balances of the other periods are
calculated in the view ctr/SALDO_CONTABIL_DIARIO and its consumers, optimizing the performance of
the calculation for SPED ECD and ECF.
• This update deprecates the following objects:
• ctr/SALDO_CONTABIL

14.5.1.14.2 Updates to ECF

This update enables you to use the improved version of the feature to send the ECF.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 1J2

54D

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-BR (Advanced Compliance Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• A filter is implemented in the node A_PL_CONTA to filter only ECF type. The new
aggregation A_PL_CONTAS is implemented to aggregate any other duplicate field.
• New layout 9 of ECF for registers with dates from 2022 and special situations of 2023 is supported.

14.5.1.14.3 Updates to EFD Contribuições

This update enables you to use the improved version of the feature to send the EFD Contribuições report.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1369
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 1J2

54D

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-BR (Advanced Compliance Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Changes in the EFD Contribuições parameters screen allow you to enter a range of days for the execution.
• The register PCO_C190_014 has the field EX_IPI, which is calculated by a new formula ignoring the EX
characters.
• The records for the register PCO_C180_014 are grouped by item code and period by filling in the following
fields:
• DT_DOC_INI: the date of the item's first occurrence in the period.
• DT_DOC_FIN: the item's last occurrence date in the period.
• The records for the register PCO_C190_014 are grouped by item code and period by filling in the following
fields:
• DT_REF_INI: the date of the item's first occurrence in the period.
• DT_REF_FIN: the item's last occurrence date in the period.
• The filter does not include the documents with the CFOP 5927 and 6927 in the records of the
registers C190, C191, and C195.
• The register 0035 reports all SCP Identification (SCP_Code) included in table /TMF/
D_IDENT_SCP, considering the release date (DT_LANC).
• The domain /TMF/DD_PCO_CATEGORY is updated to include the value N - Not Relevant.
• The filter for Nota Fiscal document items on register C180 is improved, adding a restriction to exclude
CFOP's with category 01 (Electric Energy) and also excluding CFOP's with prefix 52 and 62 (which are also
related to electric energy sales).
• The class /TMF/CL_SPED_REG_PCO_C175 is corrected to adapt to the correct rule for value and quantity
fields reporting.
• The view PCO_C100_005 doesn't have the code ("IND_OPER" = '0' and "COD_MOD" = '55') in the
filter of the node P_C100_FILTER.
• The method /TMF/CL_SPED_REG_EFD_K010-FORMAT_OUTPUT is fixed, and the field SORTER correctly
considers the value K001 first in the sorting.
• The table Control of amounts withheld (/TMF/D_VLRRETFON) on the data domain /TMF/
DD_IND_NAT_RET is updated according to the options presented in the match code of the
domain Indicator of Nature of Withholding at Source (/TMF/DD_IND_NAT_RET).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1370 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
• Register C175 has the method IMPLEMENT_FIELD_RULE of class /TMF/
CL_SPED_REG_PCO_C175 adjusted to not overwrite by internal value on
the VL_BC_PIS and VL_BC_COFINS fields, correctly reporting the decimal's separator values.
• A new filter for CATEGORIA_CFOP != '01' is added to the calculation view PCO_C100_005,
thus preventing electricity acquisition fiscal notes from being reported on register C100.
• The MANDT field (on the node A_0190 of the view PCO_0190) is aggregated to prevent the duplication of
units of measurement when the same unit is used in multiple clients.
• Update to the view J_1BPIS_V_CFOP to include the field REG_DIRECTION from the
table J_1BPIS_C_CFOP. This allows you to configure the registers that must be generated in EFD
Contribuições of each CFOP.
• Register 0200: the system automatically multiples values for the parameter $$P_PLANT$$ to improve
the consumption performance of the view ctr/ITEM. The $$P_PLANT$$ parameter is populated according
to the plants configured for company and branch.
• View PCO_0200: inclusion of the parameter $$P_PLANT$$.
• Register 0200: improvement of consumption performance of the view ctr/MODIFICACAO_MATERIAL.
• Adjustments in register F120 to consider data originated from shadow table /TMF/D_BENSENCAR.
• Removal of the PLANT filter from the P_NCM_Filter node of the view PCO_0200. Thus, the register 0200
considers all items.

14.5.1.14.4 Updates to ECD

This update enables you to use the improved version of the feature to send the ECD.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 1J2

54D

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-BR (Advanced Compliance Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Includes a validation for cost center to the registers I051 and I052.
• The calculation field CA_DIFERIMENTO_EXERCICIO in the view VARIANTE_EXERCICIO_FISCAL is fixed
and considers zero when DIFERIMENTO_EXERCICIO is empty.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1371
14.5.1.14.5 Updates to EFD ICMS IPI

This update enables you to use the improved version of the feature to send the EFD ICMS IPI report.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 1J2

54D

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-BR (Advanced Compliance Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Localized for Brazil

Scope Item 2RP (Electronic Documents Brazil)

Application Component LOD-LH-NFE (SAP Document Compliance outbound nota

fiscal)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1376 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.6 Bulgaria

14.6.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.6.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.6.1.1.1 Cash Flow Statement

You can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the cash flow statement that fulfill the requirements of
the government in Bulgaria. You can use the direct method and submit it to the tax authorities based on your
business needs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Bulgaria

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CF-BG (Cash Flow Bulgaria)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Cash Flow Statement

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1377
14.7 China

14.7.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.7.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.7.1.1.1 Golden Tax Interface

The Golden Tax Interface solution is enhanced with a new app, to support the Fully Digitalized Electronic Invoice
(FDEI) rollout out by China tax bureaus. The app Create Golden Tax Documents - China (app ID: APP_IDGT
(AC_IDGT_OUTBOUND)) supports features like:

• Create a Golden Tax document with multiple tax rates.

• Directly submit FDEI data files to the third-party service provider and fetch the e-Invoice numbers
generated by the National e-Invoice Service Platform, with SAP Integration Suite as bridge.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for China

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-LOC-GTI-CN (Golden Tax Interface China)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

SAP S/4HANA 2022 SPS03

SAP S/4HANA 2021 SPS05

SAP S/4HANA 2020 SPS07

SAP S/4HANA 1909 SPS09

SAP S/4HANA 1809 SPS11

SAP S/4HANA 1709 SPS13

Related Information

Create Golden Tax Documents - China

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1378 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.7.2 Finance

14.7.2.1 Import Bank Receipt - China

With this feature, you can import bank receipts by spreadsheet files prepared with the provided template in the
Import Bank Receipts - China app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for China

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Technical Object Name Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-EPI-CN (E-Payment Integration China)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

This app is the successor of the previous Import Bank Receipts - China app. The previous Import Bank Receipts
- China app is deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in an upcoming release. The
deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in
the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app as soon as possible.

Related Information

Creating Bank Receipts

14.7.2.2 Deprecation of Cash Operations for China (COPC)

The Cash Operations for China (COPC) are deprecated and will be deleted in an upcoming release.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1379
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Localized for China

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-EPI-CN (E-Payment Integration China)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following apps are marked as Deprecated:

• Manage Bank Balance - China

• Define Cash Pools - China
• Create Cash Accounts - China
• Change Cash Accounts - China
• Display Cash Accounts - China
• Define House Bank Account Hierarchy - China
• Post Bank Journal Entries - China
• Create Cash Receipts and Payment Requests - China
• Download and Import Bank Account Data - China
• Process Cash Concentration - China
• Post Bank Journal Entries in Batch - China
• Reconcile Bank and Cash Transactions - China
• Process Batch Reconciliation - China
• Release Payment Requests - China
• Set Up Cash Concentration - China

The functions provided by the apps listed above have been replaced by the Cash and Liquidity Management
solution under application component FIN-FSCM-CLM.

14.7.2.3 Deprecated App: Create Electronic BoE Payable -

China

The Create Electronic BoE Payable - China app is deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad
in an upcoming release. The deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad.
You can use the Create BoE Payable - China app to create electronic bills of exchange.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1380 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Localized for China

Scope Item 1WQ (Bill of Exchange)

Application Component FI-LOC-BOE (Bill of Exchange)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

14.7.2.4 Account Document Output

Apart from the existing features, now you can use this report to exclude the reversed or reversal documents
with different conditions for printing. Those journal entries that have already been reserved will be filtered out,
and then the reserved or reversal documents will not be part of the document printing.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for China

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CN (Financials China)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

G/L Account Vouchers

14.7.2.5 Balance Sheet / Income Statement

You run this app to display balance sheets or income statements as required in China. Apart from the existing
features, now you can use the financial statement version based on the local chart of accounts to generate the
balance sheet or income statement.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1381
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for China

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Technical Object Name App ID: F1698

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CN (Financials China)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can display the balance sheet or income statement according to your selected filters, for example, ledger,
financial statement structure and financial statement version, and reporting period. The financial statement
version can be defined based on the global chart of accounts or local chart of accounts.

• If you use the financial statement version based on the global chart of accounts, the global account
number is displayed in the G/L Account column and the local account number is displayed in the Altern.
Account column.
• If you use the financial statement version based on the local chart of accounts, the local account number is
displayed in the G/L Account column.

Related Information

Balance Sheet / Income Statement - China

14.7.2.6 Manage Financial Statement Structures - China

This app has been deleted from the SAP Fiori Launchpad and cannot be used anymore.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1382 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Functional Localization Localized for China

Scope Item J58 Accounting and Financial Close()

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CN (Financials China)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

14.8 Croatia

14.8.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.8.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.8.1.1.1 EC Sales List

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the EC Sales List reporting file for
Croatia.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Croatia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-HR (Financials Croatia)

FI-LOC-ECS (EC Sales List)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The HR_ECSL (Croatia EC Sales List) report is available in the search help of the Report Name field in the Run
Statutory Reports app so you can generate the EC Sales List XML file.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1383
Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the EC Sales List, make the required settings in Customizing for Cross-
Application Components under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance
Country/Region-Specific Settings Croatia EC Sales List General Settings Setting Up Your Statutory
Reporting .

Related Information

EC Sales List

14.8.1.1.2 G/L Account Line Items

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the G/L account line items reporting
file for Croatia.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Croatia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-HR (Financials Croatia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The HR_GL_LINE_ITEMS (Croatia G/L Account Line Items) is available in the search help of the Report Name
field in the Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the G/L account line items data in a table view
format.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the G/L account line items, make the required settings in Customizing for
Cross-Application Components under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1384 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Country/Region-Specific Settings Croatia G/L Account Line Items General Settings Setting Up Your
Statutory Reporting .

Related Information

G/L Account Line Items

14.8.1.1.3 VAT Return - Forms PDV and U-RA

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the PDV and U-RA reporting files as
part of the VAT Return for Croatia.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Croatia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-HR (Financials Croatia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The HR_VAT_DCL (Croatia VAT Return) is available in the search help of the Report Name field in the Run
Statutory Reports app so you can generate the VAT Return XML files.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the VAT Return - Forms PDV and U-RA, make the required settings in
Customizing for Cross-Application Components under General Application Functions Document and
Reporting Compliance Country/Region-Specific Settings Croatia VAT Return - Forms PDV and U-RA
General Settings Setting Up Your Statutory Reporting .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1385
Related Information

VAT Return - Forms PDV and U-RA

14.8.1.1.4 VAT Return - Form PPO

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the PPO reporting file as part of the
VAT Return for Croatia.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Croatia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-HR (Financials Croatia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The HR_VAT_PPO (Croatia VAT Report - Form PPO) is available in the search help of the Report Name field in the
Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the VAT Return XML file.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the VAT Return - Form PPO, make the required settings in Customizing for
Cross-Application Components under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance
Country/Region-Specific Settings Croatia VAT Return - Form PPO General Settings Setting Up Your
Statutory Reporting .

Related Information

VAT Return - Form PPO

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1386 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.8.1.1.5 Cash Flow Statement

You can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the cash flow statement that fulfill the requirements of
the government in Croatia. You can use the indirect method and submit it by month/quarter/year to the tax
authorities according to your business requirements.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Croatia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CF-HR (Cash Flow Croatia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Cash Flow Statement

14.8.1.1.6 Financial Statement

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the Balance Sheet and Income
Statement for Croatia.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Croatia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-HR (Financials Croatia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1387
Additional Details

You can use the GENC_FINSTMNT_CAT report in the Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the
Balance Sheet and Income Statement in a table view format.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the financial statement, make the required settings in Customizing. For more
information about the report configuration, see Setting Up the Financial Statement Report.

Related Information

Financial Statement

14.9 Czech Republic

14.9.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.9.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.9.1.1.1 The Coefficient and the Settlement Coefficient for

VAT Return

To calculate the reduced tax claim in line 52 of the VAT return report, you set up the coefficient for the reduced
tax deduction for tax periods of the calendar year.

When you apply the reduced tax deduction in tax periods of the current calendar year, you can calculate the
settlement coefficient and the tax deduction settlement. The settlement coefficient is computed in the last tax
period of the calendar year from data for the whole calendar year. Its value is filled in the VAT return report line
53.

For the correct settlement coefficient calculation, all the previous monthly VAT return reports are in the status
Content Accepted by the Government.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1388 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Czech Republic

Scope Item 1J2

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CZ (Financials Czech Republic)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The calculated Settlement coefficient and amount of settlement of tax deduction will be displayed in line 53 of
the VAT return report for the last tax period of the calendar year. The settlement coefficient will be used in the
next calendar year as an advance coefficient in line 52 and must be customized manually.

Effects on Customizing

To use this function, enter parameter CZ_COEFFICIENT in the Setting Up Your Statutory Reporting
Customizing activity. Under Enter Parameters Specific to Report Category dialog structure, define the date
in the Valid From field and in the Low Value field enter the percentage number. This number represents the
percentage value of the coefficient.

Use the proper tax codes for the reduced tax deduction.

Related Information

Configuration for VAT Declaration

14.9.1.1.2 Adding a New Node to the Financial Statement

Report

You can insert additional node(s) to the Czech Republic Financial Statement to ensure they are reflected in the
report's output that you submit to the tax authorities.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1389
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Czech Republic

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CZ (Financials Czech Republic)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can assign number of the line to the corresponding new node, which will represent the line in Financial
Statement report output.

Effects on Customizing

To activate the new solution, you carry out the following new Customizing activities:

• Define Financial Statement Nodes: Summands

• Define Financial Statement Nodes: Node Calculation

Related Information

Configuration for Financial Statements

14.10 Egypt

14.10.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.10.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.10.1.1.1 Withholding Tax - Form 11

The Egypt Withholding Tax - Form 11 report in the Run Statutory Reports app enables you to generate a
withholding tax Form 11 (local name ‫ مستقطعة‬١١ ‫ )نموذج‬that provides details of the withholding tax retained from

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1390 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
foreign suppliers and service providers. The Clear Withholding Tax Items activity available for this report
enables you to clear withholding tax documents included in the Form 11.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Egypt

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-EG (Financials Egypt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The report generates the withholding tax Form 11 in the CSV format prescribed by the Egypt Tax Authority
(ETA), on a monthly basis. The file provides details of payment documents that contain withholding tax
retained from foreign suppliers and service providers.

This report replaces the old Remittance Statement and Summary report (RPFIEG_TXREM) while the Clear
Withholding Tax Items activity replaces the old Clearing of Liabilities report (RPFIEG_TXCLR). These reports will
be available until the planned end-of-support date, after which the old reports will become obsolete.

Effects on Customizing

You need to complete customizings to define you reporting preferences, set up withholding tax details and
recipient type for your foreign suppliers, and to enable the Clear Withholding Tax Items activity. See the related
links for more details.

Related Information

Withholding Tax - Form 11

Setting Up the Withholding Tax - Form 11 Report
Making Additional Settings for Withholding Tax - Form 11

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1391
14.10.1.1.2 Withholding Tax - Form 41

The Egypt Withholding Tax - Form 41 report in the Run Statutory Reports app enables you to generate a
withholding tax Form 41 (local name ‫ خصم واضافة‬٤١ ‫ )نموذج‬that provides details of the withholding tax retained
from resident suppliers and service providers. The Clear Withholding Tax Items activity available for this report
enables you to clear withholding tax documents included in the Form 11.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Egypt

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-EG (Financials Egypt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The report generates a withholding tax Form 41 in the CSV format prescribed by the Egypt Tax Authority (ETA),
on a quarterly basis. The file provides details of payment documents that contain withholding tax retained from
resident suppliers and service providers.

Effects on Customizing

You need to complete customizings to define you reporting preferences, set up withholding tax details and
recipient type for your resident suppliers, and to enable the Clear Withholding Tax Items activity. See the related
links for more details.

Related Information

Withholding Tax - Form 41

Setting Up the Withholding Tax - Form 41 Report
Making Additional Settings for Withholding Tax - Form 41

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1392 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.10.1.1.3 Cash Flow Statement

You can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the cash flow statement in the indirect method that
fulfill the requirements of the government in Egypt. You can generate it to be presented to the shareholders
during their annual meeting as an audit report, as well as to the Egypt government authority.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Egypt

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CF-EG (Cash Flow Egypt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Cash Flow Statement

14.10.1.1.4 Adding a New Node to the Financial Statement

Report

You can insert additional node(s) to the Czech Republic Financial Statement to ensure they are reflected in the
report's output that you submit to the tax authorities.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Czech Republic

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CZ (Financials Czech Republic)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1393
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can assign number of the line to the corresponding new node, which will represent the line in Financial
Statement report output.

Effects on Customizing

To activate the new solution, you carry out the following new Customizing activities:

• Define Financial Statement Nodes: Summands

• Define Financial Statement Nodes: Node Calculation

Related Information

Configuration for Financial Statements

14.10.2 Finance

14.10.2.1 Remittance Statement and Summary

The Remittance Statement and Summary report (report ID RPFIEG_TXREM) has been replaced by the Egypt
Withholding Tax - Form 11 and Egypt Withholding Tax - Form 41 reports in the Run Statutory Reports app. Both
reports will be available until the planned end-of-support date, after which this old report will become obsolete.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Localized for Egypt

Scope Item J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-EG (Financials Egypt)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1394 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

See SAP Note 2480067 to know more about the planned end-of-support date of the Remittance Statement
and Summary report.

Related Information

Withholding Tax - Form 11

Withholding Tax - Form 41
Generation of Withholding Tax Remittance Forms

14.10.2.2 Clearing of Withholding Tax Liabilities

The Clearing of Liabilities report (report ID RPFIEG_TXCLR) has been replaced by the Clear Withholding Tax
Items activity in the Egypt Withholding Tax - Form 11 and Egypt Withholding Tax - Form 41 reports in the Run
Statutory Reports app. The report will be available until the planned end-of-support date, after which it will
become obsolete.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Localized for Egypt

Scope Item J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-EG (Financials Egypt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

See SAP Note 2480067 to know more about the planned end-of-support date of the Clearing of Liabilities
report.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1395
Related Information

Clearing Withholding Tax Items

Withholding Tax - Form 11
Withholding Tax - Form 41
Clearing of Withholding Tax Liabilities

14.11 France

14.11.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.11.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.11.1.1.1 Balance of Payment - Form ECO with Contract

Accounting Data

This feature enables you to generate the Balance of Payments - Form ECO report with contract accounting
(Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA)) data.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for France

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To run the report with contract accounting data, you must activate contract accounting for the company code.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1396 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Effects on Customizing

Maintain the following Customzing activity for the Balance of Payment - Form ECO report using the SM34
transaction:

• Configure Balance of Payments (GLO_BOP_VC)

Related Information

Configuring Balance of Payments - Form ECO in Contract Accounting

14.11.1.1.2 Balance of Payment - Form RTE with Contract

Accounting Data

This feature enables you to generate the Balance of Payments - Form RTE report with contract accounting
(Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA)) data.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for France

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To run the report with contract accounting data, you must activate contract accounting for the company code.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1397
Effects on Customizing

Maintain the following Customzing activity for the Balance of Payment - Form RTE report using the SM34
transaction:

• Configure Balance of Payments (GLO_BOP_VC)

Related Information

Configuring Balance of Payments - Form RTE in Contract Accounting

14.11.2 Finance

14.11.2.1 Replacement of Overdue Invoices Report with

Statutory Report

The Overdue Invoices (France) (RPFIFR_OVERDUE_INV) report is being replaced by the Overdue Invoices
(FR_INV_OVERDUE) statutory report. Both reports will be available until a planned support end, after which
the Overdue Invoices (France) (RPFIFR_OVERDUE_INV) report will become obsolete. For a complete list of
statutory report replacements with additional details, please see SAP Note 2480067 .

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for France

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-FR (Financials France)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Overdue Invoices

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1398 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.12 Germany

14.12.1 Finance

14.12.1.1 DTAUS Format

The DTAUS format has been deprecated and deleted from the transactions that supported it.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Localized for Germany

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Related Information

Country/Region-Specific Payment Formats

Payment Medium Format DTAUS0
Bank Statement Processing

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1399
14.13 Greece

14.13.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.13.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.13.1.1.1 New Withholding Tax Report in Greece

You can now generate a withholding tax report for reporting taxes withheld from various vendors in Greece. The
report is available by default.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Greece

Scope Item 1J2

Technical Object Name App ID: F1515_GR

Report Category: GR_WHT_1039_1027

Preparation Required No

Latest Reference Content Version Required Yes

Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1 (Withholding Tax (Reporting))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Withholding Tax Report for Laws 1027/2014 and 1039/2014

14.13.1.1.2 Customer Ledger

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the customer ledger report for
Greece.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1400 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Greece

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GR (Financials Greece)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The GR_GL_CUSTOMER (Greece Customer Ledger) report is available in the search help of the Report Name
field in the Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the report with details about customer movements
and line items in a table view format.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the Customer Ledger report, make the required settings in Customizing for Cross-
Application Components under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance
Country/Region-Specific Settings Greece Customer Ledger General Settings Setting Up Your Statutory
Reporting .

Related Information

Customer Ledger

14.13.1.1.3 G/L Detailed Ledger

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the G/L detailed ledger report for
Greece.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1401
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Greece

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GR (Financials Greece)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The GR_GL_LINE_ITEMS (Greece G/L Detailed Ledger) report is available in the search help of the Report
Name field in the Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the report with accounting movement details
for your company code in a specific reporting period in a table view format.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the G/L Detailed Ledger report, make the required settings in Customizing for
Cross-Application Components under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance
Country/Region-Specific Settings Greece G/L Detailed Ledger General Settings Setting Up Your
Statutory Reporting .

Related Information

G/L Detailed Ledger

14.13.1.1.4 Supplier Ledger

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the supplier ledger report for Greece.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1402 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Greece

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GR (Financials Greece)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The GR_GL_SUPPLIER (Greece Supplier Ledger) report is available in the search help of the Report Name field
in the Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the report with details about supplier movements and
related line items in a table view format.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the Supplier Ledger report, make the required settings in Customizing for
Cross-Application Components under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance
Country/Region-Specific Settings Greece Supplier Ledger General Settings Setting Up Your Statutory
Reporting .

Related Information

Supplier Ledger

14.13.1.1.5 Customer Trial Balances

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the customer trial balances report for
Greece.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1403
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Greece

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GR (Financials Greece)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The GR_TRIALBAL_LINEITM_CUST (Greece Customer Trial Balances) report is available in the search help of
the Report Name field in the Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the customer trial balances in a
table view format.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the Customer Trial Balances report, make the required settings in Customizing for
Cross-Application Components under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance
Country/Region-Specific Settings Greece Customer Trial Balances General Settings Setting Up Your
Statutory Reporting .

Related Information

Customer Trial Balances

14.13.1.1.6 G/L Account Trial Balances

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the G/L Account Trial Balances report
for Greece.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1404 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Greece

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GR (Financials Greece)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The GR_TRIALBAL_GLACCT (Greece G/L Account Trial Balances) report is available in the search help of the
Report Name field in the Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate to generate an audit report with the
balance of your general ledger accounts in an ALV format.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the G/L Account Trial Balances report, make the required settings in
Customizing for Cross-Application Components under General Application Functions Document and
Reporting Compliance Country/Region-Specific Settings Greece G/L Account Trial Balances General
Settings Setting Up Your Statutory Reporting .

Related Information

G/L Account Trial Balances

14.13.1.1.7 Supplier Trial Balances

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the Supplier Trial Balances report for
Greece.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1405
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Greece

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GR (Financials Greece)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The GR_TRIALBAL_LINEITM_SUPLR (Greece Supplier Trial Balances) report is available in the search help of
the Report Name field in the Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the supplier trial balances in a
table view format.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the Supplier Trial Balances report, make the required settings in Customizing for
Cross-Application Components under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance
Country/Region-Specific Settings Greece Supplier Trial Balances General Settings Setting Up Your
Statutory Reporting .

Related Information

Supplier Trial Balances

14.13.1.1.8 VAT Return

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the VAT Return report for Greece.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1406 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Greece

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GR (Financials Greece)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The GR_VAT_DCL (Greece VAT Return) report is available in the search help of the Report Name field in the Run
Statutory Reports app so you can generate the VAT Return ALV file.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the VAT Return, make the required settings in Customizing. For more information
about the report configuration, check Setting Up the VAT Return Report and Making Additional Settings for VAT
Return.

Related Information

VAT Return

14.14 Hungary

14.14.1 Public Sector

14.14.1.1 Deprecation of Reporting in Public Sector for

Hungary

As of release SAP S/4HANA 2023, the reporting framework function used to generate reports in ALV, PDF,
XML, and CSV file formats in accordance with legal and business needs in the Public Sector solution for
Hungary will be deprecated. For more information, see SAP Note 3347307 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1407
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Localized for Hungary

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-PS-HU (Public Sector Hungary)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Public Sector (PSM-FM) for Hungary

14.15 India

14.15.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.15.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.15.1.1.1 Withholding Tax Report Form 26Q for India

You can now generate withholding tax report Form 26Q in enhanced mode (full DRC mode) in India. This
functionality is available by default.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for India

Scope Item 1J2

Technical Object Name App ID: F1515_IN

Report Category: IN_WHT_DCL_QRETURNS

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1408 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Preparation Required No

Latest Reference Content Version Required Yes

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-IN-WHT (Withholding Tax (Reporting))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use added functionality of Manage Withholding Tax Items, data preview, analyzing data, making
manual adjustments, etc. while generating a withholding tax report in the enhanced mode. All other
configurations and process to generate the report remain the same.

Related Information

Form 26Q

14.15.1.1.2 Electronic Document Processing for Invoices

Created for Convergent Invoicing

You can create electronic documents for B2B or B2G customers for convergent invoicing for India.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for India

Scope Item 2BG (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Creation for Usage and
Service), 2BE (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Correction
Processing), 2T3 (Convergent Invoicing - Recurring and One-
Off Items)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1409
Additional Details

To exchange electronic documents with your customers, you must maintain the relevant master data settings.

Effects on Customizing

You must carry out the following Customizing activities. You can search for the relevant activities in transaction
SM30 using the technical name:

• Activate Source Type Documents for Company Code (EDOCOMPANYACTIV )

• Defining Interface Type for eDocument (EDOINTTYPEV)
• Defining SOA Services for Communication (EDOSOASERV)
• Assigning SOA Services to eDocument Interfaces (EDOINTV)
• Assign eDocument Type to Convergent Invoice Document Type (V_TFK26EDOC)
• Maintain Service Provider for eInvoice (EDOINEINVGSPV)
• Map State Codes for India (J_1ISTATECDM)
• Map Unit Quantity Codes to SAP-specific Unit of Measurement (EDOINUQCV)
Additionally, you can configure several value mappings to better meet your business needs.

Related Information

Creating Electronic Customer Invoices in Convergent Invoicing

14.15.1.1.3 FORM GST ANX1 and ANX2 Reports

The India GST ANX1 and India GST ANX2 reports that you run using the Run Statutory Reports app are
deprecated because they are no longer legally required. The report documentation will be unavailable as of SAP
S/4HANA 2023 FPS01.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Localized for India

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1410 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Application Component FI-LOC-FI-IN (Financials India)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

FORM GST ANX1 Report (Deprecated)

FORM GST ANX2 Report (Deprecated)

14.15.2 Finance

14.15.2.1 Tax Determination for Convergent Invoicing

You can define the tax code that is used for tax determination for foreign and domestic invoices. You can also
display or hide the fields relevant for tax determination.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for India

Scope Item 2BG (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Creation for Usage and
Service), 2BE (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Correction
Processing), 2T3 (Convergent Invoicing - Recurring and One-
Off Items)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In India, you use different tax codes for invoices that you send to your customer depending on if it is
foreign trade or domestic trade. You can decide to hide or display the fields relevant for tax determination
according to your business needs. Use the Customizing Includes: Enhancement for Tax Determination for India
(RFKK_ENH_TAXDET_IN) report to display the fields for tax determination for India.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1411
You must also make several master data settings for tax determination.

Effects on Customizing

You can use the following Customizing activities for tax determination for India:

• Define Tax Codes for Tax Determination - Foreign Trade (posting area transaction FQ2661)
• Define Tax Codes for Tax Determination - Domestic Trade (posting area transaction FQ2660)

Related Information

Configurations for Tax Determination

14.15.2.2 Configurations for Tax Determination for

Convergent Invoicing

You maintain Customizing activities to configure your system to determine the correct tax amount for
convergent invoicing in India.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for India

Scope Item 2BG (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Creation for Usage and
Service), 2BE (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Correction
Processing), 2T3 (Convergent Invoicing - Recurring and One-
Off Items)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following Customizing activites have been created for tax determination for convergent invoicing in India:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1412 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Configuration Activities for Tax Determination
Name Description

Define Tax Codes for Tax Determination - Foreign Trade (post You define which tax code the system uses when the user
creates invoices that were issued from India to a country/re
ing area transaction FQ2661)
gion outside India.

Define Tax Codes for Tax Determination - Domestic Trade You define the tax code that is used for tax determination for
domestic invoices in India.
(posting area transaction FQ2660)

Related Information

Defining Tax Codes for Tax Determination for Domestic Trade

Defining Tax Codes for Tax Determination for Foreign Trade

14.15.2.3 Including QR Codes in Print Invoices

You can now include QR codes containing banking details on print invoices. The QR code is generated for
business-to-consumer (B2C) invoices, and not registered business-to-business (B2B) invoices that are exempt
from electronic invoicing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for India

Scope Item 2BG (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Creation for Usage and
Service), 2BE (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Correction
Processing), 2T3 (Convergent Invoicing - Recurring and One-
Off Items)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The QR code contains bank details that your customer requires to pay the invoice.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1413
 Note

For registered business-to-business (B2B) invoices, the QR code is generated by the Invoice Registration
Portal (IRP).

You must also make the required master data settings for tax determination.

Effects on Customizing

You must carry out the following Customizing activities. You can search for the relevant activities in transaction
SM30 using the technical name:

• Maintain House Banks (V_FICA_IN_HB)

• Map Virtual Payment Address to House Bank (EDOC_IN_MAP_VPA)

Related Information

Including QR Codes in Print Invoices for B2C Customers

14.15.2.4 Configurations for House Banks for QR Codes for

Convergent Invoicing

You maintain the customizing activity Maintain House Banks to generate a QR code for invoices for convergent
invoicing in India. The QR code is included in business-to-consumer (B2C) invoices, and not registered
business-to-business (B2B) invoices that are exempt from electronic invoicing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for India

Scope Item 2BG (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Creation for Usage and
Service), 2BE (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Correction
Processing), 2T3 (Convergent Invoicing - Recurring and One-
Off Items)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1414 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following Customizing activity has been created for the QR code for convergent invoicing in India:

Name Description

Maintain House Banks (V_FICA_IN_HB) You define the house bank and account ID that is included in
the paper invoices for convergent invoicing for India.

Related Information

Maintaining House Banks

14.15.3 Sales

14.15.3.1 Order and Contract Management

14.15.3.1.1 CDS Views for Accumulation Header and Detail

CDS View Accumulation Header I_IN_AccumulationHeader provides Total Sales Accumulation Amount and
Tax Collected at Source amount for the Seller ID and Buyer ID combination. Seller ID, Buyer ID and Accounting
Document Tax Item combination.

CDS View Accumulation Item I_IN_AccumulationItem provides Current Sales Accumulation Amount
and Current Tax Collected at Source Amount for Seller ID, Buyer ID and Accounting Document Tax Item
combination.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for India

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1415
Application Component FI-LOC-LO-IN (Logistics India)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Tax Collection Accumulation Detail

Tax Collection Accumulation Header

14.16 Indonesia

14.16.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.16.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.16.1.1.1 New Configuration Parameter for Cash Flow

Statements

New parameter G_CF_RUN_TYPE has been added to the Setting Up Your Statutory Reporting Customizing
activity for you to configure whether to run the cash flow statement in the direct method only or in the indirect
method only, or in both methods in the Run Statutory Reports app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Indonesia

Scope Item 1J2 Compliance Formats - Support Preparation()

Application Component FI-LOC-CF-ID (Cash Flow Statement for Indonesia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1416 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Effects on Customizing

You can manually enter the new parameter G_CF_RUN_TYPE on the Enter Parameters Specific to Report
Category tab in the Setting Up Your Statutory Reporting Customizing activity.

• Select 1 as the value of this parameter if you want to run the cash flow statement in the direct method only.
• Select 2 as the value of this parameter if you want to run the cash flow statement in the indirect method
only.
• Select 3 as the value of this parameter if you want to run the cash flow statement in both methods.

Related Information

Cash Flow Statements

Configuration for Cash Flow Statements

14.16.1.2 Business Places

With this feature, you can use the enhanced business place framework in Indonesia.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Indonesia

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

J59 (Accounts Receivable)

J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ID (Financials Indonesia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

A Customizing activity, Define Business Places for Indonesia, has been added in Customizing for Cross-
Application Components, under General Application Functions Cross-Application Document Numbering
Indonesia Business Place Define Business Places for Indonesia for making settings related to business

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1417
places in Indonesia. To create a business place, you have to complete this Customizing activity. For more
information, see Business Places .

Related Information

Business Places
Business Place
Customizing for Business Place

14.16.2 Finance

14.16.2.1 Deprecated Apps Related to Cash Flow Statements

Apps Display Cash Flow Statement, Define Cash Flow Statement Versions, Auto Determine Offsetting Accounts,
and Manually Determine Offsetting Accounts are deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori Launchpad
in the upcoming release.

We recommend that you switch to the successor solution and run the Run Statutory Reports app to generate
cash flow statements as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Localized for Indonesia

Scope Item J58 Accounting and Financial Close()

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ID (Financials Indonesia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Cash Flow Statements

Configuration for Cash Flow Statements
Determine Offsetting Accounts for Unprocessed Journal Entries

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1418 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.17 Israel

14.17.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.17.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.17.1.1.1 Capital Gains Tax Report

You can use this feature to generate your tax report for capital gains after selling your assets during a fiscal
year.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Israel

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-AA-IL (Israel)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the capital gains tax report with the Run Statutory Reports app, make the required
settings in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under General Application Functions Document
and Reporting Compliance Country/Region-Specific Settings Israel Statutory Reporting Capital Gains
Tax Report :

• General Settings Setting Up Your Statutory Reporting

• Maintain Index Values

Related Information

Capital Gains Tax Report

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1419
14.18 Italy

14.18.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.18.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.18.1.1.1 VAT Register with Contract Accounting Data

This feature enables you to generate the Italy VAT Register (FI-CA) report in the Run Statutory Reports app
based on Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA) data.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Italy

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-IT (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Italy)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Italy VAT Register (FI-CA) report requires you to use the Official Document Numbering (ODN) solution
with number groups. You can switch to the ODN with number groups by using the ODN Italy Switch
Report (transaction FICA_ODN_SWITCH). The ODN Italy Switch Report also deactivates the Italy-specific ODN
solution.

Effects on Customizing

Before you run the Italy VAT Register (FI-CA) report, you use the Maintain Page Numbers for FI-CA view to
specify the VAT registers that you want to report for a company code and maintain the last page numbers of
the generated VAT reports.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1420 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
You can access the Maintain Page Numbers for FI-CA view in Customizing for Cross-Application Components
under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance Country/Region-Specific
Settings Italy Statutory Reporting VAT Register Report .

Related Information

VAT Register with Contract Accounting Data

Activating Official Document Numbering Solution with Number Groups

14.18.2 Finance

14.18.2.1 Checking the Remaining Tax-Exempt Amount per

Tax Exemption License Number

You can now use the Remaining Tax-Exempt Amount per Tax Exemption License Number (FICA_TXEX_BAL)
report to check the remaining tax-exempt amount for a tax exemption license. Your customer received the tax
exemption license from the Italian tax authorities.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Italy

Scope Item 2BG (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Creation for Usage and
Service), 2BE (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Correction
Processing), 2T3 (Convergent Invoicing - Recurring and One-
Off Items)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1421
Additional Details

 Note

The Remaining Tax-Exempt Amount per Tax Exemption License Number report calculates the remaining
tax-exempt amount based on the billing document.

In the master data settings for the contract account, you need to maintain the tax exemption license number
along with the license, its issue date, the issue period, the limit for the tax-exempt amount, and the tax code.

Related Information

Configurations for Tax Determination for Convergent Invoicing [page 1412]

14.19 Japan

14.19.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.19.1.1 Master Data

14.19.1.1.1 Maintaining the Validity Periods of Tax

Registration Numbers for Suppliers

You can maintain the validity periods of tax registration numbers for suppliers who have registered as qualified
invoice issuers.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Japan

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-JP (Financials Japan)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1422 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

SAP S/4HANA 2022 SPS03

SAP S/4HANA 2021 SPS05

SAP S/4HANA 2020 SPS07

SAP S/4HANA 1909 SPS09

SAP S/4HANA 1809 SPS11

SAP S/4HANA 1709 SPS13

Related Information

Maintaining the Validity Periods of Tax Registration Numbers for Suppliers

14.19.2 Finance

14.19.2.1 Aging Report - Accounts Receivable

You run this app to list the open items for accounts receivable based on different time intervals and the net due
dates according to a specific key date based on a country/region practice. Note that the key date should be
later than the baseline date of the selected open item.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Japan

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-JP (Financials Japan)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Aging Report - Accounts Receivable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1423
14.19.2.2 Aging Report - Accounts Payable

You run this app to list the open items for accounts payable based on different time intervals and the net due
dates according to a specific key date based on a country/region practice. Note that the key date should be
later than the baseline date of the selected open item.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Japan

Scope Item J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-JP (Financials Japan)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Aging Report - Accounts Payable

14.20 Kazakhstan

14.20.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.20.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.20.1.1.1 VAT Return: Assigning Tax Turnover Codes to Tax

Codes and Materials

This feature enables you to assign tax turnover codes to a tax code or a combination of a tax code and a
material in the Customizing view VAT Tax Turnover Codes Mapping (view FIKZV_TURNCODMAP, transaction
SM30). The system uses tax turnover codes to form Section 5 of the VAT Return (report category KZ_VAT_DCL)
generated in the Run Statutory Reports app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1424 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Kazakhstan

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-KZ (Financials Kazakhstan)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For more information about the related changes, see SAP Note 3346313 .

Effects on Existing Data

It is no longer possible to assign a tax turnover code to a tax code in Customizing for Cross-Application
Components under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance Country/
Region-Specific Settings Kazakhstan Statutory Reporting Maintain VAT Return Data (view cluster
FIKZVC_VAT, transaction SM34). The existing mappings of tax turnover codes to tax codes remain unchanged,
but they will no longer be visible in this view cluster.

To transfer the existing mappings from Maintain VAT Return Data (view cluster FIKZVC_VAT) to VAT Tax
Turnover Codes Mapping (view FIKZV_TURNCODMAP), use the migration program VAT Return Kazakhstan:
Turnover Codes Migration (program RPFIKZ_VAT_TURNCODE_MIGRATION, transaction SE38). In this program,
you need to specify the VAT Return Version from which you want to migrate tax turnover code mappings. After
you have completed the migration, the tax turnover codes assigned to the tax codes will show up in VAT Tax
Turnover Codes Mapping (view FIKZV_TURNCODMAP).

Effects on Customizing

You define tax turnover codes in Customizing for Financial Accounting under General Ledger Accounting
Periodic Processing Report Statutory Reporting: Kazakhstan Statutory Reporting (Document and
Reporting Compliance) Maintain Tax Turnover Codes (view FIKZV_TURN_CODES, transaction SM30).

You can assign tax turnover codes to tax codes in the Customizing view VAT Tax Turnover Codes Mapping (view
FIKZV_TURNCODMAP, transaction SM30). If required, you can also specify a material here. If you do this, the tax
turnover code will be mapped to the combination of the tax code and the material.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1425
Related Information

Configuration for VAT Reporting for Kazakhstan

14.21 Luxembourg

14.21.1 Finance

14.21.1.1 Enable Tax Reporting in Special G/L Indicator Line

With this feature, you can enable the reporting of tax amounts in the journal entry line items with a
certain special G/L indicator. The new maintenance view, Enable Tax Reporting in Special G/L Indicator Line
(FILUV_SP_GL_TAX) is available for this purpose.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Luxembourg

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-SAF-LU (SAF-T Luxembourg)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

The maintenance view is inserted on the SAP Easy Access screen for the Standard Audit File for Tax Purpose
(SAF-T) generation in Accounting Financial Accounting General Ledger Reporting Standard Audit
File for Tax Purposes (SAFT) SAFT Settings Country/Region-Specific Settings Luxembourg Enable Tax
Reporting in Special G/L Indicator Line (transaction code: FILUV_SP_GL_TAX).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1426 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Effects on Customizing

The FILUV_SP_GL_TAX maintenance view is also inserted in Customizing for Financial Accounting under
General Ledger Accounting Periodic Processing Report Statutory Reporting: Luxembourg SAF-T for
Luxembourg Enable Tax Reporting in Special G/L Indicator Line .

Related Information

SAF-T
Enable Tax Reporting in Special G/L Indicator Line

14.22 Malaysia

14.22.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.22.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.22.1.1.1 New Configuration Parameter for Cash Flow

Statements

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Malaysia

Scope Item 1J2 Compliance Formats - Support Preparation()

Application Component FI-LOC-CF-MY (Cash Flow Statement for Malaysia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1427
Effects on Customizing

You can manually enter the new parameter G_CF_RUN_TYPE on the Enter Parameters Specific to Report
Category tab in the Setting Up Your Statutory Reporting Customizing activity.

Related Information

Cash Flow Statements

Configuration for Cash Flow Statements

14.23 Mexico

14.23.1 Finance

14.23.1.1 Processing Deferred Tax in Contract Accounting

With this feature, you can defer the tax amount when the invoice is issued, when you sell any services in
Mexico.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Mexico

Scope Item 2BK (Contract Accounting - Daily and Monthly Closing)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-MX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Mexico)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1428 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Additional Details

In Mexico, when you sell services, you can defer the tax amount when the invoice is issued. Deferred taxes
are not recognized immediately when you issue an invoice to a customer. They are only recognized when the
customer pays. During the process, you can post documents in contract accounting with a deferred tax code,
clear the items after the customer paid, and then transfer the deferred tax amount to a target VAT account
using the Deferred Tax Transfer Posting app (report RFKKXXDFTP).

Effects on Customizing

Complete the following activities and settings:

• Define tax codes in transaction Maintain Tax Code (transaction code: FTXP).
• In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions Postings and
Documents Document Define Account Assignments for Automatic Postings Automatic G/L Account
Determination Define Acct Assmt Data Relevant to Main Transactions , determine the C001 posting area
for Contract Accounting, and in the Tax Determination field, enter the deferred tax account.
• In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions Tax Reports
Define Report Times for Sales/Purchase Tax , define the information for the sales tax code that is relevant
for recording.
• In Customizing for Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable under Basic Functions Tax Reports
Configure Transfers for Deferred Tax , configure the transfer of deferred tax to the target VAT.

Related Information

Processing Deferred Tax in Contract Accounting

14.23.2 Cross-Application Functions

14.23.2.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.23.2.1.1 Contract Accounting Data in Statutory Reports

With this feature, the VAT declaration can process journal entries that were created based on contract
accounting documents.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1429
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Mexico

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA (Contract Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the analytical view for generated runs, you can check the details of the contract accounting documents in
the Reconciliation Key and Reference Document Type columns.

Related Information

Analyze Data

14.24 Netherlands

14.24.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.24.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.24.1.1.1 International Trade in Services

With this feature, you can use the new International Trade in Services (NL_BOP_IHD) report in the Run Statutory
Reports app to generate the data for the survey of international trade in services (internationale handel in
diensten) for Statistics Netherlands (Centraal Bureau voor de Statistiek - CBS).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1430 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for the Netherlands

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-NL (Financials Netherlands)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

For more information, see:

• Setting Up the International Trade in Services Report

• Configuring the Form

Related Information

International Trade in Services

14.24.1.1.2 Electronic Document Processing for Contract

Accounting Documents

This feature enables you to create electronic documents for contract accounting documents and submit them
electronically to the recipients using the Peppol network.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for the Netherlands

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1431
Scope Item 2DP (Contract Accounting - Company Initiated Payments)

2BI (Contract Accounting - Customer Initiated Payments)

2BK (Contract Accounting - Daily and Monthly Closing)

2UJ (Contract Accounting - Open Item Management)

3L3 (Contract Accounting - Contract-Based Revenue Recog

nition)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country )

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following source document type for contract accounting documents is now supported: FI-CA Document
(FICA_DOC).

Effects on Customizing

You must set up your system to be able to create electronic documents based on contract accounting
documents. For more information, see the prerequisites described in Creating Electronic Contract Accounting
Documents.

Related Information

Creating Electronic Contract Accounting Documents

Electronic Contract Accounting Documents

14.24.1.1.3 Defining Invoice Number Source for Electronic

Contract Accounting Documents

This feature enables you to specify the source of the invoice number in the output file. You specify the invoice
number source in the Document Number Source field in the Assign eDocument Type to Accounting Document
Type for FI-CA Customizing activity before creating electronic documents based on contract accounting
documents.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1432 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for the Netherlands

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-XX (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Cross-Country)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When electronic documents are created from contract accounting documents, the system determines the
invoice number in the output file based on the value you specify in the Document Number Source field

• OPBEL - FI-CA Document Number: If you select this option, the invoice number is determined based on the
contract accounting document number stored in the system.
• XBLNR - External Reference Number: If you select this option, the invoice number is determined based on
the reference document number stored in the system.
• EXBEL - Official Document Number: If you select this option, the invoice number is determined based on
the official document number stored in the system.

Effects on Customizing

To specify the source of the invoice number, access the Assign eDocument Type to Accounting Document Type
for FI-CA Customizing activity (view V_TFK003EDOC2). For more information, see Assigning eDocument Type
to Contract Accounting Document Type.

Related Information

Assigning eDocument Type to Contract Accounting Document Type

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1433
14.25 New Zealand

14.25.1 Finance

14.25.1.1 Cross-Border Exchange of Electronic Documents in

Convergent Invoicing

With this feature, you can exchange electronic invoices and credit notes via Peppol with business partners
based in Australia.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for New Zealand

Scope Item 2BE (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Correction Processing)

2BG (Convergent Invoicing - Invoice Creation for Usage and

Service)

2T3 (Convergent Invoicing - Recurring and One-Off Items)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA (Contract Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Electronic Customer Invoices in Convergent Invoicing

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1434 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.26 Peru

14.26.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.26.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.26.1.1.1 Freelancer Withholding Tax Return in Peru

You can now generate a new withholding tax report for reporting taxes withheld from freelancers in Peru. The
report is available by default.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Peru

Scope Item 1J2

Technical Object Name App ID: F1515_PE_1

Report Category: PE_WHT_4THCATEGORY

Preparation Required No

Latest Reference Content Version Required Yes

Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1 (Withholding Tax (Reporting))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Freelancer Withholding Tax Return

14.26.1.1.2 Journal Ledger

This feature enables you to use the Run Statutory Reporting app to generate the Journal Ledger report to fulfil
the statutory reporting requirements in Peru.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1435
The Journal Ledger report, previously known as the General and Journal Ledger, enables you to generate on a
monthly basis the following electronic accounting books in TXT format:

• Journal Ledger (SUNAT code 050100)

• Journal Ledger - G/L Account Hierarchy (SUNAT code 050300)

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Peru

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PE-ACR (Advanced Compliance Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Journal Ledger output file (050100), Field 20 for PE_CAR_IDENTIFIER is completed with data in
accordance with the SUNAT CAR code (Código de Anotación de Registro).

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component FI-LOC-FI-PE-ACR.

Effects on Customizing

Define reporting preferences for the Journal Ledger for Peru by completing the activities in Setting Up the
Journal Ledger and Making Additional Settings for the Journal Ledger.

Related Information

Journal Ledger

14.26.1.1.3 Purchase Ledger

This feature enables you to use the Run Statutory Reporting app to generate the Purchase Ledger report to fulfil
the statutory reporting requirements in Peru.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1436 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
The Purchase Ledger report enables you to generate, on a monthly basis, the following electronic accounting
books in TXT format:

• Purchase Ledger for Domestic Purchases (SUNAT code 080400)

• Purchase Ledger for Foreign Purchases (SUNAT code 080500)

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Peru

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PE-ACR (Advanced Compliance Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component FI-LOC-FI-PE-ACR.

Effects on Customizing

Define reporting preferences for the Purchase Ledger for Peru by completing the activities in Setting Up the
Purchase Ledger and Making Additional Settings for the Purchase Ledger.

Related Information

Purchase Ledger

14.26.1.1.4 Sales Ledger

This feature enables you to use the Run Statutory Reporting app to generate the Sales Ledger report to fulfil the
statutory reporting requirements in Peru.

The Sales Ledger report enables you to generate, on a monthly basis, the Sales Ledger (SUNAT code 140100)
electronic accounting book in TXT format.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1437
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Peru

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PE-ACR (Advanced Compliance Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component FI-LOC-FI-PE-ACR.

Effects on Customizing

Define reporting preferences for the Sales Ledger for Peru by completing the activities in Setting Up the Sales
Ledger and Making Additional Settings for the Sales Ledger.

Related Information

Sales Ledger

14.26.1.1.5 Detraction Withholding Tax Return in Peru

You can now generate a new report for reporting taxes withheld from local vendors in Peru.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Peru

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1438 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Scope Item 1J2

Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1 (Withholding Tax (Reporting))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA OP 2023

14.26.1.1.6 Local Vendor Withholding Tax Return

You can now generate a new report for reporting taxes withheld from local vendors in Peru.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Peru

Scope Item 1J2

Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1 (Withholding Tax (Reporting))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA OP 2023

14.26.1.1.7 Foreign Vendor Withholding Tax Return - PDT 617

You can now generate a new withholding tax report for reporting taxes withheld from foreign vendors in Peru.
The report is available by default.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Peru

Scope Item 1J2

Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1 (Withholding Tax (Reporting))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA OP 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1439
14.27 Philippines

14.27.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.27.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.27.1.1.1 CAS Reports

New field Report Generated Date & Time has been added in the generated Computerized Accounting System
(CAS) reports. It displays the date and the time including the time zone of the report generation. The format is,
for example, November 23 2022 05:47:29 AM CET. In addition, new parameter PH_REG_TIN_TYPE has been
added to the Customizing activity, Setting Up Your Statutory Reporting. This parameter decides the company
TIN type displayed in the CAS reports, which gives an indication whether the company is VAT-registered or not.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for the Philippines

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PH (Financials Philippines)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can maintain the new parameter PH_REG_TIN_TYPE on the Enter Parameters Specific to Reporting
Category tab in the Setting Up Your Statutory Reporting Customizing activity. If your company is VAT-
registered, leave the parameter value empty. If your company is non-VAT-registered, enter “N” as the
parameter value.

The new parameter has been enabled for the following CAS reports:

• Philippines Computerized Accounting System - Cash Disbursement Journal (PH_CAS_CDJ)

• Philippines Computerized Accounting System - Cash Receipt Journal (PH_CAS_CRJ)
• Philippines Computerized Accounting System - General Ledger (PH_CAS_GL)
• Philippines Computerized Accounting System - General Journal (PH_CAS_GJ)
• Philippines Computerized Accounting System - Purchase Journal (PH_CAS_PJ)
• Philippines Computerized Accounting System - Sales Journal (PH_CAS_SJ)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1440 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Related Information

Configuration for Cash Disbursement Journal

Configuration for Cash Receipt Journal
Configuration for General Ledger
Configuration for General Journal
Configuration for Purchase Journal
Configuration for Sales Journal

14.27.2 Finance

14.27.2.1 TIN in Payment Receipts

With this feature, the taxpayer identification number (TIN) in the header of the printed payment receipts is
displayed according to its format that you have maintained at the company code level and at the business
partner level.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for the Philippines

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PH (Financials Philippines)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you maintain the TIN number for your compony or business partners, enter it with suffix V or N to
indicate whether the company or the business partner is VAT-registered or not. Then, the printed payment
receipts will display the information accordingly. For detailed information, refer to Customizing Taxpayer
Identification Numbers.

Related Information

Customizing Taxpayer Identification Numbers

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1441
14.27.2.2 Enhancements to Payment Receipts

Important enhancements and changes have been done to the payment receipt function. For more information,
see details in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for the Philippines

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-LOC-PR (Payment Receipt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Create Payment Receipts app and the Manage Payment Receipts app,

• When you choose to manually create payment receipts in the Create Payment Receipts app, Company
Code, Customer, and Fiscal Year are mandatory fields to be filled out. You may create a payment receipt for
multiple journal entries as long as they are from the same customer and with the same company code.
• When you create a payment receipt for a payment document (for example, document type DZ) with
multiple line items, all of the line items related to this payment document will be selected and included in
this payment receipt.
• In the detail page of the payment receipt, Cash Discount Amount and Payment Amount have been added
for each journal entry.

In the PDF form template (F140_PAYTRCPT_PH) of payment receipts,

• The length of the company address and the business partner address has been extended. The address
format is like the following:
House Number + space + Street 2 + space + Street 3 + space + Street + space + Street 4 + space + Street
5
Postal Code + space + City + comma + Region (Description)
Country/Region
• The date format is now MM/DD/YYYY.
• Field Invoice Number contains the official document number (ODN) of all the invoices (BSET-XBLNR) this
payment is related to, but removes the duplicated ODN numbers (BSEG-XBLNR).
• Field Total Sales is equal to the total tax base amount of VATable Sales, VAT Exempt Sales, and Zero-Rated
Sales.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1442 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
• Field Less: Sales Discount derives value from the discount amount in the payment document. As required
by Bureau of Internal Revenue (BIR), the discount amount posted in the payment document (BSEG-WSKTO
of the customer line) should also be included in the payment receipt.
• Reference Key in the document header (BKPF-AWKEY) is exposed to the form interface. It is named as
“ReferenceKey”.

For more information about the fields in the form template of payment receipts, see Information Provided in
Payment Receipts .

Related Information

Create Payment Receipts

Manage Payment Receipts
Information Provided in Payment Receipts

14.27.2.3 Payment Receipt Events

The Payment Receipt business object has been enabled the following new event:

• Payment receipt created

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for the Philippines

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-LOC-PR (Payment Receipt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This event is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1443
Related Information

Payment Receipt Events

14.27.2.4 BAdI for Payment Receipts

The new Business Add-In (BAdI) Modification of Header Forms for Payment Receipts
(GLO_PR_PRINT_STANDARD) enables you to implement the custom logic for filling out the values for the
custom fields added to the header data of a payment receipt according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for the Philippines

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-LOC-PR (Payment Receipt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Extensibility Options for Payment Receipts

14.27.2.5 Deprecated Apps Related to Payment Receipts

Apps Print Official Receipts - Before Payment, Print Official Receipts - After Payment, and Change Status of
Official Receipts are deprecated and will be deleted from the SAP Fiori Launchpad in the upcoming release.

We recommend that you switch to the successor apps, which are the Create Payment Receipts app (App
ID: F3739) and the Manage Payment Receipts app (App ID: F3734), to process payment receipts as soon as
possible.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1444 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for the Philippines

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PH (Financials Philippines)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Payment Receipts

14.28 Portugal

14.28.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.28.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.28.1.1.1 Contract Accounting Data in Statutory Reports

By implementing the SAP Note 3324398 , contract accounting data can be included in the EC sales list.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Portugal

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1445
Additional Details

In the analytical view for generated runs, you can check the details of the Contract Accounting documents in
the Reconciliation Key and CA Document Number columns.

Related Information

Analyze Data
EC Sales List

14.28.1.1.2 Periodic VAT Return and Annexes

With this feature, you can use the new Periodic VAT Return and Annexes (PT_VAT_DCL) report in the Run
Statutory Reports app to generate the periodic VAT return (declaração periódica) and its annexes in XML
format.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Portugal

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PT (Financials Portugal)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

For more information, see Setting Up the Periodic VAT Return and Annexes and Making Additional Settings for
the Periodic VAT Return and Annexes.

Related Information

Periodic VAT Return and Annexes

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1446 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.28.2 Finance

14.28.2.1 Printing Payment Receipts for VAT on Cash

The Payment Receipt: VAT on Cash (Portugal) (FIEUAR_VAT_RECEIPT) report now prints payment receipts in
PDF format only. The Smart Form option is no longer available.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Portugal

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-PT (Financials Portugal)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

SAP Note 3121717

SAP Note 3280762

14.28.2.2 Monthly Budget Consumption Calculation

With this feature, you activate the HR integration solution in the PSM-FM component. The activation enables
the proper monthly budget consumption calculation during the payroll posting to accounting process. During
the process, the system derives the correct budget keys.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Portugal

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1447
Application Component FI-LOC-FM-PT (Funds Management Portugal)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You shall create a BAdI implementation using the Customizing activity in Customizing for Public
Sector Management under Funds Management Government Actual and Commitment Update/
Integration Integration Country/Region-Specific Settings Portugal Human Resources Activate the
Integration with Human Resources Implementation: HR Integration - HRPP Posting Engine
(PTFM_IMP_HRPP_POSTING_ENGINE).

Related Information

Human Resources
Customizing Settings for Monthly Budget Consumption Calculation

14.29 Russia

14.29.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.29.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.29.1.1.1 Unified Tax Notice

This feature enables you to generate the unified tax notice (notification about calculated tax amounts, advance
payments on taxes, fees, and social insurance contributions) in XML format using the Run Statutory Reports
app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Russia

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1448 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-RU (Financials Russia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In Russia, you now pay most of the taxes in a single payment, alongside which you must submit the unified
tax notice. This is an XML document that contains the calculated amounts of particular taxes, fees or social
insurance contributions for a reporting period. The unified tax notice allows the tax authorities to correctly
distribute your tax payment against these payment types.

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this report, their business users need to have the following business catalog
assigned: General Ledger - Reporting for Russian Federation (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_REPORTING_RU).

Effects on Customizing

In order to use the report, you need to carry out the following Customizing activities:

• Set up the Unified Tax Notice report in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under General
Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance Country/Region-Specific Settings Russia
Statutory Reporting Unified Tax Notice General Settings Setting Up Your Statutory Reporting
• Define your version of the Unified Tax Notice report in Customizing for Cross-Application Components
under General Application Functions Document and Reporting Compliance Country-/Region-Specific
Settings Russia Statutory Reporting Unified Tax Notice Define Versions of Unified Tax Notice

Related Information

Unified Tax Notice

Setting Up the Unified Tax Notice Report
Making Additional Settings for Unified Tax Notice
Setting Up Tax Period Exclusions for Unified Tax Notice: An Example
Maintaining Additional Payment Attributes for Unified Tax Notice
Generating the Unified Tax Notice

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1449
14.29.1.1.2 Property Tax Declaration: New Procedure for
Document Posting

This feature enables you to post documents for the property tax declaration (report category
RU_PROPERTY_TAX) in the Run Statutory Reports app according to the new procedure. Now you can post
the documents immediately after setting the Report Run Status to Submitted to Government. Previously, you
could only post the documents after setting the Report Run Status to Content Accepted by Government.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Russia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-RU (Financials Russia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Starting from reporting year 2022, the deadline for paying property tax is March 1st, while the deadline for
submitting the property tax declaration is March 31st. This means that companies can now pay property tax
before the declaration is submitted and accepted by the tax authorities. The new procedure for document
posting reflects this change.

Related Information

Posting Documents for Property Tax

14.29.2 Finance

14.29.2.1 VAT Paid for Other Parties: New Scheme for

Automatic Postings

This feature enables you to use the new posting scheme in the Automatic Postings for VAT Paid for Other Party
solution. This solution covers the scenario in which you need to pay VAT for your supplier and then deduct

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1450 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
the VAT. According to the new posting scheme, you no longer need to pay VAT by creating a down payment
request to the tax authorities when making a payment to the supplier. Instead, the amount of VAT to be paid is
calculated directly based on your payment to the supplier.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Russia

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-RU (Financials Russia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The new posting scheme applies starting from 1 January, 2023. You can find a detailed description of the new
scheme and examples of using it in the Automatic Postings for VAT Paid for Other Party solution by accessing
the links below.

Related Information

Automatic Postings for VAT Paid for Other Party

Automatic Postings: One Incoming Invoice From Supplier and One Payment
Automatic Postings: One Down Payment to Supplier and One Invoice From Supplier
Automatic Postings: Multiple Down Payments to Supplier and One Invoice from Supplier
Automatic Postings: One Down Payment to Supplier and Multiple Invoices From Supplier
Examples of Documents Posted by the Automatic Postings Solution
Automatic Postings: Posting Scheme for Invoice-Based Payment
Automatic Postings: Posting Scheme for Down Payment
Automatic Postings: One Invoice from Supplier and Payment to Supplier in Local Currency
Automatic Postings: One Invoice from Supplier and Payment to Supplier in Foreign Currency
Automatic Postings: One Down Payment to Supplier and One Invoice from Supplier
Automatic Postings: Multiple Down Payments to Supplier and One Invoice from Supplier
Automatic Postings: Multiple Down Payments to Supplier and One Invoice from Supplier Whose Amount is
Greater than Amount of Down Payment Requests
Automatic Postings: One Down Payment to Supplier and Multiple Invoices from Supplier
Automatic Postings: One Down Payment to Supplier and Multiple Invoices from Supplier Whose Total Amount
is Greater than Amount of Down Payment Request

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1451
14.29.2.2 Displaying Assignments of Registration Numbers
of Traceable Goods: RNPT Status

With this feature you can update the RNPT status of traceable goods in the Displaying Assignments of
Registration Numbers of Traceable Goods app (transaction J3RMRNUSAGE) in one of two ways:

• Manually, in the RNPT Validity Status field where the current status is displayed
• Automatically, using the Update RNPT Status checkbox

The automatic RNPT status update requires an active BAdI implementation to connect to the official
traceability web service.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Russia

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-RU (Financials Russia)

FI-LOC-LO-RU (Logistics Russia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can find more information in the SAP Note 3273535 .

Effects on Customizing

Automatic RNPT status verification with the Update RNPT Status checkbox requires an active implementation
of the Business Add-In (BAdI) Check RNPT Validity (J3RL_RN_CHECK) that interacts with the traceability web
service provided by the Federal Tax Service of Russia.

Related Information

Displaying Assignments of Registration Numbers of Traceable Goods

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1452 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.29.2.3 General Ledger Corresponding Accounts: App is
Deprecated

The General Ledger Corresponding Accounts (Russia) app (ABAP Program Name: RFHABU10) is deprecated
and will become obsolete as of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01. This functionality is now covered by the Display
Account Balances app (App ID: W0130).

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Localized for Russia

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-RU (Financials Russia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

RFHABU10 (Deprecated)
Display Account Balances

14.30 Saudi Arabia

14.30.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.30.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.30.1.1.1 Withholding Tax Declaration - Form 06

Using this feature, you can use the Manage Withholding Tax Items activity for the Saudi Arabia Withholding Tax
Declaration - Form 06 report to adjust the withholding tax items for the reporting period.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1453
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Saudi Arabia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-SA (Financials Saudi Arabia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Manage Withholding Tax Items activity has been enabled for the Saudi Arabia Withholding Tax Declaration
- Form 06 report. Using this activity, you can navigate to the Manage Withholding Tax Items app to adjust the
withholding tax items to be reported in the Form 06.

Effects on Customizing

To use the Manage Withholding Tax Items activity, you need to complete the customizing activity Activate
Withholding Tax Reporting Date.

Related Information

Withholding Tax Declaration - Form 06

Making Additional Settings for Withholding Tax Declaration - Form 06

14.30.1.1.2 Withholding Tax Certificates for Suppliers

With this feature, you can generate withholding tax certificates (correspondence forms) for suppliers, using the
Saudi Arabia Withholding Tax Declaration - Form 06 report in the Run Statutory Reports app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1454 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Saudi Arabia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-SA (Financials Saudi Arabia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Saudi Arabia Withholding Tax Declaration - Form 06 report in the Run Statutory Reports app generates the
withholding tax certificates in a PDF format. You can download these certificates and share them with your
suppliers as required.

Effects on Existing Data

The Saudi Arabia Withholding Tax Declaration - Form 06 report replaces the old Withholding Tax Certificates for
Vendors (SAU) (report ID FIWTSA_CERT) report. Both reports will be available until the planned end-of-support
date, after which the old report will become obsolete.

See the SAP Note 2480067 for information on the planned end-of-support date for the Withholding Tax
Certificates for Vendors (SAU) report.

Related Information

Withholding Tax Declaration - Form 06

Withholding Tax Certificates for Vendors

14.30.2 Finance

14.30.2.1 Withholding Tax Certificates for Vendors

The Withholding Tax Certificates for Vendors (SAU) report (report ID FIWTSA_CERT) has been replaced by the
Saudi Arabia Withholding Tax Declaration - Form 06 report in the Run Statutory Reports app. Both reports will
be available until the planned end-of-support date, after which the old report will become obsolete.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1455
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Localized for Saudi Arabia

Scope Item J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-SA (Financials Saudi Arabia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

See the SAP Note 2480067 for information on the planned end-of-support date for the Withholding Tax
Certificates for Vendors (SAU) report.

Related Information

Withholding Tax Certificates for Vendors

Withholding Tax Declaration - Form 06

14.31 Serbia

14.31.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.31.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.31.1.1.1 VAT Return

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the POPDV and PPDV reporting files
as part of the VAT Return for Serbia.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1456 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Serbia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-RS (Financials Serbia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The RS_VAT_DCL (Serbia VAT Report) is available in the search help of the Report Name field in the Run
Statutory Reports app so you can generate the VAT Return XML files.

Effects on Customizing

Related Information

Generating the VAT Return

14.31.1.1.2 Cash Flow Statement

You can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the cash flow statement that fulfill the requirements of
the government in Serbia. You can use the direct method and submit it by year to the tax authorities.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1457
Functional Localization Localized for Serbia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CF-RS (Cash Flow Serbia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Cash Flow Statement

14.31.1.1.3 Financial Statement

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the Balance Sheet and Income
Statement for Serbia.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Serbia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-RS (Financials Serbia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the GENC_FINSTMNT_CAT report in the Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the
Balance Sheet and Income Statement in a table view format.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1458 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the financial statement, make the required settings in Customizing. For more
information about the report configuration, see Setting Up the Financial Statement Report.

Related Information

Financial Statement

14.32 Singapore

14.32.1 Finance

14.32.1.1 Adding the Notes Field into Printed Documents

With this feature, data source FDP_J_1HKORDSG_SRV has been extended with a node called NoteNode to
enable you to add the Notes field into your own form template for the documents sent to print in the Print
Document Extracts app in Singapore. To do so, you download a form template, add the Notes field, and upload
the form template to the Maintain Form Template app for use. Afterwards, the documents you send to print will
include the information in the Notes field that has been filled out when you create and post journal entries.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Singapore

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-SG (Financials Singapore)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Print Document Extracts - Singapore

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1459
14.33 South Korea

14.33.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.33.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.33.1.1.1 Balance Sheet / Income Statement

You can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the Standard Balance Sheet and Standard Income
Statement that fulfill the requirements of the government in South Korea. The files are generated in the PDF
format and you can submit them by year to the tax authorities.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for South Korea

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-KR (Financials South Korea)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Balance Sheet / Income Statement

14.33.1.1.2 Cash Flow Statement

You can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the cash flow statement that fulfill the requirements
of the government in South Korea. A new parameter G_CF_RUN_TYPE is added to the report category. And it
indicates in which method the cash flow statement is generated.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1460 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for South Korea

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CF-KR (Cash Flow South Korea)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Configuration for Cash Flow Statements

14.33.1.1.3 Contract Accounting Data in Statutory Reports

With this feature, the VAT declaration can process journal entries that were created based on Contract
Accounting documents.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for South Korea

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CA (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the analytical view for generated runs, you can check the details of the Contract Accounting documents in
the Report Run Key, Reconciliation Key, and Reference Document Type columns.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1461
Related Information

Analyze Data
VAT Declaration

14.34 Slovakia

14.34.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.34.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.34.1.1.1 Reduced VAT Rate of 5%

According to the legal change announced by the Financial Administration of Slovak Republic, you can apply
reduced VAT rate of 5%.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Slovakia

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-SK (Financials Slovakia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

If you use reduced VAT rate of 5%, you should carry out the following Customizing activities:

1. Define new tax codes with reduced VAT rate of 5%.

2. For SK_VAT_DCL report (VAT return), maintain the Define Tax Box Structure Customizing activity as
follows:
1. copy currently valid tax box structure type D (VAT Return) to the new Dtax box structure, which is valid
from January 1, 2023
2. define new tax groups for tax codes with new reduced VAT rate of 5%

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1462 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
3. For SK_VAT_CTRL report (VAT control statement), maintain theDefine Tax Box Structure Customizing
activity as follows:
1. copy currently valid tax box structure type K (VAT Control Statement) to the new K tax box structure,
which is valid from July 1, 2023
2. define new tax groups for tax codes with new reduced VAT rate of 5%

Related Information

Configuration for VAT Return

Configuration for VAT Control Statement

14.34.2 Finance

14.34.2.1 Invoice Number and the Number of the Original

Invoice

The system uses the following country/region-specific fields for invoices that are used for Slovak-specific
functions:

• Invoice Number (Country/Region Specific Reference 4)

• Original Invoice (Country/Region Specific Reference 5)

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Slovakia

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

J60 (Accounts Payable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-SK (Financials Slovakia)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1463
14.35 Spain

14.35.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.35.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.35.1.1.1 Invoice Type AJ for Electronic Tax Register Books

with SII for Contract Accounting

With this feature, you can create electronic documents based on contract accounting data from the invoice
type AJ for tax register books with Immediate Supply of Information System (SII).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Spain

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-CA-ES (Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable:

Spain)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you create electronic documents based on contract accounting data from the invoice type AJ (ajuste del
margen de beneficio / profit margin adjustment), the generated XML file will not contain the tax fulfilment date
to comply with legal requirements of Spain.

14.35.1.1.2 Payment Period to Suppliers

With this feature, you can use the new Payment Period to Suppliers report in the Run Statutory Reports app to
prepare the data about payments to suppliers that you need to publish in your accounts report with the annual
financial statements.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1464 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Spain

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ES (Financials Spain)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

For more information, see Setting Up the Payment Period to Suppliers Report.

Related Information

Payment Period to Suppliers

14.35.1.1.3 Document Consistency Checks

With this feature, you can verify whether your electronic documents stored in the SAP system (also known as
eDocuments) are consistent with those stored in the tax authority's system.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Spain

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

J59 (Accounts Receivable)

5XU (Document Compliance)

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-EDC (Electronic Document Consistency)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1465
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following apps and reports are available for this feature.

Apps and Reports for Document Consistency Checks

Apps and Reports Description

App: Check Electronic Document Consistency You can find out whether the electronic documents stored in
your SAP system (eDocuments) are consistent with the cor
responding documents stored in the tax authority's system.

App: Resolve Electronic Document Consistency You can resolve the inconsistencies between the electronic
documents stored in your SAP system (eDocuments) and
the corresponding documents stored in the tax authority's
system. The app provides resolutions for you.

Report: eDocument Inbound Message Handler You can pull electronic documents into your SAP system
(EDOC_INBOUND_MSG in SE38) from the tax authority's system using relevant message
types. This acts as a basis for the subsequent consistency
checks configured for the onboarded consistency scenarios.

Report: DCC Validation Report (EDC_VALIDATION_REPORT You can schedule jobs to run routine checks to compare
in SE38) the consistency between eDocuments in SAP and the corre
sponding invoices in the tax authority's system.

Effects on System Administration

The following are the business catalog and business role template used for consistency checks.

Object Type Object Description

Business catalog Globalization - Electronic Document To access this app, you must have a
Consistency SAP_SD_BC_GLO_EDC business user that contains a business
role with this business catalog.

Business role template Billing Clerk SAP_BR_BILLING_CLERK This business role template already
contains the required business catalog.

Effects on Customizing

You as a key user must carry out the following customizing activities.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1466 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
• Configure Fields for Consistency Status Check (EDCCONSTATCV)
• Onboard Consistency Scenarios and Enable Consistency Check Types (EDC_COMPENABLEMENT_V)

Related Information

Consistency Checks
Run Consistency Checks on Electronic Documents
Check Electronic Document Consistency
Resolve Electronic Document Inconsistencies

14.35.1.1.4 Annual VAT Declaration - M390

The system can now fill tax boxes 95, 96, 97, 98, and 662 automatically when you run the Annual VAT
Declaration - Form 390 report in the Run Statutory Reports app. The report derives the values from the VAT
Return - Form 303 report. Previously, these values were entered manually.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Spain

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ES (Financials Spain)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature is relevant only if you're required to generate both Modelo 390 and Modelo 303.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1467
Effects on Existing Data

New selection parameters on the report selection screen enable you to verify and edit the values that the
system has derived for boxes 96, 96, 97, 98, and 662. The system fills these boxes if the following applies:

• 95 and 96: The status of the M303 report in all periods is Content Accepted by Government.
• 97, 98, and 662: The status of the M303 report in the last period (12 or 4T) is Content Accepted by
Government.

Related Information

Generating the Annual VAT Declaration - Form 390

14.36 Switzerland

14.36.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.36.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.36.1.1.1 Comment Electronic Documents

As of this release, in the eDocument Cockpit you can create, edit or delete a comment for electronic
documents, such as customer or supplier invoices.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Switzerland

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-EDO-CH (Document Compliance Switzerland)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1468 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Additional Details

In the eDocument Cockpit (transaction EDOC_COCKPIT), choose the Help pushbutton of the process on the
selection screen for further information.

Related Information

eDocument Cockpit

14.37 Thailand

14.37.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.37.1.1 International Address Version - Thai Version

With this feature, you can activate the international address version – Thai version in the Activate International
Address Versions - Client-Specific Customizing activity. Then, you can use the international address version to
set addresses in Thai for company codes, business places, business partners, and business partners’ branch
codes. As a result, addresses set in the international address version – Thai version will be displayed in the
generated VAT reports in the Run Statutory Reports app and the printed tax invoices.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Thailand

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-TH (Financials Thailand)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1469
Additional Details

To use the international address version to set addresses in Thai for company codes, business places, business
partners, and business partners' branch codes, you should do the following:

• Activate the international address version - Thai version in the Activate International Address Versions -
Client-Specific Customizing activity.
• Set the international address version - Thai version for the company code address in the Maintain
Additional Parameters configuration activity.
• Set the international address version - Thai version for the business place address in the Define Business
Places for Thailand configuration activity.
• Set the international address version - Thai version for the business partner address by clicking
International Versions on the Address tab and for the branch code address by clicking International
Versions on the Customer: Country Specification Enhancement or the Vendor: Country Specification
Enhancement tab in transaction BP.

After you have activated the international address version -Thai version, you can configure the address script
for Thailand in the Define Countries/Regions Customizing activity. You can use the address layout key 032 or
132 for Thailand.

Once you have activated the international address version – Thai version and used it to set addresses in
Thai for company codes, business places, business partners, and branch codes, then addresses set in the
international address versions - Thai version will be displayed in the following reports generated in the Run
Statutory Reports app and the printed invoices:

• P.P. 30 reports
• Input Tax Reports
• Output Tax Reports
• P.P. 36 reports

Related Information

Setting Up Business Place Address

Setting Up Branch Code Address
VAT Return - PP30
VAT Return - PP36

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1470 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.38 Turkey

14.38.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.38.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.38.1.1.1 Cash Flow Statement

You can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the cash flow statement that fulfill the requirements
of the government in Turkey. You can use the direct method and submit it to the tax authorities based on your
business needs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Turkey

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-CF-TR (Cash Flow Turkey)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Cash Flow Statement

14.38.2 Finance

14.38.2.1 Deletion of the Insurance Turkey Localization for

TRAMER

The Insurance Turkey solution is deleted starting with SAP S/4HANA 2023. For more information, see SAP
Note3164537 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1471
Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Localized for Turkey

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM-LC (Financial Services Localization)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Existing Data

The Generate XML File for TRAMER Reporting report is removed from the SAP Easy Access screen from
Claims Management Country Specifics Turkey is removed.

Effects on Customizing

The following activities are removed in Customizing for SAP Insurance, under Claims Management
Country-Specific Settings for Turkey TRAMER Reporting :

• Define Transformation Definitions

• Assign Internal Claim Types to TRAMER Transformation
• BAdI: XML Structure Modification for Transformation KASKO
• BAdI: XML Structure Modification for Transformation TRAFIK

14.39 Ukraine

14.39.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.39.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.39.1.1.1 Financial Statements: Cash Flow Statement

With this feature you can use the Financial Statements report (report category UA_FIN_STMNT) to generate
the following forms:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1472 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
• Cash flow statement - direct method (Form 3)
• Cash flow statement - indirect method (Form 3-H)

You generate this report in the Run Statutory Reports app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Ukraine

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-UA (Financials Ukraine)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

 Note

This feature of the Financial Statements report (report category UA_FIN_STMNT) replaces the old Cash
Flow Statement - Ukraine solution (transaction J1UFCFS): XML generator hierarchies UAS3D (form 3) and
UAS3I (form 3-H) for the J_3RF_TAX_XMLEXPORT report, financial statement versions UAPM (form 3)
and UANM (form 3-H) for the J_3RFFORM4 report.

Both the new report and the old solution will be available until December 31, 2024, after which the old
solution will become obsolete.

To generate a cash flow statement, you need to check the Generate Cash Flow Statement box on the selection
screen when creating a New Run in the Generate Financial Statement activity. The system will then generate
a cash flow statement - direct method (Form 3) or a cash flow statement - indirect method (Form 3-H),
depending on your Customizing settings.

 Note

Note that only the documents posted with the Offsetting Account Determination (New) solution enabled
will be considered for the cash flow statement.

Effects on Customizing

You need to activate the BC-Set FIN_LOC_UA_BCS_CF_2023. It contains the template versions of cash flow
statement - direct method (version UAPM) and cash flow statement - indirect method (version UANM).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1473
If necessary, you can then define your versions for cash flow statements in the Manage Cash Flow Statement
Version app (Fiori ID: F4232).

Related Information

Financial Statements
Setting Up the Financial Statements Report
Making Additional Settings for Financial Statements
Manage Cash Flow Statement Version
Example of Cash Flow Statement Version Settings
Generating the Financial Statements

14.39.2 Finance

14.39.2.1 Asset Write-Off Record

This feature enables you to generate and print the Asset Write-Off Record form.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Ukraine

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-UA (Financials Ukraine)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To access the report on the SAP Easy Access screen, choose Accounting Financial Accounting Fixed
Assets Information System Reports on Asset Accounting Preparations for Closing Country Specifics
Ukraine Asset Accounting Forms Asset Write-Off Record (transaction J1UFWRITEOFFREC).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1474 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Effects on Customizing

Make the required settings in Customizing for Financial Accounting under Asset Accounting Information
System Country-/Region-Specific Functions Ukraine Statutory Forms .

Related Information

Asset Write-Off Record

14.39.2.2 Register of Incoming and Outgoing Tax

Invoices: Define Rules for ERPN Registration Period
Determination

This feature enables you to define rules for calculating the deadlines by which tax invoices and corrective tax
invoices must be registered in the Unified Register of Tax Invoices (ERPN). The system uses the deadlines
calculated according to these rules to determine the value of the Registration Due Date Indicator in the Register
of Incoming and Outgoing Tax Invoices (transaction J1UF_IN_OUT).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Ukraine

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-UA (Financials Ukraine)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

For more details about the related changes, see SAP Note 3318412 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1475
Effects on Customizing

You can define rules for calculating the ERPN registration deadlines in Customizing for Financial
Accounting under General Ledger Accounting Periodic Processing Report Statutory Reporting: Ukraine
VAT Accounting and Reporting Define Rules for ERPN Registration Period Determination (view
J_1UF_REG_PER_V, transaction SM30).

For more information, see the documentation of the Customizing activity in the system.

Related Information

Register of Incoming and Outgoing Tax Invoices

14.40 United Kingdom

14.40.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.40.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.40.1.1.1 Audit Files (HMRC)

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate files if required by HMRC for auditing
purposes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for United Kingdom

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GB (Financials Great Britain)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1476 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Additional Details

The GB_HMRC (Great Britain HMRC Audit Files) is available in the search help of the Report Name field in the
Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the audit files in ALV format.

Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the Audit Files, make the required settings in Customizing. For more information
about the report configuration, see Setting Up the HMRC Audit Files Report.

Related Information

Audit Files (HMRC)

14.40.1.1.2 Payment Practices and Performance

With this feature, you can use the Run Statutory Reports app to generate the required reporting file with
payment data for the United Kingdom.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for United Kingdom

Scope Item 1J2 (Compliance Formats - Support Preparation)

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GB (Financials Great Britain)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The GB_PPPR (Great Britain Payment Practices and Performance) is available in the search help of the Report
Name field in the Run Statutory Reports app so you can generate the payment data in ALV format.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1477
Effects on Customizing

To support the generation of the Payment Practices and Performance, make the required settings in
Customizing. For more information about the report configuration, see Setting Up the Payment Practices and
Performance Report.

Related Information

Payment Practices and Performance

14.41 United States

14.41.1 Finance

14.41.1.1 Automation of Shared Processing Rules

With this feature, you can directly automate shared processing rules in the Manage Processing Rules app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1478 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
first before you could automate it. Now, you do not need to undo the sharing. That means, you can automate
processing rules faster than before.

 Remember

 Note

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

14.41.1.2 Clearing Library

With this feature, the system supports you when you manually clear payments.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1479
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This feature is available in the apps listed below:

• Reprocess Bank Statement Items

• Reprocess Lockbox Items
• Clear Incoming Payments
• Clear Outgoing Payments
• Post Incoming Payments
• Post Outgoing Payments

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Post Incoming Payments
Clear Incoming Payments
Post Outgoing Payments
Clear Outgoing Payments
Reprocess Lockbox Items

14.41.1.3 Conditions of Processing Rules

In the Manage Processing Rules app, you can now select two new options to define the rules' conditions: does
not contain and not equal to.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1480 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following example screenshot is available in English only:

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

How to Create Processing Rules

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1481
Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox

14.41.1.4 Custom Fields in Processing Rules

With this feature, you view and use custom fields in the Manage Processing Rules app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox
Custom Fields App and Custom Logic App

14.41.1.5 Deprecation: Displaying Sums

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1482 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Until now, you could view the sum of the items' amounts in the overview table in the Reprocess Bank Statement
Items and Reprocess Lockbox Items apps.

To enhance the overall performance of the apps, this functionality has been deprecated and will be deleted in
the upcoming SAP S/4HANA 2025 release.

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Reprocess Lockbox Items

14.41.1.6 Discarding of Existing Drafts of Processing Rules

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1483
Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Effects on Existing Data

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox

14.41.1.7 Journal Entries of On-Account Postings

After an on-account posting, the system fills in the Item Text field of journal entries automatically.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1484 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Scope Item 1JT (Lockbox)

J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Related Information

14.41.1.8 Journal Entry Number of Partial Application

With this feature, you can see whether the system has partially posted a bank statement item or a lockbox item
in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items and Reprocess Lockbox Items apps.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1485
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JT (Lockbox)

J59 (Accounts Receivable)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Reprocess Lockbox Items

14.41.1.9 Lockbox Invoice Reference

You can now use the lockbox invoice reference in the Reprocess Lockbox Items and Manage Processing Rules -
For Lockbox apps to easier match open items with payment advice items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for the USA

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1486 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Reprocess Lockbox Items app, you can use the lockbox invoice reference when you manually match open
items with payment advice items.

The following example screenshots are available in English only:

Lockbox Invoice Reference in the Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox app

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1487
Lockbox Invoice Reference in the Reprocess Lockbox Items app

Related Information

Reprocess Lockbox Items

Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox
How to Create Processing Rules
Overview on All Predelivered Processing Instructions

14.41.1.10 Order Number in G/L Postings

Now, you can add the order number to the G/L action of your processing rules in the Manage Processing Rules
app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1488 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following example screenshot is available in English only:

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements

Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox

14.41.1.11 Promises to Pay

Use the PROM processing instruction to post bank statement items or lockbox items, and to clear open items by
finding the matching promises to pay.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1489
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can also use the PROM processing instruction in the Manage Processing Rules app, and set it as the action of
your processing rules.

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Reprocess Lockbox Items
Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements
Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox
Allocation Algorithms
Processing Instructions

14.41.1.12 Renaming of Two Job Templates

Two job templates have been renamed. Their functionality has not changed, though.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1490 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Bank Statement: Rule Application Repetition job template in the Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs app
has been renamed to: Bank Statement: Repetition of Processing Rules.

Related Information

Bank Statement: Repetition of Processing Rules

14.41.1.13 Service for Reprocessing Lockbox Items

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Localized for the United States

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1491
Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Related Information

Overview on Automatic Lockbox Processing

Reprocess Lockbox Items

14.41.1.14 Unlock an Item While Reprocessing

You can now unlock a bank statement item or a lockbox item if you have locked it in the Reprocess Bank
Statement Items and Reprocess Lockbox Items apps.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1492 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following example screenshot is available in English only:

 Caution

Related Information

Reprocess Lockbox Items

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

14.41.1.15 Uploading and Downloading Processing Rules

With this feature, you can upload and download processing rules in the Manage Processing Rules app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1493
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

4X8 (Advanced Bank Statement Automation)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In both the Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements and Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox apps,
you can now upload and download manually applicable, shared and automated processing rules.

The following example screenshot is available in English only:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1494 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
 Tip

In order to avoid any errors, we recommend not to edit the XML file after downloading your processing
rules.

 Caution

Related Information

Manage Processing Rules - For Lockbox

Manage Processing Rules - For Bank Statements
How to Download and Upload Processing Rules

14.42 Functions Relevant for Several Countries/Regions

14.42.1 Cross-Application Functions

14.42.1.1 Document and Reporting Compliance

14.42.1.1.1 Updates in Statutory Reporting Apps

Some changes have been made to the Run Statutory Reports and Define Statutory Reports apps in statutory
reporting.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1495
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-LOC-SRF-RUN, FI-LOC-SRF-DEF

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

The following changes have been made to the Run Statutory Reports and Define Statutory Reports apps:

• You can now use the Advanced Search option to search different types of data such as Amount/Quantity
Value, Date Value, and Any Other Value at the table level. Based on the selected value, you will see the
Define Conditions section, where you can choose to define multiple conditions for advanced search.
• The Change Log and Analyze Data features are now accessible on the Preview screen, allowing you to
utilize these functions directly from preview.
• Errors and warnings are now grouped according to the nodes they belong to. You can see the grouping of
the error/warning in the footer section of the message. For instance, if three nodes are selected, the errors
and warnings will be grouped under their respective nodes. Additionally, repeated errors and warnings for
the same column in a table with multiple rows are now grouped together.
• The number of errors and warnings for complex elements are now displayed in the table and will be
updated for each complex element upon manual adjustment.
• You can now regenerate multiple documents in parallel. After editing the data in Preview, even while
the document is still in the In Process status, you can proceed to make changes and regenerate other
documents simultaneously.
• You can now change the text label of certain buttons, sections and/or statuses for a reporting activity
under a particular report category as per your unique requirement.
• You can now use Formatting Function to format the date value of an element or attribute and pass the
formatted date value to the output file.
• The analytical projection view (V3 view) is now supported for data provisioning.
• The Run Statutory Reports app has now undergone UI improvements to provide a better user experience
and now includes breadcrumbs at the top of the screen for ease of navigation through the app.
Additionally, certain field labels have now been updated as follows:

On the Run Statutory Reports screen:

Older Field Label New Field Label

Reporting Progress Reporting Activity Progress

Add Create

On the report level, under the Activities column:

Older Field Label New Field Label

Reopen Activity Reopen

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1496 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
Older Field Label New Field Label

Skip Activity Skip

On the run level:

Older Field Label New Field Label

Report Run ID Run Number

• The following changes have been made to Spaces and Pages for statutory reporting:
• The space Reporting has now been renamed as Document and Reporting Compliance.
• Two new sections called Monitoring Compliance and Statutory Reporting (Periodic Activities) have now
been introduced to the page Statutory Reporting.

14.42.1.1.2 App: Inbound Messages

You can use the Inbound Messages (F7317) app to list, filter, and process inbound messages related to
electronic documents.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-EDO (Document Compliance Framework)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

The following are the business catalog and business role template relevant for the Inbound Messages app:

Object Type Object Description

Business catalog Globalization - Electronic Documents To access this app, you must have a
(SAP_SD_BC_GLO_EDOC) business user that contains a business
role with this business catalog.

Business role template Billing Clerk This business role template already
(SAP_BR_BILLING_CLERK) contains the required business catalog.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1497
Effects on Customizing

In Customizing for Cross-Application Components choose General Application Functions Document and
Reporting Compliance General Settings and make the relevant settings under Activate Document and
Reporting Compliance Features. Alternatively, you can search for the GCOV_ADV_LIC_CTR view using the SM30
transaction.

Related Information

Inbound Messages

14.42.1.1.3 App: Create Electronic Documents Manually -

Special Cases

As of this release, a new app named Create Electronic Documents Manually - Special Cases is available. You can
use it to create electronic documents manually when automatic creation fails or doesn't apply.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-GTF-CSC-EDO-DCC (Manage Electronic Documents

(Fiori App))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Normally, electronic documents are created automatically once source documents are posted. However, there
are special cases where you can't use automatic creation. Examples include:

• The source documents were posted before the electronic document solution went live.
• An electronic document was created automatically once the source document was posted. Later, you
deleted the electronic document, but now you want to create an electronic document for the source
document again.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1498 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
• Automatic creation fails due to technical reasons.

You can create electronic documents for the following types of source documents manually:

• Journal entry
• Billing document
• Convergent invoicing document
• Invoice verification document
• Purchase order
• Settlement document

 Tip

The functionality of this app is also provided by the eDocument Cockpit app. Just choose the app that you
prefer.

Effects on System Administration

The following are the business catalog and business role relevant for this app:

Object Type Object Description

Business Catalog Globalization - Electronic Documents This business catalog contains the app.
(SAP_SD_BC_GLO_EDOC)

Business Role Billing Clerk This business role already contains the
(SAP_BR_BILLING_CLERK ) above business catalog.

Related Information

Create Electronic Documents Manually - Special Cases

14.42.2 Finance

14.42.2.1 Display G/L Account Balances

You run this app to display general ledger account balances for specified fiscal periods. Apart from the existing
features, now you can also do the following:

• Display the standard G/L account or alternative account.

• Display both ID and description for the values in certain columns.
• Navigate to the Journal Entry View from the Summary View.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1499
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for China, Japan, Singapore, Thailand

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Technical Object Name App ID: F2141

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CN (Financials China)

FI-LOC-FI-JP (Financials Japan)

FI-LOC-FI-SG (Financials Singapore)

FI-LOC-FI-TH (Financials Thailand)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Summary View now supports the following features:

• Calculate the year-to-date debit balance and credit balance in the current period
• Calculate the year-beginning balance and year-to-date balance

The Journal Entry View now supports the following feature:

• Display the balance with or without Beginning Balance, Total by Day, Current Amount, Year-to-Date Amount.

The Export to PDF function is enhanced as follows:

• Display with merging cells.

• Customize the format of amount 0.
• Display page number in the footer of the file, for example, 9/15. 9 means the current page number and 15
means the total number of pages.

The Export to Spreadsheet function is enhanced as follows:

• Display with merging cells.

• Split cells with multiple values (ID and description).
• Customize the format of amount 0.

Related Information

Display G/L Account Balances in Country/Region-Specific Format

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1500 PUBLIC Country/Region Specifics
14.42.2.2 Display G/L Account Balances

With this app, you can display balances of the general ledger account for specified fiscal periods and in a
format based on the country/region-specific accounting practices. It provides information such as account
number, opening balance, closing balance, debit and credit amounts in different views.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Australia, New Zealand

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Technical Object Name App ID: F2141

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-AU (Financials Australia)

FI-LOC-FI-ID (Financials Indonesia)

FI-LOC-FI-KR (Financials South Korea)

FI-LOC-FI-MY (Financials Malaysia)

FI-LOC-FI-NZ (Financials New Zealand)

FI-LOC-FI-TW (Financials Taiwan)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Display G/L Account Balances in Country/Region-Specific Format

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 1501
15 Industries

15.1 Consumer

15.1.1 Agriculture

15.1.1.1 SAP Agricultural Contract Management

15.1.1.1.1 Maintain ACM Applications

With this app, you can apply and reverse documents to or from contracts and pricing lots (within the
contracts). You can also view the details of application document and can request spot contracts and
accumulate to own contracts.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-AGR-APP (Application and Call-off)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS00

Effects on Existing Data

This app is the successor of the Manage Applications app. The Manage Applications app is deprecated and
will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in SAP S/4HANA 2024 release. The deprecated app may no
longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it in the app finder until it is
deleted. We recommend that you switch to the successor app Maintain ACM Applications as soon as possible.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1502 PUBLIC Industries
15.1.2 Consumer Products

15.1.2.1 Last Mile Distribution

15.1.2.1.1 Set the Settlement Status of Routes Manually After

Error Resolution

With this feature, you can set the status of a route to Settled manually after errors were resolved to allow timely
archiving of all settled routes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

After final settlement, the system sometimes cannot detect that an error no longer exists, for example, if an
error related to configuration settings, master data, or middleware access has been resolved. Even after the
errors were resolved and all related steps, such as the creation of deliveries and posting of goods issues, have
been completed, the route still has the settlement status With Settlement Errors after the Route Settlement
Component: Background Job report has run again.

In such cases, the Set to Settled function can be used to set the status of a route to Settled manually so that the
route can be archived.

 Note

Only completed or canceled routes can be archived. A prerequisite for the completion of a route (route life
cycle status Completed) is that the route has been settled.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1503
Effects on Existing Data

The Set to Settled button is displayed on the details page of a route in the Monitor Route Data app. When
this function is used, a settlement resolution code must be provided to indicate how the settlement error was
resolved and/or the type of error.

 Note

In the Settle Route Data app, the statuses With Prevalidation Errors and With Settlement Errors are merged
into the With Errors status.

Effects on System Administration

Additional authorizations might be required to set the status of a route to Settled manually. For more
information, see Authorizations for the Monitor Route Data App.

Effects on Customizing

A settlement resolution code must be provided. Settlement resolution codes are defined in Customizing
for Logistics Execution under Last Mile Distribution Basic Settings Reason Codes Define Settlement
Resolution Codes .

15.1.2.1.2 Monitor the End-to-End Preparation and Execution

of Routes

With this feature, you can track the statuses of all processes that are relevant for a route: from the creation
of a freight order in Transportation Management, through the preparation and execution of the corresponding
route, to its final settlement in Last Mile Distribution.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1504 PUBLIC Industries
Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The Route Process Tracking app allows you to monitor the end-to-end preparation and execution of routes in a
paper-based scenario and a mobile scenario. For information about this app, see Route Process Tracking.

Effects on Existing Data

You can now show the following route process statuses in Last Mile Distribution by using the Route Process
Tracking app:

• Execution and life cycle statuses of freight orders that are relevant for routes
For more information, see Freight Order Statuses.
• Routes statuses
You can now track the statuses of the initial check-out stop and the final check-in stop of a route (only if
intermediate settlement is enabled). For more information, see Route Statuses.
• Route stock status, that is, the posting status of goods movements
For more information, see Route Stock.
• Overall picking status of deliveries assigned to a route
• Warehouse execution status of return deliveries and outbound deliveries

 Note

The warehouse execution status is only relevant if Transportation Management is integrated with
Extended Warehouse Management.

Furthermore, the Route Process Tracking app also shows the following statuses:

• Life cycle and settlement status of a route

• Mobile data status (mobile scenario only)
• Execution status of the corresponding visit list for a route

Effects on Data Transfer

When freight orders are created or changed in Transportation Management, the freight order status is sent to
Last Mile Distribution in a SOAP service message.

For information about setting up the corresponding SOAP service, see SOAP Services for Route Process
Tracking.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1505
Effects on System Administration

SAP provides the template business role SAP_BR_TRANSPRT_MNGR_LMD (Transportation Manager - Direct
Distribution). To use the Route Process Tracking app, the relevant role must be assigned to users on the
front-end server and the back-end server.

You can find the data required to implement the Route Process Tracking app at SAP Fiori Apps Reference
Library.

The data used to support the tracking of route processes can be deleted when it is no longer needed. For
more information about setting up the authorizations required to delete route process tracking data, see
Authorization Object LMD_RPT [page 1508].

Effects on Customizing

• The document types that the system considers for the purpose of tracking route processes must be
specified in Customizing for Logistics Execution under Last Mile Distribution Basic Settings Specify
Document Types for Route Process Tracking .
These documents can be of the following types:
• Documents created during route execution on mobile devices, for example, deliveries and returns
• Documents sent to Last Mile Distribution from Transportation Management together with freight order
data, for example, deliveries, returns, and visit lists
• You enable the tracking of changes made to freight orders in Transportation Management in Customizing
for Logistics Execution under Last Mile Distribution Integration Integration with Transportation
Management Specify Relevant Freight Order Types by selecting Track Freight Orders in LMD.

Extensibility Options

You can define additional document types that are to be considered for route process tracking by implementing
the following Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) in Customizing for Logistics Execution under Last Mile Distribution
Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdIs for Integration with Transportation Management :

• BAdI: Inbound Data for Route Process Tracking

• BAdI: Outbound Data for Route Process Tracking

15.1.2.1.3 Plan the Start and End of Presales Routes at

Alternative Locations

With this feature, presales routes can be planned to start or end at a driver location or an alternative location,
such as the home depot of a driver.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1506 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Drivers typically start routes from the primary location, such as a warehouse or distribution center, which is
specified in their master data (for a business partner with the Driver role). A preseller might also start or end a
route at another location, such as a home depot.

To ensure that the actual sequence of stops of presales routes is reflected in the system, the home depot must
be defined as an additional location and the business partner must be specified in the location data record.

Effects on Existing Data

You define an additional location for a driver in the Define Location app (transaction /SCMTMS/LOC3).

• The primary driver location must have the location type 1021 (Business Partner) and must have a reference
to the business partner data maintained for the driver (under Reference Object).
In the business partner master data, a business partner with a driver role and a customer role must be
maintained, and a resource ID (Resource for Stock Transfer) must be maintained in the master data record
for the driver role or the customer role.
For more information, see Manage Master Data for Drivers and Manage Master Data for Transshipment
Locations.
• The additional location for the driver, for example, a home depot, must not be of location type 1021
(Business Partner); however, any other location type can be used, for example, 1020 (Transportation
Service Provider).
The business partner of the driver must be specified in the data of the additional location (under Partners).

Related Information

Define Locations for Drivers

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1507
15.1.2.1.4 Authorization Object LMD_RPT

With this feature, you can set up the authorizations required to track route processes in Transportation
Management and to delete route process tracking data when it is no longer needed.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

To support the tracking of route processes, when freight orders are created or changed in Transportation
Management, the freight order status is sent to Last Mile Distribution in a SOAP service message. This
information is stored in Last Mile Distribution together with further information that is used to track route
processes. After a specified period, this data is no longer needed and can be deleted.

Effects on Existing Data

The Deletion of Route Process Tracking Data (P_LMD_RPT_CLEANUP) report allows authorized users to
delete route process tracking data in tables LMD_RPT_HEADER and LMD_RPT_DOC. For more information, see
Schedule a Job to Delete Route Process Tracking Data.

Users must have the correct authorization to delete route process tracking data. The system checks
the authorization object LMD_RPT (Last Mile Distribution: Route Process Tracking), activity Delete (06), to
determine whether a user has the authorizations required to run the Deletion of Route Process Tracking Data
(P_LMD_RPT_CLEANUP) report. The authorizations defined for authorization object LMD_RPT must be set up
for a technical user and assigned to the user role manually. For more information, see Set Up Authorizations for
Deleting Route Process Tracking Data.

Effects on Data Transfer

The SOAP service LMD_ON_FO_POST_RPT_IN is used to send data that is related to routes from Transportation
Management to Last Mile Distribution. This data includes the execution and life cycle statuses of freight orders

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1508 PUBLIC Industries
that are relevant for routes, which supports route process tracking. When this data is created or updated
in Last Mile Distribution, the system checks the authorization object LMD_RPT (Last Mile Distribution: Route
Process Tracking). This authorization object is also checked if data needs to be deleted because a freight order
was canceled in Transportation Management.

For information about setting up authorizations for SOAP service LMD_ON_FO_POST_RPT_IN, see Set Up
Authorizations for SOAP Services (TM to LMD).

Related Information

Authorization Objects in Last Mile Distribution

15.1.2.1.5 Processing of Deliveries Based on Visit Lists

With this feature, you can plan visit lists in external systems and send them to Last Mile Distribution for route
assembly, route execution, and route settlement.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Deliveries are created in SAP S/4HANA. Based on this delivery information, visit lists can be planned by using
the SAP Sales Cloud, dynamic visit planning add-on or a third-party solution for visit and activity management.
The visit list information is then sent back to Last Mile Distribution by using the OData service Visit List. The
Visit List Planning report (P_LMD_VL_PLANNING) can then be used to generate freight orders, each with a
reference to the respective visit lists. After the creation of freight orders, the route is assembled in Last Mile
Distribution and goes through the typical phases of route execution and route settlement.

For more information, see Processing of Deliveries Based on Visit Lists.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1509
Effects on Existing Data

The Visit List Planning report (P_LMD_VL_PLANNING) has been enhanced to support the creation of freight
orders with stages for visit lists that have already been planned based on existing deliveries.

For information related to the Visit List Planning report, see Visit List Planning.

Effects on Data Transfer

The visit lists with reference numbers of existing deliveries are sent to Last Mile Distribution with the OData
service Visit List. The Customer Delivery entity has been added to the service. For more information about the
service and the entity, see Visit List and Customer Delivery (available in English only).

Effects on System Administration

The archiving object LMD_VL has been enhanced with the table LMD_VL_VISIT_DLV. For more information
about the archiving object, see Archiving Visit List Data for Last Mile Distribution Using LMD_VL.

Furthermore, extensibility options for the OData service Visit List have been enhanced. It is now possible to
add fields to the service entity A_LSTMIVISITCUSTOMERDELIVERY. For more information about extending the
service, see Extensibility: Visit List (available in English only).

Related Information

Delivery of Ordered Goods

15.1.2.1.6 Assign Payments to Current Deliveries in a Paper-

Based Scenario

With this feature, you can assign payments to current deliveries including those with return items in a paper-
based scenario. These payments and assignments are then prepared for automatic clearing during route
settlement.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1510 PUBLIC Industries
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Assignment of payments to current deliveries: Customers can pay for a current delivery before route
execution is completed and before a driver returns to the warehouse.

Assignment of payments to current deliveries with return items: If a customer is entitled to a refund for a
return delivery, the driver can reduce the due amount for a delivery by the refund amount. The customer only
pays the reduced amount calculated by the driver and the driver records the reduced amount on the delivery
note. In the Settle Route Data app, the settlement clerk adds this payment (the reduced amount) to the visit
and assigns it to the delivery. The customer receives a final invoice after settlement is completed.

 Note

This feature is only supported for planned deliveries with return items. Drivers do not give cash payments
to customers.

Effects on Existing Data

Current deliveries are now displayed in the Settle Route Data app at the top of the Open Items table and can be
identified by the modifiable Amount fields and the document number that equals the document number of the
delivery.

Effects on Data Transfer

During settlement, the assignment field of the accounting document is filled with the reference number of the
route to prepare it for clearing.

 Note

The clearing process takes place outside of Last Mile Distribution processes and is not triggered by the
settlement process. Clearing processes can be performed within SAP S/4HANA Finance by using, for
example, transaction F.13.

For more information about the assignment of payments to current deliveries and return deliveries, see Add a
Payment to a Current Delivery.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1511
15.1.2.1.7 Display All Visits and Stock Transfer Stops for a
Route

With this feature, you can track all visits related to a route and you can easily identify which customer
document is related to which visit.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

In the Settle Route Data app on the Visits tab, you can now find a list of all customer visits and, if applicable,
stock transfer stops. Settlement clerks use this tab as an overview of all visits and stock transfer stops for the
relevant route.

By default, the list of visits and stock transfer stops is sorted by sequence numbers assigned during route
assembly. To find a specific visit, stock transfer, or customer document, you can use the search bar by
entering a customer name, a driver name, or a document ID. For more information, see Visits and Customer
Documents.

On the visit details page, you can find all customer documents related to a specific visit. If changes have been
made to one or more customer documents, these documents can quickly be identified by the Manual Changes
text on the visits overview page. Especially in a paper-based scenario, settlement clerks can easily go through
the individual visits and related customer documents to review and/or update route data.

Effects on Existing Data

The structure of the Settle Route Data app (F4242) has been reworked. The Customer Documents tab has been
renamed to Visits. Previously, all customer documents for a route were displayed in a flat list. The app now
groups the relevant customer documents under the related visit (on the visit details page). In addition, stock
transfer stops are now displayed as individual visits and are listed as well under the Visits tab. For stock transfer
stops, the Customer ID is filled with the driver ID.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1512 PUBLIC Industries
Related Information

Settle Route Data

15.1.2.1.8 Manage Reload Requests

With this app, you can create and edit reload requests during route execution to load additional products onto a
vehicle that are required to complete a route.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

During route execution, drivers sometimes need to return to a warehouse or distribution center to load
additional products that are required to complete a route. For example, a van seller might notice that specific
products have been sold in greater quantities than expected.

In a mobile scenario, a van seller can contact a transportation manager who creates a reload request by using
the Manage Reload Requests app to ensure that a stop is scheduled and that the products are available at
the reload location. The request lists the products to be loaded on a vehicle and contains information about
the relevant reload stop. For more information about the Manage Reload Request app, see Manage Reload
Requests. For information about creating reload requests, see Create a Reload Request.

 Note

A reload request does not need to be created for any empties or returned products that are unloaded
during a reload stop.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1513
Effects on Existing Data

When the status of a reload request changes to Released, the system creates the corresponding sales
document (a load request) and the delivery for the products automatically. If the reload location is a new
stop, the system creates stops for both reload check-in and reload check-out.

The information about products recorded at reload check-in and reload check-out is shown in the Settle Route
Data app. For more information, see Reload Check-In Data and Reload Check-Out Data.

 Note

The recording of payments during a reload stop is not supported.

If intermediate settlement is enabled, the reload check-in and reload check-out stops are settled directly;
otherwise, they are settled during final settlement.

Effects on System Administration

SAP provides the template business role SAP_BR_TRANSPRT_MNGR_LMD (Transportation Manager - Direct
Distribution). To use the Manage Reload Request app, the relevant role must be assigned to users on the
front-end server and the back-end server.

Authorizations to perform specific activities related to reload requests must be maintained and assigned to the
related transportation manager user role (transaction PFCG). For more information, see Authorizations for the
Manage Reload Requests App.

You can find the data required to implement the Manage Reload Request app at SAP Fiori Apps Reference
Library.

Effects on Customizing

• You define number ranges for reload requests in Customizing for Logistics Execution under Last Mile
Distribution Reload Request Management Define Number Ranges for Reload Requests .
• You define sales order types in Customizing for Sales and Distribution under Sales Sales Documents
Sales Document Header Define Sales Document Types .
• You configure reload request types in Customizing for Logistics Execution under Last Mile Distribution
Reload Request Management Configure Reload Request Types .
• Optional: You can configure the automatic settlement of check-out and check-in stops, which includes
reload check-in and reload check-out stops, in Customizing for Logistics Execution under Last Mile
Distribution Route Settlement Configure Automatic Settlement .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1514 PUBLIC Industries
15.1.2.1.9 OData API: Reload Request

With this feature, you can create, read, update, delete, and release reload requests that are managed by using a
third-party solution and import the related data into SAP S/4HANA.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If a third-party solution is used to manage reload requests, reload request information can be imported into
SAP S/4HANA by using the OData version 4 (V4) service Reload Request (LASTMILERELOADREQUEST).

For more information about this service, see Reload Request (available in English only).

This service is published on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Effects on System Administration

For more information about setting up authorizations to import reload requests that were created in an
external system, see Set Up Authorizations for OData Service LASTMILERELOADREQUEST.

Effects on Customizing

• You define number ranges for reload requests in Customizing for Logistics Execution under Last Mile
Distribution Reload Request Management Define Number Ranges for Reload Requests .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1515
• You define sales order types in Customizing for Sales and Distribution under Sales Sales Documents
Sales Document Header Define Sales Document Types .
• You configure reload request types in Customizing for Logistics Execution under Last Mile Distribution
Reload Request Management Configure Reload Request Types .

Related Information

Manage Reload Requests [page 1513]

15.1.2.1.10 Authorization Object LMD_RLDREQ

With this feature, you can grant users authorizations to create, read, update, delete, and release reload
requests.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Transportation managers can now use the Manage Reload Requests app to create and manage reload requests.
For more information, see Manage Reload Requests [page 1513].

Special authorizations must be maintained and assigned to the related transportation manager user role
(transaction PFCG).

Furthermore, if a third-party solution is used to manage reload requests, reload request information
can be imported into SAP S/4HANA by using the OData version 4 (V4) service Reload Request
(LASTMILERELOADREQUEST). For more information, see OData API: Reload Request [page 1515].

In both cases, the new authorization object LMD_RLDREQ (Last Mile Distribution: Reload Request) is used to
determine whether the relevant authorizations required to process reload requests are available.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1516 PUBLIC Industries
Effects on Data Transfer

When data related to reload requests is transferred by using the Reload Request OData service, authorization
checks are run against the authorization object LMD_RLDREQ to determine whether the following activities are
possible:

• Create a new reload request

• Update an existing reload request
• Delete a reload request
• Read a reload request
• Release a reload request

The following properties are checked against the corresponding authorization fields:

• LastMileReloadRequestType (reload request type)

• LastMileRouteDepartureLocation (departure location of the relevant route)
• LstMiRteExecutionOrganization (execution organization of the relevant route)

Effects on System Administration

Users must have the correct authorization to release reload requests. The system checks the new
authorization object LMD_RLDREQ, activity Release (43), to determine whether a user is authorized to release a
reload request.

Further authorization objects are used to control other activities that a user can perform on reload requests.
For more information, see Authorizations for the Manage Reload Requests App.

Related Information

Authorization Objects in Last Mile Distribution

15.1.2.1.11 Process Payments by Link

With this feature, you can offer customers payment by link as a payment method and facilitate secure,
end-to-end processing of digital payments.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1517
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-LMD (Last Mile Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The SAP digital payments add-on can be integrated with SAP S/4HANA in the system where Last Mile
Distribution is running. The SAP digital payments add-on connects Last Mile Distribution and non-SAP
consumer applications with non-SAP payment service providers (PSPs).

During route execution (mobile scenario only), digital payments are captured on the mobile device of a driver
and are then uploaded to the back-end system where these payments are processed. After a route has been
settled, the relevant accounting documents are created, the digital payments are posted to the driver and
customer accounts, and the open items related to these payments are cleared by SAP S/4HANA Finance.

Effects on Existing Data

The OData version 2 (V2) service Mobile Data for Last Mile Distribution (LMD_MA) is used to download
configuration data to the mobile devices of drivers and to upload information related to collected payments.

The PaymentType entity contains information about the payment methods for payments that drivers collect
from customers during route execution and can now be included in download requests.

The DigitalPaymentRequestID property has been added to the CollectionPayment entity can now be
included in an upload request when a customer pays by link.

Effects on Data Transfer

When a payment link (URL) is requested, a digital payment request ID is returned from the SAP digital
payments add-on. The customer uses this link for the digital payment.

For an overview of the entities and properties that need to be uploaded from a mobile device to the back-end
system when a customer pays by link, see Upload Use Cases: Collection of Payments (available in English
only).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1518 PUBLIC Industries
Effects on System Administration

You need to integrate the SAP S/4HANA system in which Last Mile Distribution is running with the SAP digital
payments add-on so that digital payments (payments by link) that are captured on mobile devices can be
processed. For more information, see SAP Note 2524512 .

Effects on Customizing

You define digital payment methods in Customizing for Logistics Execution under Last Mile Distribution
Route Settlement Settings for Collected Payments and Bank Deposits Define Payment Methods .

 Note

Each digital payment method must be assigned to the payment category Digital Payment by Link.

Related Information

Processing of Payments by Link

15.1.3 Retail and Fashion

15.1.3.1 Retail for Merchandise Management

15.1.3.1.1 Change of Business Roles in Retail

Few business role names for retail have changed for releases SAP S/4HANA 2023 and higher.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM (S/4HANA Retail & Fashion Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1519
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following business roles have changed as of SAP S/4HANA 2023:

Previous Business Role

Role ID Role Name (PFCG) New Business Role (PFCG)

R0238-54 Assortment Specialist – Re SAP_BR_ASSORT_SPECIALI SAP_BR_ASSTMT_SPCLST_R

tail ST_RFM FM

R0097-13M Master Data Specialist - SAP_BR_MD_SPECIALIST_I SAP_BR_MD_SPCLST_ITEM_

Product Data (Retail) TEM_RFM RFM

R0097-48M Master Data Specialist - Lo SAP_BR_MD_SPECIALIST_S SAP_BR_MD_SPCLST_SITE_

cation Data (Retail) ITE_RFM RFM

R0109M Pricing Specialist (Retail) SAP_BR_PRICING_SPECIAL SAP_BR_PRICING_SPCLST_

IST_RFM RFM

R0174M Promotion Specialist (Re SAP_BR_PROMOTION_SPEC_ SAP_BR_PROMOTION_SPCLS

tail) RFM T_RFM

R0140 Retail Store Associate SAP_BR_RETAIL_STORE_AS SAP_BR_RFM_STORE_ASSOC

SOCIATE IATE

R0195 Retail Store Manager SAP_BR_RETAIL_STORE_MA SAP_BR_RFM_STORE_MANAG

NAGER ER

Related Information

Retail for Merchandise Management

15.1.3.1.2 Control Settings for Visibility of ATP Stocks in Look

Up Retail Products

With this feature, you can control settings for showing or hiding available stock quantity in a store and/or
distribution center by using Look Up Retail Products application.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1520 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-STO-FIO (In-Store Merchandise and Inventory

Management - Fiori Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component LO-RFM-STO-FIO.

Effects on Customizing

You can enable Display ATP Stocks in Store and/or Display ATP Stocks in DC checkboxes for a customizing
schema in the configuration activity Define Basic Settings for Look Up Retail Products under Logistics -
General Store Operations In-Store Merchandise and Inventory Management - UI5 Apps Look Up Retail
Products .

Related Information

Look Up Retail Products

15.1.3.1.3 Change in Lead Time - POS Interface Outbound

For merchandise data replication in a POS system, default value for maximum lead time is 999.

SAP recommends that you use maximum settings for lead time and suggests to configure the lead time using
Assign POS Lead Time to Organizational Units configuration activity at organizational level (Sales Organization
and Distribution Channel level, or Sales Organization, Distribution Channel and Store level).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1521
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-IFC-OUT (POS Interface - Outbound)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component LO-RFM-IFC-OUT.

Effects on Existing Data

Users use multiple pricing conditions for an article, some within the current validity period and others
outside the current validity period. If you invoke the price changes to your POS system using the Product
Merchandise Data – Replicate (Asynchronous A2A) API, the SAP S/4HANA system does not send
all price changes to POS system. Only the price changes within the current validity period are sent to POS,
while price changes far away in the future (outside the current validity period) are not sent to POS.

To address this issue, the fallback value of lead time is changed from 2 days to 999 days. This would ensure
prices existing for different validity dates are sent to your POS system.

Effects on Customizing

You can configure the lead time using Assign POS Lead Time to Organizational Units configuration activity
under Sales and Distribution POS Interface Outbound .

Related Information

SAP Note 3290019

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1522 PUBLIC Industries
15.1.3.1.4 Business Add-In to Send Articles Without GTIN to
POS System

With this feature, you can use POS Outbound EAN Relevance Check (RFM_POSO_CHECK_EAN_RELEVANCE)
business add-in (BAdI) to replicate any type of articles (except generic article) which does not have GTIN, from
SAP S/4HANA to POS system using POS Outbound (DRFOUT) service.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-IFC-OUT (POS Interface - Outbound)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component LO-RFM-IFC-OUT.

Related Information

SAP Note 3320330

15.1.3.1.5 CDS View: Merchandise Category Complete

Hierarchy Node

A new CDS view Merchandise Category Complete Hierarchy Node I_MrchdsCatCmpltHierarchyNode is

now available for Merchandise Category and Merchandise Category Hierarchy Node.

With this CDS view you can retrieve the list of merchandise categories and merchandise category hierarchy
nodes. This CDS view also provides the hierarchy representations between the parent nodes (merchandise
category hierarchy nodes) and child nodes (merchandise category hierarchy nodes or merchandise
categories).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1523
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-MD-MC (Merchandise Categories)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the following business functions:

• Retail (ISR_RETAILSYSTEM)
• Retail, Store & Multichannel (ISR_RETAIL_STORE)

For more information about these business functions, see Retail.

Related Information

Merchandise Category Complete Hierarchy Node

15.1.3.1.6 Integration with SAP Order and Delivery Scheduling

15.1.3.1.6.1 Replicate Business Data

With this app, you can

• Replicate the selected business data (scheduling group, assigned product, or order and delivery schedule)
from SAP Order and Delivery Scheduling to SAP S/4HANA.
• Display past replication status, volumetric consistency of the replicated data, and any open data available
for replication of the business data in SAP Order and Delivery Scheduling and SAP S/4HANA.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1524 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-ODS-IFC (Retail - ODS - Inbound Interface)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

Use the business role SAP_BR_ADMINISTRATOR_RFM to access this app.

Related Information

Replicate Business Data

15.1.3.1.6.2 Monitor Business Data Replication Logs

With this app, you can display the application log entries for the replication runs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-ODS-IFC (Retail - ODS - Inbound Interface)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1525
Effects on System Administration

Use the business role SAP_BR_ADMINISTRATOR_RFM to access this app.

Related Information

Monitor Business Data Replication Logs

15.1.3.1.6.3 Consumption of Additional Processing Times

from SAP Order and Delivery Scheduling using
SAP Business Process Scheduling (BPS)

With this feature, you can use the order and delivery schedules to determine the additional processing times
such as staging date and time, and availability date and time using Business Process Scheduling (BPS) for
stock transport orders.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-ODS-SCD (Retail ODS Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Business Process Scheduling (BPS) is a scheduling solution within SAP S/4HANA.

BPS provides a flexible and configurable scheduling framework that can be used to schedule logistical activities
of different business processes.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1526 PUBLIC Industries
Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.

For more information on the business function, see Retail.

Related Information

Consumption in Stock Transport Orders

15.1.3.1.6.4 Replicate Business Data (Deprecated)

The SAP Web GUI version of this application is deprecated and will be deleted as of SAP S/4HANA 2025.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-ODS (Retail - SAP Order and Delivery Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

This report will no longer be available from SAP S/4HANA 2025. SAP recommends using the SAP Fiori
application Replicate Business Data.

Related Information

Replicate Business Data [page 1524]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1527
15.1.3.2 Fashion and Vertical Business

15.1.3.2.1 Partially Delivered Sales Document Items in

Manage Sales Documents Fiori Application

With this app, you can now select the partially delivered sales document items so that you can change the
corresponding sales documents accordingly.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-SD (Sales and Distribution for Retail & Fashion)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

Use the following business catalog, group, and role to access the corresponding apps from SAP Fiori home
page:

Business Group Business Catalog Business Roles

SAP_RFM_BCG_ORD_FLFMT_SPE SAP_RFM_BC_ORD_FLFMT_SPE SAP_BR_ORD_FULLFILMNT_SPE_R

Related Information

Manage Sales Documents - Fashion

15.1.3.2.2 Sales Contract Call-off Rejection

With this feature, you can now enable the system not to restore the rejected call-off quantity to the sales
contract.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1528 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-SD (Sales and Distribution for Retail & Fashion)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.

For more information on the business function, see Retail.

Effects on Customizing

To enable this feature, you must select the Do Not Restore Requirements checkbox in the Customizing for Sales
and Distribution under Sales Copying Control for Sales Documents Set Copying Control: Sales Document
to Sales Document on item level.

Related Information

Sales Contracts

15.1.3.2.3 VAS Long Text in OData APIs

With this feature, you can now use more than 132 characters for VAS long text in following OData APIs:

• Sales Order (A2X)

• Customer Return (A2X)
• Outbound Delivery (A2X)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1529
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-SD (Sales and Distribution for Retail & Fashion)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.

For more information on the business function, see Retail.

15.1.3.2.4 Sales Order - Simulate (A2X) OData API Enhanced

with Fashion and Vertical Business Properties

With this feature, you can use the properties added pertaining to value-added services, seasons, and
segmentation for SAP S/4HANA for fashion and vertical business in Sales Order - Simulate (A2X) OData
API.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-SD (Sales and Distribution for Retail & Fashion)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1530 PUBLIC Industries
For more information on the business function, see Retail.

Related Information

Sales Order Item Simulation

Item Value Added Service Simulation

15.1.3.2.5 Value-Added Services and Seasons in Advanced

Intercompany Stock Transfer Process

With this feature, you can now enable the system to copy value-added services (VAS) and season information
from the intercompany purchase order of the receiving company to the intercompany sales order.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-SD (Sales and Distribution for Retail & Fashion)

LO-RFM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The advanced intercompany stock transfer process in retail supports only single articles or materials. Retail
articles with variants are not supported.

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.

For more information on the business function, see Retail.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1531
Related Information

VAS in Advanced Intercompany Stock Transfer Process

Seasons in Advanced Intercompany Stock Transfer Process

15.1.3.2.6 Generic Article Item Handling during Diversion of

Purchase Orders

With this feature, you can now use the diversion process to delete a purchase order item and create a new
non-account assigned distribution center (DC) purchase order item in the same purchase order or a new
purchase order item.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.

For more information on the business function, see Retail.

Effects on Customizing

To enable this feature, you must select the Delete Delinked PO Item and Create New Item checkbox in the
Customizing for Sales and Distribution under Sales Sales Documents Sales Document Item Maintain
Item Categories for Fashion Management .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1532 PUBLIC Industries
Related Information

Diversion in Third-Party Order and Purchase-To-Order

15.1.3.2.7 Split PO Functionality for Account Assigned

Purchase Orders in PO Workbench

With this feature, you can now use the Split PO mode to create a new PO based on changes in the field values or
the selection of New PO checkbox (supported only for non-account assigned POs).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-PUR (Purchasing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.

For more information on the business function, see Retail.

Related Information

Purchase Order Item Handling in PO Workbench

15.1.3.2.8 Cut-off Date in Availability Change Log

With this feature, you can enable a specific application to update the advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP)
Availability Change Log (ACL) filter with the time stamp only when the supply or demand situation for a
material or article changes.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1533
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-MD (Logistics Basic Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

aATP only considers these changed ACL filter values in the next backorder processing (BOP) run.

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.

For more information on the business function, see Retail.

Related Information

Cut-off Date in Availability Change Log

15.1.3.2.9 Exclusion Criteria during Release Check Run

With this feature, you can exclude the supply assignment(ARun) status of the assigned quantities from being
overwritten during the release check process of the requirement documents.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1534 PUBLIC Industries
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-ARN (Order Allocation Run)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

While defining the release rule, you can set the supply assignment (ARun) status of the assigned quantities of
the requirement documents that need to be excluded from the update. The master data of the release rule is
enhanced to save the exclusion criterion.

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function SUPPLY_ASSIGNMENT_01.

For more information on the business function, see Supply Assignment (ARun)

Related Information

Release Check Run

15.1.3.2.10 Confirmation-Based Segmentation and

Prioritization in Supply Assignment Rule Fiori
Application

With this app, you can now perform confirmation-based segmentation and prioritization for schedule lines
based on the selections in the supply assignment rule.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1535
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-ARN (Order Allocation Run)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

Use the following business catalog, group, and role to access the corresponding apps from SAP Fiori home
page:

Business Group Business Catalog Business Roles

SAP_RFM_BCG_ORDR_FF_MNGR SAP_RFM_BC_ORDR_FF_MNGR SAP_BR_ORDER_FUL

FILLMNT_MNGR_R

Related Information

Supply Assignment Rule

Configure Supply Assignment Rule

15.1.3.2.11 Logging of Temporary Assignments and Preview

Assignments

With this feature, you can enable logging for changes made to temporary assignments and preview
assignments.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-ARN (Order Allocation Run)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1536 PUBLIC Industries
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function SUPPLY_ASSIGNMENT_01.

For more information on the business function, see Supply Assignment (ARun)

Effects on Customizing

• To enable logging for temporary assignments, select the Temporary Assignment checkbox in Customizing
for Cross-Application Components under Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Supply Assignment
(ARun) General Settings in Supply Assignment Enable Logging for Supply Assignment Records .
• To enable logging for preview assignments, select the Preview Assignment checkbox in Customizing
for Cross-Application Components under Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Supply Assignment
(ARun) General Settings in Supply Assignment Enable Logging for Supply Assignment Records .

Related Information

Temporary Assignment in Supply Assignment

Execution Modes of Supply Assignment

15.1.3.2.12 Drop Open Requirement (Deprecated)

The Drop Open Requirements (ARUN_DROP_REQUIREMENTS) report is deprecated and will be deleted as of
SAP S/4HANA 2025.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1537
Application Component LO-RFM-ARN (Order Allocation Run)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

As of SAP S/4HANA 2023, the Drop Open Requirements report is deprecated. This report will no longer
be available as of SAP S/4HANA 2025. SAP recommends using the SAP Fiori applications Manage Excess
Requirements App or Schedule Rejection of Excess Requirements.
This report is still supported with limited functionality.

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function SUPPLY_ASSIGNMENT_01.

For more information on the business function, see Supply Assignment (ARun)

Related Information

Drop Open Requirement (Deprecated)

15.1.3.2.13 SAP S/4HANA Digital Supply Chain (DSC) Edition

Support for Segmentation-Relevant Planned
Orders

With this integration, you can now also replicate segmentation-relevant planned orders to SAP S/4HANA
Digital Supply Chain (DSC) edition.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1538 PUBLIC Industries
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-SGT (Segmentation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business functions LOG_SEGMENTATION and RFM_SEGMENTATION.

Related Information

Integrating Segmentation with SAP S/4HANA Digital Supply Chain (DSC) Edition

15.1.3.2.14 Integration of Segmentation-Relevant Planned

Independent Requirements (PIR) to PP/DS

With this integration, you can now replicate segmentation-relevant planned independent requirements to
PP/DS as characteristic values.

Technical Details

Type Integration

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-SGT (Segmentation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business functions LOG_SEGMENTATION and RFM_SEGMENTATION.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1539
Related Information

Segmentation Mapping in Documents from SAP S/4HANA to PP/DS

15.2 Energy & Natural Resources

15.2.1 Oil & Gas

15.2.1.1 Field Logistics

15.2.1.1.1 Serial Number and Item Distribution in Process

Receipts - Stock and Non-Stock Items

This feature offers a usability improvement in Process Receipts application which enables you to:

• View serial number information in the serial number facet. You can use this facet to view existing serial
numbers, assign serial numbers and auto create serial numbers for stock items.
• View item distribution information in the item distribution facet for non-warehouse scenarios. This facet
can be used to distribute the delivered quantity into different storage locations, stock types, batches, and
serial numbers for stock items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-GR (Goods Receipt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1540 PUBLIC Industries
15.2.1.1.2 Enable Goods Receipt from Valuated Blocked Stock
(Movement Type 109) in Process Receipts - Stock
and Non-Stock Items

This feature enables you to perform goods receipt with movement type 109 in Process Receipts - Stock
and Non-Stock Items application. In the cases when 2-step goods receipt is being used for stock materials
(SP11-SP14).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-GR (Goods Receipt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0

15.2.1.1.3 Enhancement to Handle Account Assigned Stock

Transfer Requisition with Item Category N in
Maintenance Order

This feature enables you to procure components using SP12 supply processes ( as well as SP11, SP13, SP13
with specific versions) with item category non-stock and create account assigned stock transport requisitions
from maintenance order.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-GR (Goods Receipt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1541
15.2.1.1.4 Enhance Supply Process Document Flow to
Support All Stock Supply Processes (Forwards)

This feature enables you to have a view of all the documents created in the supply process when a request
is raised for a maintenance order by the demand plant. It tracks the documents in the forwards process until
receipt at the remote location for all stock supply processes (SP11-SP14).

 Note

The number and kind of document types that are tracked depends on the supply process and existing links
between the documents.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-SC (Supply Chain)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0

15.2.1.1.5 Process - Cross Plant Receipts Enhancements

This feature enables you to:

• View the auto-determined storage location when receiving item to a receiving plant with only one storage
location. You may also maintain the data manually as needed.
• View maintenance order, reservation, and reservation item in Process - Cross Plant Receipts application
without an activated kitting feature for supply process SP11 (version V1 and V3), SP12, SP13 (version V1
and V3) and SP14.
• Use scan functionality for handling unit and products for GS1 compliant bar codes in addition to the
existing QR code support.
• Receive stock transfers from one base location to another.

 Note

The base storage location and remote storage location fields are renamed to source and destination
storage locations.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1542 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-RET (Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0

15.2.1.1.6 Initiate Returns by Product Enhancements

This feature enables you to:

• Use the scan functionality for handling unit, products, and batch or serialized material items for GS1
compliant bar codes in addition to existing QR code support .
• Print product or handling unit labels for multiple items from the worklist page. Additionally, you can view
labels from object page using the Print Preview option.
• Autoconfirm any warehouse tasks for non-stock and service items by entering the load quantity.
Additionally, you can perform picking for non-stock and service items through navigation to the Process
Warehouse application.
• The Create Outbound Delivery checkbox is selected by default.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-RET (Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0

15.2.1.1.7 Initiate Returns by Maintenance Order

Enhancements

This feature enables you to:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1543
• Create return draft automatically while performing return to remote stock.
• Directly create return requested or return scheduled using the fields Create Outbound Delivery and
Recommended Action when initiating returns. The Create Outbound Delivery checkbox is selected by
default and Recommended Action is defaulted from the configuration settings.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-RET (Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0

15.2.1.1.8 Field Logistics Voyages Enhancements

This feature enables you to:

• View the voyage summary for multiple items from the worklist page. Additionally, the voyage summary can
be viewed from the object page using the Print Preview option.
• Configure the voyage summary document with custom fields.
• Specify planned departure time and planned arrival time under voyage stages.
• Create and publish custom logic for custom fields.
• Avoid assignment of container to the voyage when you choose the mode of transport as Air. However, you
can override this default application behavior based on your business need.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6BA (Field Logistics Planning and Execution – Containers

and Voyages)

Application Component CA-FL-SG (Shipment)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1544 PUBLIC Industries
15.2.1.1.9 Archiving and ILM Object for Field Logistics
Container

Direct Procurement)

6BA (Setting Up Field Logistics Planning and Execution -

Containers and Voyages)

Technical Object Name See the table below

Preparation Required No

Application Component CA-FL-RET (Returns)

CA-FL-SG (Shipment)

CA-FL-SRV (Services)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1546 PUBLIC Industries
Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added, changed or deprecated for developer
extensibility with the current release.

Objects Added, Changed, or Deprecated for Developer Extensibility

Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

RAP business object Process Shipment I_FLDLOGSPROCESSS New With this RAP business
Item HIPMENTITEMTP object, you can read
and process Field Lo
gistics delivery item
data. Furthermore, this
RAP business object
is now extensible. In
the Custom Fields ap
plication, key users can
add their own custom
fields and then use
them in this RAP busi
ness object.

RAP business object Received Container I_FLDLOGSRCVDCONT New With this RAP business
List AINERLISTTP object, you can read
and process Field Lo
gistics container data.
Furthermore, this RAP
business object is
now extensible. In the
Custom Fields applica
tion, key users can
add their own custom
fields and then use
them in this RAP busi
ness object.

RAP business object Received Handling Unit I_FLDLOGSRCVDHNDL New With this RAP business
Item GUNITITEMTP object, you can read
and process Field Lo
gistics handling unit
item data. Further
more, this RAP busi
ness object is now ex
tensible. In the Custom
Fields application, key
users can add their
own custom fields and
then use them in this
RAP business object.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1547
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

RAP business object Returns Product I_FLDLOGSRETURNSP New With this RAP busi
RODUCTTP ness object, you can
create, read, and up
date Initiate Returns
by Product application
data. This business ob
ject to represent the
return of stock, non
stock, and rental mate
rials from remote loca
tion (rig or offshore)
to base (onshore) loca
tion. Furthermore, this
RAP business object
is now extensible. In
the Custom Fields ap
plication, key users can
add their own custom
fields and then use
them in this RAP busi
ness object.

RAP business object Shipment Container I_FLDLOGSSHIPMENT New With this RAP busi
CONTAINERTP ness object, you can
create, read, and up
date Field Logistics
container master data
and its certificates.
Furthermore, this RAP
business object is
now extensible. In the
Custom Fields applica
tion, key users can
add their own custom
fields and then use
them in this RAP busi
ness object.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1548 PUBLIC Industries
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

RAP business object Shipment Voyage I_FLDLOGSSHIPMENT New With this RAP busi
VOYAGETP ness object, you can
create, read, and up
date voyages and its
corresponding stages.
Furthermore, this RAP
business object is
now extensible. In the
Custom Fields applica
tion, key users can
add their own custom
fields and then use
them in this RAP busi
ness object.

RAP business object Supplier Item I_FLDLOGSSUPPLIER New With this RAP business
ITEMTP object, you can create,
read, and update sup
plier items in Manage
Logistics - Supplier
Items application.

RAP business object Transfer Supplier Item I_FLDLOGSTRANSFSU New With this RAP business
PPLIERITEMTP object, you can exe
cute actions on sup
plier items to initiate
or cancel transfer in
Initiate Transfers appli
cation. This business
object displays all sup
plier items at remote,
which can be transfer
red to another remote
location or purchase
order.

RAP business object Delivery Container Unit I_FLDLOGSDELIVCON New With this RAP business
TAINERUNITTP object, you can cre
ate, read, and update
packed containers.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1549
Object Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

RAP business object Delivery Item I_FLDLOGSDELIVERY New With this RAP business
ITEMTP object, you can cre
ate, read, update, and
delete delivery items.
This business object
displays all delivery
items at base or re
mote, which are ready
for shipment.

Developer extensibility allows you to create development projects in SAP S/4HANA by using ABAP
Development Tools for Eclipse. This gives you the opportunity to build extensions, services, and SAP Fiori
apps using the complete set of ABAP features released for SAP S/4HANA, for example, with the ABAP RESTful
Application Programming model, http services, and ABAP objects. For more information about the released
objects and how to find them, see Released Development Objects.

Effects on System Administration

For more information about the authorizations required for working with the development objects released for
developer extensibility, see Configure Authorizations.

15.2.1.2 TM-Based Shipment Cost Calculation

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-OIL-DS-SC (Shipment Costing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1550 PUBLIC Industries
Effects on Data Transfer

The data transfer is based on background remote function call technology (bgRFC).

New data mapping functionality has been implemented to link objects of industry solution IS-OIL with objects
of Transportation Management. The data mapping is a prerequisite for the data transfer between industry
solution IS-OIL and Transportation Management. The data mapping is captured in new tables for the following
objects:

• Location
• Transportation Connection Point
• Vehicle Type (optional)
• Event Type (optional)

Effects on Customizing

• Integration Customizing between industry solution IS-OIL and Transportation Management is required.
• Basic integration setup
• BgRFC setup to enable the data transfer between industry solution IS-OIL and Transportation
Management
• Mapping of required master data objects
• Locations for Trader’s and Scheduler’s Workbench
• Transportation Connection Points
• Application integration setup
• Integration setup for Trader’s and Scheduler’s Workbench
• Integration setup for Transportation and Distribution
• Customizing of the required functionality in Transportation Management to perform cost calculation,
settlement, and distribution

15.2.1.3 Production and Revenue Accounting (PRA)

15.2.1.3.1 Collective Division of Interest

With this feature, you can maintain all the relevant information related to Division Order Interest in a single
dashboard, including the new attributes added to division order, e.g., ownership attribute group and dynamic
SD instruction.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1551
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable, PRA is a U.S.-only solution.

Scope Item 5NM

Application Component IS-OIL-PRA-OW (Ownership)

SAP GUI Transaction: /PRA/COLLECTIVE_DOI

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Effects on System Administration

The adjustment of authorizations is needed for new transactions.

15.2.1.3.2 Ownership Attribute Group

Common marketing-free attributes can now be defined within a new entity called an Owner Attribute Group.
An Owner Attribute Group can then be assigned to owners within a division of interest (DOI), simplifying the
maintenance of common or lease-specific marketing-free attributes for PRA owners.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable, PRA is a U.S.-only solution.

Scope Item 5NM

Application Component IS-OIL-PRA-REV-OW (Ownership)

SAP GUI Transaction: O3U_OAG

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1552 PUBLIC Industries
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

15.2.1.3.3 Dynamic Settlement Diversity Instruction

A customer can now make use of standard extensibility options to enable dynamic rule-based assignment
of Settlement Diversity formulas to owners in PRA revenue. Dynamic Settlement Diversity further supports a
new concept of Smart Formulas for cases where the Settlement Diversity formula construct itself can be also
derived through business rules.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable, PRA is a U.S.-only solution.

Scope Item 5NM

Application Component IS-OIL-REV-VAL (Valuation)

Customizing Object: OIU_DSD_INSTR

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Smart Formulas can enable a customer to automatically compute a designated owner’s settlement using an
alternate contract price, or the higher-of the alternate price or a base price. Additional Smart Formula controls
allow a customer to conditionally: override bearer groups, alter the tax allocation basis, or alter the level of
payable detail.

15.2.1.3.4 PRA Division Order Interest

The PRA Division Order Interest data migration object and API are enhanced with new fields for assignment of
Ownership Attribute Group and Dynamic SD Instruction.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1553
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable, PRA is a U.S.-only solution.

Scope Item 5NM

Application Component IS-OIL_PRA-REV-OW (Ownership)

Data Migration Object: SIF_PRA_OWMDOI (PRA - Division

Order Interest)

API: API_PRAMAINTDOI_O4 (PRA Maintain Division of

Interest)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

15.2.2 Utilities

15.2.2.1 Utilities for Customer Engagement

15.2.2.1.1 Simple sales orders for utilities commodity

contracts

The objective is to seamlessly integrate sales and distribution (SD) orders with customer engagement sales
contracts, primarily for new contracts. This integration aims to enable configuration and pricing functionalities
within SD, which will then be transferred to utilities sales contracts, utilities business add-ins, and billing
for SAP for Utilities (IS-U). Additionally, the system will be equipped to handle multiple divisions in a single
contract, such as energy, gas, or water, providing a comprehensive solution for managing various utility
services.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1554 PUBLIC Industries
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-IU (S4CRM: Utilities Industry)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

15.2.2.1.2 Renovation of Business Partner Overview

The new Business Partner overview feature provides a comprehensive display of actions associated with a
specific Business Partner in a timeline format. This timeline not only presents a clear overview of the status
of these actions but also facilitates seamless navigation to access detailed information for each action. With
this functionality, users can efficiently track and manage various activities related to the Business Partner,
improving overall productivity and decision-making.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-IU (S4CRM: Utilities Industry)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

15.2.2.1.3 Show PM Notification

This feature allows for the direct display of PM notifications within the Interaction Center (IC). With this
functionality, users can seamlessly access and view PM notifications from within the IC interface, streamlining
the process and facilitating efficient management of maintenance-related tasks and communication.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1555
Functional Localization Not applicable

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U-BI (Contract Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

15.2.2.3 CDS Views for BPEM Clarification Cases

A new CDS cube and query focused on Business Process Exception Management (BPEM) enable you to
analyze and monitor the clarification cases that for example have not yet been solved and need to be
processed. Several optional parameters allow you to refine your search and obtain BPEM-related KPIs and
results.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1558 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U-TO-MMA (Monitoring of Mass Runs)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

15.2.2.4 New Business Role: Operations Specialist (Utilities)

In addition to the existing utilities-specific roles Billing Specialist and Meter Data Specialist, a new role
Operations Specialist (Utilities) (PFCG role SAP_BR_OPERATIONS_SPEC_ISU) can now be assigned to users
who are responsible for the smooth and efficient operation of business processes at a utilities company.

The assignment of the new role is a prerequisite for using new SAP Fiori apps for the analysis and management
of clarification cases in the meter-to-cash processes in the SAP for Utilities solutions.

The tasks of operation specialists include supervising the performance of the meter to cash processes,
monitoring business exceptions, organizing the resolution of these business exceptions by assigning them
to dedicated process area specialists, supervising the resolution within service level agreements, following up
issues of high priority.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not apploicable

Application Component IS-U (SAP Utilities)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

More information about utilities-related roles and apps can be found in the SAP Fiori Apps Reference Library.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1559
15.2.2.5 TOU and RTP Billing for the Japanese Billing Period
(JBP) and the Standard Billing Period (SBP) in a
Single Client

The new function is relevant for Japan and supports the use of different billing periods for different division
categories within a single client (for example, Japanese billing period for electricity and the standard billing
period for gas), which allows time-of-use (TOU) billing and real-time-pricing (RTP) billing for different billing
periods. In this solution, IS-U meter reading is only supported for the standard billing period.

Specifically, this development reduces the total cost of ownership by reducing the number of clients required to
run different billing periods, which brings significant benefits to Japanese utilities retail companies operating in
deregulated markets.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U-BI (Contract Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Detailed information can be found in SAP Note 2834512 .

Customizing

The following Customizing activity must be maintained as described in the SAP Note 2834512 : SAP
Utilities Contract Billing Special Functions Billing Periods for Japanese Market Define Billing
Periods .

15.2.2.6 New Fiori App: BPEM Clarification Case Overview

A new Fiori app enables you to obtain a complete picture of the existing BPEM (Business Process Exception
Management) clarification cases in the Utilities meter-to-cash processes.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1560 PUBLIC Industries
The app provides BPEM-related KPIs by counting the clarification cases for different criteria, such as the
status, priority, case category, business process and business process area, and presenting the aggregated
numbers on different cards and donut charts. This provides you with a comprehensive overview of the selected
business exceptions.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not apploicable

Application Component IS-U-TO-MMA (Monitoring of Mass Runs)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Clarification Case Overview (F7255)

15.2.2.7 New Fiori App: Manage BPEM Clarification Cases

A new Fiori app enables you to display a list of BPEM (Business Process Exception Management) clarification
cases in Utilities meter-to-cash processes, to access detailed information related to clarification cases, and
apply actions.

The app provides forward navigation to the transaction EMMAC3 (“Display Clarification Case”), where further
detailed information and BPEM features are available.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not apploicable

Application Component IS-U-TO-MMA (Monitoring of Mass Runs)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1561
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Clarification Cases (F7256)

15.2.2.8 Integration of Different Contract Types

Additional integration capabilities support the integration of further contract objects, such as Meter Operation
Service (MOS) contracts, with standard utilities functions and processes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U-MD (Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following enhancement options are available for integrating MOS contracts and additional contract objects
with the IS-U standard functions:

• Search for IS-U master data using alternative contracts

• Display of alternative contracts in IS-U data environments
• Inclusion of an alternative contract as a billable service in the supply scenario
• Inclusion of an alternative contract in the Machine Learning application for releasing implausible meter
reading results
• This feature is also available for SAP S/4HANA 2022

More information can be found in SAP Note 3342499 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1562 PUBLIC Industries
15.2.2.9 Support of Multi-Level Taxes in the Statistical
Budget Billing Plans for Reverse Charge

The reverse charge logic ("Steuerschuldumkehr" according to "§ 13b Umsatzsteuergesetz (UStG)" in Germany)
can be now applied to statistical budget billing plans.

If the recipient of benefit and not the utilities company is responsible for VAT, the VAT amounts are only
calculated for information purposes, and are excluded from the budget billing amounts. The statistical budget
billing plan now supports multi-level taxes, which are technically used to calculate VAT amounts in a first step
and then subtract them in a second step from the budget billing amounts requested from the end customer.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U-IN-BB (Budget Billing Plan)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

More information can be found in the SAP Roadmap

Explorer https://roadmaps.sap.com/board?PRODUCT=73554900100800000266&range=CURRENT-
LAST#Q3%202023;INNO=000D3AAC9DD21EDCB883045B5C83EC32 .

15.2.2.10 Simulation of utility bills using product

configuration

Utilize the Utilities Product Integration Layer API to transmit product configuration in the form of name-
value pairs, thereby impacting the outcomes of billing simulation. Enhance the API response to encompass
comprehensive billing details, encompassing itemized billing components alongside associated costs. This
augmented response will empower frontend applications, like customer web portals or mobile apps, to
effectively exhibit both individual pricing elements and the overall simulated billing aggregate.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1563
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U (Utilities Industry)

Valid as Of SAP S4HANA 2023

15.3 Financial Services

15.3.1 Banking

15.3.1.1 Collateral Management (FS-CMS)

15.3.1.1.1 Deprecated and Successor CDS Views for Collateral

Management

With this feature, you can find some deprecated and successor CDS views. You can't create new content based
on deprecated CDS views (for example, creating a new custom analytical query based on a deprecated SAP
cube view). We recommend that you switch to the successor CDS views as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CMS (Collateral Management)

Available As Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1564 PUBLIC Industries
Additional Details

Due to naming conventions, the following CDS views have been deprecated and a successor view is provided.

Deprecated CDS View Successor CDS View Successor CDS View Label

I_InsuranceObjectData I_CollateralInsurance Collateral Insurance Object Details

I_InsuranceObjectFrequencyUnit I_ColltrlInsurFrequencyUnit Frequency Unit for Collateral Insurance

I_InsuranceObjectMasterData I_CollateralInsurance Collateral Insurance Object Details

I_InsuranceObjectType I_CollateralInsuranceType Type of Collateral Insurance

I_InsuranceObjectTypeText I_CollateralInsuranceTypeText Type of Collateral Insurance - Text

I_InsuranceObjFrequencyUnitTxt I_ColltrlInsurFrqcyUnitText Frequency Unit for Collateral Insurance

- Text

I_InsurancePersonSpecification I_ColltrlInsurPersnSpec Specification of Persons for Collateral

Insurance

Related Information

CDS Views for Collateral Management (FS-CMS)

15.3.2 Insurance

15.3.2.1 Policy Management

15.3.2.1.1 Accounting for the Time of Loss when Positioning

an Application

In the standard system, the time of positioning an application is defined by the returned change type and the
fine control value of the time model functions.

Using the BAdI:Determination of Positioning Strategy now enables you to account for the specific time of loss
when positioning an application.

Instead of merely passing the day, you can now pass the time and time zone of the claim with the new
parameters time and time zone. Hereby, you can account for the time of loss when positioning an application
and overwrite the change type for the loading of the contract.

Example

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1565
Many insurance companies want to know whether a claim occurred before or after 12 p.m. You can meet this
requirement by considering the following costumer-specific logic:

• If the time of loss is less than or equal to 12 p.m., the contract version before the contract change should be
loaded. No further costumer-specific steps are necessary and the change type of the time model function
does not need to be overwritten because the system continues to use change type 20.
• If the time of loss is greater than 12 p.m., the contract version after the contract change should be loaded.
To do so, overwrite the change type of the time model function in this BAdI with a value greater than 70.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PM (Policy Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

You can find the BAdI:Determination of Positioning Strategy in Customizing for Policy Management
under Integration Claims Management FS-CM Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) General Functions for CM
Interface .

You can find further information on this BAdI in the BAdI documentation.

Related Information

Positioning of Claims

15.3.2.1.2 Coinsurance Documents at the Time of Document

Split

When you use the distribution plan for coinsurance, you can now enrich the resulting cash flow with data from
the distribution plan. You can do this by implementing the Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI: Change Coinsurance
Documents at the Time of Document Split.

You can use this BAdI for the following purposes:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1566 PUBLIC Industries
• Set data from the distribution plan into the cash flow data, especially, if you are using one coinsurer more
than once (direct and indirect participation).
• Create a link between the commission posting item and the item of the original posting if you use more
than one premium payer.

In both cases, you fill customer fields in the cash flow accordingly.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PM (Policy Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

In Customizing for Policy Management, choose Accounting Component Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdI:
Change of coinsurance documents during document split .

Related Information

Distribution of Documents for Coinsurance

Display Cash Flow and Non Cash Flow Documents

15.3.2.1.3 Business Partner with Multiple Coinsurance Keys

in the Distribution Plan

On the Edit Distribution Plan screen, you can now both select the business partner and the coinsurance key.
This is especially useful, if you have assigned multiple coinsurance keys to one business partner.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1567
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PM (Policy Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Distribution Plan
Process or End Coinsurance

15.3.2.1.4 OData API: Search Policy

Policy Management now provides a RESTful API (program interface) that you can use to find a policy or an
open application. SAP provides the OData service Insurance Policy Search (API_INSURANCEPOLICYSEARCH)
for this purpose, which is published on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub.

External applications can then use a service URL to search for a policy or an open application in accordance
with the virtual data model (VDM) of Policy Management.

SAP also delivers SAP Object Node Types. These convert the codes and IDs that are returned by the Insurance
Policy Search service into meaningful texts in the user’s logon language.

This provides you with an open program interface that you can use to search policy data from external
applications (such as a customer portal) in a simple and standardized way.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component FS-PM (Policy Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1568 PUBLIC Industries
Additional Details

Insurance Policy Search (API_INSURANCEPOLICYSEARCH)

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Both the Insurance Policy Search service and the code list services are of type OData V4.

The OData service returns the search results for a policy or an open application in accordance with the VDM of
Policy Management. This is data from the following most important entities of the Policy business object:

• Policy
• Contract
• Application Journal
• Policyholder
• Premium Payer
• Insured Object Person

The package VDM_PM_PLCY_SEARCH_API contains the service bindings and the service definitions.

Extensibility of the Insurance Policy Search Service

You can add customer-specific or partner-specific fields to the entities delivered.

SAP Object Node Types

For fields with a code list or fields that refer to other objects (for instance, business partners or product
templates), the Insurance Policy Search service returns only the code or ID in the response. You need the SAP
Object Node Types in order to convert these values into meaningful texts in the user’s logon language.

Constraints
Sorting and filtering of virtual elements: Note that for a virtual element, the framework is expecting a reference
field within the related entity. Due to the missing reference field, it is not possible to provide a sorting or filtering
functionality of the virtual element.

Related Information

Insurance Policy Search

Operations for Insurance Policy Search
SAP Object Node Types - Insurance Policy Service and Search Policy

15.3.2.1.5 OData API: Insurance Policy Service

Policy Management now provides a RESTful API (program interface) that you can use to read policy data on an
effective date, to read a policy by version ID (order number), or to create a new policy. SAP provides the OData
service Insurance Policy Service (API_INSURANCEPOLICYSERVICE) for this purpose, which is published on the
SAP Business Accelerator Hub.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1569
External applications can then use a service URL to read or create policy data in accordance with the virtual
data model (VDM) of Policy Management.

SAP also delivers SAP Object Node Types. These convert the codes and IDs that are returned by the Insurance
Policy Service service into meaningful texts in the user’s logon language.

This provides you with an open program interface that you can use to read or create policy data from external
applications (such as a customer portal) in a simple and standardized way.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Application Component FS-PM (Policy Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Insurance Policy Service (API_INSURANCEPOLICYSERVICE)

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Both the Insurance Policy Service service and the code list services are of type OData V4.

The OData service returns or creates the policy data in accordance with the VDM of Policy Management. This is
data from the following most important entities of the Policy business object:

• Policy
• Contract
• Contract package
• Coverage Package
• Coverage
• Subcoverage
• Policy Holder
• Premium Payer
• Clause
• Deductible
• Limit
• Surcharge/discount
• Insured Object

The package VDM_PM_PLCY_API_COMMON contains the service bindings and the service definitions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1570 PUBLIC Industries
Extensibility of the Insurance Policy Service
You can add customer-specific or partner-specific fields to the entities delivered.

SAP Object Node Types

For fields with a code list or fields that refer to other objects (for instance, business partners or product
templates), the Insurance Policy (A2X) service returns only the code or ID in the response. You need the SAP
Object Node Types in order to convert these values into meaningful texts in the user’s logon language.

Constraints
• Read policy:
• You can read the change history and cashflow data with their full history, not on a specific date. The
service does not include information about planned changes or renewal history.
• It is not possible to read multiple policies nor multiple policy versions in one service call.
• Reading subordinate entities by using the navigation path, e.g. coverage under contract -> GET /
Contract/{InsurPlcyUUID}/{InsurPlcyInsurContr}/_Coverage, may lead to duplicate records in the
service response depending on the data constellation inside the journal tables in FS-PM. You can
only determine subordinate entities by reading directly from the main axis object, e.g. coverage under
contract -> GET /ContractCoverage. Use $expand to provide the requested subordinate entities.
• Create Policy:
In the RAP framework, the response for the create operation is based on the key of the created entity, and
the system, by default, triggers the read operation based on the key to frame the response. In the case of
simulation, no document is created, so the response doesn't contain any results.
• Node Extensibility is not supported for this ODATA service.

Effects on Customizing

For the create policy scenario, you can create a RAP action for your API and assign a RAP implementation class
to implement you own logic to the API. To do so, in Customizing for Policy Management choose Integration
Services RESTful APIs Maintain RAP Action and RAP Action Implementation Class .

Related Information

Insurance Policy Service

SAP Object Node Types - Insurance Policy Service and Search Policy

15.3.2.1.6 Dissolve Vehicle Change

You can use this function to dissolve an existing vehicle change in the Change business process. The Dissolve
Vehicle Change pushbutton is available at contract level of the source and target contract provided there is an
active vehicle change for the contract and the bonus-malus is not used in duplicate on the effective date. The
Dissolve Vehicle Change action can also be executed in the background.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1571
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PMA (Policy Management for Auto Insurance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

You can use the Dissolve Vehicle Change action to dissolve an existing active vehicle change. The source and
target contract remain active and any existing reversal dates for the source contract or source policy are
deleted. The system does not write any commission entries and it is not possible to dissolve postdating and
reimplement processing for the Dissolve Vehicle Change action.

If you confirm the dissolution of the vehicle change in a message, the status of the vehicle change changes to
"Flagged for Dissolution". If you reject the application, the system sets the status back to "Active".

As long as the status is "Flagged for Dissolution", the system considers the vehicle change to be active in
existing processes. The status of the vehicle change changes to "Dissolved" only when the business process is
released. This is a final status and the vehicle change cannot be processed further. However, you can execute a
new vehicle change.

The Dissolve Vehicle Change action is possible only in policy processing. This means that you must select the
processing level "Policy Processing" in the dialog and set the Force Policy Processing indicator in the update
run.

15.3.2.1.7 RFM Dissolve Vehicle Change

You can use this function to dissolve a vehicle change on the selected effective date using the remote-enabled
function module (RFM) Dissolve Vehicle Change (/MVA/AMT_SVC_CHGVEC_DISSOLVE). The RFM can be
executed for a source or target contract provided there is an active vehicle change for the contract and the
bonus-malus is not used in duplicate on the effective date.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1572 PUBLIC Industries
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PMA (Policy Management for Auto Insurance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

When you execute the RFM Dissolve Vehicle Change, the status of the vehicle change changes to "Dissolved".
This is a final status and the vehicle change cannot be processed further. However, you can execute a new
vehicle change.

After the RFM Dissolve Vehicle Change has been executed, the source and target contract remain active and
any existing reversal dates for the source contract or source policy are deleted. The system does not write any
commission entries and it is not possible to dissolve postdating and reimplement processing for the Dissolve
Vehicle Change action.

15.3.2.1.8 Automatic Adjustment of FC to VL

With this function, the system provides the option during the inclusion of CIC notifications (such as “positive
answer”) to automatically adjust the fully comprehensive bonus-malus (FC B/M) to the liability bonus-malus
(VL B/M). You can use the object-oriented enhancement technique Business Add-In (BAdI):

• To define the rule set that decides whether the adjustment is necessary
• To adjust the functions of the adjustment

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Germany

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PMA (Policy Management for Auto Insurance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1573
Additional Details

The system calls the implementation during the inclusion of CIC notifications when the related date Include IIS
Notification (/MVA/CLAIM_VAS) is executed.

Implementation Details for Standard Implementation (Germany)

The previous insurer data of the FC B/M is deleted during an adjustment to the VL B/M and the rating reason is
changed to Adjustment of Compr. Ins. to Veh. Liab..

Standard checks before the adjustment of the FC B/M to the VL B/M:

• This is a cession of the VL B/M from the previous insurer.

• There is an FC B/M and a VL B/M within the same contract.
• The positive CIC answer contains an FC B/M that was terminated more than a year ago or there is no FC
B/M share in the CIC notification.
• The risk code is entered in Customizing for the relevant risk codes for the adjustment (see Effects on
Customizing).
• The premium level of the VL B/M is better than that of the FC B/M.

To determine the correct premium level, the system uses the premium levels of the fully comprehensive and
liability bonus-malus rated after inclusion as well as the data entered by the processor before inclusion in fully
comprehensive coverage. The system transfers the most favorable premium level for the policyholder to the FC
B/M. If there is no FC answer record, the bonus-malus data entered by the processor is used to determine the
adjustment.

If the rating reason is Adjustment of Compr. Ins. to Veh. Liab. and the fully comprehensive and liability bonus-
malus both have the premium level “M”, the premium level is adjusted to “0” and the rating reason is set to the
rating reason entered in Customizing as the default rating reason.

Effects on System Administration

A BAdI is available for customer-specific implementations of the functions of the automatic adjustment
(decision whether adjustment is necessary, execute adjustment). You can find this BAdI in Customizing under
SAP Insurance Policy Management Bonus-Malus Management Business Add-Ins BAdI: Automatic
Adjustment of Comprehensive B/M to Liability B/M .

Effects on Customizing

In Customizing under SAP Insurance Policy Management Bonus-Malus Management Manage Risk
Codes for Adjustment of Comprehensive B/M to Liability B/M , you can define the risk codes for
which the automatic adjustment is to be executed. The Customizing setting is used in the standard
implementation /MVA/AMB_ADJUST_DE_BADI of the BAdI definition /MVA/AMB_ADJUST_BADI.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1574 PUBLIC Industries
15.3.2.1.9 Change to Registration (Germany) - Legal Person
As Legal Representative of an Association

With this function, you can use Registration Management (Germany) according to the changed legal
requirements of the Gesamtverband der Deutschen Versicherungswirtschaft e.V. (GDV) (German Insurance
Association) in “Legal Person As Representative of an Association”.

• A legal person can be entered as the legal representative of an association.

• You can export or import registration messages with legal persons as the legal representatives of
associations using the Export Registration Messages and Import Registration Messages runs.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Germany

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PMA (Policy Management for Auto Insurance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Changes to the Vehicle Owner tab page (Registration Management (Germany)):

• The Diff. Ownr Permitted field is displayed first, followed by the fields BP Type, Legal Rep., Association
Name, Name of Legal Person, Last Name, and so on.
• You can no longer enter solely a natural person in the Legal Rep. field but can now also enter a legal person.
• In the case of an association, the Name of Legal Person field is ready for input when the data for the legal
representative is entered manually.

Changes to the Policyholder tab page (Registration Management (Germany)):

• The BP Type field is displayed first, followed by the fields Legal Rep., Association Name, Leg. Pers. Name,
Last Name, and so on.
• You can no longer enter solely a natural person in the Legal Rep. field but can now also enter a legal person.
• In the case of an association, the Leg. Pers. Name field is ready for input when the data for the legal
representative is entered manually.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1575
Effects on Data Transfer

Check the customer-specific implementations of the following BAdIs:

• /MVA/AMV_RSD_DATA_EXCH_BADI (customer-specific interface to association)

• /MVA/AMV_RSD_REFRPART_BADI (update business partner data)
• /MVA/AMV_VALIDATE_BADI (checking of data)

15.3.2.2 msg.PMQ

15.3.2.2.1 Switch to Eclipse 2023-03

With this release the new technological base of PMQ.Designer is the development platform Eclipse 2023-03.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-MPM (msg.PMQ)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With this change, at least Java 17 must now be used. Starting PMQ.Designer with older Java versions is no
longer possible.

Encoding settings may need to be adjusted to UTF-8, see PMQ.Designer Release Notes for details.

The new Eclipse version improves support for high-resolution monitors.

The SVN Connector is not included in the Designer installation by default, but can be installed via an update
site.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1576 PUBLIC Industries
15.3.2.2.2 Product Navigator View

As of this release, it is possible to navigate starting from product modules via product module relations as well
as via references from PMQ object restrictions with the help of the new PMQ Product Navigator view.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-MPM (msg.PMQ)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Relations of product module types or attributes with PMQ object restrictions serve as navigation criteria.
Using this new view, product modules/templates are grouped based on the navigation criterion and all relation
targets of this group for a type relation are displayed.

Further information can be found in the PMQ.Designer User Guide in the section 'Displaying Product
Navigator'.

15.3.2.2.3 Error Corrections and Usability Improvements

With this release, smaller issues has been fixed and the usability has been improved.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1577
Application Component FS-MPM (msg.PMQ)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• PMQ.Designer
• The column width is now, as already for the comparison editor and the product navigator, also
automatically adjusted to the visible content for the editors of tables and table extensions.
• The display mode menu (view mode) and the Origin field of aggregated product module relations are
now updated after saving. Since the display names are updated only after saving in the build process, it
is not possible to change them immediately.
• The behavior of PMQ.Designer in connection with licenses has been improved. If only one user license
is installed, it is now also accepted as start license for a workspace, even if it is not explicitly set as
workspace license.
• Unwanted switching between editors occurred in connection with the PMQ Explorer as well as the
Project Explorer. This has been fixed.
• Only the technical name is now displayed in an editable name field. At all elements for which the
technical name is displayed at this point, there is now an additional tooltip that represents the display
name.
• Columns in the tree views of editors and views are now prevented from resizing to a width of 0.
• POTATO
• With this release it is possible to export and import either the discrete values (VALUE) or the identifiers
(NAME) of enumeration constraints in table columns and arrays. In this course a new data version of
the POTATO configuration was created (data version 2306). Further information can be found in the
POTATO User Guide in the sections 'Reader' and 'Writer'.
• With the new parameter tableimportmodus of the class PMQDesignerDataWriter, which is used in the
POTATO task for the combined table import, it is now possible to define whether only newly created
data sets should be re-imported. Previously exported data sets in PMQ.Designer will thus not be
imported and the re-import of accidentally changed data will be prevented. The default value replace
(replace all) corresponds to the previous behavior. Lines that no longer occur are deleted. With the
values merge (Merge) and append (Append) rows that no longer occur are retained.
• For POTATO the import and export of multidimensional parameter assignments to calculation
functions has been corrected. Values are written to the Excel table distributed over several lines, as is
the case with multidimensional attributes. This ensures that the respective entries per dimension can
be correctly assigned again during import as well.
• Value constraints and null capability are now imported correctly during combined table transports.
• PMQ.Deployment
• When adding individual projects or libraries to the content in a deployment configuration, the version is
now initially set to automatic.
• The creation and definition of content configuration files has been generalized and can be applied to all
deployment targets.
• The XML file that was previously automatically stored in the file system for each QAR deployment
is now no longer generated by default. However, this can optionally be activated explicitly and then
contains the fixed name runtime_configuration.xml.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1578 PUBLIC Industries
• During Maven deployment, there is an option to create an aggregated POM file that also contains
dependent libraries. If referenced content libraries are assigned to the content in a deployment
configuration, the content libraries found are now filtered so that only those libraries are added to
the POM file that are also referenced by the content archives to be created during deployment.
• Deployment routes can be preconfigured in a customer-friendly way in the Deployment Assistant. As
of this release, an edition-specific configuration of certain deployment routes is possible via so-called
ExtensionPoints.
• Parallel execution of deployment operations with the same name is now possible. Another randomly
generated name component has been added to the internal deployment directory in the path.

15.3.2.3 Claims Management

15.3.2.3.1 OData API: First Notice of Loss

Claims Management now provides OData API that you can use to perform First Notice of Loss (FNOL).

This OData service Insurance Claim First Notice of Loss is published on the API Business Accelerator Hub.
Extermal publications can then use a service URL to read claim data in accordance with the virtual data model
(VDM) of claims management. Only the data of the latest claim version is read.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The OData service returns the data about the latest version of a claim, in accordance with the VDM of the
Claims Management. This is the data from the following most important entities of the Insurance Claim FNOL
business object:

• Damaged Object
• Claim Notes
• Witnesses

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1579
• Driver
• Claimant
• Diagnosis
• SFC for Loss Location
• SFC for Origin of Loss
• SFC for Damaged Vehicle
• SFC for Injured Person

The package ICL_VDM_FNOL_API contains the service binding and the service definition.

Effects on Data Transfer

FNOL uses FS-PM and ICM components.

Effects on System Administration

To use the Insurance Claim FNOL service, the following authorization object must be assigned to the user:

• I_ICL_CTYP
• I_ICL_ACLM
• B_BUP_DCPD
• B_BUPA_GRP
• B_BUPA_RLT
• I_ICL_ACT
• I_ICL_SBRG
• I_ICL_SCLT
• I_INS_OBJ

Related Information

15.3.2.3.2 OData API: No Touch Claim

Claims Management now provides OData API Insurance Claim No Touch Claim (NTC) that you can use to
process entire claim with no or minimal human intervention - from the first notice of loss to settlement.

This OData service Insurance Claim No Touch Claim is published on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub.
External Publications can then use a service URL to read claim data in accordance with the virtual data model
(VDM) of Claims Management. Only the data of the latest claim version is read.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1580 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

• Claim Header
• Header
• Payment
• Participant
• Subclaim

The package ICL_VDM_NTC contains the service binding and the service definition.

Effects on Data Transfer

NTC uses FS-PM and ICM components.

Effects on System Administration

To use the Insurance Claim No Touch Claim service, the following authorization objects must be assigned to the
user:

• I_ICL_CTYP
• I_ICL_ACLM
• B_BUP_DCPD
• B_BUPA_GRP
• B_BUPA_RLT
• I_ICL_ACT

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1581
• I_ICL_SBRG
• I_ICL_SCLT
• I_INS_OBJ

Effects on Customizing

No Touch Claim is using the Auto LoB Customizing currently and works only with the Glass Scenario.

15.3.2.3.3 Bank Account Synchronization

Bank account synchronization is an enhancement of the existing solution, which enables synchronization of
bank details in case of multiple bank accounts stored within the Business Partner.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for the Netherlands

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM-LC (Financial Services Localization)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The enhancement provides the correct selection of bank account details in case when an old bank account
becomes obsolete and a new bank is inserted. Then the new bank account becomes a valid bank account.

Proper synchronization of the bank account details is handled across multiple components, including:

• Business Partner
• Claims Management
• Human Capital Management
• Collections & Disbursements

As a consequence, the valid bank account is shown on the benefit statement and payments are distributed to
the correct bank account.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1582 PUBLIC Industries
Effects on Data Transfer

Transfer of additional bank details to HCM and FS-CD component is triggered only after a new bank account is
assigned to the corresponding payment.

15.3.2.3.4 CDS View for Scope of Loss

Claims Management provides Core Data Services (CDS) views that gives the list of all insurance claim scope
of loss codes and the language dependent text in the system. This CDS View is used in auxiliary A2X OData
Services for Claims Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Scope of Loss

15.3.2.3.5 CDS View for Outstanding Reserves

Claims Management now provides Core Data Services (CDS) views that you can use to calculate actuarial
estimates.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1583
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Outstanding Reserves

15.3.2.3.6 CDS View for Loss Triangle

Claims Management now provides Core Data Services (CDS) views that you can use to analyze and project the
development of losses over time.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Loss Triangle

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1584 PUBLIC Industries
15.3.2.3.7 CDS View for Claim Payments

Claims Management now provides Core Data Services (CDS) Views that you can use for claim payments. This
CDS view provides the claim number, benefit type, payment amount, display and claim payment currency,
coverage type, record type of payment, posting date, calendar year, losses/expenses, line of business, claim
and subclaim type, authorization group, contract number, claim status, and organizational unit.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Claim Payment

15.3.2.3.8 CDS View for Number of Claims

Claims management now provides Core Data Services (CDS) Views that provides the claim number,
authorization group, claim and subclaim type, line of business, claim status, coverage type, claim handler,
and organizational unit.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1585
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Number of Claims

15.3.2.3.9 CDS View for Total Claim Expenditure

Claims management now provides Core Data Services (CDS) Views for total claims expenditure. This CDS
view provides the claim number, losses/expenses, reserve type, organizational unit, claim and subclaim type,
authorization group, coverage type, claim status, contract number, line of business, claim handler and calendar
year.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Total Claim Expenditure

15.3.2.3.10 CDS View for Damage Category

Claims Management now provides Core Data Services (CDS) Views that provides the claim damage category
code and the language dependent text in the system. This CDS view is used in auxiliary A2X OData Services for
Claims Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1586 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Damage Category

15.3.2.3.11 OData API: Insurance Claim Read

Claims Management now provides the changes to the approach of the delivered API services. There is a list of
updated Inquiry API services. Additional CDS views are created and exposed to the SAP Business Accelerator
Hub.

This service is designed for A2X communication and can be consumed by UIs.

SAP provides the OData service Insurance Claim Read for this purpose, which is published on the SAP
Business Accelerator Hub.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1587
Additional Details

The OData service returns data about the latest version of a claim in accordance with the VDM of Claims
Management. This is data from the following most important API services of the Insurance Claim business
object:

General Inquiry:

• Claim by Date of Loss

• Claim by Handler
• Claim Shadow Table
• Claim by Handler

P&C:

• Claim by Contract Number

• Claim by Licence Plate Number

Health:

• Claim by Diagnosis Group

• Damaged Object Dental
• Claim Procurements

Related Information

Insurance Claim Read

Entities

SAP Object Node Type

CDS View for Scope of Loss

CDS View for Loss Triangle

CDS View for Outstanding Reserves

CDS View for Claim Payments

CDS View for Number of Subclaims

CDS View for Total Claim Expenditure

CDS View for Damage Category

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1588 PUBLIC Industries
15.3.2.4 Collections and Disbursements

15.3.2.4.1 Collections and Disbursements

For information about new apps, features, and functions in Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable (FI-CA),
see the Contract Accounting section under Billing and Revenu Innovation Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CD (Collections/Disbursements)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Collections and Disbursements (FS-CD)

15.3.2.4.2 Debit Entries with Card Supplement for Digital

Payments Using SAP digital payments add-on

If you process your business partner’s credit card payments by using SAP digital payments add-on, when
transferring data with BAPI BAPI_PPLAN_ITEM_CREATE or function module ISCD_SCPOS_MAINTAIN, you can
now create subledgers with card supplement for the payment data (debit entries with card supplement):

The system does not store the payment data in the payment plan items, but exclusively in the generated
documents.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1589
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CD (Collections/Disbursements)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Data Transfer

The following conditions must be met:

• The credit card payment was billed (captured) with SAP digital payments add-on, for example, via your
customer portal, before you transfer the data.
• The payment plan items created in this way are entered directly on the debit side during the transfer.
If you use function module ISCD_SCPOS_MAINTAIN for the transfer, set field I_POST to X.
If you use BAPI BAPI_PPLAN_ITEM_CREATE for the transfer, set the current date in parameter POST_TO.
• This payment is a one-off payment.
If you use function module ISCD_SCPOS_MAINTAIN for the transfer, indicate this by using field PSNGL in
tables parameter T_SCPOS.
If you use BAPI BAPI_PPLAN_ITEM_CREATE for the transfer, indicate this by using field SINGLE_PAYMENT
in tables parameter POSITION.
• The payment plan item refers to document category “Payment Plan Item”.
If you use function module ISCD_SCPOS_MAINTAIN for the transfer, fill field BLTYP in tables parameter
T_SCPOS with value 20.
BAPI BAPI_PPLAN_ITEM_CREATE for the transfer of payment plan items always sets document category
“Payment Plan Item” automatically.
• The payment plan item refers to a value in field Grouping Field for Automatic Payment Transactions starting
with value \Z.
If you use function module ISCD_SCPOS_MAINTAIN for the transfer, fill field PYGRP in tables parameter
T_SCPOS with a freely-definable value starting with \Z.
If you use BAPI BAPI_PPLAN_ITEM_CREATE for the transfer, fill field PAYMNT_GRP in tables parameter
POSITION with a freely-definable value starting with \Z.
• During the transfer, the indicator for direct clearing by payment card/payment service provider is set.
If you use function module ISCD_SCPOS_MAINTAIN for the transfer, fill field XCCCL in parameter
I_PCARD_PROC with X.
If you use BAPI BAPI_PPLAN_ITEM_CREATE for the transfer, fill parameter CARD_CLEARING with X.
• The payment card data or payment service provider is transferred though the following fields:
• In function module ISCD_SCPOS_MAINTAIN with tables parameter T_PCARD.
• In BAPI BAPI_PPLAN_ITEM_CREATE with tables parameter PAYCARD.

Related Information

Debit Entries with Card Supplement for Digital Payments Using SAP digital payments add-on

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1590 PUBLIC Industries
15.3.2.4.3 Data Management in Collections/Disbursements
(FS-CD): Data Retrieval

Data retrieval is activated for all ILM objects relevant for data retrieval that are assigned to an archiving object
or to a data destruction object in Collections/Disbursements (FS-CD).

If data retrieval is active, you can search for and retrieve personal data of a data subject.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CD (Collections/Disbursements)

Valid From SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

To enable you to search for personal data, you define purposes in the Customizing activity Maintain Purposes,
which specify the purpose for which the data is collected and processed. You then assign an ILM object to each
purpose here.

To enable the retrieval of personal data from archive files, in the Customizing activity Maintain Profiles
(transaction DTINF_MAINT_PROFILE), create a profile for the data collection that includes archived personal
data in the search.

Related Information

Archiving
Data Destruction

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1591
15.3.2.5 Incentive and Sales Force Management

15.3.2.5.1 OData API: Commission Contract – Read

Incentive and Sales Force Management now provides a RESTful API (program interface) that you can use
to read all types of commission contract data from the database. For this purpose, SAP provides the OData
service Commission Contract (API_COMMISSIONCONTRACT).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-ICM (Incentive and Commission Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Commission Contract - Read

15.3.2.5.2 OData API: Commission Document – Read

Incentive and Sales Force Management now provides a RESTful API (program interface) that you can use to
read all types of commission document data from the database. For this purpose, SAP provides the OData
service Commission Document (API_COMMISSIONDOCUMENT).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1592 PUBLIC Industries
Application Component FS-ICM (Incentive and Commission Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

Incentive and Sales Force Management provides two activities to customize the OData API:

• BAdI: Update Results of Commission Document API

You use this BAdI to update the data before returning it to the response interface of the OData Service API.
You can also use it to implement complex logic on the data.
You can find the BAdI in Customizing for Incentive and Sales Force Management under General Tools
OData Services Commission Document BAdI: Update Results of Commission Document API .
• Maintain Mapping of Virtual Data Model
This Customizing activity enables you to maintain the mapping of the Virtual Data Model (VDM) fields to
the corresponding SAP field names via table TCACS_VDMMAPF.
You can find Maintain Mapping for Virtual Data Model in the Customizing for Incentive and Sales Force
Management under General Tools OData Services Commission Document .

Related Information

Commission Document - Read

15.3.2.5.3 OData API: Commission Case – Read

Incentive and Sales Force Management now provides a RESTful API (program interface) that you can use to
read all types of commission case data from the database. For this purpose, SAP provides the OData service
Commission Case (API_COMMISSIONCASE).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-ICM (Incentive and Commission Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1593
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

Incentive and Sales Force Management provides two activities to customize the OData API:

• BAdI: Update Results of Commission Case API

You use this BAdI to update the data before returning it to the response interface of the OData Service API.
You can also use it to implement complex logic on the data.
You can find the BAdI in Customizing for Incentive and Sales Force Management under General Tools
OData Services Commission Case BAdI: Update Results of Commission Case API .
• Maintain Mapping of Virtual Data Model
This Customizing activity enables you to maintain the mapping of the Virtual Data Model (VDM) fields to
the corresponding SAP field names via table TCACS_VDMMAPF.
You can find Maintain Mapping for Virtual Data Model in the Customizing for Incentive and Sales Force
Management under General Tools OData Services Commission Case .

Related Information

Commission Case - Read

15.3.2.5.4 OData API: Commission Payment Item List – Read

Incentive and Sales Force Management now provides a RESTful API (program interface) that you can use to
read all types of payment item list data from the database. For this purpose, SAP provides the OData service
Commission Payment Item List (API_CommsnDocPaymentItemList).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-ICM (Incentive and Commission Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1594 PUBLIC Industries
Effects on Customizing

Incentive and Sales Force Management provides two activities to customize the OData API:

• BAdI: Update Results of Sales Agent API

You use this BAdI to update the data before returning it to the response interface of the OData Service API.
You can also use it to implement complex logic on the data.
You can find the BAdI in Customizing for Incentive and Sales Force Management under General Tools
OData Services Sales Agent BAdI: Update Results of Sales Agent API .
• Maintain Mapping of Virtual Data Model
This Customizing activity enables you to maintain the mapping of the Virtual Data Model (VDM) fields to
the corresponding SAP field names via table TCACS_VDMMAPF.
You can find Maintain Mapping for Virtual Data Model in the Customizing for Incentive and Sales Force
Management under General Tools OData Services Sales Agent .

Related Information

Commission Payment Item List - Read

15.3.2.5.5 OData API: Commission Document Remuneration

Inquiry – Read

Incentive and Sales Force Management now provides a RESTful API (program interface) that you can use
to read information on the commission entitlement that is generated by business transactions through
API calls. For this purpose, SAP provides the OData service Commission Document Remuneration Inquiry
(API_COMMSNDOCRMNRTNINQUIRY).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-ICM (Incentive and Commission Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1595
Effects on Customizing

Incentive and Sales Force Management provides two activities to customize the OData API:

• BAdI: Update Results of Remuneration Inquiry API

You use this BAdI to update the data before returning it to the response interface of the OData Service API.
You can also use it to implement complex logic on the data.
You can find the BAdI in Customizing for Incentive and Sales Force Management under General Tools
OData Services Remuneration Inquiry BAdI: Update Results of Remuneration Inquiry API .
• Maintain Mapping of Virtual Data Model
This Customizing activity enables you to maintain the mapping of the Virtual Data Model (VDM) fields to
the corresponding SAP field names via table TCACS_VDMMAPF.
You can find Maintain Mapping for Virtual Data Model in the Customizing for Incentive and Sales Force
Management under General Tools OData Services Remuneration Inquiry .

Related Information

Commission Document Remuneration Inquiry - Read

15.3.2.5.6 Slice Commission Contract Master Data by

Effective Dates

This feature enables you to slice commission contract master data and related individual agreement data by
effective dates. This data is saved and later used in the virtual data model for the commission contract master
data.

Slicing the master data by effective dates replaces the versioning in the commission contract. The contracts
are linked with the agreements using these effective date slices.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-ICM (Incentive and Commission Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1596 PUBLIC Industries
Effects on Customizing

In Customizing for Incentive and Sales Force Management, choose General Tools OData Services
Commission Contract Slice Commission Contract Master Data by Effective Dates .

15.3.2.5.7 Deprecation: Segment Assignment

The Customizing activities for Segment Assignment in the commission application have been deprecated as of
SAP S/4HANA 2023.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-ICM (Incentive and Commission Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

15.4 Public Services

15.4.1 Defense & Security

15.4.1.1 Standalone App to Compare Authorized with Actual

Materials for a Person

This feature has been transformed from an existing API to become a standalone app Compare Authorized with
Actual Materials for Person. The user now has a holistic view of the materials held by a person and what was
planned for them. Even materials that were not originally authorized can be pulled into the overview.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1597
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-OF-FMP (Flexible Material Planning Object)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The functionality offers:

• Detailed selection capabilities, such as the force element, position, and person, but also distinct criteria for
both authorized materials and personnel master data.
• A summary overview of assignments that are authorized and issued to a person.
• Clear visibility of the difference between authorized and issued.
• Detailed line item overview of each authorized assignment that is issued to a person.

15.4.1.2 Integration of SAP Extended Warehouse

Management with MRP Area Management

This feature enables you to create an extended warehouse (EWM) in the MRP area. Creation is based on a
predefined EWM warehouse that is used as a copy. In a second step, the warehouse (WM) and EWM are linked
and finally the WM warehouse is set to be maintained as an EWM warehouse. This new feature not only creates
a new EWM warehouse, but also ensures that there is a connection between the WM and the EWM.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-OF-FMP (Flexible Material Planning Object)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1598 PUBLIC Industries
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

This feature uses three different Customizing entries in the background to create an EWM warehouse:

• Copy Warehouse Number Customizing (in Customizing under SCM Extended Warehouse Management
Extended Warehouse Management Cross-Process Settings )
• Assign Warehouse Numbers from Logistics Execution (in Customizing under SCM Extended Warehouse
Management Extended Warehouse Management Interfaces ERP Integration General Settings )
• Configure SAP SAP EWM- Specific Parameters (in Customizing under Logistic Execution Extended
Warehouse Management Integration Basic Setup of Connectivity )

A Customizing request may be required if you are not working in a production environment or if the client role is
not Customizing and the editing settings for the client allow changes to be made without a transport request.

15.4.1.3 D&S Specific Extractors

This feature that is provided for CDS view extractors enables a new analytical data extraction to be transferred
to SAP BW/4HANA solutions.

CDS view extractors are created or enhanced for force elements, logistics, maintenance, and SAP S/4HANA
Foundation. The technology used for the force element hierarchy is S-API. The core SAP S/4HANA CDS can
also be used to complement the extraction of the SAP S/4HANA Defense & Security data.

Using the new CDS extractors is the preferred option here.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-OF-FMP (Flexible Material Planning Object)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1599
Additional Details

See also SAP Note 3305388 - S/4 Defense & Security CDS Extractors.

Effects on Data Transfer

1. The CDS extractors are based on the new data model, meaning that mapping to all the classical fields in
consumer data models might be remodeled.
2. The CDS extractors require mapping transformations to the info objects and other analytical content so
that they are suitable for the analytical data model.
3. Classical evaluation paths are supported for hierarchy extraction if no data model changes are involved.

15.4.1.4 Enhanced APIs for SAP S/4HANA Defense &

Security

This feature contains APIs for mass creation of force elements, capabilities, capability statements and flexible
material planning objects.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-OF-FMP (Flexible Material Planning Object)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

15.4.1.5 Deprecation of the SAP Fiori App: Manage Flexible

Material Planning Object Hierarchies [F4119]

The SAP Fiori application Manage Flexible Material Planning Object Hierarchies [F4119] will be deprecated and
will disappear from the Fiori App Library in the upcoming release SAP S/4HANA 2023.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1600 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS_OF-FMP (Flexible Material Planning Object)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

15.4.1.6 Status Board Hyperlink

This feature enables you to do the following for a selected master equipment, critical equipment or a "regular
equipment":

• Display or update the equipment master data

• Display or update the functional location
• Display, update or create a new maintenance request, notification, work, or flight order for selected
equipment

Increase efficiency by providing easier navigation to necessary information and by updating data.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-PM-MNT (Maintenance (S/4))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1601
Additional Details

From the list view in the Display Status Board app, this completely new feature enables you to do the
following with a minimum number of clicks for a selected master equipment, critical equipment or a "regular
equipment":

• Create, update or display equipment master data

• Display equipment change documents
• Create, update or display the functional location
• Transfer data from the equipment or functional location
• Search for technical objects
• Create a new maintenance request, notification, work, or flight order for the selected equipment
• Navigate to the Utilizer or Owner force element.

From the detailed view in the Display Status Board app, new hyperlinks complete the previous “display only”
hyperlinks, which can be used to update and create maintenance requests, notification, work, or flight orders.

15.4.1.7 Status Board Alert Management

This feature enables additional capacities to receive real-time alerts about changes to dependent transactional
data for the technical objects currently being displayed in the status board application:

• Alert for equipment master data change, critical and “regular” equipment
• Alert by the functional location hierarchy
• Alert triggering Customizing

This feature also allows immediate and accurate user decisions to be taken by automatically and continuously
displaying current data

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-PM-MNT (Maintenance (S/4))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1602 PUBLIC Industries
Additional Details

In addition to the main equipment, real-time alerts about changes to dependent transactional data for the
technical objects are now also available from the list view in the Display Status Board app for critical equipment,
regular equipment and the functional location.

The button Confirm All Alerts is available for all types of equipment from the list view and the detailed view in
the Display Status Board app, which enables all alerts for an object to be confirmed.

The alert indicator on the facet header gives you the information that alerts exist on facets on which you are not
currently focusing, and on which you could focus at a later stage.

You can now use the Customizing settings for alert triggering to define which changes trigger alerts from
various backend transactions.

15.4.1.8 Force Element, Operation and Exercise Assignment

Transfer

This feature can be used to also generate assignments for all child objects for the selected force element,
including force elements, positions, persons and FMPOs.

This facilitates a new business scenario that is required by customers.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-OF-FE (Force Element (S/4))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Feature flexibility allows you to define which type of objects (authorized and actual personnel, authorized
material) should be included and to use the structure view to exclude some child force elements that are not
involved in the process.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1603
15.4.1.9 Qualification Overview in the Position App

This feature improves customer efficiency by providing an overview of the qualifications, including the
qualification level. All qualifications that describe the position, including the ones inherited from the job and
qualification block, or those that are directly assigned to the position, are listed here.

Qualification sources are also reflected in the overview to provide additional information.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-OF-FE (Force Element (S/4))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

15.4.1.10 Distribute Configuration Control Data to Enhance

Cross-System Maintenance Processes

This feature provides the capability to distribute data between the central S/4HANA system and a remote
server, that is required for configuration control functions, and in doing so enable an enhanced scope of
business processes that users can perform at a remote site working offline in a communication-challenged
environment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-PM-DIS (Distributed Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1604 PUBLIC Industries
Additional Details

The following data related to configuration control functions is distributed:

• Master Parts List

• iPPE Set
• Object Dependency
• Configuration Profile
• Parameter Effectivity
• Change Master (“Engineering Change Number”)
• Structure Gap

By distributing the data from the central system to the remote server, it is possible to do the following on the
remote server:

• Display the distributed data

• Run configuration control transactions like CCM2
• Perform actions like installation or dismantling of equipment that affects the deletion or creation of
structure gaps

15.4.1.11 Enable Customer-Defined Distribution of Change

Protection for Maintenance Plans

This feature provides the capability for customers to use a BAdI implementation to define whether the change
protection for a maintenance plan follows the SAP-defined default distribution logic, or whether a customer-
defined logic for the change protection distribution applies.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-PM-DIS (Distributed Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1605
Additional Details

SAP-defined rules for the distribution of change protection for maintenance plans:

1. Change protection for a maintenance plan and its items can only be distributed if the same technical object
is assigned to all maintenance items and the maintenance item object list.
This rule is a prerequisite for consistent data distribution and cannot be influenced by customer-defined
rules.
2. Change protection for the maintenance plan and its items follows the change protection for the technical
object assigned to the maintenance items.

Option for customers to deviate from SAP-defined rules:

• Customers can use the BAdI implementation to define that change protection for a maintenance plan and
its items is not distributed even though SAP-standard rules would distribute the change protection.
• Customers cannot distribute the change protection if the SAP-standard logic prevents the distribution due
to the first rule (1) not being fulfilled.

Examples of potential business requirements:

• Organizations may decide that maintenance plans are generally only to be scheduled in the central system.
They can therefore use the BAdI implementation to completely prevent the distribution of the change
protection for any maintenance plans and items.
• Organizations may decide that maintenance plans for a specific type of maintenance (for example,
calibration activities) are to be scheduled in the central system. They can therefore use the BAdI
implementation to define that for such maintenance plans – that are determined for example using a
specific sort field – change protection is not be distributed even if standard SAP rules would determine the
change protection of such a maintenance plan as being relevant for distribution.

Effects on System Administration

The following BAdI can be used to implement customer-specific rules for distribution of change protection for
maintenance plans and items:

• BAdI definition: DFS_PM_MPLAN_CP

• BAdI description: Maintenance Plan CP

15.4.1.12 Distribute and Monitor Change Protection for

Linked Maintenance Notifications and Orders

This feature enables you to decide when saving a maintenance notification or order whether the change
protection is to be distributed according to the work center involved.

In the case of a “network” of linked notifications and a work order, the system ensures an “all or nothing”
approach to change protection distribution for the notifications and the order for the network. This enables the
linked notifications and the order to be edited in the system in which all of them have change protection.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1606 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-PM-DIS (Distributed Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

1. Dialog box for a user-decision about distributing change protection for a maintenance notification or order
• If the notification or order header contains a work center whose ownership (change protection) is
found in a different system to the one in which the notification or order is currently being edited, the
system displays a dialog box when you save, asking you to make a decision about distributing the
change protection for the notification or order.
• The following options exist:
• Cancel: The system does not save and returns to the edit mode for the notification or order
• Yes: The notification or order is saved, and the change protection is distributed to the system in
which the work center has change protection.
• No: The notification or order is saved without distribution of the change protection
2. Distribution of change protection for a network of linked notifications and an order
• A link between a notification and an order can exist as a result of the following:
• Direct link of the notification and order (notification / order header)
• Assignment of notifications to the order object list
• If a network of linked notifications and an order exists, the change protection for all notifications and
the order for the network must be found in the same system to ensure that they can be edited.
• If the dialog box mentioned in 1) appears when saving a notification or order, if the user confirms with
Yes, the system distributes the change protection for both the edited notification or order, and also for
all other notifications / the order of a potential network to ensure that the items in the network are all
consistent and can be edited in a single system.
3. Transaction for analyzing the current change protection for each of the linked notifications and order for a
network and their work centers
• A new report has been delivered to provide a quick overview of where the change protection for each
notification and order of a network and their work centers currently resides.
• The report can be started by entering one or more notifications or orders for which the network and
change protection data is to be displayed.
• Details of the report:
• Transaction: DFS_DIS_NO_WO_CP
• Transaction text: Transaction for NO/WO CP Network

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1607
15.4.1.13 Enable Cross-System Accounting Data Integration
for Maintenance and Supply Processes

This feature provides the capability to distribute selected accounting data between the central S/4HANA
system and a remote server, which enables additional functions in the areas of maintenance and supply, and
in doing so enables users to perform additional business processes while operating at a remote site working
offline in a communication-challenged environment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following accounting data is in scope for distribution:

• Cost center and cost center group

• Profit center and profit center group
• Activity type
• Rates for each cost center / activity type
• Cost element

By distributing the data from the central system to the remote server it is possible to do the following on the
remote server:

• Display the distributed data

• Calculate planned costs for maintenance orders
• Make stock postings against the cost center

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1608 PUBLIC Industries
15.4.1.14 Distribute Handling Unit and Packing Instruction
Data Used Within Cross-System Supply Processes

This feature provides the capability to distribute handling unit and packing instruction data between the central
S/4HANA system and a remote server, thereby enabling users to perform additional business processes while
operating at a remote site working offline in a communication-challenged environment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-MM-DIS (Distributed Materials Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following data is in scope for distribution:

• Handling units related to the FMPO business object

• Handling units created during packing in the outbound delivery
• Packing instructions related to the FMPO business object

By distributing the data between the central system and the remote server it is possible to do the following:

• Display the distributed data in the target system

• Continue the cross-system supply process with handling units

15.4.1.15 Distribute Data from Both Standard and Customer-

Specific Individual Database Tables

This feature provides the capability to distribute individual database tables that contain data that is not
necessarily automatically derived using the subscription during the initial data distribution. These can be
specific Customizing, non-Customizing, or customer-owned tables.

The report also provides the option of distributing data for specific pre-defined business objects for which no
other automatic data distribution method exists.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1609
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following options exist for data distribution:

1. Customizing Tables
This option refers to Customizing tables which contain data that is maintained directly in the productive
system in the context of the SAP S/4HANA Defense & Security solution. This means that this data is
therefore not otherwise distributed to the different systems using the standard table transport tools.
2. Non-Customizing tables
This option refers to application tables which are either not included in the standard data derivation
and distribution scope, or which contain data entries that are required in the target system but are not
necessarily derived as required.
Examples: Table WPSORR - “Conversion rules for work centers”; Customer-specific tables required in the
target system can also be distributed using this option.
3. Business Objects
This option refers to dedicated business objects for which no other standard distribution mechanisms
exist.
Example: Rates for cost center / activity type combinations

Details of the report:

• Transaction: DFS_DIS_DISTRIBUTE
• Transaction text: Configuration Data Program

15.4.1.16 Filter out Completed Data from Initial Data

Distribution

This feature provides the capability to filter out completed maintenance and supply data from the initial data
distribution, thereby reducing the distribution data volume and improving performance.

Filtering out refers to completed or closed maintenance notifications and work orders and to those supply
documents where the full supply process has been completed up to the final goods receipt.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1610 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

1. Filter out maintenance data:

• The following maintenance data can be filtered out from the initial data distribution:
• Maintenance notifications with the status “closed”
• Maintenance work orders with the status “technically complete” or “close”
• Filtering out is controlled by parameters that can be defined by the system administrator, specifying
how many days in the past the corresponding status must have been set for the maintenance
document to be filtered out.
• Example: All maintenance notifications that were closed more than 100 days ago are not derived for
the initial data distribution.
2. Filter out supply data:
• The following supply documents are filtered out from the initial data distribution if the entire supply
process has already been completed:
• Stock transfer requisition
• Stock transport order
• Outbound delivery
• Goods issue
• Inbound delivery
• Goods receipt
• Filtering out supply documents is not dependent on any parameters for “days in the past” as is the
case for maintenance documents, but is solely dependent on the completion status of all documents
that are part of the overall supply process.

15.4.1.17 Provide Insight into the Memory Required for Queue

Distribution of the Mobile Data Objects

This feature provides the capability to analyze the memory required for the synchronization of a mobile data
object between the central S/4HANA system and a remote server, thereby enabling bandwidth and memory
sizing in communication-challenged environments.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1611
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The information about the queue size can be used to estimate the queue size parameter, which is a feature that
already exists for the disconnected operations solution.

The information about the memory value for each mobile data object can be used for bandwidth and memory
sizing and calculation.

15.4.1.18 Improve Conditional Processing of Queues

This feature provides the capability to consistently process distribution queues by relating the queues to each
other using different parameters that enable multiple checks and actions to be performed.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1612 PUBLIC Industries
Additional Details

The following features are available with conditional processing:

• Connectivity check:
Before a queue is sent, the connectivity to the target system is checked and the queue is handled
according to the result.
• Ensuring completion of initial data distribution before delta distribution:
Delta distribution of a data synchronization cannot start until the initial data distribution using the
subscription has been completed successfully including the data checkout.
• Sequencing of delta distribution queues:
During the delta distribution, conditional processing ensures that queues for the same object type and key
are processed in the correct order to avoid creating inconsistent data.
• Sequencing of initial data distribution queues:
During the initial data distribution using the subscription, conditional processing ensures that queues are
processed in the correct order observing any object dependencies between the queues.
• Queue reprocessing:
Queues with an error status stop the data synchronization. Reprocessing provides the option to resend the
data after the cause of the error has been resolved in the sending system.

15.4.1.19 Provide Insights into the Status of Data

Distribution Between the Central System and
Remote Servers

This feature provides the capability for a system landscape administrator to start with a high-level overview
of the data distribution status between the central system and the remote servers, and to drill down into the
analysis of errors for each remote server where required.

Navigation from the new SAP Fiori application to supporting tools is also provided to further support the
administrator when they perform the analysis.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1613
Additional Details

The following functions are provided by the new SAP Fiori app Monitor Disconnected Operations Systems:

1. System overview:
• Filter for relevant systems to be displayed in the list
• Save filter as variants
• Display status overview for each system in a card layout
• Navigation to supporting tools
• Generic data distribution
• Change protection distribution
• Number range monitor
2. Details for each system card:
• System name
• Status of connectivity
• Customer-defined field, could be used for the priority or responsibility of a system
• Total number of data distribution errors that currently exist
• Number of outbound/inbound queues for the different statuses
• Hyperlink navigation to an overview of subscriptions related to the system
3. Queue overview for each system:
• Pre-defined filter for queues, can be adjusted by the user
• Different facets for initial distribution and delta distribution queue lists
• Various fields that can be selected for display in the lists, such as the object type, queue status, source
or target system, subscription ID
• Action buttons to process or cancel queues
4. Queue details:
• List of objects (ID and type) with currently owning system and data transfer status
• Error log
• Acknowledgement queues from the target to the source system with their queue status
• Dependencies with other queues

15.4.1.20 Manually Trigger the Distribution of Change

Protection for a Subscription or a Specific Object

This feature provides the capability for a system landscape administrator to manually distribute the change
protection for a specific object or for all relevant objects in a subscription either from the remote server to the
central system or vice versa.

In exceptional cases, this capability can be used beyond the SAP standard logic for the distribution of change
protection.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1614 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following options exist when using the report for exceptional distribution of change protection:

1. Recall or resend
• Recall refers to the distribution of the change protection from the remote server to the central system.
• Resend refers to the distribution of the change protection from the central system to the remote
server.
2. Distribution of change protection for a subscription or a specific object
• Subscription: The change protection is distributed for all relevant objects having been distributed as
part of the subscription ID entered.
• Specific object: The change protection is only distributed for the specific object ID entered. It is only
possible to enter objects for which a change protection mechanism is in place.

Details of the report:

• Transaction: DFS_DIS_CP
• Transaction text: Transaction code for CP Recall/Resend Report

15.4.1.21 Subscription Rollback

This feature provides the capability for a system landscape administrator to perform different activities related
to the rollback of subscriptions, which involves redistributing ownership and change protection from the
remote server to the central system, stopping further data distribution between the remote server and the
central system, and deleting the subscription in the central system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1615
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

The following options exist when using the subscription rollback report:

1. Subscription rollback mode:

• Subscription: The rollback steps are performed for a single subscription while connected to the remote
server.
• System: The rollback steps are performed for all subscriptions related to the specified remote server,
while connected to the remote server.
• Emergency: The rollback steps are performed for all subscriptions related to the specified remote
server, even if there is no connectivity from the central system to the remote server.
Business example: The remote server has been lost or destroyed; therefore, the data ownership must
be made available in the central system and any kind of data distribution must be stopped.
2. Rollback steps:
• Recall ownership: Transfer ownership and change protection for relevant data from the remote server
back to the central system. Stop data distribution from the central system to the remote server.
• Delete subscription and MAIF: Delete the relevant subscription-related MAIF table entries and the
relevant subscriptions from the central system.

Details of the report:

• Transaction: DFS_SUBS_ROLLBACK
• Transaction text: Rollback Subscriptions

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1616 PUBLIC Industries
15.4.2 Public Sector

15.4.2.1 Public Sector Management

15.4.2.1.1 Funds Management

15.4.2.1.1.1 Standard OData Services for Commitment

Carryforward Lot Item

This feature enables you to use the standard OData service for the PSM Commitment Carryforward Lot Item.
The service is called:

• API_CMTMTCARRYFWDLOTITEM

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-FM (Funds Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Commitment Carryforward Lot Item

15.4.2.1.1.2 Standard OData Services for Commitment

Carryforward Document

This feature enables you to use the standard OData service for the PSM Commitment Carryforward Document.
The service is called:

• API_CMTMTCARRYFWDDOCUMENT

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1617
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-FM (Funds Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Commitment Carryforward Document

15.4.2.1.1.3 Manage Flexible Funds Management Update Date

for User

This feature enables you to use the new Fiori App F7408 to maintain the update date for each user (similarly to
the existing SAP GUI transaction code FMOD).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-FM (Funds Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Manage Flexible Funds Management Update Date

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1618 PUBLIC Industries
15.4.2.1.1.4 New SAP Fiori App for Maintenance of Earmarked
Funds

This Fiori app Manage Earmarked Funds (F7564) enables you to maintain earmarked funds documents:

• Ability to create and manage earmarked funds documents to reserve budgets for expected expenditures
outside of procurement.
• Multilevel categories of earmarked funds documents that allow modeling of internal and external demands
and commitments.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-FM (Funds Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Please note the following limitations:

• Only the categories Reservation, Precommitment, and Commitments are supported.

• The following account assignments/fields are not supported:
• Network and Network Activity
• Real Estate Key
• Material
• Business Area
• US Federal Government fields
• Header Long Text (work with attachments instead)
• Currently, the workflow protocol is not visible in the app.
• Drafts but not parking is supported.
• Value adjustments and earmarked funds grouping are not supported.

Related Information

Manage Earmarked Funds

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Years

This feature enables you to use the funded program in closing operation transactions that are used to make
amount adjustments in document chains:

• Carry Forward Documents (FMYC_VA)

• Undo (FMYC_VA_REV)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1621
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-FM (Funds Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

15.4.2.1.1.9 U.S. Federal Fields in SAP Fiori App: Manage

Journal Entries

This feature enables you to display U.S. Federal-specific fields in the new version of the SAP Fiori app Manage
Journal Entries - New Version (F0717A).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for United States

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-FG (Functions for U.S. Federal Government)

Valid As Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Effects on Customizing

To use this feature, you have to activate the U.S. Federal fields in Customizing under Public Sector
Management Functions for US Federal Government General Settings Activate US Federal Fields in SAP
Fiori Apps .

Related Information

Additional Version of Manage Journal Entries [page 168]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1622 PUBLIC Industries
15.4.2.1.1.10 Profit Center Derived for Budgetary
Ledger During Budget and Control System
Transactions

This feature enables you to enter the profit center in the funds center master record. When Budget Control
System (BCS) transactions are executed and where the funds center can be entered, the profit center is
updated in the budgetary ledger document.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-FM (Funds Management)

Valid As Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

15.4.2.1.2 Grants Management

Assigning Business Partners

15.4.2.1.2.2.3 Case Management Integration Available for

Grants Management for Grantor

This feature enables you to use case management integration for Grants Management for Grantor. With this
feature, you can assign grantor objects such as applications and agreements to a new or an existing case.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-GM-GTR (Grantor Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Case Management

15.4.2.1.2.2.4 Change Request Available for Grants

Management for Grantor

This feature enables you to save and search change requests in Grants Management for Grantor.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1625
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-GM-GTR (Grantor Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Change Request

15.4.2.1.2.2.5 Create Notes in Grantor Programs

This feature enables you to create notes in grantor programs in Grants Management for Grantor.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-GM-GTR (Grantor Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Enabling Notes

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1626 PUBLIC Industries
15.4.2.1.2.2.6 PPF Actions for Assessment of Grantor
Applications and Grantor Claims Available

With this feature you can use two new actions for the assessment process in the Post Processing Framework
(PPF).

For grantor applications, you can use action ASSESS_GRANTOR_APPLICATION.

For grantor claims, you can use action ASSESS_GRANTOR_CLAIM.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-GM-GTR (Grantor Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Editing Applications
Editing Claims

15.4.2.1.2.2.7 Print and Attach a Rejection Letter Using a PPF

Action

You can use the new Post Processing Framework (PPF) action PRINT_REJEC_LETTER_AND_ATTACH to print
and attach a rejection letter to the grantor application if the status of the application is set to Rejected. The
rejection letter template is delivered as a Smart Form called CRM_GM_REJECTION_LETTER.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1627
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-GM-GTR (Grantor Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Editing Applications

15.4.2.1.2.2.8 Create and Use Ad Hoc Billing Plans

This feature enables you to create ad hoc billing plans for grantor objects in Grants Management for Grantor.

Ad hoc billing plans provide you with complete flexibility to influence the timing and the amount of the financial
terms, which in turn allow the authorized amount to be split into various installments.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-GM-GTR (Grantor Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Ad Hoc Billing Plans in Grantor Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1628 PUBLIC Industries
15.4.2.1.2.2.9 Workflow Template Available for Grants
Management for Grantor

This feature provides you with two workflow templates to support your business processes in Grants
Management for Grantor:

• You can use the workflow template WS51400007 to support your business processes for assessing change
requests.
• You can use the workflow template WS51400010 to support your business processes for assessing claims.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-GM-GTR (Grantor Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

Workflow in Grantor Management

15.4.2.2 Tax and Revenue Management

15.4.2.2.1 UI Enhancements for Tax Return App in Tax and

Revenue Management

The UI of the Tax Return Web Dynpro application in Tax and Revenue Management has been enhanced for a
better user experience. For more information about the enhancements, see SAP note 3349353 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1629
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-PS-CA (Public Sector Contract Accounts Receivable and

Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Related Information

SAP Note 3349353

15.4.2.3 Public Sector Collection and Disbursement

15.4.2.3.1 Public Sector Collection and Disbursement: Small

Enhancements as Part of Customer Connection
Project 2022

Improvements in the Public Sector Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable component are available to you
in the context of the SAP Customer Connection project for Public Sector Collection and Disbursement. These
improvements are based on proposals submitted by customers through the Customer Influence program.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1630 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Improvement Details
Product Fea
Application Com Improvement De Software Compo tures are (New/ Improvement Re
ponent scription nent Changed) quest ID SAP Note

IS-PS-CA In Customizing, FI-CA New 283527 3288402

(Public Sector
you can now
Contract Accounts
define execution
Receivable and
Payable) plans for which
you define execu
tion dates. If you
enter an execution
plan in the stand
ing request, the
contract account
ing documents are
created for the ex
ecution dates of
the entered execu
tion plan.

Functional Localization: Not applicable

Effects on Customizing

You can define the execution plans in Customizing under Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable Basic
Functions Requests Standing Requests Define Execution Plans .

More Information

For more information about Customer Influence, see http://influence.sap.com

15.4.3 Investigative Case Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Industries PUBLIC 1631
15.4.3.1 ICM Switch Details for SAP S/4HANA

The investigative case management (ICM) now offers a new switch CRMS4_IPS_ICM. Once the new switch is
enabled ICM applications are then available for use in SAP S/4HANA.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-IPS-ICM

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

Refer to the additional release information mentioned in the ICM note 3325253

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

1632 PUBLIC Industries
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information

Hyperlinks
Some links are classified by an icon and/or a mouseover text. These links provide additional information.
About the icons:

• Links with the icon : You are entering a Web site that is not hosted by SAP. By using such links, you agree (unless expressly stated otherwise in your
agreements with SAP) to this:

• The content of the linked-to site is not SAP documentation. You may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this information.

• SAP does not agree or disagree with the content on the linked-to site, nor does SAP warrant the availability and correctness. SAP shall not be liable for any
damages caused by the use of such content unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

• Links with the icon : You are leaving the documentation for that particular SAP product or service and are entering an SAP-hosted Web site. By using
such links, you agree that (unless expressly stated otherwise in your agreements with SAP) you may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this
information.

Videos Hosted on External Platforms

Some videos may point to third-party video hosting platforms. SAP cannot guarantee the future availability of videos stored on these platforms. Furthermore, any
advertisements or other content hosted on these platforms (for example, suggested videos or by navigating to other videos hosted on the same site), are not within
the control or responsibility of SAP.

Beta and Other Experimental Features

Experimental features are not part of the officially delivered scope that SAP guarantees for future releases. This means that experimental features may be changed by
SAP at any time for any reason without notice. Experimental features are not for productive use. You may not demonstrate, test, examine, evaluate or otherwise use
the experimental features in a live operating environment or with data that has not been sufficiently backed up.
The purpose of experimental features is to get feedback early on, allowing customers and partners to influence the future product accordingly. By providing your
feedback (e.g. in the SAP Community), you accept that intellectual property rights of the contributions or derivative works shall remain the exclusive property of SAP.

Example Code
Any software coding and/or code snippets are examples. They are not for productive use. The example code is only intended to better explain and visualize the syntax
and phrasing rules. SAP does not warrant the correctness and completeness of the example code. SAP shall not be liable for errors or damages caused by the use of
example code unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Bias-Free Language
SAP supports a culture of diversity and inclusion. Whenever possible, we use unbiased language in our documentation to refer to people of all cultures, ethnicities,
genders, and abilities.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023

Important Disclaimers and Legal Information PUBLIC 1633
www.sap.com/contactsap

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form

or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE or an SAP
affiliate company. The information contained herein may be changed
without prior notice.

Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors

contain proprietary software components of other software vendors.
National product specifications may vary.

These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company for

informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any
kind, and SAP or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for errors or
omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP or
SAP affiliate company products and services are those that are set forth
in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and
services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty.

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as
their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP
SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other countries. All
other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their
respective companies.

Please see https://www.sap.com/about/legal/trademark.html for

additional trademark information and notices.

THE BEST RUN

Master Data Governance For Financials PDF
No ratings yet
Master Data Governance For Financials PDF
128 pages
GRC 330 Admin Guide
No ratings yet
GRC 330 Admin Guide
526 pages
ABAP RESTful Programming Model EN PDF
100% (4)
ABAP RESTful Programming Model EN PDF
824 pages
ABAP RESTful Programming Model en
No ratings yet
ABAP RESTful Programming Model en
968 pages
Master Data Governance For FI Contract Account
No ratings yet
Master Data Governance For FI Contract Account
114 pages
SW Usb Audio - SW Usb Audio - (Design-Guide) 6.16.1alpha1
No ratings yet
SW Usb Audio - SW Usb Audio - (Design-Guide) 6.16.1alpha1
112 pages
Baylor Manual
80% (5)
Baylor Manual
28 pages
Finance MDG Config PDF
0% (1)
Finance MDG Config PDF
142 pages
ABAP RESTful Programming Model en
100% (1)
ABAP RESTful Programming Model en
776 pages
QSK Series Mcrs Elec Cont 20aug10
100% (1)
QSK Series Mcrs Elec Cont 20aug10
54 pages
SAP HANA Modeling Guide
100% (1)
SAP HANA Modeling Guide
266 pages
ABAP Programming Model For Fiori EN
100% (2)
ABAP Programming Model For Fiori EN
612 pages
FSD OP1909 Latest
No ratings yet
FSD OP1909 Latest
652 pages
FSD OP2021 Latest
No ratings yet
FSD OP2021 Latest
718 pages
SAP S4 Hana 1809 PDF
100% (12)
SAP S4 Hana 1809 PDF
772 pages
s4 Hana 2011
No ratings yet
s4 Hana 2011
250 pages
Ibm Pmq2 Redbook
No ratings yet
Ibm Pmq2 Redbook
212 pages
FSD OP2020 Latest
No ratings yet
FSD OP2020 Latest
694 pages
SAP S/4HANA 2020: Feature Scope Description
No ratings yet
SAP S/4HANA 2020: Feature Scope Description
710 pages
Feature Scope Description OP2021 Latest
No ratings yet
Feature Scope Description OP2021 Latest
714 pages
FSD Ce2108
No ratings yet
FSD Ce2108
274 pages
SAP S/4HANA 2021: Feature Scope Description
No ratings yet
SAP S/4HANA 2021: Feature Scope Description
722 pages
FSD OP2022 Latest
No ratings yet
FSD OP2022 Latest
766 pages
Sap BPM
No ratings yet
Sap BPM
254 pages
WN Op1909 SPS03 en
No ratings yet
WN Op1909 SPS03 en
74 pages
What's New in SAP S4HANA 1909 FPS02 WN - OP1909 - FPS02 - EN
100% (1)
What's New in SAP S4HANA 1909 FPS02 WN - OP1909 - FPS02 - EN
98 pages
WN Op2022 FPS01 en
No ratings yet
WN Op2022 FPS01 en
364 pages
SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2302: Feature Scope Description
No ratings yet
SAP S/4HANA Cloud 2302: Feature Scope Description
306 pages
FSD OP2020 Latest
No ratings yet
FSD OP2020 Latest
700 pages
FSD Ce2308
No ratings yet
FSD Ce2308
314 pages
Feature Scope Description SAP S4HANA 2023
No ratings yet
Feature Scope Description SAP S4HANA 2023
768 pages
Data Movement Modeling
No ratings yet
Data Movement Modeling
176 pages
WN Op2023 FPS01 en
100% (1)
WN Op2023 FPS01 en
362 pages
FSD CLOUD PE 2023 Latest
No ratings yet
FSD CLOUD PE 2023 Latest
722 pages
Loio 1dfp
No ratings yet
Loio 1dfp
88 pages
Appendix-B - Major Dams in India
No ratings yet
Appendix-B - Major Dams in India
4 pages
Charm
No ratings yet
Charm
660 pages
FSD OP2023 Latest
No ratings yet
FSD OP2023 Latest
766 pages
I&A Tech Solution Architecture Guidelines
No ratings yet
I&A Tech Solution Architecture Guidelines
321 pages
FIBARO - Net - Prices For Dealers
100% (1)
FIBARO - Net - Prices For Dealers
9 pages
Administration Guide For SAP Process Control
No ratings yet
Administration Guide For SAP Process Control
526 pages
SAP Application Interface Framework 40 EN
No ratings yet
SAP Application Interface Framework 40 EN
190 pages
SAP Application Interface Framework 40 EN
No ratings yet
SAP Application Interface Framework 40 EN
180 pages
Monalyn Señaris - 2.2.1.4 Packet Tracer - Simulating IoT Devices
No ratings yet
Monalyn Señaris - 2.2.1.4 Packet Tracer - Simulating IoT Devices
5 pages
Disposition Plan: United States Mint
No ratings yet
Disposition Plan: United States Mint
12 pages
Module2-Signals and Systems
No ratings yet
Module2-Signals and Systems
21 pages
PCS50-630 User Manual 20220509
No ratings yet
PCS50-630 User Manual 20220509
37 pages
SAP S4 Hana - Integration
No ratings yet
SAP S4 Hana - Integration
50 pages
Question 1: Write An Assembly Code To Input An Uppercase Letter and Output The Letter in Lowercase Form
No ratings yet
Question 1: Write An Assembly Code To Input An Uppercase Letter and Output The Letter in Lowercase Form
7 pages
FSD Ce2502
No ratings yet
FSD Ce2502
320 pages
Unit - 1 Notes
No ratings yet
Unit - 1 Notes
27 pages
Hoja de Especificaciones PTZ-N2404I-DE3F
No ratings yet
Hoja de Especificaciones PTZ-N2404I-DE3F
5 pages
PC 7 MK Ii Limitation
No ratings yet
PC 7 MK Ii Limitation
2 pages
3dmax Assignment List
No ratings yet
3dmax Assignment List
15 pages
Question 2.21: What Are The Reasons of Using Load Equalisation in The Electric Drive? Answer
No ratings yet
Question 2.21: What Are The Reasons of Using Load Equalisation in The Electric Drive? Answer
1 page
ML Syllabus Updated E13137
No ratings yet
ML Syllabus Updated E13137
7 pages
T9 Assembly Modeling
No ratings yet
T9 Assembly Modeling
15 pages
9330 Brochure HQ A2 Markem Imaje
100% (1)
9330 Brochure HQ A2 Markem Imaje
2 pages
Aag Dissertation Research Grants
100% (2)
Aag Dissertation Research Grants
7 pages
E4H Simplification List
No ratings yet
E4H Simplification List
32 pages
Group Reporting Admin
No ratings yet
Group Reporting Admin
90 pages
WN Ce2105 en
No ratings yet
WN Ce2105 en
1,186 pages
FSD - OP2023 - Latest Feature Scope Desription
No ratings yet
FSD - OP2023 - Latest Feature Scope Desription
778 pages
Tentative 3rd International Conference On Communication
No ratings yet
Tentative 3rd International Conference On Communication
2 pages
JNCIS-SP Certification - Juniper Networks US
No ratings yet
JNCIS-SP Certification - Juniper Networks US
6 pages
SAP Master Data Governance For Financial PDF
No ratings yet
SAP Master Data Governance For Financial PDF
110 pages
WN - Ce2502 - en 2
No ratings yet
WN - Ce2502 - en 2
1,220 pages
GE Welch - Group 5
No ratings yet
GE Welch - Group 5
5 pages
FSD OP2023 Latest
No ratings yet
FSD OP2023 Latest
782 pages
Printer Friendly View
No ratings yet
Printer Friendly View
4 pages
Sap BP Overview
No ratings yet
Sap BP Overview
5 pages
Whats New in SAP BW4HANA 10 en
No ratings yet
Whats New in SAP BW4HANA 10 en
44 pages
AOS Rel 6.0 GUI User Guide August 2024
No ratings yet
AOS Rel 6.0 GUI User Guide August 2024
208 pages
Data Movement Modeling
No ratings yet
Data Movement Modeling
176 pages
FSD OP1909 Latest
No ratings yet
FSD OP1909 Latest
650 pages
GCash Edelene
No ratings yet
GCash Edelene
10 pages
Taoufik Hachi Mi
No ratings yet
Taoufik Hachi Mi
11 pages
Education: Mechanical Engineer
No ratings yet
Education: Mechanical Engineer
2 pages
Sap S4hana 2023 Fps03 en
No ratings yet
Sap S4hana 2023 Fps03 en
454 pages
Sew Cost Map
No ratings yet
Sew Cost Map
20 pages
SAP Application Interface Framework 40 en
No ratings yet
SAP Application Interface Framework 40 en
184 pages
FIRE FIGHTING TANK - MEP-Model
No ratings yet
FIRE FIGHTING TANK - MEP-Model
1 page
WN Op2022 SPS04 en
No ratings yet
WN Op2022 SPS04 en
48 pages
CP R80 CheckPoint API ReferenceGuide
No ratings yet
CP R80 CheckPoint API ReferenceGuide
6 pages
FSD - Ce2502 - Sap S4hana Cloud Public Edition 2502
No ratings yet
FSD - Ce2502 - Sap S4hana Cloud Public Edition 2502
318 pages
Blog Smarter, Not Harder: SEO, Blogging, and AI Strategies to Skyrocket Your Traffic
From Everand
Blog Smarter, Not Harder: SEO, Blogging, and AI Strategies to Skyrocket Your Traffic
Jay Nans
No ratings yet
Content Creation Revolution with chatGPT
From Everand
Content Creation Revolution with chatGPT
Maria Cowen
No ratings yet
Unlocking Statistics for the Social Sciences
From Everand
Unlocking Statistics for the Social Sciences
Norma Sinclair
No ratings yet
ChatGPT for Business: Strategies for Success
From Everand
ChatGPT for Business: Strategies for Success
Matthew C. Smith
1/5 (1)
Securing ChatGPT: Best Practices for Protecting Sensitive Data in AI Language Models
From Everand
Securing ChatGPT: Best Practices for Protecting Sensitive Data in AI Language Models
Matthew C. Smith
No ratings yet

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.